From d314f2ad698f27d882a0dff7a842024b937a655d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Larry Sallee Date: Fri, 2 Dec 2022 14:08:03 -0500 Subject: [PATCH 1/3] Merge Aaron's edits to Romans and Galatians --- en_tn_46-ROM.tsv | 2312 +++++++++++++++++++++++----------------------- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 138 +-- 2 files changed, 1219 insertions(+), 1231 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv index 2a881d0b57..ec665c68c3 100644 --- a/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv +++ b/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv @@ -1,264 +1,263 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -ROM front intro gtn1 0 # Introduction to Romans

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the book of Romans

1. Introduction (1:1–15)
2. Main Theme: Righteousness is received by trusting in Jesus Christ (1:16–17)
3. All mankind is condemned because of sin (1:18–3:20)
4. Righteousness is received through Jesus Christ by trusting in him (3:21–5:21)
5. Becoming like Christ in this life (6:1–8:39)
6. God’s plan for Israel (9:1–11:36)
7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)
8. Conclusion (15:14–16:27)

### Who wrote the book of Romans?

The Apostle Paul wrote the book of Romans and may other books in the New Testament. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was part of a strict Jewish religious group called the Pharisees. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.

Paul probably wrote this letter while he was staying in the city of Corinth during his third trip through the Roman Empire.

### What is the book of Romans about?

Paul wrote this letter to the Christians in Rome. Paul wanted to get them ready to receive him when he visited them. He said his purpose was to “bring about the obedience of faith” ([16:26](../16/26.md)).

In this letter Paul most fully described the gospel of Jesus Christ. He explained that both Jews and non-Jews have sinned, and God will forgive them and declare them righteous only if they believe in Jesus (chapters 1–11). Then he gave them practical advice for how believers should live (chapters 12–16),

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Romans.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to the Church in Rome,” or “A Letter to the Christians in Rome.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What are the titles used to refer to Jesus?

In Romans, Paul described Jesus Christ by many titles and descriptions: Jesus Christ (1:1), the Seed of David (1:3), the Son of God (1:4), the Lord Jesus Christ (1:7), Christ Jesus (3:24), Propitiation (3:25), Jesus (3:26), Jesus our Lord (4:24), Lord of Hosts (9:29), a Stumbling Stone and Rock of Offence (9:33), the End of the Law (10:4), the Deliverer (11:26), Lord of the Dead and the Living (14:9), and the Root of Jesse (15:12).

### How should theological terms in Romans be translated?

Paul uses many theological terms that are not used in the four Gospels. As early Christians learned more about the meaning of Jesus Christ and his message, they needed words and expressions for new ideas. Some examples of these words are “justification” (5:1), “works of the law” (3:20), “reconcile” (5:10), “propitiation” (3:25), “sanctification” (6:19), and “the old man” (6:6). If your language doesn’t have similar words, you can develop short phrases to communicate these ideas. For example, the term “gospel” can be translated as “the good news about Jesus Christ.”

Translators should also remember that some of these terms have more than one meaning. The meaning will depend on how the author is using the word in that particular passage. For example, “righteousness” sometimes means that a person obeys God’s law. At other times, “righteousness” means that Jesus Christ has perfectly obeyed God’s law for us.

### What did Paul mean by “a remnant” of Israel ([11:5](../11/05.md))?

The idea of a “remnant” is important both in the Old Testament and for Paul. Most of the Israelites were either killed or scattered among other people when the Assyrians and then the Babylonians conquered their land. Only a relatively few Jews survived. They were known as “the remnant.”

In [11:1–9](../11/01.md), Paul speaks of another remnant. This remnant is the Jews whom God saved because they believed in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What did Paul mean by being “in Christ”?

The phrase “in Christ” and similar phrases occur in 3:24; 6:11, 23; 8:1,2,39; 9:1; 12:5,17; 15:17; and 16:3,7,9,10. Paul used these kinds of phrases as a metaphor to express that Christian believers belong to Jesus Christ. Belonging to Christ means the believer is saved and is made a friend with God. The believer is also promised to live with God forever. However, this idea can be difficult to represent in many languages.

These phrases also have specific meanings that depend on how Paul used them in a particular passage. For example, in [3:24](../03/24.md) (“the redemption that is in Christ Jesus”), Paul referred to our being redeemed “because” of Jesus Christ. In [8:9](../08/09.md) (“you are not in the flesh but in the Spirit”), Paul spoke of believers submitting “to” the Holy Spirit. In [9:1](../09/01.md) (“I tell the truth in Christ”), Paul meant that he is telling the truth that “is in agreement with” Jesus Christ.

Nevertheless, the basic idea of our being united with Jesus Christ (and with the Holy Spirit) is seen in these passages as well. Therefore, the translator has a choice in many passages that use “in.” He will often decide to represent the more immediate sense of “in,” such as, “by means of,” “in the manner of,” or “in regard to.” But, if possible, the translator should choose a word or phrase that represents the immediate sense and the sense of “in union with.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inchrist]])

### How are the ideas of “holy,” “saints” or “holy ones,” and “sanctify” represented in Romans in the ULT?

The scriptures use such words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating into English, the ULT uses the following principles:

* Sometimes the meaning in a passage implies moral holiness. Especially important for understanding the gospel is the fact that God considers Christians to be sinless because they are united to Jesus Christ. Another related fact is that God is perfect and faultless. A third fact is that Christians are to conduct themselves in a blameless and faultless manner in life. In these cases, the ULT uses “holy,” “holy God,” “holy ones” or “holy people.” (See: [1:7](../01/07.md))
* Sometimes the meaning in a passage indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In cases where some other English versions have “saints” or “holy ones,” the ULT uses “believers.” (See: 8:27; 12:13; 15:25, 26, 31; 16:2, 15)
* Sometimes the meaning in a passage indicates the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “set apart,” “dedicated to,” “consecrated,” or “reserved for.” (See: [15:16](../15/16.md))

The UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.

### What are the major issues in the text of the book of Romans?

For the following verses, modern version of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT includes the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote.

* “he \\[God\\] works all things together for good” ([8:28](../08/28.md)). Some older versions read, “All things work together for good.”
* “But if it is by grace, it is no longer by works. Otherwise grace would no longer be grace” ([11:6](../11/06.md)). Some older versions read: “But if it is by works, then is it no more grace: otherwise work is no more work.”

The following verse is not in the best ancient copies of the Bible. Translators are advised not to include this verse. However, if in the translators’ region there are older Bible versions that have this verse, the translators can include it. If it is translated, it should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it is probably not original to the book of Romans.

* “May the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you all. Amen” ([16:24](../16/24.md)).

(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) -ROM 1 intro hn5n 0 # Romans 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

1. Introduction (1:1–15)
* Greeting (1:1–7)
* Paul plans to visit Rome (1:8–15)
2. Main Theme: Righteousness is received by having faith in Jesus Christ (1:16–17)
3. All mankind is condemned because of sin (1:18–3:20)
* All non-Jews have sinned (1:18–32)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The gospel

This chapter refers to the contents of the Book of Romans as “the gospel” ([1:2](../rom/01/02.md)). Romans is not a Gospel like Matthew, Mark, Luke, or John, which are historical accounts of the life of Jesus. Instead, chapters 1–8 present the biblical gospel, which is the good news of salvation. The gospel contains the following true ideas: Everyone has sinned. Jesus died for our sins. Jesus came back to life again so that we might live for his glory and receive eternal life when we die.

### Universal Condemnation and the Wrath of God

In this chapter Paul explains that no one has an excuse for sinning. We all know about the true God, Yahweh, from his creation all around us. Because of our sin and our sinful nature, every person justly deserves the eternal punishment of God. The requirement for this punishment was satisfied by Jesus dying on a cross for those who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### “God gave them over”

Many scholars view the phrases “God gave them over” and “God gave them up” as theologically significant. For this reason, it is important to translate these phrases with God playing a passive role in the action. God allows men to pursue their own sinful desires, he does not force them to act sinfully. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM front intro gtn1 0 # Introduction to Romans

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the book of Romans

1. Introduction (1:1–15)
2. Main Theme: Righteousness is received by trusting in Jesus Christ (1:16–17)
3. All mankind is condemned because of sin (1:18–3:20)
4. Righteousness is received through Jesus Christ by trusting in him (3:21–5:21)
5. Becoming like Christ in this life (6:1–8:39)
6. God’s plan for Israel (9:1–11:36)
7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)
8. Conclusion (15:14–16:27)

### Who wrote the book of Romans?

The Apostle Paul wrote the book of Romans and many other books in the New Testament. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was part of a strict Jewish religious group called the Pharisees. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.

Paul probably wrote this letter while he was staying in the city of Corinth during his third trip through the Roman Empire.

### What is the book of Romans about?

Paul wrote this letter to the Christians in Rome. Paul wanted to get them ready to receive him when he visited them. He said his purpose was to “bring about the obedience of faith” ([16:26](../16/26.md)).

In this letter Paul most fully described the gospel of Jesus Christ. He explained that both Jews and non-Jews have sinned, and God will forgive them and declare them righteous only if they believe in Jesus (chapters 1–11). Then he gave them practical advice for how believers should live (chapters 12–16),

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Romans.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to the Church in Rome,” or “A Letter to the Christians in Rome.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What are the titles used to refer to Jesus?

In Romans, Paul described Jesus Christ by many titles and descriptions: Jesus Christ ([1:1](../01/01.md)), the Seed of David ([1:3](../01/03.md)), the Son of God ([1:4](../01/04.md)), the Lord Jesus Christ ([1:7](../01/07.md)), Christ Jesus ([3:24](../03/24.md)), Propitiation ([3:25](../03/025.md)), Jesus ([3:26](../03/26.md)), Jesus our Lord ([4:24](../04/24.md)), Lord of Hosts ([9:29](../09/29.md)), a Stone of Stumbling and Rock of Offence ([9:33](../09/33.md)), the End of the Law ([10:4](../10/04.md)), the Deliverer ([11:26](../11/26.md)), Lord of the Dead and the Living ([14:9](../14/09.md)), and the Root of Jesse ([15:12](../15/12.md)).

### How should theological terms in Romans be translated?

Paul uses many theological terms that are not used in the four Gospels. As early Christians learned more about the meaning of Jesus Christ and his message, they needed words and expressions for new ideas. Some examples of these words are “justification” ([5:1](../05/01.md)), “works of the law” ([3:20](../03/20.md)), “reconcile” ([5:10](../05/10.md)), “propitiation” ([3:25](../03/25.md)), “sanctification” ([6:19](../06/19.md)), and “the old man” ([6:6](../06/06.md)). If your language doesn’t have similar words, you can develop short phrases to communicate these ideas. For example, the term “gospel” can be translated as “the good news about Jesus Christ.”

Translators should also remember that some of these terms have more than one meaning. The meaning will depend on how the author is using the word in that particular passage. For example, “righteousness” sometimes means that a person obeys God’s law. At other times, “righteousness” means that Jesus Christ has perfectly obeyed God’s law for us.

### What did Paul mean by “a remnant” of Israel ([11:5](../11/05.md))?

The idea of a “remnant” is important both in the Old Testament and for Paul. Most of the Israelites were either killed or scattered among other people when the Assyrians and then the Babylonians conquered their land. Only a relatively few Jews survived. They were known as “the remnant.”

In [11:1–9](../11/01.md), Paul speaks of another remnant. This remnant is the Jews whom God saved because they believed in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What did Paul mean by being “in Christ”?

The phrase “in Christ” and similar phrases occur in [3:24](../03/24.md); [6:11](../06/11.md), [23](../06/23.md); [8:1](../08/01.md), [2](../08/02.md), [39](../08/39.md); [9:1](../09/01.md); [12:5](../12/05.md), [17](../12/17.md); [15:17](../15/17.md); and [16:3](../16/03.md), [7](../16/07.md), [9](../16/09.md), [10](../16/10.md). Paul used these kinds of phrases as a metaphor to express that Christian believers belong to Jesus Christ. Belonging to Christ means the believer is saved and is made a friend with God. The believer is also promised to live with God forever. However, this idea can be difficult to represent in many languages.

These phrases also have specific meanings that depend on how Paul used them in a particular passage. For example, in [3:24](../03/24.md) (“the redemption that is in Christ Jesus”), Paul referred to our being redeemed “because” of Jesus Christ. In [8:9](../08/09.md) (“you are not in the flesh but in the Spirit”), Paul spoke of believers submitting “to” the Holy Spirit. In [9:1](../09/01.md) (“I tell the truth in Christ”), Paul meant that he is telling the truth that “is in agreement with” Jesus Christ.

Nevertheless, the basic idea of our being united with Jesus Christ (and with the Holy Spirit) is seen in these passages as well. Therefore, the translator has a choice in many passages that use “in.” He will often decide to represent the more immediate sense of “in,” such as, “by means of,” “in the manner of,” or “in regard to.” But, if possible, the translator should choose a word or phrase that represents the immediate sense and the sense of “in union with.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inchrist]])

### How are the ideas of “holy,” “saints” or “holy ones,” and “sanctify” represented in Romans in the ULT?

The scriptures use such words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating into English, the ULT uses the following principles:

* Sometimes the meaning in a passage implies moral holiness. Especially important for understanding the gospel is the fact that God considers Christians to be sinless because they are united to Jesus Christ. Another related fact is that God is perfect and faultless. A third fact is that Christians are to conduct themselves in a blameless and faultless manner in life. In these cases, the ULT uses “holy,” “holy God,” “holy ones” or “holy people.” (See: [1:7](../01/07.md))
* Sometimes the meaning in a passage indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In cases where some other English versions have “saints” or “holy ones,” the ULT uses “believers.” (See: [8:27](../08/27.md); [12:13](../12/13.md); [15:25](../15/25.md), [26](../15/26.md), [31](../15/31.md); [16:2](../16/02.md), [15](../16/15.md))
* Sometimes the meaning in a passage indicates the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “set apart,” “dedicated to,” “consecrated,” or “reserved for.” (See: [15:16](../15/16.md))

The UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.

### What are the major issues in the text of the book of Romans?

For the following verses, modern version of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT includes the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote.

* “he \\[God\\] works all things together for good” ([8:28](../08/28.md)). Some older versions read, “All things work together for good.”
* “But if it is by grace, it is no longer by works. Otherwise grace would no longer be grace” ([11:6](../11/06.md)). Some older versions read: “But if it is by works, then is it no more grace: otherwise work is no more work.”

The following verse is not in the best ancient copies of the Bible. Translators are advised not to include this verse. However, if in the translators’ region there are older Bible versions that have this verse, the translators can include it. If it is translated, it should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it is probably not original to the book of Romans.

* “May the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you all. Amen” ([16:24](../16/24.md)).

(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +ROM 1 intro hn5n 0 # Romans 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

1. Introduction (1:1–15)
* Greeting (1:1–7)
* Paul plans to visit Rome (1:8–15)
2. Main Theme: Righteousness is received by having faith in Jesus Christ (1:16–17)
3. All mankind is condemned because of sin (1:18–3:20)
* All non-Jews have sinned (1:18–32)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The gospel

This chapter refers to the contents of the Book of Romans as “the gospel” ([1:2](../rom/01/02.md)). Romans is not a Gospel like Matthew, Mark, Luke, or John, which are historical accounts of the life of Jesus. Instead, chapters 1–8 present the biblical gospel, which is the good news of salvation. The gospel contains the following true ideas: everyone has sinned, Jesus died for our sins, and Jesus came back to life again so that we might live for his glory and receive eternal life when we die.

### Universal Condemnation and the Wrath of God

In this chapter Paul explains that no one has an excuse for sinning. We all know about the true God, Yahweh, from his creation all around us. Because of our sin and our sinful nature, every person justly deserves the eternal punishment of God. The requirement for this punishment was satisfied by Jesus dying on a cross for those who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### “God gave them over”

Many scholars view the phrases “God gave them over” and “God gave them up” as theologically significant. For this reason, it is important to translate these phrases with God playing a passive role in the action. God allows men to pursue their own sinful desires, he does not force them to act sinfully. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 1 1 x3em figs-123person Παῦλος 1 Paul In the culture of this time, letter writers would give their own names first. Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, and if it would be helpful to your readers, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “From Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -ROM 1 1 plvo translate-names Παῦλος 1 Paul **Paul** is the name of a man, an apostle of Jesus. See the information about him in Part 1 of the Introduction to Romans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ROM 1 1 e417 figs-distinguish δοῦλος Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ, κλητὸς ἀπόστολος 1 Paul These two phrases give further information about Paul. He describes himself as being someone given the position and authority of being Christ’s **servant** and **apostle**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) +ROM 1 1 e417 figs-distinguish δοῦλος Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ, κλητὸς ἀπόστολος 1 Paul These two phrases give further information about Paul. He describes himself as being someone whom God has given the position and authority of being Christ’s **servant** and **apostle**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a person whom God has made a servant of Christ Jesus, and whom he has called to be represent him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 1 1 v5b9 figs-activepassive κλητὸς ἀπόστολος, ἀφωρισμένος 1 called to be an apostle and set apart for the gospel of God If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom Jesus called to be an apostle and set apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 1 1 ukts grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς εὐαγγέλιον Θεοῦ 1 Here, **for** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which Jesus**set** him **apart**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order to preach the gospel of God” or “so that I could announce the good news from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 1 1 ji90 figs-possession εὐαγγέλιον Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the gospel** that comes from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the gospel from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 1 2 cu3r figs-distinguish ὃ 1 Here, **which** marks that further information is going to be given about “the gospel of God” in the previous verse. Paul is emphasizing that “the gospel of God” has its origin in **the holy Scriptures** that also come from God. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “that is, the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) -ROM 1 3 lab1 figs-distinguish περὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 concerning his Son This phrase gives us further information about “the gospel of God.” Paul means that the message of God’s promised good news is about God’s Son, “Christ Jesus” (See [verse 1](../01/01.md)). If this might confuse your readers, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “that is, the gospel about his Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) +ROM 1 1 ji90 figs-possession εὐαγγέλιον Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the gospel** that comes from **God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the gospel from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 1 2 cu3r figs-distinguish ὃ 1 Here, **which** indicates that what follows is further information about “the gospel of God” mentioned in the previous verse. Paul is emphasizing that “the gospel of God” originated from **the holy Scriptures**, which also come from God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “that is, the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) +ROM 1 3 lab1 figs-distinguish περὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 concerning his Son This phrase gives us further information about “the gospel of God.” Paul means that the message of God’s promised good news is about God’s Son, “Christ Jesus”, as mentioned in [verse 1](../01/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “that is, the gospel about his Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 1 3 lk5q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 Son **Son** is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -ROM 1 3 y2uy figs-idiom τοῦ γενομένου ἐκ σπέρματος Δαυεὶδ 1 Here, **from a seed of David** is an idiom meaning “David’s descendant.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “who was born a descendant of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 1 3 rj9f figs-idiom κατὰ σάρκα 1 who was a descendant of David according to the flesh Here, **according to the flesh** is an idiom meaning “with reference to physical descent.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “according to natural descent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 1 3 y2uy figs-idiom τοῦ γενομένου ἐκ σπέρματος Δαυεὶδ 1 Here, **from a seed of David** is an idiom that refers to a descendant of David. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “who was born a descendant of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 1 3 rj9f figs-idiom κατὰ σάρκα 1 who was a descendant of David according to the flesh Here, **according to the flesh** is an idiom meaning “with reference to physical descent.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “according to natural descent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 1 4 nhz7 figs-infostructure τοῦ ὁρισθέντος Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν δυνάμει κατὰ Πνεῦμα ἁγιωσύνης ἐξ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν 1 In this verse, Paul places these phrases in the order he wants to emphasize. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 1 4 at5s figs-activepassive τοῦ ὁρισθέντος Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ 1 he was declared with power to be the Son of God If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that **God** did it. Alternate translation: “whom God designated as the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 1 4 cp80 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ 1 **Son of God** is an important title that describes the relationship between **God** and **Jesus**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) ROM 1 4 h32u figs-explicit ὁρισθέντος Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν δυνάμει 1 Here, **in power** could refer to: (1) the means by which God designated Jesus as the Son of God. Alternate translation: “who was designated the Son of God by means of power” (2) a new level of power God gave to the Son of God. Alternate translation: “who was designated as the powerful Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 1 4 m89w figs-possession Πνεῦμα ἁγιωσύνης 1 Spirit of holiness Paul is using the possessive form to describe God’s **Spirit** that is characterized by **holiness**. This refers to the Holy Spirit. If this is not clear in your language, you could use an alternate expression, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 1 4 js9m figs-abstractnouns ἐξ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **resurrection**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “by being resurrected from the dead ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 1 4 h97z figs-idiom νεκρῶν 1 by the resurrection from the dead Here, the phrase translated **of dead ones** refers to dead people. Here it means that Jesus physically died and was buried. If your language has a word or phrase for the place that dead people go, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “from the place where dead people are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 1 4 zvql figs-possession νεκρῶν 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe the place from where **Jesus** was resurrected. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the preposition “from” instead of “of.” Alternate translation: “from death” or “from among the dead ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 1 4 m89w figs-possession Πνεῦμα ἁγιωσύνης 1 Spirit of holiness Paul is using the possessive form to describe God’s **Spirit** that is characterized by **holiness**. This refers to the Holy Spirit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 1 4 js9m figs-abstractnouns ἐξ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **resurrection**, you could express the same idea with a different form. Alternate translation: “by being resurrected from the dead ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 1 4 h97z figs-idiom νεκρῶν 1 by the resurrection from the dead Here, the phrase translated **of dead ones** refers to dead people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from among dead people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 1 4 zvql figs-possession νεκρῶν 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe the place from where **Jesus** was resurrected. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “from death” or “from among the dead ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 4 brej figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 Here, **our** refers to all Christians, so it is inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ROM 1 5 ww9a figs-explicit δι’ οὗ 1 we have received grace and apostleship Here, **whom** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “through Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 1 5 jr9e figs-abstractnouns δι’ οὗ ἐλάβομεν χάριν καὶ ἀποστολὴν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **apostleship**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “he who acted kindly toward us and made us his apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 1 5 ww9a figs-explicit δι’ οὗ 1 we have received grace and apostleship Here, **whom** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “through Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 1 5 jr9e figs-abstractnouns δι’ οὗ ἐλάβομεν χάριν καὶ ἀποστολὴν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **apostleship**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “he who acted kindly toward us and made us his apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 5 mosg figs-exclusive ἐλάβομεν 1 Here, **we** is exclusive and your language may require you to mark this form. It could refer to: (1) Paul and other apostles, as in the UST. (2) Paul speaking about himself in a plural form. Alternate translation: “I received” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 1 5 mv5n grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς 1 Here, **for** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which Jesus made Paul and other people his apostles. Use a natural way in your language introduce a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 1 5 krzj figs-abstractnouns εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **obedience** and **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “for people to faithfully obey Jesus among all the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 1 5 krzj figs-abstractnouns εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **obedience** and **faith**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “for people to faithfully obey Jesus among all the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 5 cf3g figs-possession εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως 1 Here, **obedience of faith** could refer to: (1) obedience that is characterized by trust in God. Alternate translation: “for obedience by trusting in God” or “obedience that comes from trusting in God” (2) obedience that results from trusting in God. Alternate translation: “faith that results in obedience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 5 eem9 figs-explicit ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 Here, **the Gentiles** could refer to: (1) the nations. Use this interpretation if you interpreted **we** to refer to all the apostles and retained it in your translation. Alternate translation: “among all people groups” (2) non-Jewish people groups. Use this interpretation if you interpreted **we** to refer only to Paul and translated it as “I”. Alternate translation: “among all non-Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 1 5 rd3v figs-infostructure ἐλάβομεν χάριν καὶ ἀποστολὴν εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “we received grace and apostleship for the sake of his name, for obedience of the faith among all the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) -ROM 1 5 sxc7 figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ 1 for obedience of faith among all the nations, for the sake of his name Here Paul uses **name** figuratively. It could refer to: (1) Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “for the sake of Jesus” (2) Jesus’ reputation. Alternate translation: “for the sake of Jesus’ fame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 1 6 xurz figs-explicit ἐν οἷς 1 Here,**whom** refers to “the Gentiles” who were mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. See how you translated “the Gentiles” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “among the nations” or “among the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 1 6 sks2 figs-yousingular ὑμεῖς 1 In this letter, with four exceptions, the words **you** and your are plural and refer to the recipients of this letter, who are members of the church at Rome (See [1:7](../01/07.md)). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you believers in Christ at Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) -ROM 1 6 qq9z figs-possession κλητοὶ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **called ones** who were called by **Jesus Christ**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “ones called by Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 1 5 sxc7 figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ 1 for obedience of faith among all the nations, for the sake of his name Here, **name** could refer to: (1) Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “for the sake of Jesus” (2) Jesus’ reputation. Alternate translation: “for the sake of Jesus’ fame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 1 6 xurz figs-explicit ἐν οἷς 1 Here,**whom** refers to “the Gentiles” who were mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. See how you translated “the Gentiles” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “among the nations” or “among the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 1 6 sks2 figs-yousingular ὑμεῖς 1 In this letter, with four exceptions, the words **you** and “your” are plural and refer to the recipients of this letter, who are the believers in Rome (See [1:7](../01/07.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you believers in Christ at Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +ROM 1 6 qq9z figs-possession κλητοὶ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **called ones** who were called by **Jesus Christ**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “ones called by Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 7 z85a figs-123person πᾶσιν τοῖς οὖσιν ἐν Ῥώμῃ 1 This letter is to all who are in Rome, the beloved of God, who are called to be holy people In this culture, after giving their own names, letter writers would then say to whom they were writing, and they would name those people in the third person. If that would be confusing in your language, you could use the second person. Alternate translation: “To all of you who are in Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) ROM 1 7 ymaj translate-names Ῥώμῃ 1 This letter is to all who are in Rome, the beloved of God, who are called to be holy people **Rome** is the name of a city, the capital city of the Roman Empire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 1 7 zfwq figs-nominaladj ἀγαπητοῖς Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the adjective **beloved** as a noun in order to describe the church at Rome. If your language does not use adjectives in the same way, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are loved of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -ROM 1 7 rkdh figs-possession ἀγαπητοῖς Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe the **beloved** who are loved by **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “loved by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 1 7 rkdh figs-possession ἀγαπητοῖς Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe the **beloved** who are loved by **God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “loved by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 7 v8bl translate-blessing χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 May grace be to you, and peace In this culture, letter writers would offer a good wish for the recipient before introducing the main business of the letter. Use a form in your language that makes it clear that this is a greeting and blessing. Alternate translation: “May God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ give you grace and peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]]) -ROM 1 7 ys4e figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 May grace be to you, and peace If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **grace** and **peace** with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “May God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ show his gracious acts to you and make you feel peaceful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 1 7 ys4e figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 May grace be to you, and peace If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **peace**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “May God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ show his gracious acts to you and make you feel peaceful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 7 d8pa guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 God our Father **Father** here is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus and the relationship between God and believers. Alternate translation: “our Father God and the Lord Jesus, the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) ROM 1 7 j61d figs-exclusive Πατρὸς ἡμῶν 1 When Paul writes **our** here, he is speaking of himself and his readers, so **our** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “who is the Father of us Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 1 8 yrau grammar-connect-logic-result πρῶτον μὲν εὐχαριστῶ τῷ Θεῷ μου διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ περὶ πάντων ὑμῶν, ὅτι ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν καταγγέλλεται ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ κόσμῳ. 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “because your faith is being proclaimed throughout the whole world, I first want to thank my God through Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 1 8 totr grammar-connect-words-phrases πρῶτον μὲν 1 **First** here indicates that Paul has finished his introduction to the letter, and what follows is the beginning of the content of the letter. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The first thing I want to say is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 1 8 tdsj figs-possession τῷ Θεῷ μου 1 Paul is using the possessive form **my God** to express that he belongs to **God**. Paul does not mean that he owns God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the God I belong to” or “the God that owns me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 1 8 totr grammar-connect-words-phrases πρῶτον μὲν 1 **First** here indicates that Paul has finished his introduction to the letter, and what follows is the beginning of the content of the letter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The first thing I want to say is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 1 8 tdsj figs-possession τῷ Θεῷ μου 1 Paul is using the possessive form **my God** to express that he belongs to **God**. Paul does not mean that he owns God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the God I belong to” or “the God that owns me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 8 bphf figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the way you trust in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 8 efqs figs-activepassive ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν καταγγέλλεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The context indicates that other believers are proclaiming how great the faith of the Roman believers is. Alternate translation: “other people are proclaiming your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 1 8 k7qf figs-hyperbole ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ κόσμῳ 1 Here, **the whole world** is an exaggeration that refers to all the parts of the world that were familiar to Paul and his readers, particularly the Roman Empire. Paul is not referring to every place on the planet. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “across the known world” or “wherever the Roman Empire is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ROM 1 9 c7pa grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 For God is my witness **For** indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul could say in the previous verse that he thanks God for the Roman believers. If it would be helpful to you readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You can be sure this is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 1 8 k7qf figs-hyperbole ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ κόσμῳ 1 Here, **the whole world** is an exaggeration that refers to all the parts of the world that were familiar to Paul and his readers, particularly the Roman Empire. Paul is not referring to every place on the planet. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “across the known world” or “wherever the Roman Empire is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ROM 1 9 c7pa grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 For God is my witness **For** indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul could say in the previous verse that he thanks God for the Roman believers. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “You can be sure this is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 1 9 twht figs-infostructure μάρτυς…μού ἐστιν ὁ Θεός, ᾧ λατρεύω ἐν τῷ πνεύματί μου ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ, ὡς ἀδιαλείπτως μνείαν ὑμῶν ποιοῦμαι 1 For God is my witness If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses and make a new sentence if necessary. Alternate translation: “God is my witness how I continually make mention of you. I serve him in my spirit in the gospel of his Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) -ROM 1 9 dx6p figs-distinguish μάρτυς…μού…ᾧ λατρεύω ἐν τῷ πνεύματί μου ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 in my spirit This phrase gives us further information about **God**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “my witness and I serve him in my spirit in the gospel of his Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) +ROM 1 9 dx6p figs-distinguish μάρτυς…μού…ᾧ λατρεύω ἐν τῷ πνεύματί μου ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 in my spirit This phrase gives further information about **God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “my witness and I serve him in my spirit in the gospel of his Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 1 9 ll1e figs-abstractnouns μάρτυς…μού 1 in my spirit If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **witness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the one who testifies about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 1 9 ydnc figs-explicit ἐν τῷ πνεύματί μου 1 Here, **spirit** refers to the inner person, which is what a person thinks and feels. Paul means that he serves God with complete devotion. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “with my whole heart” or “wholeheartedly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 1 9 ih0v figs-explicit ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 Here, **in** indicates the means by which Paul served God and **gospel** refers specifically to proclaiming the **gospel**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by proclaiming the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 1 9 o66d figs-possession ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe the **gospel** that is about God’s **Son**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the gospel about his Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 1 9 r2l5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ 1 Son **Son** is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -ROM 1 9 f9p2 figs-hyperbole ἀδιαλείπτως 1 I make mention of you Here, **continually** is an exaggeration that emphasizes how frequently Paul prayed for the church at Rome. Paul does not mean that he spends all of his time praying for them. If your language would not use exaggeration in this way, use plain language and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I regularly” or “I habitually” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole) -ROM 1 9 vtuq figs-idiom μνείαν ὑμῶν ποιοῦμαι 1 Here, **making mention** is an idiom for prayer. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I am … praying for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 1 10 mdc8 figs-doublet πάντοτε ἐπὶ τῶν προσευχῶν μου, δεόμενος 1 I always request in my prayers that … I may at last be successful … in coming to you This phrase means the same thing as “I continually make mention of you” in the previous verse. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show how intensely he prays that God will allow him to visit the church at Rome. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase for the similar passage in the previous verse and in this verse provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “in all my prayers, I beg God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -ROM 1 10 oi0x figs-hyperbole πάντοτε 1 Here, the word **always** is an exaggeration that figuratively express the frequency of Paul’s prayers to God for the church at Rome. Paul does not mean that he spends all of his time praying for them. If your language would not use exaggeration in this way, use plain language and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “frequently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ROM 1 9 ydnc figs-explicit ἐν τῷ πνεύματί μου 1 Here, **spirit** refers to the inner person, which is what a person thinks and feels. Paul means that he serves God with complete devotion. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternative translation: “with my whole heart” or “wholeheartedly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 1 9 ih0v figs-explicit ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 Here, **in** indicates the means by which Paul served God and **gospel** refers specifically to proclaiming the **gospel**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by proclaiming the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 1 9 o66d figs-possession ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe the **gospel** that is about God’s **Son**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “in the gospel about his Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 1 9 r2l5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ 1 Son **Son** is an important title for Jesus, the **Son** of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +ROM 1 9 f9p2 figs-hyperbole ἀδιαλείπτως 1 I make mention of you Here, **continually** is an exaggeration that emphasizes how frequently Paul prayed for the church at Rome. Paul does not mean that he spends all of his time praying for them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use plain language and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I regularly” or “I habitually” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole) +ROM 1 9 vtuq figs-idiom μνείαν ὑμῶν ποιοῦμαι 1 Here, **making mention** is an idiom for prayer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I am … praying for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 1 10 mdc8 figs-doublet πάντοτε ἐπὶ τῶν προσευχῶν μου, δεόμενος 1 I always request in my prayers that … I may at last be successful … in coming to you This phrase means the same thing as “I continually make mention of you” in the previous verse. Paul uses them to emphasize how intensely he prays that God will allow him to visit the church at Rome. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase for the similar passage in the previous verse and in this verse provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “in all my prayers, I beg God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ROM 1 10 oi0x figs-hyperbole πάντοτε 1 Here, the word **always** is an exaggeration that figuratively express the frequency of Paul’s prayers to God for the church at Rome. Paul does not mean that he spends all of his time praying for them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use plain language and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “frequently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 1 10 b5wy figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῷ θελήματι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 by the will of God If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **will**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because God wills for me” or “because God wants me”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 1 11 ki6h grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For I desire to see you **For** here indicates that this is a reason clause. Paul is indicating why he constantly prays to visit the church at Rome in [verses 9–10](../01/09.md). Use a natural way in your language to express the reason for something. Alternate translation: “I am always requesting this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 1 11 gjdu figs-metonymy ἰδεῖν ὑμᾶς 1 Paul uses **see** figuratively to describe not only seeing the Christians in Rome, but also visiting them and spending time with them. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to visit you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 1 11 ki6h grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For I desire to see you **For** here indicates that this is a reason clause. Paul is indicating why he constantly prays to visit the church at Rome in [verses 9–10](../01/09.md). Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “I am always requesting this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 1 11 gjdu figs-metonymy ἰδεῖν ὑμᾶς 1 Paul uses **see** to describe not only seeing the Christians in Rome, but also visiting them and spending time with them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to visit you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 1 11 b23b grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 Here, **so that** indicates that this is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for why he wants to visit the believers at Rome. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 1 12 pnnm figs-distinguish τοῦτο δέ ἐστιν 1 Here, **and that is** gives us further information about why Paul wants to share “some spiritual gift” with the church at Rome. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “namely” or “specifically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) +ROM 1 12 pnnm figs-distinguish τοῦτο δέ ἐστιν 1 Here, **and that is** gives further information about why Paul wants to share “some spiritual gift” with the believers in Rome. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “namely” or “specifically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 1 12 ux1x figs-activepassive συνπαρακληθῆναι ἐν ὑμῖν 1 That is, I long to be mutually encouraged among you, through each other’s faith, yours and mine If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to mutually encourage each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 1 12 ddtm figs-possession διὰ τῆς ἐν ἀλλήλοις πίστεως, ὑμῶν τε καὶ ἐμοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to to refer to the trust in Jesus that both he and his readers shared. Paul means that they should mutually encourage each other because they have a mutual faith in Christ. If this is not clear in your language, you can state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “by both you and I sharing with one another how we trust in God” or “through talking about our common Christian faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 1 12 e6py figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 See how you translated this word in [verse 5](../01/05.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 1 13 yi1f figs-litotes οὐ θέλω δὲ ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 I do not want you to be uninformed Here Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I definitely want you to be informed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) +ROM 1 12 ddtm figs-possession διὰ τῆς ἐν ἀλλήλοις πίστεως, ὑμῶν τε καὶ ἐμοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to to refer to the trust in Jesus that both he and his readers shared. Paul means that they should mutually encourage each other because they have a mutual faith in Christ. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “by both you and I sharing with one another how we trust in God” or “through talking about our common Christian faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 1 12 e6py figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 See how you translated **faith** in [verse 5](../01/05.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 1 13 yi1f figs-litotes οὐ θέλω δὲ ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 I do not want you to be uninformed Here Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I definitely want you to be informed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) ROM 1 13 rwzn figs-activepassive ἀγνοεῖν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to not know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 1 13 u1cq figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Although the term **brother** is masculine, Paul is using the word here to refer to both male and female believers in Christ. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -ROM 1 13 zvrj figs-explicit καὶ ἐκωλύθην ἄχρι τοῦ δεῦρο 1 Paul assumes that his readers will know that **until now** means “even at the present time.” He does not mean that he was no longer **hindered** at the moment he wrote these words. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but I have been hindered and still am now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 1 13 zvrj figs-explicit καὶ ἐκωλύθην ἄχρι τοῦ δεῦρο 1 Paul assumes that his readers will know that **until now** means “even at the present time.” He does not mean that he was no longer **hindered** at the moment he wrote these words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but I have been hindered and still am now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 1 13 b92o figs-activepassive ἐκωλύθην 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God hindered me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 1 13 gnu7 figs-metaphor ἵνα τινὰ καρπὸν σχῶ καὶ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 in order to have a harvest among you Here, **fruit** could refer to: (1) people believing in the gospel as a result of Paul’s preaching, which would connect this verse to the idea in [verse 15](../01/15.md). Alternative translation: “so that I might lead people to salvation among you also” (2) strengthening the believers in Rome, in which case this would have the same meaning as “some spiritual gracious gift” in [verse 11](../01/11.md). Alternative translation: “so that I might strengthen you also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 1 14 s4bm figs-metaphor ὀφειλέτης εἰμί 1 I am a debtor both Paul speaks figuratively of himself as if he was a **debtor** who owed money to people who were not Jews, such as **Greeks** and **barbarians**. Paul means that he was obligated to preach the gospel to non-Jews because God had commanded him to do so. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternative translation, “I am obliged to preach the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 1 14 j2sz figs-merism Ἕλλησίν τε καὶ βαρβάροις 1 Here Paul uses **Greeks** and **barbarians** figuratively to represent all the Gentiles referred to in the previous verse. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to all types of Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -ROM 1 14 lio6 figs-merism σοφοῖς τε καὶ ἀνοήτοις 1 Paul speaks figuratively here, using **wise ones** and **foolish ones** to represent all types of people among the Gentiles referred to in the previous verse. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to all types of people among the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -ROM 1 14 q728 figs-doublet Ἕλλησίν τε καὶ βαρβάροις, σοφοῖς τε καὶ ἀνοήτοις 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that he is obligated to preach the gospel to every kind of Gentile. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “to each and every kind of Gentile” or “to every single non-Jewish person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -ROM 1 15 h9zv grammar-connect-logic-result οὕτως 1 **So** here indicates that this a reason clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate the reason why someone does something. Alternate translation: “This is the reason why” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 1 16 oa6m grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** indicates the reason why Paul is eager to proclaim the gospel in Rome. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am eager to do this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 1 16 mm2f figs-litotes οὐ…ἐπαισχύνομαι 1 I am not ashamed of the gospel Here Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I am greatly honored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -ROM 1 16 nvkv figs-metonymy οὐ…ἐπαισχύνομαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 I am not ashamed of the gospel Here, **gospel** refers specifically to the preaching of the **gospel** that was mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am not ashamed to preach the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 1 16 f5x9 figs-possession δύναμις γὰρ Θεοῦ ἐστιν εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 for the Jew first and for the Greek Paul is using the possessive form to describe the **gospel** as the powerful way that **God** saves people. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for it is the powerful way that God saves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 1 14 s4bm figs-metaphor ὀφειλέτης εἰμί 1 I am a debtor both Paul speaks of himself as if he was a **debtor** who owed money to people who were not Jews, such as **Greeks** and **barbarians**. Paul means that he was obligated to preach the gospel to non-Jews because God had commanded him to do so. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternative translation, “I am obliged to preach the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 1 14 j2sz figs-merism Ἕλλησίν τε καὶ βαρβάροις 1 Here Paul uses **Greeks** and **barbarians** to represent all the Gentiles referred to in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to all types of Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +ROM 1 14 lio6 figs-merism σοφοῖς τε καὶ ἀνοήτοις 1 Here Paul uses **wise ones** and **foolish ones** to represent all types of people among the Gentiles referred to in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to all types of people among the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +ROM 1 14 q728 figs-doublet Ἕλλησίν τε καὶ βαρβάροις, σοφοῖς τε καὶ ἀνοήτοις 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize that he is obligated to preach the gospel to every kind of Gentile. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “to each and every kind of Gentile” or “to every single non-Jewish person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ROM 1 15 h9zv grammar-connect-logic-result οὕτως 1 **So** here indicates that this a reason clause. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This is the reason why” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 1 16 oa6m grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** indicates the reason why Paul is eager to proclaim the gospel in Rome. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “I am eager to do this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 1 16 mm2f figs-litotes οὐ…ἐπαισχύνομαι 1 I am not ashamed of the gospel Here Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I am greatly honored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) +ROM 1 16 nvkv figs-metonymy οὐ…ἐπαισχύνομαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 I am not ashamed of the gospel Here, **gospel** refers specifically to the preaching of the **gospel** that was mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am not ashamed to preach the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 1 16 f5x9 figs-possession δύναμις γὰρ Θεοῦ ἐστιν εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 for the Jew first and for the Greek Paul is using the possessive form to describe the **gospel** as the powerful way that **God** saves people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression Alternate translation: “for it is the powerful way that God saves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 16 sz5b grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 first Here, **for** indicates that **salvation** is the result of the gospel. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “that results in the salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 1 16 merb figs-abstractnouns εἰς σωτηρίαν παντὶ 1 first If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “for saving everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 1 16 htqe figs-ellipsis παντὶ τῷ πιστεύοντι 1 first Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “to everyone who believes that Jesus is the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 1 16 dwtm figs-genericnoun Ἰουδαίῳ τε πρῶτον καὶ Ἕλληνι 1 first Paul is speaking of Jewish people and Greek people in general, not of one particular Jew or Greek. If this might confuse your readers, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “both to the Jewish people first and to the Greek people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -ROM 1 16 u8on figs-explicit Ἰουδαίῳ τε πρῶτον 1 The phrase **the Jew first** means that the Jewish people were the first people to hear the gospel. Paul does not mean that **the Jew** is better or has a high status than **the Greek**. If this would confuse your readers, you could state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “both to the Jews who first heard the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 1 16 al16 figs-explicit Ἕλληνι 1 Here, **the Greek** refers to non-Jewish people in general. It does not refer only to people from the country of Greece. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the non-Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 1 17 of98 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that what follows is the reason why the gospel is the power of God that leads to salvation, as stated in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The gospel can save everyone who believes because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 1 16 htqe figs-ellipsis παντὶ τῷ πιστεύοντι 1 first Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “to everyone who believes that Jesus is the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 1 16 dwtm figs-genericnoun Ἰουδαίῳ τε πρῶτον καὶ Ἕλληνι 1 first Paul is speaking of Jewish people and Greek people in general, not of one particular Jew or Greek. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “both to the Jewish people first and to the Greek people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +ROM 1 16 u8on figs-explicit Ἰουδαίῳ τε πρῶτον 1 The phrase **the Jew first** means that the Jewish people were the first people to hear the gospel. Paul does not mean that **the Jew** is better or has a high status than **the Greek**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “both to the Jews who first heard the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 1 16 al16 figs-explicit Ἕλληνι 1 Here, **the Greek** refers to non-Jewish people in general. It does not refer only to people from the country of Greece. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the non-Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 1 17 of98 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that what follows is the reason why the gospel is the power of God that leads to salvation, as stated in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “The gospel can save everyone who believes because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 1 17 wfsc figs-activepassive δικαιοσύνη…Θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ ἀποκαλύπτεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it reveals the righteousness of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 1 17 h38h figs-metaphor δικαιοσύνη…Θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ ἀποκαλύπτεται 1 God’s righteousness is revealed from faith to faith Paul speaks figuratively about **the righteousness of God** as if it was an object that could be **revealed**. He means that people learn about the righteousness of God when someone proclaims the gospel to them. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternative translation: “when people preach the gospel, those who hear it learn about the righteousness of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 1 17 h38h figs-metaphor δικαιοσύνη…Θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ ἀποκαλύπτεται 1 God’s righteousness is revealed from faith to faith Paul speaks about **the righteousness of God** as if it was an object that could be **revealed**. He means that people learn about the righteousness of God when someone proclaims the gospel to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternative translation: “when people preach the gospel, those who hear it learn about the righteousness of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 17 qr31 figs-possession δικαιοσύνη…Θεοῦ 1 Here Paul is using the possessive form **of God** that could refer to: (1) righteousness that comes from God. Alternate translation: “the righteousness from God” (2) righteousness that characterizes God. Alternate translation: “God’s righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 1 17 gsl5 figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνη…Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **righteousness** in another way. Alternate translation: “how God causes people to become righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 1 17 ii3m writing-pronouns ἐν αὐτῷ 1 For in it The pronoun **it** here refers to “the gospel” that was mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 1 17 gsl5 figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνη…Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how God causes people to become righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 1 17 ii3m writing-pronouns ἐν αὐτῷ 1 For in it The pronoun **it** here refers to “the gospel” that was mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 1 17 jl9i figs-idiom ἐκ πίστεως εἰς πίστιν 1 Here, **from faith to faith** describes how **the righteousness of God is revealed**. It is an idiom that could mean: (1) completely by faith alone. Alternate translation: “by faith from beginning to end” or “through faith from first to last” (2) by the faith that all believers share, like how the phrase “from sea to sea” means “from one sea to another sea.” Alternate translation: “from one person’s faith to another person’s faith” (3) by faith that leads to increasing faith. Alternate translation: “through faith for faith” or “from one degree of faith to another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 1 17 igg9 writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 as it has been written Here Paul uses **just as it is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Habakkuk 2:4](../hab/02/04.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “just as it is written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 1 17 bgvh figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the quotation was written by the prophet Habakkuk. Alternate translation: “just as the prophet Habakkuk wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 1 17 oih2 figs-quotemarks ὁ δὲ δίκαιος ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται 1 In this sentence Paul quotes [Habakkuk 2:4](../hab/02/04.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 1 17 a9y7 figs-explicit ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται 1 Here, **live** could refer to: (1) eternal life. Alternative translation: “will live eternally by faith” (2) the quality of one’s physical life. Alternative translation: “will truly live by faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 1 17 e7eu figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 2 See how you translated this word in [verse 5](../01/05.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 1 18 c69s grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For **For** indicates that what follows is the reason why “the righteous one must live by faith,” as mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “The righteous one must live this way because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 1 17 e7eu figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 2 See how you translated **faith** in [verse 5](../01/05.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 1 18 c69s grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For **For** indicates that what follows is the reason why “the righteous one must live by faith,” as mentioned in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “The righteous one must live this way because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 1 18 r15v figs-activepassive ἀποκαλύπτεται…ὀργὴ Θεοῦ 1 For the wrath of God is revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God is revealing his wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 1 18 wzy3 figs-metonymy ὀργὴ Θεοῦ 1 the wrath of God is revealed from heaven against all ungodliness and unrighteousness of people Here Paul uses **wrath** figuratively to refer to the outcome of God’s **wrath**, which is judging and punishing people because they are unrighteous. If this would confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “God’s wrathful punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 1 18 kjen figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ἀσέβειαν καὶ ἀδικίαν ἀνθρώπων 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **ungodliness** and **unrighteousness**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “against all the ungodly and unrighteous acts of men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 1 18 fz23 figs-metonymy ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ἀσέβειαν καὶ ἀδικίαν ἀνθρώπων 1 Here, **ungodliness and unrighteousness of men** figuratively refer to the people who do ungodly and unrighteous things. If this would confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “against people who do any ungodly or unrighteous deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 1 18 wzy3 figs-metonymy ὀργὴ Θεοῦ 1 the wrath of God is revealed from heaven against all ungodliness and unrighteousness of people Here Paul uses **wrath** to refer to the outcome of God’s **wrath**, which is judging and punishing people because they are unrighteous. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “God’s wrathful punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 1 18 kjen figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ἀσέβειαν καὶ ἀδικίαν ἀνθρώπων 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **ungodliness** and **unrighteousness**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “against all the ungodly and unrighteous acts of men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 1 18 fz23 figs-metonymy ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ἀσέβειαν καὶ ἀδικίαν ἀνθρώπων 1 Here, **ungodliness and unrighteousness of men** refer to the people who do ungodly and unrighteous things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “against people who do any ungodly or unrighteous deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 1 18 td8t figs-abstractnouns τῶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐν ἀδικίᾳ κατεχόντων 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **unrighteousness** and **truth**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “who, because they do not want to act righteously, keep holding back what is true about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 18 rztp figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -ROM 1 18 g3qm figs-distinguish τῶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐν ἀδικίᾳ κατεχόντων 1 This phrase gives us further information about the nature of people, who are called ** men** in the previous phrase. It is not making a distinction between different kinds of **men**. If this might confuse your readers, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “these same people who in unrighteousness are holding back the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) -ROM 1 18 k4ql figs-personification τῶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐν ἀδικίᾳ κατεχόντων 1 Here Paul speaks of **truth** figuratively as though it were a person who could be restrained or held back. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “who in unrighteousness prevent the truth from being known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 1 19 jd85 figs-activepassive τὸ γνωστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that it is any person. Alternate translation: “what people can know about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 1 19 r6ef writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς…αὐτοῖς 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the ungodly and unrighteous people mentioned in the previous verse. Unless, otherwise noted, **them**, “their”, and “they” refer to ungodly and unrighteous people throughout [verses 19–32](../01/19.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all these ungodly and unrighteous people … all these ungodly and unrighteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 1 18 g3qm figs-distinguish τῶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐν ἀδικίᾳ κατεχόντων 1 This phrase gives us further information about the nature of people, who are called **men** in the previous phrase. It is not making a distinction between different kinds of **men**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “these same people who in unrighteousness are holding back the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) +ROM 1 18 k4ql figs-personification τῶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐν ἀδικίᾳ κατεχόντων 1 Here Paul speaks of **truth** as if it were a person who could be restrained or held back. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “who in unrighteousness prevent the truth from being known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 1 19 jd85 figs-activepassive τὸ γνωστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what people can know about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 1 19 r6ef writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς…αὐτοῖς 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the ungodly and unrighteous people mentioned in the previous verse. Unless, otherwise noted, **them**, “their”, and “they” refer to ungodly and unrighteous people throughout [verses 19–32](../01/19.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all these ungodly and unrighteous people … all these ungodly and unrighteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 1 20 fo6q figs-abstractnouns τὰ…ἀόρατα αὐτοῦ…καθορᾶται; ἥ τε ἀΐδιος αὐτοῦ δύναμις καὶ θειότης 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **qualities**, **power**, and **nature**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what people cannot see about God, both how eternally powerful he is and who he is are clearly seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 1 20 szu6 figs-metaphor καθορᾶται 1 For his invisible qualities … have been clearly seen Paul uses **seen** figurative to refer to perceiving something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “are clearly perceived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 1 20 szu6 figs-metaphor καθορᾶται 1 For his invisible qualities … have been clearly seen Paul uses **seen** to refer to perceiving something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “are clearly perceived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 20 abdl figs-activepassive καθορᾶται 1 For his invisible qualities … have been clearly seen If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people can clearly see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 1 20 uvc1 figs-synecdoche κόσμου 1 world Paul uses **the world** figuratively to refer to the whole universe. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of all that God made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ROM 1 20 uvc1 figs-synecdoche κόσμου 1 world Paul uses **the world** figuratively to refer to the whole universe. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of all that God made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 1 20 dr8v figs-activepassive τοῖς ποιήμασιν νοούμενα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which the things God has made understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 1 20 dxr6 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτοὺς ἀναπολογήτους 1 they are without excuse **So** indicates that this is a result clause. Use the natural way in your language to express result. Alternate translation: “As a result, they are without excuse” or “This is why they are without excuse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 1 21 pgta figs-explicit γνόντες τὸν Θεὸν 1 Here Paul uses **having known** to imply that these people know about God or know that God exists. He does not mean that they know God personally. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “having known about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 1 21 iasg figs-doublet οὐχ ὡς Θεὸν ἐδόξασαν ἢ ηὐχαρίστησαν 1 Here, **not glorify him** and **nor give him thanks** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that ungodly people dishonor God. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “they thanklessly despise God” or “they completely disregard God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -ROM 1 21 c6v7 figs-metaphor ηὐχαρίστησαν 1 Here Paul speaks of expressions of **thanks** figuratively as if they were something that could be given to a person. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “did they thank him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 1 21 dant figs-doublet ἐματαιώθησαν ἐν τοῖς διαλογισμοῖς αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐσκοτίσθη ἡ ἀσύνετος αὐτῶν καρδία 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show how foolish these ungodly people became by refusing to honor God. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “they became completely senseless in the way they think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ROM 1 20 dxr6 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτοὺς ἀναπολογήτους 1 they are without excuse **So** indicates that this is a result clause. Use the natural way in your language to introduce a result clause. Alternate translation: “As a result, they are without excuse” or “This is why they are without excuse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 1 21 pgta figs-explicit γνόντες τὸν Θεὸν 1 Here Paul uses **having known** to imply that these people know about God or know that God exists. He does not mean that they know God personally. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having known about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 1 21 iasg figs-doublet οὐχ ὡς Θεὸν ἐδόξασαν ἢ ηὐχαρίστησαν 1 Here, **not glorify him** and **nor give him thanks** mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize that ungodly people dishonor God. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “they thanklessly despise God” or “they completely disregard God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ROM 1 21 c6v7 figs-metaphor ηὐχαρίστησαν 1 Here Paul speaks of expressions of **thanks** as if they were something that could be given to a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “did they thank him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 1 21 dant figs-doublet ἐματαιώθησαν ἐν τοῖς διαλογισμοῖς αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐσκοτίσθη ἡ ἀσύνετος αὐτῶν καρδία 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize how foolish these ungodly people became by refusing to honor God. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “they became completely senseless in the way they think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ROM 1 21 xm6i figs-activepassive ἐματαιώθησαν ἐν τοῖς διαλογισμοῖς αὐτῶν 1 became foolish in their thoughts If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they began to think futile things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 1 21 d2c0 figs-metaphor ἐσκοτίσθη ἡ ἀσύνετος αὐτῶν καρδία 1 Here Paul speaks figuratively of the **heart** as if it could mentally sense things or could become black in color. He also uses **darkened** figuratively to refer to someone losing the ability to understand something. He means that these people lack spiritual sensitivity and are unable to understand spiritual things. If your readers would not understand what a **senseless heart** or **darkened** mean in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “their heart became incapable of feeling or understanding spiritual things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 1 21 t4p7 figs-metonymy καρδία 1 Here Paul uses **heart** figuratively to refer a person’s inner being or mind. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “inner being” or “mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 1 21 d2c0 figs-metaphor ἐσκοτίσθη ἡ ἀσύνετος αὐτῶν καρδία 1 Here Paul speaks of the **heart** as if it could mentally sense things or could become black in color. He also uses **darkened** to refer to someone losing the ability to understand something. He means that these people lack spiritual sensitivity and are unable to understand spiritual things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “their heart became incapable of feeling or understanding spiritual things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 1 21 t4p7 figs-metonymy καρδία 1 Here Paul uses **heart** to refer a person’s inner being or mind. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “inner being” or “mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 1 21 sw8q grammar-collectivenouns καρδία 1 The word **heart** is a singular noun that refers to the inner beings or minds of a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “inner beings” or “hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -ROM 1 22 ddr2 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἐμωράνθησαν 1 They claimed to be wise, but they became foolish The phrase **they became foolish** is in contrast to what these unrighteous people claimed about themselves in the previous phrase. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but they became foolish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +ROM 1 22 ddr2 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἐμωράνθησαν 1 They claimed to be wise, but they became foolish The phrase **they became foolish** is in contrast to what these unrighteous people claimed about themselves in the previous clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but they became foolish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 1 22 ly68 ἐμωράνθησαν 1 Alternate translation: “they became fools” or “they acted like fools” or “they started acting like fools” -ROM 1 23 k9xu grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 1 They exchanged the glory of the imperishable God Here, **and** indicates that what follows describes what these ungodly and unrighteous people did after they “became foolish,” as stated in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “then they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 1 23 x2wl figs-metaphor καὶ ἤλλαξαν τὴν δόξαν τοῦ ἀφθάρτου Θεοῦ ἐν ὁμοιώματι εἰκόνος φθαρτοῦ ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πετεινῶν, καὶ τετραπόδων, καὶ ἑρπετῶν. 1 for the likenesses of an image Paul uses **exchanged** figuratively to describe the actions of these ungodly people as if they were exchanging goods or money. Paul means that they stopped worshiping God and started worshiping idols that resembled these creatures. If your readers would not understand what **exchanged** means in this context, you could use an express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “then they stopped glorifying the imperishable God in order to worship images things that God created: perishable humans, birds, four-footed animals, and creeping things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 1 23 k9xu grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 1 They exchanged the glory of the imperishable God Here, **and** indicates that what follows describes what these ungodly and unrighteous people did after they “became foolish,” as stated in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “then they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 1 23 x2wl figs-metaphor καὶ ἤλλαξαν τὴν δόξαν τοῦ ἀφθάρτου Θεοῦ ἐν ὁμοιώματι εἰκόνος φθαρτοῦ ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πετεινῶν, καὶ τετραπόδων, καὶ ἑρπετῶν. 1 for the likenesses of an image Paul uses **exchanged** to describe the actions of these ungodly people as if they were exchanging goods or money. Paul means that they stopped worshiping God and started worshiping idols that resembled these creatures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “then they stopped glorifying the imperishable God in order to worship images things that God created: perishable humans, birds, four-footed animals, and creeping things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 23 qb7f figs-parallelism τὴν δόξαν τοῦ ἀφθάρτου Θεοῦ ἐν ὁμοιώματι εἰκόνος φθαρτοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 The two phrases **the glory of the imperishable God** and **a likeness of an image of perishable man** mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing with similar phrases to emphasize the contrast between **God** and **man**. Use a natural way in your language to express a contrast that uses parallel ideas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 1 23 r14e figs-abstractnouns τὴν δόξαν τοῦ ἀφθάρτου Θεοῦ 1 of perishable man If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what glorifies the imperishable God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 23 u971 figs-possession τὴν δόξαν τοῦ ἀφθάρτου Θεοῦ 1 of birds, of four-footed beasts, and of creeping things Paul is using the possessive form to describe the relationship between **glory** and **the imperishable God**. This phrase could refer to: (1) the glory that characterizes God. Alternate translation: “the glory that characterizes the imperishable God” (2) the glory that belongs to God. Alternate translation: “the glory that belongs only to the imperishable God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 23 rfez figs-possession ὁμοιώματι εἰκόνος 1 The words translated as **likeness** and **image** were used in the Greek translation of the Old Testament to refer to the same thing ([Genesis 1:26](../gen/01/26.md)). Here Paul is using the possessive form to indicate that **image** is an explanation of **likeness**. Use a word or phrase that introduces a further explanation or elaboration in your language. Alternate translation: “a likeness, that is, an image” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 1 23 osrt figs-ellipsis καὶ πετεινῶν, καὶ τετραπόδων, καὶ ἑρπετῶν 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a phrase would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “and likenesses of birds, and likenesses of four-footed animals, and likenesses of creeping things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 1 23 osrt figs-ellipsis καὶ πετεινῶν, καὶ τετραπόδων, καὶ ἑρπετῶν 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a phrase would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “and likenesses of birds, and likenesses of four-footed animals, and likenesses of creeping things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 1 23 rq7h τετραπόδων 1 The phrase **four-footed beasts** refers to animals that walk on four feet. Use the most natural form to describe this kind of animal in your language. Alternate translation: “of quadrupeds” or “of four-legged beasts” ROM 1 24 fvv6 grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ 1 Therefore **Therefore** here introduces a result clause. Paul is stating the result of people rejecting the glory of God in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language to introduce a result clause. Alternate translation: “As a result” or “This is why” or “Because of this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 1 24 ec9q figs-metaphor παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς ἐν ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν αὐτῶν 1 God gave them over to Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if **God** were physically giving them to **lusts**. He means that God is allowing them to have what they desire. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “God permitted them to become controlled by the lusts of their hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 1 24 tlv5 figs-possession ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν αὐτῶν 1 them … their … themselves Paul is using the possessive form to describe **lusts** that come from **their hearts**. If this is not clear in your language, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the lusts that come from their hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 1 24 ec9q figs-metaphor παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς ἐν ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν αὐτῶν 1 God gave them over to Paul speaks of these people as if **God** were physically giving them to **lusts**. He means that God is allowing them to have what they desire. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “God permitted them to become controlled by the lusts of their hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 1 24 tlv5 figs-possession ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν αὐτῶν 1 them … their … themselves Paul is using the possessive form to describe **lusts** that come from **their hearts**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the lusts that come from their hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 24 le2o figs-metonymy τῶν καρδιῶν αὐτῶν 1 See how you translated “heart” in [verse 21](../01/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 1 24 rkou grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν 1 This is a result clause. Paul is stating the result of people indulging in **the lusts of their hearts**. Use the natural way in your language to express result. Alternate translation: “resulting in uncleanness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 1 24 ze8i figs-abstractnouns εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **uncleanness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to become unclean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 1 24 g0r4 figs-metaphor εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν 1 Here Paul uses **uncleanness** figuratively to refer to sexual immorality as if it were something dirty. He means that these lustful people become spiritually impure as a result of doing sexually immoral acts. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “to become sexually immoral” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 1 24 g0r4 figs-metaphor εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν 1 Here Paul uses **uncleanness** to refer to sexual immorality as if it were something dirty. He means that these lustful people become spiritually impure as a result of doing sexually immoral acts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “to become sexually immoral” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 24 puad grammar-connect-logic-goal τοῦ ἀτιμάζεσθαι 1 Here, **to dishonor** could refer to: (1) the result of God giving the people **over to their lusts**. Alternate translation: “which results in them dishonoring” (2) the purpose for which **God gave them over to their lusts**. Alternate translation: “in order to dishonor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 1 24 a8pm figs-euphemism τοῦ ἀτιμάζεσθαι τὰ σώματα αὐτῶν 1 for their bodies to be dishonored among themselves In this clause Paul uses **dishonor their bodies** figuratively to refer to sexually immoral acts. This is a polite way of referring to a shameful act. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to commit sexually immoral acts” or “to indulging in sexually immoral activity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -ROM 1 25 dv6h figs-metaphor οἵτινες μετήλλαξαν τὴν ἀλήθειαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν τῷ ψεύδει 1 they Paul uses **exchanged** figuratively to describe the actions of these ungodly people as if they were exchanging goods or money. Paul means that they stopped believing what is true about God and started believing in idols, which are false gods. If your readers would not understand what **exchanged** means in this context, you could use an express the meaning plainly. See how you translated **exchanged** in [verse 23](../01/23.md). Alternative translation, “these people refuse to trust what God says is true and accept what is false” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 1 24 a8pm figs-euphemism τοῦ ἀτιμάζεσθαι τὰ σώματα αὐτῶν 1 for their bodies to be dishonored among themselves In this clause Paul uses **dishonor their bodies** figuratively to refer to sexually immoral acts. This is a polite way of referring to a shameful act. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different polite way of referring to this or you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to commit sexually immoral acts” or “to indulging in sexually immoral activity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +ROM 1 25 dv6h figs-metaphor οἵτινες μετήλλαξαν τὴν ἀλήθειαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν τῷ ψεύδει 1 they Paul uses **exchanged** to describe the actions of these ungodly people as if they were exchanging goods or money. Paul means that they stopped believing what is true about God and started believing in idols, which are false gods. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated **exchanged** in [verse 23](../01/23.md). Alternative translation, “these people refuse to trust what God says is true and accept what is false” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 25 koee figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀλήθειαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν τῷ ψεύδει 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **truth** and **lie**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what is correct about God for what is incorrect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 1 25 e9pj figs-possession τὴν ἀλήθειαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 who worshiped and served the creation Paul is using the possessive form to describe **truth** that is about **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “true” instead of the noun **truth**. Alternate translation: “the truth about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 1 25 bl7p figs-doublet ἐσεβάσθησαν καὶ ἐλάτρευσαν 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that these people completely rejected worshiping the true **God**. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “wholeheartedly worshiped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ROM 1 25 e9pj figs-possession τὴν ἀλήθειαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 who worshiped and served the creation Paul is using the possessive form to describe **truth** that is about **God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the truth about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 1 25 bl7p figs-doublet ἐσεβάσθησαν καὶ ἐλάτρευσαν 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize that these people completely rejected worshiping the true **God**. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “wholeheartedly worshiped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ROM 1 25 x3t4 figs-abstractnouns τῇ κτίσει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **creation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what was created” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 1 25 xrsa figs-distinguish ὅς ἐστιν εὐλογητὸς εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας 1 This phrase gives us further information about **the Creator**. It is not making a distinction between **God** and **the Creator**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “God who is blessed to eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) +ROM 1 25 xrsa figs-distinguish ὅς ἐστιν εὐλογητὸς εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας 1 This phrase gives further information about **the Creator**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “God who is blessed to eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 1 25 m8zg translate-blessing ὅς ἐστιν εὐλογητὸς εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας 1 After naming **the Creator**, Paul adds a blessing. Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing in your language. Alternate translation: “may he be blessed to eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]]) ROM 1 25 v1ex figs-nominaladj εὐλογητὸς 1 Paul is using the adjective **blessed** as a noun in order to describe **the Creator**. If your language does not use adjectives in the same way, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the blessed one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 1 26 sk6f figs-metaphor παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς εἰς 1 See how you translated this phrase in [verse 24](../01/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 1 26 hw81 figs-possession πάθη ἀτιμίας 1 dishonorable passions Paul is using the possessive form to describe **passions** that are characterized by **dishonor**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “dishonorable” instead of the noun “dishonor.” Alternate translation: “dishonorable passions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 1 26 hw81 figs-possession πάθη ἀτιμίας 1 dishonorable passions Paul is using the possessive form to describe **passions** that are characterized by **dishonor**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “dishonorable passions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 26 lk73 figs-abstractnouns πάθη ἀτιμίας 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **passions** and **dishonor**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “dishonor themselves by doing what they are passionate about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 26 j4ni grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 for their women The word translated **for** introduces an explanation of **passions of dishonor**. This explanation begins after the word **for** and continues through the end of the next verse. Use a word or phrase that introduces a further explanation or elaboration in your language. Alternate translation: “That is,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 1 26 jqyi figs-metaphor μετήλλαξαν τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν εἰς τὴν παρὰ φύσιν 1 Paul uses **exchanged** figuratively to describe the actions of ungodly women as if they were exchanging goods or money. Paul means that they stopped doing **natural** sexual acts with men and started doing sexual acts with other women that are **contrary to nature**. If your readers would not understand what **exchanged** means in this context, you could use an express the meaning plainly. See how you translated **exchanged** in [verses 23](../01/23.md) and [25](../01/25.md). Alternative translation, “stopped doing natural sexual acts with men and started doing unnatural sexual acts with women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 1 26 vs4a figs-euphemism τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν 1 exchanged natural relations for those that were unnatural Paul uses **the natural use** figuratively to refer to sexual activity between women and men. This is a polite way of referring to something that would be offensive in some cultures. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “sexual activity with males” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -ROM 1 26 qvr5 figs-euphemism τὴν παρὰ φύσιν 1 exchanged natural relations for those that were unnatural Paul uses **contrary to nature** figuratively to refer to sexual activity between women and other women. This is a polite way of referring to something immoral. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “sexual activity with females” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +ROM 1 26 jqyi figs-metaphor μετήλλαξαν τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν εἰς τὴν παρὰ φύσιν 1 Paul uses **exchanged** to describe the actions of ungodly women as if they were exchanging goods or money. Paul means that they stopped doing **natural** sexual acts with men and started doing sexual acts with other women, which is **contrary to nature**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an express the meaning plainly. See how you translated **exchanged** in [verses 23](../01/23.md) and [25](../01/25.md). Alternative translation, “stopped doing natural sexual acts with men and started doing unnatural sexual acts with women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 1 26 vs4a figs-euphemism τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν 1 exchanged natural relations for those that were unnatural Paul uses **the natural use** figuratively to refer to sexual activity between women and men. This is a polite way of referring to something that would be offensive in some cultures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different polite way of referring to this or you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “sexual activity with males” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +ROM 1 26 qvr5 figs-euphemism τὴν παρὰ φύσιν 1 exchanged natural relations for those that were unnatural Paul uses **contrary to nature** figuratively to refer to sexual activity between women and other women. This is a polite way of referring to something immoral. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “sexual activity with females” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) ROM 1 27 ji3l grammar-connect-words-phrases ὁμοίως τε καὶ οἱ ἄρσενες 1 This phrase emphasizes that what follows is similar to [1:26](../01/26.md). Alternate translation: “in the same way even the males” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 1 27 gn3f figs-metaphor ἀφέντες 1 committed shameless acts Paul speaks figuratively of these men as if they were leaving their location to go to another one. He means that they are abandoning or rejecting the way God intended for people to do sexual acts. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “having abandoned” or “having rejected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 1 27 gn3f figs-metaphor ἀφέντες 1 committed shameless acts Paul speaks of these men as if they were leaving their location to go to another one. He means that they are abandoning or rejecting the way God intended for people to do sexual acts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “having abandoned” or “having rejected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 27 g3ja figs-euphemism τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν τῆς θηλείας 1 men also left their natural relations with women See how you translated **the natural use** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -ROM 1 27 qvi3 figs-possession τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν τῆς θηλείας 1 men and received in themselves the penalty they deserved for their error Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the natural use** that is associated with **the female**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use an alternative expression. Alternate translation: “the natural use associated with the female” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 1 27 qvi3 figs-possession τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν τῆς θηλείας 1 men and received in themselves the penalty they deserved for their error Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the natural use** that is associated with **the female**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the natural use associated with the female” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 27 pqpo figs-genericnoun τῆς θηλείας 1 men and received in themselves the penalty they deserved for their error Paul is speaking of these females in general, not of one particular **female**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “of females” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -ROM 1 27 yvm1 figs-metaphor ἐξεκαύθησαν ἐν τῇ ὀρέξει αὐτῶν εἰς ἀλλήλους 1 error Paul speaks figuratively of **lust** as if it were something that could burn like a fire. He means that their **lust** is out of control like a burning fire. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “passionately lusted after one another” or “intensely desired each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 1 27 yvm1 figs-metaphor ἐξεκαύθησαν ἐν τῇ ὀρέξει αὐτῶν εἰς ἀλλήλους 1 error Paul speaks of **lust** as if it were something that could burn like a fire. He means that their **lust** is out of control like a burning fire. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “passionately lusted after one another” or “intensely desired each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 27 ylj6 figs-abstractnouns ἐξεκαύθησαν ἐν τῇ ὀρέξει αὐτῶν εἰς ἀλλήλους 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **lust**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “burned lustfully for one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 1 27 kxwj figs-euphemism ἄρσενες ἐν ἄρσεσιν τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην κατεργαζόμενοι 1 This phrase refers to men doing sexual acts with other men. This is a polite way of referring to something immoral. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “males shamelessly engaging in sexual activity with each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -ROM 1 27 u2hh figs-metaphor κατεργαζόμενοι 1 Paul speaks figuratively of men doing sexual acts with each other as if it could produce something. He means that what they are doing is morally shameful. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “committing” or “engaging in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 1 27 sjhb figs-infostructure καὶ τὴν ἀντιμισθίαν ἣν ἔδει τῆς πλάνης αὐτῶν, ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἀπολαμβάνοντες 1 In the original language the phrase **the penalty** is at the front of the clause for emphasis. If it would be more natural in your language, you could arrange the order of these phrases to show that emphasis. Alternate translation: “and the penalty which was necessary for their perversion receiving in themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) -ROM 1 27 jtru grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 2 Here, **and** indicates that what follows is the result of the **shameless acts**. Alternate translation: “and as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 1 27 raet figs-metaphor ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἀπολαμβάνοντες 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **the penalty** for their sinful activity as if it were something that they could receive inside of themselves. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “experiencing in their own bodies” or “receiving among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 1 27 kxwj figs-euphemism ἄρσενες ἐν ἄρσεσιν τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην κατεργαζόμενοι 1 This phrase refers to men doing sexual acts with other men. This is a polite way of referring to something immoral. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different polite way of referring to this or you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “males shamelessly engaging in sexual activity with each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +ROM 1 27 u2hh figs-metaphor κατεργαζόμενοι 1 Paul speaks of men doing sexual acts with each other as if it could produce something. He means that what they are doing is morally shameful. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “committing” or “engaging in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 1 27 sjhb figs-infostructure καὶ τὴν ἀντιμισθίαν ἣν ἔδει τῆς πλάνης αὐτῶν, ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἀπολαμβάνοντες 1 In the original language the phrase **the penalty** is at the front of the clause for emphasis. If it would be more natural in your language, you could arrange the order of these phrases to show that emphasis. Alternate translation: “and the penalty, which was necessary for their perversion, receiving in themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) +ROM 1 27 jtru grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 2 Here, **and** indicates that what follows is the result of the **shameless acts**. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “and as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 1 27 raet figs-metaphor ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἀπολαμβάνοντες 1 Paul speaks of **the penalty** for their sinful activity as if it were something that they could receive inside of themselves. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “experiencing in their own bodies” or “receiving among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 27 x6fz figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀντιμισθίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **penalty**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the punishing act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 27 dbtt figs-abstractnouns ἣν ἔδει τῆς πλάνης αὐτῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **perversion**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “which was necessary for their perverted acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 1 28 bt7u figs-idiom οὐκ ἐδοκίμασαν, τὸν Θεὸν ἔχειν ἐν ἐπιγνώσει 1 The phrase **having God in their full awareness** is an idiom that means “thinking about God” or “acknowledging God.” If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “they did not approve of thinking about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 1 28 bt7u figs-idiom οὐκ ἐδοκίμασαν, τὸν Θεὸν ἔχειν ἐν ἐπιγνώσει 1 Here, **having God in their full awareness** is an idiom that refers to thinking about God or acknowledging God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “they did not approve of thinking about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 1 28 f53x figs-abstractnouns τὸν Θεὸν ἔχειν ἐν ἐπιγνώσει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **full awareness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “being fully aware of God” or “fully acknowledging that God exists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 28 yy1c figs-metaphor παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς εἰς 1 he gave them up to a depraved mind See how you translated this phrase in [verses 24](../01/24.md) and [26](../01/26.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 28 p8z2 figs-genericnoun εἰς ἀδόκιμον νοῦν 1 not proper Paul is speaking of the minds of these ungodly people in general, not of one particular **mind**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “to disapproved minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -ROM 1 28 r1pt figs-explicit εἰς ἀδόκιμον νοῦν 1 not proper Here, **mind** refers to a person’s will and moral reasoning. The **mind** of one of these ungodly people is **disapproved**, which means that it has been rejected by God as worthless. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state these ideas explicitly. Alternate translation: “to a mind that has become worthless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 1 28 r1pt figs-explicit εἰς ἀδόκιμον νοῦν 1 not proper Here, **mind** refers to a person’s will and moral reasoning. The **mind** of one of these ungodly people is **disapproved**, which means that it has been rejected by God as worthless. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to a mind that has become worthless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 1 28 ie4l grammar-connect-logic-result ποιεῖν 1 Here, **to do** could refer to: (1) the result of **a disapproved mind**. Alternate translation: “as a result they do” or “causing them to practice” (2) the purpose of **a disapproved mind**. Alternate translation: “so that they do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 1 28 aye6 figs-explicit τὰ μὴ καθήκοντα 1 The phrase **those things that are not proper** refers to what Paul describes in [verses 29–31](../01/29.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those improper things that follow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 1 29 v0zj figs-metaphor πεπληρωμένους πάσῃ ἀδικίᾳ, πονηρίᾳ, πλεονεξίᾳ, κακίᾳ 1 Paul uses **filled with** figuratively to refer to these ungodly people as if they were a container **filled with** the sins that Paul lists in this clause. Like a container that has been **filled with** something, the people are completely controlled by these sins. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fully controlled by unrighteousness, wickedness, covetousness, and malice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 1 28 aye6 figs-explicit τὰ μὴ καθήκοντα 1 The phrase **those things that are not proper** refers to what Paul describes in [verses 29–31](../01/29.md).If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those improper things that follow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 1 29 v0zj figs-metaphor πεπληρωμένους πάσῃ ἀδικίᾳ, πονηρίᾳ, πλεονεξίᾳ, κακίᾳ 1 Paul uses **filled with** to refer to these ungodly people as if they were a container **filled with** the sins that Paul lists in this clause. Like a container that has been **filled with** something, the people are completely controlled by these sins. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fully controlled by unrighteousness, wickedness, covetousness, and malice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 29 t4qm figs-activepassive πεπληρωμένους 1 They are full of envy, murder, strife, deceit, and evil intentions If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they filled themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 1 29 uqks figs-abstractnouns πεπληρωμένους πάσῃ ἀδικίᾳ, πονηρίᾳ, πλεονεξίᾳ, κακίᾳ; 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **unrighteousness**, **wickedness**, **covetousness**, and **malice**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “filled with all unrighteous, wicked, covetous, and malicious thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 1 29 a7s3 figs-metaphor μεστοὺς φθόνου, φόνου, ἔριδος, δόλου, κακοηθείας 1 Paul uses **full of** figuratively to refer to these ungodly people as if they were a container **full of** the sins that Paul lists in this clause. Like a container that is **full of** something, the people are completely controlled by these sins. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fully controlled by envy, murder, strife, deceit, and evil intent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 1 29 a7s3 figs-metaphor μεστοὺς φθόνου, φόνου, ἔριδος, δόλου, κακοηθείας 1 Paul uses **full of** to refer to these ungodly people as if they were a container **full of** the sins that Paul lists in this clause. Like a container that is **full of** something, the people are completely controlled by these sins. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fully controlled by envy, murder, strife, deceit, and evil intent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 1 29 dzda figs-abstractnouns μεστοὺς φθόνου, φόνου, ἔριδος, δόλου, κακοηθείας 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **envy**, **murder**, **strife**, **deceit**, and **evil intent**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “they are full of envious, murderous, contentious, and deceitful thoughts, and they intend to do evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 1 30 f4tt figs-nominaladj θεοστυγεῖς, ὑβριστάς, ὑπερηφάνους, ἀλαζόνας…ἀπειθεῖς 1 slanderers Paul is using these adjectives as nouns in order to describe a group of people. If your language does not use adjectives in the same way, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who hate God, people who are insolent, people who are arrogant, people who are boastful … people who are disobedient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -ROM 1 30 th8q figs-abstractnouns καταλάλους…ἐφευρετὰς κακῶν 1 inventing ways of doing evil If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **slanderers** and **inventors** in another way. Alternate translation: “people who speak against others … people who invent ways to do evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 1 30 qq50 figs-possession ἐφευρετὰς κακῶν 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **inventors** who invent **evil things**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they invent evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 1 30 th8q figs-abstractnouns καταλάλους…ἐφευρετὰς κακῶν 1 inventing ways of doing evil If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **slanderers** and **inventors**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “people who speak against others … people who invent ways to do evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 1 30 qq50 figs-possession ἐφευρετὰς κακῶν 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **inventors** who invent **evil things**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “they invent evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 1 31 i7ix figs-nominaladj ἀσυνέτους, ἀσυνθέτους, ἀστόργους, ἀνελεήμονας 1 Paul is using these adjectives as nouns in order to describe a group of people. If your language does not use adjectives in the same way, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are senseless, faithless, heartless, and merciless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -ROM 1 32 cxx8 figs-abstractnouns τὸ δικαίωμα 1 They understand the righteous regulations of God If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteous decree**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is rightly decreed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 1 32 ytu6 figs-possession τὸ δικαίωμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **the righteous decree** that comes from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God’s righteous decree” or “what God decrees is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 1 32 z12q grammar-connect-words-phrases ὅτι 1 are deserving of death Here, **that** indicates that what follows is the content of the **the righteous decree of God**. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “namely,” or “in other words,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 1 32 iqg1 writing-pronouns τὰ τοιαῦτα…αὐτὰ…τοῖς πράσσουσιν 1 who do them The pronouns **such things** and **things** and **them** refer to the litany of “the things that are not proper” in [verses 28–31](../01/28/md). If this would confuse your readers, you could make state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “such improper things … these improper things … those who keep doing these improper things” or “these kinds of evil things … these evil things … those who keep doing these evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 1 32 cxx8 figs-abstractnouns τὸ δικαίωμα 1 They understand the righteous regulations of God If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **decree**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is rightly decreed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 1 32 ytu6 figs-possession τὸ δικαίωμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **the righteous decree** that comes from **God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “God’s righteous decree” or “what God decrees is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 1 32 z12q grammar-connect-words-phrases ὅτι 1 are deserving of death Here, **that** indicates that what follows is the content of the **the righteous decree of God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “namely,” or “in other words,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 1 32 iqg1 writing-pronouns τὰ τοιαῦτα…αὐτὰ…τοῖς πράσσουσιν 1 who do them The pronouns **such things** and **things** and **them** refer to the litany of “the things that are not proper” in [verses 28–31](../01/28/md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “such improper things … these improper things … those who keep doing these improper things” or “these kinds of evil things … these evil things … those who keep doing these evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 1 32 p9e9 figs-nominaladj ἄξιοι θανάτου 1 Paul is using the adjective **worthy** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. If your language does not use adjectives in the same way, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who deserve death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 1 32 t0ls figs-abstractnouns ἄξιοι θανάτου εἰσίν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “are worthy to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 1 32 awth figs-explicit ἄξιοι θανάτου εἰσίν 1 Here, **death** refers to spiritual **death**, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “are worthy to die spiritually” or “are worthy of spiritual death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 1 32 awth figs-explicit ἄξιοι θανάτου εἰσίν 1 Here, **death** refers to spiritual **death**, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “are worthy to die spiritually” or “are worthy of spiritual death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 2 intro dse2 0 # Romans 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

3. All mankind is condemned because of sin (1:18–3:20)
* All non-Jews have sinned (1:18–32)
* All Jews have sinned (2:1–3:8)

In this chapter Paul shifts his audience from Roman Christians to people who “judge” other people and do not believe in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “The Law”

In this chapter Paul uses the singular noun “the law” to refer to the group of laws that God gave Israel through Moses. Paul says that those who try to obey the Law of Moses will not be justified by trying to obey it. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

In [verses 1–5](../02/01.md) Paul uses the singular pronoun “you” and the singular noun “man” to refer to all people in general. If your language does not use singular pronouns or singular nouns to refer to a group of people, you can use a different expression. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) ROM 2 1 y6ts grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ 1 **Therefore** here marks a new section of the letter. It also introduces a result clause that summarizes the consequences of the behavior that Paul described in [1:18–32](../01/18.md). Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “As a result” or “So then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 2 1 d7pj figs-youcrowd εἶ…κρίνεις…σεαυτὸν κατακρίνεις…πράσσεις, ὁ κρίνων 1 Therefore you are without excuse Paul uses the singular pronoun **you** here to refer to all people in general. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “every one of you is … every one of you judges … every one of you condemns yourself … every one of you who judges practices” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) ROM 2 1 atxo ἀναπολόγητος 1 Therefore you are without excuse See how you translated this phrase in [1:20](../01/20.md). ROM 2 1 md5e figs-exclamations ὦ ἄνθρωπε 1 you **O man** here is an exclamation that is meant to convict every judgmental person in the human race. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this idea. Alternate translation: “every human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 2 1 x3mi grammar-collectivenouns ἄνθρωπε 1 you are Here, **man** is a singular noun that refers to humanity in general. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter Alternate translation: “human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -ROM 2 1 n2mu grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **for** introduces a reason clause. In the rest of the verse Paul gives the reasons why **anyone who judges** is **without excuse**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because” or “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 2 1 jt4b writing-pronouns ἐν ᾧ 1 you person, you who judge The word translated **that which** is a pronoun that refers to any way or any time a person might judge someone else. You may need to make this explicit in your language. Alternate translation: “anytime” or “in anything that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 2 1 ybp2 figs-genericnoun τὸν ἕτερον 1 for what you judge in another you condemn in yourself Here, **the other** refers to any other person. You may need to make this explicit in your language. Alternate translation: “any other person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -ROM 2 1 nz11 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **for** introduces a clause that explains why these judgmental people are self-condemned. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 2 1 wumc writing-pronouns τὰ…αὐτὰ 1 The phrase **the same things** refers to acts for which people judge one another. Use a natural way in your language to communicate this idea. Alternate translation: “the very same deeds” or “the same things you judge them for doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 2 1 n2mu grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **for** introduces a reason clause. In the rest of the verse Paul gives the reasons why **anyone who judges** is **without excuse**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “because” or “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 2 1 jt4b writing-pronouns ἐν ᾧ 1 you person, you who judge The word translated **that which** is a pronoun that refers to any way or any time a person might judge someone else. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “anytime” or “in anything that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 2 1 ybp2 figs-genericnoun τὸν ἕτερον 1 for what you judge in another you condemn in yourself Here, **the other** refers to any other person.If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “any other person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +ROM 2 1 nz11 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **for** introduces a clause that explains why these judgmental people are self-condemned. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “this is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 2 1 wumc writing-pronouns τὰ…αὐτὰ 1 The phrase **the same things** refers to acts for which people judge one another. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the very same deeds” or “the same things you judge them for doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 2 2 jr4i figs-exclusive οἴδαμεν 1 But we know Here, **we** could refer to: (1) Paul and the church at Rome. Alternate translation: “all of us believers in Christ” (2) mankind in general. Alternate translation: “all people” Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ROM 2 2 qca8 figs-possession τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the judgment** that **God** does. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “God’s judgment” or “how God judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 2 2 qca8 figs-possession τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the judgment** that **God** does. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “God’s judgment” or “how God judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 2 2 kfy1 figs-abstractnouns τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν κατὰ ἀλήθειαν 1 God’s judgment is according to truth when it falls on those If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **judgment** and **truth**, you could express the ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “how God judges is according to what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 2 2 lfqn figs-explicit κατὰ ἀλήθειαν 1 God’s judgment is according to truth when it falls on those This phrase indicates the manner in which God will judge those who act sinfully. He will judge them according to the sins they truly committed. If this phrase might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “based on the facts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 2 2 lfqn figs-explicit κατὰ ἀλήθειαν 1 God’s judgment is according to truth when it falls on those This phrase indicates the manner in which God will judge those who act sinfully. He will judge them according to the sins they truly committed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “based on the facts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 2 2 j46f τοὺς…πράσσοντας 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:32](../01/32/.md). -ROM 2 2 mjao figs-explicit τὰ τοιαῦτα 1 Here, **such things** refers to the litany of “the things that are not proper” in [1:28–32](../01/28/md). If this would confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “such improper things” or “these kinds of evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 2 2 mjao figs-explicit τὰ τοιαῦτα 1 Here, **such things** refers to the litany of “the things that are not proper” in [1:28–32](../01/28/md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “such improper things” or “these kinds of evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 2 3 zwg7 figs-rquestion λογίζῃ δὲ τοῦτο, ὦ ἄνθρωπε, ὁ κρίνων τοὺς τὰ τοιαῦτα πράσσοντας, καὶ ποιῶν αὐτά, ὅτι σὺ ἐκφεύξῃ τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ? 1 person Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that these judgmental people should know that God will finally judge them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “But you should not think, O man, who judges those who are practicing such things and you are doing the same things, that you will escape from the judgment of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 2 3 jct9 writing-pronouns τοῦτο 1 The pronoun **this** refers to the final clause of this verse **that you will escape from the judgment of God**. You could use a natural way in your language to make this idea explicit. Alternate translation: “this fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 2 3 jct9 writing-pronouns τοῦτο 1 The pronoun **this** refers to the final clause of this verse **that you will escape from the judgment of God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 2 3 ysys figs-infostructure τοῦτο, ὦ ἄνθρωπε, ὁ κρίνων τοὺς τὰ τοιαῦτα πράσσοντας, καὶ ποιῶν αὐτά, ὅτι σὺ ἐκφεύξῃ τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “that you will escape from the judgment of God, O man, who judges those who are practicing such things and you are doing the same things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 2 3 rk75 figs-exclamations ὦ ἄνθρωπε 1 you who judge those who practice such things although you do the same things See how you translated this phrase in [verse 1](../02/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 2 3 mo4p figs-explicit τὰ τοιαῦτα…αὐτά 1 The phrases **such things** and **the same things** refer to the litany of “the things that are not proper” in [1:28–32](../01/28/md). See how you translated **such things** in [verse 2](../02/02.md) and **the same things** in [verse 1](../02/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 2 3 bd82 figs-personification ὅτι σὺ ἐκφεύξῃ τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, **judgment** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who someone could **escape** from. Paul means that no one can avoid God’s judgment. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “that you will not prevent God’s judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 2 3 bd82 figs-personification ὅτι σὺ ἐκφεύξῃ τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here Paul speaks of **judgment** as if it were a person who someone could **escape** from. Paul means that no one can avoid God’s judgment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “that you will not prevent God’s judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 2 3 hpej figs-explicit τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [verse 2](../02/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 2 4 pex3 figs-rquestion ἢ τοῦ πλούτου τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς ἀνοχῆς, καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας καταφρονεῖς, ἀγνοῶν ὅτι τὸ χρηστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰς μετάνοιάν σε ἄγει? 1 Or do you think so little of the riches of his goodness, his delayed punishment, and his patience … repentance? Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that these judgmental people should know that **the kindness of God leads** them **to repentance**. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You who scorn the wealth of his kindness and forbearance and patience surely know that the kindness of God leads you to repentance!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 2 4 v9yf figs-youcrowd καταφρονεῖς…σε 1 In this verse Paul uses the singular pronoun **you** here to refer to all of humanity in general. See how you translated **you** in [verses 1](../02/01.md) and [3](../02/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) -ROM 2 4 w537 figs-metaphor τοῦ πλούτου τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς ἀνοχῆς, καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας 1 Do you think so little of the riches … patience Paul speaks figuratively of God’s **kindness and forbearance and patience** as if they were wealth that could be acquired or rejected. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “acquiring his wonderful kindness and forbearance and patience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 2 4 swj9 figs-abstractnouns τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς ἀνοχῆς, καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας 1 Do you not know that his goodness is meant to lead you to repentance? If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind the words **kindness**, **forbearance**, and **patience**, you could express these ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “of how kind, forbearing, and patient he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 2 4 pplt figs-possession τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς ἀνοχῆς, καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας…τὸ χρηστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe the **kindness**, **forbearance**, and **patience** that characterize **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “of God’s kindness, forbearance, and patience … God’s kindness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 2 4 acip figs-personification τὸ χρηστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰς μετάνοιάν σε ἄγει 1 Paul speaks of **the kindness of God** figuratively as if it were a person who could lead someone **to repentance**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God uses his kindness to cause you to repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 2 4 w537 figs-metaphor τοῦ πλούτου τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς ἀνοχῆς, καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας 1 Do you think so little of the riches … patience Paul speaks of God’s **kindness and forbearance and patience** as if they were wealth that could be acquired or rejected. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “acquiring his wonderful kindness and forbearance and patience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 2 4 swj9 figs-abstractnouns τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς ἀνοχῆς, καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας 1 Do you not know that his goodness is meant to lead you to repentance? If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **kindness**, **forbearance**, and **patience**, you could express these ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “of how kind, forbearing, and patient he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 2 4 pplt figs-possession τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς ἀνοχῆς, καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας…τὸ χρηστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe the **kindness**, **forbearance**, and **patience** that characterize **God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “of God’s kindness, forbearance, and patience … God’s kindness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 2 4 acip figs-personification τὸ χρηστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰς μετάνοιάν σε ἄγει 1 Paul speaks of **the kindness of God** as if it were a person who could lead someone **to repentance**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God uses his kindness to cause you to repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 2 4 u0io grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς μετάνοιάν σε ἄγει 1 Here, **to repentance** is a goal clause. Paul is stating the goal of **the kindness of God**. Use a natural way in your language to indicate a goal clause. Alternate translation: “leads you to repent” or “guides you to deeply change the way you perceive things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 2 4 jamv figs-abstractnouns μετάνοιάν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **repentance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to deeply change the way you perceive things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 2 5 agl8 figs-metaphor κατὰ δὲ τὴν σκληρότητά σου 1 But it is to the extent of your hardness and unrepentant heart Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were a hard substance. He means that these people stubbornly refuse to repent from their judgmental way of life. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “But according to your stubbornness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 2 5 v6z1 figs-metonymy ἀμετανόητον καρδίαν 1 Here, **heart** figuratively refers to a person’s will or inner being. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “unrepentant will” or “unwillingness to repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 2 5 fv4k figs-metaphor θησαυρίζεις σεαυτῷ ὀργὴν 1 you are storing up for yourself wrath Here Paul speaks of **wrath** figuratively as if it were an object that someone could store up. He means that the longer people refuse to repent, the greater is God’s wrath against them. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “you are increasing how much wrath God has against you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 2 5 s7cs figs-metonymy ὀργὴν…ὀργῆς 1 you are storing up for yourself wrath Here Paul uses **wrath** figuratively to refer to the outcome of God’s **wrath**, which is judging and punishing people because they are unrighteous. See how you translated the same use of this word in [1:18](../01/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 2 5 pck0 figs-explicit ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως δικαιοκρισίας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul assumes that his readers will know that both **the day of wrath** and **the revelation of the righteous judgment of God** refer to the time in the future when God will punish all wicked people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the time God finally punishes wicked people and reveals his righteous judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 2 5 uz3k figs-possession ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως δικαιοκρισίας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **day** that is characterized by **wrath** and by **the revelation of the righteous judgment of God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the meaning differently. Alternate translation: “on the day characterized by God’s wrath and the revelation of his righteous judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 2 5 agl8 figs-metaphor κατὰ δὲ τὴν σκληρότητά σου 1 But it is to the extent of your hardness and unrepentant heart Paul speaks of these people as if they were a hard substance. He means that these people stubbornly refuse to repent from their judgmental way of life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “But according to your stubbornness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 2 5 v6z1 figs-metonymy ἀμετανόητον καρδίαν 1 Here, **heart** refers to a person’s will or inner being. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “unrepentant will” or “unwillingness to repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 2 5 fv4k figs-metaphor θησαυρίζεις σεαυτῷ ὀργὴν 1 you are storing up for yourself wrath Here Paul speaks of **wrath** as if it were an object that someone could store up. He means that the longer people refuse to repent, the greater is God’s wrath against them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “you are increasing how much wrath God has against you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 2 5 s7cs figs-metonymy ὀργὴν…ὀργῆς 1 you are storing up for yourself wrath Here Paul uses **wrath** to refer to the outcome of God’s **wrath**, which is judging and punishing people because they are unrighteous. See how you translated the same use of this word in [1:18](../01/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 2 5 pck0 figs-explicit ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως δικαιοκρισίας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul assumes that his readers will know that both **the day of wrath** and **the revelation of the righteous judgment of God** refer to the time in the future when God will punish all wicked people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the time God finally punishes wicked people and reveals his righteous judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 2 5 uz3k figs-possession ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως δικαιοκρισίας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **day** that is characterized by **wrath** and by **the revelation of the righteous judgment of God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “on the day characterized by God’s wrath and the revelation of his righteous judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 2 5 ay1h figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως δικαιοκρισίας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **wrath**, **revelation**, and **judgment**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “on the day of God’s wrathful acts when he reveals how righteously he judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 2 5 fnpj figs-possession ἀποκαλύψεως δικαιοκρισίας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the righteous judgment of God** as what **the revelation** reveals. If this is not clear in your language, you could use an alternate expression. Alternate translation: “when God reveals his righteous judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 2 5 sume figs-possession δικαιοκρισίας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the righteous judgment** that is carried out by **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use an alternate expression. Alternate translation: “of God judging righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 2 5 fnpj figs-possession ἀποκαλύψεως δικαιοκρισίας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the righteous judgment of God** as what **the revelation** reveals. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “when God reveals his righteous judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 2 5 sume figs-possession δικαιοκρισίας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the righteous judgment** that is carried out by **God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “of God judging righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 2 6 frov figs-quotations ἀποδώσει ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ 1 This clause is a quotation from the Old Testament ([Psalm 62:12](../psa/062/012.md)). If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as a direct quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -ROM 2 6 jwcx figs-metaphor ἀποδώσει ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ 1 Here Paul uses **pay back** figuratively to refer to appropriately punishing or rewarding someone as if the punishment or reward was reciprocal payment for that person’s deeds. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will appropriately punish or reward each one according to his deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 2 6 gj1q figs-abstractnouns τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ 1 to every person according to his actions If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **deeds** in another way. Alternate translation: “how he acts” or “what he does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 2 6 jwcx figs-metaphor ἀποδώσει ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ 1 Here Paul uses **pay back** to refer to appropriately punishing or rewarding someone as if the punishment or reward was reciprocal payment for that person’s deeds. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will appropriately punish or reward each one according to his deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 2 6 gj1q figs-abstractnouns τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ 1 to every person according to his actions If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **deeds**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how he acts” or “what he does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 7 ylpm 0 General Information: In [verses 7–10](../02/07.md) Paul explains what he means when he said in [verse 6](../02/06.md) that God will “pay back to each according to his deeds.” ROM 2 7 rrbf figs-infostructure τοῖς…καθ’ ὑπομονὴν ἔργου ἀγαθοῦ, δόξαν καὶ τιμὴν καὶ ἀφθαρσίαν ζητοῦσιν, ζωὴν αἰώνιον; 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “eternal life to those who are seeking glory and honor and incorruptibility according to endurance of good work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) -ROM 2 7 gec6 figs-ellipsis ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 seeking Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “eternal life is what God pays back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 2 7 sqdo figs-metaphor τοῖς…ζητοῦσιν 1 Paul uses **seeking** figuratively to refer to these people as if they were trying to find something. He means that they are trying to live in such a way as to obtain **glory and honor and incorruptibility**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “to those who … keep trying to attain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 2 7 gec6 figs-ellipsis ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 seeking Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “eternal life is what God pays back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 2 7 sqdo figs-metaphor τοῖς…ζητοῦσιν 1 Paul uses **seeking** to refer to these people as if they were trying to find something. He means that they are trying to live in such a way as to obtain **glory and honor and incorruptibility**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “to those who … keep trying to attain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 7 zyff τοῖς…καθ’ ὑπομονὴν ἔργου ἀγαθοῦ…ζητοῦσιν, ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 Here, **according to** could indicate: (1) the means by which these people **are seeking glory and honor and incorruptibility**. Alternate translation: “everlasting life to those who, by means of endurance of good work, are seeking glory and honor and incorruptibility” (2) the reason why God gives these people **everlasting live**. Alternate translation: “because they endure in good work and are seeking glory and honor and incorruptibility, everlasting life” ROM 2 7 d2gw figs-abstractnouns καθ’ ὑπομονὴν ἔργου ἀγαθοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **endurance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “according to the fact that they keep on doing good work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 2 7 ub51 figs-abstractnouns δόξαν καὶ τιμὴν καὶ ἀφθαρσίαν 1 praise, honor, and incorruptibility If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **glory**, **honor**, and **incorruptibility** in another way. Alternate translation: “for God to glorify, honor, and cause them to live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 2 7 ub51 figs-abstractnouns δόξαν καὶ τιμὴν καὶ ἀφθαρσίαν 1 praise, honor, and incorruptibility If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **glory**, **honor**, and **incorruptibility**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “for God to glorify, honor, and cause them to live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 8 j1e6 figs-abstractnouns ἐξ ἐριθείας 1 wrath and fierce anger will come If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **ambition**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “from being selfishly ambitious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 2 8 fcb4 figs-doublet καὶ ἀπειθοῦσι τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, πειθομένοις δὲ τῇ ἀδικίᾳ 1 disobey the truth but obey unrighteousness These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show how sinful these people are. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “who are disobedient to all that is true and right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -ROM 2 8 xhtm figs-personification ἀπειθοῦσι τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, πειθομένοις δὲ τῇ ἀδικίᾳ 1 Here, **the truth** is spoken of figuratively as if it were a person whom someone could disobey, and **unrighteousness** is spoken of as if it were a person whom someone could obey. Paul means that these people reject what God says is true and right by **disobeying** him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who reject what God says is true and right by disobeying him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 2 8 fcb4 figs-doublet καὶ ἀπειθοῦσι τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, πειθομένοις δὲ τῇ ἀδικίᾳ 1 disobey the truth but obey unrighteousness These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize how sinful these people are. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “who are disobedient to all that is true and right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ROM 2 8 xhtm figs-personification ἀπειθοῦσι τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, πειθομένοις δὲ τῇ ἀδικίᾳ 1 Here Paul speaks of **the truth**as if it were a person whom someone could disobey, and speaks of **unrighteousness** as if it were a person whom someone could obey. Paul means that these people reject what God says is true and right by **disobeying** him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who reject what God says is true and right by disobeying him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 2 8 m7pm figs-abstractnouns τῇ ἀληθείᾳ…τῇ ἀδικίᾳ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **truth** and **unrighteousness**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what is true … what is unrighteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 2 8 ytny figs-ellipsis ὀργὴ καὶ θυμός 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the [verse 6](../02/06.md). Alternate translation: “wrath and anger is what God pays back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 2 8 exor figs-metonymy ὀργὴ 1 Here Paul uses **wrath** figuratively to refer to the outcome of God’s **wrath**, which is judging and punishing people because they are unrighteous. See how you translated the same use of this word in [1:18](../01/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 2 8 wa6f figs-abstractnouns ὀργὴ καὶ θυμός 1 self-seeking If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **wrath** and **anger**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “God is wrathful and angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 2 8 blwx figs-doublet ὀργὴ καὶ θυμός 1 The words **wrath** and **anger** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize God’s intense anger toward people who are **disobedient to the truth**. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “fierce wrath” or “angry wrath” or “wrathful anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -ROM 2 9 ospb figs-metaphor θλῖψις καὶ στενοχωρία, ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ψυχὴν ἀνθρώπου τοῦ κατεργαζομένου τὸ κακόν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **Tribulation and distress** as if these ideas were located on top of a person. He means that every **evil** person will experience **Tribulation and distress**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “Every human soul that produces the evil will experience tribulation and distress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 2 8 ytny figs-ellipsis ὀργὴ καὶ θυμός 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the [verse 6](../02/06.md). Alternate translation: “wrath and anger is what God pays back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 2 8 exor figs-metonymy ὀργὴ 1 Here Paul uses **wrath** to refer to the outcome of God’s **wrath**, which is judging and punishing people because they are unrighteous. See how you translated the same use of this word in [1:18](../01/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 2 8 wa6f figs-abstractnouns ὀργὴ καὶ θυμός 1 self-seeking If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **wrath** and **anger**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “God is wrathful and angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 2 8 blwx figs-doublet ὀργὴ καὶ θυμός 1 The words **wrath** and **anger** mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize God’s intense anger toward people who are **disobedient to the truth**. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “fierce wrath” or “angry wrath” or “wrathful anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ROM 2 9 ospb figs-metaphor θλῖψις καὶ στενοχωρία, ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ψυχὴν ἀνθρώπου τοῦ κατεργαζομένου τὸ κακόν 1 Paul speaks of **Tribulation and distress** as if these ideas were located on top of a person. He means that every **evil** person will experience **Tribulation and distress**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “Every human soul that produces the evil will experience tribulation and distress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 9 qonf figs-abstractnouns θλῖψις καὶ στενοχωρία 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **Tribulation** and ** distress**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “difficult and distressing times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 2 9 u8f7 figs-doublet θλῖψις καὶ στενοχωρία 1 tribulation and distress on These two words mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how intense God’s judgment will be against these people. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Distressing tribulation” or “Intense distress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -ROM 2 9 ck9i figs-synecdoche πᾶσαν ψυχὴν ἀνθρώπου 1 Paul uses **soul of man** to refer to the whole life of a person. If this might confuse your readers, you could use express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ROM 2 9 u8f7 figs-doublet θλῖψις καὶ στενοχωρία 1 tribulation and distress on These two words mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize how intense God’s judgment will be against these people. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Distressing tribulation” or “Intense distress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ROM 2 9 ck9i figs-synecdoche πᾶσαν ψυχὴν ἀνθρώπου 1 Paul uses **soul of man** to refer to the whole life of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 2 9 msox figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπου 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 2 9 n7q4 figs-nominaladj τὸ κακόν 1 has practiced evil Paul is using the adjective **evil** as a noun in order to describe things people do. If your language does not use adjectives in the same way, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “what is evil” or “things that are evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 2 9 a9s5 figs-explicit Ἰουδαίου τε πρῶτον καὶ Ἕλληνος 1 to the Jew first This phrase could mean: (1) the Jews will have greater responsibility because God offered salvation to them first. Alternate translation: “especially for the Jewish person and also for the non-Jewish person” (2) the Jews will be judged before non-Jews, which is the same meaning as in [1:16](../01/16.md). Alternate translation: “first for the Jewish person and then for the non-Jewish person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -268,516 +267,516 @@ ROM 2 10 t2od figs-abstractnouns εἰρήνη 1 practices good If your language ROM 2 10 ib56 figs-nominaladj τὸ ἀγαθόν 1 first Paul is using the adjective **good** as a noun in order to describe things people do. If your language does not use adjectives in the same way, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “good deeds” or “things that are good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 2 10 u06j figs-explicit Ἰουδαίῳ τε πρῶτον καὶ Ἕλληνι 1 See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 2 11 eol0 figs-abstractnouns οὐ…ἐστιν προσωπολημψία παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **favoritism**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God does not honor one type of person above another” or “God is not more favorable toward one person than another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 2 12 wkx8 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For as many as have sinned **For** here indicates that what follows in [verses 12–16](../02/12.md) gives the reason for the phrase “there is no favoritism with God” in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language to make this emphasis explicit. Alternate translation: “This is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 2 12 ecsk figs-explicit ὅσοι…ἀνόμως ἥμαρτον 1 Paul uses this phrase to refer to non-Jews, which he calls “the Greek” in [verses 9–10](../02/09.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as many non-Jewish people as have sinned without the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 2 12 t3qs grammar-collectivenouns ἀνόμως…ἀνόμως…νόμῳ…νόμου 1 The word **law** is a singular noun that refers to a group of laws that God gave Israel through Moses. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “without God’s laws … without God’s laws … God’s laws … God’s laws” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -ROM 2 12 m6cy figs-idiom ἀνόμως…ἀνόμως 1 as many as have sinned Here, **without the law** refers to not knowing God’s **law**. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “without knowing God’s law” or “in ignorance of God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 2 12 qkh4 figs-metonymy καὶ ἀπολοῦνται 1 Here Paul uses **perish** figuratively to refer to eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will also be punished eternally” or “will also experience eternal punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 2 12 jwvz figs-explicit ὅσοι ἐν νόμῳ ἥμαρτον 1 Paul uses this phrase to refer to Jews, who are the people to whom God gave his law. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as many Jewish people as have sinned with the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 2 12 wkx8 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For as many as have sinned **For** here indicates that what follows in [verses 12–16](../02/12.md) gives the reason for the phrase “there is no favoritism with God” in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 2 12 ecsk figs-explicit ὅσοι…ἀνόμως ἥμαρτον 1 Paul uses this phrase to refer to non-Jews, which he calls “the Greek” in [verses 9–10](../02/09.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as many non-Jewish people as have sinned without the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 2 12 t3qs grammar-collectivenouns ἀνόμως…ἀνόμως…νόμῳ…νόμου 1 The word **law** is a singular noun that refers to a group of laws that God gave Israel by dictating them to Moses. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “without God’s laws … without God’s laws … God’s laws … God’s laws” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) +ROM 2 12 m6cy figs-idiom ἀνόμως…ἀνόμως 1 as many as have sinned Here, **without the law** refers to not knowing God’s **law**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “without knowing God’s law” or “in ignorance of God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 2 12 qkh4 figs-metonymy καὶ ἀπολοῦνται 1 Here Paul uses **perish** to refer to eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will also be punished eternally” or “will also experience eternal punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 2 12 jwvz figs-explicit ὅσοι ἐν νόμῳ ἥμαρτον 1 Paul uses this phrase to refer to Jews, who are the people to whom God gave his law. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as many Jewish people as have sinned with the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 2 12 w4cp figs-activepassive διὰ νόμου κριθήσονται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God will judge by his law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 2 12 a0k4 figs-explicit διὰ νόμου 1 Here, **by** indicates that **the law** is the standard by which God will judge those who know his law. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “according to what the law requires” or “by what the law says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 2 13 sw8x grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that this verse gives the reason why God judges both groups of people mentioned in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language to indicate the reason why someone does something. Alternate translation: “God judges both groups of people impartially because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 2 12 a0k4 figs-explicit διὰ νόμου 1 Here, **by** indicates that **the law** is the standard by which God will judge those who know his law. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “according to what the law requires” or “by what the law says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 2 13 sw8x grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that this verse gives the reason why God judges both groups of people mentioned in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language to indicate a reason. Alternate translation: “God judges both groups of people impartially because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 2 13 a8ra grammar-collectivenouns νόμου…νόμου 1 See how you translated **the law** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -ROM 2 13 eg4h figs-metaphor οὐ…δίκαιοι παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ 1 who are righteous before God Paul uses **with God** figuratively here to describe **righteous** people as if they were located in the presence of **God**. He means that God makes them right with himself. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “are not made righteous by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 2 13 eg4h figs-metaphor οὐ…δίκαιοι παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ 1 who are righteous before God Paul uses **with God** here to describe **righteous** people as if they were located in the presence of **God**. He means that God makes them right with himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “are not made righteous by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 13 c1bu figs-activepassive οἱ ποιηταὶ νόμου δικαιωθήσονται 1 who will be justified If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who will do the action, Paul implies that “God” will do it. Alternate translation: “God will justify the doers of the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 2 14 q2id grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 they do not have the law **For** here indicates that [verses 14–16](../02/14.md) give another reason why God judges both groups of people mentioned in [verse 12](../02/12.md). [Verses 14–16](../02/14.md) explain why **Gentiles** who do not know God’s law are still sinners. Use a natural way in your language to indicate the reason why someone does something. Alternate translation: “God also judges both groups of people impartially because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 2 14 vlum figs-metaphor τὰ μὴ νόμον ἔχοντα…νόμον μὴ ἔχοντες 1 Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they own or possess **the law**. He means that they are unaware of the law that God gave to the Jewish people. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated “without the law” in [verse 12](../02/12.md). Alternative translation: “who are unaware of God’s law … who are unaware of God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 2 14 q2id grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 they do not have the law **For** here indicates that [verses 14–16](../02/14.md) give another reason why God judges both groups of people mentioned in [verse 12](../02/12.md). [Verses 14–16](../02/14.md) explain why **Gentiles** who do not know God’s law are still sinners. Use a natural way in your language to indicate a reason. Alternate translation: “God also judges both groups of people impartially because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 2 14 vlum figs-metaphor τὰ μὴ νόμον ἔχοντα…νόμον μὴ ἔχοντες 1 Paul speaks of these people as if they own or possess **the law**. He means that they are unaware of the law that God gave to the Jewish people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated “without the law” in [verse 12](../02/12.md). Alternative translation: “who are unaware of God’s law … who are unaware of God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 14 zhmw grammar-collectivenouns νόμον…τοῦ νόμου…νόμον 1 See how you translated **the law** in [verse 12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -ROM 2 14 h53h figs-abstractnouns φύσει…ποιῶσιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **nature** in another way. Alternate translation: “naturally do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 2 14 atda figs-possession τὰ τοῦ νόμου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe the specific rules that make up **the law**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the rules within the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 2 14 symg figs-personification ἑαυτοῖς εἰσιν νόμος 1 Here Paul speaks of **Gentiles** figuratively as if they were **a law**. Paul means that the non-Jewish people still have their own rules about what is right and wrong that are also part of God’s **law**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this meaning in plainly. Alternate translation: “are actually obeying the God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 2 15 xl6v figs-metaphor οἵτινες ἐνδείκνυνται τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου, γραπτὸν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 1 By this they show Paul speaks figuratively of the non-Jewish people obeying some basic rules from the Law of Moses as if they were showing **the work of the law** to other people. He means that non-Jewish people demonstrate that they naturally understand some rules of the law by obeying those rules. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “who make others aware that they understand the work of the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 2 15 wtit figs-metaphor τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου, γραπτὸν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 1 By this they show Here Paul speaks figuratively of **the works of the law** as if they can be written on the surfaces of peoples’ hearts. He means that God has enabled non-Jewish people to know generally what is right or wrong even though they do not know the Law of Moses. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they know the work of the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 2 15 x35c figs-possession τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου 1 the actions required by the law are written in their hearts Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the work** that characterizes obeying **the law**. This phrase has a similar meaning to “the things of the law” in the previous verse. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the work that the law requires a person to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 2 14 h53h figs-abstractnouns φύσει…ποιῶσιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **nature**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “naturally do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 2 14 atda figs-possession τὰ τοῦ νόμου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe the specific rules that make up **the law**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the rules within the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 2 14 symg figs-personification ἑαυτοῖς εἰσιν νόμος 1 Here Paul speaks of **Gentiles** as if they were **a law**. Paul means that the non-Jewish people still have their own rules about what is right and wrong that are also part of God’s **law**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plainly. Alternate translation: “are actually obeying the God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 2 15 xl6v figs-metaphor οἵτινες ἐνδείκνυνται τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου, γραπτὸν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 1 By this they show Paul speaks of the non-Jewish people obeying some basic rules from the Law of Moses as if they were showing **the work of the law** to other people. He means that non-Jewish people demonstrate that they naturally understand some rules of the law by obeying those rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “who make others aware that they understand the work of the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 2 15 wtit figs-metaphor τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου, γραπτὸν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 1 By this they show Here Paul speaks of **the works of the law** as if they can be written on the surfaces of peoples’ hearts. He means that God has enabled non-Jewish people to know generally what is right or wrong even though they do not know the Law of Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they know the work of the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 2 15 x35c figs-possession τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου 1 the actions required by the law are written in their hearts Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the work** that characterizes obeying **the law**. This phrase has a similar meaning to “the things of the law” in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the work that the law requires a person to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 2 15 v60q figs-activepassive γραπτὸν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God wrote on their hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 2 15 ja5s figs-metonymy ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 1 See how you translated “heart” in [1:21](../01/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 2 15 jmeo figs-genericnoun συνμαρτυρούσης αὐτῶν τῆς συνειδήσεως 1 bears witness to them, and their own thoughts either accuse or defend them Paul uses the singular **conscience** figuratively to refer to the individual consciences of these people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “their consciences bearing witness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -ROM 2 15 z28q figs-personification συνμαρτυρούσης αὐτῶν τῆς συνειδήσεως 1 bears witness to them, and their own thoughts either accuse or defend them Here Paul uses **conscience** figuratively as if it were a person **bearing witness** in a courtroom. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “their conscience confirms that this is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 2 15 ub8t figs-distinguish συνμαρτυρούσης…καὶ μεταξὺ ἀλλήλων, τῶν λογισμῶν κατηγορούντων ἢ καὶ ἀπολογουμένων 1 This clause explains what **bearing witness** means. If this might confuse your readers, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer or begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “bearing witness, namely, the thoughts of each person both accusing or even defending them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) -ROM 2 15 qk53 figs-personification καὶ μεταξὺ ἀλλήλων, τῶν λογισμῶν κατηγορούντων ἢ καὶ ἀπολογουμένων 1 Here, **thoughts** are spoken of figuratively as if they were a person who could accuse or defend someone in court. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation (remove preceding comma): “by accusing or defending them in the way they think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 2 16 o6kx figs-metonymy ἐν ἡμέρᾳ 1 Here, **day** refers to a point in time when something happens. It does not refer to a 24-hour length of time. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a point in time is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 2 16 c5fp figs-explicit ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὅτε κρίνει ὁ Θεὸς 1 on the day when God will judge Paul assumes that his readers will know that **the day when God will judge** refers to the time in the future when God will judge everyone, as Paul also mentioned in [verses 2](../02/02.md) and [5](../02/05.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the future time when God finally judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 2 16 lyvd figs-possession τὰ κρυπτὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **secrets** that **men** have. These **secrets** are specifically secret thoughts that people have, as indicated by the word “thoughts” in the previous verse. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “men’s secrets” or “the secrets that men keep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 2 15 z28q figs-personification συνμαρτυρούσης αὐτῶν τῆς συνειδήσεως 1 bears witness to them, and their own thoughts either accuse or defend them Here Paul speaks of **conscience** as if it were a person **bearing witness** in a courtroom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “their conscience confirms that this is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 2 15 ub8t figs-distinguish συνμαρτυρούσης…καὶ μεταξὺ ἀλλήλων, τῶν λογισμῶν κατηγορούντων ἢ καὶ ἀπολογουμένων 1 This clause explains what **bearing witness** means. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer or begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “bearing witness, namely, the thoughts of each person both accusing or even defending them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) +ROM 2 15 qk53 figs-personification καὶ μεταξὺ ἀλλήλων, τῶν λογισμῶν κατηγορούντων ἢ καὶ ἀπολογουμένων 1 Here Paul speaks of **thoughts** as if they were a person who could accuse or defend someone in court. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation (remove preceding comma): “by accusing or defending them in the way they think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 2 16 o6kx figs-metonymy ἐν ἡμέρᾳ 1 Here, **day** refers to a point in time when something happens. It does not refer to a 24-hour length of time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a point in time is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 2 16 c5fp figs-explicit ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὅτε κρίνει ὁ Θεὸς 1 on the day when God will judge Paul assumes that his readers will know that **the day when God will judge** refers to the time in the future when God will judge everyone, as Paul also mentioned in [verses 2](../02/02.md) and [5](../02/05.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the future time when God finally judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 2 16 lyvd figs-possession τὰ κρυπτὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **secrets** that **men** have. These **secrets** are specifically secret thoughts that people have, as indicated by the word “thoughts” in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “men’s secrets” or “the secrets that men keep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 2 16 gxet figs-abstractnouns τὰ κρυπτὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **secrets**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what men secretly think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 16 r8hz figs-gendernotations τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of human beings” or “of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 2 16 xb7t figs-infostructure κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου, διὰ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “through Christ Jesus, according to my gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) -ROM 2 16 e9bp figs-metaphor κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου 1 Paul speaks figuratively of the **gospel** as if it belongs to him. He means that this is the **gospel** God has entrusted him to preach. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “according to God’s gospel that I preach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 2 16 e9bp figs-metaphor κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου 1 Paul speaks of the **gospel** as if it belongs to him. He means that this is the **gospel** God has entrusted him to preach. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “according to God’s gospel that I preach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 17 lc6m grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Connecting Statement: **But** here indicates that in [verses 17–29](../02/17.md) Paul changes topics from talking about non-Jewish people who don’t know the Law of Moses to Jews who know the Law. He explains why the Jews as well cannot escape God’s judgment. Alternate translation: “You also need to know that” or “However” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 17 cnq7 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 if you call yourself a Jew Here, **if** indicates the beginning of a conditional sentence that extends from this verse to [verse 21](../02/21.md). Paul speaks as if these descriptions of Jews were hypothetical possibilities, but he means that they are actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since” or “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) ROM 2 17 kfe8 figs-youcrowd σὺ 1 Even though Paul is speaking to Jewish people, he is hypothetically addressing an individual, so **you** and **your** and **yourself** is singular throughout [2:17–27](../02/17.md) unless otherwise noted. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** and **yourself** in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) -ROM 2 17 pglg figs-metaphor σὺ Ἰουδαῖος ἐπονομάζῃ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they named themselves. He means that they consider themselves to be Jews. If this would confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “you call yourself Jewish” or “you regard yourself as truly Jewish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 2 17 gz6j figs-ellipsis ἐπαναπαύῃ νόμῳ, 1 rest upon the law Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context, which is God’s judgment of sinners. Alternate translation: “rely upon the law to escape God’s judgment” or “rely upon the law to save you from God’s judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 2 17 dapj figs-metaphor καυχᾶσαι ἐν Θεῷ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they were boasting inside of **God**. He means that the Jews brag that they are the only nation that knows God. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “brag that you are the only ones who know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 2 17 pglg figs-metaphor σὺ Ἰουδαῖος ἐπονομάζῃ 1 Paul speaks of the Jews as if they named themselves. He means that they consider themselves to be Jews. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “you call yourself Jewish” or “you regard yourself as truly Jewish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 2 17 gz6j figs-ellipsis ἐπαναπαύῃ νόμῳ, 1 rest upon the law Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context, which is God’s judgment of sinners. Alternate translation: “rely upon the law to escape God’s judgment” or “rely upon the law to save you from God’s judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 2 17 dapj figs-metaphor καυχᾶσαι ἐν Θεῷ 1 Paul speaks of the Jews as if they were boasting inside of **God**. He means that the Jews brag that they are the only nation that knows God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “brag that you are the only ones who know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 18 xn6w grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ γινώσκεις τὸ θέλημα, καὶ δοκιμάζεις τὰ διαφέροντα, κατηχούμενος ἐκ τοῦ νόμου, 1 because you have been instructed from the law If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “and because you are instructed from the law, you know his will and approve of what is excellent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 2 18 qxkt figs-abstractnouns τὸ θέλημα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **will** in another way. Alternate translation: “what God wills” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 2 18 qxkt figs-abstractnouns τὸ θέλημα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **will**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what God wills” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 18 aqbh figs-activepassive κατηχούμενος ἐκ τοῦ νόμου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “others having instructed you from the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 2 19 nk76 figs-rpronouns πέποιθάς τε σεαυτὸν ὁδηγὸν εἶναι 1 Paul uses the word **yourself** to emphasize how **convinced** the Jews are that they are the only ones who can spiritually guide others. Use a way that is natural in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “and you have convinced yourself that you alone are a guide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -ROM 2 19 wi7z figs-metaphor ὁδηγὸν εἶναι τυφλῶν 1 you yourself are a guide to the blind, a light to those who are in darkness Paul uses **guide** figuratively to refer to the Jews as if they were the only people who could clearly see. He also uses **blind** figuratively to refer to non-Jews as if they were unable to see. He means that the Jews think they are the only ones who can teach others God’s truth. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “that you are the only ones who can teach others what is true about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 2 19 wi7z figs-metaphor ὁδηγὸν εἶναι τυφλῶν 1 you yourself are a guide to the blind, a light to those who are in darkness Paul uses **guide** to refer to the Jews as if they were the only people who could clearly see. He also uses **blind** to refer to non-Jews as if they were unable to see. He means that the Jews think they are the only ones who can teach others God’s truth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “that you are the only ones who can teach others what is true about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 19 beop figs-abstractnouns ὁδηγὸν εἶναι τυφλῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **guide**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “that you can guide blind men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 19 ql0b figs-gendernotations τυφλῶν 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “to blind people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -ROM 2 19 j76c figs-doublet ὁδηγὸν…τυφλῶν, φῶς τῶν ἐν σκότει 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize how strongly the Jews believed that non-Jews were ignorant about God’s truth. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the two ideas into one. Alternate translation: “the only ones who can guide those who are unaware of what is true about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -ROM 2 19 xlge figs-metaphor φῶς τῶν ἐν σκότει 1 Here Paul uses **light** figuratively to refer to a Jewish person, and he uses **those in darkness** figuratively to refer to non-Jews. He means that the Jews think they can teach non-Jews about God the way that a **light** shines on people who are in a dark place. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “someone who can reveal what is true about God to those who do not know about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 2 19 j76c figs-doublet ὁδηγὸν…τυφλῶν, φῶς τῶν ἐν σκότει 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize how strongly the Jews believed that non-Jews were ignorant about God’s truth. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the two ideas into one. Alternate translation: “the only ones who can guide those who are unaware of what is true about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ROM 2 19 xlge figs-metaphor φῶς τῶν ἐν σκότει 1 Here Paul uses **light** to refer to a Jewish person, and he uses **those in darkness** figuratively to refer to non-Jews. He means that the Jews think they can teach non-Jews about God the way that a **light** shines on people who are in a dark place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “someone who can reveal what is true about God to those who do not know about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 20 ymey grammar-connect-logic-result παιδευτὴν ἀφρόνων, διδάσκαλον νηπίων, ἔχοντα τὴν μόρφωσιν τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐν τῷ νόμῳ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases, since the third phrase gives the reason for the result that the first two phrases describe. Alternate translation: “since having in the law the form of the knowledge and of the truth, you believe you should be an instructor of foolish men, a teacher of little children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 2 20 pf6v figs-doublet παιδευτὴν ἀφρόνων, διδάσκαλον νηπίων 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize how strongly the Jews believed that non-Jews were ignorant about God’s truth. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “the only people who can instruct those people who are as foolish as children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -ROM 2 20 ar5a figs-metaphor διδάσκαλον νηπίων 1 a teacher of little children Paul speaks figuratively of the non-Jews as if they were **little children**. He means that they are ignorant about God. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternative translation: “people who are spiritually ignorant” or “people who are like uneducated infants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 2 20 ose0 figs-metaphor ἔχοντα τὴν μόρφωσιν τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐν τῷ νόμῳ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **the law** as if it were a physical shape that someone could possess. He means that **the law** contains God’s true knowledge that the Jews think they exclusively own. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “understanding through God’s law how a person can truly know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 2 20 pf6v figs-doublet παιδευτὴν ἀφρόνων, διδάσκαλον νηπίων 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize how strongly the Jews believed that non-Jews were ignorant about God’s truth. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “the only people who can instruct those people who are as foolish as children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ROM 2 20 ar5a figs-metaphor διδάσκαλον νηπίων 1 a teacher of little children Paul speaks of the non-Jews as if they were **little children**. He means that they are ignorant about God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternative translation: “people who are spiritually ignorant” or “people who are like uneducated infants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 2 20 ose0 figs-metaphor ἔχοντα τὴν μόρφωσιν τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐν τῷ νόμῳ 1 Paul speaks of **the law** as if it were a physical shape that someone could possess. He means that **the law** contains God’s true knowledge that the Jews think they exclusively own. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “understanding through God’s law how a person can truly know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 20 ua61 figs-possession τὴν μόρφωσιν τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 Paul is using the possessive forms **of the knowledge** and **of the truth** to describe the **form** of **the law**. Here, **of knowledge** and **of the truth** could indicate: (1) what **the law** contains. Alternate translation: “the form that contains the knowledge and the truth” (2) what **the law** represents. Alternate translation: “what represents knowledge and truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 2 20 y6i5 figs-abstractnouns τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **knowledge** and ** truth**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “of what we know about God and what is true about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 21 vy0h figs-rquestion ὁ οὖν διδάσκων ἕτερον, σεαυτὸν οὐ διδάσκεις? ὁ κηρύσσων μὴ κλέπτειν, κλέπτεις? 1 In [verses 21–23](../02/21.md) Paul transitions from his description of the Jews in [verses 17–20](../02/17.md) to a series of rhetorical questions. These questions emphasize the hypocrisy of the Jews, who thought they were superior to non-Jews because they knew the Law of Moses. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate Paul’s words as statements or exclamations and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “then you, who teach another, do not teach yourself! You, who preach not to steal, actually steal!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 2 21 rftq grammar-connect-words-phrases οὖν 1 Here, **then** indicates that what follows is the second half of the factual conditional statement that Paul began with “if you name yourself a Jew” in [verse 17](../02/17.md). Paul wants to show that what the Jews believe and how they live are in contrast. If you divided [verses 17–21](../02/17.md) into separate sentences, then you may need to include a short form of the “if” statement here. Alternate translation: “if all this is really true, then” or “since all this is really true, then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 21 uq9y grammar-collectivenouns ἕτερον 1 You who teach others, do you not teach yourself? Here, **another** is a singular pronoun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular pronouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -ROM 2 21 abq0 figs-explicit σεαυτὸν οὐ διδάσκεις 1 Here Paul implies that the Jews need to **teach** themselves because they do not actually obey the laws that they teach. They act as if they do not know the Law of Moses. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “since you don’t obey the law, do you not teach yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 2 21 abq0 figs-explicit σεαυτὸν οὐ διδάσκεις 1 Here Paul implies that the Jews need to **teach** themselves because they do not actually obey the laws that they teach. They act as if they do not know the Law of Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “since you don’t obey the law, do you not teach yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 2 22 parm figs-rquestion ὁ λέγων μὴ μοιχεύειν, μοιχεύεις? ὁ βδελυσσόμενος τὰ εἴδωλα, ἱεροσυλεῖς? 1 You who preach against stealing, do you steal? Like in the previous verse, Paul is not asking for information here, but is using the question form twice to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as statements or exclamations and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You, who says not to commit adultery, actually commit adultery! You, who abhor idols, actually rob temples!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 2 22 dmpg figs-explicit ἱεροσυλεῖς 1 You who preach against stealing, do you steal? Here Paul implies that the **temples** the Jews **rob** are where **idols** are kept and worshipped. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “do you rob temples where idols are kept” or “should you actually enter an idol temple and rob it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 2 22 dmpg figs-explicit ἱεροσυλεῖς 1 You who preach against stealing, do you steal? Here Paul implies that the **temples** the Jews **rob** are where **idols** are kept and worshipped. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “do you rob temples where idols are kept” or “should you actually enter an idol temple and rob it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 2 23 z80m figs-rquestion ὃς ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ νόμου, τὸν Θεὸν ἀτιμάζεις 1 Like in the previous two verses, Paul is not asking for information here, but is using the question form to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You, who boast in the law, actually dishonor God through the transgression of the law!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 2 23 grr3 figs-metaphor ὃς ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι 1 You who boast in the law, do you dishonor God by breaking the law? Paul uses **in the law** figuratively as if it were something that people could boast inside of. He means that the Jews brag that they are the only nation who knows God’s law, which has similar meaning to “boast in God” in [verse 17](../02/17.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “You, who brag that you are the only ones who know God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 2 23 grr3 figs-metaphor ὃς ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι 1 You who boast in the law, do you dishonor God by breaking the law? Paul uses **in the law** as if it were something that people could boast inside of. He means that the Jews brag that they are the only nation who knows God’s law, which has similar meaning to “boast in God” in [verse 17](../02/17.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “You, who brag that you are the only ones who know God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 2 23 ob98 figs-abstractnouns διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ νόμου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **transgression**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “by transgressing the law” or “by breaking the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 24 yp4l figs-infostructure τὸ γὰρ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ δι’ ὑμᾶς βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, καθὼς γέγραπται 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “For, just as it is written, ‘the name of God is blasphemed among the Gentiles because of you.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) -ROM 2 24 z54i grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why the previous statement is true. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “These things I have said about you are true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 2 24 z54i grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why the previous statement is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “These things I have said about you are true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 2 24 lk5n figs-quotemarks τὸ…ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ δι’ ὑμᾶς βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 In this clause Paul quotes part of [Isaiah 52:5](../isa/52/05.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -ROM 2 24 c4sk figs-possession τὸ…ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to indicate the **name** that belongs to **God**. Paul does not mean that **God** is a **name**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “God’s name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 2 24 mvwq figs-synecdoche τὸ…ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul uses **the name of God** figuratively to refer to**God** himself. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ROM 2 24 c4sk figs-possession τὸ…ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to indicate the **name** that belongs to **God**. Paul does not mean that **God** is a **name**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “God’s name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 2 24 mvwq figs-synecdoche τὸ…ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul uses **the name of God** figuratively to refer to**God** himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 2 24 ccm9 figs-activepassive τὸ…ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ δι’ ὑμᾶς βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles blaspheme the name of God because of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 2 24 m2bq grammar-connect-logic-result τὸ…ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ δι’ ὑμᾶς βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because of you the name of God is blasphemed among the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 2 24 pg0g figs-explicit δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 Paul quotes Isaiah implying that the bad behavior of the Jews is what causes **the Gentiles** to blaspheme **the name of God**. Since the Jews were supposed to represent God to the world, their bad behavior misrepresented God so that the Gentiles blasphemed him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as a result of how you act” or “because of the way you behave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 2 24 e144 figs-yousingular δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 Here, **you** is the plural and refers to the Jewish people. This is the only occurrence of plural **you** in [verses 17–27](../02/17.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +ROM 2 24 pg0g figs-explicit δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 Paul quotes Isaiah implying that the bad behavior of the Jews is what causes **the Gentiles** to blaspheme **the name of God**. Since the Jews were supposed to represent God to the world, their bad behavior misrepresented God so that the Gentiles blasphemed him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as a result of how you act” or “because of the way you behave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 2 24 e144 figs-yousingular δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 Here, **you** is the plural and refers to the Jewish people. This is the only occurrence of plural **you** in [verses 17–27](../02/17.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) ROM 2 24 edrf figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Since Paul is referring to something Isaiah wrote, you could indicate Isaiah as the subject. Alternate translation: “just as Isaiah wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 2 24 end9 writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -ROM 2 25 vdu7 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that [verses 25–29] provide another reason why both Jews and Gentiles will be punished for their sins, as stated in [verse 12](../02/12.md). Paul is arguing against the idea that circumcision guaranteed a Jew’s salvation, which some Jews believed. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jews will be judged along with Gentiles because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 2 25 vdu7 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that [verses 25–29] provide another reason why both Jews and Gentiles will be punished for their sins, as stated in [verse 12](../02/12.md). Paul is arguing against the idea that circumcision guaranteed a Jew’s salvation, which some Jews believed. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “Jews will be judged along with Gentiles because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 2 25 vp6o figs-abstractnouns περιτομὴ…ἡ περιτομή σου, ἀκροβυστία γέγονεν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **circumcision** and **uncircumcision**, you could express the same ideas in a different way. Alternate translation: “being circumcised … your being circumcised has become being uncircumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 2 25 wm24 figs-ellipsis ὠφελεῖ 1 Paul is leaving out a word here that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “benefits you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 2 25 pqhz figs-possession παραβάτης νόμου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe a person who transgresses **the law**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “one who transgresses the law” or “one who breaks the law”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 2 25 xq62 figs-hyperbole ἡ περιτομή σου, ἀκροβυστία γέγονεν 1 your circumcision becomes uncircumcision Here, **your circumcision becomes uncircumcision** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show how important it is for God’s people to **practice the law**. Paul does not mean that the person who transgresses God’s **law** is no longer physically circumcised. If this would confuse your readers, you express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it is as if you are not circumcised” or “it is the same as if you were never circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ROM 2 26 vt7f figs-hypo ἐὰν οὖν 1 the uncircumcised person Paul is using a hypothetical situation to help his readers recognize the benefits for **the uncircumcised one** who **keeps the requirements of the law**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Let’s suppose then that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) +ROM 2 25 wm24 figs-ellipsis ὠφελεῖ 1 Paul is leaving out a word here that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “benefits you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 2 25 pqhz figs-possession παραβάτης νόμου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe a person who transgresses **the law**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “one who transgresses the law” or “one who breaks the law”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 2 25 xq62 figs-hyperbole ἡ περιτομή σου, ἀκροβυστία γέγονεν 1 your circumcision becomes uncircumcision Here, **your circumcision becomes uncircumcision** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show how important it is for God’s people to **practice the law**. Paul does not mean that the person who transgresses God’s **law** is no longer physically circumcised. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it is as if you are not circumcised” or “it is the same as if you were never circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ROM 2 26 vt7f grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἐὰν οὖν 1 the uncircumcised person Paul is using a hypothetical situation to help his readers recognize the benefits for **the uncircumcised one** who **keeps the requirements of the law**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Let’s suppose then that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) ROM 2 26 r9i4 figs-nominaladj ἡ ἀκροβυστία 1 the uncircumcised person Paul is using the adjective **uncircumcision** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. If your language does not use adjectives in the same way, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the people who are uncircumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -ROM 2 26 nf3j figs-idiom φυλάσσῃ 1 keeps the requirements of the law Here, **keeps** is an idiom that means “obeys.” If your readers would not understand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is obedient to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 2 26 mkhr figs-possession τὰ δικαιώματα τοῦ νόμου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **requirements** found in **the law**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “what the law requires” or “the law’s requirements” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 2 26 nf3j figs-idiom φυλάσσῃ 1 keeps the requirements of the law Here, **keeps** is an idiom that refers to obeying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is obedient to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 2 26 mkhr figs-possession τὰ δικαιώματα τοῦ νόμου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **requirements** found in **the law**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “what the law requires” or “the law’s requirements” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 2 26 be71 figs-rquestion οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται 1 will not his uncircumcision be considered as circumcision? Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize how important it is do what **the law** requires. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “certainly God will consider his uncircumcision to be circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 2 26 rjb5 figs-activepassive οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who will do the action, Paul implies that “God” will do it. Alternate translation: “will God not consider his circumcision to be circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 2 26 gjuy figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ…περιτομὴν 1 See how you translated these abstract nouns in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 2 26 gjuy figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ…περιτομὴν 1 See how you translated **uncircumcision** and **circumcision** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 2 27 rkxz grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 1 **And** here could indicate that what follows is continuing the rhetorical question in the previous verse. If you choose the translate the passage in this way, then replace the ending exclamation point with a question mark. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 2 27 lqz2 grammar-connect-logic-result κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία, τὸν νόμον τελοῦσα 1 And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you … the law? If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “since he is fulfilling the law, the uncircumcised by nature will judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 2 27 tpno figs-nominaladj ἡ…ἀκροβυστία 1 And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you … the law? See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 2 27 h2lj figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **nature**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the naturally uncircumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 2 27 zwh8 figs-idiom τελοῦσα 1 Here, **fulfilling** is an idiom that means “fully obeying.” If your readers would not understand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is fully obedient to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 2 27 zwh8 figs-idiom τελοῦσα 1 Here, **fulfilling** is an idiom that refers to fully obeying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is fully obedient to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 2 27 sv4b figs-explicit διὰ γράμματος καὶ περιτομῆς 1 Here, **through** could mean: (1) the Jews will be judged despite having the **letter and circumcision**. Alternate translation: “despite having letter and circumcision” (2) the Jews will be judged while having the **letter and circumcision**. Alternate translation: “while having letter and circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 2 27 nxa1 figs-metonymy γράμματος 1 Paul is figuratively describing **the law** by association with the letters that make up **the law**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the written law code” or “God’s written law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 2 27 lkll figs-abstractnouns περιτομῆς 1 See how you translated this abstract noun in the previous two verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 2 27 q795 figs-abstractnouns παραβάτην νόμου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **transgressor** with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “someone who transgresses the law” or “someone who breaks God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 2 28 g2vh grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason for what has just been stated. This verse is Paul’s conclusion to the statements he made in [verses 25–27](../02/25.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Truly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 2 28 lfuj figs-metonymy Ἰουδαῖός 1 Here Paul uses **Jew** to refer to someone who is one of God’s people because he truly trusts in God for salvation, like Abraham did. **Jew** here does not refer to someone who only has Jewish ancestors. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a spiritual Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 2 28 rohy figs-explicit ἐν τῷ φανερῷ 1 Here, **visibly** refers to the Jewish religious practices that other people can see, such as circumcision or wearing special clothing. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “does externally visible Jewish rituals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 2 28 n34i figs-metonymy ἡ…περιτομή 1 flesh Here Paul uses **circumcision** figuratively to refer to the change in thinking and attitude that happens when God saves a person. It can also be considered an inward mark of belonging to God’s people, like how circumcision was an outer mark of being Jewish. This was called “circumcision of the heart” in the Old Testament ([Deuteronomy 30:6](../deu/30/06.md); [Jeremiah 4:4](../jer/04/04.md)). Here, **circumcision** does not refer to the Jewish ritual. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this spiritual circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 2 28 s44m figs-synecdoche ἐν σαρκὶ 1 flesh Paul uses **the flesh** figuratively to mean “the whole body,” which is made of **flesh**. If this would confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “on the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ROM 2 29 b6ag figs-explicit ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ Ἰουδαῖος 1 The word translated **secretly** refers to something that other people cannot see or that is hidden. The meaning here is the opposite of “visibly” in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a Jew in an inward way not seen by others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 2 29 u7b6 figs-metonymy Ἰουδαῖος 1 Here Paul uses **Jew** figuratively in the same way he did in the previous verse. See how you translated this word in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 2 29 d1go figs-possession περιτομὴ καρδίας 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **circumcision** that is performed in **the heart**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “circumcision is performed in the heart” or “circumcision is an inward change” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 2 29 hbiv figs-idiom περιτομὴ καρδίας 1 The phrase **circumcision of the heart** is an idiom that refers to the change in thinking and attitude that happens when God saves a person. It can also be considered an inward mark of belonging to God’s people, like how circumcision was an outer mark of being Jewish. This expression first occurred in the Old Testament ([Deuteronomy 30:6](../deu/30/06.md); [Jeremiah 4:4](../jer/04/04.md)).If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. See how you translated “this circumcision” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “truly belonging to God’s people is by removal of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 2 27 nxa1 figs-metonymy γράμματος 1 Paul is describing **the law** by association with the letters that make up **the law**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the written law code” or “God’s written law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 2 27 lkll figs-abstractnouns περιτομῆς 1 See how you translated **circumcision** in the previous two verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 2 27 q795 figs-abstractnouns παραβάτην νόμου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for **transgressor**, you could express the idea with a different form. Alternate translation: “someone who transgresses the law” or “someone who breaks God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 2 28 g2vh grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason for what has just been stated. This verse is Paul’s conclusion to the statements he made in [verses 25–27](../02/25.md). Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Truly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 2 28 lfuj figs-metonymy Ἰουδαῖός 1 Here Paul uses **Jew** to refer to someone who is one of God’s people because he truly trusts in God for salvation, like Abraham did. **Jew** here does not refer to someone who only has Jewish ancestors. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a spiritual Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 2 28 rohy figs-explicit ἐν τῷ φανερῷ 1 Here, **visibly** refers to the Jewish religious practices that other people can see, such as circumcision or wearing special clothing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “does externally visible Jewish rituals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 2 28 n34i figs-metonymy ἡ…περιτομή 1 flesh Here Paul uses **circumcision** to refer to the change in thinking and attitude that happens when God saves a person. It can also be considered an inward mark of belonging to God’s people, like how circumcision was an outer mark of being Jewish. This was called “circumcision of the heart” in the Old Testament ([Deuteronomy 30:6](../deu/30/06.md); [Jeremiah 4:4](../jer/04/04.md)). Here, **circumcision** does not refer to the Jewish ritual. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this spiritual circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 2 28 s44m figs-synecdoche ἐν σαρκὶ 1 flesh Paul uses **the flesh** figuratively to mean “the whole body,” which is made of **flesh**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “on the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ROM 2 29 b6ag figs-explicit ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ Ἰουδαῖος 1 The word translated **secretly** refers to something that other people cannot see or that is hidden. The meaning here is the opposite of “visibly” in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a Jew in an inward way not seen by others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 2 29 u7b6 figs-metonymy Ἰουδαῖος 1 Here Paul uses **Jew** in the same way he did in the previous verse. See how you translated this word in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 2 29 d1go figs-possession περιτομὴ καρδίας 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **circumcision** that is performed in **the heart**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “circumcision is performed in the heart” or “circumcision is an inward change” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 2 29 hbiv figs-idiom περιτομὴ καρδίας 1 The phrase **circumcision of the heart** is an idiom that refers to the change in thinking and attitude that happens when God saves a person. It can also be considered an inward mark of belonging to God’s people, like how circumcision was an outer mark of being Jewish. This expression first occurred in the Old Testament ([Deuteronomy 30:6](../deu/30/06.md); [Jeremiah 4:4](../jer/04/04.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. See how you translated “this circumcision” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “truly belonging to God’s people is by removal of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 2 29 n4pp figs-metonymy καρδίας 1 See how you translated this word in [1:21](../01/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 2 29 ffa3 figs-explicit ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 Here, both occurrences of **in** indicate the means by which something happened. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of the Spirit, not by means of the letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 2 29 ffa3 figs-explicit ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι 1 Here, both occurrences of **in** indicate the means by which something happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of the Spirit, not by means of the letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 2 29 kjc9 figs-explicit ἐν Πνεύματι 1 Here, **the Spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit, who changes a person’s thoughts and attitude when God saves that person, as in the UST. (2) a person’s spirit, which would require interpreting **in** to refer to a place. Alternate translation: “in one’s spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 2 29 gcoq figs-metonymy γράμματι 1 See how you translated **letter** in [verse 27](../02/27.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 2 29 dlac writing-pronouns οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος 1 in the Spirit The pronoun **whose** refers to **the one who is inwardly a Jew**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “that inward Jew’s praise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 2 29 qa6b figs-possession οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος 1 in the Spirit Paul is using the possessive form **whose** to indicate who receives **the praise**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “his praise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 2 29 dlac writing-pronouns οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος 1 in the Spirit The pronoun **whose** refers to **the one who is inwardly a Jew**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “that inward Jew’s praise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 2 29 qa6b figs-possession οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος 1 in the Spirit Paul is using the possessive form **whose** to indicate who receives **the praise**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “his praise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 2 29 r4gm figs-gendernotations ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 in the Spirit Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “from people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 3 intro y2kb 0 # Romans 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

3. All mankind is condemned because of sin (1:18–3:20)
* All non-Jews have sinned (1:18–32)
* All Jews have sinned (2:1–3:8)
* Everyone has sinned (3:9–20)
4. Righteousness is received through Jesus Christ by trusting in him (3:21–5:21)
* God’s righteousness is received through faith (3:21–26)
* No one can boast in works (3:27–31)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verses 4](../03/04.md) and [10–18](../03/10.md) of this chapter, which are quotations from the Old Testament.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

In [verses 1–9](../03/01.md) and [27–31](../03/27.md) Paul frequently uses rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to answer objections that Jews might make about what he is saying. You may need to indicate that Paul is asking these questions as if he were a non-Christian Jew responding to his arguments. When Paul asks the rhetorical questions, he is speaking as if he were a non-Christian Jew arguing against Paul. When Paul answers those questions, he is speaking as himself. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this change in speakers with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate quotations, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 3 1 v788 0 Connecting Statement: In [verses 1–9](../03/01.md) Paul uses a series of rhetorical questions and answers in order to emphasize that both “Jews and Greeks” are “under sin.” -ROM 3 1 a1l0 grammar-connect-logic-result τί οὖν 1 Here, **then** indicates that what follows is a response to what Paul said in the previous chapter, especially what he said in [2:28–29](../02/28.md). If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “If these things are true, then what is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 3 1 a1l0 grammar-connect-logic-result τί οὖν 1 Here, **then** indicates that what follows is a response to what Paul said in the previous chapter, especially what he said in [2:28–29](../02/28.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “If these things are true, then what is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 1 dawv figs-rquestion τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς? 1 This verse contains two rhetorical questions connected by **or**. Paul is not asking for information, but is using these two questions here to express the objections that a Jew might have to what Paul said in the previous chapter, especially what he said in [2:28–29](../02/28.md). If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Then the Jew certainly has no advantage, and circumcision certainly has no benefit!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 3 1 b7ls figs-quotemarks τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς 1 In this verse Paul is speaking as if he were a non-Christian Jew arguing against Paul. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate quotations, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -ROM 3 1 bjfo figs-abstractnouns τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **advantage** or **benefit**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “How then is being a Jew advantageous, or how is being circumcised beneficial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 3 1 h4h3 figs-possession τοῦ Ἰουδαίου 1 Paul is using the possessive form **of the Jew** to describe for whom there is **the advantage**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “for the Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 3 1 l79f figs-possession τῆς περιτομῆς 1 Paul is using the possessive form **of the circumcision** to describe from where **the benefit** comes. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “that comes from circumcision” or “from being circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 3 2 eq3o figs-explicit πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον 1 It is great in every way In this verse Paul responds to the rhetorical questions in the previous verse. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying, ‘Great in every way!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 3 2 rri9 figs-ellipsis πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον 1 It is great in every way Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “The advantage of the Jew and the benefit of the circumcision is great is every way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 3 1 b7ls figs-quotemarks τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς 1 In this verse Paul is speaking as if he were a non-Christian Jew arguing against Paul. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 3 1 bjfo figs-abstractnouns τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **advantage** or **benefit**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “How then is being a Jew advantageous, or how is being circumcised beneficial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 3 1 h4h3 figs-possession τοῦ Ἰουδαίου 1 Paul is using the possessive form **of the Jew** to describe for whom there is **the advantage**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “for the Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 3 1 l79f figs-possession τῆς περιτομῆς 1 Paul is using the possessive form **of the circumcision** to describe from where **the benefit** comes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “that comes from circumcision” or “from being circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 3 2 eq3o figs-explicit πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον 1 It is great in every way In this verse Paul responds to the rhetorical questions in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying, ‘Great in every way!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 3 2 rri9 figs-ellipsis πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον 1 It is great in every way Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “The advantage of the Jew and the benefit of the circumcision is great is every way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 2 kzlh figs-hyperbole πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον 1 **Great in every way** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to emphasize the value of being Jewish and being circumcised. Paul does not mean that everything about being a Jew and being circumcised is beneficial. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows enthusiasm. Alternate translation: “Great in many ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 3 2 f2fa figs-explicit πρῶτον μὲν…ὅτι 1 Here, **indeed first, that** could indicate that: (1) what follows is the first reason in a list of several reasons why being a Jew is beneficial, in which case Paul does not continue the list in this chapter. Alternate translation: “the first of many benefits is indeed that” or “one benefit is indeed that” (2) what follows is the most important reason why being a Jew is beneficial. Alternate translation: “the primary benefit is indeed that” or “the most important thing is indeed that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 2 mrej figs-activepassive ἐπιστεύθησαν τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God entrusted them with his sayings” or “God trusted them with the sayings of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 2 jkgk figs-metonymy τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, **the sayings of God** could refer to: (1) the entire Old Testament. Alternate translation: “with what God said in the Scriptures” (2) direct speech from God in the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “with the messages that God announced to them in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 2 qide figs-possession τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the possessive form **of God** could refer to: (1) **sayings** that came from **God**. Alternate translation: “with the sayings from God” (2) **says** that are about **God**. Alternate translation: “with the sayings about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 3 3 d9k3 grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is a response to what Paul said in the previous verse. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “If these things are true, then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 3 3 d9k3 grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is a response to what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “If these things are true, then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 3 mclv figs-rquestion τί…εἰ ἠπίστησάν τινες? μὴ ἡ ἀπιστία αὐτῶν, τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Θεοῦ καταργήσει? 1 In this verse Paul is not asking for information, but is using these two questions here to express the objections that a Jew might have to what Paul said in the previous verse. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “But some of them were unfaithful! Their unfaithfulness surely cannot nullify the faithfulness of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 3 3 fd0w figs-quotemarks τί γάρ εἰ ἠπίστησάν τινες? μὴ ἡ ἀπιστία αὐτῶν, τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Θεοῦ καταργήσει? 1 In this verse Paul is speaking as if he were a non-Christian Jew arguing against Paul. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate quotations, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -ROM 3 3 i36p writing-pronouns τινες 1 The pronoun **some** refers to some Jewish people. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “some Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 3 3 fd0w figs-quotemarks τί γάρ εἰ ἠπίστησάν τινες? μὴ ἡ ἀπιστία αὐτῶν, τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Θεοῦ καταργήσει? 1 In this verse Paul is speaking as if he were a non-Christian Jew arguing against Paul. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 3 3 i36p writing-pronouns τινες 1 The pronoun **some** refers to some Jewish people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “some Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 3 3 pkae figs-abstractnouns μὴ ἡ ἀπιστία αὐτῶν, τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Θεοῦ καταργήσει 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **unfaithfulness** or **faithfulness**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “The fact that they are unfaithful will not nullify God’s faithful acts, will it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 3 3 moq7 figs-possession τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the faithfulness** that characterizes **God**. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the faithfulness that characterizes God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 3 4 djn7 figs-explicit μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be In this verse Paul responds to the rhetorical questions he wrote in the previous verse. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying, ‘May it never be!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 3 4 z465 figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be **May it never be** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong prohibition. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating a strong prohibition. Alternate translation: “Absolutely not” or “Certainly not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) +ROM 3 3 moq7 figs-possession τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the faithfulness** that characterizes **God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the faithfulness that characterizes God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 3 4 djn7 figs-explicit μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be In this verse Paul responds to the rhetorical questions he wrote in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying, ‘May it never be!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 3 4 z465 figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be **May it never be** is an exclamation that communicates a strong prohibition. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating a strong prohibition. Alternate translation: “Absolutely not” or “Certainly not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 3 4 kz4j grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Instead, let be found **Instead** here indicates that what follows is a contrast to the idea in the previous verse that unfaithful Jews could “nullify the faithfulness of God.” Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But” or “However” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 3 4 ld9h figs-imperative γινέσθω…ὁ Θεὸς ἀληθής 1 let God be found to be true Here, **let God be true** is an imperative phrase, but this is not a command. Instead, Paul is exclaiming that people must consider that God is always truthful regardless of what people think. Use a form in your language that would be used in this type of situation. Alternate translation: “let people always know that God is true” or “may people always declare that God is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) ROM 3 4 nud9 figs-abstractnouns πᾶς…ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης 1 even though every man is a liar If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **liar**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “every man lies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 3 4 fesk figs-ellipsis πᾶς…ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης 1 Paul is leaving out some words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “let every man be a liar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 3 4 fesk figs-ellipsis πᾶς…ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης 1 Paul is leaving out some words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “let every man be a liar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 4 hfdf figs-gendernotations πᾶς…ἄνθρωπος 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “every person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 3 4 te39 writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it has been written See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -ROM 3 4 b8gv figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it has been written If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the quotation was written by David, a king of Israel. Alternate translation: “just as King David wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 3 4 b8gv figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it has been written If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the quotation was written by David. Alternate translation: “just as David wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 4 f0oq figs-quotemarks ὅπως ἂν δικαιωθῇς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου, καὶ νικήσεις ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε 1 As it has been written This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 51:4](../psa/051/004.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -ROM 3 4 xli0 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅπως 1 **So that** indicates that what follows is the result of what David had written previously in [Psalm 51:4](../psa/051/004.md), which is about how David had sinned. Paul assumes that his readers would be familiar with the earlier part of that verse. If this would confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have sinned so that” or “Because of my sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 3 4 h0ne figs-yousingular ὅπως ἂν δικαιωθῇς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου, καὶ νικήσεις ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε 1 In this sentence, **you** and **your** refer to God and are singular. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +ROM 3 4 xli0 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅπως 1 **So that** indicates that what follows is the result of what David had written previously in [Psalm 51:4](../psa/051/004.md), which is about how David had sinned. Paul assumes that his readers would be familiar with the earlier part of that verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “I have sinned so that” or “Because of my sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 3 4 h0ne figs-yousingular ὅπως ἂν δικαιωθῇς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου, καὶ νικήσεις ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε 1 In this sentence, **you** and **your** refer to God and are singular. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) ROM 3 4 lnnr figs-activepassive δικαιωθῇς…ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people would acknowledge how righteous you are … when people attempt to judge you” or “you would prove yourself to be righteous … when others try to judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 3 4 tj8g figs-metonymy ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου 1 Paul records David using **words** figuratively to describe the things that God said by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in what you say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 3 5 gw3a grammar-connect-words-phrases εἰ δὲ 1 **But** here indicates that what follows is a response to what Paul said in the previous verse. In this verse, Paul is speaking as if he were an unbelieving Jew and is challenging the statement that Paul made in the previous verse. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “If indeed that is true” or “Now if” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 3 5 putf figs-quotemarks εἰ δὲ ἡ ἀδικία ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην συνίστησιν, τί ἐροῦμεν? μὴ ἄδικος ὁ Θεὸς, ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν? 1 In these sentences Paul is speaking as if he were a non-Christian Jew arguing against Paul. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate quotations, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 3 4 tj8g figs-metonymy ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου 1 Paul records David using **words** to describe the things that God said by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in what you say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 3 5 gw3a grammar-connect-words-phrases εἰ δὲ 1 **But** here indicates that what follows is a response to what Paul said in the previous verse. In this verse, Paul is speaking as if he were an unbelieving Jew and is challenging the statement that Paul made in the previous verse. If it might be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “If indeed that is true” or “Now if” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 3 5 putf figs-quotemarks εἰ δὲ ἡ ἀδικία ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην συνίστησιν, τί ἐροῦμεν? μὴ ἄδικος ὁ Θεὸς, ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν? 1 In these sentences Paul is speaking as if he were a non-Christian Jew arguing against Paul. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 3 5 hjyp grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ…ἡ ἀδικία ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην συνίστησιν, τί ἐροῦμεν? 1 Paul is using a hypothetical situation to develop the argument that an unbelieving Jew would make. Alternate translation: “suppose our unrighteousness commends the righteousness of God. Then what will we say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) ROM 3 5 y6vv figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἐροῦμεν 1 Here, **our** and **we** are used exclusively to speak of Paul and other Jews. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “Jewish … will we Jews say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ROM 3 5 y0r5 figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἀδικία ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind **unrighteousness** and **righteousness** in another way. Alternate translation: “how unrighteous we are … how righteous God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 3 5 y0r5 figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἀδικία ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **unrighteousness** or **righteousness**, you could express the ideas them in another way. Alternate translation: “how unrighteous we are … how righteous God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 5 ho67 figs-rquestion μὴ ἄδικος ὁ Θεὸς, ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν? 1 In this sentence Paul is not asking for information, but is using this question here to express an objection that a Jew might have to what Paul said in the previous verse. This sentence is also the answer to the hypothetical question that precedes it. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “God certainly cannot be unrighteousness for imposing his wrath!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 3 5 v30z figs-infostructure εἰ…ἡ ἀδικία ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην συνίστησιν, τί ἐροῦμεν? μὴ ἄδικος ὁ Θεὸς, ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν? 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine the hypothetical conditional statement of the first sentence with the rhetorical question of the second sentence. Alternate translation: “if our unrighteousness commends the righteousness of God, then we certainly cannot say that God is unrighteousness for imposing his wrath!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) -ROM 3 5 e9ux figs-metonymy τὴν ὀργήν 1 Here Paul uses **wrath** figuratively to refer to the outcome of God’s **wrath**, which is judging and punishing people because they are unrighteous. See how you translated the same use of **wrath** in [1:18](../01/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 3 5 v30z figs-infostructure εἰ…ἡ ἀδικία ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην συνίστησιν, τί ἐροῦμεν? μὴ ἄδικος ὁ Θεὸς, ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν? 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could combine the hypothetical conditional statement of the first sentence with the rhetorical question of the second sentence. Alternate translation: “if our unrighteousness commends the righteousness of God, then we certainly cannot say that God is unrighteousness for imposing his wrath!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) +ROM 3 5 e9ux figs-metonymy τὴν ὀργήν 1 Here Paul uses **wrath** to refer to the outcome of God’s **wrath**, which is judging and punishing people because they are unrighteous. See how you translated the same use of **wrath** in [1:18](../01/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 5 j631 figs-aside (κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω.) 1 I am using a human argument Paul could be saying this as an aside in order to show that he is not trying to challenge **the righteousness of God**. If this would be confusing in your language, you could add parentheses like the ULT or use a natural way in your language to indicate an aside. Alternate translation: “I am reasoning like a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]]) -ROM 3 5 sd4g figs-idiom (κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω.) 1 Here, the phrase **according to men** is an idiom meaning “the way people do” or “like a human being.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I speak based on how human beings perceive things” or “I speak according to mere human reasoning”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 3 5 sd4g figs-idiom (κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω.) 1 Here, the phrase **according to men** is an idiom meaning “the way people do” or “like a human being.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I speak based on how human beings perceive things” or “I speak according to mere human reasoning”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 6 gd5f figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be See how you translated this in [verse 4](../03/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) -ROM 3 6 zg9s grammar-connect-logic-result ἐπεὶ πῶς κρινεῖ ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον 1 For then how would God judge the world? Here Paul is giving the reason why God is “not unrighteous for imposing his wrath,” as stated in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for expressing the reason why someone does something. Alternate translation: “Because if God were unrighteous, how would he judge the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 3 6 zg9s grammar-connect-logic-result ἐπεὶ πῶς κρινεῖ ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον 1 For then how would God judge the world? Here Paul is giving the reason why God is “not unrighteous for imposing his wrath,” as stated in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “Because if God were unrighteous, how would he judge the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 6 x1y3 figs-rquestion πῶς κρινεῖ ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον 1 In this clause Paul is not asking for information, but is using this question here to emphasize that **God** could not **judge the world** if he were unrighteous. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “God certainly could not judge the world!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 3 6 lnp3 figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 1 the world Here Paul uses **world** figuratively to refer to the people who live in the **world**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 3 6 lnp3 figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 1 the world Here Paul uses **world** to refer to the people who live in the **world**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 7 htfa 0 General Information: In [verses 7–9](../03/07.md), Paul is speaking as if he were an unbelieving Jew and is challenging the statement Paul made in [verse 6](../03/06.md). A note will inform you of the one parenthetic statement within these verses in which Paul interjects his own voice into the argument. ROM 3 7 b9k1 grammar-connect-words-phrases εἰ δὲ 1 But if the truth of God through my lie provides abundant praise for him, why am I still being judged as a sinner? **But** here indicates that what follows is a response to what Paul said in the previous verse. In this verse, Paul is speaking as if he were an unbelieving Jew and is challenging the statement Paul made in the previous verse. See how you translated this in [verse 5](../03/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 7 c2u5 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ…ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, τί ἔτι κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς κρίνομαι 1 But if the truth of God through my lie provides abundant praise for him, why am I still being judged as a sinner? Paul is using a hypothetical situation to develop the argument an unbelieving Jew would make. Alternate translation: “suppose the truth of God through my life abounds to his glory. Then why am I still being judged as a sinner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) ROM 3 7 xysz figs-infostructure εἰ δὲ ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “But if the truth of God abounds to his glory through my lie” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) -ROM 3 7 j9ji figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “how truthful God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 3 7 lbji figs-possession ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the truth** that characterizes **God**. Use a natural way in your language to communicate this idea. Alternate translation: “God’s truthfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 3 7 fa7j figs-exclusive ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι…κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 Here Paul uses the pronoun **my** and **I** to refer to a Jewish person who might give this hypothetical response. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternative translation: “when we Jews act falsely … are we … as sinners” or “when we Jews lie … are we … as sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ROM 3 7 o3po figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **lie**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “when I act falsely” or “when I lie” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 3 7 j9ji figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea with a different form. Alternate translation: “how truthful God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 3 7 lbji figs-possession ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the truth** that characterizes **God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “God’s truthfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 3 7 fa7j figs-exclusive ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι…κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 Here Paul uses **my** and **I** to refer to a Jewish person who might give this hypothetical response. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternative translation: “when we Jews act falsely … are we … as sinners” or “when we Jews lie … are we … as sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 3 7 o3po figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **lie**, you could express the same idea with a different form. Alternate translation: “when I act falsely” or “when I lie” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 7 je41 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **to** indicates that this is a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “with the result that he is glorified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 3 7 h61j figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “to demonstrate how glorious he is” or “to glorify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 3 7 h61j figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in a different way. Alternate translation: “to demonstrate how glorious he is” or “to glorify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 7 yv5j figs-rquestion τί ἔτι κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς κρίνομαι 1 In this clause Paul is not asking for information, but is using this question to express an objection that a Jew might have to what Paul said in the previous verse, which was also repeated in the previous clause. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “surely I should not still be judged as a sinner!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 7 iiqc figs-activepassive ἔτι κἀγὼ…κρίνομαι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who does the action, Paul implies that “God” does it. Alternate translation: “does God still judge me” or “should God still keep on judging me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 7 pgus figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sinner**, you could express the same idea in a different way. Alternate translation: “someone who sins” or “as if I were sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 3 8 vw1x grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 1 as we are falsely reported to say **And** here indicates that in this verse Paul continues speaking as if he were an unbelieving Jew and is challenging the statement he made in [verse 6](../03/06.md). If it would help your readers, you could state this with a fuller expression. Alternate translation: “Furthermore” or “In addition” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 3 8 vw1x grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 1 as we are falsely reported to say **And** here indicates that in this verse Paul continues speaking as if he were an unbelieving Jew and is challenging the statement he made in [verse 6](../03/06.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Furthermore” or “In addition” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 8 kb9d figs-infostructure καὶ μὴ καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν, ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά? 1 as we are falsely reported to say If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “And not, ‘Let us do evil, so that good may come,’ just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm we say?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) -ROM 3 8 wr3g figs-ellipsis καὶ μὴ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “And why not say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 3 8 wr3g figs-ellipsis καὶ μὴ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “And why not say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 8 pr4u figs-rquestion μὴ…ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά 1 In this sentence Paul is not asking for information, but is using an elided question here to emphasize that God could not judge the world if he were unrighteous. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you should say … ‘Let us do the evil things, so that the good things may come!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 8 o3pz figs-aside καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν 1 Paul is saying this as an aside in order to show that people have been falsely accusing him of teaching that people should sin in order to show how good God is. If this would be confusing in your language, you could add parentheses like the ULT or use a natural way in your language to indicate an aside. Alternate translation: “Some people blaspheme us and affirm that we are saying such things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]]) ROM 3 8 veic figs-exclusive βλασφημούμεθα…ἡμᾶς 1 When Paul says **we** and **us**, he could be (1) speaking only of himself in a formal manner. Alternate translation: “I am blasphemed … me” (2) speaking of himself and all other Christians. Alternate translation: “we Christians are blasphemed … us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 3 8 klaa figs-activepassive βλασφημούμεθα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people blaspheme us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 8 vbpa figs-quotations μὴ καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν, ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “not say (just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm us to say) that we should do the evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) ROM 3 8 pe2c figs-aside ὧν τὸ κρίμα ἔνδικόν ἐστιν 1 Paul is saying this as an aside in order to show that the people who have been falsely accusing him of teaching people to “do the evil things, so that the good things may come” deserve to be judged by God. If this would be confusing in your language, you could add parentheses like the ULT or use a natural way in your language to indicate an aside. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]]) -ROM 3 8 re0k writing-pronouns ὧν τὸ κρίμα ἔνδικόν ἐστιν 1 The pronoun **whose** here refers to the people who slander Paul by claiming that he teaches people to “do the evil things, so that the good things may come.” If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the judgment of those who say this is just” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 3 8 re0k writing-pronouns ὧν τὸ κρίμα ἔνδικόν ἐστιν 1 The pronoun **whose** here refers to the people who slander Paul by claiming that he teaches people to “do the evil things, so that the good things may come.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the judgment of those who say this is just” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 3 8 g87e figs-abstractnouns ὧν τὸ κρίμα ἔνδικόν ἐστιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “who are justly judged” or “whom God justly judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 9 z3wu grammar-connect-logic-result τί οὖν? προεχόμεθα? 1 Here Paul concludes his series of rhetorical questions by using the same phrase **What then**. See how you translated this phrase in [verse 1](../03/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 9 y6uz figs-rquestion προεχόμεθα? 1 Paul is using the question form to express the objection that a Jew might have to what Paul has said previously. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely we are not better off!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 9 ajj8 figs-exclusive προεχόμεθα 1 Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow Jews. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “Are we Jews better off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ROM 3 9 g85q figs-exclamations οὐ πάντως 1 Not at all **Not at all** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong negative response to the previous statement. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this idea. Alternate translation: “Absolutely not!” or “In no way!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) -ROM 3 9 cbgq figs-ellipsis οὐ πάντως 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “We are not better off at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 3 9 a01e grammar-connect-logic-result προῃτιασάμεθα γὰρ 1 Not at all **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why the previous statement is true. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “We are not better off because we have already accused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 3 9 g85q figs-exclamations οὐ πάντως 1 Not at all **Not at all** is an exclamation that communicates a strong negative response to the previous statement. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this idea. Alternate translation: “Absolutely not!” or “In no way!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) +ROM 3 9 cbgq figs-ellipsis οὐ πάντως 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “We are not better off at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 3 9 a01e grammar-connect-logic-result προῃτιασάμεθα γὰρ 1 Not at all **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why the previous statement is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “We are not better off because we have already accused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 9 qvjy figs-exclusive προῃτιασάμεθα 1 Not at all Here, **we** could mean: (1) Paul is speaking only of himself in a formal manner. Alternate translation: “I have already accused” (2) Paul is speaking of himself and other Christians. Alternate translation: “we Christians have already accused” See how you translated **we** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ROM 3 9 hgs3 figs-explicit Ἕλληνας 1 Not at all Here, **Greeks** refers to non-Jewish people in general. It does not refer only to people from the country of Greece. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “non-Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 3 9 x4eb figs-idiom ὑφ’ ἁμαρτίαν 1 The phrase **under sin** is an idiom that means “under the power of sin” or “controlled by one’s desire to sin.” If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “controlled by sin” or “ruled by sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 3 9 hgs3 figs-explicit Ἕλληνας 1 Not at all Here, **Greeks** refers to non-Jewish people in general. It does not refer only to people from the country of Greece. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “non-Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 3 9 x4eb figs-idiom ὑφ’ ἁμαρτίαν 1 The phrase **under sin** is an idiom that means “under the power of sin” or “controlled by one’s desire to sin.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “controlled by sin” or “unable to stop sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 10 u88n writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 This is as it is written See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 3 10 zkzr figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 This is as it is written If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “just as the prophets wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 10 ju1k figs-quotemarks οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς 1 This is as it is written This sentence is Paul’s paraphrase of [Psalm 14:3](../psa/014/003.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -ROM 3 10 yt5d figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **not** even one type of person is **righteous**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There is not even one type of person who is righteous” or “Absolutely no one who is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 3 10 yt5d figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **not** even one type of person is **righteous**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There is not even one type of person who is righteous” or “Absolutely no one who is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 10 bscu figs-nominaladj οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς 1 Paul is using the singular adjectives **none righteous** and **one** as nouns in order to describe all people. If your language does not use adjectives in the same way, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “There are no righteous people, not any people” or “There is no righteous person, not even one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 3 11 b0m7 figs-quotemarks οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ συνίων; οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν 1 This sentence is Paul’s paraphrase of [Psalm 14:2](../psa/014/002.md) and [Psalm 53:3](../psa/053/003.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 3 11 kqs5 figs-nominaladj οὐκ ἔστιν…οὐκ ἔστιν 1 Paul is using the adjectives **none** as nouns in order to describe all people. If your language does not use adjectives in the same way, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “There are no people … There are no people” or “There is no person … There is no person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -ROM 3 11 h9e9 figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ συνίων 1 There is no one who understands Here, **who understands** refers to someone who is able to think wisely or correctly. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “There is none who is wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 3 11 mn84 figs-metaphor ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν 1 Her, Paul quotes David using**seeks** figuratively to describe people attempting to know God as if God were lost and people needed to find him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who attempts to know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 3 11 h9e9 figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ συνίων 1 There is no one who understands Here, **who understands** refers to someone who is able to think wisely or correctly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “There is none who is wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 3 11 mn84 figs-metaphor ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν 1 Her, Paul quotes David using **seeks** to describe people attempting to know God as if God were lost and people needed to find him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who attempts to know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 12 lg0i figs-quotemarks πάντες ἐξέκλιναν, ἅμα ἠχρεώθησαν; οὐκ ἔστιν ποιῶν χρηστότητα, οὐκ ἔστιν ἕως ἑνός 1 They have all turned away This sentence is quotation of [Psalm 14:3](../psa/014/003.md) and [Psalm 53:4](../psa/053/004.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -ROM 3 12 cen3 figs-metaphor ἐξέκλιναν 1 They have all turned away Paul quotes David using **turned away** figuratively to describe these people as if they had left a path that leads to where God is. David means that they refuse to live according to God’s rules. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “refuse to live the way God requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 3 12 a72h figs-explicit ἅμα ἠχρεώθησαν 1 They have all turned away Here, **useless** implies that these sinful people are so sinful that they do not benefit God or humankind. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “They together became worthless for benefitting anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 3 12 na87 figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν ποιῶν χρηστότητα, οὐκ ἔστιν ἕως ἑνός 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **not even one** type of person can continually do **kindness**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There is not even one type of person who does kindness” or “Absolutely no one who is doing kindness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 3 12 cen3 figs-metaphor ἐξέκλιναν 1 They have all turned away Paul quotes David using **turned away** to describe these people as if they had left a path that leads to where God is. David means that they refuse to live according to God’s rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “refuse to live the way God requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 3 12 a72h figs-explicit ἅμα ἠχρεώθησαν 1 They have all turned away Here, **useless** implies that these sinful people are so sinful that they do not benefit God or humankind. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “They together became worthless for benefitting anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 3 12 na87 figs-parallelism οὐκ ἔστιν ποιῶν χρηστότητα, οὐκ ἔστιν ἕως ἑνός 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **not even one** type of person can continually do **kindness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There is not even one type of person who does kindness” or “Absolutely no one who is doing kindness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 3 12 v9ed figs-nominaladj οὐκ…ἑνός 1 See how you translated **none** and **one** in [verse 10](../03/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 3 12 b3g1 figs-abstractnouns χρηστότητα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **kindness**, you could express the same idea in a different way. Alternate translation: “what is kind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 13 xr4g figs-quotemarks τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν; ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν ἐδολιοῦσαν 1 These two sentences are a quotation from [Psalm 5:10](../psa/005/010.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -ROM 3 13 c7rh figs-parallelism τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν; ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν ἐδολιοῦσαν; ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν 1 These three sentences mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing three times, in slightly different ways, to show how harmful the words are that these people say. If saying the same thing three times might confuse your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “The things they say are deadly, deceptive, and damaging” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -ROM 3 13 nmrs figs-genericnoun ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν 1 Paul quotes David speaking of these people’s throats in general, not of one particular **throat**. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “throats” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -ROM 3 13 sx6y figs-metonymy ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν 1 Here Paul quotes David using **throat** figuratively to describe something people would say by using their throats to say it. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 3 13 bbq5 figs-metaphor τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν 1 Their throat is an open grave Paul quotes David using **opened grave** figuratively to describe these people’s **throat** as if it were a deep hole containing rotting corpses. He means that the things these people say are morally corrupt and offend God. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “Their throats express moral corruption” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 3 13 pemg figs-metonymy ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν 1 Here Paul quotes David using **tongues** figuratively to describe something people would say to deceive someone by using their tongues to say it. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with what they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 3 13 c7rh figs-parallelism τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν; ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν ἐδολιοῦσαν; ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν 1 These three sentences mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing three times, in slightly different ways, to show how harmful the words are that these people say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “The things they say are deadly, deceptive, and damaging” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 3 13 nmrs figs-genericnoun ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν 1 Paul quotes David speaking of these people’s throats in general, not of one particular **throat**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “throats” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +ROM 3 13 sx6y figs-metonymy ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν 1 Here Paul quotes David using **throat** to describe something people would say by using their throats to say it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 3 13 bbq5 figs-metaphor τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν 1 Their throat is an open grave Paul quotes David using **opened grave** to describe these people’s **throat** as if it were a deep hole containing rotting corpses. He means that the things these people say are morally corrupt and offend God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “Their throats express moral corruption” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 3 13 pemg figs-metonymy ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν 1 Here Paul quotes David using **tongues** to describe something people would say to deceive someone by using their tongues to say it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with what they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 13 d82g figs-quotemarks ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 140:3](../psa/140/003.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -ROM 3 13 b4bp figs-possession ἰὸς ἀσπίδων 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **poison** that comes from **asps**, which are venomous snakes. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Asp’s poison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 3 13 qk16 figs-metaphor ἰὸς ἀσπίδων 1 The poison of snakes is under their lips Paul quotes David using **poison of asps** figuratively to refer to what people say as if what they say contained **poison**. He means that the things they say harm people like deadly venom. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternative translation: “What hurts people like a poisonous snake bite” or “Speech that hurts people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 3 13 u40o figs-metonymy ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν 1 The poison of snakes is under their lips Here Paul quotes David using **lips** figuratively to describe something people would say to harm someone by using their **lips** to say it. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by what they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 3 13 b4bp figs-possession ἰὸς ἀσπίδων 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **poison** that comes from **asps**, which are venomous snakes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Asp’s poison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 3 13 qk16 figs-metaphor ἰὸς ἀσπίδων 1 The poison of snakes is under their lips Paul quotes David using **poison of asps** to refer to what people say as if what they say contained **poison**. He means that the things they say harm people like deadly venom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternative translation: “What hurts people like a poisonous snake bite” or “Speech that hurts people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 3 13 u40o figs-metonymy ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν 1 The poison of snakes is under their lips Here Paul quotes David using **lips** to describe something people would say to harm someone by using their **lips** to say it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by what they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 14 ucnr figs-quotemarks ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 10:7](../psa/010/007.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -ROM 3 14 ujjd figs-genericnoun τὸ στόμα 1 Paul quotes David speaking of these people’s mouths in general, not of one particular **mouth**. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “mouths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -ROM 3 14 sqr5 figs-metonymy ὧν τὸ στόμα 1 Their mouths are full of cursing and bitterness Here Paul quotes David using **mouth** figuratively to describe people speaking curses and bitter things by using their **mouth** to say them. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 3 14 j0sg figs-metaphor ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Paul quotes David using **cursing and bitterness** figuratively as if these concepts were thins with which people could fill or load their **mouth**. He means that these people habitually curse and say bitter things against others. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “habitually curses and says bitter things against others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 3 14 ujjd figs-genericnoun τὸ στόμα 1 Paul quotes David speaking of these people’s mouths in general, not of one particular **mouth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “mouths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +ROM 3 14 sqr5 figs-metonymy ὧν τὸ στόμα 1 Their mouths are full of cursing and bitterness Here Paul quotes David using **mouth** to describe people speaking curses and bitter things by using their **mouth** to say them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 3 14 j0sg figs-metaphor ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 1 Paul quotes David using **cursing and bitterness** as if these concepts were thins with which people could fill or load their **mouth**. He means that these people habitually curse and say bitter things against others. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “habitually curses and says bitter things against others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 15 e67d figs-quotemarks 0 General Information: Verses 15–17 are Paul’s paraphrase of [Isaiah 59:7–8](../isa/59/07.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -ROM 3 15 vds1 figs-synecdoche οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν 1 Their feet are swift to pour out blood Paul quotes Isaiah using **feet**, a part of the human body, to refer to the whole person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “These people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ROM 3 15 quph figs-metaphor ἐκχέαι αἷμα 1 Paul quotes Isaiah using **pour out blood** figuratively to refer to violently murdering people, which usually causes blood to come out of the people who are murdered. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “to murder others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 3 15 vds1 figs-synecdoche οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν 1 Their feet are swift to pour out blood Paul quotes Isaiah using **feet**, a part of the human body, to refer to the whole person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “These people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ROM 3 15 quph figs-metaphor ἐκχέαι αἷμα 1 Paul quotes Isaiah using **pour out blood** to refer to violently murdering people, which usually causes blood to come out of the people who are murdered. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “to murder others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 16 bc96 figs-abstractnouns σύντριμμα καὶ ταλαιπωρία 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **Destruction** and **suffering**, you could express the same ideas with other expressions. Alternate translation: “They demolish lives and make people suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 3 16 rrgr figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 Here, **ways** is an idiom meaning “wherever they go” or “how they behave.” It refers to a person’s daily life. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “characterize how they behave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 3 16 rrgr figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 Here, **ways** is an idiom meaning “wherever they go” or “how they behave.” It refers to a person’s daily life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “characterize how they behave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 17 zbrd figs-idiom ὁδὸν 1 See how you translated “ways” in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 3 17 jb6b figs-possession ὁδὸν εἰρήνης 1 a way of peace Paul is using the possessive form to describe **a way** that is characterized by **peace**. He means that these people do not understand how to live peacefully. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a peaceful way” or “a peaceful way to behave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 3 17 jb6b figs-possession ὁδὸν εἰρήνης 1 a way of peace Paul is using the possessive form to describe **a way** that is characterized by **peace**. He means that these people do not understand how to live peacefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a peaceful way” or “a peaceful way to behave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 18 wr0x figs-quotemarks οὐκ ἔστιν φόβος Θεοῦ ἀπέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 36:1](../psa/036/001.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -ROM 3 18 bx27 figs-abstractnouns οὐκ ἔστιν φόβος Θεοῦ 1 There is no fear of God before their eyes If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **fear**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “They are not afraid of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 3 18 frt1 figs-possession φόβος Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **fear** that people should feel toward for **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “fear for God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 3 18 m89o figs-idiom ἀπέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 Here,**before their eyes** is an idiom that refers to thinking about something. Paul means that these people do not think at all about how terrifying God is. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in their minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 3 19 lrdp grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that what follows summarizes Paul’s teachings about **the law** and “the righteousness of God” in [verses 1–9](../03/01.md). If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 3 18 bx27 figs-abstractnouns οὐκ ἔστιν φόβος Θεοῦ 1 There is no fear of God before their eyes If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **fear**, you could express the same idea with a different form. Alternate translation: “They are not afraid of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 3 18 frt1 figs-possession φόβος Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **fear** that people should feel toward for **God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “fear for God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 3 18 m89o figs-idiom ἀπέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 Here,**before their eyes** is an idiom that refers to thinking about something. Paul means that these people do not think at all about how terrifying God is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in their minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 3 19 lrdp grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that what follows summarizes Paul’s teachings about **the law** and “the righteousness of God” in [verses 1–9](../03/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 19 gc8t figs-exclusive οἴδαμεν 1 Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and other Jews. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we Jews know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ROM 3 19 e8h2 figs-personification ὅσα ὁ νόμος λέγει…λαλεῖ 1 whatever the law says, it speaks Here Paul speaks of **the law** figuratively as if it were a person who could speak. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as many things as God says in the law, he speaks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 3 19 n399 figs-metonymy ὁ νόμος…τῷ νόμῳ 1 the ones who are under the law Here Paul uses **the law** figuratively to refer to the entire Old Testament, which includes the law. Here he is not referring to only the Law of Moses, as he did earlier in the chapter. We know this because in [verses 10–18](../03/10.md) Paul quoted verses from parts of the Old Testament that are not in the Law of Moses. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures … the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 3 19 b0g5 figs-explicit τοῖς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ 1 Paul uses **those with the law** to refer to the Jews. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2:12](../02/12.md). Alternative translation: “to Jews” or “to those who know the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 3 19 e8h2 figs-personification ὅσα ὁ νόμος λέγει…λαλεῖ 1 whatever the law says, it speaks Here Paul speaks of **the law** as if it were a person who could speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as many things as God says in the law, he speaks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 3 19 n399 figs-metonymy ὁ νόμος…τῷ νόμῳ 1 the ones who are under the law Here Paul uses **the law** to refer to the entire Old Testament, which includes the law. Here he is not referring to only the Law of Moses, as he did earlier in the chapter. We know this because in [verses 10–18](../03/10.md) Paul quoted verses from parts of the Old Testament that are not in the Law of Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures … the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 3 19 b0g5 figs-explicit τοῖς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ 1 Paul uses **those with the law** to refer to the Jews. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2:12](../02/12.md). Alternative translation: “to Jews” or “to those who know the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 19 end8 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 Here, **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for what **the law says**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 3 19 cy5r figs-idiom πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ 1 Here, **every mouth may be shut** is an idiom that means “no one can say anything to excuse themselves.” Paul means that no one can defend themselves before God because everyone has sinned. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “no human beings can excuse themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 3 19 cy5r figs-idiom πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ 1 Here, **every mouth may be shut** is an idiom that means “no one can say anything to excuse themselves.” Paul means that no one can defend themselves before God because everyone has sinned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “no human beings can excuse themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 19 js71 figs-activepassive φραγῇ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “may stop talking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 3 19 w12y figs-synecdoche πᾶς ὁ κόσμος 1 the whole world held accountable to God Paul uses**all the world** figuratively to refer to **all** the people living in **the world**. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ROM 3 19 wwq3 figs-explicit ὑπόδικος γένηται…τῷ Θεῷ 1 The phrase **may become accountable to God** means that God will judge everyone at the final judgment according to how they lived their lives. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God would judge all the people in the world as guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 3 19 w12y figs-synecdoche πᾶς ὁ κόσμος 1 the whole world held accountable to God Paul uses**all the world** figuratively to refer to **all** the people living in **the world**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ROM 3 19 wwq3 figs-explicit ὑπόδικος γένηται…τῷ Θεῷ 1 The phrase **may become accountable to God** means that God will judge everyone at the final judgment according to how they lived their lives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God would judge all the people in the world as guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 20 ezbo grammar-connect-logic-result διότι 1 Here. **because** introduces a reason clause. Paul is stating the reason why all humanity is “accountable to God,” as stated in the previous verse. Use natural way in your language to indicate a reason clause. You may need to begin a new sentence, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “The reason for this is that” or “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 20 vzot figs-activepassive οὐ δικαιωθήσεται πᾶσα σὰρξ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who will do the action, Paul implies that “God” will do it. Alternate translation: “God will not justify any flesh” or “God will not make any flesh righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 3 20 xs9x figs-synecdoche σὰρξ 1 flesh Paul uses **flesh** figuratively to refer to a human being, who is made of flesh. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ROM 3 20 d6vi figs-personification ἐξ ἔργων νόμου…διὰ…νόμου ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας 1 In this verse Paul speaks of **the law** figuratively as if it were a person who could justify someone or give them **full awareness**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by doing what God requires in his law … God gives full awareness of sin through his law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 3 20 xs9x figs-synecdoche σὰρξ 1 flesh Paul uses **flesh** figuratively to refer to a human being, who is made of flesh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ROM 3 20 d6vi figs-personification ἐξ ἔργων νόμου…διὰ…νόμου ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας 1 In this verse Paul speaks of **the law** as if it were a person who could justify someone or give them **full awareness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by doing what God requires in his law … God gives full awareness of sin through his law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 3 20 w5qb figs-possession ἐξ ἔργων νόμου 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [2:15](../02/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 3 20 i7zi grammar-collectivenouns νόμου…νόμου 1 In this verse **law** is a singular noun that refers to a group of laws that God gave Israel through Moses. It does not refer to the entire Old Testament, as in the previous verse. See how you translated this use of **law** in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -ROM 3 20 llh9 figs-idiom ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **before him** is an idiom meaning “in his presence” or “from his perspective.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in his presence” or “before his judgment seat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 3 20 xgpp figs-abstractnouns ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **full awareness** and **sin**, you could express the same ideas in different way. Alternate translation: “fully aware of being sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 3 20 aety figs-possession ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **full awareness** about the **sin** a person has committed. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “full knowledge about sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 3 20 jdw9 figs-explicit διὰ…νόμου 1 Here, **through law** indicates the means by which a person becomes fully aware of sin. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 3 20 i7zi grammar-collectivenouns νόμου…νόμου 1 In this verse **law** is a singular noun that refers to a group of laws that God gave Israel by dictating them to Moses. It does not refer to the entire Old Testament, as in the previous verse. See how you translated this use of **law** in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) +ROM 3 20 llh9 figs-idiom ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **before him** is an idiom meaning “in his presence.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 3 20 xgpp figs-abstractnouns ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **full awareness** and **sin**, you could express the same ideas in a different way. Alternate translation: “fully aware of being sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 3 20 aety figs-possession ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **full awareness** about the **sin** a person has committed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “full knowledge about sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 3 20 jdw9 figs-explicit διὰ…νόμου 1 Here, **through law** indicates the means by which a person becomes fully aware of sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 21 fqz4 grammar-connect-logic-contrast νυνὶ δὲ 1 **But now** here indicates that what follows is in contrast to Paul’s discussion about **the law** in [2:1–3:20](../02/01.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Yet now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 3 21 y3te figs-infostructure νυνὶ δὲ χωρὶς νόμου, δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ πεφανέρωται 1 now If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “But now, the righteousness of God has been made known apart from the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) -ROM 3 21 e5ky figs-explicit νόμου…τοῦ νόμου 1 now While the first occurrence of **the law** in this verse refers to the laws that God gave the Jews through Moses, the second occurrence refers to the first five books in the Old Testament that were written by Moses. The ULT shows this different by using **the law** and **the Law** respectively. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this more explicitly. Alternate translation: “the laws God gave Israel … the part of Scripture that Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 3 21 e5ky figs-explicit νόμου…τοῦ νόμου 1 now While the first occurrence of **the law** in this verse refers to the laws that God gave the Jews through Moses, the second occurrence refers to the first five books in the Old Testament that were written by Moses. The ULT shows this different by using **the law** and **the Law** respectively. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the laws God gave Israel … the part of Scripture that Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 21 nlj0 figs-possession χωρὶς νόμου 1 Here, **apart from the law** could mean: (1) **apart from** doing what **the law** requires. Alternate translation: “without having to do what the law requires” (2) outside of what **the law** says. Alternate translation: “not related to what the law says” or “differently than what the law says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 21 e4qe figs-activepassive δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ πεφανέρωται 1 apart from the law the righteousness of God has been made known If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God has made his righteousness visible” or “God has revealed his righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 3 21 qkis figs-possession δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 21 gvca figs-activepassive μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Law and the Prophets bearing witness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 3 21 tnf8 figs-personification μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 It was witnessed by the Law and the Prophets Here Paul uses **the Law and the Prophets** figuratively as if they were people who could witness or testify in a courtroom. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what God says in the Law and the Prophets is a written testimony to this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 3 21 bgyx figs-synecdoche ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 Paul is using the name of two parts of the Hebrew Scriptures, **the Law and the Prophets**, to represent the entire Hebrew Scriptures in general. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in your Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ROM 3 21 tnf8 figs-personification μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 It was witnessed by the Law and the Prophets Here Paul uses **the Law and the Prophets** as if they were people who could witness or testify in a courtroom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what God says in the Law and the Prophets is a written testimony to this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 3 21 bgyx figs-synecdoche ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 Paul is using the name of two parts of the Hebrew Scriptures, **the Law and the Prophets**, to represent the entire Hebrew Scriptures in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in your Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 3 22 pec5 grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, **but** indicates that what follows explains how a person receives “the righteousness of God”. It does not indicate a contrast. Alternate translation: “namely,” or “even” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 22 cvhy figs-possession δικαιοσύνη…Θεοῦ 1 See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 22 q4m1 figs-possession διὰ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, **faith in Jesus Christ** is a possessive form that indicates **faith** that is associated with **Jesus Christ**. This could refer to: (1) trust in Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “by trusting in Jesus Christ” or “by believing in Jesus Christ” (2) the faithfulness of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “through the faithfulness that Jesus Christ possesses” or “through how faithful Jesus Christ is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 22 c4mg figs-ellipsis τοὺς πιστεύοντας 1 Paul is leaving out some words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “those who believe in him” or “those who believe in Jesus for salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 3 22 o6qe grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 Here, **for** introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why **the righteousness of God** is **for all those who believe**. Use a natural way in your language to indicate the reason why something is true. Alternate translation: “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 3 22 o6qe grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 Here, **for** introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why **the righteousness of God** is **for all those who believe**. Use a natural way in your language to indicate a reason. Alternate translation: “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 22 daa3 figs-abstractnouns οὐ…ἐστιν διαστολή 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **distinction**, you could express the same idea in a different way. Alternate translation: “God does not discriminate” or “God is not partial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 3 23 x1hu grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why “there is no distinction,” as stated in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language to indicate the reason why something is true. Alternate translation: “The reason for this is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 3 23 akn9 figs-nominaladj πάντες 1 Here Paul uses the adjective **all** as a noun that refers to **all** the people who have existed or will exist. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -ROM 3 23 jbe9 figs-metaphor ὑστεροῦνται τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **all** people as if they were something that fails to reach its destination. He means that they lack or do not attain **the glory of God**. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “lack the glory of God” or “fail to attain the glory of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 3 23 x1hu grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why “there is no distinction,” as stated in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language to indicate a reason. Alternate translation: “The reason for this is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 3 23 akn9 figs-nominaladj πάντες 1 Here Paul uses the adjective **all** as a noun that refers to **all** the people who have existed or will exist. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ROM 3 23 jbe9 figs-metaphor ὑστεροῦνται τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul speaks of **all** people as if they were something that fails to reach its destination. He means that they lack or do not attain **the glory of God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “lack the glory of God” or “fail to attain the glory of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 23 vwsf figs-possession τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here the possessive form **the glory of God** could refer to: (1) the glory that God shared with humans when he created them, but which they lost when the first humans sinned. Alternate translation: “the glory God once gave them” or “the glory from God” (2) glorifying God, as in the similar phrase “the glory of the imperishable God” in [1:23](../01/23.md). Alternate translation: “of glorifying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 3 24 ibi2 figs-personification δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι 1 Here, **grace** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could **justify** someone. Paul means that God graciously makes people righteous as a gift. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and are gifted with becoming righteous because God is gracious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 3 24 evs8 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 Paul assumes that his readers know that those who are **being justified freely** are “all” those who “have sinned” in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “all people are being freely justified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 3 24 ibi2 figs-personification δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι 1 Here Paul speaks of **grace** as if it were a person who could **justify** someone. Paul means that God graciously makes people righteous as a gift. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and are gifted with becoming righteous because God is gracious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 3 24 evs8 figs-explicit δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν 1 Paul assumes that his readers know that those who are **being justified freely** are “all” those who “have sinned” in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all people are being freely justified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 24 jgcu δωρεὰν 1 Alternate translation: “as a gift” or “without payment” ROM 3 24 atij figs-abstractnouns τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **redemption**, you could express the same ideas with different forms. Alternate translation: “by God being gracious through redeeming them in Christ Jesus” or “due to how kind God is, because Christ Jesus redeemed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 24 hyeb figs-explicit ἀπολυτρώσεως 1 The word translated as **redemption** refers to rescuing someone from captivity by paying a ransom. Your language may require you to indicate what the people are redeemed from. This could mean: (1) Jesus redeems people from eternal punishment. Alternative translation: “redemption from eternal punishment” (2) Jesus redeems people from being enslaved to sin. Alternative translation: “redemption from enslavement to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 3 24 lno6 figs-metaphor τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, Paul speaks figuratively of **redemption** as if it were an object that could be inside Jesus. Paul means that God redeemed all people who believe in Jesus by uniting them to **Christ Jesus**. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “that comes through union with Christ Jesus” or “that is through being united to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 3 25 ci0v figs-metaphor ὃν προέθετο ὁ Θεὸς ἱλαστήριον 1 Here Paul uses **presented** figuratively as if Jesus were an Old Testament atonement sacrifice that was **presented** to God in the temple. He means that Jesus’ death was a sacrifice for the sins of humankind. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “whom God offered to atone for the sins of humanity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 3 24 lno6 figs-metaphor τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, Paul speaks of **redemption** as if it were an object that could be inside Jesus. Paul means that God redeemed all people who believe in Jesus by uniting them to **Christ Jesus**. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “that comes through union with Christ Jesus” or “that is through being united to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 3 25 ci0v figs-metaphor ὃν προέθετο ὁ Θεὸς ἱλαστήριον 1 Here Paul uses **presented** as if Jesus were an Old Testament atonement sacrifice that was **presented** to God in the temple. He means that Jesus’ death was a sacrifice for the sins of humankind. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “whom God offered to atone for the sins of humanity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 25 t2d8 figs-abstractnouns ἱλαστήριον, διὰ πίστεως…εἰς ἔνδειξιν τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **propitiation**, **faith**, **demonstration**, or **righteousness**, you could express the same ideas with different forms. Alternate translation: “to atone for people’s sins by trusting … to demonstrate how he makes people righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 3 25 m159 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι 1 in his blood Here Paul uses **his blood** figuratively to refer to Jesus’ death. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in Christ’s death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 3 25 ieq9 grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς ἔνδειξιν 1 disregard Here, **for** indicates that the phrase that follows is the purpose for which God **presented** Jesus as **a propitiation**. Use a natural way in your language to indicate a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order to demonstrate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +ROM 3 25 m159 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι 1 in his blood Here Paul uses **his blood** to refer to Jesus’ death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in Christ’s death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 3 25 ieq9 grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς ἔνδειξιν 1 disregard Here, **for** indicates that the phrase that follows is the purpose for which God **presented** Jesus as **a propitiation**. Use a natural way in your language to indicate a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order to demonstrate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 3 25 ze9m figs-possession τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ 1 See how you translated “the righteousness of God” in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 25 siri figs-abstractnouns διὰ τὴν πάρεσιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **overlooking**, you could express the same idea with a different form. Alternate translation: “because he overlooked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 25 ydoj figs-abstractnouns τῶν προγεγονότων ἁμαρτημάτων 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sin**, you could express the same idea in a different way. Alternate translation: “how they had sinned previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 3 26 b2f6 grammar-connect-logic-result ἐν 1 Here, **in** introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason for God “overlooking of the sins that happened previously,” as stated in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language to indicate the reason why something is true. Alternate translation: “The reason for this is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 3 26 lm1r figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ἀνοχῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This all happened for the demonstration of his righteousness at this present time If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **forbearance**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “because God is so forbearing” or “since God forbears” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 3 26 cg55 figs-possession ἐν τῇ ἀνοχῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 so that he could be just, and justify the one who has faith in Jesus Paul is using the possessive form to describe **God** who is characterized by **forbearance**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in God’s forbearance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 3 26 b2f6 grammar-connect-logic-result ἐν 1 Here, **in** introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason for God “overlooking of the sins that happened previously,” as stated in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language to indicate a reason. Alternate translation: “The reason for this is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 3 26 lm1r figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ἀνοχῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This all happened for the demonstration of his righteousness at this present time If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **forbearance**, you could express the same idea with a different form. Alternate translation: “because God is so forbearing” or “since God forbears” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 3 26 cg55 figs-possession ἐν τῇ ἀνοχῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 so that he could be just, and justify the one who has faith in Jesus Paul is using the possessive form to describe **God** who is characterized by **forbearance**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “in God’s forbearance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 26 b1xa figs-possession πρὸς τὴν ἔνδειξιν τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ 1 See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 26 v1c9 ἐν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ 1 Alternate translation: “at this time in history” or “currently” ROM 3 26 jjwq grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν 1 Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God now demonstrates **his righteousness**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that he would be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 3 26 x6cf figs-genericnoun τὸν ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ 1 Paul is speaking of all people who have **faith in Jesus**, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “anyone who is from faith in Jesus” or “every person who trusts in Jesus”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -ROM 3 26 qdkw figs-possession τὸν ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ 1 Here Paul is using the possessive form to describe a person who is characterized by **faith in Jesus**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who is characterized by faith in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 3 26 x6cf figs-genericnoun τὸν ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ 1 Paul is speaking of all people who have **faith in Jesus**, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “anyone who is from faith in Jesus” or “every person who trusts in Jesus”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +ROM 3 26 qdkw figs-possession τὸν ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ 1 Here Paul is using the possessive form to describe a person who is characterized by **faith in Jesus**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the one who is characterized by faith in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 26 ab0w figs-possession πίστεως Ἰησοῦ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [verse 22](../03/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 27 emwi 0 Connecting Statement: In [verses 27–31](../03/27.md) Paul uses a series of rhetorical questions and answers in order to emphasize that God alone makes people righteous through faith in Jesus. Like in [verses 1–9](../03/01.md), Paul is speaking as if he were a non-Christian Jew when he asks the rhetorical questions, but he is speaking as himself when he answers those questions. -ROM 3 27 e0wc grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Here, **then** indicates that what follows is a response to what Paul said in [verses 21–26](../03/21.md). If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “If it is God who makes people righteous through faith in Jesus, then where is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 3 27 e0wc grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Here, **then** indicates that what follows is a response to what Paul said in [verses 21–26](../03/21.md). If it might be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “If it is God who makes people righteous through faith in Jesus, then where is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 3 27 fjm4 figs-rquestion ποῦ οὖν ἡ καύχησις? 1 Where then is boasting? It is excluded Paul is not asking for information, but is using this question here to express an objection that a Jew might have to what Paul said in [verses 21–26](../03/21.md). If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There then is no grounds for boasting!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 3 27 mvs0 figs-metaphor ποῦ οὖν ἡ καύχησις 1 Here Paul speaks figuratively of **boasting** as if it were an object that could be in a location. He means that no one can boast because only God makes people righteous. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “Then can anyone boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 3 27 pub7 figs-abstractnouns ποῦ οὖν ἡ καύχησις 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **boasting**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “Who then can boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 3 27 px29 figs-explicit ἐξεκλείσθη 1 In this sentence Paul responds to the rhetorical question in the previous sentence. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying, ‘It is excluded!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 3 27 mvs0 figs-metaphor ποῦ οὖν ἡ καύχησις 1 Here Paul speaks of **boasting** as if it were an object that could be in a location. He means that no one can boast because only God makes people righteous. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “Then can anyone boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 3 27 pub7 figs-abstractnouns ποῦ οὖν ἡ καύχησις 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **boasting**, you could express the same idea with a different form. Alternate translation: “Who then can boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 3 27 px29 figs-explicit ἐξεκλείσθη 1 In this sentence Paul responds to the rhetorical question in the previous sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying, ‘It is excluded!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 27 eufl figs-activepassive ἐξεκλείσθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has excluded it” or “God does not allow it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 3 27 v3ut figs-ellipsis διὰ ποίου νόμου? τῶν ἔργων?…διὰ νόμου πίστεως 1 On what grounds? Of works? No, but on the grounds of faith Paul is leaving out some of the words that these sentences would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Through what kind of law is a person made righteous? Is a person made righteous through the works of the law? … a person made righteous through a law of faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 3 27 v3ut figs-ellipsis διὰ ποίου νόμου? τῶν ἔργων?…διὰ νόμου πίστεως 1 On what grounds? Of works? No, but on the grounds of faith Paul is leaving out some of the words that these sentences would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Through what kind of law is a person made righteous? Is a person made righteous through the works of the law? … a person made righteous through a law of faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 27 dpny figs-rquestion διὰ ποίου νόμου? τῶν ἔργων? 1 In these two sentences Paul is not asking for information, but is using these two questions here to express the objections that a Jew might have to what Paul said in the previous sentence and in [verses 21–26](../03/21.md). If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely through a kind of law! Surely through the works!” or “Surely a person is made righteous through a kind of law! Surely a person is made righteous through works!”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 3 27 bgyy figs-possession τῶν ἔργων? 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **law** that is characterized by **works**. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Through a law characterized by works?” or “By doing what the law requires?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 3 27 h9wb figs-explicit οὐχί, ἀλλὰ διὰ νόμου πίστεως 1 In this sentence Paul responds to the rhetorical questions in the previous two sentences. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying, ‘No! But through a law of faith.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 3 27 bgyy figs-possession τῶν ἔργων? 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **law** that is characterized by **works**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Through a law characterized by works?” or “By doing what the law requires?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 3 27 h9wb figs-explicit οὐχί, ἀλλὰ διὰ νόμου πίστεως 1 In this sentence Paul responds to the rhetorical questions in the previous two sentences. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying, ‘No! But through a law of faith.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 27 tg79 figs-exclamations οὐχί 1 **No!** is an exclamation that communicates a strong contrast to the previous statement. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “Not at all!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) -ROM 3 27 ynz1 figs-possession διὰ νόμου πίστεως 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **law** that is characterized by **faith**. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “through a law characterized by faith” or “by doing what faith requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 3 27 ynz1 figs-possession διὰ νόμου πίστεως 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **law** that is characterized by **faith**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “through a law characterized by faith” or “by doing what faith requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 3 27 mlcq figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a different form. Alternate translation: “of trusting in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 3 28 qe9p grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows explains what “the law of faith” means in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 3 28 qe9p grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows explains what “the law of faith” means in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 28 jtqq figs-exclusive λογιζόμεθα 1 Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and other Christian Jews, as indicated in [verse 9](../03/09.md). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we believing Jews consider” or “we believing Jews regard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 3 28 t8um figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπον 1 a person is justified by faith Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in the generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “humankind” or “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 3 28 ph88 figs-activepassive δικαιοῦσθαι…ἄνθρωπον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in an active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “that God justifies a man” or “that God makes a man righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 3 28 jb14 figs-abstractnouns πίστει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “by believing in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 3 28 jb14 figs-abstractnouns πίστει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a different form. Alternate translation: “by believing in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 3 28 s747 figs-possession χωρὶς ἔργων νόμου 1 without works of the law See how you translated “apart from the law” in [verse 21](../03/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 3 28 ycx2 figs-possession ἔργων νόμου 1 without works of the law Paul is using the possessive form to refer to **the works** that God requires in **the law**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the works that the law requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 3 29 hdbq grammar-connect-words-phrases ἢ 1 **Or** here indicates that the next two sentences are the responses that a Jew might have to what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Or you Jews might say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 3 29 ineu figs-ellipsis οὐχὶ καὶ ἐθνῶν? ναὶ, καὶ ἐθνῶν 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that these sentences would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Is he not also God of Gentiles? Yes, he is also God of Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 3 28 ycx2 figs-possession ἔργων νόμου 1 without works of the law Paul is using the possessive form to refer to **the works** that God requires in **the law**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the works that the law requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 3 29 hdbq grammar-connect-words-phrases ἢ 1 **Or** here indicates that the next two sentences are the responses that a Jew might have to what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Or you Jews might say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 3 29 ineu figs-ellipsis οὐχὶ καὶ ἐθνῶν? ναὶ, καὶ ἐθνῶν 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that these sentences would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Is he not also God of Gentiles? Yes, he is also God of Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 3 29 m8eo figs-explicit ἐθνῶν…ἐθνῶν 1 See how you translated this word in [1:5](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 29 ch7p figs-rquestion Ἰουδαίων ὁ Θεὸς μόνον? οὐχὶ καὶ ἐθνῶν? 1 Paul is not asking for information, but is using these two questions here to express the responses that a Jew might have to what Paul said in the previous verse. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “God is surely not only the God of Jews! He is surely also the God of Gentiles!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 3 29 rq5m figs-explicit ναὶ, καὶ ἐθνῶν 1 In this sentence Paul responds to the rhetorical questions in the previous two sentences. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying, ‘Yes, also of Gentiles’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 3 29 gp74 figs-exclamations ναὶ 1 **Yes** is an exclamation word that communicates enthusiasm. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating enthusiasm. Alternate translation (change the period to an exclamation point): “Of course!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) +ROM 3 29 rq5m figs-explicit ναὶ, καὶ ἐθνῶν 1 In this sentence Paul responds to the rhetorical questions in the previous two sentences. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying, ‘Yes, also of Gentiles’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 3 29 gp74 figs-exclamations ναὶ 1 **Yes** is an exclamation that communicates enthusiasm. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating enthusiasm. Alternate translation (change the period to an exclamation point): “Of course!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 3 30 vur7 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἴπερ 1 Paul uses **if** as if the rest of the verse were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since we know” or “Because it is true that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) ROM 3 30 qdiu grammar-connect-logic-result εἴπερ 1 This phrase introduces the reason why Paul could say in the previous verse that God is also the God of the Gentiles. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a reason clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “since, indeed” or “we know this is true because, indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 3 30 ux30 figs-metaphor εἷς ὁ Θεός 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **God** as if he were a number. He means that **God** is the **one** and only true **God** for both Jews and Gentiles. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “there is only one God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 3 30 rjxp figs-distinguish ὃς δικαιώσει περιτομὴν ἐκ πίστεως, καὶ ἀκροβυστίαν διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 This phrase gives us further information about **who** **God** is. It is not making a distinction between the one true **God** and false gods. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he is the one who will justify the circumcision by faith, and the uncircumcision through the same faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) +ROM 3 30 ux30 figs-metaphor εἷς ὁ Θεός 1 Paul speaks of **God** as if he were a number. He means that **God** is the **one** and only true **God** for both Jews and Gentiles. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “there is only one God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 3 30 rjxp figs-distinguish ὃς δικαιώσει περιτομὴν ἐκ πίστεως, καὶ ἀκροβυστίαν διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 This phrase gives further information about **who** **God** is. It is not making a distinction between the one true **God** and false gods. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he is the one who will justify the circumcision by faith, and the uncircumcision through the same faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 3 30 kw62 grammar-collectivenouns περιτομὴν…ἀκροβυστίαν 1 he will justify the circumcision by faith, and the uncircumcision through faith The words **circumcision** and **uncircumcision** are singular nouns that refers to groups of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the circumcised people … the uncircumcised people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -ROM 3 30 gk5d figs-metonymy περιτομὴν…ἀκροβυστίαν 1 he will justify the circumcision by faith, and the uncircumcision through faith Here Paul uses **the circumcision** figuratively to refer to the Jews by associating them with **circumcision**, and he uses **the uncircumcision** figuratively to refer to the Gentiles by associating them with **uncircumcision**. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people … the non-Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 3 30 gk5d figs-metonymy περιτομὴν…ἀκροβυστίαν 1 he will justify the circumcision by faith, and the uncircumcision through faith Here Paul uses **the circumcision** to refer to the Jews by associating them with **circumcision**, and he uses **the uncircumcision** figuratively to refer to the Gentiles by associating them with **uncircumcision**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people … the non-Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 30 s9i4 figs-possession ἐκ πίστεως…διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 See how you translated this phrase in [verse 26](../03/26.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 3 31 vj40 grammar-connect-words-phrases νόμον οὖν καταργοῦμεν 1 we uphold Here, **then** indicates that this sentence is the responses that a Jew might have to what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then you Jews might say, ‘Do we nullify the law’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 3 31 vj40 grammar-connect-words-phrases νόμον οὖν καταργοῦμεν 1 we uphold Here, **then** indicates that this sentence is the responses that a Jew might have to what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then you Jews might say, ‘Do we nullify the law’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 3 31 y6qx figs-rquestion νόμον οὖν καταργοῦμεν διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 we uphold the law Paul is not asking for information, but is using this question to express the response that a Jew might have to what Paul said in the previous verse. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Then we surely nullify the law through the same faith!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 3 31 nzr7 figs-exclusive οὖν καταργοῦμεν 1 we uphold Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of the unbelieving Jews whom Paul is speaking on behalf of. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “Do we Jews then nullify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ROM 3 31 cw0k figs-explicit νόμον οὖν καταργοῦμεν 1 Here, **nullify the law** means to make **the law** useless or no longer applicable to anyone. Paul is stating that the Jews might worry that he is teaching that the Law of Moses does not have any function at all because God makes people righteous by faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do we make the law useless” or “Do we throw away the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 3 31 cw0k figs-explicit νόμον οὖν καταργοῦμεν 1 Here, **nullify the law** means to make **the law** useless or no longer applicable to anyone. Paul is stating that the Jews might worry that he is teaching that the Law of Moses does not have any function at all because God makes people righteous by faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do we make the law useless” or “Do we throw away the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 31 aj6s figs-possession διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 3 31 pjgc figs-explicit μὴ γένοιτο! ἀλλὰ νόμον ἱστάνομεν 1 In these two sentences Paul responds to the rhetorical questions in the previous sentence. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying, ‘May it never be! Instead, we establish the law’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 3 31 pjgc figs-explicit μὴ γένοιτο! ἀλλὰ νόμον ἱστάνομεν 1 In these two sentences Paul responds to the rhetorical questions in the previous sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying, ‘May it never be! Instead, we establish the law’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 31 rhy5 figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 See how you translated this phrase in [verse 6](../03/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 3 31 ppvo figs-exclusive νόμον ἱστάνομεν 1 Here, **we** is used exclusively to refer to Paul and other Christians. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we Christians uphold the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ROM 3 31 c295 figs-metaphor νόμον ἱστάνομεν 1 Paul uses **uphold** figuratively to refer to **the law** as if it were an object that people could hold up high. The meaning of **uphold** here is the opposite meaning of **nullify** earlier in the verse. It could mean: (1) Christians fulfill the requirements of the law by trusting in Jesus, who fulfilled the law for them. Alternate translation: “we fulfill the law by faith” (2) Christians value **the law** and affirm that it is useful. Alternative translation: “we confirm that the law is useful” or “we affirm that the law has value”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 4 intro f9jc 0 # Romans 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

4. Righteousness is received through Jesus Christ by trusting in him (3:21–5:21)
* God’s righteousness is received through faith (3:21–26)
* No one can boast in works (3:27–31)
* The examples of Abraham and David (4:1–25)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verses 7–8](../04/07.md) of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The purpose of the law of Moses

In this chapter Paul continues to develop his argument based on what he wrote in the previous chapter. He explains how God made Abraham, the ancestor of all Jews, righteous a long time before God gave the Jews the Law of Moses. Even Abraham could not become righteous by what he did. Rather, God made Abraham righteous on the basis of Abraham’s faith. Obeying the law of Moses does not make a person righteous. People have always become righteous only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

### Circumcision

Circumcision was important to the Israelites. It identified a person as a descendant of Abraham. It was also a sign of the covenant between Abraham and Yahweh. However, being circumcised never made anyone righteous. In this chapter Paul uses “circumcision” to refer to Jews and “uncircumcision” to refer to non-Jews. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

In [verses 1](../04/01.md), [3](../04/03.md), and [9–10](../04/09.md) Paul continues using rhetorical questions like he did in the previous chapter. He does this in order to answer objections that Jews might make about what he is saying. +ROM 3 31 c295 figs-metaphor νόμον ἱστάνομεν 1 Paul uses **uphold** to refer to **the law** as if it were an object that people could hold up high. The meaning of **uphold** here is the opposite meaning of **nullify** earlier in the verse. It could mean: (1) Christians fulfill the requirements of the law by trusting in Jesus, who fulfilled the law for them. Alternate translation: “we fulfill the law by faith” (2) Christians value **the law** and affirm that it is useful. Alternative translation: “we confirm that the law is useful” or “we affirm that the law has value”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 4 intro f9jc 0 # Romans 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

4. Righteousness is received through Jesus Christ by trusting in him (3:21–5:21)
* God’s righteousness is received through faith (3:21–26)
* No one can boast in works (3:27–31)
* The examples of Abraham and David (4:1–25)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verses 7–8](../04/07.md) of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The purpose of the law of Moses

In this chapter Paul continues to develop his argument based on what he wrote in the previous chapter. He explains how God made Abraham, the ancestor of all Jews, righteous a long time before God gave the Law of Moses to the Jews. Even Abraham could not become righteous by what he did. Rather, God made Abraham righteous on the basis of Abraham’s faith. Obeying the law of Moses does not make a person righteous. People have always become righteous only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

### Circumcision

Circumcision was important to the Israelites. It identified a person as a descendant of Abraham. It was also a sign of the covenant between Abraham and Yahweh. However, being circumcised never made anyone righteous. In this chapter Paul uses “circumcision” to refer to Jews and “uncircumcision” to refer to non-Jews. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

In [verses 1](../04/01.md), [3](../04/03.md), and [9–10](../04/09.md) Paul continues using rhetorical questions like he did in the previous chapter. He does this in order to answer objections that Jews might make about what he is saying. ROM 4 1 q7wc 0 Connecting Statement: [Verses 1–12](../04/01.md) are a series of rhetorical questions and answers that Paul uses to emphasize that even **Abraham**, the ancestor of the Jewish people, was made righteous by God “through faith.” ROM 4 1 gxv3 grammar-connect-logic-result τί οὖν 1 Here, **then** indicates that what follows is a response to what Paul said in the previous chapter, especially what he said in [3:27–31](../03/27.md). See how you translated **What then** in [3:1](../03/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 4 1 gw29 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν, εὑρηκέναι Ἀβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα? 1 In this verse Paul is not asking for information, but is using a question to express the objections that a Jew might have to what Paul said in the previous chapter, especially what he said in [3:27–31](../03/27.md). If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Then we will say that Abraham, our forefather according to the flesh, has surely discovered something!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 4 1 rhrp figs-quotemarks τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν, εὑρηκέναι Ἀβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα? 1 In this verse and the first part of the next verse, Paul is speaking as if he were a non-Christian Jew arguing against Paul. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate quotations, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 4 1 rhrp figs-quotemarks τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν, εὑρηκέναι Ἀβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα? 1 In this verse and the first part of the next verse, Paul is speaking as if he were a non-Christian Jew arguing against Paul. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 4 1 s4b5 figs-exclusive ἐροῦμεν 1 In [verses 1–9](../04/01.md) Paul uses **we** exclusively to speak of himself and other Jews. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “will we Jews say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 4 1 ot88 figs-infostructure εὑρηκέναι Ἀβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “that Abraham has discovered, who is our forefather according to the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 4 1 fk5t figs-idiom κατὰ σάρκα 1 See how you translated **according to the flesh** in [1:3](../01/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 4 2 pmua figs-quotemarks εἰ γὰρ Ἀβραὰμ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ἔχει καύχημα 1 These clauses continue the the statements that a Jew might have to against Paul that began in the previous verse. You may need to indicate this with a closing quotation mark at the end of these clauses or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -ROM 4 2 ka9b grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is a the reason for the statement in the previous verse. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This must be the case because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 4 2 ka9b grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is a the reason for the statement in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This must be the case because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 4 2 oe12 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ…Ἀβραὰμ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ἔχει καύχημα 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that the unbelieving Jew might think that this is actually true. In Paul’s time some Jewish teachers taught that Abraham had a right to boast because of his faith. However, since translating this as if it were true might confuse your readers, it is best to use a hypothetical sentence, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) ROM 4 2 wvmh figs-activepassive Ἀβραὰμ…ἐδικαιώθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God justified Abraham” or “God made Abraham right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 4 2 sibe figs-explicit ἐξ ἔργων 1 Paul assumes that his readers would understand that **works**means “works of the law” as in [3:28](../03/28.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by doing what God requires from his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 4 2 mefy figs-explicit ἀλλ’ οὐ πρὸς Θεόν 1 In this clause Paul begins to respond to the rhetorical questions he wrote in the previous clauses and previous verse. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying, ‘But not before God!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 4 2 sibe figs-explicit ἐξ ἔργων 1 Paul assumes that his readers would understand that **works**means “works of the law” as in [3:28](../03/28.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by doing what God requires from his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 4 2 mefy figs-explicit ἀλλ’ οὐ πρὸς Θεόν 1 In this clause Paul begins to respond to the rhetorical questions he wrote in the previous clauses and previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying, ‘But not before God!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 2 me3d grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ οὐ πρὸς Θεόν. 1 What follows the word **but** here is an emphatic contrast to what was just stated. Paul is negating the argument that he presented earlier in this verse and in the previous verse. You could make this emphasis explicit by replacing the period with an exclamation point or another natural way in your language for introducing am emphatic contrast. Alternate translation: “but certainly not before God!” or “however not from God’s perspective!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -ROM 4 2 z9wx figs-metaphor πρὸς Θεόν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **Abraham** as if he were located in the presence of **God**. He means that Abraham could not **boast** to God about his **righteousness** if it was **righteous by works**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “from God’s perspective” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 4 2 z9wx figs-metaphor πρὸς Θεόν 1 Paul speaks of **Abraham** as if he were located in the presence of **God**. He means that Abraham could not **boast** to God about his **righteousness** if it was **righteous by works**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “from God’s perspective” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 3 w9i5 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For what does the scripture say **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse is the reason why Paul said in the previous verse that Abraham cannot boast “before God.” Use a natural way in your language to introduce a reason clause. Alternative translation: “This is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 4 3 hih3 figs-rquestion τί…ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the scripture surely says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 4 3 g1wz figs-personification τί…ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 Here Paul uses **say** figuratively as if **the scripture** were a person who could speak. He means that the scripture he is about to quote contains information related to the topic he is discussing. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what information is in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 4 3 g1wz figs-personification τί…ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει 1 Here Paul uses **say** as if **the scripture** were a person who could speak. He means that the scripture he is about to quote contains information related to the topic he is discussing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what information is in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 4 3 r9te writing-quotations τί…ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει? 1 Here Paul uses **what does the scripture say** to indicate a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Genesis 15:6](gen/15/06.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “what is written in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -ROM 4 3 xdtx figs-explicit ἡ Γραφὴ 1 Here, **the scripture** refers specifically to the quotation from [Genesis 15:6](../gen/15/06.md) that follows in this verse. It does not refer to the Scriptures in general. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the scripture that Moses wrote in Genesis” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 4 3 xdtx figs-explicit ἡ Γραφὴ 1 Here, **the scripture** refers specifically to the quotation from [Genesis 15:6](../gen/15/06.md) that follows in this verse. It does not refer to the Scriptures in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the scripture that Moses wrote in Genesis” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 3 smc6 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was counted to him as righteousness If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God counted it to him as righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 4 3 az65 writing-pronouns ἐλογίσθη 1 it was counted to him as righteousness The pronoun **it** refers to Abraham’s faith, which was implied by the statement that **Abraham believed God**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “his faith was counted” or “his trust in God was counted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 4 3 qked figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “being righteous” or “being right with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 4 4 ihul grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that what follows in verses 4–5 is an explanation of the scripture quotation in the previous verse. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 4 3 az65 writing-pronouns ἐλογίσθη 1 it was counted to him as righteousness The pronoun **it** refers to Abraham’s faith, which was implied by the statement that **Abraham believed God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “his faith was counted” or “his trust in God was counted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 4 3 qked figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in a different way. Alternate translation: “being righteous” or “being right with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 4 4 ihul grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that what follows in verses 4–5 is an explanation of the scripture quotation in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 4 4 oojx figs-extrainfo τῷ…ἐργαζομένῳ 1 Here, **the one who works** refers to a hypothetical person who obeys the laws God gave through Moses and is “made righteous by works” (see [verse 2](../04/02.md)). However, since the meaning of verses 4–5 is given in the next verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) ROM 4 4 dsl8 figs-activepassive ὁ μισθὸς οὐ λογίζεται κατὰ χάριν 1 what he is paid is not counted as a gift If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he does not consider his wage as grace” or “he does not regard his pay as grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 4 xo4x κατὰ χάριν…κατὰ ὀφείλημα 1 Alternate translation: “as a matter of grace … as a matter of obligation” or “as a gift … as an obligation” -ROM 4 4 ossx figs-abstractnouns κατὰ χάριν…κατὰ ὀφείλημα 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **grace** and **obligation**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “as what is gracious … as what is owed” or “something gifted … something owed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 4 4 ossx figs-abstractnouns κατὰ χάριν…κατὰ ὀφείλημα 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **obligation**, you could express the same ideas with different forms. Alternate translation: “as what is gracious … as what is owed” or “something gifted … something owed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 5 ynp2 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that what follows in this verse is in contrast to what Paul said in the previous verse. Use natural way in your language to express contrasting ideas. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -ROM 4 5 j3ir figs-explicit τῷ…μὴ ἐργαζομένῳ 1 Here, **the one who does not work** refers to a person who does not obey the laws God gave through Moses. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the one who is does not obey God’s laws” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 4 5 fezj figs-explicit τὸν δικαιοῦντα 1 Here, **the one who makes righteous** refers to God. If this would your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God who justifies” or “God who makes righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 4 5 j3ir figs-explicit τῷ…μὴ ἐργαζομένῳ 1 Here, **the one who does not work** refers to a person who does not obey the laws God gave through Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the one who is does not obey God’s laws” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 4 5 fezj figs-explicit τὸν δικαιοῦντα 1 Here, **the one who makes righteous** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God who justifies” or “God who makes righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 5 tovp figs-nominaladj τὸν ἀσεβῆ 1 Paul is using the singular adjective phrase **the ungodly** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. If your language does not use adjectives in the same way, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are ungodly” or “people who do ungodly things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 4 5 va3e figs-activepassive λογίζεται ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 his faith is counted as righteousness If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who does the action, Paul implies that “God” does it. See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 3](../04/03.md). Alternate translation: “God counted his faith as righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 4 5 s00l figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **faith** and **righteousness**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “how he trusts … as being righteous” or “how he trusts in God … as being right with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 4 6 hil6 writing-quotations καὶ Δαυεὶδ λέγει 1 Paul uses **David also speaks of** here to introduce a scripture quotation from [Psalm 31:1–2](../psa/031/001.md), which King David wrote. This occurs in [verses 7–8](../04/07.md). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “David also wrote in the Old Testament” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +ROM 4 5 s00l figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **faith** and **righteousness**, you could express the same ideas with different forms. Alternate translation: “how he trusts … as being righteous” or “how he trusts in God … as being right with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 4 6 hil6 writing-quotations καὶ Δαυεὶδ λέγει 1 Paul uses **David also speaks of** here to introduce a scripture quotation from [Psalm 31:1–2](../psa/031/001.md), which David wrote. This occurs in [verses 7–8](../04/07.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “David also wrote in the Old Testament” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 4 6 s0v1 figs-abstractnouns τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blessedness**, you could express the same idea with a different form. Alternate translation: “how blessed the man is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 4 6 vyse figs-possession τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the man** that is characterized by **blessedness**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the blessed man” or “the happy man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 4 6 x40j figs-genericnoun τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 Paul is speaking of people in general, not of one particular **man**. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -ROM 4 6 c6zs figs-distinguish ᾧ ὁ Θεὸς λογίζεται δικαιοσύνην χωρὶς ἔργων 1 This phrase gives us further information about the **the man**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “that is, the man God counts as righteous apart from works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) +ROM 4 6 vyse figs-possession τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the man** that is characterized by **blessedness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the blessed man” or “the happy man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 4 6 x40j figs-genericnoun τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 Paul is speaking of people in general, not of one particular **man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +ROM 4 6 c6zs figs-distinguish ᾧ ὁ Θεὸς λογίζεται δικαιοσύνην χωρὶς ἔργων 1 This phrase gives further information about the **the man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “that is, the man God counts as righteous apart from works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 4 6 lilj figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “being righteous” or “being right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 6 o260 figs-possession χωρὶς ἔργων 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:28](../03/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 4 7 zqwl figs-quotemarks μακάριοι, ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι καὶ ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 This verse is the beginning of a quotation from [Psalm 31:1–2](../psa/031/001.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -ROM 4 7 dur6 figs-parallelism μακάριοι, ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι καὶ ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 whose lawless deeds are forgiven … whose sins are covered These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show how **Blessed** these people are. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “How blessed are those people whom God forgives completely for all their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 4 7 dur6 figs-parallelism μακάριοι, ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι καὶ ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 whose lawless deeds are forgiven … whose sins are covered These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show how **Blessed** these people are. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “How blessed are those people whom God forgives completely for all their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 4 7 lq4w figs-abstractnouns ὧν…αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν…αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **lawless deeds** and **sins**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “the lawless things they have done … the sins they have committed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 7 d4f4 figs-activepassive ἀφέθησαν…ἐπεκαλύφθησαν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God forgives … God covers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 4 7 hj2w figs-ellipsis ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 Paul quotes David leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “blessed are those whose sins have been covered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 4 7 hqfm figs-metaphor ἐπεκαλύφθησαν 1 Paul quotes David using **covered** figuratively to refer to God forgiving sins as if he covers sins so that he no longer sees them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “have been forgiven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 4 7 hj2w figs-ellipsis ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 Paul quotes David leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “blessed are those whose sins have been covered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 4 7 hqfm figs-metaphor ἐπεκαλύφθησαν 1 Paul quotes David using **covered** to refer to God forgiving sins as if he covers sins so that he no longer sees them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “have been forgiven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 8 jjov figs-quotemarks μακάριος ἀνὴρ, οὗ οὐ μὴ λογίσηται Κύριος ἁμαρτίαν 1 The end of this verse is the end of a quotation from [Psalm 31:1–2](../psa/031/001.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 4 8 yox7 figs-parallelism μακάριος ἀνὴρ, οὗ οὐ μὴ λογίσηται Κύριος ἁμαρτίαν 1 This verse means the same thing as the two clauses in the previous verse. Paul the same thing here, in a slightly different way, to emphasize how **Blessed** people are home God forgives for their sins. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “How truly blessed is a man whose sin the Lord does certainly not count!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -ROM 4 8 kpfe figs-genericnoun ἀνὴρ 1 Paul quotes David speaking of people in general, not of one particular **man**. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +ROM 4 8 kpfe figs-genericnoun ἀνὴρ 1 Paul quotes David speaking of people in general, not of one particular **man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) ROM 4 8 y21b figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sin**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “sinful deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 4 8 jdrm figs-metaphor οὐ μὴ λογίσηται 1 Paul quotes David using **count** figuratively to refer to God remembering or regarding people’s sins after he has forgiven them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “does certainly not regard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 4 8 jdrm figs-metaphor οὐ μὴ λογίσηται 1 Paul quotes David using **count** to refer to God remembering or regarding people’s sins after he has forgiven them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “does certainly not regard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 8 yxh2 figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ 1 The phrase **certainly not** translates two negative words in Greek. Paul quotes David using them together to emphasize how certain it is that God does not regard people’s sin after he has forgiven them. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “never” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -ROM 4 9 qtgb grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Then** here introduces a result clause. This verse indicates the logical conclusion to what Paul has stated in [verses 6–8](../04/06.md). Use a natural way in your language for expressing result. Alternate translation: “As a result,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 4 9 qtgb grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Then** here introduces a result clause. This verse indicates the logical conclusion to what Paul has stated in [verses 6–8](../04/06.md). Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “As a result,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 4 9 g4f6 figs-rquestion ὁ μακαρισμὸς…οὗτος ἐπὶ τὴν περιτομὴν, ἢ καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν? 1 Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “this blessedness is surely upon the circumcision and also upon the uncircumcision!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 4 9 alrb figs-explicit ὁ μακαρισμὸς…οὗτος 1 Here, **this blessedness** refers to joyful state of those people whom God forgives and makes righteous, as mentioned in [verses 6–8](../04/06.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “is this blessed state of being forgiven by God” or “is this blessed forgiveness from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 4 9 jmym figs-metaphor ὁ μακαρισμὸς…οὗτος ἐπὶ τὴν περιτομὴν…ἐπὶ τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν 1 Paul speaks of **blessedness** figuratively as if it were an object that could be put **upon** someone. He means that both circumcised and uncircumcised people can receive the blessing of forgiveness from God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is this blessedness given to the circumcision … to the uncircumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 4 9 alrb figs-explicit ὁ μακαρισμὸς…οὗτος 1 Here, **this blessedness** refers to joyful state of those people whom God forgives and makes righteous, as mentioned in [verses 6–8](../04/06.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “is this blessed state of being forgiven by God” or “is this blessed forgiveness from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 4 9 jmym figs-metaphor ὁ μακαρισμὸς…οὗτος ἐπὶ τὴν περιτομὴν…ἐπὶ τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν 1 Paul speaks of **blessedness** as if it were an object that could be put **upon** someone. He means that both circumcised and uncircumcised people can receive the blessing of forgiveness from God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is this blessedness given to the circumcision … to the uncircumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 9 dn7v grammar-collectivenouns τὴν περιτομὴν…τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν 1 See how you translated these words in [3:30](../03/30.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -ROM 4 9 mrsm grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows answers the rhetorical question. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 4 9 mrsm grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows answers the rhetorical question. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 4 9 w2xt figs-exclusive λέγομεν 1 Here Paul uses **we** exclusively to refer to Paul and other Jews. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we Jewish people say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ROM 4 9 o51f writing-quotations λέγομεν 1 Paul uses **we say** here to introduce a modified scripture quotation from [Genesis 15:6](../gen/15/06.md), which Moses wrote. If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “we say what Moses wrote in the Old Testament” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +ROM 4 9 o51f writing-quotations λέγομεν 1 Paul uses **we say** here to introduce a modified scripture quotation from [Genesis 15:6](../gen/15/06.md), which Moses wrote. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “we say what Moses wrote in the Old Testament” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 4 9 m3uh figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη τῷ Ἀβραὰμ ἡ πίστις εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 Faith was counted to Abraham as righteousness See how you translated the similar clauses in [verses 3](../04/03.md) and [5](../04/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 10 trz4 figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν ἐλογίσθη? ἐν περιτομῇ ὄντι, ἢ ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ? 1 In these two sentences Paul is not asking for information, but is using these two questions here to emphasize that Abraham was made righteous without being circumcised. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. You may need to combine these sentences. Alternate translation: “Then you surely know how it was counted to him! You surely know whether it was in circumcision or in uncircumcision!” or “Then you surely know how it was counted to him, whether in circumcision or in uncircumcision!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 4 10 unuf grammar-connect-logic-result πῶς οὖν 1 Here, **then** introduces a result clause that is in the form of a rhetorical question. Use a natural way in your language for expressing result. Alternate translation: “How as a result” or “So then how” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 4 10 uj5i figs-idiom πῶς 1 **How** here means “in what circumstances.” Paul is not asking how God made Abraham righteous, but is asking whether or not Abraham was circumcised when God made him righteous. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “In what circumstances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 4 10 bw38 writing-pronouns ἐλογίσθη…οὐκ ἐν περιτομῇ 1 In this verse the pronoun **it** refers to Abraham’s faith, as stated in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “was Abraham’s faith counted … His faith was not in circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 4 10 unuf grammar-connect-logic-result πῶς οὖν 1 Here, **then** introduces a result clause that is in the form of a rhetorical question. Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “How as a result” or “So then how” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 4 10 uj5i figs-idiom πῶς 1 **How** here means “in what circumstances.” Paul is not asking how God made Abraham righteous, but is asking whether or not Abraham was circumcised when God made him righteous. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “In what circumstances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 4 10 bw38 writing-pronouns ἐλογίσθη…οὐκ ἐν περιτομῇ 1 In this verse the pronoun **it** refers to Abraham’s faith, as stated in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “was Abraham’s faith counted … His faith was not in circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 4 10 p5rp figs-activepassive πῶς οὖν ἐλογίσθη 1 It was not in circumcision, but in uncircumcision If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “How then did God count it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 4 10 wbta figs-ellipsis ἐν περιτομῇ ὄντι, ἢ ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ? οὐκ ἐν περιτομῇ, ἀλλ’ ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ 1 Here Paul is leaving out some the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “Was it counted being in circumcision, or in uncircumcision? It was not counted in circumcision, but in uncircumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 4 10 zj6b figs-abstractnouns ἐν περιτομῇ ὄντι, ἢ ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ? οὐκ ἐν περιτομῇ, ἀλλ’ ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **circumcision** and **uncircumcision**, you could express the same ideas in verbal way. Paul implies that Abraham is the subject of these sentences. Alternate translation: “While Abraham was circumcised, or while he was uncircumcised? It was not while he was circumcised, but while he was uncircumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 4 11 unmg figs-abstractnouns περιτομῆς…ἐν τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ…δι’ ἀκροβυστίας 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **circumcision** and **uncircumcision**, you could express the same ideas in verbal way. Alternate translation: “of being circumcised … while being uncircumcised … through being uncircumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 4 11 d564 figs-possession σημεῖον…περιτομῆς 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the sign** that is **circumcision**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the sign that is circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 4 11 rjhr figs-distinguish σφραγῖδα τῆς δικαιοσύνης τῆς πίστεως τῆς ἐν τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ 1 This phrase gives us further information about **the sign of circumcision**. Circumcision is not only a **sign**, but also a **seal**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these clauses clearer. Alternate translation: “that is, a seal of the righteousness of the faith that he had in his uncircumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) -ROM 4 11 wm54 figs-possession σφραγῖδα τῆς δικαιοσύνης 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **a seal** that proves **the righteousness** to be real. If this is not clear in your language, you could indicate this with a different form. Alternate translation: “a seal that proves the righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 4 11 n31z figs-possession τῆς δικαιοσύνης τῆς πίστεως 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **righteousness** that comes from **faith**. If this is not clear in your language, you could indicate this with an adjective phrase or a verbal form. Alternate translation: “of the righteousness from faith” or “of being right with God that comes from trusting in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 4 11 zlwg figs-distinguish τῆς ἐν τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ 1 This clause gives us further information about **the faith** that Abraham had. Paul is referring to **the faith** that Abraham had before he was circumcised. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “that Abraham had in his uncircumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) -ROM 4 11 mob7 figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ 1 Here Paul speaks figuratively of **uncircumcision** as if it were a location someone could be **in**. He means that Abraham was in the state of being uncircumcised. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “while he was uncircumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 4 11 f5vv grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν 1 Here, **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God required Abraham to become circumcised. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that he would be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 4 11 ue6v figs-metaphor πατέρα πάντων τῶν πιστευόντων δι’ ἀκροβυστίας 1 Paul uses **father** figuratively to refer to Abraham as if he physically produced **those who believe** in God. Paul means that Abraham spiritually represents all uncircumcised non-Jews who trust in God. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternative translation: “the spiritual representative of all those who believe through uncircumcision” or “like the father of all those who believe through uncircumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 4 11 etyl figs-explicit δι’ ἀκροβυστίας 1 Here the word translated as **through** refers to a going through a time period. If this would confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “during uncircumcision” or “throughout the time they were uncircumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 4 10 wbta figs-ellipsis ἐν περιτομῇ ὄντι, ἢ ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ? οὐκ ἐν περιτομῇ, ἀλλ’ ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ 1 Here Paul is leaving out some the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “Was it counted being in circumcision, or in uncircumcision? It was not counted in circumcision, but in uncircumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 4 10 zj6b figs-abstractnouns ἐν περιτομῇ ὄντι, ἢ ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ? οὐκ ἐν περιτομῇ, ἀλλ’ ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **circumcision** and **uncircumcision**, you could express the same ideas in a different way. Paul implies that Abraham is the subject of these sentences. Alternate translation: “While Abraham was circumcised, or while he was uncircumcised? It was not while he was circumcised, but while he was uncircumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 4 11 unmg figs-abstractnouns περιτομῆς…ἐν τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ…δι’ ἀκροβυστίας 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **circumcision** and **uncircumcision**, you could express the same ideas in a different way. Alternate translation: “of being circumcised … while being uncircumcised … through being uncircumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 4 11 d564 figs-possession σημεῖον…περιτομῆς 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the sign** that is **circumcision**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the sign that is circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 4 11 rjhr figs-distinguish σφραγῖδα τῆς δικαιοσύνης τῆς πίστεως τῆς ἐν τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ 1 This phrase gives further information about **the sign of circumcision**. Circumcision is not only a **sign**, but also a **seal**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these clauses clearer. Alternate translation: “that is, a seal of the righteousness of the faith that he had in his uncircumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) +ROM 4 11 wm54 figs-possession σφραγῖδα τῆς δικαιοσύνης 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **a seal** that proves **the righteousness** to be real. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a seal that proves the righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 4 11 n31z figs-possession τῆς δικαιοσύνης τῆς πίστεως 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **righteousness** that comes from **faith**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “of the righteousness from faith” or “of being right with God that comes from trusting in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 4 11 zlwg figs-distinguish τῆς ἐν τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ 1 This clause gives further information about **the faith** that Abraham had. Paul is referring to **the faith** that Abraham had before he was circumcised. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “that Abraham had in his uncircumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) +ROM 4 11 mob7 figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ 1 Here Paul speaks of **uncircumcision** as if it were a location someone could be **in**. He means that Abraham was in the state of being uncircumcised. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “while he was uncircumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 4 11 f5vv grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν 1 Here, **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God required Abraham to become circumcised. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that he would be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +ROM 4 11 ue6v figs-metaphor πατέρα πάντων τῶν πιστευόντων δι’ ἀκροβυστίας 1 Paul uses **father** to refer to Abraham as if he physically produced **those who believe** in God. Paul means that Abraham spiritually represents all uncircumcised non-Jews who trust in God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternative translation: “the spiritual representative of all those who believe through uncircumcision” or “like the father of all those who believe through uncircumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 4 11 etyl figs-explicit δι’ ἀκροβυστίας 1 Here the word translated as **through** refers to a going through a time period. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “during uncircumcision” or “throughout the time they were uncircumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 11 hm61 grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ λογισθῆναι αὐτοῖς τὴν δικαιοσύνην 1 Here, **so that** indicates that this clause could refer to: (1) the purpose of Abraham being **the father of all those who believe**. Alternate translation: “in order that the righteousness would be counted to them” (2) the result of Abraham being **the father of all those who believe**. Alternate translation: “resulting in the righteousness being counted to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 4 11 y88e figs-activepassive εἰς τὸ λογισθῆναι αὐτοῖς τὴν δικαιοσύνην 1 See how you translated **counted** in [verses 3–5](../04/03.md) and [9–10](../04/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 11 ehib figs-abstractnouns τὴν δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with a different form. Alternate translation: “being righteous” or “being right with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 4 12 v9bu grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ πατέρα περιτομῆς 1 And he became the father of the circumcision Here, **and** indicates that what follows is another purpose for God commanding Abraham to be circumcised after he trusted in God. If it would be clearer in your language, you could repeat some of the information from the previous sentence and start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “and also so that he would be the father of circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 4 12 u8j3 figs-possession πατέρα περιτομῆς…τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν 1 And he became the father of the circumcision Paul uses **father of circumcision** here figuratively. He means that Abraham is both the physical ancestor and spiritual ancestor of Jewish people who are both physically circumcised and have the “circumcision of the heart,” which Paul refers to in [2:29](../02/29.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the spiritual representative of those who are physically and spiritually circumcised … our spiritual representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 4 12 krkf figs-explicit τοῖς οὐκ ἐκ περιτομῆς μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς στοιχοῦσιν τοῖς ἴχνεσιν τῆς ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ πίστεως, τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ 1 Paul assumes that his readers will know that these two clauses refer to those Jews who are **not only** circumcised in their bodies, but also have the same **faith** in God that Abraham had before he was circumcised. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to those Jews who are not only circumcised, but who also follow in the steps of the faith of our father Abraham in uncircumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 4 12 s9jt figs-idiom καὶ τοῖς στοιχοῦσιν τοῖς ἴχνεσιν τῆς…πίστεως, τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ 1 who follow in the steps of faith of our father Abraham Here, **follow in the steps** is an idiom that means to follow someone’s example. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “who follow the example of the faith of our father Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 4 12 btrd figs-possession τῆς…πίστεως, τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the faith** that **our father Abraham** had. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “of our father Abraham’s faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 4 12 v9bu grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ πατέρα περιτομῆς 1 And he became the father of the circumcision Here, **and** indicates that what follows is another purpose for God commanding Abraham to be circumcised after he trusted in God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could repeat some of the information from the previous sentence and start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “and also so that he would be the father of circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 4 12 u8j3 figs-explicit πατέρα περιτομῆς…τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν 1 And he became the father of the circumcision Paul uses **father of circumcision** to indicate that Abraham is both the physical ancestor and spiritual ancestor of Jewish people. They are both physically circumcised and have the “circumcision of the heart,” which Paul refers to in [2:29](../02/29.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the spiritual representative of those who are physically and spiritually circumcised … our spiritual representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 4 12 krkf figs-explicit τοῖς οὐκ ἐκ περιτομῆς μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς στοιχοῦσιν τοῖς ἴχνεσιν τῆς ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ πίστεως, τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ 1 Paul assumes that his readers will know that these two clauses refer to those Jews who are **not only** circumcised in their bodies, but also have the same **faith** in God that Abraham had before he was circumcised. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to those Jews who are not only circumcised, but who also follow in the steps of the faith of our father Abraham in uncircumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 4 12 s9jt figs-idiom καὶ τοῖς στοιχοῦσιν τοῖς ἴχνεσιν τῆς…πίστεως, τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ 1 who follow in the steps of faith of our father Abraham Here, **follow in the steps** is an idiom that means to follow someone’s example. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “who follow the example of the faith of our father Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 4 12 btrd figs-possession τῆς…πίστεως, τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the faith** that **our father Abraham** had. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “of our father Abraham’s faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 4 12 u5ur figs-exclusive τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ 1 Here, **our** refers to Paul and his fellow believing Jews, as in [3:9](../03/09.md). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “of our Jewish father Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 4 12 ykdc figs-explicit ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ 1 Here, **in uncircumcision** has the same meaning as “through circumcision” stated in the previous verse. See how you translated the phrase there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 4 13 i6xc grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here gives the reason why Abraham is the spiritual “father” of both non-Jews and Jews, as stated in [verses 11–12](../04/11.md). If it would be clearer to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 4 13 i6xc grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here gives the reason why Abraham is the spiritual “father” of both non-Jews and Jews, as stated in [verses 11–12](../04/11.md). Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 4 13 e0a3 figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἐπαγγελία…τὸ κληρονόμον αὐτὸν εἶναι 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **promise** and **heir**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “God promised … that he would inherit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 4 13 yqxx grammar-connect-words-phrases ἢ 1 Here, the world translated **or** indicates that **the promise** is **to Abraham** and **his seed**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 4 13 ew13 figs-metaphor τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ 1 Here Paul uses **seed** figuratively to refer to “offspring.” Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to his descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 4 13 yqxx grammar-connect-words-phrases ἢ 1 Here, the world translated **or** indicates that **the promise** is **to Abraham** and **his seed**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 4 13 ew13 figs-metaphor τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ 1 Here Paul uses **seed** to refer to “offspring.” Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to his descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 13 ct1f figs-synecdoche κόσμου 1 Here **the world** could refer to: (1) all the land of **the world**. Although God had promised to give the land of Canaan to Abraham’s descendants, the Jews in Paul’s time understood that this promise included the whole earth. This will indeed take place when Jesus, a descendent of Abraham, rules over the whole world. Alternate expression: “of all the land in the world” (2) the people who live in the world, as in [3:19](../03/19.md). Alternate translation: “of the people who live in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ROM 4 13 pjyt figs-explicit οὐ…διὰ νόμου…ἀλλὰ διὰ δικαιοσύνης 1 Here the word translated as **through** indicates the means by which God gave ** the promise**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “was not by means of the law but by means of the righteousness” or “was not on the basis of the law but on the basis of the righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 4 13 pjyt figs-explicit οὐ…διὰ νόμου…ἀλλὰ διὰ δικαιοσύνης 1 Here the word translated as **through** indicates the means by which God gave ** the promise**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “was not by means of the law but by means of the righteousness” or “was not on the basis of the law but on the basis of the righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 13 kquo figs-explicit νόμου 1 See how you translated **the law** in [3:21](../03/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 13 iqsm figs-possession δικαιοσύνης πίστεως 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in [verse 11](../04/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 4 14 hba4 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that [verses 14–15](../04/14.md) give the reasons why God’s promise to Abraham was given “through the righteousness of faith” and not “through the law,” as stated in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 4 14 n0x6 figs-hypo εἰ…οἱ ἐκ νόμου κληρονόμοι, κεκένωται ἡ πίστις 1 Paul is using a hypothetical situation to help his readers recognize the serious implications of how people inherit God’s promises. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “suppose the heirs are from the law, then the faith has been emptied” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) +ROM 4 14 hba4 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that [verses 14–15](../04/14.md) give the reasons why God’s promise to Abraham was given “through the righteousness of faith” and not “through the law,” as stated in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing reasons. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 4 14 n0x6 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ…οἱ ἐκ νόμου κληρονόμοι, κεκένωται ἡ πίστις 1 Paul is using a hypothetical situation to help his readers recognize the serious implications of how people inherit God’s promises. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “suppose the heirs are from the law, then the faith has been emptied” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) ROM 4 14 ksui figs-abstractnouns οἱ ἐκ νόμου κληρονόμοι…ἡ πίστις…ἡ ἐπαγγελία 1 See how you translated “heir”, **the law**, and **faith** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 4 14 k4ip figs-explicit κληρονόμοι 1 Here, **heirs** refers to “Abraham” and “his seed” from the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the heirs, Abraham or his seed, are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 4 14 w977 figs-explicit οἱ ἐκ νόμου κληρονόμοι 1 Here, **from the law** refers to those who try to obey the Law of Moses. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the heirs are those who try to obey the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 4 14 hxvd figs-metaphor κεκένωται ἡ πίστις 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **faith** as if it were a container that could be emptied. He means that **faith** would become powerless or useless to make a person righteous if simply obeying**the law** allows a person to inherit God’s promises. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “then it would be impossible to become righteous by trusting in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 4 15 v1ow grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that the rest of the verse gives the reason why inheriting God’s promise by obeying the law would nullify faith and the promise, as stated in the previous verse. If it would be clearer to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 4 15 qma4 figs-personification ὁ…νόμος ὀργὴν κατεργάζεται 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **the law** as if it were a person who could produce something. He means that the **law** causes God to punish people because they cannot obey it. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “the law results in wrath for those who do not obey it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 4 14 k4ip figs-explicit κληρονόμοι 1 Here, **heirs** refers to “Abraham” and “his seed” from the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the heirs, Abraham or his seed, are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 4 14 w977 figs-explicit οἱ ἐκ νόμου κληρονόμοι 1 Here, **from the law** refers to those who try to obey the Law of Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the heirs are those who try to obey the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 4 14 hxvd figs-metaphor κεκένωται ἡ πίστις 1 Paul speaks of **faith** as if it were a container that could be emptied. He means that **faith** would become powerless or useless to make a person righteous if simply obeying**the law** allows a person to inherit God’s promises. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “then it would be impossible to become righteous by trusting in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 4 15 v1ow grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that the rest of the verse gives the reason why inheriting God’s promise by obeying the law would nullify faith and the promise, as stated in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 4 15 qma4 figs-personification ὁ…νόμος ὀργὴν κατεργάζεται 1 Here Paul speaks of **the law** as if it were a person who could produce something. He means that the **law** causes God to punish people because they cannot obey it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “the law results in wrath for those who do not obey it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 4 15 h1x1 figs-metonymy ὀργὴν 1 See how you translated the same use of this word in [1:18](../01/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 4 15 px0m figs-metaphor οὗ δὲ οὐκ ἔστιν νόμος, οὐδὲ παράβασις 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **the law** and **transgression** as if they were located in a specific place. Here, **where** means that God’s law exists. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “but where the law is not present, neither is transgression present” or “but in a place where God’s law does not exist, transgression also does not exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 4 15 t0wx figs-abstractnouns παράβασις 1 See how you translated the same use of this word in [2:23](../02/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 4 16 defl figs-extrainfo ἐκ πίστεως 1 Here, **it** refers to **the promise** mentioned later in the verse and introduced in [verse 13](../04/13.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promise is by faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) -ROM 4 16 nchm figs-explicit ἐκ πίστεως 1 Here, **by** indicates the means by which someone acquires **the promise**. If this is not clear in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a person acquires God’s promise by faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 4 15 px0m figs-metaphor οὗ δὲ οὐκ ἔστιν νόμος, οὐδὲ παράβασις 1 Paul speaks of **the law** and **transgression** as if they were located in a specific place. Here, **where** means that God’s law exists. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “but where the law is not present, neither is transgression present” or “but in a place where God’s law does not exist, transgression also does not exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 4 15 t0wx figs-abstractnouns παράβασις 1 See how you translated the same use of **transgression** in [2:23](../02/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 4 16 defl figs-explicit ἐκ πίστεως 1 Here, **it** refers to **the promise** mentioned later in the verse and introduced in [verse 13](../04/13.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promise is by faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 4 16 nchm figs-explicit ἐκ πίστεως 1 Here, **by** indicates the means by which someone acquires **the promise**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a person acquires God’s promise by faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 16 bc5k grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God makes **faith** the means for acquiring **the promise**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 4 16 fvax κατὰ χάριν 1 Alternate translation: “by grace” or “on the basis of grace” ROM 4 16 cgpq figs-abstractnouns χάριν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea with a different form. Alternate translation: “how gracious God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 16 v8it grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ εἶναι βεβαίαν, τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν 1 Here, **so that** could indicate: (1) a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order for the promise to be certain” (2) a result clause. Alternate translation: “with the result that the promise might be certain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 4 16 qalp figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν 1 See how you translated this word in [verse 13](../04/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 4 16 r8ji grammar-collectivenouns παντὶ τῷ σπέρματι 1 The phrase **all the seed** is singular but refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “all the descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) +ROM 4 16 qalp figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν 1 See how you translated **promise** in [verse 13](../04/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 4 16 r8ji grammar-collectivenouns παντὶ τῷ σπέρματι 1 The phrase **all the seed** is singular but refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “all the descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) ROM 4 16 xzsp figs-metaphor παντὶ τῷ σπέρματι 1 See how you translated **seed** in [4:13](../04/13.md).(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 4 16 a4ai figs-distinguish οὐ τῷ ἐκ τοῦ νόμου μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ ἐκ πίστεως Ἀβραάμ 1 These clauses give us further information about the phrase **all the seed**. They distinguish between a **seed** associated with **the law** and a **seed** associated with **the faith**. If this might confuse your readers, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “both from those believers associated with Abraham through the law, and those associated with the faith of Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) +ROM 4 16 a4ai figs-distinguish οὐ τῷ ἐκ τοῦ νόμου μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ ἐκ πίστεως Ἀβραάμ 1 These clauses give further information about the phrase **all the seed**. They distinguish between a **seed** associated with **the law** and a **seed** associated with **the faith**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “both from those believers associated with Abraham through the law, and those associated with the faith of Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 4 16 ns6r figs-explicit ἐκ τοῦ νόμου 1 those who are under the law See how you translated this phrase in [verse 14](../04/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 4 16 qctv figs-possession ἐκ πίστεως Ἀβραάμ 1 those who are under the law Here, **from the faith of Abraham** refers to those who trust in God the way Abraham did. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who has the same faith as Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 4 16 welr figs-metaphor ὅς ἐστιν πατὴρ πάντων ἡμῶν 1 Paul uses **father** figuratively to refer to Abraham as if he physically produced all human beings. Paul means that Abraham is the physical ancestor of all believing Jews and the spiritual ancestor of all believing non-Jews. If your readers would not understand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “who spiritually represents all of us who believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 4 16 qctv figs-explicit ἐκ πίστεως Ἀβραάμ 1 those who are under the law Here, **from the faith of Abraham** refers to those who trust in God the way Abraham did. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who has the same faith as Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 4 16 welr figs-metaphor ὅς ἐστιν πατὴρ πάντων ἡμῶν 1 Paul uses **father** to refer to Abraham as if he physically produced all human beings. Paul means that Abraham is the physical ancestor of all believing Jews and the spiritual ancestor of all believing non-Jews. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “who spiritually represents all of us who believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 16 kd6g figs-exclusive πάντων ἡμῶν 1 Here, **us all** refers to **all the seed** and so is inclusive of all believing Jews and non-Jews. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “of all believers in God” or “of all of us who trust in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ROM 4 17 nuj8 figs-infostructure καθὼς γέγραπται, ὅτι πατέρα πολλῶν ἐθνῶν τέθεικά σε 1 Here Paul interrupts the sentence he began in the previous verse and inserts these two clauses in order to support his argument. If this would confuse your readers, you could mark these clauses in a way that shows they are inserted into the middle of a sentence, as in the UST. You could also move these clauses to the end of the verse so that they do not divide the main sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) -ROM 4 17 ibwm figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 Here Paul uses a quotation from the Old Testament in order to support the statement in the previous verse that Abraham “is the father of us all.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make the relationship between this verse and the previous verse clearer. Alternate translation: “The fact that Abraham is the father of us all is written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 4 17 nuj8 figs-infostructure καθὼς γέγραπται, ὅτι πατέρα πολλῶν ἐθνῶν τέθεικά σε 1 Here Paul interrupts the sentence he began in the previous verse and inserts these two clauses in order to support his argument. If it would be helpful in your language, you could mark these clauses in a way that shows they are inserted into the middle of a sentence, as in the UST. You could also move these clauses to the end of the verse so that they do not divide the main sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) +ROM 4 17 ibwm figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 Here Paul uses a quotation from the Old Testament in order to support the statement in the previous verse that Abraham “is the father of us all.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between this verse and the previous verse clearer. Alternate translation: “The fact that Abraham is the father of us all is written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 17 iju4 writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 as it is written See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 4 17 sjm0 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 as it is written If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the quotation was written by Moses. Alternate translation: “just as Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 17 peaf figs-quotemarks πατέρα πολλῶν ἐθνῶν τέθεικά σε 1 I have made you In this clause Paul quotes [Genesis 17:5](../gen/17/05.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -ROM 4 17 mxm5 writing-pronouns τέθεικά σε…ἐπίστευσεν 1 I have made you The pronoun **I** refers to **God**, and **you** and **he** refer to Abraham. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, have appointed you, Abraham, as … Abraham trusted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 4 17 n6l7 figs-metaphor πατέρα πολλῶν ἐθνῶν 1 Paul quotes God using **father** figuratively to refer to Abraham as if he were going to physically produce children who would comprise **many nations**. God means that Abraham would become the spiritual ancestor of a large amount of people from **many nations** who trust in God like Abraham. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “the spiritual representative of numerous groups of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 4 17 ph37 figs-explicit κατέναντι οὗ ἐπίστευσεν Θεοῦ, 1 in the presence of God whom he trusted, who gives life to the dead Here Paul continues the sentence from the previous verse that he had interrupted with the first two clauses in this verse. This clause completes the previous statement from the previous verse, “who is the father of us all.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. You made need to start a new sentence, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “Abraham is the father of us all in the presence of God whom he trusted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 4 17 ifwu figs-metaphor κατέναντι…Θεοῦ 1 Paul uses **in the presence of** figuratively to refer to Abraham as if he were physically present with **God**. Paul means that **God** personally considers Abraham to represent the believers that come from **many nations**. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “according to what God thinks” or “in God’s view” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 4 17 s67j figs-distinguish οὗ ἐπίστευσεν…τοῦ ζῳοποιοῦντος τοὺς νεκροὺς, καὶ καλοῦντος τὰ μὴ ὄντα ὡς ὄντα 1 These clauses give further information about **God**. If this might confuse your readers, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer by making new sentences or by another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This is the God whom he trusted. It is this God who makes the dead live and calls the things not existing as existing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) -ROM 4 17 tg2e figs-metaphor καλοῦντος τὰ μὴ ὄντα ὡς ὄντα 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **the things not existing** as if **God** were calling to them. Paul means that **God** creates things by commanding them to exist, as Moses describes in [Genesis 1:3–27](../gen/01/03.md). If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “summons into being things that did not previously exist” or “by speaking creates things that did not previously exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 4 18 emih writing-pronouns ὃς…αὐτὸν…σου 1 The pronouns **who** and **he** and **your** refer to Abraham, not God. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 4 18 g8fm figs-idiom ὃς παρ’ ἐλπίδα, ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι ἐπίστευσεν 1 In hope he believed against hope Here, **against hope** is an idiom meaning “what seems hopeless.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “although it seemed hopeless, he believed on the basis of hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 4 17 mxm5 writing-pronouns τέθεικά σε…ἐπίστευσεν 1 I have made you The pronoun **I** refers to **God**, and **you** and **he** refer to Abraham. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, have appointed you, Abraham, as … Abraham trusted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 4 17 n6l7 figs-metaphor πατέρα πολλῶν ἐθνῶν 1 Paul quotes God using **father** to refer to Abraham as if he were going to physically produce children who would comprise **many nations**. God means that Abraham would become the spiritual ancestor of a large amount of people from **many nations** who trust in God like Abraham. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “the spiritual representative of numerous groups of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 4 17 ph37 figs-explicit κατέναντι οὗ ἐπίστευσεν Θεοῦ, 1 in the presence of God whom he trusted, who gives life to the dead Here Paul continues the sentence from the previous verse that he had interrupted with the first two clauses in this verse. This clause completes the previous statement from the previous verse, “who is the father of us all.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. You made need to start a new sentence, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “Abraham is the father of us all in the presence of God whom he trusted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 4 17 ifwu figs-metaphor κατέναντι…Θεοῦ 1 Paul uses **in the presence of** to refer to Abraham as if he were physically present with **God**. Paul means that **God** personally considers Abraham to represent the believers that come from **many nations**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “according to what God thinks” or “in God’s view” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 4 17 s67j figs-distinguish οὗ ἐπίστευσεν…τοῦ ζῳοποιοῦντος τοὺς νεκροὺς, καὶ καλοῦντος τὰ μὴ ὄντα ὡς ὄντα 1 These clauses give further information about **God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer by making new sentences or by another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This is the God whom he trusted. It is this God who makes the dead live and calls the things not existing as existing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) +ROM 4 17 tg2e figs-metaphor καλοῦντος τὰ μὴ ὄντα ὡς ὄντα 1 Paul speaks of **the things not existing** as if **God** were calling to them. Paul means that **God** creates things by commanding them to exist, as Moses describes in [Genesis 1:3–27](../gen/01/03.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “summons into being things that did not previously exist” or “by speaking creates things that did not previously exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 4 18 emih writing-pronouns ὃς…αὐτὸν…σου 1 The pronouns **who** and **he** and **your** refer to Abraham, not God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 4 18 g8fm figs-idiom ὃς παρ’ ἐλπίδα, ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι ἐπίστευσεν 1 In hope he believed against hope Here, **against hope** is an idiom meaning “what seems hopeless.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “although it seemed hopeless, he believed on the basis of hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 4 18 auah figs-abstractnouns ὃς παρ’ ἐλπίδα, ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι ἐπίστευσεν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hope**, you could express the same idea with a different form. Alternate translation: “who hopefully believed although it seemed hopeless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 4 18 n62i figs-ellipsis ἐπίστευσεν 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “believed in God” or “believed what God had promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 4 18 n62i figs-ellipsis ἐπίστευσεν 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “believed in God” or “believed what God had promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 4 18 bs6y grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὸ γενέσθαι αὐτὸν 1 Here, **so that** indicates that this is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the result of Abraham believing **on the basis of hope**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a result clause. Alternate translation: “which resulted in him becoming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 4 18 qbdq figs-metaphor πατέρα πολλῶν ἐθνῶν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [verse 17](../04/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 18 b92q writing-quotations τὸ εἰρημένον 1 according to what he had been told Here Paul uses **what was said** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Genesis 15:5](../gen/15/05.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “what was said in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 4 18 cryi figs-activepassive τὸ εἰρημένον 1 according to what he had been told If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the quotation was spoken by God. Alternate translation: “what God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 4 18 p5el figs-explicit οὕτως ἔσται τὸ σπέρμα σου 1 So will your descendants be Paul assumes that his readers would know the rest of what God said in the verse he is quoting ([Genesis 15:5](../gen/15/05.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Look now at the heavens and count the stars, if you are able to count them. So will your seed be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 4 18 p5el figs-explicit οὕτως ἔσται τὸ σπέρμα σου 1 So will your descendants be Paul assumes that his readers would know the rest of what God said in the verse he is quoting ([Genesis 15:5](../gen/15/05.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Look now at the heavens and count the stars, if you are able to count them. So will your seed be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 18 i2ev figs-metaphor τὸ σπέρμα 1 See how you translated **seed** in [verse 16](../04/16.md).(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 19 ycte figs-infostructure καὶ μὴ ἀσθενήσας τῇ πίστει, κατενόησεν τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σῶμα ἤδη νενεκρωμένον, ἑκατονταετής που ὑπάρχων, καὶ τὴν νέκρωσιν τῆς μήτρας Σάρρας 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “He considered his own body as already having died (being about a hundred years old)—and the deadness of the womb of Sarah—but he was not weakening in the faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) -ROM 4 19 m9gq figs-litotes καὶ μὴ ἀσθενήσας τῇ πίστει 1 Without becoming weak in faith, Here Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “And being strengthened in the faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -ROM 4 19 s6u1 figs-metaphor μὴ ἀσθενήσας τῇ πίστει 1 Without becoming weak in faith, Paul speaks figuratively of Abraham’s faith as if it were something that a person could be **weakening in**. He means that Abraham kept trusting God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not ceasing to trust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 4 19 m9gq figs-litotes καὶ μὴ ἀσθενήσας τῇ πίστει 1 Without becoming weak in faith, Here Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “And being strengthened in the faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) +ROM 4 19 s6u1 figs-metaphor μὴ ἀσθενήσας τῇ πίστει 1 Without becoming weak in faith, Paul speaks of Abraham’s **faith** as if it were something that a person could be **weakening in**. He means that Abraham kept trusting God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not ceasing to trust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 19 b3w6 figs-abstractnouns τῇ πίστει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “in how he trusted God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 4 19 bn9k figs-metaphor ἤδη νενεκρωμένον 1 Paul speaks figuratively of Abraham as if he actually thought his body was **dead**. Paul means that Abraham knew he was too old to produce a child. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “unable to father a child” or “useless for procreating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 4 19 bn9k figs-metaphor ἤδη νενεκρωμένον 1 Paul speaks of Abraham as if he actually thought his body was **dead**. Paul means that Abraham knew he was too old to produce a child. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “unable to father a child” or “useless for procreating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 19 bfsr writing-background ἑκατονταετής που ὑπάρχων 1 Here Paul provides background information about Abraham’s age to help his readers understand why Abraham **considered his own body as already being dead**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “since he was about one hundred years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -ROM 4 19 hro2 figs-ellipsis τὴν νέκρωσιν τῆς μήτρας Σάρρας 1 Here Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “he also considered the deadness of the womb of Sarah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 4 19 hro2 figs-ellipsis τὴν νέκρωσιν τῆς μήτρας Σάρρας 1 Here Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “he also considered the deadness of the womb of Sarah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 4 19 ghhm figs-abstractnouns τὴν νέκρωσιν τῆς μήτρας Σάρρας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **deadness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “that the womb of Sarah was dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 4 19 qil5 figs-metaphor τὴν νέκρωσιν τῆς μήτρας Σάρρας 1 Paul speaks figuratively of Sarah’s **womb** as if it were dead. He means that she was unable to conceive children. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “how Sarah was unable to conceive” or “that Sarah could not bear children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 4 19 qil5 figs-metaphor τὴν νέκρωσιν τῆς μήτρας Σάρρας 1 Paul speaks of Sarah’s **womb** as if it were dead. He means that she was unable to conceive children. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “how Sarah was unable to conceive” or “that Sarah could not bear children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 19 yx92 figs-explicit τὴν νέκρωσιν τῆς μήτρας Σάρρας 1 Paul assumes that his readers would know that Sarah had been unable to become pregnant throughout her life, as described in the Old Testament book of Genesis. This fact makes Abraham’s faith even more amazing. If your readers would be unfamiliar with the story of Abraham and Sarah, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the deadness of the womb of Sarah, since she could never become pregnant before” or “the deadness of the womb of Sarah, which had always been dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 20 qn5h figs-infostructure εἰς δὲ τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, οὐ διεκρίθη τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Abraham did not waver in unbelief about what God promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) -ROM 4 20 kicf grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 **But** here indicates that what follows emphasizes Abraham’s **faith** in **the promise of God**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 4 20 o3zu figs-explicit εἰς…τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The word translated as **toward** could also mean “with regard to” or “regarding.” If it might be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with regard to the promise of God” or “regarding the promise of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 4 20 qcod figs-possession τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the promise** that comes from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the promise that came from God” or “the promise from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 4 20 kicf grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 **But** here indicates that what follows emphasizes Abraham’s **faith** in **the promise of God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 4 20 o3zu figs-explicit εἰς…τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The word translated as **toward** could also mean “with regard to” or “regarding.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with regard to the promise of God” or “regarding the promise of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 4 20 qcod figs-possession τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the promise** that comes from **God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the promise that came from God” or “the promise from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 4 20 wgmc figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **promise**, you could express the same idea with a different form. Alternate translation: “the things God promised” or “the things God said would happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 20 ep2z figs-doublenegatives οὐ διεκρίθη τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ 1 did not hesitate in unbelief Here, **did not waver** and **unbelief** form a double negative expression. If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “he did not waver in belief” or “his belief did not waver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -ROM 4 20 th2x figs-abstractnouns τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ…τῇ πίστει 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **the unbelief** and **the faith**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “by distrusting … by trusting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 4 20 th2x figs-abstractnouns τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ…τῇ πίστει 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **unbelief** and **faith**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “by distrusting … by trusting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 20 zdj5 figs-activepassive ἐνεδυναμώθη τῇ πίστει 1 he was strengthened in faith If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God strengthened him in the faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 4 20 a4g4 figs-metaphor ἐνεδυναμώθη τῇ πίστει 1 Paul speaks figuratively of Abraham’s **faith** as if it were something that a person could be **strengthened in**. He means that God enabled Abraham to continue trusting him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “was enabled to keep on trusting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 4 20 a4g4 figs-metaphor ἐνεδυναμώθη τῇ πίστει 1 Paul speaks of Abraham’s **faith** as if it were something that a person could be **strengthened in**. He means that God enabled Abraham to continue trusting him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “was enabled to keep on trusting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 20 ew3r figs-abstractnouns δοὺς δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “having glorified God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 4 21 y2sh figs-activepassive πληροφορηθεὶς 1 He was fully convinced If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God fully convinced him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 4 21 plbf writing-pronouns ἐπήγγελται…ἐστιν 1 The pronoun **he** refers to God, not Abraham. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God had promised, God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 4 21 j12r writing-pronouns ὃ ἐπήγγελται 1 Here, **what he had promised** refers to the promise Paul describes in [verse 13](../04/13.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the things God promised to Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 4 21 plbf writing-pronouns ἐπήγγελται…ἐστιν 1 The pronoun **he** refers to God, not Abraham. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God had promised, God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 4 21 j12r writing-pronouns ὃ ἐπήγγελται 1 Here, **what he had promised** refers to the promise Paul describes in [verse 13](../04/13.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the things God promised to Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 4 22 ympp grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ καὶ 1 Here, **therefore** introduces a result clause. Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “And for this reason” or “And this is the reason why” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 4 22 wlnh figs-quotemarks ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 This clause is a quotation from [Genesis 15:6](../gen/15/06.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 4 22 i56a figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 Therefore this was also counted to him as righteousness See how you translated this in [verse 3](../04/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 23 zdc0 figs-infostructure οὐκ ἐγράφη…δι’ αὐτὸν μόνον, ὅτι ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ 1 Therefore this was also counted to him as righteousness If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases and combine them. Alternate translation: “Now the phrase ‘it was counted to him,’ was not written only for his sake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) -ROM 4 23 r65c writing-pronouns αὐτὸν…αὐτῷ 1 only for his benefit The pronouns **his** and **him** refer to Abraham. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Abraham’s … to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 4 23 r65c writing-pronouns αὐτὸν…αὐτῷ 1 only for his benefit The pronouns **his** and **him** refer to Abraham. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Abraham’s … to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 4 23 bfiw figs-activepassive οὐκ ἐγράφη…δι’ αὐτὸν μόνον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Moses wrote the quotation. Alternate translation: “Moses did not write it only for Abraham’s sake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 4 23 bmlm δι’ αὐτὸν 1 Alternate translation: “for him” or “regarding him” ROM 4 23 ae1u figs-quotemarks ὅτι ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ, 1 This clause is a quotation from [Genesis 15:6](../gen/15/06.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) @@ -785,156 +784,154 @@ ROM 4 23 jft0 figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ 1 See how you tra ROM 4 24 pfc9 figs-exclusive δι’ ἡμᾶς, οἷς μέλλει λογίζεσθαι, τοῖς πιστεύουσιν ἐπὶ τὸν ἐγείραντα Ἰησοῦν, τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν, ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 for us Here, **our** and **whom** refer to all **those who believe** in **Jesus**. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “for the sake us believers who are about to be counted, to we who believe in the one who raised from the dead ones Jesus, the Lord of us all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 4 24 ffdm δι’ ἡμᾶς 1 See how you translated “for his sake” in the previous verse. ROM 4 24 nh4k figs-activepassive οἷς μέλλει λογίζεσθαι 1 also for us, for whom it will be counted, we who believe If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who will do the action, Paul implies that “God” will do it. Alternate translation: “to whom God is about to count it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 4 24 bu1m writing-pronouns μέλλει 1 Here the pronoun **it** refers to the “faith” mentioned in [verses 5](../04/05) and [20](../04/20). Previously **it** referred to Abraham’s faith, but in this verse **it** refers to **our** faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “our faith is about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 4 24 bu1m writing-pronouns μέλλει 1 Here the pronoun **it** refers to the “faith” mentioned in [verses 5](../04/05) and [20](../04/20). Previously **it** referred to Abraham’s faith, but in this verse **it** refers to **our** faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “our faith is about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 4 24 mujr λογίζεσθαι 1 See how you translated **counted** in the previous verse. -ROM 4 24 artt figs-explicit τὸν ἐγείραντα Ἰησοῦν, τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν, ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 This clause refers to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God who raised Jesus our Lord from the dead ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 4 24 artt figs-explicit τὸν ἐγείραντα Ἰησοῦν, τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν, ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 This clause refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God who raised Jesus our Lord from the dead ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 4 24 i6vl figs-idiom ἐγείραντα Ἰησοῦν, τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν 1 Here, **raised** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who caused Jesus our Lord to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 4 24 iq69 figs-idiom ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 Here, the phrase translated **the dead ones** refers to dead people. Here it means that Jesus physically died and was buried. If your language has a word or phrase for the place that dead people go, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “from the place where dead people are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 4 25 irue writing-pronouns ὃς…ἡμῶν…τὴν δικαίωσιν ἡμῶν 1 Here the pronoun **who** refers to Jesus, and **our** refers to all “those who believe” in him, as mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus … we believers’ … the justification of us believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 4 24 iq69 figs-idiom ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 Here, the phrase translated **the dead ones** refers to dead people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the place where dead people are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 4 25 irue writing-pronouns ὃς…ἡμῶν…τὴν δικαίωσιν ἡμῶν 1 Here the pronoun **who** refers to Jesus, and **our** refers to all “those who believe” in him, as mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus … we believers’ … the justification of us believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 4 25 cca1 figs-activepassive ὃς παρεδόθη…ἠγέρθη 1 who was delivered up for our trespasses and was raised for our justification If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “whom God gave up … God raised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 4 25 b999 figs-metaphor ὃς παρεδόθη 1 Paul speaks figuratively of Jesus as if he were a thing that could be **given up** to another person. Paul means that God allowed people to arrest and kill Jesus. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “who was allowed to be killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 4 25 b999 figs-metaphor ὃς παρεδόθη 1 Paul speaks of Jesus as if he were a thing that could be **given up** to another person. Paul means that God allowed people to arrest and kill Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “who was allowed to be killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 4 25 op41 figs-abstractnouns διὰ τὰ παραπτώματα ἡμῶν…διὰ τὴν δικαίωσιν ἡμῶν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **trespasses** and **justification**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “because we trespassed … to make us righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 4 25 imvc grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ τὰ παραπτώματα ἡμῶν 1 Here Paul uses **for the sake of** differently than he did in [verses 23–24](../04/23.md). Here Paul uses this phrase to indicate the reason why Jesus **was given up**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of our trespasses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 4 25 imvc grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ τὰ παραπτώματα ἡμῶν 1 Here Paul uses **for the sake of** differently than he did in [verses 23–24](../04/23.md). Here Paul uses this phrase to indicate the reason why Jesus **was given up**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “because of our trespasses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 4 25 gmbd figs-idiom ἠγέρθη 1 See how you translated **raised** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 4 25 hzop grammar-connect-logic-goal διὰ τὴν δικαίωσιν ἡμῶν 1 Here Paul uses **for the sake of** differently than he did in the first part of this verse. Here Paul uses this phrase to indicate one of the purposes for Jesus being **raised**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of our justification” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 5 intro i1dt 0 # Romans 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

4. Righteousness is received through Jesus Christ by trusting in him (3:21–5:21)
* God’s righteousness is received through faith (3:21–26)
* No one can boast in works (3:27–31)
* The examples of Abraham and David (4:1–25)
* The blessings of justification (5:1–11)
* Adam and Christ are compared (5:12–5:21)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The second Adam

Adam was the first man and the first “son” of God. He was created by God. He brought sin and death into the world by eating the forbidden fruit. In this chapter Paul describes Jesus as the “second Adam” and the true son of God. Jesus brings eternal life and overcame sin and death by dying on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Inclusive language

In this chapter the pronouns “we”, “us”, and “our” refer inclusively to all believers in Christ. Paul calls these people those who have been “justified by faith” in [verse 1](../05/01.md). Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ROM 5 1 age4 grammar-connect-words-phrases οὖν 1 **Therefore**, here marks a new section of the letter. It also introduces a result clause that summarizes the blessed results of a person becoming righteous by trusting in Jesus, which Paul just discussed in [1:18](../01/18.md)–[4:25](../04/25.md). Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “Since all these things are true” or “As a result of everything that I have just told you being true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 4 25 hzop grammar-connect-logic-goal διὰ τὴν δικαίωσιν ἡμῶν 1 Here Paul uses **for the sake of** differently than he did in the first part of this verse. Here Paul uses this phrase to indicate one of the purposes for Jesus being **raised**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of our justification” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +ROM 5 intro i1dt 0 # Romans 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

4. Righteousness is received through Jesus Christ by trusting in him (3:21–5:21)
* God’s righteousness is received through faith (3:21–26)
* No one can boast in works (3:27–31)
* The examples of Abraham and David (4:1–25)
* The blessings of justification (5:1–11)
* Adam and Christ are compared (5:12–5:21)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The second Adam

Adam was the first man. He was created by God and called the first “son” of God. He brought sin and death into the world by eating the forbidden fruit. In this chapter Paul describes Jesus as the “second Adam” and the true son of God. Jesus brings eternal life and overcame sin and death by dying on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Inclusive language

In this chapter the pronouns “we”, “us”, and “our” refer inclusively to all believers in Christ. Paul calls these people those who have been “justified by faith” in [verse 1](../05/01.md). Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 5 1 age4 grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Therefore**, here marks a new section of the letter. It also introduces a result clause that summarizes the blessed results of a person becoming righteous by trusting in Jesus, which Paul just discussed in [1:18](../01/18.md)–[4:25](../04/25.md). Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “Since all these things are true” or “As a result of everything that I have just told you being true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 5 1 xmp3 grammar-connect-logic-result δικαιωθέντες…ἐκ πίστεως, εἰρήνην ἔχωμεν πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν, διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Let us have peace with God through our Lord Jesus Christ, because we have been justified by faith” or “We can have peace with God through our Lord Jesus Christ, since we have been justified by faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 5 1 xott figs-activepassive δικαιωθέντες 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “because God makes us righteous” or “since God makes us right with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 5 1 wbwx figs-abstractnouns ἐκ πίστεως 1 See how you translated this phrase in [4:16](../04/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 5 1 ldru translate-textvariants εἰρήνην ἔχωμεν 1 Some ancient copies say “we have peace,” which makes sense, since [verses 1–5](../05/01.md) are a list of blessings that belong to those people who have been **justified by faith**. If the reading **let us have peace** is correct, this phrase may be indicating Paul’s desire that his fellow believers continue to experience the peace they have with God. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider using the reading in that translation. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you follow the readings of ULT and UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) ROM 5 1 kjpb figs-imperative ἔχωμεν 1 Paul uses the phrase **let us have peace** to exhort his Christian readers to continue living peacefully with God. It is not a command. This phrase does not imply that those who have been **justified by faith** do not yet have peace with God. Use a form in your language that communicates an exhortation. Alternate translation: “we must continue to have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) ROM 5 1 hi12 figs-abstractnouns εἰρήνην ἔχωμεν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 5 1 o2yr figs-metaphor εἰρήνην ἔχωμεν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they could possess or own **peace**. He means that they can live peacefully with God. If your readers would not understand what **have peace** means in this context, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “let us live in a peaceful manner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 5 1 s6xd figs-exclusive ἔχωμεν…ἡμῶν 1 we … our Here and throughout this chapter the pronouns **us** and **our** inclusively refer to all those **having been justified by faith** in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “let us believers … our” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ROM 5 1 xaeg figs-explicit διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, **through** indicates that **our Lord Jesus Christ** is the means by which believers have **peace with God**. This refers to what Jesus did for believers in order for them to have **peace with God**, as briefly mentioned in [4:25](../04/25.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “through what our Lord Jesus Christ did for us” or “which was caused by our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 5 1 o2yr figs-metaphor εἰρήνην ἔχωμεν 1 Paul speaks of these people as if they could possess or own **peace**. He means that they can live peacefully with God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “let us live in a peaceful manner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 5 1 s6xd figs-exclusive ἔχωμεν…ἡμῶν 1 we … our Here and throughout this chapter **us** and **our** inclusively refer to all those **having been justified by faith** in Jesus. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “let us believers … our” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 5 1 xaeg figs-explicit διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, **through** indicates that **our Lord Jesus Christ** is the means by which believers have **peace with God**. This refers to what Jesus did for believers in order for them to have **peace with God**, as briefly mentioned in [4:25](../04/25.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “through what our Lord Jesus Christ did for us” or “which was caused by our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 5 2 slyh figs-abstractnouns δι’ οὗ καὶ τὴν προσαγωγὴν ἐσχήκαμεν, τῇ πίστει εἰς τὴν χάριν ταύτην, ἐν ᾗ ἑστήκαμεν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **access**, **faith**, or **grace**, you could express the same ideas another way. Alternate translation: “through whom we also access and stand in how gracious God is by trusting in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 5 2 tsbo writing-pronouns οὗ 1 The pronoun **whom** refers to “our Lord Jesus Christ,” as mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “through our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 5 2 i50u figs-exclusive καὶ…ἐσχήκαμεν…ἑστήκαμεν…καυχώμεθα 1 The pronoun **we** in this verse refers inclusively to all believers in Christ. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “we believers also have … we believers stand … we believers boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ROM 5 2 af0n figs-metaphor εἰς τὴν χάριν ταύτην, ἐν ᾗ ἑστήκαμεν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **grace** as if it were a location that someone could access and stand within. He means that trusting in Jesus allows believers to confidently experience how gracious God is toward his people. If your readers would not understand this, you express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “to confidently experience how kind God is” or “to safely experience how gracious God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 5 2 tsbo writing-pronouns οὗ 1 The pronoun **whom** refers to “our Lord Jesus Christ,” as mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “through our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 5 2 i50u figs-exclusive καὶ…ἐσχήκαμεν…ἑστήκαμεν…καυχώμεθα 1 Here, **we** in this verse refers inclusively to all believers in Christ. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “we believers also have … we believers stand … we believers boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 5 2 af0n figs-metaphor εἰς τὴν χάριν ταύτην, ἐν ᾗ ἑστήκαμεν 1 Paul speaks of **grace** as if it were a location that someone could access and stand within. He means that trusting in Jesus allows believers to confidently experience how gracious God is toward his people. If it would be helpful in your language, you express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “to confidently experience how kind God is” or “to safely experience how gracious God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 5 2 dxcu figs-abstractnouns καυχώμεθα ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **hope** and **glory**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “we may boast because we are confident that we will be glorified with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 5 2 zp5p figs-possession τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using possessive forms to describe how **glory** relates to **God**. This could refer to: (1) the glory that God shares with believers. This was the same glory that God shared with humans when he created them, but which they lost when the first humans sinned, as mentioned in [3:23](../03/23.md). Alternate translation: “of sharing in the glory God has” or “of the glory from God” (2) glorifying God, as in the similar phrase “the glory of the imperishable God” in [1:23](../01/23.md). Alternate translation: “of glorifying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 5 3 q5p7 writing-pronouns οὐ μόνον δέ 1 Not only this The pronoun **this** here refers to boasting about “the hope of the glory of God,” as mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And we not only boast on the basis of the hope of the glory of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 5 3 q5p7 writing-pronouns οὐ μόνον δέ 1 Not only this The pronoun **this** here refers to boasting about “the hope of the glory of God,” as mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And we not only boast on the basis of the hope of the glory of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 5 3 c644 figs-metaphor καὶ καυχώμεθα ἐν ταῖς θλίψεσιν 1 Here, **in our sufferings** could mean: (1) believers can **boast** about their **sufferings**. Alternate translation: “we can also boast about our sufferings” (2) believers can boast while they are experiencing **sufferings**. Alternate translation: “we can also boast when we are distressed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 5 3 xeak grammar-connect-logic-result εἰδότες 1 Here, **knowing** indicates that what follows in this verse and the next verse are the reasons why believers can **boast in our sufferings**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “since we know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 5 3 xeak grammar-connect-logic-result εἰδότες 1 Here, **knowing** indicates that what follows in this verse and the next verse are the reasons why believers can **boast in our sufferings**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing reasons. Alternate translation: “since we know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 5 3 c0rl figs-abstractnouns ἐν ταῖς θλίψεσιν…ἡ θλῖψις…ὑπομονὴν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **sufferings**, **suffering**, and **endurance**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “when we suffer … when we suffer … a way to endure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 5 3 lo57 figs-metaphor ἡ θλῖψις ὑπομονὴν κατεργάζεται 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **endurance** as if it were an object that could be produced. He means that when Christians trust in God while **suffering**, they develop greater **endurance** than they had before experiencing **suffering**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “this suffering helps us know how to endure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 5 4 w7c2 figs-ellipsis ἡ δὲ ὑπομονὴ δοκιμήν, ἡ δὲ δοκιμὴ ἐλπίδα 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and endurance produces character, and this character produces hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 5 3 lo57 figs-metaphor ἡ θλῖψις ὑπομονὴν κατεργάζεται 1 Paul speaks of **endurance** as if it were an object that could be produced. He means that when Christians trust in God while **suffering**, they develop greater **endurance** than they had before experiencing **suffering**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “this suffering helps us know how to endure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 5 4 w7c2 figs-ellipsis ἡ δὲ ὑπομονὴ δοκιμήν, ἡ δὲ δοκιμὴ ἐλπίδα 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and endurance produces character, and this character produces hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 5 4 dt8w figs-abstractnouns ἡ…ὑπομονὴ 1 See how you translated **endurance** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 5 4 gjvh figs-abstractnouns δοκιμήν, ἡ δὲ δοκιμὴ 1 The word translated **character** refers specifically to someone who has been approved by God because they have successfully endured testing. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **character**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “makes us approved by God, and when God approves us it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 5 4 eh9c figs-abstractnouns ἐλπίδα 1 See how you translated **hope** in [verse 2](../05/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 5 5 u4xh grammar-connect-logic-result ἡ δὲ ἐλπὶς οὐ καταισχύνει, ὅτι ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐκκέχυται ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου, τοῦ δοθέντος ἡμῖν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “And because the love of God has been poured into our hearts through the Holy Spirit, who has been given to us, that hope does not disappoint” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 5 5 rctz figs-explicit ἡ δὲ ἐλπὶς 1 Here, **that hope** refers to **the hope of the glory of God** in [verse 2](../05/02.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And being confident in God’s glory” or “And the hope of the glory of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 5 5 qka8 figs-metaphor ὅτι ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐκκέχυται ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου, τοῦ δοθέντος ἡμῖν 1 because the love of God has been poured into our hearts Paul speaks figuratively of **love** as if it were something that could be **poured** out of a container, and speaks figurative of **our hearts** as though they were containers that could be filled. He means that the Holy Spirit has completely revealed to God’s people how much God loves them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “because the Holy Spirit, who was given to us, has deeply revealed how much God loves his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 5 5 rctz figs-explicit ἡ δὲ ἐλπὶς 1 Here, **that hope** refers to **the hope of the glory of God** in [verse 2](../05/02.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And being confident in God’s glory” or “And the hope of the glory of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 5 5 qka8 figs-metaphor ὅτι ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐκκέχυται ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου, τοῦ δοθέντος ἡμῖν 1 because the love of God has been poured into our hearts Paul speaks of **love** as if it were something that could be **poured** out of a container, and speaks figurative of **our hearts** as though they were containers that could be filled. He means that the Holy Spirit has completely revealed to God’s people how much God loves them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “because the Holy Spirit, who was given to us, has deeply revealed how much God loves his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 5 5 dc95 figs-activepassive ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐκκέχυται ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου, τοῦ δοθέντος ἡμῖν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit, who God gave us, has poured the love of God into our hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 5 5 clmb figs-possession ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **love** relates to **God**. Here, **the love of God** could refer to: (1) God’s love for us. Alternate translation: “God’s love” or “God’s love for us” (2) our love for God. Alternate translation: “love for God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 5 5 glt1 figs-metonymy ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν 1 See how you translated this word in [1:21](../01/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 5 6 x5eg grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 we **For** here indicates that what follows in [verses 6–8](../05/06.md) explains “the love of God” in [verse 5](../05/05.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 5 6 x5eg grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 we **For** here indicates that what follows in [verses 6–8](../05/06.md) explains “the love of God” in [verse 5](../05/05.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 5 6 a7s7 grammar-connect-time-simultaneous ἔτι…ὄντων ἡμῶν ἀσθενῶν 1 In this clause Paul is describing something that was true during the time period he is describing in the rest of the verse. You can make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “during the time we were still being weak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) -ROM 5 6 xqr3 figs-explicit ἔτι…ὄντων ἡμῶν ἀσθενῶν 1 Here, **weak** means that people are completely unable to make themselves righteous. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we still being powerless to make ourselves righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 5 6 xl85 figs-explicit ὑπὲρ ἀσεβῶν 1 Here, **ungodly ones** refers to **we** mentioned earlier in the verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on behalf of us ungodly ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 5 7 o92c grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains how surprising it is that Christ would die on the behalf of ungodly sinners, as stated in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 5 6 xqr3 figs-explicit ἔτι…ὄντων ἡμῶν ἀσθενῶν 1 Here, **weak** means that people are completely unable to make themselves righteous. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “we still being powerless to make ourselves righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 5 6 xl85 figs-explicit ὑπὲρ ἀσεβῶν 1 Here, **ungodly ones** refers to **we** mentioned earlier in the verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on behalf of us ungodly ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 5 7 o92c grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains how surprising it is that Christ would die on the behalf of ungodly sinners, as stated in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 5 7 h089 figs-hypo μόλις γὰρ…τις ἀποθανεῖται…γὰρ…τάχα τις 1 Paul uses **someone** twice in this verse to indicate two hypothetical situations. He does this to help his readers recognize how rare it is for someone to voluntarily die on behalf of another person. Use the natural form in your language for expressing hypothetical situations. Alternate translation: “Let us consider how rare it would be for someone to die … Let us, though, suppose that just maybe someone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) ROM 5 7 x60d grammar-connect-logic-contrast γὰρ…τάχα τις 2 What follows the word **though** here is in contrast to what Paul stated in the previous sentence. Although **someone will hardly die** for **a righteous person**, **someone** might possibly be willing to die for a **good person**. Although Paul does not state the difference between **a righteous person** and **a good person**, he contrasts both examples to emphasize how unlikely it is for a person to die on the behalf of another person. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “By contrast, perhaps someone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -ROM 5 7 mqyq figs-metaphor καὶ τολμᾷ ἀποθανεῖν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of dying as if it were a **dare** or challenge for **someone** to overcome. He means that **someone** would be brave enough to give their life for the sake of someone else. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “might even be willing to die” or “would even be brave enough to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 5 7 mqyq figs-metaphor καὶ τολμᾷ ἀποθανεῖν 1 Paul speaks of dying as if it were a **dare** or challenge for **someone** to overcome. He means that **someone** would be brave enough to give their life for the sake of someone else. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “might even be willing to die” or “would even be brave enough to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 5 8 qh0h figs-rpronouns ἑαυτοῦ 1 Paul uses the word **his own** to emphasize how much **God** loves his people. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “his very own” or “his personal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) ROM 5 8 vh6y figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἀγάπην εἰς ἡμᾶς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **love**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “how much God loves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 5 8 c8vd grammar-connect-time-simultaneous ἔτι ἁμαρτωλῶν ὄντων ἡμῶν 1 In this clause Paul is describing something that was true during the time period he is describing in the rest of the verse. You can make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “during the time we were still being sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) ROM 5 8 fel5 figs-infostructure ἔτι ἁμαρτωλῶν ὄντων ἡμῶν, Χριστὸς ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἀπέθανεν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Christ died for us, while we were still being sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) -ROM 5 8 w7hy figs-nominaladj ἁμαρτωλῶν 1 Paul is using the adjective **sinners** as a plural noun in order to describe a group of people. If your language does not use adjectives in the same way, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who lived sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -ROM 5 9 vnxd grammar-connect-logic-result πολλῷ οὖν μᾶλλον 1 Here, **then** indicates that what follows is the result of what Paul described in [verses 6–8](../05/06.md). If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “As a result, much more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 5 9 vnxd grammar-connect-logic-result πολλῷ οὖν μᾶλλον 1 Here, **then** indicates that what follows is the result of what Paul described in [verses 6–8](../05/06.md). Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “As a result, much more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 5 9 tewt grammar-connect-words-phrases πολλῷ οὖν μᾶλλον 1 **Much more then** here strongly emphasizes that what follows is another important result of what Christ did for us. Use a natural way in your language to express strong emphasis. Alternate translation: “It is then much more certain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 5 9 zp4v grammar-connect-logic-result δικαιωθέντες νῦν ἐν τῷ αἵματι αὐτοῦ 1 This clause states the reason why **we** can be **much more** certain that **we will be saved**. Use the most natural way in your language to express a reason clause. Alternate translation: “because we have now been justified by his blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 5 9 zp4v grammar-connect-logic-result δικαιωθέντες νῦν ἐν τῷ αἵματι αὐτοῦ 1 This clause states the reason why **we** can be **much more** certain that **we will be saved**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “because we have now been justified by his blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 5 9 x9yi figs-activepassive δικαιωθέντες νῦν ἐν τῷ αἵματι αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express these ideas with active forms or in other ways that are natural in your language. Alternate translation: “his blood having now justified us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 5 9 nvs3 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αἵματι αὐτοῦ 1 blood See how you translated **his blood** in [3:25](../03/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 5 9 jbaz figs-activepassive σωθησόμεθα δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express these ideas with active forms or in other ways that are natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he will save us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 5 9 bev3 figs-abstractnouns τῆς ὀργῆς 1 his wrath If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **the wrath**, you could use a different expression. Here, **the wrath** refers specifically to “the day of wrath”, which is mentioned in [2:5](../02/05.md). Alternate translation: “the Final Judgment” or “from when God finally judges sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 5 10 wply grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an alternate expression. Alternate translation: “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 5 9 bev3 figs-abstractnouns τῆς ὀργῆς 1 his wrath If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **the wrath**, you could use a different expression. Here, **the wrath** refers specifically to “the day of wrath”, which is mentioned in [2:5](../02/05.md). Alternate translation: “from when God finally judges sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 5 10 wply grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 5 10 mz06 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ…ἐχθροὶ ὄντες 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since being enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) ROM 5 10 rnc5 figs-activepassive κατηλλάγημεν τῷ Θεῷ διὰ τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 we were reconciled to God through the death of his Son If your language does not use passive forms in this way, you could express these ideas with active forms or in other ways that are natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the death of his Son reconciled us to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 5 10 cu3c guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 Son **Son** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +ROM 5 10 cu3c guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 Son **Son** is an important title for Jesus, the **Son** of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) ROM 5 10 o1m6 grammar-connect-words-phrases πολλῷ μᾶλλον 1 Here, **much more** strongly emphasizes that what follows is an important result of **having been reconciled** with **God**. See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “it is much more certain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 5 10 n817 figs-activepassive καταλλαγέντες 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express this idea with an active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he having reconciled us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 5 10 e4ug grammar-connect-logic-result καταλλαγέντες 1 This clause states the reason why **we** can be **much more** certain that **we will be saved**. Use the most natural way in your language to express a reason clause. Alternate translation: “because we have been reconciled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 5 10 e4ug grammar-connect-logic-result καταλλαγέντες 1 This clause states the reason why **we** can be **much more** certain that **we will be saved**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “because we have been reconciled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 5 10 tmxf figs-activepassive σωθησόμεθα ἐν τῇ ζωῇ αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express this idea with an active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “his life will save us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 5 10 gcto figs-ellipsis σωθησόμεθα 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the similar statement in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “we will be saved when God finally judges people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 5 10 eeo4 figs-explicit τῇ ζωῇ αὐτοῦ 1 Here **life** implies the **life** that Jesus has after God made him alive again. This resurrection **life** showed that God had accepted Jesus’ death as the payment for the sins of everyone who trusts in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ life after God caused him to become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 5 10 gcto figs-ellipsis σωθησόμεθα 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the similar statement in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “we will be saved when God finally judges people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 5 10 eeo4 figs-explicit τῇ ζωῇ αὐτοῦ 1 Here **life** implies the **life** that Jesus has after God made him alive again. This resurrection **life** showed that God had accepted Jesus’ death as the payment for the sins of everyone who trusts in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ life after God caused him to become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 5 10 b3z4 figs-abstractnouns τῇ ζωῇ αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “him being alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 5 11 a0vk writing-pronouns οὐ μόνον δέ 1 The pronoun **this** could refer to: (1) what Paul said in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Not only are we saved by his life, but” (2) what Paul said in [verses 2–10](../05/02.md). Alternate translation: “Not only are all these things true, but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 5 11 zp36 figs-metaphor καὶ καυχώμενοι ἐν τῷ Θεῷ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were boasting inside of God. Paul means that these believers in Christ **boast** about how great God is. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “we also are boasting about how great God is” or “we also are boasting because of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 5 11 uukm figs-explicit διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, **through** indicates that **our Lord Jesus Christ** is the means by which believers can boast. This refers to what Jesus did for believers in order for them to be able to boast. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “through what our Lord Jesus Christ did for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 5 11 r0zj figs-explicit δι’ οὗ νῦν τὴν καταλλαγὴν ἐλάβομεν 1 Here, **through** indicates that Jesus is the means by which believers **have received the reconciliation**. This refers to what Jesus did for believers in order for them to have peace with God, as briefly mentioned in [4:25](../04/25.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “through what he did for us that caused us to receive the reconciliation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 5 11 zp36 figs-metaphor καὶ καυχώμενοι ἐν τῷ Θεῷ 1 Paul speaks of these people as if they were boasting inside of God. Paul means that these believers in Christ **boast** about how great God is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “we also are boasting about how great God is” or “we also are boasting because of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 5 11 uukm figs-explicit διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, **through** indicates that **our Lord Jesus Christ** is the means by which believers can boast. This refers to what Jesus did for believers in order for them to be able to boast. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “through what our Lord Jesus Christ did for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 5 11 r0zj figs-explicit δι’ οὗ νῦν τὴν καταλλαγὴν ἐλάβομεν 1 Here, **through** indicates that Jesus is the means by which believers **have received the reconciliation**. This refers to what Jesus did for believers in order for them to have peace with God, as briefly mentioned in [4:25](../04/25.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “through what he did for us that caused us to receive the reconciliation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 5 11 xjes figs-abstractnouns νῦν τὴν καταλλαγὴν ἐλάβομεν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **reconciliation**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “we have now been reconciled with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 5 12 hjx4 grammar-connect-words-phrases διὰ τοῦτο 1 **For this reason** here indicates that what follows in [verses 12–21](../05/12.md) is Paul’s explanation of the relationship between human **sin** and God’s grace. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Because of this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 5 12 wf9f figs-metaphor ὥσπερ δι’ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου ἡ ἁμαρτία εἰς τὸν κόσμον εἰσῆλθεν, καὶ διὰ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὁ θάνατος; καὶ οὕτως εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους ὁ θάνατος διῆλθεν 1 through one man sin entered … death entered through sin Here Paul speaks of **sin** and **death** figuratively as if they were objects that could enter a place or spread within people. Paul means that the way God intended for **the world** and human beings to function became thoroughly corrupted by **sin** and **death**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “just as through one man sinned began to exist in the world, and that sin would result in that man’s death, so also all men born after that man would die too” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 5 12 pa8s figs-explicit δι’ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου 1 Paul uses the phrase **one man** to refer to Adam, the first human being. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly, as in [verse14](../05/14.md). Alternate translation: “through the first man Adam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 5 12 hjx4 grammar-connect-words-phrases διὰ τοῦτο 1 **For this reason** here indicates that what follows in [verses 12–21](../05/12.md) is Paul’s explanation of the relationship between human **sin** and God’s grace. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Because of this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 5 12 wf9f figs-metaphor ὥσπερ δι’ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου ἡ ἁμαρτία εἰς τὸν κόσμον εἰσῆλθεν, καὶ διὰ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὁ θάνατος; καὶ οὕτως εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους ὁ θάνατος διῆλθεν 1 through one man sin entered … death entered through sin Here Paul speaks of **sin** and **death** as if they were objects that could enter a place or spread within people. Paul means that the way God intended for **the world** and human beings to function became thoroughly corrupted by **sin** and **death**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “just as through one man sinned began to exist in the world, and that sin would result in that man’s death, so also all men born after that man would die too” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 5 12 pa8s figs-explicit δι’ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου 1 Paul uses the phrase **one man** to refer to Adam, the first human being. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly, as in [verse14](../05/14.md). Alternate translation: “through the first man Adam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 5 12 smc2 figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἁμαρτία…τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὁ θάνατος; καὶ οὕτως…ὁ θάνατος 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **sin** and **death**, you could use different expressions. Alternate translation: “sinful things … sinful things, living things could die, so also the ability to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 5 12 uxcs figs-ellipsis διὰ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὁ θάνατος 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “and through sin death entered into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 5 12 uxcs figs-ellipsis διὰ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὁ θάνατος 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “and through sin death entered into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 5 12 xhbv figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπους 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 5 12 jy25 writing-pronouns ἐφ’ ᾧ πάντες ἥμαρτον 1 Here the pronoun **which** could refer to: (1) the fact that Paul states in the next phrase. Alternate translation: “because of this fact, namely, that all sinned” (2) the **one man** mentioned earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “because of the one man all sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 5 12 si2i figs-nominaladj πάντες 1 Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. If your language does not use adjectives in the same way, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “all men” or “all humanity” or “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -ROM 5 13 at4i grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in [verses 13–14](../05/13.md) explains how death and **sin** existed before the **law**. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 5 13 e6bx figs-ellipsis ἄχρι γὰρ νόμου…μὴ ὄντος νόμου 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “For until the law came … when there was no law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 5 13 abjg grammar-collectivenouns νόμου…νόμου 1 In this verse **law** refers to the laws that God gave the Jews through Moses. See how you translated **law** in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) +ROM 5 13 at4i grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in [verses 13–14](../05/13.md) explains how death and **sin** existed before the **law**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 5 13 e6bx figs-ellipsis ἄχρι γὰρ νόμου…μὴ ὄντος νόμου 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “For until the law came … when there was no law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 5 13 abjg grammar-collectivenouns νόμου…νόμου 1 In this verse **law** refers to the laws that God gave the Jews. See how you translated **law** in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) ROM 5 13 v51t figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτία…ἁμαρτία 1 See how you translated **sin** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 5 13 uyd4 figs-metaphor ἁμαρτία ἦν ἐν κόσμῳ 1 Here Paul speaks of **sin** figuratively as if it were an object that could exist in a place. Paul means that people sinned **in the world** before God gave his laws to Moses. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people sinned in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 5 13 uyd4 figs-metaphor ἁμαρτία ἦν ἐν κόσμῳ 1 Here Paul speaks of **sin** as if it were an object that could exist in a place. Paul means that people sinned **in the world** before God gave his laws to Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people sinned in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 5 13 juq7 figs-activepassive ἁμαρτία…οὐκ ἐλλογεῖται 2 but there is no accounting for sin when there is no law If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God did not charge them with sinning” or “God did not reckon it as sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 5 13 izno ἁμαρτία…οὐκ ἐλλογεῖται 2 Alternate translation: “a record of sin is not kept” or “no account is kept of sins” ROM 5 13 v5l9 grammar-connect-logic-result μὴ ὄντος νόμου 1 Here, **being** could indicate: (1) the reason why **sin is not charged**. Alternate translation: “because there was no law” (2) the time when **sin is not charged**. Alternate translation: “when there was no law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 5 13 j04c figs-explicit μὴ ὄντος νόμου 1 Here, **no law** implies that God had not yet given people his laws that could help them identify what sin is. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “being no law to identify to people what sin is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 5 14 bd3q figs-personification ἐβασίλευσεν ὁ θάνατος ἀπὸ Ἀδὰμ μέχρι Μωϋσέως, καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς 1 death ruled from Adam until Moses Here, **death** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a king who **ruled** **over** people. Paul means that nobody could prevent themselves from dying. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “no human could escape dying from Adam until Moses, even those” or “human life inevitably ended in death from Adam until Moses, even the lives of those” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 5 13 j04c figs-explicit μὴ ὄντος νόμου 1 Here, **no law** implies that God had not yet given people his laws that could help them identify what sin is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “being no law to identify to people what sin is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 5 14 bd3q figs-personification ἐβασίλευσεν ὁ θάνατος ἀπὸ Ἀδὰμ μέχρι Μωϋσέως, καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς 1 death ruled from Adam until Moses Here Paul speaks of **death** as if it were a king who **ruled** **over** people. Paul means that nobody could prevent themselves from dying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “no human could escape dying from Adam until Moses, even those” or “human life inevitably ended in death from Adam until Moses, even the lives of those” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 5 14 u66m figs-abstractnouns ὁ θάνατος 1 See how you translated **death** in [verse 12](../05/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 5 14 pdrh figs-explicit ἀπὸ Ἀδὰμ μέχρι Μωϋσέως 1 Here, **Adam** refers to the period of time when Adam lived and **Moses** refers to the period of time when **Moses** lived. If this would confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “from the time when Adam lived until the time when Moses lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 5 14 w24g figs-distinguish καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς μὴ ἁμαρτήσαντας ἐπὶ τῷ ὁμοιώματι τῆς παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ 1 This phrase gives us further information about over whom **death ruled**. It is not making a distinction between those who lived during the time of **Adam** and **Moses**. If this might confuse your readers, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “even over the people who did not disobey God in the same way that Adam did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) +ROM 5 14 pdrh figs-explicit ἀπὸ Ἀδὰμ μέχρι Μωϋσέως 1 Here, **Adam** refers to the period of time when Adam lived and **Moses** refers to the period of time when **Moses** lived. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “from the time when Adam lived until the time when Moses lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 5 14 w24g figs-distinguish καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς μὴ ἁμαρτήσαντας ἐπὶ τῷ ὁμοιώματι τῆς παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ 1 This phrase gives further information about over whom **death ruled**. It is not making a distinction between those who lived during the time of **Adam** and **Moses**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “even over the people who did not disobey God in the same way that Adam did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 5 14 skns figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ τῷ ὁμοιώματι τῆς παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ, ὅς ἐστιν τύπος τοῦ μέλλοντος 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **likeness**, **transgression**, and **pattern**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “in the same way that Adam transgressed, who typifies the one who is coming” or “exactly how Adam transgressed, who resembles the one who is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 5 14 k2w7 figs-possession ἐπὶ τῷ ὁμοιώματι τῆς παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **the likeness** relates to the **transgression**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “like Adam’s transgression” or “in the same way Adam transgressed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 5 14 e4ze figs-metaphor Ἀδάμ, ὅς ἐστιν τύπος τοῦ μέλλοντος 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **Adam** as if he were a model or **pattern**. Paul means that **Adam**’s role is similar to the role of **the one who is coming** because both people do things that affect all human beings. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “Adam, who is a replica of the one who is coming” or “Adam, who models the one who is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 5 14 mu4s figs-explicit τοῦ μέλλοντος 1 The phrase **the one who is coming** refers to Jesus. Paul means that Adam represents the ideal human being, Jesus, who would come in the future. If this is not clear in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “representing Jesus who would come in the future” or “prefiguring Jesus who was destined to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 5 14 k2w7 figs-possession ἐπὶ τῷ ὁμοιώματι τῆς παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **the likeness** relates to the **transgression**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “like Adam’s transgression” or “in the same way Adam transgressed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 5 14 e4ze figs-metaphor Ἀδάμ, ὅς ἐστιν τύπος τοῦ μέλλοντος 1 Paul speaks of **Adam** as if he were a model or **pattern**. Paul means that **Adam**’s role is similar to the role of **the one who is coming** because both people do things that affect all human beings. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “Adam, who is a replica of the one who is coming” or “Adam, who models the one who is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 5 14 mu4s figs-explicit τοῦ μέλλοντος 1 The phrase **the one who is coming** refers to Jesus. Paul means that Adam represents the ideal human being, Jesus, who would come in the future. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “representing Jesus who would come in the future” or “prefiguring Jesus who was destined to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 5 15 x37x figs-abstractnouns τὸ παράπτωμα…τὸ χάρισμα…τῷ τοῦ ἑνὸς παραπτώματι…ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἡ δωρεὰ ἐν χάριτι 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **trespass**, **gracious gift**, **grace**, and **gift**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “how Adam trespassed … what God graciously gave … when the one man trespassed … how gracious God is and what he graciously gave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 5 15 ieb0 figs-infostructure οὐχ ὡς τὸ παράπτωμα, οὕτως καὶ τὸ χάρισμα 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “the gracious gift is not like the trespass” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) -ROM 5 15 sful grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that what follows explains the difference between **the trespass** and **the gracious gift**. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 5 15 sful grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that what follows explains the difference between **the trespass** and **the gracious gift**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 5 15 yxej grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 Paul is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is true. He has concluded that the benefits of **the gracious gift** are superior to the consequences of **the trespass**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is true. Alternate translation: “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) -ROM 5 15 kdhb figs-possession τῷ τοῦ ἑνὸς παραπτώματι 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the trespass** that was committed by the **one** man. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “by one man’s trespass” or “because one man trespassed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 5 15 mm6y figs-nominaladj τοῦ ἑνὸς 1 Paul is using the adjective phrase **the one** as a noun in order to refer to Adam, as in the previous verse. If your language does not use adjectives in the same way, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “of Adam, the one man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ROM 5 15 kdhb figs-possession τῷ τοῦ ἑνὸς παραπτώματι 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the trespass** that was committed by the **one** man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “by one man’s trespass” or “because one man trespassed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 5 15 e9me figs-nominaladj οἱ πολλοὶ…τοὺς πολλοὺς 1 Here Paul is using the adjective **many** as a noun in order to describe a large group of people. If your language does not use adjectives in the same way, you could translate this with a noun phrase, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 5 15 h6c3 grammar-connect-words-phrases πολλῷ μᾶλλον 1 Here, **how much more** strongly emphasizes the difference between the results of **the trespass** of Adam and the **grace of God** that comes through **Jesus Christ**. Use a natural way in your language to express strong emphasis. Alternate translation: “even more certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 5 15 tfhj figs-infostructure ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἡ δωρεὰ ἐν χάριτι, τῇ τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, εἰς τοὺς πολλοὺς ἐπερίσσευσεν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “abounded to the many the grace of God and the gift by the grace of the one man, Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) -ROM 5 15 ejxz figs-possession ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **grace** that comes from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “God’s grace” or “the grace from God” or “how kind God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 5 15 wn36 figs-possession τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the grace** that comes from **the one man**. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Alternate translation: “from the one man” or “associated with the one man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 5 15 ejxz figs-possession ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **grace** that comes from **God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “God’s grace” or “the grace from God” or “how kind God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 5 15 wn36 figs-possession τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the grace** that comes from **the one man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “from the one man” or “associated with the one man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 5 16 ns9a grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ οὐχ ὡς δι’ ἑνὸς ἁμαρτήσαντος, τὸ δώρημα; τὸ μὲν γὰρ κρίμα ἐξ ἑνὸς, εἰς κατάκριμα, τὸ δὲ χάρισμα ἐκ πολλῶν παραπτωμάτων, εἰς δικαίωμα 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these sentences, since the second sentence gives the reason for the result that the first sentence describes. Alternate translation: “Indeed, because the judgment came from one man unto condemnation, but the gift came from many trespasses unto justification. This is why the gift is not the same as through the one man who sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 5 16 rmpt figs-abstractnouns τὸ δώρημα…τὸ δὲ χάρισμα 1 See how you translated these two phrases in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 5 16 ok2k figs-ellipsis ὡς δι’ ἑνὸς ἁμαρτήσαντος 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “as what came through one who sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 5 16 muum figs-explicit ἑνὸς ἁμαρτήσαντος 1 Here, **one who sinned** refers to Adam, as mentioned in [verses 12–15](../05/12.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Adam, the one who sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 5 16 ok2k figs-ellipsis ὡς δι’ ἑνὸς ἁμαρτήσαντος 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “as what came through one who sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 5 16 muum figs-explicit ἑνὸς ἁμαρτήσαντος 1 Here, **one who sinned** refers to Adam, as mentioned in [verses 12–15](../05/12.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Adam, the one who sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 5 16 ub9s figs-abstractnouns τὸ…κρίμα 2 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 5 16 eusx figs-explicit ἐξ ἑνὸς 1 Here, **one** refers to the **one** sin Adam committed. It does not refer to Adam himself, as the previous **one** does. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “from Adam’s trespass” or “from the sin Adam committed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 5 16 eusx figs-explicit ἐξ ἑνὸς 1 Here, **one** refers to the **one** sin Adam committed. It does not refer to Adam himself, as the previous **one** does. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “from Adam’s trespass” or “from the sin Adam committed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 5 16 xza3 grammar-connect-logic-result ἐξ ἑνὸς 1 Here, **from one** could indicate: (1) that **the judgment** happened after the **one** trespass. Alternate translation: “after one” (2) that **the judgment** happened because of the **one** trespass. Alternate translation: “because of one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 5 16 t4t8 figs-abstractnouns εἰς κατάκριμα…παραπτωμάτων, εἰς δικαίωμα 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **condemnation**, **trespasses**, and **justification**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “to cause God to condemn … sinful deeds people have done, to cause God to justify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 5 16 s82t grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς κατάκριμα 1 Here, **to** indicates that was follows is the result of God’s **judgment**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “resulted in condemnation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 5 16 s82t grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς κατάκριμα 1 Here, **to** indicates that was follows is the result of God’s **judgment**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “resulted in condemnation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 5 16 m5k4 grammar-connect-logic-result ἐκ πολλῶν παραπτωμάτων 1 Here, **from many trespasses** could indicate: (1) that **the gracious gift** happened after **many trespasses**. Alternate translation: “after many trespasses” (2) that **the gracious gift** happened because of **many trespasses**. Alternate translation: “because of many trespasses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 5 16 jarb grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς δικαίωμα 1 Here, **to** indicates that was follows is the result of God’s **gracious gift**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “resulted in justification” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 5 17 n5zx grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows further explains the difference between **the trespass** and **the gift**, as discussed in [verses15–16](../05/15.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 5 16 jarb grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς δικαίωμα 1 Here, **to** indicates that was follows is the result of God’s **gracious gift**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “resulted in justification” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 5 17 n5zx grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows further explains the difference between **the trespass** and **the gift**, as discussed in [verses15–16](../05/15.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 5 17 mhtc grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 Paul is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is true. He has concluded that the benefits of **the gift** are superior to the consequences of **the trespass**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is true. Alternate translation: “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) ROM 5 17 lcyd figs-possession τῷ τοῦ ἑνὸς παραπτώματι 1 See how you translated this phrase in [verse 15](../05/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 5 17 whbf figs-nominaladj τοῦ ἑνὸς…τοῦ ἑνός…τοῦ ἑνὸς 1 See how you translated the first occurrence of **one** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ROM 5 17 yvq5 figs-abstractnouns τῷ τοῦ ἑνὸς παραπτώματι, ὁ θάνατος…τὴν περισσείαν τῆς χάριτος καὶ τῆς δωρεᾶς τῆς δικαιοσύνης…ἐν ζωῇ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “because the one man trespassed, the fact that people die … how abundantly kind God is and how he makes people righteous … by living” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 5 17 kz6z figs-personification ὁ θάνατος ἐβασίλευσεν 1 death ruled See how you translated this phrase in [verse 14](../05/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 5 17 mtr9 grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ τοῦ ἑνός 1 death ruled Here, **through** indicates that **the one** is the reason why **death ruled**. Use an expression in your language that indicates a reason. Alternate translation: “because of the one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 5 17 mtr9 grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ τοῦ ἑνός 1 death ruled Here, **through** indicates that **the one** is the reason why **death ruled**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “because of the one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 5 17 lf7t grammar-connect-words-phrases πολλῷ μᾶλλον 1 See how you translated this phrase in [verses 10](../05/10.md) and [15](../05/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 5 17 hfvt figs-infostructure ἐν ζωῇ βασιλεύσουσιν, διὰ τοῦ ἑνὸς, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ. 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “through the one man Jesus Christ will … rule in life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) -ROM 5 17 xy6h figs-metaphor οἱ…ἐν ζωῇ βασιλεύσουσιν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were kings who **rule** in a location called **life**. This could mean: (1) they will have control over their sinful desires while physically alive. Alternate translation: “will those … have control over their sinfulness while alive” (2) they **will rule** with **Jesus Christ** while living eternally. Alternative translation: “will those … rule and live eternally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 5 17 nr25 figs-distinguish οἱ τὴν περισσείαν τῆς χάριτος καὶ τῆς δωρεᾶς τῆς δικαιοσύνης λαμβάνοντες 1 This clause describes the people who will **rule in life**. It is not making a distinction between **those who receive** and those who **rule**. If this might confuse your readers, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “those who receive the abundance of the grace and the gift of the righteousness as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) -ROM 5 17 fodc figs-possession οἱ τὴν περισσείαν τῆς χάριτος…λαμβάνοντες 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **abundance** that relates to **grace**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “those who receive God’s abundant grace” or “those who experience how abundantly gracious God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 5 17 o8c3 figs-possession τῆς δωρεᾶς τῆς δικαιοσύνης 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **righteousness** is a **gift**. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Alternate translation: “the gift, which is being made righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 5 17 ehbk grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ τοῦ ἑνὸς, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, **through** indicates that **the one, Jesus Christ** is the reason why his people will **rule in life**. Use an expression in your language that indicates a reason. Alternate translation: “because of the one, Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 5 17 uifs figs-explicit τοῦ ἑνὸς, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 The phrase **the one, Jesus Christ** refers to what Jesus did for believers in order for them to **rule in life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what the one, Jesus Christ has done for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 5 18 e7cq figs-ellipsis ἄρα οὖν ὡς δι’ ἑνὸς παραπτώματος, εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους εἰς κατάκριμα, οὕτως καὶ δι’ ἑνὸς δικαιώματος, εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους εἰς δικαίωσιν ζωῆς 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “So then, as one man trespassed and this trespass caused all men to become condemned, so also one man acted righteously and this act caused all men to become justified for living eternally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 5 18 mccf grammar-connect-words-phrases ἄρα οὖν 1 **So then** indicates that what follows in [verses 18–21](../05/18.md) summarizes the ideas of [verses 12–17](../05/12.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could use a clearer expression. Alternate translation: “Finally” or “In summary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 5 17 xy6h figs-metaphor οἱ…ἐν ζωῇ βασιλεύσουσιν 1 Paul speaks of these people as if they were kings who **rule** in a location called **life**. This could mean: (1) they will have control over their sinful desires while physically alive. Alternate translation: “will those … have control over their sinfulness while alive” (2) they **will rule** with **Jesus Christ** while living eternally. Alternative translation: “will those … rule and live eternally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 5 17 nr25 figs-distinguish οἱ τὴν περισσείαν τῆς χάριτος καὶ τῆς δωρεᾶς τῆς δικαιοσύνης λαμβάνοντες 1 This clause describes the people who will **rule in life**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “those who receive the abundance of the grace and the gift of the righteousness as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) +ROM 5 17 fodc figs-possession οἱ τὴν περισσείαν τῆς χάριτος…λαμβάνοντες 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **abundance** that relates to **grace**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “those who receive God’s abundant grace” or “those who experience how abundantly gracious God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 5 17 o8c3 figs-possession τῆς δωρεᾶς τῆς δικαιοσύνης 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **righteousness** is a **gift**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the gift, which is being made righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 5 17 ehbk grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ τοῦ ἑνὸς, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, **through** indicates that **the one, Jesus Christ** is the reason why his people will **rule in life**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “because of the one, Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 5 17 uifs figs-explicit τοῦ ἑνὸς, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 The phrase **the one, Jesus Christ** refers to what Jesus did for believers in order for them to **rule in life**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what the one, Jesus Christ has done for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 5 18 e7cq figs-ellipsis ἄρα οὖν ὡς δι’ ἑνὸς παραπτώματος, εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους εἰς κατάκριμα, οὕτως καὶ δι’ ἑνὸς δικαιώματος, εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους εἰς δικαίωσιν ζωῆς 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “So then, as one man trespassed and this trespass caused all men to become condemned, so also one man acted righteously and this act caused all men to become justified for living eternally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 5 18 mccf grammar-connect-words-phrases ἄρα οὖν 1 **So then** indicates that what follows in [verses 18–21](../05/18.md) summarizes the ideas of [verses 12–17](../05/12.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a clearer expression. Alternate translation: “Finally” or “In summary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 5 18 sfwg grammar-connect-logic-result δι’…δι’ 1 See how you translated **through** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 5 18 z0jq figs-abstractnouns παραπτώματος…κατάκριμα…δικαίωσιν 1 See how you translated these abstracts nouns in [verse 16](../05/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 5 18 z0jq figs-abstractnouns παραπτώματος…κατάκριμα…δικαίωσιν 1 See how you translated **trespass**, **condemnation**, and **justification** in [verse 16](../05/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 5 18 n8pr figs-gendernotations πάντας ἀνθρώπους -1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. See how your translated **all men** in [verse 12](../05/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 5 18 bcm2 figs-possession δικαίωσιν ζωῆς 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **justification** relates to **life**. This could mean: (1) **justification** that leads to **life**. Alternate translation: “justification that brings eternal life” (2) **justification** that is **life**. Alternate translation: “justification, which is eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 5 18 bmey figs-explicit ζωῆς 1 Here, **life** refers to “eternal life.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of eternal life” or “for living forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 5 19 hj69 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 5 18 bmey figs-explicit ζωῆς 1 Here, **life** refers to “eternal life.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of eternal life” or “for living forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 5 19 hj69 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 5 19 sjek grammar-connect-words-phrases ὥσπερ…οὕτως καὶ 1 See how you translated the similar connective words **as** and **so also** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 5 19 rgji grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ…διὰ 1 See how you translated **through** in the previous two verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 5 19 z8r8 figs-abstractnouns τῆς παρακοῆς τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου…τῆς ὑπακοῆς τοῦ ἑνὸς 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **disobedience** and **obedience**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. You may need to supply an object for the verbs, such as “God” or “God’s command.” Alternate translation: “the one man disobeying God … the one man obeying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -945,538 +942,538 @@ ROM 5 19 px2r figs-nominaladj ἁμαρτωλοὶ 1 See how you translated **s ROM 5 19 bhra figs-activepassive διὰ τῆς ὑπακοῆς τοῦ ἑνὸς, δίκαιοι κατασταθήσονται οἱ πολλοί 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the obedience of the one caused many to become righteous ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 5 19 haks figs-explicit τοῦ ἑνὸς 2 Here, **the one** refers to “Jesus Christ.” See how you translated the third occurrence of **the one ** in [verse 17](../05/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 5 20 lah6 grammar-collectivenouns νόμος 1 See how you translated **the law** in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -ROM 5 20 w958 figs-personification παρεισῆλθεν 1 the law came in The word translated **slipped in** can mean to sneak in unnoticed, as in [Jude 1:4](../jud/01/04.md). Paul may be stressing how the coming of **the law** was like an unwelcome person secretly intruding at some location. If this is confusing in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “intruded like a person sneaking in unnoticed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 5 20 ttcw figs-abstractnouns τὸ παράπτωμα…ἡ ἁμαρτία…ἡ χάρις 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **trespass** in [verses 15–18](../05/15.md), **sin** in [verses 12–13](../05/12.md), and **grace** in [verses 15](../05/15.md) and [17](../05/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 5 20 relk figs-metaphor πλεονάσῃ τὸ παράπτωμα…ἐπλεόνασεν ἡ ἁμαρτία, ὑπερεπερίσσευσεν ἡ χάρις 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **the trespass**, **sin**, and **grace** as if they were objects that could increase in amount. He means that the power or influence of these concepts expanded throughout humanity. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “the trespass might be more evident … sin became more evident, the grace became even more obvious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 5 20 w958 figs-personification παρεισῆλθεν 1 the law came in The word translated **slipped in** can refer to sneaking in unnoticed, as in [Jude 1:4](../jud/01/04.md). Paul may be stressing how the coming of **the law** was like an unwelcome person secretly intruding at some location.If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “intruded like a person sneaking in unnoticed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 5 20 ttcw figs-abstractnouns τὸ παράπτωμα…ἡ ἁμαρτία…ἡ χάρις 1 See how you translated **trespass** in [verses 15–18](../05/15.md), **sin** in [verses 12–13](../05/12.md), and **grace** in [verses 15](../05/15.md) and [17](../05/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 5 20 relk figs-metaphor πλεονάσῃ τὸ παράπτωμα…ἐπλεόνασεν ἡ ἁμαρτία, ὑπερεπερίσσευσεν ἡ χάρις 1 Paul speaks of **the trespass**, **sin**, and **grace** as if they were objects that could increase in amount. He means that the power or influence of these concepts expanded throughout humanity. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “the trespass might be more evident … sin became more evident, the grace became even more obvious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 5 20 wbh3 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα πλεονάσῃ τὸ παράπτωμα 1 This clause could refer to: (1) one of God’s purposes for giving **the law**. Alternate translation: “in order to increase the trespass” (2) the result of God giving **the law**. Alternate translation (with preceding comma): “resulting in the trespass increasing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 5 20 godn figs-metaphor οὗ 1 Here Paul uses **where** figuratively to refer to **sin** and **grace** as if they were located somewhere. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 5 20 godn figs-metaphor οὗ 1 Here Paul uses **where** to refer to **sin** and **grace** as if they were located somewhere.If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 5 21 ycy7 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** here introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God caused grace to abound, as stated in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 5 21 ymxy grammar-connect-words-phrases ὥσπερ…οὕτως καὶ 1 See how you translated **just as** and **so also** in the [verse 19](../05/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 5 21 leu9 figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἁμαρτία ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ…ἡ χάρις…δικαιοσύνης…ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **sin** and **grace** in the previous verse, **death** and **righteousness** in [verse 17](../05/17.md), and **eternal life** in [2:7](../02/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 5 21 wmy8 figs-personification ἐβασίλευσεν ἡ ἁμαρτία 1 as sin ruled in death Here, **sin** is spoken of figuratively as if it were a king ruling over people. Paul means that everyone was controlled by their sinful desires. While death **ruled** in [verse 14](../05/14.md), **sin ruled** after God gave the law. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everyone was controlled by sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 5 21 leu9 figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἁμαρτία ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ…ἡ χάρις…δικαιοσύνης…ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 See how you translated **sin** and **grace** in the previous verse, **death** and **righteousness** in [verse 17](../05/17.md), and **eternal life** in [2:7](../02/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 5 21 wmy8 figs-personification ἐβασίλευσεν ἡ ἁμαρτία 1 as sin ruled in death Here Paul speaks of **sin** as if it were a king ruling over people. Paul means that everyone was controlled by their sinful desires. While death **ruled** in [verse 14](../05/14.md), **sin ruled** after God gave the law. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everyone was controlled by sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 5 21 wuh2 figs-explicit ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ 1 as sin ruled in death Here, **in death** could refer to: (1) the location in which **sin ruled**. Alternate translation: “in the place where death exists” (2) the means by which **sin ruled**. Alternate translation: “by means of death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 5 21 kc21 figs-personification χάρις βασιλεύσῃ διὰ δικαιοσύνης 1 as sin ruled in death Here, **grace** is spoken of figuratively as if it were a king ruling over people. Paul means that God’s **grace** allows people to become righteous. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “how gracious God is might make people become righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 5 21 kc21 figs-personification χάρις βασιλεύσῃ διὰ δικαιοσύνης 1 as sin ruled in death Here Paul speaks of **grace** as if it were a king ruling over people. Paul means that God’s **grace** allows people to become righteous. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “how gracious God is might make people become righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 5 21 bk72 grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ…διὰ 1 See how you translated **through** in the [verses 17–19](../05/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 5 21 c9nj grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 Here, **to** indicates that was follows is the result of God’s **grace** ruling **through righteousness**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “resulted in eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 5 21 axr9 figs-explicit Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 The phrase **Jesus Christ our Lord** refers to what Jesus did for believers in order for them to have **eternal life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what Jesus Christ our Lord has done for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 5 21 c9nj grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 Here, **to** indicates that was follows is the result of God’s **grace** ruling **through righteousness**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “resulted in eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 5 21 axr9 figs-explicit Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 The phrase **Jesus Christ our Lord** refers to what Jesus did for believers in order for them to have **eternal life**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what Jesus Christ our Lord has done for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 6 intro v522 0 # Romans 6 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

5. Becoming like Christ in this life (6:1–8:39)
* Baptism represents union with Christ’s death (6:1–14)
* Christians are now slaves of righteousness (6:15–23)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Slavery

In this chapter Paul frequently uses the metaphor of the relationship between slaves and their masters. He speaks figuratively of people who live sinfully as if they were slaves to sin and the death it causes ([6:6](../06/06.md), [16–17](../06/16.md), [20](../06/20.md)). He also speaks figuratively of Christians as if God has freed them from being enslaved to sin and has himself or righteousness their master ([6:18](../06/18.md), [22](../06/22.md)). Because Christians are no longer controlled by their desire to sin, they should instead serve God and live in a way that glorifies him ([6:12–14](../06/12.md), [19](../06/19.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/servant]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

In [verses 1–3](../06/01.md), [15–16](../06/15.md), and [21](../06/21.md) Paul uses rhetorical questions in order to answer objections that people might make about what he is saying.

## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Inclusive language

In this chapter the pronouns “we”, “us”, and “our” refer inclusively to all believers in Christ. Paul calls these people those who have been “baptized into Christ Jesus” in [verse 3](../06/03.md). Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 6 1 fxgw grammar-connect-logic-result τί οὖν 1 Here, **then** indicates that what follows is a response to what Paul said in the previous chapter, especially what he said in [5:20](../05/20.md). See how you translated **What then** in [3:1](../03/01.md) and [4:1](../04/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 6 1 pvg3 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν? ἐπιμένωμεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, ἵνα ἡ χάρις πλεονάσῃ? 1 What then will we say? Should we continue in sin so that grace may abound? In this verse Paul is not asking for information, but is using a question to address rumors some people may have been saying that misrepresented his teachings. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation or communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Then we will say that we should continue in the sin so that the grace might increase!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 6 1 t8tl figs-quotemarks τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν? ἐπιμένωμεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, ἵνα ἡ χάρις πλεονάσῃ? 1 we say In this verse and the first part of the next verse, Paul is speaking as if he were a Christian who misunderstood what Paul had taught in the previous chapter. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate quotations, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -ROM 6 1 fj9e figs-exclusive ἐροῦμεν? ἐπιμένωμεν 1 we say When Paul says **we** in this verse, he is including all “who were baptized into Christ Jesus,” as mentioned in [6:3](../06/03.md), so **we** is inclusive of all Christians. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ROM 6 1 ngpt figs-abstractnouns τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ…ἡ χάρις 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **sin** and **grace** in [5:21](../05/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 6 1 sa16 figs-metaphor ἐπιμένωμεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were a location. He is referring to the idea of people continuing to live sinfully after they have become Christians. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “Should we continue to live sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 6 1 ju6f figs-metaphor ἵνα ἡ χάρις πλεονάσῃ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **grace** as if it were an object that could **increase** in amount, as he also does in [5:20](../05/20.md). He is referring to the idea of Christians experiencing the power or influence of **grace** in their lives. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “so that we can experience more grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 6 1 f5qt grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα ἡ χάρις πλεονάσῃ 1 The phrase **so that** here introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the supposed purpose for which someone would **sin**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order to increase the grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 6 2 e82n figs-explicit μὴ γένοιτο 1 In this verse Paul responds to the rhetorical questions he wrote in the previous verse. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying, ‘May it never be!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 6 1 t8tl figs-quotemarks τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν? ἐπιμένωμεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, ἵνα ἡ χάρις πλεονάσῃ? 1 we say In this verse and the first part of the next verse, Paul is speaking as if he were a Christian who misunderstood what Paul had taught in the previous chapter. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 6 1 fj9e figs-exclusive ἐροῦμεν? ἐπιμένωμεν 1 we say Here, **we** includes all those whom Paul called those “who were baptized into Christ Jesus,” as mentioned in [6:3](../06/03.md), so **we** is inclusive of all Christians. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 6 1 ngpt figs-abstractnouns τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ…ἡ χάρις 1 See how you translated **sin** and **grace** in [5:21](../05/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 6 1 sa16 figs-metaphor ἐπιμένωμεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ 1 Paul speaks of **sin** as if it were a location. He is referring to the idea of people continuing to live sinfully after they have become Christians. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “Should we continue to live sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 6 1 ju6f figs-metaphor ἵνα ἡ χάρις πλεονάσῃ 1 Paul speaks of **grace** as if it were an object that could **increase** in amount, as he also does in [5:20](../05/20.md). He is referring to the idea of Christians experiencing the power or influence of **grace** in their lives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “so that we can experience more grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 6 1 f5qt grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα ἡ χάρις πλεονάσῃ 1 The phrase **so that** here introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the supposed purpose for which someone would **sin**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order to increase the grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +ROM 6 2 e82n figs-explicit μὴ γένοιτο 1 In this verse Paul responds to the rhetorical questions he wrote in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying, ‘May it never be!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 6 2 pa6g figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:4](../03/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 6 2 wvhg figs-rquestion οἵτινες ἀπεθάνομεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, πῶς ἔτι ζήσομεν ἐν αὐτῇ? 1 Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We who died to sin surely cannot still live in it!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 6 2 rgte figs-metaphor οἵτινες ἀπεθάνομεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, πῶς ἔτι ζήσομεν ἐν αὐτῇ? 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were a location where Christians could live or die. Here, **died to sin** refers to the idea that Christians are no longer controlled by their sinful desires. By contrast, **live in** sin means to continue being controlled by sinful desires. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “We who are no longer controlled by our desire to sin, how could we still live as though we are controlled by that desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 6 2 rgte figs-metaphor οἵτινες ἀπεθάνομεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, πῶς ἔτι ζήσομεν ἐν αὐτῇ? 1 Paul speaks of **sin** as if it were a location where Christians could live or die. Here, **died to sin** refers to the idea that Christians are no longer controlled by their sinful desires. By contrast, **live in** sin means to continue being controlled by sinful desires. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “We who are no longer controlled by our desire to sin, how could we still live as though we are controlled by that desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 6 3 wwaw figs-rquestion ἢ ἀγνοεῖτε, ὅτι ὅσοι ἐβαπτίσθημεν εἰς Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν, εἰς τὸν θάνατον αὐτοῦ ἐβαπτίσθημεν? 1 Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You surely know that as many as were baptized into Christ Jesus were baptized into his death!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 6 3 wh26 figs-ellipsis ὅσοι 1 Paul is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “as many people as” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 6 3 wh26 figs-ellipsis ὅσοι 1 Paul is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “as many people as” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 6 3 yy94 figs-activepassive ὅσοι ἐβαπτίσθημεν εἰς Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν, εἰς τὸν θάνατον αὐτοῦ ἐβαπτίσθημεν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as many people as someone baptized into Christ Jesus someone also baptized into his death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 6 3 bd11 figs-metaphor ἐβαπτίσθημεν εἰς Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν, εἰς τὸν θάνατον αὐτοῦ ἐβαπτίσθημεν 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **Christ Jesus** and **his death** as if they were locations into which someone could be **baptized**. Here, **into Christ Jesus** refers to being united with **Christ Jesus**, and **into his death** refers to sharing in the spiritual benefits of **his death**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning of these two phrases plainly. Alternative translation: “were baptized are united with Christ Jesus and also share in the benefits of his death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 6 3 bd11 figs-metaphor ἐβαπτίσθημεν εἰς Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν, εἰς τὸν θάνατον αὐτοῦ ἐβαπτίσθημεν 1 Paul speaks of **Christ Jesus** and **his death** as if they were locations into which someone could be **baptized**. Here, **into Christ Jesus** refers to being united with **Christ Jesus**, and **into his death** refers to sharing in the spiritual benefits of **his death**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning of these two phrases plainly. Alternative translation: “were baptized are united with Christ Jesus and also share in the benefits of his death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 6 3 tcve figs-abstractnouns τὸν θάνατον 1 See how you translated **death** in [5:21](../05/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 6 4 m43r grammar-connect-logic-result συνετάφημεν οὖν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Therefore, we were buried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 6 4 f4va figs-metaphor συνετάφημεν οὖν αὐτῷ 1 We were buried, then, with him through baptism into death Paul speaks figuratively of Christians as if they **were buried** with Jesus when they were baptized. Paul mentions burial because it emphasizes that Jesus did indeed die. Here he means that Christians are indeed united with Christ’s **death** and share in its spiritual benefits. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “Then, we are indeed united with Christ’s death” or “Then, we are so united with Christ’s death that it is as if we were really buried with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 6 4 vva7 figs-explicit διὰ τοῦ βαπτίσματος εἰς τὸν θάνατον 1 We were buried, then, with him through baptism into death Here, **through** indicates that the following phrase is the means by which Christians **were buried** with Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of the baptism into his death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 6 4 f4va figs-metaphor συνετάφημεν οὖν αὐτῷ 1 We were buried, then, with him through baptism into death Paul speaks of Christians as if they **were buried** with Jesus when they were baptized. Paul mentions burial because it emphasizes that Jesus did indeed die. Here he means that Christians are indeed united with Christ’s **death** and share in its spiritual benefits. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “Then, we are indeed united with Christ’s death” or “Then, we are so united with Christ’s death that it is as if we were really buried with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 6 4 vva7 figs-explicit διὰ τοῦ βαπτίσματος εἰς τὸν θάνατον 1 We were buried, then, with him through baptism into death Here, **through** indicates that the following phrase is the means by which Christians **were buried** with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of the baptism into his death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 6 4 kmn3 figs-metaphor εἰς τὸν θάνατον 1 We were buried, then, with him through baptism into death See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 6 4 y71v figs-abstractnouns τὸν θάνατον…τῆς δόξης…ζωῆς 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **death** in [6:3](../06/03.md), **glory** in [5:2](../05/02.md), and **life** in [5:21](../05/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 6 4 k1el grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα ὥσπερ ἠγέρθη Χριστὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός, οὕτως καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς περιπατήσωμεν 1 Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is a purpose clause. Paul is stating one purpose for which God instituted **baptism**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases to make this explicit. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order for us to walk in newness of life, just as Christ was raised from the dead by the glory of the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +ROM 6 4 y71v figs-abstractnouns τὸν θάνατον…τῆς δόξης…ζωῆς 1 See how you translated **death** in [6:3](../06/03.md), **glory** in [5:2](../05/02.md), and **life** in [5:21](../05/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 6 4 k1el grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα ὥσπερ ἠγέρθη Χριστὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός, οὕτως καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς περιπατήσωμεν 1 Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is a purpose clause. Paul is stating one purpose for which God instituted **baptism**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “in order for us to walk in newness of life, just as Christ was raised from the dead by the glory of the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 6 4 kado grammar-connect-words-phrases ὥσπερ…οὕτως καὶ 1 See how you translated **just as** and **so also** in the [5:19](../05/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 6 4 z6zk figs-simile ὥσπερ ἠγέρθη Χριστὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός, οὕτως καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς περιπατήσωμεν 1 The point of this comparison is that the new way a Christian should live after being baptized is similar to being **raised** from the dead, like Christ was. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we should live in a new way, similar to when Christ was raised from death through the glory of the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +ROM 6 4 z6zk figs-simile ὥσπερ ἠγέρθη Χριστὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός, οὕτως καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς περιπατήσωμεν 1 The point of this comparison is that the new way a Christian should live after being baptized is similar to being **raised** from the dead, like Christ was. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we should live in a new way, similar to when Christ was raised from death through the glory of the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) ROM 6 4 dpy2 figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη Χριστὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the glory of the Father raised Christ from dead ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 6 4 t47r figs-idiom ἠγέρθη Χριστὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 just as Christ was raised from the dead by the glory of the Father, so also we might walk in newness of life See how you translated this phrase in [4:24](../04/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 6 4 ce9z figs-idiom ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [4:24](../04/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 6 4 gblc figs-possession διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **glory** that comes from or characterizes **the Father**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “through the glory from the Father” or “through the Father’s glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 6 4 y29w figs-explicit τῆς δόξης 1 Here, **the glory** refers specifically to God’s glorious power. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the glorious power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 6 4 gblc figs-possession διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **glory** that comes from or characterizes **the Father**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “through the glory from the Father” or “through the Father’s glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 6 4 y29w figs-explicit τῆς δόξης 1 Here, **the glory** refers specifically to God’s glorious power. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the glorious power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 6 4 r3hn guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -ROM 6 4 gtns figs-metaphor ἡμεῖς…περιπατήσωμεν 1 Here Paul uses **walk** figuratively to refer to how a person lives and behaves. If this would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “we … might act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 6 4 hyab figs-possession ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **life** that is characterized by **newness**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “with a new life” or “like those made newly alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 6 5 msbq grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 6 4 gtns figs-metaphor ἡμεῖς…περιπατήσωμεν 1 Here Paul uses **walk** to refer to how a person lives and behaves. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “we … might act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 6 4 hyab figs-possession ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **life** that is characterized by **newness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “with a new life” or “like those made newly alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 6 5 msbq grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 6 5 jdzp grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection Paul is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) -ROM 6 5 p6xk figs-metaphor σύμφυτοι γεγόναμεν τῷ ὁμοιώματι τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ 1 we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection Here Paul speaks figuratively of **death** as if it were something which Christians could be physically **planted together** with. He means that by being baptized Christians show that they participate in the spiritual benefits obtained by Christ’s death. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “we participate in Christ’s death through baptism” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 6 5 p6xk figs-metaphor σύμφυτοι γεγόναμεν τῷ ὁμοιώματι τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ 1 we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection Here Paul speaks of **death** as if it were something which Christians could be physically **planted together** with. He means that by being baptized Christians show that they participate in the spiritual benefits obtained by Christ’s death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “we participate in Christ’s death through baptism” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 6 5 z8wa figs-abstractnouns τῷ ὁμοιώματι τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ…τῆς ἀναστάσεως 1 we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **likeness** and **resurrection**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “in what is like his death … his resurrecting from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 6 5 hg5y figs-explicit τῷ ὁμοιώματι τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ 1 we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection Here Paul implies that **likeness of his death** refers to the “baptism” referred to in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the likeness of his death that is represented by baptism” or “in baptism that represents dying with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 6 5 kfvs figs-metaphor ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως ἐσόμεθα 1 we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection Here Paul speaks figuratively of **resurrection** as if it were something to which Christians could **become part of**. He means that Christians will one day rise from the dead like Christ did. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “we will also certainly be resurrected like Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 6 5 hg5y figs-explicit τῷ ὁμοιώματι τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ 1 we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection Here Paul implies that **likeness of his death** refers to the “baptism” referred to in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the likeness of his death that is represented by baptism” or “in baptism that represents dying with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 6 5 kfvs figs-metaphor ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως ἐσόμεθα 1 we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection Here Paul speaks of **resurrection** as if it were something to which Christians could **become part of**. He means that Christians will one day rise from the dead like Christ did. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “we will also certainly be resurrected like Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 6 6 fhvh figs-activepassive ὁ παλαιὸς ἡμῶν ἄνθρωπος συνεσταυρώθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God crucified our old man together with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 6 6 lu12 figs-metaphor ὁ παλαιὸς ἡμῶν ἄνθρωπος συνεσταυρώθη 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **our** sinful human nature as if it were an **old man** who was nailed to the same cross as Christ. Paul means that when Christ was **crucified** he destroyed the power of **sin** and death that controlled all humans. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “God destroyed the power of sin that controlled people when Christ was crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 6 6 y0ib writing-pronouns συνεσταυρώθη 1 The pronoun **him** refers to Christ. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “was crucified with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 6 6 lu12 figs-metaphor ὁ παλαιὸς ἡμῶν ἄνθρωπος συνεσταυρώθη 1 Paul speaks of **our** sinful human nature as if it were an **old man** who was nailed to the same cross as Christ. Paul means that when Christ was **crucified** he destroyed the power of **sin** and death that controlled all humans. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “God destroyed the power of sin that controlled people when Christ was crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 6 6 y0ib writing-pronouns συνεσταυρώθη 1 The pronoun **him** refers to Christ. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “was crucified with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 6 6 n6o6 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 Here, **in order that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God **crucified our old man**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 6 6 jpge figs-activepassive καταργηθῇ τὸ σῶμα τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 the body of sin If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God might nullify the body of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 6 6 jw00 figs-metaphor καταργηθῇ τὸ σῶμα τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 the body of sin Paul speaks figuratively of **the body of sin** as if it were a condition of slavery that could be cancelled. He means that Christ’s crucifixion removed the ability of sinful desires to control people. If your readers would not this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “God might completely end how living sinfully controls people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 6 6 jw00 figs-metaphor καταργηθῇ τὸ σῶμα τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 the body of sin Paul speaks of **the body of sin** as if it were a condition of slavery that could be cancelled. He means that Christ’s crucifixion removed the ability of sinful desires to control people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “God might completely end how living sinfully controls people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 6 6 l6pd figs-possession τὸ σῶμα τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 the body of sin Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **the body** is related to **sin**. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **the body of sin** could refer to: (1) how humans tend to **sin**. Alternate translation: “our human tendency to sin” or “how living sinfully controls us” (2) how sin controls the human body. Alternate translation: “how sin controls our bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 6 6 l3zm figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτίας…ἁμαρτίᾳ 1 See how you translated the abstract noun **sin** in [verse 1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 6 6 l3zm figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτίας…ἁμαρτίᾳ 1 See how you translated **sin** in [verse 1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 6 6 c5ie grammar-connect-logic-goal τοῦ μηκέτι δουλεύειν 1 Here, **for** could indicate: (1) God’s purpose for nullifying **the body of sin**. Alternate translation: “in order for it to no longer enslave” (2) the result of **the body of sin** being **nullified**. Alternate translation: “causing it to no longer enslave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 6 6 rpax figs-metaphor τοῦ μηκέτι δουλεύειν ἡμᾶς τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **the body of sin** as if it could **enslave** people. Here he means that the desire to sin that controls people would no longer do so. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “for it to no longer make us live sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 6 7 f893 figs-explicit ὁ…ἀποθανὼν 1 Here Paul implies that **the one having died** is the same “old man” whom Paul said “was crucified” with Christ in the previous verse. Paul means that God considers any person who has “died to sin” ([6:2](../06/02.md)) to be **freed from** living sinfully. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one who has died to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 6 7 qvgd figs-metaphor δεδικαίωται ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 Paul continues the metaphor of **sin** enslaving people from the previous verse. Here Paul speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were something that people need to be **freed from**. He means that the desire to **sin** that controls people would no longer do so. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “no longer has to live sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 6 6 rpax figs-metaphor τοῦ μηκέτι δουλεύειν ἡμᾶς τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ 1 Paul speaks of **the body of sin** as if it could **enslave** people. Here he means that the desire to sin that controls people would no longer do so. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “for it to no longer make us live sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 6 7 f893 figs-explicit ὁ…ἀποθανὼν 1 Here Paul implies that **the one having died** is the same “old man” whom Paul said “was crucified” with Christ in the previous verse. Paul means that God considers any person who has “died to sin” ([6:2](../06/02.md)) to be **freed from** living sinfully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one who has died to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 6 7 qvgd figs-metaphor δεδικαίωται ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 Paul continues the metaphor of **sin** enslaving people from the previous verse. Here Paul speaks of **sin** as if it were something that people need to be **freed from**. He means that the desire to **sin** that controls people would no longer do so. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “no longer has to live sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 6 7 hoqm figs-activepassive δεδικαίωται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God has freed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 6 7 geua figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτίας 1 See how you translated this abstract noun in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 6 7 geua figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτίας 1 See how you translated **sin** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 6 8 mbx9 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 we have died with Christ In this verse, Paul is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is true. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is true. Alternate translation: “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) -ROM 6 8 wwhf figs-metaphor ἀπεθάνομεν σὺν Χριστῷ 1 we have died with Christ Paul speaks figuratively of Christians as if they physically died with Christ. He means that through baptism Christians show that they participate in the spiritual benefits obtained by Christ’s death and will one day **live together with him**. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “we are united to Christ’s death when baptized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 6 8 c724 figs-explicit πιστεύομεν 1 we have died with Christ Paul implies that since Christians have **died with Christ**, the result is that they have confidence that they will **live together with him**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “we are confident” or “this persuades us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 6 8 nuc1 figs-explicit καὶ συνζήσομεν αὐτῷ 1 we have died with Christ Here Paul implies that **live together with him** refers to “eternal life”, as he mentioned in [5:21](../05/21.md) and [6:4–5](../06/04.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “we will also live forever with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 6 8 wwhf figs-metaphor ἀπεθάνομεν σὺν Χριστῷ 1 we have died with Christ Paul speaks of Christians as if they physically died with Christ. He means that through baptism Christians show that they participate in the spiritual benefits obtained by Christ’s death and will one day **live together with him**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “we are united to Christ’s death when baptized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 6 8 c724 figs-explicit πιστεύομεν 1 we have died with Christ Paul implies that since Christians have **died with Christ**, the result is that they have confidence that they will **live together with him**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “we are confident” or “this persuades us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 6 8 nuc1 figs-explicit καὶ συνζήσομεν αὐτῷ 1 we have died with Christ Here Paul implies that **live together with him** refers to “eternal life”, as he mentioned in [5:21](../05/21.md) and [6:4–5](../06/04.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “we will also live forever with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 6 9 bebx figs-infostructure εἰδότες ὅτι Χριστὸς ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ νεκρῶν, οὐκέτι ἀποθνῄσκει 1 We know that since Christ has been raised from the dead If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “knowing that Christ no longer dies, having been raised from dead ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 6 9 zdkc grammar-connect-words-phrases εἰδότες ὅτι 1 We know that since Christ has been raised from the dead See how you translated the similar phrase in [verse 6](../06/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 6 9 gjqq figs-activepassive Χριστὸς ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God raised Christ from dead ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 6 9 zkq2 figs-idiom ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 We know that since Christ has been raised from the dead See how you translated the similar clause in [verse 4](../06/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 6 9 lvv8 figs-parallelism οὐκέτι ἀποθνῄσκει; θάνατος αὐτοῦ οὐκέτι κυριεύει 1 from the dead These two phrases mean similar things. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **Christ** can never die again. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “he will absolutely never die again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -ROM 6 9 wem1 figs-personification θάνατος αὐτοῦ οὐκέτι κυριεύει 1 death no longer has authority over him Here, **death** is spoken of figuratively as if it were a **lord** who could rule over someone. Paul means that Jesus could not possibly die again. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he no longer submits to being dead” or “he can never die again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 6 9 kl3e figs-abstractnouns θάνατος 1 from the dead See how you translated the abstract noun **death** in [verse 4](../06/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 6 10 ehi9 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For in regard to the death that he died to sin, he died once for all **For** indicates that what follows is the reason why Christ “no longer dies,” as stated in the previous verse. Use the most natural way in your language to express a reason, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 6 10 e290 writing-pronouns ὃ 1 For in regard to the death that he died to sin, he died once for all Here, **that which** refers to Christ’s death and life. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the death which” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 6 10 aw31 figs-explicit τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἀπέθανεν 1 For in regard to the death that he died to sin, he died once for all Here, **to sin** implies that Christ died for the sake of freeing humanity from being “enslaved to sin.” It does not mean that Jesus himself was ever controlled by sin before he died. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternative translation: “he died for the sake of removing sin’s control over people” or “he died to stop sin from controlling people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 6 10 j7bl writing-pronouns ὃ 2 For in regard to the death that he died to sin, he died once for all Here, **that which** refers to Christ’s life after God raised him from the dead. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the life which” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 6 10 z4yb figs-explicit ζῇ τῷ Θεῷ 1 Here, **to God** implies that Christ now lives for the sake of glorifying God. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternative translation: “he lives for the sake of glorifying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 6 11 zjjv figs-yousingular ὑμεῖς 1 In the same way, you also must consider Throughout [verses 11–23](../06/11.md), the pronouns **you** and “your” are plural and refer to the believers in Rome to whom Paul wrote this letter. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you believers at Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +ROM 6 9 lvv8 figs-parallelism οὐκέτι ἀποθνῄσκει; θάνατος αὐτοῦ οὐκέτι κυριεύει 1 from the dead These two phrases mean similar things. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **Christ** can never die again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “he will absolutely never die again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 6 9 wem1 figs-personification θάνατος αὐτοῦ οὐκέτι κυριεύει 1 death no longer has authority over him Here Paul speaks of **death** as if it were a **lord** who could rule over someone. Paul means that Jesus could not possibly die again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he no longer submits to being dead” or “he can never die again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 6 9 kl3e figs-abstractnouns θάνατος 1 from the dead See how you translated **death** in [verse 4](../06/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 6 10 ehi9 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For in regard to the death that he died to sin, he died once for all **For** indicates that what follows is the reason why Christ “no longer dies,” as stated in the previous verse. Use the most natural way in your language for indicating a reason, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 6 10 e290 writing-pronouns ὃ 1 For in regard to the death that he died to sin, he died once for all Here, **that which** refers to Christ’s death and life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the death which” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 6 10 aw31 figs-explicit τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἀπέθανεν 1 For in regard to the death that he died to sin, he died once for all Here, **to sin** implies that Christ died for the sake of freeing humanity from being “enslaved to sin.” It does not mean that Jesus himself was ever controlled by sin before he died. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternative translation: “he died for the sake of removing sin’s control over people” or “he died to stop sin from controlling people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 6 10 j7bl writing-pronouns ὃ 2 For in regard to the death that he died to sin, he died once for all Here, **that which** refers to Christ’s life after God raised him from the dead. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the life which” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 6 10 z4yb figs-explicit ζῇ τῷ Θεῷ 1 Here, **to God** implies that Christ now lives for the sake of glorifying God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternative translation: “he lives for the sake of glorifying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 6 11 zjjv figs-yousingular ὑμεῖς 1 In the same way, you also must consider Throughout [verses 11–23](../06/11.md), the pronouns **you** and “your” are plural and refer to the believers in Rome to whom Paul wrote this letter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you believers at Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) ROM 6 11 dw6l figs-metaphor εἶναι νεκροὺς μὲν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ 1 dead to sin See how you translated “died to sin” in [verse 2](../06/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 6 11 bjxg figs-explicit ζῶντας…τῷ Θεῷ 1 dead to sin See how you translated the similar phrase “he lives to God” in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 6 11 nkvd figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 dead to sin See how you translated this phrase in [3:24](../03/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 6 12 pp2t grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 do not let sin rule in your mortal body **Therefore** here introduces a result clause. Paul is stating how he wants his readers to fact in response to what he said in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language to introduce a result clause. Alternate translation: “This is why” or “Because of this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 6 12 s6h1 figs-personification μὴ…βασιλευέτω ἡ ἁμαρτία ἐν τῷ θνητῷ ὑμῶν σώματι 1 do not let sin rule in your mortal body Here, **sin** is spoken of figuratively as if it were a king who rules over a place called **mortal body**. Paul means that Christians should not allow **sin** to control the way they use their bodies. See how you translated a similar use of **rule** in [5:21](../05/21.md). Alternate translation: “do not let your physical body become controlled by sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 6 12 s6h1 figs-personification μὴ…βασιλευέτω ἡ ἁμαρτία ἐν τῷ θνητῷ ὑμῶν σώματι 1 do not let sin rule in your mortal body Here Paul speaks of **sin** as if it were a king who rules over a place called **mortal body**. Paul means that Christians should not allow **sin** to control the way they use their bodies. See how you translated a similar use of **rule** in [5:21](../05/21.md). Alternate translation: “do not let your physical body become controlled by sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 6 12 z1ia figs-genericnoun ἐν τῷ θνητῷ ὑμῶν σώματι, 1 in your mortal body Although **body** here is a singular noun, Paul is referring to the bodies of his readers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a plural form. Alternate translation: “in your mortal bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) ROM 6 12 cm8d figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ θνητῷ ὑμῶν σώματι 1 in your mortal body Here, **body** could refer to: (1) the whole person. Alternative translation: “in you” or “in your whole being” (2) the physical human body. Alternative translation: “in your physical body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ROM 6 12 r462 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὸ ὑπακούειν ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις αὐτοῦ 1 in order that you may obey its lusts Here **in order to** indicates that what follows is the result of letting **sin rule**. Use a natural way in your language to express result. Alternate translation: “causing you to obey its lusts” or “resulting in you obeying your lusts”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 6 12 yg9l figs-personification εἰς τὸ ὑπακούειν ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις αὐτοῦ 1 in order that you may obey its lusts Here Paul speaks of **lusts** figuratively as if they were people who could be obeyed. He means that people can submit to their desire to do sinful things. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in order to submit to your lustful desires” or “in order to do what you lust for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 6 12 zs9g figs-abstractnouns ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις αὐτοῦ 1 in order that you may obey its lusts If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **lusts**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “how it urges you to lust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 6 12 kh3w writing-pronouns αὐτοῦ 1 in order that you may obey its lusts The pronoun **its** refers to **mortal body**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “your mortal body’s” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 6 13 wt07 figs-infostructure μηδὲ παριστάνετε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, ὅπλα ἀδικίας τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, ἀλλὰ παραστήσατε ἑαυτοὺς τῷ Θεῷ, ὡσεὶ ἐκ νεκρῶν ζῶντας, καὶ τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, ὅπλα δικαιοσύνης τῷ Θεῷ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses to emphasize the similar ideas. Alternate translation: “And do not keep presenting your members as tools of unrighteousness to sin, but present your members as tools of righteousness to God. And present yourselves to God, as living from dead ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) -ROM 6 13 mxto figs-metaphor μηδὲ παριστάνετε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, ὅπλα ἀδικίας τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ…καὶ τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, ὅπλα δικαιοσύνης τῷ Θεῷ 1 Paul speaks figuratively of body parts as if they were **tools** that could be offered to someone or used by someone. He means that he wants his readers to stop using their body parts for sinning, but instead to use them to live in the way God wants. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “And do not keep using your members to act unrighteously by sinning … and use your members to act righteously for God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 6 13 qncn figs-possession ὅπλα ἀδικίας 1 in order that you may obey its lusts Paul is using the possessive form to describe **tools** that are characterized by **unrighteousness**. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “as unrighteous tools” or “as tools for living unrighteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 6 12 r462 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὸ ὑπακούειν ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις αὐτοῦ 1 in order that you may obey its lusts Here **in order to** indicates that what follows is the result of letting **sin rule**. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “causing you to obey its lusts” or “resulting in you obeying your lusts”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 6 12 yg9l figs-personification εἰς τὸ ὑπακούειν ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις αὐτοῦ 1 in order that you may obey its lusts Here Paul speaks of **lusts** as if they were people who could be obeyed. He means that people can submit to their desire to do sinful things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in order to submit to your lustful desires” or “in order to do what you lust for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 6 12 zs9g figs-abstractnouns ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις αὐτοῦ 1 in order that you may obey its lusts If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **lusts**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how it urges you to lust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 6 12 kh3w writing-pronouns αὐτοῦ 1 in order that you may obey its lusts The pronoun **its** refers to **mortal body**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “your mortal body’s” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 6 13 wt07 figs-infostructure μηδὲ παριστάνετε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, ὅπλα ἀδικίας τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, ἀλλὰ παραστήσατε ἑαυτοὺς τῷ Θεῷ, ὡσεὶ ἐκ νεκρῶν ζῶντας, καὶ τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, ὅπλα δικαιοσύνης τῷ Θεῷ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses in order to emphasize the similar ideas. Alternate translation: “And do not keep presenting your members as tools of unrighteousness to sin, but present your members as tools of righteousness to God. And present yourselves to God, as living from dead ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) +ROM 6 13 mxto figs-metaphor μηδὲ παριστάνετε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, ὅπλα ἀδικίας τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ…καὶ τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, ὅπλα δικαιοσύνης τῷ Θεῷ 1 Paul speaks of body parts as if they were **tools** that could be offered to someone or used by someone. He means that he wants his readers to stop using their body parts for sinning, but instead to use them to live in the way God wants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “And do not keep using your members to act unrighteously by sinning … and use your members to act righteously for God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 6 13 qncn figs-possession ὅπλα ἀδικίας 1 in order that you may obey its lusts Paul is using the possessive form to describe **tools** that are characterized by **unrighteousness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “as unrighteous tools” or “as tools for living unrighteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 6 13 hlzf ὅπλα…ὅπλα 1 in order that you may obey its lusts The word translated as **tools** often refers to “weapons.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as weapons … as weapons” ROM 6 13 dq4n figs-abstractnouns ἀδικίας…δικαιοσύνης 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **unrighteousness** and **righteousness**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “of what is unrighteous … of what is unrighteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 6 13 wq3m figs-metaphor παραστήσατε ἑαυτοὺς τῷ Θεῷ 1 in order that you may obey its lusts Paul speaks figuratively of his readers as if they could offer themselves as slaves to their master, who is **God**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “devote yourselves to serving God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 6 13 px9k figs-simile ὡσεὶ ἐκ νεκρῶν ζῶντας 1 in order that you may obey its lusts The point of this comparison is that Christians should live in such a way that demonstrates that they are now **dead to sin, but alive to God**, as mentioned in [verse 11](../06/11.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as those who are free from living sinfully” or “as those who are no longer controlled by living sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +ROM 6 13 wq3m figs-metaphor παραστήσατε ἑαυτοὺς τῷ Θεῷ 1 in order that you may obey its lusts Paul speaks of his readers as if they could offer themselves as slaves to their master, who is **God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “devote yourselves to serving God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 6 13 px9k figs-simile ὡσεὶ ἐκ νεκρῶν ζῶντας 1 in order that you may obey its lusts The point of this comparison is that Christians should live in such a way that demonstrates that they are now **dead to sin, but alive to God**, as mentioned in [verse 11](../06/11.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as those who are free from living sinfully” or “as those who are no longer controlled by living sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) ROM 6 13 vk76 figs-idiom ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 in order that you may obey its lusts See how you translated this phrase in [verse 4](../06/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 6 13 amyo figs-ellipsis καὶ τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν 1 in order that you may obey its lusts Paul is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply this from the beginning of this sentence. Alternate translation: “and present your members” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 6 13 dz8u figs-possession ὅπλα δικαιοσύνης 1 in order that you may obey its lusts Paul is using the possessive form to describe **tools** that are characterized by **righteousness**. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “as righteous tools” or “as tools for living righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 6 14 xfz1 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 6 13 amyo figs-ellipsis καὶ τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν 1 in order that you may obey its lusts Paul is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this from the beginning of this sentence. Alternate translation: “and present your members” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 6 13 dz8u figs-possession ὅπλα δικαιοσύνης 1 in order that you may obey its lusts Paul is using the possessive form to describe **tools** that are characterized by **righteousness**.If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “as righteous tools” or “as tools for living righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 6 14 xfz1 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 6 14 u36f grammar-connect-logic-result ἁμαρτία…ὑμῶν οὐ κυριεύσει, οὐ γάρ ἐστε ὑπὸ νόμον, ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ χάριν 1 Do not allow sin to rule over you If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “because you are not under law, but under grace, do not allow sin to rule over you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 6 14 gez3 figs-personification ἁμαρτία…ὑμῶν οὐ κυριεύσει 1 Do not allow sin to rule over you See how you translated the similar phrase in [verse 12](../06/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 6 14 bl09 figs-declarative ἁμαρτία…οὐ κυριεύσει 1 Do not allow sin to rule over you Paul is using a future statement to give a command. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for a command. Alternate translation: “sin must not rule over” or “do not allow sin to rule over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) -ROM 6 14 caqv grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 Do not allow sin to rule over you Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul urges his readers to not allow **sin** to **lord over** them. Use the most natural form in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “The reason for this is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 6 14 a0dz figs-personification οὐ γάρ ἐστε ὑπὸ νόμον, ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ χάριν 1 Do not allow sin to rule over you Paul speaks figuratively of **law** and **grace** as if they were rulers whose authority people have to live **under**. He means that Christians are no longer controlled by the requirements of the **law**, which resulted in people sinning more, as stated in [5:20](../05/20.md). By contrast, Christians now serve the gracious God, as is explained in [verses 15–23](../06/15.md). If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “for the law no longer controls you, but you are now controlled by God’s grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 6 14 bl09 figs-declarative ἁμαρτία…οὐ κυριεύσει 1 Do not allow sin to rule over you Paul is using a future statement to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for a command. Alternate translation: “sin must not rule over” or “do not allow sin to rule over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) +ROM 6 14 caqv grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 Do not allow sin to rule over you Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul urges his readers to not allow **sin** to **lord over** them. Use the most natural form in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “The reason for this is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 6 14 a0dz figs-personification οὐ γάρ ἐστε ὑπὸ νόμον, ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ χάριν 1 Do not allow sin to rule over you Paul speaks of **law** and **grace** as if they were rulers whose authority people have to live **under**. He means that Christians are no longer controlled by the requirements of the **law**, which resulted in people sinning more, as stated in [5:20](../05/20.md). By contrast, Christians now serve the gracious God, as is explained in [verses 15–23](../06/15.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “for the law no longer controls you, but you are now controlled by God’s grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 6 14 eibi grammar-collectivenouns νόμον 1 See how you translated **law** in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -ROM 6 14 ypqx figs-explicit ὑπὸ χάριν 1 Here, **grace** refers specifically to God’s gracious empowering of people to stop sinning. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternative translation: “controlled by God’s grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 6 14 ypqx figs-explicit ὑπὸ χάριν 1 Here, **grace** refers specifically to God’s gracious empowering of people to stop sinning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternative translation: “controlled by God’s grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 6 15 yk81 grammar-connect-logic-result τί οὖν 1 Here, **then** indicates that what follows is a response to what Paul said in [verses 1–14](../06/01.md). See how you translated **What then** in [3:1](../03/01.md), [4:1](../04/01.md), and [6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 6 15 zxb8 figs-rquestion τί οὖν? ἁμαρτήσωμεν ὅτι οὐκ ἐσμὲν ὑπὸ νόμον, ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ χάριν? 1 What then? Shall we sin because we are not under law, but under grace? May it never be Here Paul is not asking for information, but is using a question to address an objection that some people may have to what he said in the previous verses. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation or communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Then we should sin because we are not under law, but under grace!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 6 15 rtts figs-quotemarks τί οὖν? ἁμαρτήσωμεν ὅτι οὐκ ἐσμὲν ὑπὸ νόμον, ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ χάριν? 1 What then? Shall we sin because we are not under law, but under grace? May it never be In these two sentences, Paul is speaking as if he were a Christian who misunderstood what Paul had taught in the previous verses. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate quotations, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 6 15 zxb8 figs-rquestion τί οὖν? ἁμαρτήσωμεν ὅτι οὐκ ἐσμὲν ὑπὸ νόμον, ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ χάριν? 1 What then? Shall we sin because we are not under law, but under grace? May it never be Paul is not asking for information, but is using a question form here to address an objection that some people may have to what he said in the previous verses. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation or communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Then we should sin because we are not under law, but under grace!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ROM 6 15 rtts figs-quotemarks τί οὖν? ἁμαρτήσωμεν ὅτι οὐκ ἐσμὲν ὑπὸ νόμον, ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ χάριν? 1 What then? Shall we sin because we are not under law, but under grace? May it never be In these two sentences, Paul is speaking as if he were a Christian who misunderstood what Paul had taught in the previous verses. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 6 15 t4cc figs-personification ὑπὸ νόμον…ὑπὸ χάριν 1 May it never be See how you translated these phrases in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 6 15 t52x figs-explicit μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be In this sentence Paul begins to respond to the rhetorical questions he wrote earlier in the verse. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying, ‘May it never be!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 6 15 t52x figs-explicit μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be In this sentence Paul begins to respond to the rhetorical questions he wrote earlier in the verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying, ‘May it never be!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 6 15 c77g figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be See how you translated this phrase in [3:4](../03/04.md) and [6:2](../06/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 6 16 n5j4 figs-rquestion οὐκ οἴδατε, ὅτι ᾧ παριστάνετε ἑαυτοὺς δούλους εἰς ὑπακοήν, δοῦλοί ἐστε ᾧ ὑπακούετε—ἤτοι ἁμαρτίας εἰς θάνατον, ἢ ὑπακοῆς εἰς δικαιοσύνην? 1 Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You surely know that to what you keep presenting yourselves as slaves for obedience, you become slaves to what you obey—whether of sin leading to death, or of obedience leading to righteousness!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 6 16 hn6y writing-pronouns ᾧ…ᾧ 1 whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience The pronoun translated **what** here indicates a general reference to a thing or person. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to whomever or whatever… to whomever or whatever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 6 16 g6zz figs-metaphor παριστάνετε ἑαυτοὺς δούλους…δοῦλοί ἐστε ᾧ ὑπακούετε 1 whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience Paul speaks figuratively of people as if they could offer themselves as **slaves** to someone or something. He is referring to being controlled by someone or something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “you keep being controlled by … you become controlled by what you obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 6 16 psrr grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς ὑπακοήν 1 Here, **for** indicates that this is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which these people are **presenting** themselves as **slaves**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order to obey” or “for the purpose of obeying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 6 16 zim4 figs-abstractnouns εἰς ὑπακοήν…ὑπακοῆς 1 whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **obedience**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “to obey … to obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 6 16 h0ar figs-personification ἤτοι ἁμαρτίας εἰς θάνατον, ἢ ὑπακοῆς εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience Here, **sin** and **obedience** are spoken of as if they were masters that **slaves** would obey. Paul means that people can be controlled either by their desire to **sin** or a desire to obey God. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “whether you are controlled by sinning, leading to death, or you are controlled by obeying God, leading to righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 6 16 gtzd figs-possession ἁμαρτίας…ὑπακοῆς 1 whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience Paul is using the possessive form to describe **slaves** that belong to **sin** or **obedience**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “slaves that belong to sin … slaves that belong to obedience” or “sin’s slaves … obedience’s slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 6 16 cyct figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτίας…δικαιοσύνην 1 whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience See how you translated the abstract nouns **sin** in [verse 1](../06/01.md) and **righteousness** in [verse 13](../06/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 6 16 zfgc grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς θάνατον…εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience Here, **leading to** indicates result. Use a natural way in your language to express the result of something. Alternate translation: “resulting in death … resulting to righteousness” or “causing death … causing righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 6 16 d8gv figs-explicit εἰς θάνατον 1 whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience Here, **death** refers to spiritual **death**, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “leading to spiritual death” or “causing one to die spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 6 16 hn6y writing-pronouns ᾧ…ᾧ 1 whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience The pronoun translated **what** here indicates a general reference to a thing or person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to whomever or whatever… to whomever or whatever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 6 16 g6zz figs-metaphor παριστάνετε ἑαυτοὺς δούλους…δοῦλοί ἐστε ᾧ ὑπακούετε 1 whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience Paul speaks of people as if they could offer themselves as **slaves** to someone or something. He is referring to being controlled by someone or something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “you keep being controlled by … you become controlled by what you obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 6 16 psrr grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς ὑπακοήν 1 Here, **for** indicates that this is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which these people are **presenting** themselves as **slaves**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order to obey” or “for the purpose of obeying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +ROM 6 16 zim4 figs-abstractnouns εἰς ὑπακοήν…ὑπακοῆς 1 whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **obedience**, you could express the same idea in a different way. Alternate translation: “to obey … to obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 6 16 h0ar figs-personification ἤτοι ἁμαρτίας εἰς θάνατον, ἢ ὑπακοῆς εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience Here, **sin** and **obedience** are spoken of as if they were masters that **slaves** would obey. Paul means that people can be controlled either by their desire to **sin** or a desire to obey God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “whether you are controlled by sinning, leading to death, or you are controlled by obeying God, leading to righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 6 16 gtzd figs-possession ἁμαρτίας…ὑπακοῆς 1 whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience Paul is using the possessive form to describe **slaves** that belong to **sin** or **obedience**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “slaves that belong to sin … slaves that belong to obedience” or “sin’s slaves … obedience’s slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 6 16 cyct figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτίας…δικαιοσύνην 1 whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience See how you translated **sin** in [verse 1](../06/01.md) and **righteousness** in [verse 13](../06/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 6 16 zfgc grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς θάνατον…εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience Here, **leading to** indicates result. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “resulting in death … resulting to righteousness” or “causing death … causing righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 6 16 d8gv figs-explicit εἰς θάνατον 1 whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience Here, **death** refers to spiritual **death**, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “leading to spiritual death” or “causing one to die spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 6 17 xj75 figs-exclamations χάρις…τῷ Θεῷ 1 Here **thanks be to God** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates Paul’s thankfulness. Use an exclamation form that is natural in your language for communicating thanks. Alternate translation: “I give thanks to God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 6 17 tl5d grammar-connect-logic-contrast ὅτι ἦτε δοῦλοι τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 Here **that** indicates that the clause that follows provides a contrast between who Paul’s readers were before they became Christians and who they were after they had **listened from the heart** to true Christian **teaching**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “even though you were slaves of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 6 17 yxt7 figs-personification δοῦλοι τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 For you were slaves of sin See how you translated the similar phrase **of sin** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 6 17 uwcy figs-personification ὑπηκούσατε δὲ ἐκ καρδίας, εἰς…τύπον διδαχῆς 1 For you were slaves of sin Here Paul speaks of **the pattern of teaching** figuratively as if it were a person who could be **listened** to. He means that his readers accepted the true Christian teaching that Christians were teaching them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but you accepted the form of teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 6 17 ep7k figs-explicit ὑπηκούσατε 1 For you were slaves of sin The word translated **listened** implies that the people who listened also responded by obeying what they heard. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you obeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 6 17 my2z figs-idiom ὑπηκούσατε…ἐκ καρδίας 1 but you have obeyed from the heart Here, **from the heart** is an idiom that refers to being sincere or doing something with one’s will and emotions. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you totally listened” or “you listened from deep within” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 6 17 lugj figs-personification εἰς ὃν παρεδόθητε τύπον διδαχῆς 1 but you have obeyed from the heart Here Paul speaks figuratively of **the pattern of teaching** as if it were a slave-master to which people are **given over to** as slaves when they become Christians. Paul means that Christians should submit to the authority of true Christian teaching. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the pattern of teaching that you were submitted to” or “to the pattern of teaching that you were handed over to, as if you are its slave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 6 17 uwcy figs-personification ὑπηκούσατε δὲ ἐκ καρδίας, εἰς…τύπον διδαχῆς 1 For you were slaves of sin Here Paul speaks of **the pattern of teaching** as if it were a person who could be **listened** to. He means that his readers accepted the true Christian teaching that Christians were teaching them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but you accepted the form of teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 6 17 ep7k figs-explicit ὑπηκούσατε 1 For you were slaves of sin The word translated **listened** implies that the people who listened also responded by obeying what they heard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you obeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 6 17 my2z figs-idiom ὑπηκούσατε…ἐκ καρδίας 1 but you have obeyed from the heart Here, **from the heart** is an idiom that refers to being sincere or doing something with one’s will and emotions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you totally listened” or “you listened from deep within” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 6 17 lugj figs-personification εἰς ὃν παρεδόθητε τύπον διδαχῆς 1 but you have obeyed from the heart Here Paul speaks of **the pattern of teaching** as if it were a slave-master to which people are **given over to** as slaves when they become Christians. Paul means that Christians should submit to the authority of true Christian teaching. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the pattern of teaching that you were submitted to” or “to the pattern of teaching that you were handed over to, as if you are its slave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 6 17 pz14 figs-activepassive ὃν παρεδόθητε 1 the pattern of teaching that you were given If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God gave you over to” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 6 18 fcd1 figs-personification ἐλευθερωθέντες δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, ἐδουλώθητε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ 1 Here Paul speaks of **sin** and **righteousness** figuratively as if they were slave-masters that people could be **enslaved** to. Paul means that his readers are no longer controlled by their sinful desires, but are controlled by the desire to live righteously. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And having been freed from having to live sinfully, you now have to live righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 6 18 fcd1 figs-personification ἐλευθερωθέντες δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, ἐδουλώθητε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ 1 Here Paul speaks of **sin** and **righteousness** as if they were slave-masters that people could be **enslaved** to. Paul means that his readers are no longer controlled by their sinful desires, but are controlled by the desire to live righteously. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And having been freed from having to live sinfully, you now have to live righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 6 18 y2zg figs-activepassive ἐλευθερωθέντες δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, ἐδουλώθητε 1 You have been made free from sin If your language does not use passive forms in this way, you could express these ideas in active forms or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “And God having freed you from sin, he enslaved you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 6 18 twpq figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτίας…δικαιοσύνῃ 1 You have been made free from sin See how you translated the abstract nouns **sin** and **righteousness** in [verse 16](../06/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 6 18 twpq figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτίας…δικαιοσύνῃ 1 You have been made free from sin See how you translated **sin** and **righteousness** in [verse 16](../06/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 6 19 jlmd grammar-connect-logic-result ἀνθρώπινον λέγω, διὰ τὴν ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν 1 because of the weakness of your flesh If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because of the weakness of your flesh, I speak as a man” or “Because you are still immature, I have to speak in simple terms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 6 19 puvh figs-idiom ἀνθρώπινον λέγω 1 because of the weakness of your flesh Here, the phrase **as a man** is an idiom meaning “the way people do” or “like a human being.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I am speaking based on how human beings perceive things” or “I am talking like a mere human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 6 19 puvh figs-idiom ἀνθρώπινον λέγω 1 because of the weakness of your flesh Here, **as a man** is an idiom meaning “the way people do” or “like a human being.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I am speaking based on how human beings perceive things” or “I am talking like a mere human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 6 19 gt1n figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν…τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, καὶ τῇ ἀνομίᾳ εἰς τὴν ἀνομίαν…τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ εἰς ἁγιασμόν 1 because of the weakness of your flesh If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **weakness**, **uncleanness**, **lawlessness**, **righteousness**, and **sanctification**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “how weak your flesh is … to act impurely and to be more and more lawless … for living righteously, which leads to being sanctified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 6 19 l4ah figs-idiom τὴν ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν 1 because of the weakness of your flesh Here, the term **flesh** is an idiom that refers to human nature. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “your human weakness” or “your natural limitations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 6 19 psmw grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 because of the weakness of your flesh **For** here indicates that what follows explains what Paul said in [verses 17–18](../06/17.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 6 19 l4ah figs-idiom τὴν ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν 1 because of the weakness of your flesh Here, **flesh** is an idiom that refers to human nature. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “your human weakness” or “your natural limitations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 6 19 psmw grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 because of the weakness of your flesh **For** here indicates that what follows explains what Paul said in [verses 17–18](../06/17.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 6 19 x2kt grammar-connect-words-phrases ὥσπερ…οὕτως 1 because of the weakness of your flesh See how you translated **just as** and **so** in the [5:19](../05/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 6 19 jbcz figs-personification παρεστήσατε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν δοῦλα τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, καὶ τῇ ἀνομίᾳ εἰς τὴν ἀνομίαν…παραστήσατε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, δοῦλα τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ 1 because of the weakness of your flesh Paul speaks figuratively of body parts as if they were **slaves** that could be offered to someone or used by someone. He means that his readers used to use use their body parts to act impurely and to disobey God’s laws, but now they should use them to live in the way God wants. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated similar phrases in [verse 13](../06/13.md). Alternative translation: “you used your members to act uncleanly and to disobey God more and more … use your members to act righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 6 19 o0ta grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς ἁγιασμόν 1 presented the parts of your body as slaves to uncleanness and to evil The phrase **leading to** indicates result. Use a natural way in your language to express the result of something. Alternate translation: “resulting in sanctification” or “causing sanctification” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 6 20 s9pk grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here introduces a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to express the result of something. Alternate translation: “This reason for this is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 6 20 i1ze figs-personification ὅτε…δοῦλοι ἦτε τῆς ἁμαρτίας, ἐλεύθεροι ἦτε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ 1 you were free from righteousness Here, **sin** and **righteousness** are spoken of figuratively as though they were slave-masters. Paul means that when his readers had previously used their bodies to act sinfully, they were not serving God’s purposes as **slaves** of **righteousness**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when you were controlled by sin, you did not serve God” or “when you were living sinfully, you did not live righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 6 20 mu0y figs-irony ἐλεύθεροι ἦτε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ 1 Paul is not making a serious suggestion here that sinful people are not required to live righteously. Paul actually means to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of **free**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you were unrighteous” or “you were unable to live righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) +ROM 6 19 jbcz figs-personification παρεστήσατε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν δοῦλα τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, καὶ τῇ ἀνομίᾳ εἰς τὴν ἀνομίαν…παραστήσατε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, δοῦλα τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ 1 because of the weakness of your flesh Paul speaks of body parts as if they were **slaves** that could be offered to someone or used by someone. He means that his readers used to use use their body parts to act impurely and to disobey God’s laws, but now they should use them to live in the way God wants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated similar phrases in [verse 13](../06/13.md). Alternative translation: “you used your members to act uncleanly and to disobey God more and more … use your members to act righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 6 19 o0ta grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς ἁγιασμόν 1 presented the parts of your body as slaves to uncleanness and to evil The phrase **leading to** indicates result. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “resulting in sanctification” or “causing sanctification” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 6 20 s9pk grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here introduces a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “This reason for this is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 6 20 i1ze figs-personification ὅτε…δοῦλοι ἦτε τῆς ἁμαρτίας, ἐλεύθεροι ἦτε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ 1 you were free from righteousness Here, Paul speaks of **sin** and **righteousness** as if they were slave-masters. Paul means that when his readers had previously used their bodies to act sinfully, they were not serving God’s purposes as **slaves** of **righteousness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when you were controlled by sin, you did not serve God” or “when you were living sinfully, you did not live righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 6 20 mu0y figs-irony ἐλεύθεροι ἦτε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ 1 Paul is not making a serious suggestion here that sinful people are not required to live righteously. Paul means to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of **free**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you were unrighteous” or “you were unable to live righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) ROM 6 21 x3bn grammar-connect-logic-result τίνα…καρπὸν εἴχετε τότε, ἐφ’ οἷς νῦν ἐπαισχύνεσθε? τὸ γὰρ τέλος ἐκείνων θάνατος 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these sentences, since the second sentence gives the reason for the result that the first sentence describes. Alternate translation: “since the outcome of those things is death, what fruit were you then having because of which things you are now ashamed?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 6 21 kjl5 figs-rquestion τίνα οὖν καρπὸν εἴχετε τότε, ἐφ’ οἷς νῦν ἐπαισχύνεσθε 1 At that time, what fruit then did you have of the things of which you are now ashamed? Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the futility of being “slaves to sin” in the previous verse. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation in order to communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “So you were not then having any fruit because of which things you are now ashamed!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 6 21 vgam figs-idiom καρπὸν 1 At that time, what fruit then did you have of the things of which you are now ashamed? Here, **fruit** is an idiom meaning “benefit” or “advantage.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “advantage” or “profit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 6 21 pnbm figs-explicit ἐφ’ οἷς…ἐκείνων 1 At that time, what fruit then did you have of the things of which you are now ashamed? Here, **which things** and **those things** refer to sins. If it might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of which sins … of those sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 6 21 j2ie figs-abstractnouns τὸ γὰρ τέλος ἐκείνων θάνατος 1 At that time, what fruit then did you have of the things of which you are now ashamed? If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **outcome** and **death**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “For those things finally result in you dying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 6 21 vgam figs-idiom καρπὸν 1 At that time, what fruit then did you have of the things of which you are now ashamed? Here, **fruit** is an idiom that refers to a benefit or advantage. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “advantage” or “profit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 6 21 pnbm figs-explicit ἐφ’ οἷς…ἐκείνων 1 At that time, what fruit then did you have of the things of which you are now ashamed? Here, **which things** and **those things** refer to sins. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of which sins … of those sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 6 21 j2ie figs-abstractnouns τὸ γὰρ τέλος ἐκείνων θάνατος 1 At that time, what fruit then did you have of the things of which you are now ashamed? If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **outcome** and **death**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “For those things finally result in you dying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 6 21 tj21 figs-explicit θάνατος 1 At that time, what fruit then did you have of the things of which you are now ashamed? Here, **death** refers to spiritual **death**, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. See how you translated the same use of **death** in [verse 16](../06/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 6 22 x8vw grammar-connect-logic-contrast νυνὶ δέ 1 But now that you have been made free from sin and are enslaved to God **But now** introduces a contrast with the previous two verses, a contrast that focuses on time. The word translated **now** refers to the time after the Roman believers became Christians. If this contrast would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify what **now** refers to. Alternate translation: “But now that you believe in Jesus,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -ROM 6 22 cqlf grammar-connect-logic-result ἐλευθερωθέντες ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, δουλωθέντες δὲ τῷ Θεῷ 1 But now that you have been made free from sin and are enslaved to God This clause indicates the reason why Paul’s readers have **fruit leading to sanctification**. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a reason clause. Alternate translation: “because you have been freed from sin and have been enslaved to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 6 22 fmtc figs-personification ἐλευθερωθέντες ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, δουλωθέντες δὲ τῷ Θεῷ 1 But now that you have been made free from sin and are enslaved to God Here, **sin** and **God** are spoken of figuratively as though they were slave-masters. Paul means that Christians are no longer controlled by their desire to sin, but are supposed to obey **God** instead. See a similar phrase in [verse 18](../06/18.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having been freed from having to live sinfully and having began to serve God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 6 22 x8vw grammar-connect-logic-contrast νυνὶ δέ 1 But now that you have been made free from sin and are enslaved to God **But now** introduces a contrast with the previous two verses, a contrast that focuses on time. The word translated **now** refers to the time after the Roman believers became Christians. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify what **now** refers to. Alternate translation: “But now that you believe in Jesus,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +ROM 6 22 cqlf grammar-connect-logic-result ἐλευθερωθέντες ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, δουλωθέντες δὲ τῷ Θεῷ 1 But now that you have been made free from sin and are enslaved to God This clause indicates the reason why Paul’s readers have **fruit leading to sanctification**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “because you have been freed from sin and have been enslaved to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 6 22 fmtc figs-personification ἐλευθερωθέντες ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, δουλωθέντες δὲ τῷ Θεῷ 1 But now that you have been made free from sin and are enslaved to God Here Paul speaks of **sin** and **God** as if they were slave-masters. Paul means that Christians are no longer controlled by their desire to sin, but are supposed to obey **God** instead. See a similar phrase in [verse 18](../06/18.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having been freed from having to live sinfully and having began to serve God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 6 22 z3ap figs-activepassive ἐλευθερωθέντες ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, δουλωθέντες δὲ τῷ Θεῷ 1 But now that you have been made free from sin and are enslaved to God If your language does not use passive forms in this way, you could express these ideas in active forms or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God having freed you from sin and having enslaved you to himself” or “God having released you from being controlled by your sin and having caused you to serve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 6 22 npf3 figs-idiom ἔχετε τὸν καρπὸν ὑμῶν 1 you have your fruit for sanctification See how you translated **fruit** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 6 22 a478 figs-abstractnouns εἰς ἁγιασμόν, τὸ…τέλος ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 The result is eternal life See how you translated the abstract nouns **sanctification** in [verse 19](../06/19.md), **outcome** in [verse 21](../06/21.md), and **eternal life** in [5:21](../05/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 6 22 a478 figs-abstractnouns εἰς ἁγιασμόν, τὸ…τέλος ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 The result is eternal life See how you translated **sanctification** in [verse 19](../06/19.md), **outcome** in [verse 21](../06/21.md), and **eternal life** in [5:21](../05/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 6 22 lvhh grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς ἁγιασμόν 1 you have your fruit for sanctification See how you translated this phrase in [verse 19](../06/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 6 23 gacy grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For the wages of sin are death **For** here indicates that this verse gives the reason for what Paul said in the previous two verses. Use a natural way in your language to make this emphasis explicit. Alternate translation: “This is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 6 23 ze3f figs-personification τὰ…ὀψώνια τῆς ἁμαρτίας θάνατος 1 For the wages of sin are death Here, **sin** is spoken of figuratively as if it were a person who could pay **wages**. Paul means that the result of living sinfully is eternal **death**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when a person lives sinfully it results in eternal death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 6 23 juc4 figs-metaphor τὰ…ὀψώνια τῆς ἁμαρτίας θάνατος 1 For the wages of sin are death Paul speaks figuratively of **death** as if it were **wages** paid to those who **sin**. He means that the result of living sinfully is eternal **death**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternative translation: “whoever lives sinfully receives eternal death as the result” or “whoever lives sinfully earns eternal death as if it were wages for work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 6 23 iyv3 figs-possession τὰ…ὀψώνια τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 For the wages of sin are death Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the wages** that come from **sin**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “sin’s wages” or “the wages that come from sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 6 23 gacy grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For the wages of sin are death **For** here indicates that this verse gives the reason for what Paul said in the previous two verses. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 6 23 ze3f figs-personification τὰ…ὀψώνια τῆς ἁμαρτίας θάνατος 1 For the wages of sin are death Here, Paul speaks of **sin** as if it were a person who could pay **wages**. Paul means that the result of living sinfully is eternal **death**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when a person lives sinfully it results in eternal death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 6 23 juc4 figs-metaphor τὰ…ὀψώνια τῆς ἁμαρτίας θάνατος 1 For the wages of sin are death Paul speaks of **death** as if it were **wages** paid to those who **sin**. He means that the result of living sinfully is eternal **death**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternative translation: “whoever lives sinfully receives eternal death as the result” or “whoever lives sinfully earns eternal death as if it were wages for work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 6 23 iyv3 figs-possession τὰ…ὀψώνια τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 For the wages of sin are death Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the wages** that come from **sin**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “sin’s wages” or “the wages that come from sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 6 23 pizh figs-explicit θάνατος 1 For the wages of sin are death Here, **death** refers to spiritual **death**, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. See how you translated the same use of **death** in [verses 16](../06/16.md) and [21](../06/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 6 23 slyb figs-abstractnouns θάνατος; τὸ…χάρισμα…ζωὴ αἰώνιος 1 For the wages of sin are death See how you translated the abstract nouns **death** in [verse 21](../06/21.md), **gracious gift** in [5:15–16](../05/15.md), and **eternal life** in [verse 22](../06/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 6 23 cwkw figs-possession τὸ…χάρισμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 For the wages of sin are death Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the gracious gift** that comes from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “God’s gracious gift” or “the gracious gift from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 6 23 jn66 figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 For the wages of sin are death Paul speaks figuratively of **eternal life** as if it were occupying space inside of **Christ Jesus**. Paul means that **eternal life** comes by being united to **Christ Jesus**, as stated in [verse 11](../06/11.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “for those who are united to Christ Jesus” or “comes through being united to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 7 intro fl1y 0 # Romans 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

5. Becoming like Christ in this life (6:1–8:39)
* Baptism represents union with Christ’s death (6:1–14)
* Christians are now slaves of righteousness (6:15–23)
* Christians have been freed from the law (7:1–6)
* The law is not sinful (7:7–12)
* Christians still struggle with indwelling sin (7:13–25)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “The Law”

Throughout most of this chapter Paul uses the singular noun “the law” to refer to the group of laws that God gave Israel through Moses. However, in [verses 21–25](../07/21.md) Paul uses the word “law” in several different ways. Each of these different uses will be addressed in the notes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Marriage

Scripture commonly uses marriage as a metaphor. Here Paul uses it to describe how the church relates to the law of Moses and now to Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Inclusive language

In this chapter the pronouns “we”, “us”, and “our” refer inclusively to all Jewish believers in Christ. Paul calls these people “brothers” in [verses 1](../07/01.md) and [4](../07/04.md). Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 6 23 slyb figs-abstractnouns θάνατος; τὸ…χάρισμα…ζωὴ αἰώνιος 1 For the wages of sin are death See how you translated **death** in [verse 21](../06/21.md), **gracious gift** in [5:15–16](../05/15.md), and **eternal life** in [verse 22](../06/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 6 23 cwkw figs-possession τὸ…χάρισμα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 For the wages of sin are death Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the gracious gift** that comes from **God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “God’s gracious gift” or “the gracious gift from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 6 23 jn66 figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 For the wages of sin are death Paul speaks of **eternal life** as if it were occupying space inside of **Christ Jesus**. Paul means that **eternal life** comes by being united to **Christ Jesus**, as stated in [verse 11](../06/11.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “for those who are united to Christ Jesus” or “comes through being united to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 7 intro fl1y 0 # Romans 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

5. Becoming like Christ in this life (6:1–8:39)
* Baptism represents union with Christ’s death (6:1–14)
* Christians are now slaves of righteousness (6:15–23)
* Christians have been freed from the law (7:1–6)
* The law is not sinful (7:7–12)
* Christians still struggle with indwelling sin (7:13–25)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “The Law”

Throughout most of this chapter Paul uses the singular noun “the law” to refer to the group of laws that God gave Israel through Moses. However, in [verses 21–25](../07/21.md) Paul uses the word “law” in several different ways. Each of these different uses will be addressed in the notes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Marriage

Scripture commonly uses marriage as a metaphor. Here Paul uses it to describe how the church relates to the Law of Moses and now to Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Inclusive language

In this chapter the pronouns “we”, “us”, and “our” refer inclusively to all Jewish believers in Christ. Paul calls these people “brothers” in [verses 1](../07/01.md) and [4](../07/04.md). Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 7 1 mk7w figs-rquestion ἢ ἀγνοεῖτε, ἀδελφοί (γινώσκουσιν γὰρ νόμον λαλῶ), ὅτι ὁ νόμος κυριεύει τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐφ’ ὅσον χρόνον ζῇ? 1 do you not know, brothers … that the law controls a person for as long as he lives? Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that the Jew is required to obey the Law of Moses his whole life. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You surely know, brothers (for I am speaking to those who know the law), that the law is lord of the man for as long as he lives!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 7 1 guk4 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here to refer to both male and female Jewish believers in Christ. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “fellow Jewish Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +ROM 7 1 guk4 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here to refer to both male and female Jewish believers in Christ. Alternate translation: “fellow Jewish Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 7 1 s4su (γινώσκουσιν γὰρ νόμον λαλῶ) 1 brothers Here Paul interrupts himself in order to clarify that he is specifically directing this part of the letter to the Jewish believers in the church at Rome. If this would be confusing in your language, you could add parentheses like the ULT or use a natural way in your language to indicate this. -ROM 7 1 j67x grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 brothers Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul expects these **brothers** to understand what he is saying. Use the most natural way in your language to state a reason. Alternate translation: “I know you should understand this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 7 1 ajk4 writing-pronouns λαλῶ 1 brothers The pronoun **I** and throughout this chapter refers to Paul (see [6:19](../06/19.md)). If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, am speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 7 1 j67x grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 brothers Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul expects these **brothers** to understand what he is saying. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “I know you should understand this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 7 1 ajk4 writing-pronouns λαλῶ 1 brothers The pronoun **I** and throughout this chapter refers to Paul (see [6:19](../06/19.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, am speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 7 1 k3h5 grammar-collectivenouns νόμον…ὁ νόμος 1 brothers For every occurrence of **the law** in [verses 1–20](../07/01.md) translate the phrase in the same way you translated it in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -ROM 7 1 okz5 figs-personification ὁ νόμος κυριεύει τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 brothers Here Paul speaks of **the law** figuratively as if it were a king. Paul means that, like a king, **the law** must be obeyed by those who are obligated to do so. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “like a king, the law must be obeyed by every Jewish person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 7 1 r9fl figs-gendernotations τοῦ ἀνθρώπου…ζῇ 1 Although **the man** and **he** are masculine, Paul is using the words here in a generic sense that includes both males and females. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a person … that person lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -ROM 7 2 as1h grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse and the next verse is an example from God’s law that illustrates how “the law rules over the man for as long as he lives,” as Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “For example,” or “As an illustration,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 7 2 j4sn figs-genericnoun ἡ…ὕπανδρος γυνὴ τῷ ζῶντι ἀνδρὶ δέδεται νόμῳ; ἐὰν δὲ ἀποθάνῃ ὁ ἀνήρ, κατήργηται…τοῦ ἀνδρός 1 Paul is speaking of Jewish **married** women and husbands in general, not of one particular **woman** or **husband**. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “married women remain bound by law to their living husbands, but if their husbands die, they have been released … of their husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +ROM 7 1 okz5 figs-personification ὁ νόμος κυριεύει τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 brothers Here Paul speaks of **the law** as if it were a king. Paul means that, like a king, **the law** must be obeyed by those who are obligated to do so. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “like a king, the law must be obeyed by every Jewish person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 7 1 r9fl figs-gendernotations τοῦ ἀνθρώπου…ζῇ 1 Although **the man** and **he** are masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a person … that person lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +ROM 7 2 as1h grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse and the next verse is an example from God’s law that illustrates how “the law rules over the man for as long as he lives,” as Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “For example,” or “As an illustration,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 7 2 j4sn figs-genericnoun ἡ…ὕπανδρος γυνὴ τῷ ζῶντι ἀνδρὶ δέδεται νόμῳ; ἐὰν δὲ ἀποθάνῃ ὁ ἀνήρ, κατήργηται…τοῦ ἀνδρός 1 Paul is speaking of Jewish **married** women and husbands in general, not of one particular **woman** or **husband**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “married women remain bound by law to their living husbands, but if their husbands die, they have been released … of their husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) ROM 7 2 hpn4 figs-activepassive ἡ…ὕπανδρος γυνὴ…δέδεται νόμῳ…κατήργηται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law continually binds the married woman … God releases her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 7 2 l6d9 figs-personification ἡ…ὕπανδρος γυνὴ τῷ ζῶντι ἀνδρὶ δέδεται νόμῳ…κατήργηται ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου τοῦ ἀνδρός 1 the married woman is bound by law to the husband Here Paul speaks of the **law** figuratively as if it were a person who could tie a **woman** to her **husband**. Paul means that the **law** of Moses requires a **married woman** to stay married to her **husband** only while he is alive. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God requires in his laws that the married woman remain married to her living husband … she is no longer required to remain married to the husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 7 2 ag23 figs-possession τοῦ νόμου τοῦ ἀνδρός 1 the married woman is bound by law to the husband Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the law** that is related to **the husband**. This phrase refers to the **law** already described in the previous clause. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the law that requires her to remain bound to the husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 7 2 l6d9 figs-personification ἡ…ὕπανδρος γυνὴ τῷ ζῶντι ἀνδρὶ δέδεται νόμῳ…κατήργηται ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου τοῦ ἀνδρός 1 the married woman is bound by law to the husband Here Paul speaks of the **law** as if it were a person who could tie a **woman** to her **husband**. Paul means that the **law** of Moses requires a **married woman** to stay married to her **husband** only while he is alive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God requires in his laws that the married woman remain married to her living husband … she is no longer required to remain married to the husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 7 2 ag23 figs-possession τοῦ νόμου τοῦ ἀνδρός 1 the married woman is bound by law to the husband Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the law** that is related to **the husband**. This phrase refers to the **law** already described in the previous clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the law that requires her to remain bound to the husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 7 3 w3yw grammar-connect-words-phrases ἄρα οὖν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:18](../05/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 7 3 ss60 figs-infostructure ζῶντος τοῦ ἀνδρὸς, μοιχαλὶς χρηματίσει, ἐὰν γένηται ἀνδρὶ ἑτέρῳ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “if she becomes married to another husband, the first husband being alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 7 3 jbvc grammar-connect-time-simultaneous ζῶντος τοῦ ἀνδρὸς 1 In this clause Paul is describing something that was occurring during the same time period as what he describes in the next clause. You can make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “at the same time that the husband is alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) ROM 7 3 ci5r figs-genericnoun τοῦ ἀνδρὸς…ὁ ἀνήρ 1 See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) ROM 7 3 r2m4 figs-activepassive μοιχαλὶς χρηματίσει 1 she will be called an adulteress If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law will title her an adulteress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 7 3 wg4k figs-metaphor ἐλευθέρα ἐστὶν ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου 1 she is free from the law Here Paul speaks of **the law** figuratively as if it were an object or person someone could to be freed from. Paul means that **the law** that prohibited a woman from marrying **another husband** did not apply if her first husband died. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar phrase “she has been released from the law” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “she is no longer required to remain married to the first husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 7 3 wg4k figs-metaphor ἐλευθέρα ἐστὶν ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου 1 she is free from the law Here Paul speaks of **the law** as if it were an object or person someone could be freed from. Paul means that **the law** that prohibited a woman from marrying **another husband** did not apply if her first husband died. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar phrase “she has been released from the law” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “she is no longer required to remain married to the first husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 7 4 kvqw grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 **So then** here introduces the result of what Paul said in [verses 1–3](../07/01.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a result clause. Alternate translation: “Since this is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 7 4 ne64 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 See how you translated this word in [verse 1](../07/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 7 4 z8zj figs-activepassive καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐθανατώθητε τῷ νόμῳ 1 you were also made dead to the law through the body of Christ If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you also died to the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 7 4 svrq figs-rpronouns καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐθανατώθητε 1 you were also made dead to the law through the body of Christ Paul uses the word **yourselves** to emphasize that even Jewish Christians are not required to obey the Law of Moses. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “you very Jews yourselves were also made dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -ROM 7 4 vpwf figs-metaphor καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐθανατώθητε τῷ νόμῳ 1 you were also made dead to the law through the body of Christ Here Paul uses **made dead** figuratively to refer to Jewish Christians not being required to obey the Law of Moses. Just as dead people don’t have to obey the law, so too Jewish Christians no longer have to obey it. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “your yourselves no longer have to obey the law” or “you yourselves are like dead people in that you do not have to obey the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 7 4 v2tu figs-explicit διὰ τοῦ σώματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, **through** indicates that **the body of Christ** is the means by which believers **were made dead to the law**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of the body of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 7 4 glzf figs-metaphor διὰ τοῦ σώματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, **the body of Christ** refers to the death of Jesus’ body. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “through the death of Christ’s body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 7 4 xw6f grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ γενέσθαι ὑμᾶς ἑτέρῳ 1 Here, **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God **made** believers **dead to the law**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order for us to become married to another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 7 4 g59t figs-metaphor εἰς τὸ γενέσθαι ὑμᾶς ἑτέρῳ 1 Here Paul uses **married to another** to refer to Christians being united with **Christ** as if they became **married** to him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “so that you might become united to Jesus” or “so that you might be united with Christ like a woman becomes married to another husband”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 7 4 vpwf figs-metaphor καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐθανατώθητε τῷ νόμῳ 1 you were also made dead to the law through the body of Christ Here Paul uses **made dead** to refer to Jewish Christians not being required to obey the Law of Moses. Just as dead people don’t have to obey the law, so too Jewish Christians no longer have to obey it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “your yourselves no longer have to obey the law” or “you yourselves are like dead people in that you do not have to obey the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 7 4 v2tu figs-explicit διὰ τοῦ σώματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, **through** indicates that **the body of Christ** is the means by which believers **were made dead to the law**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of the body of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 7 4 glzf figs-metaphor διὰ τοῦ σώματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, **the body of Christ** refers to the death of Jesus’ body. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “through the death of Christ’s body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 7 4 xw6f grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ γενέσθαι ὑμᾶς ἑτέρῳ 1 Here, **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God **made** believers **dead to the law**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order for us to become married to another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +ROM 7 4 g59t figs-metaphor εἰς τὸ γενέσθαι ὑμᾶς ἑτέρῳ 1 Here Paul uses **married to another** to refer to Christians being united with **Christ** as if they became **married** to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “so that you might become united to Jesus” or “so that you might be united with Christ like a woman becomes married to another husband”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 7 4 rj6u figs-activepassive τῷ ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐγερθέντι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to the one whom God raised from dead ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 7 4 t9nt figs-idiom τῷ ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐγερθέντι 1 to him who was raised from the dead See how you translated a similar phrase in [4:24](../04/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 7 4 gxjj grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα καρποφορήσωμεν τῷ Θεῷ 1 to him who was raised from the dead Here, **in order that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God **raised** Jesus **from dead ones**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order for us to produce fruit for God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 7 4 c4rl figs-metaphor καρποφορήσωμεν τῷ Θεῷ 1 we might produce fruit for God Paul uses **fruit** here figuratively to refer to actions that please God as if they were **fruit** that a person could grow. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we might be able to do things pleasing to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 7 4 ka0o figs-exclusive καρποφορήσωμεν 1 we might produce fruit for God When Paul says **we** in this verse, he is including all those whom he called **brothers** earlier in this verse and in [verse 1](../07/01.md), so **we** is inclusive of all Jewish Christians. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ROM 7 5 i1zl grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in the next two verses explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 7 5 gmb9 figs-metaphor ἦμεν ἐν τῇ σαρκί 1 Here Paul speaks figuratively of **the flesh** as if it were a location that someone could be **in**. He means his readers used to live according to the desires of their sinful natures. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we were living according to our sinful natures” or “we were doing whatever we wanted to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 7 4 c4rl figs-metaphor καρποφορήσωμεν τῷ Θεῷ 1 we might produce fruit for God Paul uses **fruit** here to refer to actions that please God as if they were **fruit** that a person could grow. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we might be able to do things pleasing to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 7 4 ka0o figs-exclusive καρποφορήσωμεν 1 we might produce fruit for God Here, **we** includes all those whom Paul called **brothers** earlier in this verse and in [verse 1](../07/01.md), so **we** is inclusive of all Jewish Christians. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 7 5 i1zl grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in the next two verses explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 7 5 gmb9 figs-metaphor ἦμεν ἐν τῇ σαρκί 1 Here Paul speaks of **the flesh** as if it were a location that someone could be **in**. He means his readers used to live according to the desires of their sinful natures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we were living according to our sinful natures” or “we were doing whatever we wanted to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 7 5 bl7i figs-abstractnouns τὰ παθήματα τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν τὰ διὰ τοῦ νόμου ἐνηργεῖτο 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **passions**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “wanting to sin that was through the law was working” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 7 5 g2rg figs-ellipsis τὰ διὰ τοῦ νόμου ἐνηργεῖτο 1 Paul is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply the word from the context. Paul said something similar about **the law** causing sin to increase in [5:20](../05/20.md). Alternate translation: “that were increased through the law were working” or “that were stimulated by the law were working” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 7 5 vlev figs-explicit διὰ τοῦ νόμου 1 Here, **through** indicates the means by which **the sinful passions** increased. Paul means that **the law** stimulated people’s desire to sin even more. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 7 5 tvku figs-personification ἐνηργεῖτο ἐν τοῖς μέλεσιν ἡμῶν 1 Here Paul speaks figuratively of **the sinful passions** are if they were people who could work within someone’s body parts. He means that people’s sinful desires caused them to sin with their bodies. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “were causing us to use our members to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 7 5 g2rg figs-ellipsis τὰ διὰ τοῦ νόμου ἐνηργεῖτο 1 Paul is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply the word from the context. Paul said something similar about **the law** causing sin to increase in [5:20](../05/20.md). Alternate translation: “that were increased through the law were working” or “that were stimulated by the law were working” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 7 5 vlev figs-explicit διὰ τοῦ νόμου 1 Here, **through** indicates the means by which **the sinful passions** increased. Paul means that **the law** stimulated people’s desire to sin even more. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 7 5 tvku figs-personification ἐνηργεῖτο ἐν τοῖς μέλεσιν ἡμῶν 1 Here Paul speaks of **the sinful passions** are if they were people who could work within someone’s body parts. He means that people’s sinful desires caused them to sin with their bodies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “were causing us to use our members to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 7 5 denv τοῖς μέλεσιν 1 See how you translated **members** in [6:13](../06/13.md). -ROM 7 5 pnw6 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὸ καρποφορῆσαι 1 Here, **to** introduces a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to express the result of something. Alternate translation: “which resulted in producing fruit” “so that they would produce fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 7 5 xed9 figs-metaphor εἰς τὸ καρποφορῆσαι 1 to bear fruit for death Here Paul uses **fruit**figuratively to refer to the result or outcome of someone’s actions. Here Paul uses **fruit** differently than how he used it in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: or “so that the outcome was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 7 5 m071 figs-abstractnouns τῷ θανάτῳ 1 to bear fruit for death See how you translated the abstract noun **death** in [6:16](../06/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 7 5 ub7z figs-explicit τῷ θανάτῳ 1 to bear fruit for death Here, **death** refers to spiritual **death**, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. See how you translated the same use of death in [6:16](../06/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 7 5 pnw6 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὸ καρποφορῆσαι 1 Here, **to** introduces a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “which resulted in producing fruit” “so that they would produce fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 7 5 xed9 figs-metaphor εἰς τὸ καρποφορῆσαι 1 to bear fruit for death Here Paul uses **fruit** to refer to the result or outcome of someone’s actions. Here Paul uses **fruit** differently than how he used it in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: or “so that the outcome was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 7 5 m071 figs-abstractnouns τῷ θανάτῳ 1 to bear fruit for death See how you translated **death** in [6:16](../06/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 7 5 ub7z figs-explicit τῷ θανάτῳ 1 to bear fruit for death Here, **death** refers to spiritual **death**, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. See how you translated the same use of **death** in [6:16](../06/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 7 6 mze7 grammar-connect-logic-contrast νυνὶ δὲ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [6:22](../06/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 7 6 l8w4 figs-activepassive κατηργήθημεν ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου…ἐν ᾧ κατειχόμεθα 1 we have been released from the law If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has released us from the law … to that which was holding us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 7 6 j6i3 figs-personification κατηργήθημεν ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου…ἐν ᾧ κατειχόμεθα 1 we have been released Here Paul speaks of **the law** figuratively as if it were a slave-master from which someone must be **released** and who can hold people captive. Paul means that Christians do not have to obey the laws God gave the Jews. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “we no longer have to obey the law … to that which we used to be required to obey” or “we are like slaves who have been released from the law … to that which we used to have to obey like slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 7 6 l2l3 figs-explicit ἐν ᾧ κατειχόμεθα 1 to that by which we were held The phrase **that by which we were being held** refers to **the law**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the law by which we were being held” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 7 6 vcok figs-metaphor ἀποθανόντες ἐν ᾧ κατειχόμεθα 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **the law** as if it were a location where Christians could die. Here, **died to** the law refers to the idea that Christians no longer have to obey the requirements of the laws God gave the Jews. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “no longer being required to obey that by which we were being held” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 7 6 zafg grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε δουλεύειν ἡμᾶς 1 Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is the result of Christians **having died to** the law. Use the natural way in your language to indicate a result clause. Alternate translation: “the result being that we might serve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 7 6 f9n4 figs-ellipsis δουλεύειν ἡμᾶς 1 Paul is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “we might serve God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 7 6 j6i3 figs-personification κατηργήθημεν ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου…ἐν ᾧ κατειχόμεθα 1 we have been released Here Paul speaks of **the law** as if it were a slave-master from which someone must be **released** and who can hold people captive. Paul means that Christians do not have to obey the laws God gave the Jews. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “we no longer have to obey the law … to that which we used to be required to obey” or “we are like slaves who have been released from the law … to that which we used to have to obey like slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 7 6 l2l3 figs-explicit ἐν ᾧ κατειχόμεθα 1 to that by which we were held The phrase **that by which we were being held** refers to **the law**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the law by which we were being held” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 7 6 vcok figs-metaphor ἀποθανόντες ἐν ᾧ κατειχόμεθα 1 Paul speaks of **the law** as if it were a location where Christians could die. Here, **died to** the law refers to the idea that Christians no longer have to obey the requirements of the laws God gave the Jews. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “no longer being required to obey that by which we were being held” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 7 6 zafg grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε δουλεύειν ἡμᾶς 1 Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is the result of Christians **having died to** the law. Use the natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “the result being that we might serve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 7 6 f9n4 figs-ellipsis δουλεύειν ἡμᾶς 1 Paul is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “we might serve God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 7 6 c1j8 figs-abstractnouns ἐν καινότητι…οὐ παλαιότητι 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **newness** and **oldness**, you could express the same ideas in another way. These words indicate different ways in which people**serve** God. Alternate translation: “in the new way … not in the old way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 7 6 vhqd figs-possession ἐν καινότητι Πνεύματος 1 Paul uses the possessive form to describe the **newness** that is produced by **the Spirit**. Paul means that the Holy Spirit enables Christians to live in a new way that pleases God. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in a new way that comes from the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 7 6 rm8r figs-possession παλαιότητι γράμματος 1 the letter Paul uses the possessive form to describe the **oldness** that is determined by **the letter**. Paul means Christians do not live in the old way that the Law of Moses requires. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the old way that the letter requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 7 6 iozz figs-metonymy γράμματος 1 the letter Paul uses **the letter** figuratively to refer to **the law** which is written down with letters. See how you translated this word in [2:27](../02/27.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 7 6 vhqd figs-possession ἐν καινότητι Πνεύματος 1 Paul uses the possessive form to describe the **newness** that is produced by **the Spirit**. Paul means that the Holy Spirit enables Christians to live in a new way that pleases God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in a new way that comes from the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 7 6 rm8r figs-possession παλαιότητι γράμματος 1 the letter Paul uses the possessive form to describe the **oldness** that is determined by **the letter**. Paul means that Christians do not live in the old way that the Law of Moses requires. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the old way that the letter requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 7 6 iozz figs-metonymy γράμματος 1 the letter Paul uses **the letter** to refer to **the law** which is written down with letters. See how you translated this word in [2:27](../02/27.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 7 7 k1jj grammar-connect-logic-result τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν? 1 What will we say then? Here, **then** indicates that what follows is a response to what Paul said in the previous verses, especially what he said in [verse 5](../07/05.md). See how you translated this phrase in [6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 7 7 bnyx figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν? ὁ νόμος ἁμαρτία? 1 What will we say then? In these two sentences Paul is not asking for information, but is using questions to address an objection that some people may have to what he said in [verse 5](../07/05.md) because they misunderstood him. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as statements or exclamations or communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Then we will say that the law is sin!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 7 7 f3hc figs-quotemarks τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν? ὁ νόμος ἁμαρτία? 1 What will we say then? In these two sentences Paul is speaking as if he were a Jewish Christian who misunderstood what Paul had taught in the previous verses. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate quotations, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 7 7 f3hc figs-quotemarks τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν? ὁ νόμος ἁμαρτία? 1 What will we say then? In these two sentences Paul is speaking as if he were a Jewish Christian who misunderstood what Paul had taught in the previous verses. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 7 7 zl8m figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτία…τὴν ἁμαρτίαν 1 I would never have known sin, if it were not through the law If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sin**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “something sinful … what things are sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 7 7 erx6 figs-explicit μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be In this sentence Paul begins to respond to the rhetorical questions he wrote earlier in the verse. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying, ‘May it never be!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 7 7 erx6 figs-explicit μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be In this sentence Paul begins to respond to the rhetorical questions he wrote earlier in the verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying, ‘May it never be!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 7 7 u8gm figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be See how you translated this phrase in [3:4](../03/04.md) and [6:2](../06/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 7 7 y92j grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 **But** here indicates that what follows is in contrast to the idea that **the law** is sinful. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Nevertheless,” or “By contrast,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 7 7 zzsf grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this sentence is an example from God’s law that illustrates the importance of **the law**. See how you translated the same use of **For** in [verse 2](../07/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 7 7 g0np figs-abstractnouns τήν…ἐπιθυμίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **covetousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what it means to be covetous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 7 7 refv writing-quotations ὁ νόμος ἔλεγεν 1 Here Paul uses **said** to indicate a quotation from **the law** that is written in the Old Testament ([Exodus 20:17](../exo/20/17.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it had been written in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -ROM 7 7 qb5v figs-personification ὁ νόμος ἔλεγεν 1 Here Paul speaks figuratively of **the law** as if it were a person who could say something. He means that God **said** what was written down in **the law**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God said in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 7 8 mz77 figs-personification ἀφορμὴν…λαβοῦσα ἡ ἁμαρτία διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς, κατειργάσατο ἐν ἐμοὶ πᾶσαν ἐπιθυμίαν 1 But sin took the opportunity … brought about every lust Here Paul speaks of **sin** figuratively as if it were a person who could take an **opportunity** and produce **covetousness** within a person. Paul means that his desire to **sin** by coveting increased when he learned the commandment that prohibits coveting. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my desire to sin, increasing as a result of the commandment, led me to covet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 7 8 fh6x figs-explicit τῆς ἐντολῆς 1 Here, **the commandment** refers specifically to the command, “You will not covet,” in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the command that we should not covet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 7 7 qb5v figs-personification ὁ νόμος ἔλεγεν 1 Here Paul speaks of **the law** as if it were a person who could say something. He means that God **said** what was written down in **the law**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God said in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 7 8 mz77 figs-personification ἀφορμὴν…λαβοῦσα ἡ ἁμαρτία διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς, κατειργάσατο ἐν ἐμοὶ πᾶσαν ἐπιθυμίαν 1 But sin took the opportunity … brought about every lust Here Paul speaks of **sin** as if it were a person who could take an **opportunity** and produce **covetousness** within a person. Paul means that his desire to **sin** by coveting increased when he learned the commandment that prohibits coveting. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my desire to sin, increasing as a result of the commandment, led me to covet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 7 8 fh6x figs-explicit τῆς ἐντολῆς 1 Here, **the commandment** refers specifically to the command, “You will not covet,” in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the command that we should not covet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 7 8 w6ah figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἐντολῆς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **commandment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what God commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 7 8 zeb5 figs-abstractnouns ἐπιθυμίαν 1 See how you translated **covetousness** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 7 8 r5i2 figs-personification χωρὶς…νόμου, ἁμαρτία νεκρά 1 without the law, sin is dead Here Paul speaks of **sin** figuratively as if it were someone who could be **dead**. Paul means that his desire to **sin** would not have increased if God had not given his laws. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “if there were no law, my desire to sin would not have been stimulated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 7 9 cag9 figs-metaphor χωρὶς νόμου 1 Here Paul speaks about the **law** as if it did not exist before he knew about it. Paul means that he not aware of God’s law **at one time**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “while unaware of the law” or “without knowledge of the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 7 9 sz5q figs-personification ἐλθούσης…τῆς ἐντολῆς 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **the commandment** as if it were a person who could **come** to Paul. He means that he became aware of **the commandment**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when I became aware of the commandment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 7 9 i90y figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἐντολῆς, ἡ ἁμαρτία 1 See how you translated these abstract nouns in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 7 8 r5i2 figs-personification χωρὶς…νόμου, ἁμαρτία νεκρά 1 without the law, sin is dead Here Paul speaks of **sin** as if it were someone who could be **dead**. Paul means that his desire to **sin** would not have increased if God had not given his laws. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “if there were no law, my desire to sin would not have been stimulated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 7 9 cag9 figs-metaphor χωρὶς νόμου 1 Here Paul speaks about the **law** as if it did not exist before he knew about it. Paul means that he not aware of God’s law **at one time**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “while unaware of the law” or “without knowledge of the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 7 9 sz5q figs-personification ἐλθούσης…τῆς ἐντολῆς 1 Paul speaks of **the commandment** as if it were a person who could **come** to Paul. He means that he became aware of **the commandment**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when I became aware of the commandment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 7 9 i90y figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἐντολῆς, ἡ ἁμαρτία 1 See how you translated **commandment** and **sin** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 7 9 d4wm figs-explicit τῆς ἐντολῆς 1 Here, **the commandment** could refer to: (1) all the commandments that make up God’s law. Alternate translation: “God’s commandments” (2) **the commandment** against coveting, as mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “the commandment against coveting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 7 9 q9le figs-personification ἡ ἁμαρτία ἀνέζησεν 1 sin regained life Here Paul speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were a person who could come **to life**. This could mean: (1) Paul’s desire to sin was stimulated, as mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “my desire to sin was stimulated” (2) Paul realized that he was sinning, as mentioned in [verse 7](../07/07.md). Alternate translation: “I became aware of my sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 7 10 ouxm figs-metaphor ἐγὼ…ἀπέθανον 1 The commandment that was to bring life turned out to be death for me Paul uses **died** here figuratively to refer to being spiritually dead, which is the spiritual condition of all non-Christians. Spiritual death results in eternal punishment in hell after a person’s body dies. Paul means here that he realized that he was spiritually dead when he understood God’s law. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I died spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 7 10 mzx2 figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἐντολὴ 1 The commandment that was to bring life turned out to be death for me See how you translated this abstract noun in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 7 10 jmso figs-explicit ζωὴν 1 Here, **life** refers to “eternal life.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of eternal life” or “for living forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 7 10 yu1u grammar-connect-logic-goal ἡ ἐντολὴ, ἡ εἰς ζωὴν 1 Here, **for** indicates the purpose for **the commandment**. Paul means that God’s laws were intended to give eternal life to people who could obey them. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “the commandment that was intended to cause life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 7 10 a0rz grammar-connect-logic-result εὑρέθη μοι…αὕτη εἰς θάνατον 1 Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the result of **the commandment**. Paul means that God’s laws resulted in eternal **death** for people. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a result clause. Alternate translation: “it was found to result in death for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 7 9 q9le figs-personification ἡ ἁμαρτία ἀνέζησεν 1 sin regained life Here Paul speaks of **sin** as if it were a person who could come **to life**. This could mean: (1) Paul’s desire to sin was stimulated, as mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “my desire to sin was stimulated” (2) Paul realized that he was sinning, as mentioned in [verse 7](../07/07.md). Alternate translation: “I became aware of my sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 7 10 ouxm figs-metaphor ἐγὼ…ἀπέθανον 1 The commandment that was to bring life turned out to be death for me Paul uses **died** here to refer to being spiritually dead, which is the spiritual condition of all non-Christians. Spiritual death results in eternal punishment in hell after a person’s body dies. Paul means here that he realized that he was spiritually dead when he understood God’s law. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I died spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 7 10 mzx2 figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἐντολὴ 1 The commandment that was to bring life turned out to be death for me See how you translated **commandment** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 7 10 jmso figs-explicit ζωὴν 1 Here, **life** refers to “eternal life.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of eternal life” or “for living forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 7 10 yu1u grammar-connect-logic-goal ἡ ἐντολὴ, ἡ εἰς ζωὴν 1 Here, **for** indicates the purpose for **the commandment**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “the commandment that was intended to cause life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +ROM 7 10 a0rz grammar-connect-logic-result εὑρέθη μοι…αὕτη εἰς θάνατον 1 Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the result of **the commandment**. Paul means that God’s laws resulted in eternal **death** for people. Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “it was found to result in death for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 7 10 hkce figs-activepassive εὑρέθη…αὕτη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I found it to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 7 10 jrrw figs-metaphor εὑρέθη…αὕτη 1 Here Paul speaks figuratively of **the commandment** as if it were an object that could be **found**. Paul means that he realized that God’s law results in spiritual death for people. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I realized it was to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 7 10 y97i figs-explicit θάνατον 1 Here, **death** refers to spiritual **death**, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. See how you translated the same use of death in [6:16](../06/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 7 10 jrrw figs-metaphor εὑρέθη…αὕτη 1 Here Paul speaks of **the commandment** as if it were an object that could be **found**. Paul means that he realized that God’s law results in spiritual death for people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I realized it was to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 7 10 y97i figs-explicit θάνατον 1 Here, **death** refers to spiritual **death**, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. See how you translated the same use of **death** in [6:16](../06/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 7 11 r582 figs-personification ἡ…ἁμαρτία ἀφορμὴν λαβοῦσα διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς 1 For sin took the opportunity through the commandment and deceived me. Through the commandment it killed me See how you translated this clause in [verse 8](../07/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 7 11 qi99 figs-personification ἐξηπάτησέν με 1 sin Here Paul speaks of **sin** figuratively as if it were a person who could deceive people. Paul means that his desire to sin tricked him into thinking that he could become righteous by obeying **the commandment**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “caused me to deceive myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 7 11 qljg writing-pronouns δι’ αὐτῆς 1 sin The pronoun **it** refers to **the commandment**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “through the commandment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 7 11 f6sx figs-personification ἀπέκτεινεν 1 it killed me Here Paul speaks of **sin** figuratively as if it were a person who could kill people. Paul means that his desire to sin caused him to disobey God’s law, which resulted in Paul being spiritually dead. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “caused me to die spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 7 12 h0li grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 **So then** here introduces the result of what Paul said in [verses 7–11](../07/07.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a result clause. Alternate translation: “Since this is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 7 12 i3ka figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἐντολὴ 1 See how you translated this abstract noun in [verse 9](../07/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 7 13 us69 grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 So **Therefore** here indicates that what follows is the result of what Paul said in [verses 7–12](../07/07.md). Use a natural way in your language to introduce the result of something. Alternate translation: “As a result” or “This is why” or “Because of this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 7 11 qi99 figs-personification ἐξηπάτησέν με 1 sin Here Paul speaks of **sin** as if it were a person who could deceive people. Paul means that his desire to sin tricked him into thinking that he could become righteous by obeying **the commandment**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “caused me to deceive myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 7 11 qljg writing-pronouns δι’ αὐτῆς 1 sin The pronoun **it** refers to **the commandment**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “through the commandment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 7 11 f6sx figs-personification ἀπέκτεινεν 1 it killed me Here Paul speaks of **sin** as if it were a person who could kill people. Paul means that his desire to sin caused him to disobey God’s law, which resulted in Paul being spiritually dead. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “caused me to die spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 7 12 h0li grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 **So then** here introduces the result of what Paul said in [verses 7–11](../07/07.md). Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “Since this is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 7 12 i3ka figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἐντολὴ 1 See how you translated **commandment** in [verse 9](../07/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 7 13 us69 grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 So **Therefore** here indicates that what follows is the result of what Paul said in [verses 7–12](../07/07.md). Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “As a result” or “This is why” or “Because of this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 7 13 e1bx figs-rquestion τὸ…ἀγαθὸν ἐμοὶ ἐγένετο θάνατος? 1 did what is good become death to me? Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the law did not directly cause him to become spiritually dead. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “surely what is good did not become death to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 7 13 g451 figs-explicit τὸ…ἀγαθὸν…διὰ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ 1 what is good Here, **what is good** refers to the law. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God’s good laws … through those good laws” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 7 13 qwe9 figs-metaphor ἐμοὶ ἐγένετο θάνατος 1 become death to me Here Paul speaks of the law figuratively as if it could **become death**. Paul is referring to the idea that God’s laws directly caused him to become spiritually dead. He rejects this idea in the next sentence. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “did … cause me to die spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 7 13 ee64 figs-explicit θάνατος…θάνατον 1 become death to me In this verse **death** refers to spiritual death, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. See how you translated the same use of death in [6:16](../06/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 7 13 g451 figs-explicit τὸ…ἀγαθὸν…διὰ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ 1 what is good Here, **what is good** refers to the law. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God’s good laws … through those good laws” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 7 13 qwe9 figs-metaphor ἐμοὶ ἐγένετο θάνατος 1 become death to me Here Paul speaks of the law as if it could **become death**. Paul is referring to the idea that God’s laws directly caused him to become spiritually dead. He rejects this idea in the next sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “did … cause me to die spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 7 13 ee64 figs-explicit θάνατος…θάνατον 1 become death to me In this verse **death** refers to spiritual death, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. See how you translated the same use of **death** in [6:16](../06/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 7 13 r84l figs-abstractnouns θάνατος…ἡ ἁμαρτία…ἁμαρτία…θάνατον…ἡ ἁμαρτία διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **sin** and **commandment** in [verse 11](../07/11.md) and **death** in [verse 10](../07/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 7 13 hgm6 figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο! 1 May it never be See how you translated this phrase in [3:4](../03/04.md) and [6:2](../06/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 7 13 f9md figs-infostructure ἀλλὰ ἡ ἁμαρτία, ἵνα φανῇ ἁμαρτία διὰ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ μοι κατεργαζομένη θάνατον 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “But sin produced death in me in order that it might be shown to be sin through what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 7 13 qoe9 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἁμαρτία, ἵνα φανῇ ἁμαρτία διὰ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ μοι κατεργαζομένη θάνατον 1 Here, **in order that** indicates a purpose clause. Paul is stating a purpose for **sin** **producing death**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “sin produced death in me for the purpose of showing itself to be sin through what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 7 13 kvhi figs-metaphor φανῇ ἁμαρτία 1 Here Paul uses **shown** figuratively as if **sin** were an object that people could see. Paul means that God’s laws enable people to recognize what **sin** is. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it might be recognized to be sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 7 13 e7r4 figs-explicit διὰ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ 1 Here, **through** indicates that **what is good** is the means by which sin is clearly understood to be sin. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 7 13 m4l5 figs-personification ἡ ἁμαρτία…μοι κατεργαζομένη θάνατον; 1 sin … brought about death in me Here Paul speaks of **sin** figuratively as if it were a person who could kill someone. Paul means that his desire to sin caused him to disobey God’s law, which resulted in Paul being spiritually dead. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “sin … caused me to die spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 7 13 pnq6 figs-metaphor μοι κατεργαζομένη θάνατον 1 brought about death in me Here Paul speaks figuratively of **death** as if it were an object that could be inside a person. He means that he was spiritually dead. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: Alternate translation: “killed me spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 7 13 kvhi figs-metaphor φανῇ ἁμαρτία 1 Here Paul uses **shown** as if **sin** were an object that people could see. Paul means that God’s laws enable people to recognize what **sin** is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it might be recognized to be sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 7 13 e7r4 figs-explicit διὰ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ 1 Here, **through** indicates that **what is good** is the means by which sin is clearly understood to be sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 7 13 m4l5 figs-personification ἡ ἁμαρτία…μοι κατεργαζομένη θάνατον; 1 sin … brought about death in me Here Paul speaks of **sin** as if it were a person who could kill someone. Paul means that his desire to sin caused him to disobey God’s law, which resulted in Paul being spiritually dead. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “sin … caused me to die spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 7 13 pnq6 figs-metaphor μοι κατεργαζομένη θάνατον 1 brought about death in me Here Paul speaks of **death** as if it were an object that could be inside a person. He means that he was spiritually dead. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: Alternate translation: “killed me spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 7 13 cuct grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα γένηται καθ’ ὑπερβολὴν ἁμαρτωλὸς ἡ ἁμαρτία διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς 1 brought about death in me Here, **so that** indicates a purpose clause. Paul is stating another purpose for **sin** **producing death**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order for sin to become sinful beyond measure through the commandment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 7 13 a6zb figs-explicit διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς 1 through the commandment Here, **through** indicates that **the commandment** is the means by which sin becomes **sinful beyond measure**. Paul means that God’s laws provide a standard by which people can understand how extremely sinful sin is. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of the commandment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 7 13 clht figs-personification γένηται καθ’ ὑπερβολὴν ἁμαρτωλὸς ἡ ἁμαρτία 1 Here Paul speaks of **sin** figuratively as if it were a person who could become more **sinful**. He means that God’s laws provide a standard by which people can understand how extremely sinful sin is. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “sin might be recognized as sinful beyond measure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 7 13 oy2w figs-idiom καθ’ ὑπερβολὴν 1 The phrase **beyond measure** is an idiom that means “to a great degree” or “exceedingly.” If this might confuse your readers, you could use a similar idiom from your language or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to an extreme degree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 7 14 k5mg grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that this verse is the reason why the previous statement is true. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “These things I have just said are true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 7 14 quen figs-explicit ὁ νόμος πνευματικός ἐστιν 1 Here, **spiritual** means that the source of **the law** is God’s Spirit. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the law comes from God’s Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 7 13 a6zb figs-explicit διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς 1 through the commandment Here, **through** indicates that **the commandment** is the means by which sin becomes **sinful beyond measure**. Paul means that God’s laws provide a standard by which people can understand how extremely sinful sin is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of the commandment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 7 13 clht figs-personification γένηται καθ’ ὑπερβολὴν ἁμαρτωλὸς ἡ ἁμαρτία 1 Here Paul speaks of **sin** as if it were a person who could become more **sinful**. He means that God’s laws provide a standard by which people can understand how extremely sinful sin is.If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “sin might be recognized as sinful beyond measure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 7 13 oy2w figs-idiom καθ’ ὑπερβολὴν 1 Here, **beyond measure** is an idiom that means “to a great degree” or “exceedingly.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a similar idiom from your language or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to an extreme degree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 7 14 k5mg grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that this verse is the reason why the previous statement is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “These things I have just said are true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 7 14 quen figs-explicit ὁ νόμος πνευματικός ἐστιν 1 Here, **spiritual** means that the source of **the law** is God’s Spirit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the law comes from God’s Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 7 14 vxn0 figs-rpronouns ἐγὼ…σάρκινός εἰμι 1 Paul uses the word **myself** to emphasize how the contrast between himself and **the law**. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “I indeed am fleshly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -ROM 7 14 big5 figs-explicit σάρκινός 1 Here, **fleshly** refers to the weakness of sinful human nature, which is the inability to stop sinning without God’s help. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “spiritually frail” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 7 14 big5 figs-explicit σάρκινός 1 Here, **fleshly** refers to the weakness of sinful human nature, which is the inability to stop sinning without God’s help. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “spiritually frail” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 7 14 lx8f figs-activepassive πεπραμένος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “having sold myself into slavery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 7 14 sr9e figs-metaphor πεπραμένος ὑπὸ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν 1 Here Paul speaks figuratively of himself as if he were a slave. Here, **sold into slavery** could refer to: (1) being influenced by one’s sinful human nature. In this case Paul would be speaking about his situation even after becoming a Christian. Alternate translation: “being under the influence of my sinful nature” (2) being controlled by one’s desire to sin. In this case Paul would be speaking about his situation before he became a Christian. Alternate translation: “being controlled by my desire to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 7 14 p9pi figs-idiom ὑπὸ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν 1 See how you translated this idiom in [3:9](../03/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 7 15 udc8 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that this verse is the reason why the previous statement is true. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “What I have just said is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 7 14 sr9e figs-metaphor πεπραμένος ὑπὸ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν 1 Here Paul speaks of himself as if he were a slave. Here, **sold into slavery** could refer to: (1) being influenced by one’s sinful human nature. In this case Paul would be speaking about his situation even after becoming a Christian. Alternate translation: “being under the influence of my sinful nature” (2) being controlled by one’s desire to sin. In this case Paul would be speaking about his situation before he became a Christian. Alternate translation: “being controlled by my desire to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 7 14 p9pi figs-idiom ὑπὸ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν 1 See how you translated the similar use of this phrase in [3:9](../03/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 7 15 udc8 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that this verse is the reason why the previous statement is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “What I have just said is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 7 15 u3av ὃ…κατεργάζομαι, οὐ γινώσκω 1 For what I do, I do not really understand Alternate translation: “I am not sure why I do some of the things that I do” -ROM 7 15 gneb grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 2 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains “what I produce” in the previous sentence. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 7 15 e8ki figs-ellipsis οὐ…ὃ θέλω…ὃ μισῶ 2 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “what I do not want to do … what I hate to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 7 15 az2z figs-hyperbole οὐ…ὃ θέλω, τοῦτο πράσσω…ὃ μισῶ, τοῦτο ποιῶ. 2 The phrases **I practice** and **I do** are exaggerations that Paul uses to emphasize that he often does what he does not want to do. It does not mean that Paul always does these things. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what I do not want, this I often practice … what I hate, this I often do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ROM 7 15 gneb grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 2 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains “what I produce” in the previous sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 7 15 e8ki figs-ellipsis οὐ…ὃ θέλω…ὃ μισῶ 2 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “what I do not want to do … what I hate to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 7 15 az2z figs-hyperbole οὐ…ὃ θέλω, τοῦτο πράσσω…ὃ μισῶ, τοῦτο ποιῶ. 2 The phrases **I practice** and **I do** are exaggerations that Paul uses to emphasize that he often does what he does not want to do. It does not mean that Paul always does these things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what I do not want, this I often practice … what I hate, this I often do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 7 16 xho0 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ…ὃ οὐ θέλω 1 But if I do Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since what I do not want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) ROM 7 16 y26s figs-hyperbole ὃ οὐ θέλω, τοῦτο ποιῶ 1 But if I do See how you translated the similar phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ROM 7 16 q3b5 figs-ellipsis σύνφημι τῷ νόμῳ, ὅτι καλός 1 I agree with the law Here Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I agree with the law and thus confess that it is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 7 16 q3b5 figs-ellipsis σύνφημι τῷ νόμῳ, ὅτι καλός 1 I agree with the law Here Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I agree with the law and thus confess that it is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 7 17 x667 grammar-connect-words-phrases νυνὶ δὲ 1 the sin that lives in me **But now** indicates that this verse is the logical conclusion based on what Paul said in the previous two verses. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a conclusion. Alternate translation: “So it is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 7 17 k7ag figs-rpronouns οὐκέτι ἐγὼ κατεργάζομαι 1 the sin that lives in me Paul uses the word **myself** to emphasize the contrast between himself and **the sin** that causes him to do what he does not want to do. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “it is no longer I who produces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -ROM 7 17 id6v writing-pronouns αὐτὸ 1 the sin that lives in me The pronoun **it** here refers to doing the sinful acts that he does not want to do, as mentioned in the previous two verses. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those sinful deeds that I do not want to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 7 17 f6n8 figs-personification ἡ ἐνοικοῦσα ἐν ἐμοὶ ἁμαρτία 1 the sin that lives in me Here Paul speaks of **sin** figuratively as if it were a person who could live inside of a person. Paul means that his desire to **sin** causes him to do what he does not want to do. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my desire to sin deeply influences me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 7 18 nqhc grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous sentence. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 7 17 id6v writing-pronouns αὐτὸ 1 the sin that lives in me The pronoun **it** here refers to doing the sinful acts that he does not want to do, as mentioned in the previous two verses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those sinful deeds that I do not want to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 7 17 f6n8 figs-personification ἡ ἐνοικοῦσα ἐν ἐμοὶ ἁμαρτία 1 the sin that lives in me Here Paul speaks of **sin** as if it were a person who could live inside of a person. Paul means that his desire to **sin** causes him to do what he does not want to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my desire to sin deeply influences me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 7 18 nqhc grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 7 18 kf8z figs-infostructure οἶδα…ὅτι οὐκ οἰκεῖ ἐν ἐμοί, τοῦτ’ ἔστιν ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου, ἀγαθόν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “I know that good does not live in me, (that is, in my flesh)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) -ROM 7 18 p0ma figs-personification οὐκ οἰκεῖ ἐν ἐμοί…ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου, ἀγαθόν 1 Here Paul speaks figuratively of **good** as if it were a person who could **live** inside someone. He means that his sinful nature is not **good** at all. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “there is nothing good about me … about my flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 7 18 p1c1 figs-metaphor τῇ σαρκί μου 1 my flesh Here Paul uses **flesh** figuratively to refer to his sinful nature. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my sinful nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 7 18 p0ma figs-personification οὐκ οἰκεῖ ἐν ἐμοί…ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου, ἀγαθόν 1 Here Paul speaks of **good** as if it were a person who could **live** inside someone. He means that his sinful nature is not **good** at all. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “there is nothing good about me … about my flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 7 18 p1c1 figs-metaphor τῇ σαρκί μου 1 my flesh Here Paul uses **flesh** to refer to his sinful nature. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my sinful nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 7 18 kyx9 figs-abstractnouns ἀγαθόν…τὸ καλὸν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **good**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “any good thing …what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 7 18 ye8x grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 2 **For** here indicates that the following sentence is the reason why the previous statement is true. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “What I have just said is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 7 18 gvev figs-ellipsis τὸ…θέλειν παράκειταί μοι 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the wanting to do good is present in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 7 18 h934 figs-metaphor τὸ…θέλειν παράκειταί μοι 1 Here Paul speaks figuratively of **wanting** as if it were something that could exist inside a person. Paul means that he truly wants to do something good. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I truly want” or “I deeply desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 7 18 uxwb figs-ellipsis τὸ…κατεργάζεσθαι τὸ καλὸν οὔ 2 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the ability to produce the good is not in me” or “I am not able to produce the good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 7 19 xftc grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 the good **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the last sentence of the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 7 18 ye8x grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 2 **For** here indicates that the following sentence is the reason why the previous statement is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “What I have just said is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 7 18 gvev figs-ellipsis τὸ…θέλειν παράκειταί μοι 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the wanting to do good is present in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 7 18 h934 figs-metaphor τὸ…θέλειν παράκειταί μοι 1 Here Paul speaks of **wanting** as if it were something that could exist inside a person. Paul means that he truly wants to do something good. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I truly want” or “I deeply desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 7 18 uxwb figs-ellipsis τὸ…κατεργάζεσθαι τὸ καλὸν οὔ 2 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the ability to produce the good is not in me” or “I am not able to produce the good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 7 19 xftc grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 the good **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the last sentence of the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 7 19 ri3b figs-abstractnouns ἀγαθόν…κακὸν 1 the good If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **good** and **evil**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “good deeds … evil deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 7 19 j69g figs-ellipsis ὃ θέλω…ἀγαθόν…ὃ οὐ θέλω κακὸν 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that these clauses would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the good I want to do … the evil I do not want to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 7 19 j69g figs-ellipsis ὃ θέλω…ἀγαθόν…ὃ οὐ θέλω κακὸν 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that these clauses would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the good I want to do … the evil I do not want to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 7 20 kfvj grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ…ὃ οὐ θέλω, τοῦτο ποιῶ 1 See how you translated this clause in [verse 16](../07/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) ROM 7 20 sk9q οὐκέτι ἐγὼ κατεργάζομαι αὐτὸ, ἀλλὰ ἡ οἰκοῦσα ἐν ἐμοὶ ἁμαρτία 1 See how you translated these clauses in [verse 17](../07/17.md). -ROM 7 21 rqfu figs-metaphor εὑρίσκω 1 that evil is actually present in me Here Paul speaks figuratively of a **law** as if it were an object that he could **find**. Paul means that he realized the **law** that is described in the rest of the verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I realized that there was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 7 21 qae3 grammar-connect-logic-result ἄρα 1 that evil is actually present in me Here, **then** introduces a result clause. [Verses 21–25](../07/21.md) describe the logical conclusion to what Paul has stated in [verses 14–20](../07/14.md). Use a natural way in your language for expressing result. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 7 21 y5vo figs-explicit τὸν νόμον 1 that evil is actually present in me Here, **law** refers to a rule or principle. It does not refer to the laws God gave the Jews. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this rule” or “a different kind of law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 7 21 rqfu figs-metaphor εὑρίσκω 1 that evil is actually present in me Here Paul speaks of a **law** as if it were an object that he could **find**. Paul means that he he became aware of the **law** that is described in the rest of the verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I became aware that there was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 7 21 qae3 grammar-connect-logic-result ἄρα 1 that evil is actually present in me Here, **then** introduces a result clause. [Verses 21–25](../07/21.md) describe the logical conclusion to what Paul has stated in [verses 14–20](../07/14.md). Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 7 21 y5vo figs-explicit τὸν νόμον 1 that evil is actually present in me Here, **law** refers to a rule or principle. It does not refer to the laws God gave the Jews. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this rule” or “a different kind of law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 7 21 xxq9 figs-infostructure τῷ θέλοντι ἐμοὶ ποιεῖν τὸ καλὸν, ὅτι ἐμοὶ τὸ κακὸν παράκειται 1 that evil is actually present in me If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “that evil is present in me, in me the one wanting to do good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) -ROM 7 21 mo4r figs-metaphor ἐμοὶ…ἐμοὶ τὸ κακὸν παράκειται 1 Here Paul speaks of **evil** as if it were an object that could be inside a person. Paul means that he does evil deeds. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I … I do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 7 21 qn1r figs-distinguish τῷ θέλοντι…ποιεῖν τὸ καλὸν 1 Here, **the one wanting to do good** is giving further information about **me**, which refers to Paul. If this might confuse your readers, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “who is the one wanting to do good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) -ROM 7 21 hqp9 figs-abstractnouns τὸ καλὸν…τὸ κακὸν 1 See how you translated these abstract nouns in [verse 19](../07/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 7 22 mvod grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 the inner man **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse is the reason why the previous verse is true. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “What I have just said is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 7 22 x28l figs-metaphor συνήδομαι…τῷ νόμῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here Paul speaks figuratively of **the law of God** as if it were a location in which a person could **delight**. He means that God’s laws cause him to **delight**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I delight because of the law of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 7 21 mo4r figs-metaphor ἐμοὶ…ἐμοὶ τὸ κακὸν παράκειται 1 Here Paul speaks of **evil** as if it were an object that could be inside a person. Paul means that he does evil deeds. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I … I do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 7 21 qn1r figs-distinguish τῷ θέλοντι…ποιεῖν τὸ καλὸν 1 Here, **the one wanting to do good** is giving further information about **me**, which refers to Paul. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “who is the one wanting to do good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) +ROM 7 21 hqp9 figs-abstractnouns τὸ καλὸν…τὸ κακὸν 1 See how you translated **good** and **evil** in [verse 19](../07/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 7 22 mvod grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 the inner man **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse is the reason why the previous verse is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “What I have just said is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 7 22 x28l figs-metaphor συνήδομαι…τῷ νόμῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here Paul speaks of **the law of God** as if it were a location in which a person could **delight**. He means that God’s laws cause him to **delight**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I delight because of the law of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 7 22 nt65 grammar-collectivenouns τῷ νόμῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the inner man Here, **the law of God** refers to the laws that **God** gave the Jews, which is usually what Paul means when he says **the law**. See how you translated the similar expression in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -ROM 7 22 m13q figs-metaphor τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον 1 the inner man Here, **the inner man** refers to a person’s mind. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the inner being” or “the mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 7 23 zp7t figs-metaphor βλέπω 1 a different principle in my body parts Here Paul uses **see** figuratively to refer to noticing or perceiving something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I perceive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 7 23 fct8 figs-explicit ἕτερον νόμον 1 a different principle in my body parts Here, **a different law** refers to a rule or principle. It does not refer to the laws God gave the Jews. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this rule” or “a different kind of law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 7 23 ijp9 figs-personification ἐν τοῖς μέλεσίν μου, ἀντιστρατευόμενον 1 Here Paul speaks figuratively of **a different law** as if it were a person who could fight within someone’s body parts. He means that his sinful desires caused him to use his body to do sinful things that he did not want to do. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “were causing me to use my members to sin in opposition to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 7 22 m13q figs-metaphor τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον 1 the inner man Here, **the inner man** refers to a person’s mind. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the inner being” or “the mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 7 23 zp7t figs-metaphor βλέπω 1 a different principle in my body parts Here Paul uses **see** to refer to noticing or perceiving something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I perceive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 7 23 fct8 figs-explicit ἕτερον νόμον 1 a different principle in my body parts Here, **a different law** refers to a rule or principle. It does not refer to the laws God gave the Jews. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this rule” or “a different kind of law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 7 23 ijp9 figs-personification ἐν τοῖς μέλεσίν μου, ἀντιστρατευόμενον 1 Here Paul speaks of **a different law** as if it were a person who could fight within someone’s body parts. He means that his sinful desires caused him to use his body to do sinful things that he did not want to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “were causing me to use my members to sin in opposition to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 7 23 v8d8 τοῖς μέλεσίν -1 See how you translated **members** in [6:13](../06/13.md). ROM 7 23 t7yh figs-possession τῷ νόμῳ τοῦ νοός μου 1 Here, **the law of my mind** could refer to: (1) a principle that Paul thinks, which is the delight for God’s laws that he said in the previous verse is in his “inner man.” Alternate translation: “the principle I have thought” or “the principle in my mind” (2) the laws God gave the Jews, which Paul says that he serves with his mind in [verse 25](../07/25.md). Alternate translation: “God’s law that is in my mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 7 23 i8w4 figs-personification αἰχμαλωτίζοντά με 1 Here Paul speaks figuratively of **a different law** as if it were a person who could take someone **captive**. He means that his sinful desires controlled him against his will. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “controlling me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 7 23 i8w4 figs-personification αἰχμαλωτίζοντά με 1 Here Paul speaks of **a different law** as if it were a person who could take someone **captive**. He means that his sinful desires controlled him against his will. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “controlling me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 7 23 u4ny figs-metaphor τῷ νόμῳ τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 Here **the law of the sin** could refer to: (1) that principle that people have a sinful nature. Alternate translation: “the law that is my sinful nature” (2) the laws God gave the Jews, which Paul previously said in [verse 5](../07/05.md) stimulate people to sin more. Alternate translation: “God’s laws that stimulate sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 7 23 po29 figs-metaphor τῷ ὄντι ἐν τοῖς μέλεσίν μου 1 Here Paul speaks figuratively of **the law of the sin** as if it were something that could be inside someone. He means he has a sinful nature that influences what he does with his body parts. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “that influences what I do with my members” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 7 24 nu6u figs-exclamations ταλαίπωρος ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπος! 1 deliver me This sentence is an exclamation that communicates despair. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “Oh, how miserable I am!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) +ROM 7 23 po29 figs-metaphor τῷ ὄντι ἐν τοῖς μέλεσίν μου 1 Here Paul speaks of **the law of the sin** as if it were something that could be inside someone. He means he has a sinful nature that influences what he does with his body parts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “that influences what I do with my members” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 7 24 nu6u figs-exclamations ταλαίπωρος ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπος! 1 deliver me This sentence is an exclamation that communicates despair. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “O, how miserable I am!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 7 24 hmhj figs-rquestion τίς με ῥύσεται ἐκ τοῦ σώματος τοῦ θανάτου τούτου? 1 Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize his despair. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely no one will rescue me from the body of this death!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 7 24 md8e figs-possession τοῦ σώματος τοῦ θανάτου τούτου 1 this body of death Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **the body** relates to **this death**. This phrase could refer to: (1) **the body** that results in **this death**. Alternate translation: “the body that causes this death” (2) **the body** that is characterized by **this death**. Alternate translation: “this mortal body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 7 24 q74f figs-metaphor τοῦ θανάτου τούτου 1 this body of death Here, **this death** could refer to: (1) physical death. Alternate translation: “that dies” (2) spiritual death. Alternate translation: “of this spiritual death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 7 25 w9ui figs-exclamations χάρις τῷ Θεῷ διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 But thanks be to God through Jesus Christ our Lord This sentence is an exclamation that communicates joy. It is the answer to the rhetorical question that Paul asked in the previous verse. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating joy. Alternate translation: “Oh, how thankful I am to God through Jesus Christ our Lord!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) -ROM 7 25 omjd figs-ellipsis χάρις τῷ Θεῷ διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 But thanks be to God through Jesus Christ our Lord Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Thanks be to God who did this through Jesus Christ our Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 7 25 evnn grammar-connect-words-phrases ἄρα οὖν 1 But thanks be to God through Jesus Christ our Lord **So then** indicates that what follows in this verse summarizes the ideas of [verses 14–24](../07/14.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could use a clearer expression. See how you translated this phrase in [5:18](../05/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 7 25 w9ui figs-exclamations χάρις τῷ Θεῷ διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 But thanks be to God through Jesus Christ our Lord This sentence is an exclamation that communicates joy. It is the answer to the rhetorical question that Paul asked in the previous verse. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating joy. Alternate translation: “O, how thankful I am to God through Jesus Christ our Lord!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) +ROM 7 25 omjd figs-ellipsis χάρις τῷ Θεῷ διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 But thanks be to God through Jesus Christ our Lord Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Thanks be to God who did this through Jesus Christ our Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 7 25 evnn grammar-connect-words-phrases ἄρα οὖν 1 But thanks be to God through Jesus Christ our Lord **So then** indicates that what follows in this verse summarizes the ideas of [verses 14–24](../07/14.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a clearer expression. See how you translated this phrase in [5:18](../05/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 7 25 adx1 figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς ἐγὼ 1 So then, I myself serve the law of God with my mind. However, with the flesh I serve the principle of sin Paul uses the phrase **I myself** to emphasize the contrast between himself and the sin that causes him to do what he does not want to do. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “it is indeed I who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -ROM 7 25 sxn3 figs-personification τῷ μὲν νοῒ δουλεύω νόμῳ Θεοῦ; τῇ δὲ σαρκὶ, νόμῳ ἁμαρτίας 1 Here Paul speaks figuratively **the law of God** and **the law of sin** as if they were people whom he could **serve**. He means that he wants to obey **the law of God** but often obeys his desire to sin. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “obey the law of God with the mind, but with the flesh, I obey the law of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 7 25 sxn3 figs-personification τῷ μὲν νοῒ δουλεύω νόμῳ Θεοῦ; τῇ δὲ σαρκὶ, νόμῳ ἁμαρτίας 1 Here Paul speaks of **the law of God** and **the law of sin** as if they were people whom he could **serve**. He means that he wants to obey **the law of God** but often obeys his desire to sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “obey the law of God with the mind, but with the flesh, I obey the law of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 7 25 e163 figs-explicit νοῒ 1 See how you translated **mind** in [1:28](../01/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 7 25 dzjl grammar-collectivenouns νόμῳ Θεοῦ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [verse 22](../07/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -ROM 7 25 cdkb figs-ellipsis τῇ δὲ σαρκὶ, νόμῳ ἁμαρτίας 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but with the flesh, I serve the law of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 7 25 fm51 figs-metaphor τῇ…σαρκὶ 1 Here Paul uses **flesh** figuratively to refer to his sinful nature. See how you translated the similar phrase in [verse 18](../07/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 7 25 cdkb figs-ellipsis τῇ δὲ σαρκὶ, νόμῳ ἁμαρτίας 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but with the flesh, I serve the law of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 7 25 fm51 figs-metaphor τῇ…σαρκὶ 1 Here Paul uses **flesh** to refer to his sinful nature. See how you translated the similar phrase in [verse 18](../07/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 7 25 he4l figs-metaphor νόμῳ ἁμαρτίας 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in [verse 23](../07/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 8 intro ev4r 0 # Romans 8 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

5. Becoming like Christ in this life (6:1–8:39)
* Baptism represents union with Christ’s death (6:1–14)
* Christians are now slaves of righteousness (6:15–23)
* Christians have been freed from the law (7:1–6)
* The law is not sinful (7:7–12)
* Christians still struggle with indwelling sin (7:13–25)
* The Holy Spirit dwells in Christians (8:1–27)
* Christians have confidence in God’s love (8:28–8:39)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 36. Paul quotes these words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Indwelling of the Spirit

In [verses 9–17](../08/09.md) and [26–27](../08/26.md) Paul says that Holy Spirit dwells inside Christians to help them stop sinning and to intercede for them. The presence of the Holy Spirit within a person indicates that that person is a genuine Christian. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])

### Predestination

Many scholars believe this chapter teaches on a subject known as “predestination.” See the use of the word “predestined” in [verses 28–30](../08/28.md) and “elect” in [verse 33](../08/33.md). Some scholars take this to indicate that God has, from before the foundation of the world, chosen some people to save. Christians have different views on what the Bible teaches on this subject, so translators need to take extra care when translating these verses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/predestine]])## Important figures of speech in this chapter

## Important figure of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions

In [verses 24](../08/24.md) and [31–35](../08/31.md) Paul uses rhetorical questions in order to emphasize that what he is saying is true. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Flesh

Paul uses “flesh” in a variety of ways throughout this letter. In this chapter he frequently uses it to refer to sinful human nature. However, he uses “flesh” to refer to Christ’s physical body in [verse 3](../08/03.md). Every use of “flesh” will be discussed in the notes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])

### Inclusive language

In this chapter the pronouns “we”, “us”, and “our” refer inclusively to all believers in Christ. Paul calls these people “brothers” in [verses 12](../08/12.md). Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 8 intro ev4r 0 # Romans 8 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

5. Becoming like Christ in this life (6:1–8:39)
* Baptism represents union with Christ’s death (6:1–14)
* Christians are now slaves of righteousness (6:15–23)
* Christians have been freed from the law (7:1–6)
* The law is not sinful (7:7–12)
* Christians still struggle with indwelling sin (7:13–25)
* The Holy Spirit dwells in Christians (8:1–27)
* Christians have confidence in God’s love (8:28–8:39)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verse 36](../08/36.md). Paul quotes these words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Indwelling of the Spirit

In [verses 9–17](../08/09.md) and [26–27](../08/26.md) Paul says that the Holy Spirit dwells inside Christians to help them stop sinning and to intercede for them. The presence of the Holy Spirit within a person indicates that that person is a genuine Christian. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])

### Predestination

Many scholars believe this chapter teaches on a subject known as “predestination.” See the use of the word “predestined” in [verses 28–30](../08/28.md) and “elect” in [verse 33](../08/33.md). Some scholars take this to indicate that God has, from before the foundation of the world, chosen some people to save. Christians have different views on what the Bible teaches on this subject, so translators need to take extra care when translating these verses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/predestine]])

## Important figure of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions

In [verses 24](../08/24.md) and [31–35](../08/31.md) Paul uses rhetorical questions in order to emphasize that what he is saying is true. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Flesh

Paul uses “flesh” in a variety of ways throughout this letter. In this chapter he frequently uses it to refer to sinful human nature. However, he uses “flesh” to refer to Christ’s physical body in [verse 3](../08/03.md). Every use of “flesh” will be discussed in the notes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])

### Inclusive language

In this chapter the pronouns “we”, “us”, and “our” refer inclusively to all believers in Christ. Paul calls these people “brothers” in [verses 12](../08/12.md). Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 8 1 xq2y grammar-connect-logic-result οὐδὲν ἄρα νῦν κατάκριμα 1 Here, **therefore now** marks the beginning of a new section in the letter. It also introduces a result clause that concludes what Paul discussed in chapters 5–7. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “Since all these things are true, there is no condemnation at all” or “As a result of everything that I have just told you being true, there is no condemnation at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 8 1 xw65 figs-abstractnouns κατάκριμα 1 There is therefore now no condemnation for those who are in Christ Jesus See how you translated this abstract noun in [5:16](../05/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 8 1 xw65 figs-abstractnouns κατάκριμα 1 There is therefore now no condemnation for those who are in Christ Jesus See how you translated **condemnation** in [5:16](../05/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 8 1 ti0g figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:24](../03/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 8 2 whhz grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that this verse gives the reason why what Paul said in the previous verse is true. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 8 2 h1ka figs-possession ὁ…νόμος τοῦ Πνεύματος τῆς ζωῆς 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the law** that is characterized by **the Spirit of life**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the law that is characterized by the Spirit of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 8 2 whhz grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that this verse gives the reason why what Paul said in the previous verse is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 8 2 h1ka figs-possession ὁ…νόμος τοῦ Πνεύματος τῆς ζωῆς 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the law** that is characterized by **the Spirit of life**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the law that is characterized by the Spirit of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 8 2 vt9k figs-explicit ὁ…νόμος 1 Here, **the law** refers to a rule or principle. It does not refer to the laws God gave the Jews. See how you translated the similar use of **law** in [7:21](../07/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 8 2 hq2t figs-possession τοῦ Πνεύματος τῆς ζωῆς 1 the law of the Spirit of life in Christ Jesus Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the Spirit** that produces **life**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “of the Spirit that produces life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 8 2 x8uu figs-explicit τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 Here, **the Spirit** refers to the Holy **Spirit**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 8 2 ep3n figs-abstractnouns τῆς ζωῆς…τῆς ἁμαρτίας…τοῦ θανάτου 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **life** in [2:7](../02/07.md), **sin** in [5:20](../05/20.md), and **death** in [5:17](../05/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 8 2 ionb figs-explicit τῆς ζωῆς 1 Here, **life** refers to eternal **life**. See how you translated this use of the word in [5:18](../05/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 8 2 hq2t figs-possession τοῦ Πνεύματος τῆς ζωῆς 1 the law of the Spirit of life in Christ Jesus Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the Spirit** that produces **life**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “of the Spirit that produces life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 8 2 x8uu figs-explicit τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 Here, **the Spirit** refers to the Holy **Spirit**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 8 2 ep3n figs-abstractnouns τῆς ζωῆς…τῆς ἁμαρτίας…τοῦ θανάτου 1 See how you translated **life** in [2:7](../02/07.md), **sin** in [5:20](../05/20.md), and **death** in [5:17](../05/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 8 2 ionb figs-explicit τῆς ζωῆς 1 Here, **life** refers to eternal **life**. See how you translated this use of **life** in [5:18](../05/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 8 2 irh6 figs-explicit τῆς ζωῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, ἠλευθέρωσέν σε 1 The phrase **in Christ Jesus** could refer to: (1) the means by which **the Spirit** sets a person **free**. Alternate translation: “of life set you free in Christ Jesus” (2) a characteristic of **the life**. Alternate translation: “of the life that is in Christ Jesus set you free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 8 2 cgbe figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse and in [3:24](../03/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 8 2 th4n figs-metaphor ἠλευθέρωσέν σε ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου τῆς ἁμαρτίας καὶ τοῦ θανάτου 1 has set you free from the law of sin and death Here Paul speaks figuratively of **the law of sin and death** as if it were an object or person someone could be **set free from**. Paul means that the law that resulted in sin and death does not apply to those who are united with **Christ Jesus**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “has caused the law of sin and death to no longer control you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 8 2 th4n figs-metaphor ἠλευθέρωσέν σε ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου τῆς ἁμαρτίας καὶ τοῦ θανάτου 1 has set you free from the law of sin and death Here Paul speaks of **the law of sin and death** as if it were an object or person someone could be **set free from**. Paul means that the law that resulted in sin and death does not apply to those who are united with **Christ Jesus**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “has caused the law of sin and death to no longer control you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 8 2 u82e figs-metaphor τοῦ νόμου τῆς ἁμαρτίας καὶ τοῦ θανάτου 1 the law of sin and death This could refer to: (1) the principle that people have a sinful nature that results in death, as mentioned in [7:23–25](../07/23.md). Alternate translation: “the principle that is my sinful nature that leads to death” (2) the laws God gave the Jews, which Paul previously said in [7:5](../07/05.md) stimulate people to sin more. Alternate translation: “God’s laws that stimulate sin and death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 8 2 jlq1 figs-explicit τοῦ θανάτου 1 the law of sin and death Here, **death** refers to spiritual **death**, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. See how you translated the same use of death in [6:16](../06/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 8 3 mbh3 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse and the next verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 8 2 jlq1 figs-explicit τοῦ θανάτου 1 the law of sin and death Here, **death** refers to spiritual **death**, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. See how you translated the same use of **death** in [6:16](../06/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 8 3 mbh3 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse and the next verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 8 3 n9mr figs-infostructure τὸ…ἀδύνατον τοῦ νόμου, ἐν ᾧ ἠσθένει διὰ τῆς σαρκός, ὁ Θεὸς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “God did what the law was unable to do, in that it was weak through the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 8 3 z2ej grammar-collectivenouns τοῦ νόμου 1 Here, **the law** refers to the laws that God gave the Jews, which is usually what Paul means when he says **the law**. See how you translated this expression in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -ROM 8 3 t8lj figs-explicit τὸ…ἀδύνατον τοῦ νόμου…ὁ Θεὸς 1 For what the law was unable to do because it was weak through the flesh, God did Paul implies that **what the law was unable to do** was to make people righteous, which is the main theme of this book. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the law was unable to make people righteous … but God did so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 8 3 j98t figs-personification τὸ…ἀδύνατον τοῦ νόμου, ἐν ᾧ ἠσθένει διὰ τῆς σαρκός 1 For what the law was unable to do because it was weak through the flesh, God did Here Paul speaks of **the law** figuratively as if it were a person who **was unable to do** something and was **weak**. Paul means that the laws God gave the Jews could not make people righteous because people are naturally sinful and unable to obey those laws. If this might confuse you readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the law could not stop people from sinning, because sinful human nature prevented people from obeying it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 8 3 t8lj figs-explicit τὸ…ἀδύνατον τοῦ νόμου…ὁ Θεὸς 1 For what the law was unable to do because it was weak through the flesh, God did Paul implies that **what the law was unable to do** was to make people righteous, which is the main theme of this book. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the law was unable to make people righteous … but God did so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 8 3 j98t figs-personification τὸ…ἀδύνατον τοῦ νόμου, ἐν ᾧ ἠσθένει διὰ τῆς σαρκός 1 For what the law was unable to do because it was weak through the flesh, God did Here Paul speaks of **the law** as if it were a person who **was unable to do** something and was **weak**. Paul means that the laws God gave the Jews could not make people righteous because people are naturally sinful and unable to obey those laws. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the law could not stop people from sinning, because sinful human nature prevented people from obeying it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 8 3 g6g4 grammar-connect-logic-result ἐν ᾧ ἠσθένει 1 This phrase is the reason why **the law was unable to do** what it was supposed to do. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a reason. Alternate translation: “since it was weak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 8 3 uzkh grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ τῆς σαρκός 1 This phrase states the reason why **the law** **was weak**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a reason. Alternate translation: “on account of the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 8 3 etf2 figs-idiom διὰ τῆς σαρκός 1 through the flesh Here Paul uses **flesh** figuratively to refer to sinful human nature. See how you translated the similar use of **flesh** in [7:18](../07/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 8 3 p4qq figs-explicit τὸν ἑαυτοῦ Υἱὸν πέμψας, ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκὸς ἁμαρτίας, καὶ περὶ ἁμαρτίας 1 He … sent his own Son in the likeness of sinful flesh … an offering for sin … he condemned sin This clause indicates how God **condemned sin**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 8 3 tc37 figs-ellipsis τὸν ἑαυτοῦ Υἱὸν πέμψας 1 He … sent his own Son in the likeness of sinful flesh … an offering for sin … he condemned sin Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “having sent his own Son to the earth” or “having sent his own Son to mankind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 8 3 p4qq figs-explicit τὸν ἑαυτοῦ Υἱὸν πέμψας, ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκὸς ἁμαρτίας, καὶ περὶ ἁμαρτίας 1 He … sent his own Son in the likeness of sinful flesh … an offering for sin … he condemned sin This clause indicates how God **condemned sin**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 8 3 tc37 figs-ellipsis τὸν ἑαυτοῦ Υἱὸν πέμψας 1 He … sent his own Son in the likeness of sinful flesh … an offering for sin … he condemned sin Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “having sent his own Son to the earth” or “having sent his own Son to mankind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 8 3 csl8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸν 1 Son **Son** is an important title for Jesus, the **Son** of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -ROM 8 3 uf94 figs-possession ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκὸς ἁμαρτίας 1 in the likeness of sinful flesh Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the likeness** that is characterized by **sinful flesh**. He means that Jesus had the same human **flesh** that sinful people have, although Jesus never sinned. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning in a clearer way. Alternate translation: “in the same flesh that sinful human beings have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 8 3 uf94 figs-possession ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκὸς ἁμαρτίας 1 in the likeness of sinful flesh Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the likeness** that is characterized by **sinful flesh**. He means that Jesus had the same human **flesh** that sinful people have, although Jesus never sinned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “in the same flesh that sinful human beings have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 8 3 xi5c figs-abstractnouns ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκὸς ἁμαρτίας 1 Son If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **likeness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in flesh like sinful flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 8 3 v0h2 figs-synecdoche σαρκὸς ἁμαρτίας…τῇ σαρκί 1 he condemned sin in the flesh Here Paul uses **flesh** figuratively to mean “the whole body,” which is made of flesh. See how you translated this use of **flesh** in [2:28](../02/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 8 3 hfr2 figs-explicit περὶ ἁμαρτίας 1 to be an offering for sin This could mean: (1) Jesus was sent for the sake of doing away with sin. Alternate translation: “in order to do away with sin” (2) Jesus was an offering to pay for sin. Alternate translation: “as an offering for sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 8 3 gid8 figs-personification κατέκρινε τὴν ἁμαρτίαν 1 to be an offering for sin Here Paul speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were a guilty person whom a judge could condemn. Paul means that God removed the power that sin has to control people. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he canceled the power of sin” or “he destroyed how sin controls people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 8 3 es29 figs-explicit ἐν τῇ σαρκί 1 he condemned sin in the flesh Here, **the flesh** refers specifically to Jesus’ body that died on the cross. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in his Son’s body on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 8 4 zcsi grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 the requirements of the law might be fulfilled in us Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is the purpose for which God “condemned sin in the flesh” of Jesus. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +ROM 8 3 gid8 figs-personification κατέκρινε τὴν ἁμαρτίαν 1 to be an offering for sin Here Paul speaks of **sin** as if it were a guilty person whom a judge could condemn. Paul means that God removed the power that sin has to control people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he canceled the power of sin” or “he destroyed how sin controls people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 8 3 es29 figs-explicit ἐν τῇ σαρκί 1 he condemned sin in the flesh Here, **the flesh** refers specifically to Jesus’ body that died on the cross. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in his Son’s body on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 8 4 zcsi grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 the requirements of the law might be fulfilled in us Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is the purpose for which God “condemned sin in the flesh” of Jesus. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 8 4 j9ff figs-activepassive τὸ δικαίωμα τοῦ νόμου πληρωθῇ ἐν ἡμῖν 1 the requirements of the law might be fulfilled in us If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The one doing the action could be: (1) us. Alternate translation: “we might fulfill the righteous deeds of the law” (2) God. Alternate translation: “God might fulfill in us the righteous deeds of the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 8 4 puta figs-metaphor τὸ δικαίωμα τοῦ νόμου πληρωθῇ ἐν ἡμῖν 1 the requirements of the law might be fulfilled in us Here Paul speaks figuratively of **the righteous deeds of the law** as if they were something that could be located inside a person. Paul means that God enables Christians to do those **righteous deeds** that his law required. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the righteous deeds of the law might be done by us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 8 4 w2aa figs-possession τὸ δικαίωμα τοῦ νόμου 1 the requirements of the law might be fulfilled in us Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **the righteous deeds** that God commanded in **the law**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the righteous deeds that the law requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 8 4 puta figs-metaphor τὸ δικαίωμα τοῦ νόμου πληρωθῇ ἐν ἡμῖν 1 the requirements of the law might be fulfilled in us Here Paul speaks of **the righteous deeds of the law** as if they were something that could be located inside a person. Paul means that God enables Christians to do those **righteous deeds** that his law required.If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the righteous deeds of the law might be done by us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 8 4 w2aa figs-possession τὸ δικαίωμα τοῦ νόμου 1 the requirements of the law might be fulfilled in us Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **the righteous deeds** that God commanded in **the law**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the righteous deeds that the law requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 8 4 rttr grammar-collectivenouns τοῦ νόμου 1 the requirements of the law might be fulfilled in us Here, **the law** refers to the laws that God gave the Jews, which is usually what Paul means when he says **the law**. See how you translated this expression in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -ROM 8 4 bsp0 figs-distinguish ἡμῖν, τοῖς μὴ κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦσιν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ Πνεῦμα 1 we who walk not according to the flesh This clause gives further information about **us**. If this might confuse your readers, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “us, that is, those walking not according to the flesh, but according to the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) -ROM 8 4 acc4 figs-metaphor τοῖς μὴ κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦσιν 1 we who walk not according to the flesh Here Paul uses **walking** figuratively to refer to how people behave or lives their lives. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those not behaving according to the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 8 4 bsp0 figs-distinguish ἡμῖν, τοῖς μὴ κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦσιν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ Πνεῦμα 1 we who walk not according to the flesh This clause gives further information about **us**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “us, that is, those walking not according to the flesh, but according to the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) +ROM 8 4 acc4 figs-metaphor τοῖς μὴ κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦσιν 1 we who walk not according to the flesh Here Paul uses **walking** to refer to how people behave or lives their lives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those not behaving according to the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 8 4 grhf κατὰ σάρκα…κατὰ Πνεῦμα 1 we who walk not according to the flesh Alternate translation: “determined by the flesh … determined by the Spirit” or “in conformity with the flesh … in conformity with the Spirit” ROM 8 4 bgg7 figs-idiom κατὰ σάρκα 1 Here Paul uses **flesh** figuratively to refer to sinful human nature. See how you translated the similar use of **flesh** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 8 5 xzmt grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that this verse gives the reason why what Paul said in the previous verse is true. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 8 5 xzmt grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that this verse gives the reason why what Paul said in the previous verse is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 8 5 s5sb figs-idiom σάρκα…τῆς σαρκὸς 1 See how you translated **the flesh** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 8 5 b9in figs-idiom τὰ τῆς σαρκὸς φρονοῦσιν 1 The phrase **set their minds on** is an idiom that refers to thinking carefully about something or being intent on doing something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are intent on doing the things of the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 8 5 evgr figs-possession τὰ τῆς σαρκὸς 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **things** that are related to **the flesh**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “things pertaining to the flesh” or “fleshly things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 8 5 cqwa figs-ellipsis οἱ δὲ κατὰ Πνεῦμα 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but those existing according to the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 8 5 x3o6 figs-ellipsis τὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a phrase would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “set their minds on the things of the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 8 5 a2n5 figs-possession τὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **things** that are related to **the Spirit**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “things pertaining to the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 8 6 uc6w grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 the mind set on the flesh … the mind set on the Spirit **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse and the next verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 8 5 b9in figs-idiom τὰ τῆς σαρκὸς φρονοῦσιν 1 The phrase **set their minds on** is an idiom that refers to thinking carefully about something or being intent on doing something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are intent on doing the things of the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 8 5 evgr figs-possession τὰ τῆς σαρκὸς 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **things** that are related to **the flesh**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “things pertaining to the flesh” or “fleshly things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 8 5 cqwa figs-ellipsis οἱ δὲ κατὰ Πνεῦμα 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but those existing according to the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 8 5 x3o6 figs-ellipsis τὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a phrase would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “set their minds on the things of the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 8 5 a2n5 figs-possession τὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **things** that are related to **the Spirit**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “things pertaining to the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 8 6 uc6w grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 the mind set on the flesh … the mind set on the Spirit **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse and the next verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 8 6 vyw4 figs-abstractnouns τὸ…φρόνημα…τὸ…φρόνημα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **mindset**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the way of thinking … the way of thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 8 6 my98 figs-possession τὸ…φρόνημα τῆς σαρκὸς 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **mindset** that is focused on **the flesh**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the mindset that is focused on the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 8 6 my98 figs-possession τὸ…φρόνημα τῆς σαρκὸς 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **mindset** that is focused on **the flesh**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the mindset that is focused on the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 8 6 b0wo figs-idiom τῆς σαρκὸς 1 See how you translated **the flesh** in the previous two verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 8 6 czmn grammar-connect-logic-result θάνατος 1 Here, **is** indicates that what follows is the result of **the mindset of the flesh**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “results in death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 8 6 mbte figs-explicit θάνατος 1 Here, death refers to spiritual death, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. See how you translated the same use of death in [6:16](../06/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 8 6 oviz figs-possession τὸ…φρόνημα τοῦ Πνεύματος 2 Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **mindset** that is focused on **the Spirit**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the mindset that is focused on the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 8 6 q470 grammar-connect-logic-result ζωὴ καὶ εἰρήνη 1 Here, **is** indicates that what follows is the result of **the mindset of the flesh**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “results in life and peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 8 6 czmn grammar-connect-logic-result θάνατος 1 Here, **is** indicates that what follows is the result of **the mindset of the flesh**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “results in death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 8 6 mbte figs-explicit θάνατος 1 Here, death refers to spiritual death, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. See how you translated the same use of **death** in [6:16](../06/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 8 6 oviz figs-possession τὸ…φρόνημα τοῦ Πνεύματος 2 Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **mindset** that is focused on **the Spirit**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the mindset that is focused on the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 8 6 q470 grammar-connect-logic-result ζωὴ καὶ εἰρήνη 1 Here, **is** indicates that what follows is the result of **the mindset of the flesh**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “results in life and peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 8 6 rqnl figs-abstractnouns ζωὴ καὶ εἰρήνη 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **life** and **peace**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “is living and being peaceful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 8 6 fjk8 figs-explicit ζωὴ 1 Here, **life** refers to eternal **life**. See how you translated this use of the word in [5:18](../05/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 8 7 lsdo grammar-connect-logic-result διότι 1 Here, **because** indicates that this verse and the next verse give the reasons why what Paul said in [verses 5–6](../08/05.md) is true. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 8 6 fjk8 figs-explicit ζωὴ 1 Here, **life** refers to eternal **life**. See how you translated this use of **life** in [5:18](../05/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 8 7 lsdo grammar-connect-logic-result διότι 1 Here, **because** indicates that this verse and the next verse give the reasons why what Paul said in [verses 5–6](../08/05.md) is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating reasons. Alternate translation: “due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 8 7 gvcr figs-possession τὸ φρόνημα τῆς σαρκὸς 1 See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 8 7 fpt4 figs-abstractnouns ἔχθρα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hostility**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “is hostile” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 8 7 pm7t grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said in the previous clause is true. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 8 7 thq8 writing-pronouns οὐχ ὑποτάσσεται, οὐδὲ…δύναται 1 Here, **it** refers to **the mindset of the flesh** mentioned earlier in the verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this mindset does not subject itself to … this mindset is not able to do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 8 7 z2ih figs-personification οὐχ ὑποτάσσεται, οὐδὲ γὰρ δύναται 1 Here Paul speaks figuratively of **the mindset of the flesh** as if it were a person who could **subject** himself to something. Paul means that the person who thinks with this **mindset** is unable to submit to God’s laws. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who thinks this way does not subject himself to … for he is not able to do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 8 7 srp9 figs-personification τῷ…νόμῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐχ ὑποτάσσεται 1 Here Paul speaks figuratively of **the law of God** as if it were a king or master whom someone could **subject** himself to. Paul is referring to someone obeying God’s laws. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it does not obey the law of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 8 7 pm7t grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said in the previous clause is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 8 7 thq8 writing-pronouns οὐχ ὑποτάσσεται, οὐδὲ…δύναται 1 Here, **it** refers to **the mindset of the flesh** mentioned earlier in the verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this mindset does not subject itself to … this mindset is not able to do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 8 7 z2ih figs-personification οὐχ ὑποτάσσεται, οὐδὲ γὰρ δύναται 1 Here Paul speaks of **the mindset of the flesh** as if it were a person who could **subject** himself to something. Paul means that the person who thinks with this **mindset** is unable to submit to God’s laws. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who thinks this way does not subject himself to … for he is not able to do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 8 7 srp9 figs-personification τῷ…νόμῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐχ ὑποτάσσεται 1 Here Paul speaks of **the law of God** as if it were a king or master whom someone could **subject** himself to. Paul is referring to someone obeying God’s laws. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it does not obey the law of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 8 7 brde grammar-collectivenouns τῷ…νόμῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [7:22](../07/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -ROM 8 7 bhje grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 2 Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said in the previous clause is true. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 8 7 bhje grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 2 Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said in the previous clause is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 8 8 me7u figs-metaphor οἱ…ἐν σαρκὶ ὄντες 1 Those who are in the flesh See how you translated this phrase in [7:5](../07/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 8 9 vdhw grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 **However** here indicates a strong contrast between people who have “the mindset of the flesh” referred to in the previous verse and the believers to whom Paul is writing this letter. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “On the contrary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 8 9 iybo figs-rpronouns ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐκ ἐστὲ 1 Paul uses the word **yourselves** to emphasize the contrast between his Christian readers and people who live **in the flesh**. Use a way that is natural in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “However, you are truly not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) ROM 8 9 czm9 figs-metaphor ἐν σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 8 9 e54u figs-metaphor ἐν Πνεύματι 1 in the Spirit Here Paul speaks figuratively of **the Spirit** as if he were a location that someone could be **in**. He could mean: (1) believers are controlled by the Holy Spirit, which is how **in** is used earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “controlled by the Spirit” (2) believers are united with the Holy Spirit, which is how Paul used **in** in [verse 1](../08/01.md). Alternate translation: “united with the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 8 9 p55f figs-explicit Πνεύματι…Πνεῦμα Θεοῦ…Πνεῦμα Χριστοῦ 1 These phrases all refer to the Holy **Spirit**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit … the Holy Spirit of God … the Holy Spirit of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 8 9 y3vg writing-pronouns οὗτος 1 Here, **this one** refers to the person who **does not have the Spirit of Christ**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this person without the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 8 9 akl1 figs-possession οὗτος οὐκ ἔστιν αὐτοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe a person who does not belong to Christ. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “this one does not belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 8 9 e54u figs-metaphor ἐν Πνεύματι 1 in the Spirit Here Paul speaks of the Holy **Spirit** as if he were a location that someone could be **in**. He could mean: (1) believers are controlled by the Holy **Spirit**, which is how **in** is used earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “controlled by the Spirit” (2) believers are united with the Holy **Spirit**, which is how Paul used **in** in [verse 1](../08/01.md). Alternate translation: “united with the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 8 9 p55f figs-explicit Πνεύματι…Πνεῦμα Θεοῦ…Πνεῦμα Χριστοῦ 1 These phrases all refer to the Holy **Spirit**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit … the Holy Spirit of God … the Holy Spirit of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 8 9 y3vg writing-pronouns οὗτος 1 Here, **this one** refers to the person who **does not have the Spirit of Christ**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this person without the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 8 9 akl1 figs-possession οὗτος οὐκ ἔστιν αὐτοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe a person who does not belong to Christ. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “this one does not belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 8 10 ntqo grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) -ROM 8 10 q8be figs-metaphor Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν 1 If Christ is in you Here Paul speaks figuratively of **you** as if **you** were a location that **Christ** could be **in**. See how you translated **in you** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 8 10 q8be figs-metaphor Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν 1 If Christ is in you Here Paul speaks of **you** as if **you** were a location that **Christ** could be **in**. See how you translated **in you** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 8 10 q2q4 figs-infostructure τὸ μὲν σῶμα νεκρὸν διὰ ἁμαρτίαν, τὸ δὲ Πνεῦμα ζωὴ διὰ δικαιοσύνην 1 If Christ is in you If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “the Spirit is life because of righteousness even though the body is dead because of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) -ROM 8 10 lae8 figs-genericnoun τὸ…σῶμα νεκρὸν 1 Paul is speaking of the bodies of believers in general, not of one particular **body**. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “the bodies are dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -ROM 8 10 e6g9 figs-metaphor τὸ μὲν σῶμα νεκρὸν διὰ ἁμαρτίαν 1 the body is dead with respect to sin Here Paul speaks figuratively of **the body** as if it were already **dead**. Paul means that the physical **body** of a Christian will still die **because of sin**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the body will certainly die because of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 8 10 lae8 figs-genericnoun τὸ…σῶμα νεκρὸν 1 Paul is speaking of the bodies of believers in general, not of one particular **body**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “the bodies are dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +ROM 8 10 e6g9 figs-metaphor τὸ μὲν σῶμα νεκρὸν διὰ ἁμαρτίαν 1 the body is dead with respect to sin Here Paul speaks of **the body** as if it were already **dead**. Paul means that the physical **body** of a Christian will still die **because of sin**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the body will certainly die because of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 8 10 yb1b figs-explicit τὸ δὲ Πνεῦμα ζωὴ 1 the spirit is alive with respect to righteousness Here, **the Spirit is life** could mean: (1) the Holy Spirit gives a person eternal **life**. In this case **Spirit** refers to the Holy **Spirit** and **life** refers to eternal **life**. Alternate translation: “but the Holy Spirit grants eternal life” (2) a believer’s **spirit** is alive. In this case **Spirit** refers to the spirits of individual believers. Alternate translation: “but the spirit is alive” or “but your spirits are alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 8 10 ya21 figs-abstractnouns διὰ δικαιοσύνην 1 the spirit is alive with respect to righteousness If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because of your righteous status” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 8 11 jlc9 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 If the Spirit … lives in you Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) -ROM 8 11 i618 figs-explicit τὸ Πνεῦμα…αὐτοῦ Πνεῦμα 1 If the Spirit … lives in you These phrases refer to the Holy **Spirit**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit … his Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 8 11 b9pu figs-explicit τοῦ ἐγείραντος τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐκ νεκρῶν…ὁ ἐγείρας ἐκ νεκρῶν Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 of him who raised These phrases refer to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of God, who raised Jesus from dead ones … God, who raised Christ Jesus from dead ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 8 11 i618 figs-explicit τὸ Πνεῦμα…αὐτοῦ Πνεῦμα 1 If the Spirit … lives in you These phrases refer to the Holy **Spirit**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit … his Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 8 11 b9pu figs-explicit τοῦ ἐγείραντος τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐκ νεκρῶν…ὁ ἐγείρας ἐκ νεκρῶν Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 of him who raised These phrases refer to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of God, who raised Jesus from dead ones … God, who raised Christ Jesus from dead ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 8 11 jr6p figs-idiom ἐγείραντος τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐκ νεκρῶν…ἐγείρας ἐκ νεκρῶν Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 raised Jesus See how you translated a similar phrase in [4:24](../04/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 8 11 t27d figs-explicit ζῳοποιήσει καὶ τὰ θνητὰ σώματα ὑμῶν 1 mortal bodies Paul uses **make alive** to imply that he is referring to the resurrection of Christians after they have died. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will also resurrect your mortal bodies after you have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 8 11 xi76 figs-explicit διὰ…αὐτοῦ Πνεῦμα 1 mortal bodies Here, **through** indicates the means by which God will **make** Christians **alive**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of his Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 8 11 e6t8 figs-distinguish τοῦ ἐνοικοῦντος αὐτοῦ Πνεῦμα ἐν ὑμῖν 1 Here, **who lives in you** gives further information about the Holy **Spirit**. It is not making a distinction between a Spirit that **lives in you** and a Spirit that does not. If this might confuse your readers, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “his Spirit, that is, the Spirit who lives in you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) +ROM 8 11 t27d figs-explicit ζῳοποιήσει καὶ τὰ θνητὰ σώματα ὑμῶν 1 mortal bodies Paul uses **make alive** to imply that he is referring to the resurrection of Christians after they have died. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will also resurrect your mortal bodies after you have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 8 11 xi76 figs-explicit διὰ…αὐτοῦ Πνεῦμα 1 mortal bodies Here, **through** indicates the means by which God will **make** Christians **alive**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of his Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 8 11 e6t8 figs-distinguish τοῦ ἐνοικοῦντος αὐτοῦ Πνεῦμα ἐν ὑμῖν 1 Here, **who lives in you** gives further information about the Holy **Spirit**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “his Spirit, that is, the Spirit who lives in you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 8 12 mv1r grammar-connect-words-phrases ἄρα οὖν 1 So then **So then** here indicates that what follows in [verses 12–17](../08/12.md) summarizes the ideas of [verses 5–11](../08/05.md). See how you translated this phrase in [5:18](../05/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 8 12 qw5b figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -ROM 8 12 e3j8 figs-metaphor ὀφειλέται ἐσμέν 1 we are debtors Here Paul speaks figuratively of Christians as if they are **debtors**. He means that Christians are obligated to live according to the Spirit and not according to the flesh. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we have an obligation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 8 12 fb3m figs-ellipsis οὐ τῇ σαρκὶ 1 but not to the flesh to live according to the flesh Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “we are not debtors to the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 8 12 ecoo figs-metaphor τῇ σαρκὶ…τοῦ…σάρκα 1 but not to the flesh to live according to the flesh Here Paul uses **the flesh** figuratively to refer to sinful human nature. See how you translated the same use of this phrase in [7:18](../07/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 8 12 e3j8 figs-metaphor ὀφειλέται ἐσμέν 1 we are debtors Here Paul speaks of Christians as if they are **debtors**. He means that Christians are obligated to live according to the Spirit and not according to the flesh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we have an obligation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 8 12 fb3m figs-ellipsis οὐ τῇ σαρκὶ 1 but not to the flesh to live according to the flesh Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “we are not debtors to the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 8 12 ecoo figs-metaphor τῇ σαρκὶ…τοῦ…σάρκα 1 but not to the flesh to live according to the flesh Here Paul uses **the flesh** to refer to sinful human nature. See how you translated the same use of this phrase in [7:18](../07/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 8 12 dh1m grammar-connect-words-phrases τοῦ κατὰ σάρκα ζῆν 1 but not to the flesh to live according to the flesh Here, **to live** introduces an explanation of **the flesh**. Use a word or phrase that introduces a further explanation or elaboration in your language. Alternate translation: “that is, to live according to the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 8 12 gplu figs-idiom τοῦ κατὰ σάρκα ζῆν 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in [verse 4](../08/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 8 13 dczr grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 8 13 dczr grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 8 13 ri75 figs-idiom κατὰ σάρκα ζῆτε 1 For if you live according to the flesh See how you translated the similar phrase in [verse 4](../08/04.md) and in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 8 13 b9n5 figs-explicit μέλλετε ἀποθνῄσκειν 1 you are about to die Here, **die** refers to dying spiritually, which is enduring eternal punishment in hell after experiencing physical death. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you are going to die spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 8 13 ld2h figs-metaphor τὰς πράξεις τοῦ σώματος θανατοῦτε 1 Here, **put to death** means “completely stop doing something.” If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you stop doing the practice of the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 8 13 ze08 figs-possession τὰς πράξεις τοῦ σώματος 1 but if by the Spirit you put to death the body’s actions Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the practices** that are done with **the body**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “what is done with the body” or “what you do with your body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 8 13 b9n5 figs-explicit μέλλετε ἀποθνῄσκειν 1 you are about to die Here, **die** refers to dying spiritually, which is enduring eternal punishment in hell after experiencing physical death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you are going to die spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 8 13 ld2h figs-metaphor τὰς πράξεις τοῦ σώματος θανατοῦτε 1 Here, **put to death** means “completely stop doing something.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you stop doing the practice of the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 8 13 ze08 figs-possession τὰς πράξεις τοῦ σώματος 1 but if by the Spirit you put to death the body’s actions Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the practices** that are done with **the body**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “what is done with the body” or “what you do with your body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 8 13 o1ly figs-abstractnouns τὰς πράξεις τοῦ σώματος 1 but if by the Spirit you put to death the body’s actions If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **practices**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is practiced with the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 8 13 nwul figs-explicit τὰς πράξεις 1 but if by the Spirit you put to death the body’s actions Here, **the practices** refers specifically to sinful **practices** that a person does with his **body**. If this might confuse you readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sinful practices of the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 8 13 xihu figs-genericnoun τοῦ σώματος 1 but if by the Spirit you put to death the body’s actions Paul is speaking of bodies in general, not of one particular **body**. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “of your bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -ROM 8 13 dr0e figs-explicit ζήσεσθε 1 but if by the Spirit you put to death the body’s actions Here, **live** refers to living forever with God in heaven after experiencing physical death. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 8 14 utms grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that this verse gives the reason why what Paul said in the previous verse is true. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 8 14 ojie figs-ellipsis ὅσοι…οὗτοι 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “as many people as … these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 8 13 nwul figs-explicit τὰς πράξεις 1 but if by the Spirit you put to death the body’s actions Here, **the practices** refers specifically to sinful **practices** that a person does with his **body**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sinful practices of the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 8 13 xihu figs-genericnoun τοῦ σώματος 1 but if by the Spirit you put to death the body’s actions Paul is speaking of bodies in general, not of one particular **body**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “of your bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +ROM 8 13 dr0e figs-explicit ζήσεσθε 1 but if by the Spirit you put to death the body’s actions Here, **live** refers to living forever with God in heaven after experiencing physical death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 8 14 utms grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that this verse gives the reason why what Paul said in the previous verse is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 8 14 ojie figs-ellipsis ὅσοι…οὗτοι 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “as many people as … these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 8 14 u8pv figs-activepassive ὅσοι…Πνεύματι Θεοῦ ἄγονται 1 For as many as are led by the Spirit of God If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as many as the Spirit of God leads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 8 14 yz28 figs-explicit Πνεύματι Θεοῦ 1 For as many as are led by the Spirit of God See how you translated **the Spirit of God** in [verse 9](../08/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 8 14 gd1i figs-gendernotations υἱοί Θεοῦ 1 sons of God Here Paul is using the term **sons** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “the children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -ROM 8 14 wrk1 figs-metaphor υἱοί Θεοῦ 1 sons of God Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if **God** was their physical father. He means that these people have a father-son relationship with God because they trust in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the spiritual children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 8 15 wpp9 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 8 15 zi1c figs-explicit πάλιν 1 Here, **again** indicates that Paul’s readers had **a spirit of slavery** before they became Christians. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for a second time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 8 14 wrk1 figs-metaphor υἱοί Θεοῦ 1 sons of God Paul speaks of these people as if **God** was their physical father. He means that these people have a father-son relationship with God because they trust in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the spiritual children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 8 15 wpp9 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 8 15 zi1c figs-explicit πάλιν 1 Here, **again** indicates that Paul’s readers had **a spirit of slavery** before they became Christians. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for a second time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 8 15 r57o figs-explicit πνεῦμα 1 Here, **spirit** could refer to: (1) a person’s attitude or emotional state. Alternate translation: “a mental state” (2) a demonic spirit. Alternate translation: “a demonic spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 8 15 av67 figs-possession πνεῦμα δουλείας…Πνεῦμα υἱοθεσίας 1 In both of these phrases Paul is using the possessive form to describe something that causes something else to happen. If this is not clear in your language, you could use different expressions. Alternate translation: “a spirit that causes slavery … the Spirit that causes adoption” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 8 15 av67 figs-possession πνεῦμα δουλείας…Πνεῦμα υἱοθεσίας 1 In both of these phrases Paul is using the possessive form to describe something that causes something else to happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use different expressions. Alternate translation: “a spirit that causes slavery … the Spirit that causes adoption” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 8 15 iwyy figs-abstractnouns δουλείας…φόβον…υἱοθεσίας 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **slavery**, **fear**, and **adoption**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “of being a slave … you being afraid … of those who have been adopted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 8 15 c43f grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς φόβον 1 Here, **leading to** indicates that **fear** is the result of receiving **a spirit of slavery**. Use a natural way in your language to express the result of something. Alternate translation: “resulting in fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 8 15 c43f grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς φόβον 1 Here, **leading to** indicates that **fear** is the result of receiving **a spirit of slavery**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “resulting in fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 8 15 ew0a figs-explicit Πνεῦμα 1 Here, **the Spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy **Spirit**, as indicated by the use of **Spirit** in the ULT. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit” (2) a person’s attitude or emotional state, as with the previous use of **spirit** in this verse. Alternate translation: “a mental state” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 8 15 ecq3 figs-exclamations Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ 1 by which we cry Here, **cry out** indicates that what follows is an emotional exclamation. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “Oh, Abba! Father!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) +ROM 8 15 ecq3 figs-exclamations Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ 1 by which we cry Here, **cry out** indicates that what follows is an emotional exclamation. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “O Abba! Father!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 8 15 vxs9 Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ 1 Abba, Father Here Paul writes out the sounds of this Jewish Aramaic word **Abba** with Greek letters, which means **Father**. Since John translates the meaning next in the verse, you should write out this word using the most similar sounds in your language. ROM 8 15 ahnr guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ 1 Abba, Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -ROM 8 16 mwbw figs-explicit τῷ Πνεύματι ἡμῶν 1 Here, **spirit** refers to a person’s attitude or emotional state. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a mental state” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 8 16 aimw figs-metaphor τέκνα Θεοῦ 1 Here Paul uses **children of God** figuratively to refer to people who have a father-child relationship with God because they trust in Jesus. Here, **children** does not refer to young people, but only to the relationship that people have with their fathers. If you translate **children** using a literal term, choose a word that can refer to people of any age in relation to their fathers. Alternate translation: “God’s spiritual offspring” or “spiritual children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 8 16 mwbw figs-explicit τῷ Πνεύματι ἡμῶν 1 Here, **spirit** refers to a person’s attitude or emotional state. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a mental state” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 8 16 aimw figs-metaphor τέκνα Θεοῦ 1 Here Paul uses **children of God** to refer to people who have a father-child relationship with God because they trust in Jesus. Here, **children** does not refer to young people, but only to the relationship that people have with their fathers. If you translate **children** using a literal term, choose a word that can refer to people of any age in relation to their fathers. Alternate translation: “God’s spiritual offspring” or “spiritual children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 8 17 agxk grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) -ROM 8 17 izpd figs-ellipsis εἰ…τέκνα, καὶ κληρονόμοι; κληρονόμοι μὲν Θεοῦ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the end of the previous verse. Alternate translation: “if we are children, then we are also heirs: we are both heirs of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 8 17 izpd figs-ellipsis εἰ…τέκνα, καὶ κληρονόμοι; κληρονόμοι μὲν Θεοῦ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the end of the previous verse. Alternate translation: “if we are children, then we are also heirs: we are both heirs of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 8 17 hfwo figs-metaphor τέκνα 1 See how you translated this word in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 8 17 fj7w figs-metaphor κληρονόμοι; κληρονόμοι μὲν Θεοῦ 1 heirs of God Paul uses **heirs** figuratively to refer to Christians as if they will inherit property and wealth from a family member. He means that they will receive everything that God has promised to give Christians. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those who will receive what God has promised us: both those who receive those things from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 8 17 q751 figs-metaphor συνκληρονόμοι…Χριστοῦ 1 we are joint heirs with Christ Paul uses **joint heirs** figuratively to refer to Christians as if they will inherit property and wealth from a family member along with **Christ**. He means that God will give to Christians what he gives to Christ. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we will also receive what God has promised us and Christ together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 8 17 q6ka writing-pronouns συνπάσχομεν, ἵνα καὶ συνδοξασθῶμεν 1 we are joint heirs with Christ The pronoun **him** here refers to Christ. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “we suffering together with Christ so that we may also be glorified together with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 8 17 ggl6 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 we are joint heirs with Christ Paul uses **so that** here to state the goal for which Christians **suffer together with** Christ. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +ROM 8 17 fj7w figs-metaphor κληρονόμοι; κληρονόμοι μὲν Θεοῦ 1 heirs of God Paul uses **heirs** to refer to Christians as if they will inherit property and wealth from a family member. He means that they will receive everything that God has promised to give Christians. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those who will receive what God has promised us: both those who receive those things from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 8 17 q751 figs-metaphor συνκληρονόμοι…Χριστοῦ 1 we are joint heirs with Christ Paul uses **joint heirs** to refer to Christians as if they will inherit property and wealth from a family member along with **Christ**. He means that God will give to Christians what he gives to Christ. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we will also receive what God has promised us and Christ together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 8 17 q6ka writing-pronouns συνπάσχομεν, ἵνα καὶ συνδοξασθῶμεν 1 we are joint heirs with Christ The pronoun **him** here refers to Christ. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “we suffering together with Christ so that we may also be glorified together with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 8 17 ggl6 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 we are joint heirs with Christ Paul uses **so that** here to state the goal for which Christians **suffer together with** Christ. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 8 17 j6ia figs-activepassive καὶ συνδοξασθῶμεν 1 that we may also be glorified with him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God may also glorify us together with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 8 18 i5nu grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 For **For** here indicates that what follows in [verses 18–25](../08/18.md) gives further information about what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 8 18 f3sv writing-pronouns λογίζομαι 1 For The pronoun **I** here refers to Paul (see [7:1](../07/01.md)). If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, consider” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 8 18 i5nu grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 For **For** here indicates that what follows in [verses 18–25](../08/18.md) gives further information about what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 8 18 f3sv writing-pronouns λογίζομαι 1 For The pronoun **I** here refers to Paul (see [7:1](../07/01.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, consider” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 8 18 b3b1 figs-activepassive λογίζομαι…ὅτι οὐκ ἄξια τὰ παθήματα τοῦ νῦν καιροῦ, πρὸς 1 I consider that … are not worthy to be compared with If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I cannot compare the sufferings of this present time with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 8 18 oj49 figs-abstractnouns τὰ παθήματα τοῦ νῦν καιροῦ…τὴν…δόξαν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **sufferings** and **glory**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “the things that make us suffer in this present time … the glorious situation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 8 18 jjb8 figs-activepassive μέλλουσαν…ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 will be revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God will make known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 8 19 qoj5 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 will be revealed **For** here indicates that this verse gives additional support for what Paul said in [verse 17](../08/17.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 8 19 dn11 figs-idiom ἡ…ἀποκαραδοκία τῆς κτίσεως…ἀπεκδέχεται 1 the eager expectation of the creation waits for Here the phrase **the eager expectation** is an idiom Paul uses to emphasize how **eagerly** **the creation** is waiting. He does not mean that **the eager expectation** itself is waiting. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the creation is very eagerly expecting” or “the creation is eagerly expecting with much eagerness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 8 19 d911 figs-personification ἡ…ἀποκαραδοκία τῆς κτίσεως…ἀπεκδέχεται 1 the eager expectation of the creation waits for Here Paul speaks figuratively of **the creation** as if it were a person who eagerly expects something. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “it is as if the creation is eagerly expecting with eager expectation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 8 19 qoj5 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 will be revealed **For** here indicates that this verse gives additional support for what Paul said in [verse 17](../08/17.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 8 19 dn11 figs-idiom ἡ…ἀποκαραδοκία τῆς κτίσεως…ἀπεκδέχεται 1 the eager expectation of the creation waits for Here, **the eager expectation** is an idiom Paul uses to emphasize how **eagerly** **the creation** is waiting. He does not mean that **the eager expectation** itself is waiting. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the creation is very eagerly expecting” or “the creation is eagerly expecting with much eagerness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 8 19 d911 figs-personification ἡ…ἀποκαραδοκία τῆς κτίσεως…ἀπεκδέχεται 1 the eager expectation of the creation waits for Here Paul speaks of **the creation** as if it were a person who eagerly expects something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “it is as if the creation is eagerly expecting with eager expectation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 8 19 ulvv figs-abstractnouns τῆς κτίσεως…τὴν ἀποκάλυψιν τῶν υἱῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the eager expectation of the creation waits for If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **creation** and **revelation**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “of the created things … the sons of God to be revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 8 19 dm6s figs-activepassive τὴν ἀποκάλυψιν τῶν υἱῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 for the revealing of the sons of God If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for the time when God will reveal his sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 8 19 sr2p figs-metaphor τῶν υἱῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 sons of God See how you translated this phrase in [verse 14](../08/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 8 20 nh58 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For the creation was subjected to futility **For** here indicates that what follows in [verses 20–22](../08/20.md) is the reason why what Paul said in the previous verse is true. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 8 20 nh58 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For the creation was subjected to futility **For** here indicates that what follows in [verses 20–22](../08/20.md) is the reason why what Paul said in the previous verse is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 8 20 zjl2 figs-abstractnouns τῇ…ματαιότητι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **futility**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to being futile” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 8 20 gdfe figs-abstractnouns ἡ κτίσις 1 See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 8 20 l9ab figs-activepassive ἡ κτίσις ὑπετάγη 1 For the creation was subjected to futility If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God subjugated the creation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 8 20 yvl3 figs-personification ἡ κτίσις ὑπετάγη, οὐχ ἑκοῦσα 1 not of its own will, but because of him who subjected it Here Paul speaks figuratively of **the creation** as if it were a person who could be **subjected** to someone and could have a will. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “it is as if the creation was subjected against its will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 8 20 taz4 figs-explicit τὸν ὑποτάξαντα 1 not of its own will, but because of him who subjected it This phrase refers to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God who subjected it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 8 20 l7bf figs-explicit ἐφ’ ἑλπίδι 1 not of its own will, but because of him who subjected it Here, **hope** refers to the creation’s **hope**, which is why the creation is “eagerly expecting the revelation of the sons of God” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “on the basis of giving hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 8 20 yvl3 figs-personification ἡ κτίσις ὑπετάγη, οὐχ ἑκοῦσα 1 not of its own will, but because of him who subjected it Here Paul speaks of **the creation** as if it were a person who could be **subjected** to someone and could have a will. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “it is as if the creation was subjected against its will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 8 20 taz4 figs-explicit τὸν ὑποτάξαντα 1 not of its own will, but because of him who subjected it This phrase refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God who subjected it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 8 20 l7bf figs-explicit ἐφ’ ἑλπίδι 1 not of its own will, but because of him who subjected it Here, **hope** refers to the creation’s **hope**, which is why the creation is “eagerly expecting the revelation of the sons of God” in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the basis of giving hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 8 20 tof4 figs-abstractnouns ἑλπίδι 1 See how you translated **hope** in [5:4](../05/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 8 21 m3fi figs-personification αὐτὴ ἡ κτίσις ἐλευθερωθήσεται ἀπὸ τῆς δουλείας τῆς φθορᾶς, εἰς τὴν ἐλευθερίαν τῆς δόξης 1 the creation itself will be delivered Here Paul speaks figuratively of **the creation** as if it were a person who was enslaved to someone and needed to be **freed**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the creation itself will no longer decay, but will experience the glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 8 21 m3fi figs-personification αὐτὴ ἡ κτίσις ἐλευθερωθήσεται ἀπὸ τῆς δουλείας τῆς φθορᾶς, εἰς τὴν ἐλευθερίαν τῆς δόξης 1 the creation itself will be delivered Here Paul speaks of **the creation** as if it were a person who was enslaved to someone and needed to be **freed**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the creation itself will no longer decay, but will experience the glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 8 21 l6qc figs-activepassive αὐτὴ ἡ κτίσις ἐλευθερωθήσεται 1 the creation itself will be delivered If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will free the creation itself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 8 21 ovn5 figs-abstractnouns ἡ κτίσις 1 the creation itself will be delivered See how you translated **the creation** in the previous two verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 8 21 l3vw figs-abstractnouns τῆς δουλείας τῆς φθορᾶς…τὴν ἐλευθερίαν τῆς δόξης 1 from slavery to decay If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **slavery**, **decay**, **freedom**, and **glory**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “being enslaved to decay … being free to experience what is glorious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 8 21 r2n9 figs-possession τῆς δουλείας τῆς φθορᾶς 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **slavery** to **decay**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “being enslaved to decay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 8 21 ba5h figs-metaphor τῆς δουλείας τῆς φθορᾶς 1 from slavery to decay Here Paul speaks figuratively of **decay** as if it could enslave someone. He means that **the creation** was certain to **decay**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “being destined to decay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 8 21 tx57 figs-metaphor εἰς τὴν ἐλευθερίαν 1 that it will be brought into the freedom of the glory of the children of God Here Paul speaks figuratively of **freedom** as if it were a location someone could enter **into**. Paul means that **the creation** will experience this **freedom**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to experience the freedom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 8 21 bv03 figs-possession τὴν ἐλευθερίαν τῆς δόξης 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the freedom** that relates to **the glory**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the freedom that comes from the glory” or “the freedom pertaining to the glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 8 21 zsks figs-possession τῆς δόξης 1 Here Paul uses the possessive form **the glory of the children of God** to refer to **the glory** that God shares with believers. This was the same **glory** that God shared with humans when he created them, but which they lost when the first humans sinned, as mentioned in [3:23](../03/23.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the glory that God gives the children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 8 21 r2n9 figs-possession τῆς δουλείας τῆς φθορᾶς 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **slavery** to **decay**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “being enslaved to decay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 8 21 ba5h figs-metaphor τῆς δουλείας τῆς φθορᾶς 1 from slavery to decay Here Paul speaks of **decay** as if it could enslave someone. He means that **the creation** was certain to **decay**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “being destined to decay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 8 21 tx57 figs-metaphor εἰς τὴν ἐλευθερίαν 1 that it will be brought into the freedom of the glory of the children of God Here Paul speaks of **freedom** as if it were a location someone could enter **into**. Paul means that **the creation** will experience this **freedom**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to experience the freedom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 8 21 bv03 figs-possession τὴν ἐλευθερίαν τῆς δόξης 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the freedom** that relates to **the glory**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the freedom that comes from the glory” or “the freedom pertaining to the glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 8 21 zsks figs-possession τῆς δόξης 1 Here Paul uses the possessive form **the glory of the children of God** to refer to **the glory** that God shares with believers. This was the same **glory** that God shared with humans when he created them, but which they lost when the first humans sinned, as mentioned in [3:23](../03/23.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the glory that God gives the children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 8 21 a5ix figs-metaphor τῶν τέκνων τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 See how you translated this phrase in the [verse 16](../08/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 8 22 pcay grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse gives further support for what Paul said about the miserable condition of **the creation** in the previous two verses. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 8 22 l69k figs-personification πᾶσα ἡ κτίσις συνστενάζει καὶ συνωδίνει 1 For we know that the whole creation groans and labors in pain together even now Here Paul speaks of **the creation** figuratively as if it were a woman who **groans and labors in pain** while giving birth to a baby. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all the creation is like a woman groaning and laboring in pain while giving birth” or “all the creation is suffering greatly together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 8 22 pcay grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse gives further support for what Paul said about the miserable condition of **the creation** in the previous two verses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 8 22 l69k figs-personification πᾶσα ἡ κτίσις συνστενάζει καὶ συνωδίνει 1 For we know that the whole creation groans and labors in pain together even now Here Paul speaks of **the creation** as if it were a woman who **groans and labors in pain** while giving birth to a baby. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all the creation is like a woman groaning and laboring in pain while giving birth” or “all the creation is suffering greatly together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 8 23 b5sz figs-explicit τὴν ἀπαρχὴν τοῦ Πνεύματος ἔχοντες 1 This clause could refer to: (1) Paul and his Christian readers. Alternate translation: “those who have the firstfruit of the Spirit” (2) the reason why Christians **groan**. Alternate translation: “because we have the firstfruit of the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 8 23 qyic figs-possession τὴν ἀπαρχὴν τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the firstfruit** that is **the Spirit**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the firstfruit, that is, the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 8 23 wutm figs-metaphor τὴν ἀπαρχὴν 1 Here Paul uses **firstfruit** figuratively to refer to the Holy **Spirit** as if it were the first crop that was harvested during the harvest season. Paul means that the Holy **Spirit** is the first part of the blessings that God gives Christians. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the first gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 8 23 qyic figs-possession τὴν ἀπαρχὴν τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the firstfruit** that is **the Spirit**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the firstfruit, that is, the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 8 23 wutm figs-metaphor τὴν ἀπαρχὴν 1 Here Paul uses **firstfruit** to refer to the Holy **Spirit** as if it were the first crop that was harvested during the harvest season. Paul means that the Holy **Spirit** is the first part of the blessings that God gives Christians. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the first gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 8 23 xun5 figs-rpronouns αὐτοὶ 2 Paul uses the word **ourselves** here to emphasize that Christians also share in the suffering of the creation. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “our very selves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -ROM 8 23 ch9t figs-metaphor ἐν ἑαυτοῖς στενάζομεν 1 Here Paul uses **groan** figuratively to refer to the the emotional anguish that Christians experience while they wait to be with God in heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “experience emotional anguish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 8 23 tiij figs-abstractnouns υἱοθεσίαν…τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **adoption** in [verse 15](../08/15.md) and **redemption** in [3:24](../03/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 8 23 k1wy figs-explicit υἱοθεσίαν ἀπεκδεχόμενοι 1 Here, **our adoption** refers to when we will become full members of God’s family, as adopted sons. Alternate translation: “waiting for when we are fully members of God’s family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 8 23 qsb9 figs-genericnoun τοῦ σώματος ἡμῶν 1 Paul is speaking of the bodies of believers in general, not of one particular body. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “of our bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -ROM 8 24 oocv grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For in this certain hope we were saved **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse and the next verse is the reason why Christians “groan” and are “eagerly expecting” to be fully adopted and redeemed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “We do this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 8 23 ch9t figs-metaphor ἐν ἑαυτοῖς στενάζομεν 1 Here Paul uses **groan** to refer to the emotional anguish that Christians experience while they wait to be with God in heaven. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “experience emotional anguish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 8 23 tiij figs-abstractnouns υἱοθεσίαν…τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν 1 See how you translated **adoption** in [verse 15](../08/15.md) and **redemption** in [3:24](../03/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 8 23 k1wy figs-explicit υἱοθεσίαν ἀπεκδεχόμενοι 1 Here, **our adoption** refers to when we will become full members of God’s family, as adopted sons. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “waiting for when we are fully members of God’s family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 8 23 qsb9 figs-genericnoun τοῦ σώματος ἡμῶν 1 Paul is speaking of the bodies of believers in general, not of one particular body. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “of our bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +ROM 8 24 oocv grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For in this certain hope we were saved **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse and the next verse is the reason why Christians “groan” and are “eagerly expecting” to be fully adopted and redeemed. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “We do this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 8 24 sv0h figs-abstractnouns τῇ…ἐλπίδι…ἐλπὶς…ἐλπίς 1 For in this certain hope we were saved See how you translated the abstract noun **hope** in [5:4](../05/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 8 24 xwvy τῇ…ἐλπίδι 1 Here, **in** could indicate: (1) that **hope** is associated with being **saved**. Alternate translation: “in association with this hope” (2) the means by which people are saved. In this case, **hope** would refer to faith. Alternate translation: “by this hope” ROM 8 24 x4gi figs-activepassive ἐσώθημεν 1 For in this certain hope we were saved If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God saved us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 8 24 edze figs-metaphor βλεπομένη…βλέπει 1 For in this certain hope we were saved Paul uses **seen** and **sees** figuratively here to refer to experiencing something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “being experienced … he experiences” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 8 24 edze figs-metaphor βλεπομένη…βλέπει 1 For in this certain hope we were saved Paul uses **seen** and **sees** here to refer to experiencing something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “being experienced … he experiences” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 8 24 pgmc figs-activepassive βλεπομένη 1 For in this certain hope we were saved If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that people can see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 8 24 rxxy grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 2 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why the previous statement is true. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is true since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 8 24 rxxy grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 2 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why the previous statement is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This is true since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 8 24 tks9 figs-rquestion ὃ γὰρ βλέπει τις, ἐλπίζει? 1 Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the trust of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “For surely no one hopes for what he sees!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 8 25 ktqd figs-metaphor ὃ οὐ βλέπομεν 1 See how you translated the similar use of “seen” and “sees” in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 8 25 g2pm figs-explicit ὃ οὐ βλέπομεν…ἀπεκδεχόμεθα 1 Here, **what we do not see** and **it** refer to the “adoption” and “redemption” mentioned in [verse 23](../08/23.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the adoption and redemption that we do not see … we are eagerly expecting these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 8 25 g2pm figs-explicit ὃ οὐ βλέπομεν…ἀπεκδεχόμεθα 1 Here, **what we do not see** and **it** refer to the “adoption” and “redemption” mentioned in [verse 23](../08/23.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the adoption and redemption that we do not see … we are eagerly expecting these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 8 25 l91v figs-abstractnouns δι’ ὑπομονῆς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **endurance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “while enduring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 8 26 bkwx figs-ellipsis συναντιλαμβάνεται…ὑπερεντυγχάνει 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “helps us … intercedes for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 8 26 bkwx figs-ellipsis συναντιλαμβάνεται…ὑπερεντυγχάνει 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “helps us … intercedes for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 8 26 h8jy figs-abstractnouns τῇ ἀσθενείᾳ ἡμῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **weakness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in our weak condition” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 8 26 a6e1 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why the previous statement is true. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is true since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 8 26 a6e1 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why the previous statement is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This is true since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 8 26 k5pn figs-infostructure τὸ…τί προσευξώμεθα καθὸ δεῖ, οὐκ οἴδαμεν 2 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “For we do not know the thing for which we should pray as we ought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 8 26 fbjc figs-rpronouns αὐτὸ τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 Paul uses the word **himself** here to emphasize that Holy **Spirit** helps Christians. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “the very Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) ROM 8 26 jmp8 στεναγμοῖς ἀλαλήτοις 1 inexpressible groans Alternate translation: “with groanings that we cannot express in words” @@ -1484,20 +1481,20 @@ ROM 8 27 tq4n figs-explicit ὁ…ἐραυνῶν τὰς καρδίας 1 He w ROM 8 27 v184 figs-metaphor ὁ…ἐραυνῶν τὰς καρδίας 1 The phrase **searches the hearts** means “examines thoughts and emotions.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who knows all our thoughts and feelings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 8 27 tz5h figs-metonymy ὁ…ἐραυνῶν τὰς καρδίας 1 See how you translated “heart” in [1:21](../01/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 8 27 bioe figs-possession τὸ φρόνημα τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the mindset** that belongs to the **Spirit**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the Spirit’s mindset” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 8 27 rgcb figs-abstractnouns τὸ φρόνημα 1 See how you translated this abstract noun in [8:6](../08/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 8 27 rgcb figs-abstractnouns τὸ φρόνημα 1 See how you translated **mindset** in [8:6](../08/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 8 27 fgdd figs-explicit κατὰ Θεὸν 1 Here, **God** implies God’s will. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “according to God’s will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 8 28 u0ev figs-abstractnouns ἀγαθόν…πρόθεσιν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **good** and **purpose**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what is good … what he purposes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 8 28 q3ce figs-activepassive τοῖς…κλητοῖς οὖσιν 2 for those who are called If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for those whom God called” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 8 29 m3vv figs-explicit οὓς προέγνω 1 Here, **foreknew** could mean: (1) God had determined to know them ahead of time, which is how this word is used in [1 Peter 1:20](../1pe/01/20.md). Alternate translation: “whom he chose beforehand” (2) God knew what they would do ahead of time. Alternate translation: “whom he knew beforehand,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 8 29 xhn2 figs-metaphor συμμόρφους τῆς εἰκόνος τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 to be conformed to the image of his Son Here, **image** refers to how Christians will one day resemble Jesus. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated **image** in [1:23](../01/23.md). Alternate translation: “to be a similar form that is like his Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 8 29 yuw2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 Son **Son** is an important title for Jesus, the **Son** of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -ROM 8 29 ojxg grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς 1 Son Here, **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 8 29 r3vf writing-pronouns αὐτὸν 1 Son The pronoun **he** refers to God’s **Son**, Jesus. If it might be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 8 29 ojxg grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν 1 Son Here, **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose that he might be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +ROM 8 29 r3vf writing-pronouns αὐτὸν 1 Son The pronoun **he** refers to God’s **Son**, Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 8 29 lf49 figs-metaphor τὸ…πρωτότοκον 1 that he might be the firstborn Here, **firstborn** could mean: (1) the most important person among God’s children. Alternate translation: “the person ranked first” (2) the first person to be resurrected. Alternate translation: “the first person to be resurrected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 8 29 s552 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοῖς 1 among many brothers Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both males and females. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +ROM 8 29 s552 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοῖς 1 among many brothers Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 8 29 lxym figs-metaphor ἀδελφοῖς 1 among many brothers Here, **brothers** refers to Christians, whom Paul calls “joint heirs with Christ” in [verse 17](../08/17.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 8 30 hg3f figs-explicit ἐκάλεσεν…ἐκάλεσεν 1 Those whom he predestined Here, **called** refers to God choosing people to be his people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “chose to be his people … he chose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 8 30 g29g figs-pastforfuture ἐδόξασεν 1 these he also glorified Paul uses the past tense in order to refer to something that will certainly happen in the future. If this is confusing in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “will glorify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) +ROM 8 30 g29g figs-pastforfuture ἐδόξασεν 1 these he also glorified Paul uses the past tense in order to refer to something that will certainly happen in the future. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “will glorify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) ROM 8 31 uqou grammar-connect-logic-result τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν 1 Here, **then** indicates that what follows is a response to what Paul said in the previous verses. See how you translated this phrase in [6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 8 31 xpu3 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν πρὸς ταῦτα? εἰ ὁ Θεὸς ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν, τίς καθ’ ἡμῶν? 1 Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form in these two sentences to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Then we will say to these things: if God is for us, surely no one can be against us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 8 31 ovfz grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 Paul is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) @@ -1505,32 +1502,31 @@ ROM 8 31 s21a ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν 1 Alternate translation: “is on our side ROM 8 32 fqim figs-rquestion ὅς γε τοῦ ἰδίου Υἱοῦ οὐκ ἐφείσατο, ἀλλὰ ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν πάντων παρέδωκεν αὐτόν, πῶς οὐχὶ καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ, τὰ πάντα ἡμῖν χαρίσεται? 1 He who did not spare his own Son Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He who indeed did not spare his own Son but gave him up on behalf of us all will surely also with him freely give us all things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 8 32 mifc writing-pronouns ὅς 1 He who did not spare his own Son **He who** here refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 8 32 s9l9 οὐκ ἐφείσατο 1 Alternate translation: “did not refrain from giving” or “did not refuse to give up” -ROM 8 32 vyjk grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, **but** indicates that what follows is a strong contrast from what was said in the previous clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -ROM 8 32 l73i guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ ἰδίου Υἱοῦ 1 He who did not spare his own Son Here, **Son** is an important title for Jesus, the **Son** of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +ROM 8 32 l73i guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ ἰδίου Υἱοῦ 1 He who did not spare his own Son **Son** is an important title for Jesus, the **Son** of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) ROM 8 32 b3au figs-explicit παρέδωκεν αὐτόν 1 but delivered him up Here, **gave him up** means that God allowed people to kill Jesus. If it might be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “gave him up to be killed” or “allowed him to be killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 8 33 vr1b figs-rquestion τίς ἐγκαλέσει κατὰ ἐκλεκτῶν Θεοῦ? 1 Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely no one can bring an accusation against God’s elect!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 8 33 tidd figs-explicit τίς ἐγκαλέσει 1 Here, **accusation** implies an **accusation** that is based on facts. If it might be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a true accusation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 8 33 ekqn figs-abstractnouns ἐκλεκτῶν Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **elect**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “those who have been chosen by God” or “those whom God has elected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 8 33 qmca grammar-connect-logic-result Θεὸς ὁ δικαιῶν 1 This sentences states the reason why the idea in the previous sentence is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “No on can accuse them because God is the one who justifies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 8 34 vt5r figs-rquestion τίς ὁ κατακρινῶν? 1 Who is the one who condemns? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely no one can condemn!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 8 34 j1dj figs-ellipsis ὁ κατακρινῶν 1 Who is the one who condemns? Paul is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “the one who condemns us believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 8 34 j1dj figs-ellipsis ὁ κατακρινῶν 1 Who is the one who condemns? Paul is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “the one who condemns us believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 8 34 u627 grammar-connect-logic-result Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς ὁ ἀποθανών, μᾶλλον δὲ ἐγερθείς ὅς, καί ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὃς καὶ ἐντυγχάνει ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν 1 This sentences states the reason why the idea in the previous sentence is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “No one can condemn because Christ Jesus is the one who died—but more than that, he was raised who also is at the right hand of God—who also intercedes on our behalf” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 8 34 tw3l figs-activepassive ἐγερθείς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God raised him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 8 34 dea5 figs-idiom ἐγερθείς 1 See how you translated **raised** in [4:25](../04/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 8 34 uc9o figs-nominaladj ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Paul is using the adjective **right** as a noun in order to indicate the **right** side. If your language does not use adjectives in the same way, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “at the right side of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -ROM 8 34 vd8g figs-explicit ὅς, καί ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 who is at the right hand of God In this culture, the place at the **right** side of a ruler was a position of honor. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at a place of honor next to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 8 34 vd8g figs-explicit ὅς, καί ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 who is at the right hand of God In this culture, the place at the **right** side of a ruler was a position of honor. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “at a place of honor next to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 8 35 h9ba figs-rquestion τίς ἡμᾶς χωρίσει ἀπὸ τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Χριστοῦ? 1 Who will separate us from the love of Christ? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely no one will separate us from the love of Christ!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 8 35 btoo figs-metaphor ἡμᾶς χωρίσει ἀπὸ τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Who will separate us from the love of Christ? Here Paul speaks figuratively of **love** as if it were an object that someone can be separated from. He means that **Christ** cannot stop loving those who believe in him. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “will cause Christ to stop loving us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 8 35 btoo figs-metaphor ἡμᾶς χωρίσει ἀπὸ τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Who will separate us from the love of Christ? Here Paul speaks figuratively of **love** as if it were an object that someone could be separated from. He means that **Christ** cannot stop loving those who believe in him. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “will cause Christ to stop loving us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 8 35 ldx1 figs-rquestion θλῖψις, ἢ στενοχωρία, ἢ διωγμὸς, ἢ λιμὸς, ἢ γυμνότης, ἢ κίνδυνος, ἢ μάχαιρα? 1 Tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or hunger, or nakedness, or danger, or sword? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely neither tribulation, nor distress, nor persecution, nor hunger, nor nakedness, nor danger, nor sword!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 8 35 m2hl figs-ellipsis θλῖψις, ἢ στενοχωρία, ἢ διωγμὸς, ἢ λιμὸς, ἢ γυμνότης, ἢ κίνδυνος, ἢ μάχαιρα? 1 Tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or hunger, or nakedness, or danger, or sword? Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “Will tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or hunger, or nakedness, or danger, or sword separate us from the love of Christ?”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 8 35 m2hl figs-ellipsis θλῖψις, ἢ στενοχωρία, ἢ διωγμὸς, ἢ λιμὸς, ἢ γυμνότης, ἢ κίνδυνος, ἢ μάχαιρα? 1 Tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or hunger, or nakedness, or danger, or sword? Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “Will tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or hunger, or nakedness, or danger, or sword separate us from the love of Christ?”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 8 35 qe2z figs-abstractnouns θλῖψις, ἢ στενοχωρία, ἢ διωγμὸς, ἢ λιμὸς 1 Tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or hunger, or nakedness, or danger, or sword? If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **Tribulation**, **distress**, **persecution**, **hunger**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “If people trouble us, or hurt us, or distress us, or persecute us, or cause us to be hungry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 8 35 q2dc figs-doublet θλῖψις, ἢ στενοχωρία 1 Tribulation, or distress **Tribulation** and **distress** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Extreme tribulation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ROM 8 35 q2dc figs-doublet θλῖψις, ἢ στενοχωρία 1 Tribulation, or distress **Tribulation** and **distress** mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize what he is saying. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Extreme tribulation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ROM 8 35 kcjr figs-metonymy ἢ μάχαιρα 1 Here, **sword** refers to being killed violently. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “or being killed violently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 8 36 clec writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 8 36 f2de figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the quotation was written by the sons of Korah. Alternate translation: “just as the sons of Korah wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 8 36 wegb figs-quotemarks ὅτι ἕνεκεν σοῦ, θανατούμεθα ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν; ἐλογίσθημεν ὡς πρόβατα σφαγῆς 1 In these clauses Paul quotes [Psalm 44:22](../psa/044/022.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 8 36 t67y figs-yousingular ὅτι ἕνεκεν σοῦ 1 For your benefit Here, **your** is singular and refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “For your sake, God,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) -ROM 8 36 s7wj figs-exclusive θανατούμεθα…ἐλογίσθημεν 1 we are killed all day long Here, **we** refers to the people who wrote this verse. It does not refer to God, who is the one being spoken to. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 8 36 s7wj figs-exclusive θανατούμεθα…ἐλογίσθημεν 1 we are killed all day long Here, **we** refers to the people who wrote this verse, so it would be exclusive. It does not refer to God, who is the one being spoken to. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 8 36 phxq figs-activepassive θανατούμεθα…ἐλογίσθημεν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “our enemies put us to death … they consider us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 8 36 h6v7 figs-hyperbole θανατούμεθα ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν 1 The phrase **all day long** is an exaggeration that emphasizes how frequently these people were being killed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we are killed regularly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 8 36 g3pi figs-simile ἐλογίσθημεν ὡς πρόβατα σφαγῆς 1 We were considered as sheep for the slaughter Here Paul compares to **sheep** those whom people kill because they are loyal to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “We are considered by those who kill us to only be as valuable as the sheep they kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) @@ -1539,35 +1535,35 @@ ROM 8 37 wytd grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 **But** here indicate ROM 8 37 aii8 figs-explicit τούτοις 1 we are more than conquerors Here, **these things** refers to the list of various types of suffering mentioned in [verse 35](../08/35.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these kinds of suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 8 37 iui3 figs-metaphor ὑπερνικῶμεν 1 we are more than conquerors Here, **more than conquerors** refers to those who have complete victory over their enemies. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we have complete victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 8 37 wcm6 figs-explicit τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς 1 through the one who loved us Here, **the one who loved us** could refer to: (1) Christ, as in [verse 35](../08/35.md). Alternate translation: “through Christ, who loved us” (2) God, as in [verse 39](../08/39.md). Alternate translation: “through God, who loved us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 8 38 fch1 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse and the next verse is an explanation of what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 8 38 fch1 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse and the next verse is an explanation of what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 8 38 dgky figs-activepassive πέπεισμαι 1 I have been convinced If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God convinced me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 8 38 ok7f figs-abstractnouns θάνατος…ζωὴ…ἀρχαὶ…δυνάμεις 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **death**, **life**, **governments**, or **powers**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “being dead…being alive … those who govern … powerful things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 8 38 js9q figs-explicit ἀρχαὶ 1 governments Here, **governments** could refer to: (1) demons, which is usually how Paul uses this word ([1 Corinthians 15:24](../1co/15/24.md), [Ephesians 6:12](../eph/06/12.md)). Alternate translation: “ruling demons” (2) human kings and rulers. Alternate translation: “human rulers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 8 38 q7ti figs-explicit δυνάμεις 1 nor powers This could refer to: (1) demons with power, which is how Paul uses this word in [1 Corinthians 15:24](../1co/15/24.md) and [Ephesians 1:21](../eph/01/21.md). Alternate translation: “demonic powers” (2) human beings with power. Alternate translation: “powerful people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 8 39 ppaz figs-metonymy ὕψωμα…βάθος 1 nor powers Here, **height** refers to everything that exists above a person, and **depth** refers to everything that exists below a person. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everything that is above us … everything that is below us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 8 39 ppaz figs-metonymy ὕψωμα…βάθος 1 nor powers Here, **height** refers to everything that exists above a person, and **depth** refers to everything that exists below a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everything that is above us … everything that is below us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 8 39 ajct figs-activepassive τις κτίσις ἑτέρα 1 nor powers If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “any other thing that God has created” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 8 39 sd7j figs-metaphor δυνήσεται ἡμᾶς χωρίσαι ἀπὸ τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 nor powers See how you translated the similar phrase in [verse 35](../08/35.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 8 39 fr5b figs-distinguish τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 nor powers Here, **which** marks that Paul is giving further information about **the love of God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “that is, the love of God in Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 8 39 tot5 figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 nor powers See how you translated this phrase in [6:23](../06/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 9 intro w6f4 0 # Romans 9 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

6. God’s plan for Israel (9:1–11:36)
* Paul’s sorrow for Israel’s unbelief (9:1–5)
* God chooses whom he wants to choose (9:6–13)
* God shows mercy on whom he wants to show mercy (9:14–18)
* No one can question God’s choice (9:19–33)

Chapter 9 begins a new topic in this letter. In Chapters 9-11, Paul focuses on the nation of Israel.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verses 25-29](../09/25.md) and [33](../09/33.md) of this chapter. Paul quotes all of these words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Predestination

Many scholars believe that in this chapter Paul teaches extensively on a subject known as “predestination.” Some take this to indicate that God has chosen some people to eternally save from before the world existed. Christians have different views on what the Bible teaches on this subject, so translators need to take extra care when translating this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/predestine]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])

### Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Stone of stumbling

In [verses 30–33](../09/30.md) Paul explains that God made some Gentiles righteous because they believed in Jesus, but most Jews rejected Jesus because they were trying to obey the Law of Moses to become righteous. Paul quotes [Isaiah 8:14] and [28:16] to describe Jesus as if he were a stone that the Jews trip over when walking. See the translations and notes for how Peter uses these same verses from Isaiah in [1 Peter 2:6](../1pe/02/06.md), [8](../1pe/02/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 9 intro w6f4 0 # Romans 9 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

6. God’s plan for Israel (9:1–11:36)
* Paul’s sorrow for Israel’s unbelief (9:1–5)
* God chooses whom he wants to choose (9:6–13)
* God shows mercy on whom he wants to show mercy (9:14–18)
* No one can question God’s choice (9:19–33)

Chapter 9 begins a new topic in this letter. In Chapters 9-11, Paul focuses on the nation of Israel.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verses 25-29](../09/25.md) and [33](../09/33.md) of this chapter. Paul quotes all of these words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Predestination

Many scholars believe that in this chapter Paul teaches extensively on a subject known as “predestination.” Some take this to indicate that God has chosen to save some people from before the world existed. Christians have different views on what the Bible teaches on this subject, so translators need to take extra care when translating this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/predestine]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])

### Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Stone of stumbling

In [verses 30–33](../09/30.md) Paul explains that God made some Gentiles righteous because they believed in Jesus, but most Jews rejected Jesus because they were trying to obey the Law of Moses to become righteous. Paul quotes [Isaiah 8:14](../../isa/08/14.md) and [28:16](../../isa/28/16.md) to describe Jesus as if he were a stone that the Jews trip over when walking. See the translations and notes for how Peter uses these same verses from Isaiah in [1 Peter 2:6](../1pe/02/06.md), [8](../1pe/02/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 9 1 yg93 figs-doublet ἀλήθειαν λέγω ἐν Χριστῷ, οὐ ψεύδομαι 1 I tell the truth in Christ. I do not lie These two expressions mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize that he is telling the truth. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I am telling you the absolute truth in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ROM 9 1 igs8 figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in [3:24](../03/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 9 1 h9mp figs-personification συνμαρτυρούσης μοι τῆς συνειδήσεώς 1 Here Paul uses **conscience** as if it were a person bearing witness in a courtroom. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2:15](../02/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 9 1 dsaj figs-explicit ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 Here, **in the Holy Spirit** indicates that **the Holy Spirit** is the one who guided Paul’s **conscience**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by the guidance of the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 9 2 jx3a figs-idiom λύπη μοί ἐστιν μεγάλη, καὶ ἀδιάλειπτος ὀδύνη τῇ καρδίᾳ μου 1 that for me there is great sorrow and unceasing pain in my heart Here, **unceasing pain in my heart** is an idiom that Paul uses to share his emotional distress. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am experiencing great and unceasing sorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 9 2 jky1 figs-doublet λύπη…μεγάλη, καὶ ἀδιάλειπτος ὀδύνη 1 great sorrow and unceasing pain These two expressions mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them together to emphasize how intense his emotions are. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “exceedingly great sorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -ROM 9 3 sju1 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why the previous statement is true. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is true since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 9 2 jky1 figs-doublet λύπη…μεγάλη, καὶ ἀδιάλειπτος ὀδύνη 1 great sorrow and unceasing pain These two expressions mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize how intense his emotions are. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “exceedingly great sorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ROM 9 3 sju1 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why the previous statement is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This is true since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 9 3 b1g6 figs-abstractnouns ἀνάθεμα εἶναι αὐτὸς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **accursed**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “myself to be cursed” or “myself to be an accursed person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 9 3 rh5h figs-activepassive ἀπὸ τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 For I could wish that I myself would be cursed and set apart from Christ for the sake of my brothers, those of my own race according to the flesh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God separating me from Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 9 3 oma4 figs-idiom ἀπὸ τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, **separated from Christ** refers to the idea of Paul losing his salvation, which is impossible. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “eternally kept apart from Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 9 3 oma4 figs-idiom ἀπὸ τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, **separated from Christ** refers to the idea of Paul losing his salvation, which is impossible. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “eternally kept apart from Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 9 3 og9y figs-explicit ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου 1 Here, **for the sake of** implies that Paul is talking about the salvation of his **brothers**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the sake of the salvation of my brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 9 3 gaim figs-gendernotations τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου 1 brothers Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both males and females. Alternate translation: “my brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +ROM 9 3 gaim figs-gendernotations τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου 1 brothers Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “my brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 9 3 eg9b figs-metonymy τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου 1 brothers Here, **brothers** refers to Jews, who are Paul’s kinsmen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “my Jewish kinsmen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 9 3 gn5p figs-distinguish τῶν συγγενῶν μου, κατὰ σάρκα 1 brothers This clause gives us further information about **my brothers**. If it might be helpful in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “who are those of my own race according to the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) +ROM 9 3 gn5p figs-distinguish τῶν συγγενῶν μου, κατὰ σάρκα 1 brothers This clause gives further information about **my brothers**. If it might be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “who are those of my own race according to the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 9 3 qckq figs-idiom κατὰ σάρκα 1 brothers See how you translated **according to the flesh** in [1:3](../01/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 9 4 p1ys figs-distinguish οἵτινές εἰσιν Ἰσραηλεῖται 1 They are Israelites This phrase gives us further information about “my brothers” in the previous verse. If it might be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “those brothers of mine are Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) +ROM 9 4 p1ys figs-distinguish οἵτινές εἰσιν Ἰσραηλεῖται 1 They are Israelites This phrase gives further information about “my brothers” in the previous verse. If it might be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “those brothers of mine are Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 9 4 jfzg figs-abstractnouns ἡ υἱοθεσία…ἡ δόξα…ἡ νομοθεσία…ἡ λατρεία…αἱ ἐπαγγελίαι 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **adoption**, **glory**, **law-giving**, **service**, and **promises**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “being adopted … glorious things … being given the law … serving … what has been promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 9 4 l6vs figs-metaphor ἡ υἱοθεσία 1 They have adoption **Here, **adoption** refers to the idea that the **Israelites were like God’s children. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the status as God’s children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 9 4 l6vs figs-metaphor ἡ υἱοθεσία 1 They have adoption **Here, **adoption** refers to the idea that the **Israelites** were like God’s children. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the status as God’s children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 9 4 n2vu figs-explicit ἡ νομοθεσία 1 Here, **the law-giving** refers to God giving his laws to the Jews. If it might be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the giving of God’s laws to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 9 4 vu6j figs-explicit ἡ λατρεία 1 Here, **the service** refers to Jewish worship in the temple, which was a way of serving God. If it might be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “serving God in his temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 9 5 tic7 figs-metaphor οἱ πατέρες 1 Here, **the fathers** refers to the first ancestors of the Israelites, who are Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -1576,54 +1572,48 @@ ROM 9 5 offl figs-explicit ὁ ὢν ἐπὶ πάντων 1 This clause refers ROM 9 5 l07v figs-explicit ὁ ὢν ἐπὶ πάντων 1 The phrase **is over all** implies ruling as king **over all** things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one who reigns over all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 9 5 blop figs-explicit Θεὸς, εὐλογητὸς 1 Here, **blessed God** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to Father God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he is the blessed God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 9 6 equ8 οὐχ οἷον…ὅτι ἐκπέπτωκεν ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 But it is not as though the promises of God have failed Alternate translation: “it is not as if the word of God has failed” or “the word of God has not failed” -ROM 9 6 vedq figs-personification ἐκπέπτωκεν ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here Paul speaks about **the word of God** as if it were a person who had not **failed**. He means that what God has said will certainly happen as he said. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the word of God will remain unfulfilled” or “the word of God has proved false” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 9 6 bmq6 figs-possession ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, **the word of God** refers to what God promised to do for Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God’s promises” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 9 6 r8se grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that this sentence gives the reason why what Paul said in the previous sentence is true. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 9 6 wy8z figs-explicit οὐ…πάντες οἱ ἐξ Ἰσραήλ οὗτοι, Ἰσραήλ 1 For it is not everyone in Israel who truly belongs to Israel Here Paul uses the word **Israel** in two different ways. The phrase **all the ones from Israel** refers to all the physical descendants of Jacob, whom God also called Israel. However, the second occurrence of **Israel** refers to physical descendants of Jacob who trust in Jesus. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “not all the ones from physical Israel are part of spiritual Israel” or “not every physical Israelite is a true Israelite” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 9 7 s3rj figs-ellipsis οὐδ’ ὅτι εἰσὶν σπέρμα Ἀβραάμ πάντες τέκνα 1 Neither are all Abraham’s descendants truly his children Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Neither is it such a thing that all the children are seed of Abraham” or “Neither is it true that all the children are seed of Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 9 6 vedq figs-personification ἐκπέπτωκεν ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here Paul speaks about **the word of God** as if it were a person who had not **failed**. He means that what God has said will certainly happen as he said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the word of God will remain unfulfilled” or “the word of God has proved false” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 9 6 bmq6 figs-explicit ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, **the word of God** refers to what God promised to do for Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God’s promises” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 9 6 r8se grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that this sentence gives the reason why what Paul said in the previous sentence is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 9 6 wy8z figs-explicit οὐ…πάντες οἱ ἐξ Ἰσραήλ οὗτοι, Ἰσραήλ 1 For it is not everyone in Israel who truly belongs to Israel Here Paul uses the word **Israel** in two different ways. The phrase **all the ones from Israel** refers to all the physical descendants of Jacob, whom God also called **Israel**. However, the second occurrence of **Israel** refers to physical descendants of Jacob who trust in Jesus. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “not all the ones from physical Israel are part of spiritual Israel” or “not every physical Israelite is a true Israelite” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 9 7 s3rj figs-ellipsis οὐδ’ ὅτι εἰσὶν σπέρμα Ἀβραάμ πάντες τέκνα 1 Neither are all Abraham’s descendants truly his children Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Neither is it such a thing that all the children are seed of Abraham” or “Neither is it true that all the children are seed of Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 9 7 m5av figs-explicit πάντες τέκνα 1 Neither are all Abraham’s descendants truly his children Here, **children** refers specifically to “the children of Israel,” which is a name for the Jewish people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the children of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 9 7 kpls figs-metaphor πάντες τέκνα 1 Here, **children** refers to someone’s descendants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all the descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 9 7 pmfj translate-names Ἀβραάμ 1 See how you translated this name in [4:1](../04/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 9 7 y86t figs-metaphor σπέρμα Ἀβραάμ…σοι σπέρμα 1 Here, **seed** refers to refers to physical descendants of **Abraham** who trust in Jesus, as did the second occurrence of “Israel” in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “true descendants of Abraham … your true seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 9 7 o3e4 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 **But** here indicates that what follows is a strong contrast from what was said in the previous sentence. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 9 7 kbnn writing-quotations ἀλλ’ 1 **But** here indicates that what follows is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Genesis 21:12](../gen/21/12.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “But, God says in the Scriptures,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 9 7 z2f3 figs-quotemarks ἐν Ἰσαὰκ κληθήσεταί σοι σπέρμα 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Genesis 21:12](../gen/21/12.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -ROM 9 7 dzhb translate-names Ἰσαὰκ 1 **Isaac** is the name of a man, the son of **Abraham**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 9 7 wam8 figs-yousingular ἐν Ἰσαὰκ κληθήσεταί σοι σπέρμα 1 Here, **your** refers to **Abraham** and so is singular. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Abraham, in Isaac your seed will be called” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) ROM 9 7 obgo figs-metaphor ἐν Ἰσαὰκ 1 Here, **in Isaac** means “through the descendants of Isaac.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “through Isaac’s descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 9 7 i640 figs-activepassive κληθήσεταί σοι σπέρμα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The context indicates that God is the one who will do the action and he is speaking in first person. Alternate translation: “I will call your seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 9 8 yhq8 τοῦτ’ ἔστιν 1 Alternate translation: “Another way to say this is” ROM 9 8 s5xa figs-metonymy τὰ τέκνα τῆς σαρκὸς, 1 the children of the flesh are not Here, **children of the flesh** refers to the physical descendants of Abraham. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Abraham’s physical descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 9 8 y17u figs-metaphor τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 children of God See how you translated this phrase in the [8:16](../08/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 9 8 ta8t figs-possession τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἐπαγγελίας 1 children of the promise Paul is using the possessive form to describe **children** who are the result of **the promise**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the children who result from the promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 9 8 ta8t figs-possession τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἐπαγγελίας 1 children of the promise Paul is using the possessive form to describe **children** who are the result of **the promise**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the children who result from the promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 9 8 z5no figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἐπαγγελίας 1 children of the promise If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **promise**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what had been promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 9 8 h751 figs-explicit τῆς ἐπαγγελίας 1 children of the promise Here, **the promise** refers to God’s promise to give Abraham descendants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promise God made to Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 9 8 p768 figs-metaphor σπέρμα 1 See how you translated **seed** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 9 9 f4ap grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 9 9 f4ap grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 9 9 ptfv writing-quotations ἐπαγγελίας…ὁ λόγος οὗτος 1 this is the word of promise This phrase indicates that what follows is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Genesis 18:10](../gen/18/10.md), [14](../gen/18/14.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “this is the word of promise that God says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -ROM 9 9 up57 figs-possession ἐπαγγελίας…ὁ λόγος 1 this is the word of promise Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **word** that is a **promise**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the word that was promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 9 9 vplh figs-metonymy ἐπαγγελίας…ὁ λόγος 1 this is the word of promise Here, Paul used the term **word** to describe what God had said by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God’s words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 9 9 up57 figs-possession ἐπαγγελίας…ὁ λόγος 1 this is the word of promise Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **word** that is a **promise**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the word that was promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 9 9 vplh figs-metonymy ἐπαγγελίας…ὁ λόγος 1 this is the word of promise Here, Paul used the term **word** to describe what God had said by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God’s words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 9 9 sufo figs-quotemarks κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον, ἐλεύσομαι, καὶ ἔσται τῇ Σάρρᾳ υἱός 1 this is the word of promise This sentence is a quotation from [Genesis 18:10](../gen/18/10.md), [14](../gen/18/14.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -ROM 9 9 r9dw writing-pronouns ἐλεύσομαι 1 this is the word of promise The pronoun **I** here refers to God. If it might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 9 9 hxl1 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 this is the word of promise Here, **and** indicates that what follows is the result of what happened in the previous clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the result will be that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 9 9 h4kf figs-ellipsis ἔσται τῇ Σάρρᾳ υἱός 1 this is the word of promise This clause is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “a son will be born to Sarah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 9 9 r9dw writing-pronouns ἐλεύσομαι 1 this is the word of promise The pronoun **I** here refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 9 9 hxl1 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 this is the word of promise Here, **and** indicates that what follows is the result of what happened in the previous clause. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “the result will be that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 9 9 h4kf figs-ellipsis ἔσται τῇ Σάρρᾳ υἱός 1 this is the word of promise This clause is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “a son will be born to Sarah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 9 9 wqb2 figs-activepassive ἔσται τῇ Σάρρᾳ υἱός 1 a son will be given to Sarah If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Sarah will have a son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 9 9 l18r translate-names Σάρρᾳ 1 See how you translated this name in [4:19](../04/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 9 10 icc1 writing-pronouns οὐ μόνον δέ 1 had conceived Here, **this** refers to what Paul said in the previous verse, which was an example of God’s promises. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now, this is not the only example” or “Now, what God promised Abraham is not the only example” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 9 10 nqkc figs-explicit ἀλλὰ καὶ Ῥεβέκκα 1 had conceived Paul implies that God made a promise to **Rebekah** and he states that promise in [verse 12](../09/12.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but Rebekah also received a promise from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 9 10 ciik translate-names Ῥεβέκκα 1 had conceived **Rebekah** is the name of a woman, the wife of **Isaac**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ROM 9 10 mb5q figs-metaphor τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν 1 our father Here, **father** refers to **Isaac** as the ancestor of the Jewish people. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “our forefather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 9 10 q7t8 translate-names Ἰσαὰκ 1 See how you translated this name in [verse 7](../08/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ROM 9 11 h16y grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, **for** indicates that what follows gives further information about what Paul says in the previous verse and the next verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 9 11 ekxa figs-explicit γὰρ 1 Here Paul is referring to God choosing to bless Jacob instead of Esau, who are the twin sons of Rebekah and Isaac. However, he does not state this explicitly until [verse 13](../09/13.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly here. Alternate translation: “for God chose to bless only one of Rebekah’s two sons,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 9 11 luly figs-ellipsis μήπω…γεννηθέντων, μηδὲ πραξάντων τι ἀγαθὸν ἢ φαῦλον 1 Paul is leaving out some words that these clauses would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “her sons not yet having been born, nor indeed having done anything good or bad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 9 10 mb5q figs-metaphor τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν 1 our father Here, **father** refers to **Isaac** as the ancestor of the Jewish people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “our forefather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 9 11 h16y grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, **for** indicates that what follows gives further information about what Paul says in the previous verse and the next verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 9 11 ekxa figs-explicit γὰρ 1 Here Paul is referring to God choosing to bless Jacob instead of Esau, who are the twin sons of Rebekah and Isaac. However, he does not state this explicitly until [verse 13](../09/13.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for God chose to bless only one of Rebekah’s two sons,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 9 11 luly figs-ellipsis μήπω…γεννηθέντων, μηδὲ πραξάντων τι ἀγαθὸν ἢ φαῦλον 1 Paul is leaving out some words that these clauses would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “her sons not yet having been born, nor indeed having done anything good or bad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 9 11 h32d grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 so that the purpose of God according to choice might stand Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is the purpose for which God chose only one of Rebekah’s sons. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 9 11 a1gz figs-abstractnouns ἡ…πρόθεσις τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 so that the purpose of God according to choice might stand If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **purpose**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what God had purposed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 9 11 ts50 figs-abstractnouns κατ’ ἐκλογὴν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **election**, you could express the same idea in another way. The context indicates that Paul is referring to **God** electing people. Alternate translation: “according to electing people” or “in relation to choosing people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 9 12 ze3m figs-explicit οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τοῦ καλοῦντος 1 Here Paul is referring to the election of one of Rebekah’s sons, Jacob, as stated in the next verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God did not elect Jacob by works, but by the one who calls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 9 12 h6uj figs-explicit ἔργων 1 Here, **works** refers to human actions in general. It does not refer to “the works of the law” because God had not yet given the Law of Moses when Jacob and Esau lived. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what people do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 9 12 d6mr figs-explicit τοῦ καλοῦντος 1 because of him Here, **the one who calls** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God who calls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 9 12 sie3 figs-ellipsis τοῦ καλοῦντος 1 because of him Paul is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “the one who calls people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 9 12 sie3 figs-ellipsis τοῦ καλοῦντος 1 because of him Paul is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “the one who calls people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 9 12 wv7n figs-activepassive ἐρρέθη αὐτῇ 1 it was said to her, “The older will serve the younger.” If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God said to her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 9 12 fcho writing-quotations ἐρρέθη αὐτῇ 1 it was said to her, “The older will serve the younger.” This phrase indicates that what follows is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Genesis 25:23](../gen/25/23.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it was said to her, as recorded in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 9 12 y9cc writing-pronouns αὐτῇ 1 it was said to her, “The older will serve the younger.” Here, the pronoun **her** refers to Rebekah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) @@ -1633,57 +1623,55 @@ ROM 9 13 heon writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 Jacob I loved, ROM 9 13 mxfw figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the quotation was written by the prophet Malachi and God is the person speaking. Alternate translation: “It is just as God had Malachi write” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 9 13 xt7t figs-quotemarks τὸν Ἰακὼβ ἠγάπησα, τὸν δὲ Ἠσαῦ ἐμίσησα 1 Jacob I loved, but Esau I hated This sentence is a quotation from [Malachi 1:2–3](../mal/01/02.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 9 13 jb9k translate-names Ἰακὼβ…Ἠσαῦ 1 Jacob I loved, but Esau I hated **Jacob** and **Esau** are the names of men, the twin sons of Isaac and Rebekah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ROM 9 13 jcfs writing-pronouns ἠγάπησα…ἐμίσησα 1 Jacob I loved, but Esau I hated The pronoun **I** here refers to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, loved … I hated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 9 13 jcfs writing-pronouns ἠγάπησα…ἐμίσησα 1 Jacob I loved, but Esau I hated The pronoun **I** here refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, loved … I hated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 9 13 y3zu figs-hyperbole ἐμίσησα 1 Jacob I loved, but Esau I hated Paul quotes God using the word **hated** as an exaggeration to say that he did not love Esau and had completely rejected him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I completely rejected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 9 14 lf2k grammar-connect-logic-result τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν? 1 What then will we say? Here, **then** indicates that what follows is a response to what Paul said in [verses 6–13](../09/06.md). See how you translated this phrase in [6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 9 14 m8xk figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν? μὴ ἀδικία παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ? 1 What then will we say? In these two sentences Paul is not asking for information, but is using questions to address an objection that some people may have to what he said in the previous verses because they misunderstood him. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as statements or exclamations or communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Then we will say that God is truly unrighteous!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 9 14 xvei figs-quotemarks τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν? μὴ ἀδικία παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ? 1 What then will we say? In these two sentences Paul is speaking as if he were a someone who misunderstood what Paul had taught in the previous verses. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate quotations, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 9 14 xvei figs-quotemarks τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν? μὴ ἀδικία παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ? 1 What then will we say? In these two sentences Paul is speaking as if he were a someone who misunderstood what Paul had taught in the previous verses. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 9 14 ya6m figs-abstractnouns μὴ ἀδικία παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **unrighteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “There is no unrighteous character with God, is there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 9 14 euci figs-metaphor μὴ ἀδικία παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ 1 Here Paul speaks of **unrighteousness** as if it were an object that could be **with God**. He is referring to the idea of God being unrighteous. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God is not unrighteous, is he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 9 14 s1hm figs-explicit μὴ γένοιτο! 1 May it never be In this sentence Paul begins to respond to the rhetorical questions he wrote in the previous verse. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying, ‘May it never be!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 9 14 euci figs-metaphor μὴ ἀδικία παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ 1 Here Paul speaks of **unrighteousness** as if it were an object that could not be **with God**. He is referring to the idea of God being unrighteous. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God is not unrighteous, is he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 9 14 s1hm figs-explicit μὴ γένοιτο! 1 May it never be In this sentence Paul begins to respond to the rhetorical questions he wrote in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying, ‘May it never be!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 9 14 jrp5 figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο! 1 May it never be See how you translated this phrase in [3:4](../03/04.md) and [6:2](../06/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) -ROM 9 15 x9ri grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For he says to Moses **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said in the previous verse is true. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 9 15 x9ri grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For he says to Moses **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said in the previous verse is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 9 15 k9i0 writing-quotations τῷ Μωϋσεῖ γὰρ λέγει 1 For he says to Moses Here Paul uses this clause to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Exodus 33:19](../exo/33/19.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “For he says to Moses what is written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -ROM 9 15 v2x6 writing-pronouns λέγει…ἐλεήσω…ἐλεῶ…οἰκτειρήσω…οἰκτείρω 1 For he says to Moses The pronouns **he** and **I** here refer to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God says … ‘I, God, will have mercy … I will have mercy … I, God, will have compassion … I will have compassion’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 9 15 kq2c figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 For he says to Moses Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) -ROM 9 15 tjgf translate-names Μωϋσεῖ 1 See how you translated this name in [5:14](../05/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ROM 9 15 v2x6 writing-pronouns λέγει…ἐλεήσω…ἐλεῶ…οἰκτειρήσω…οἰκτείρω 1 For he says to Moses The pronouns **he** and **I** here refer to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God says … ‘I, God, will have mercy … I will have mercy … I, God, will have compassion … I will have compassion’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 9 15 kq2c figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 For he says to Moses Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) ROM 9 15 c2t0 figs-quotemarks ἐλεήσω ὃν ἂν ἐλεῶ, καὶ οἰκτειρήσω ὃν ἂν οἰκτείρω 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Exodus 33:19](../exo/33/19.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 9 15 f61q figs-abstractnouns ἐλεήσω ὃν ἂν ἐλεῶ, καὶ οἰκτειρήσω ὃν ἂν οἰκτείρω 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **mercy** and **compassion**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “I will act mercifully to whomever I will act mercifully, and I will act compassionately to whomever I will act compassionately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 9 15 f1hi figs-parallelism ἐλεήσω ὃν ἂν ἐλεῶ, καὶ οἰκτειρήσω ὃν ἂν οἰκτείρω 1 These statements use parallelism internally and between each other. They emphasize that God does whatever he wants. If this form of parallelism would be misunderstood in your language, consider another form that emphasizes that God is graciously kind to exactly those and only those to whom he chooses to show kindness, and he does so without outside influence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -ROM 9 16 y06j grammar-connect-words-phrases ἄρα οὖν 1 **So then** indicates that what follows in this verse summarizes the ideas of [verses 11–15](../09/11.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could use a clearer expression. See how you translated this phrase in [5:18](../05/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 9 15 f1hi figs-parallelism ἐλεήσω ὃν ἂν ἐλεῶ, καὶ οἰκτειρήσω ὃν ἂν οἰκτείρω 1 These statements use parallelism internally and between each other. They emphasize that God does whatever he wants. If it would be helpful in your language, consider using another form that emphasizes that God is graciously kind to exactly those and only those to whom he chooses to show kindness, and he does so without outside influence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 9 16 y06j grammar-connect-words-phrases ἄρα οὖν 1 **So then** indicates that what follows in this verse summarizes the ideas of [verses 11–15](../09/11.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a clearer expression. See how you translated this phrase in [5:18](../05/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 9 16 hn5j writing-pronouns οὐ 1 Here, **it** refers to God acting mercifully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God’s mercy is not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 9 16 d4f5 figs-possession τοῦ θέλοντος, οὐδὲ τοῦ τρέχοντος, ἀλλὰ…Θεοῦ 1 it is not because of him who wills, nor because of him who runs Paul is using the possessive form to describe what God’s mercy does or does not depend on. If this is not clear in your language, you could use state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “depending on the one who wills, nor depending on the one who runs, but depending on God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 9 16 d4f5 figs-possession τοῦ θέλοντος, οὐδὲ τοῦ τρέχοντος, ἀλλὰ…Θεοῦ 1 it is not because of him who wills, nor because of him who runs Paul is using the possessive form to describe what God’s mercy does or does not depend on. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “depending on the one who wills, nor depending on the one who runs, but depending on God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 9 16 ues3 figs-metaphor τοῦ τρέχοντος 1 nor because of him who runs Here Paul uses **the one who runs** to refer to a person who does good things to try to gain God’s favor as if that person were running a race. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who tries to gain favor” or “the one who works very hard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 9 16 plbr figs-distinguish τοῦ ἐλεῶντος 1 This phrase gives us further information about **God** in the previous clause. If it might be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “he is the one who has mercy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) +ROM 9 16 plbr figs-distinguish τοῦ ἐλεῶντος 1 This phrase gives further information about **God**. If it might be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “he is the one who has mercy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 9 16 p1fn figs-abstractnouns τοῦ ἐλεῶντος 1 See how you translated **mercy** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 9 17 st77 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For the scripture says **For** here indicates that what follows is the another reason why what Paul said in [verse 14](../09/14.md) is true. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “What I said previously is also true due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 9 17 x1cj figs-personification λέγει…ἡ Γραφὴ τῷ Φαραὼ 1 For the scripture says Here Paul uses **the scripture** as if it were a person who could speak. He means that the scripture he is about to quote contains information that God said to **Pharaoh**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God says to Pharaoh in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ROM 9 17 st77 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For the scripture says **For** here indicates that what follows is the another reason why what Paul said in [verse 14](../09/14.md) is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “What I said previously is also true due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 9 17 x1cj figs-personification λέγει…ἡ Γραφὴ τῷ Φαραὼ 1 For the scripture says Here Paul uses **the scripture** as if it were a person who could speak. He means that the scripture he is about to quote contains information that God said to **Pharaoh**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God says to Pharaoh in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 9 17 e0r9 writing-quotations λέγει…ἡ Γραφὴ τῷ Φαραὼ 1 For the scripture says This phrase indicates that what follows is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Exodus 9:16](../exo/09/16.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “God said to Pharaoh in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -ROM 9 17 w1ki figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 For the scripture says Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) -ROM 9 17 hadc translate-names τῷ Φαραὼ 1 For the scripture says **Pharaoh** is the title for the man who was the king of Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ROM 9 17 w1ki figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 For the scripture says Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) ROM 9 17 ipl3 figs-quotemarks ὅτι εἰς αὐτὸ τοῦτο ἐξήγειρά σε, ὅπως ἐνδείξωμαι ἐν σοὶ τὴν δύναμίν μου, καὶ ὅπως διαγγελῇ τὸ ὄνομά μου ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Exodus 9:16](../exo/09/16.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 9 17 wfwo figs-abstractnouns αὐτὸ τοῦτο 1 See how you translated **purpose** in [verse 11](../09/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 9 17 xu7s writing-pronouns ἐξήγειρά σε…ἐνδείξωμαι…μου 1 I … my Here the pronouns **I** and **my** refer to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, raised you up … I might demonstrate my” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 9 17 xu7s writing-pronouns ἐξήγειρά σε…ἐνδείξωμαι…μου 1 I … my Here the pronouns **I** and **my** refer to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, raised you up … I might demonstrate my” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 9 17 pz5x figs-idiom ἐξήγειρά σε 1 I raised you up Paul quotes God using the phrase **raised you up** to refer to causing someone to become king. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use a comparable idiom or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “I caused you to become king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 9 17 nfv5 figs-yousingular σε…σοὶ 1 you Both occurrences of **you** in this verse are singular and refer to Pharaoh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) -ROM 9 17 ho3g grammar-connect-logic-goal ὅπως…ὅπως 1 you Both occurrences of **so that** in this verse introduce purpose clauses. Use a natural way in your language for introducing purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose that … for the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +ROM 9 17 ho3g grammar-connect-logic-goal ὅπως…ὅπως 1 you Both occurrences of **so that** in this verse introduce purpose clauses. Use a natural way in your language for introducing purpose clauses. Alternate translation: “for the purpose that … for the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 9 17 dp4p figs-abstractnouns τὴν δύναμίν μου 1 See how you translated **power** in [1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 9 17 wspw figs-metaphor ἐν σοὶ 1 Paul quotes God speaking of his **power** as if it were an object that could be **in** Pharaoh. He means that Pharaoh is the means by which God would show his power. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by means of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 9 17 gps5 figs-activepassive ὅπως διαγγελῇ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 so that my name might be proclaimed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that people might proclaim my name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 9 17 jp6i figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **my name** represents God himself. If it might be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 9 18 qlty grammar-connect-words-phrases ἄρα οὖν 1 **So then** indicates that what follows in this verse summarizes the ideas of [verses 14–17](../09/14.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could use a clearer expression. See how you translated this phrase in [5:18](../05/18.md) and in [verse 16](../09/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 9 18 qlty grammar-connect-words-phrases ἄρα οὖν 1 **So then** indicates that what follows in this verse summarizes the ideas of [verses 14–17](../09/14.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a clearer expression. See how you translated this phrase in [5:18](../05/18.md) and in [verse 16](../09/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 9 18 jrj5 writing-pronouns θέλει, ἐλεεῖ…θέλει, σκληρύνει 1 whom he wishes, he makes stubborn In this verse **he** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God has mercy … he wills … God wills … he hardens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 9 18 bf3a figs-abstractnouns ἐλεεῖ 1 whom he wishes, he makes stubborn See how you translated **mercy** in [verse 15](../09/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 9 18 qzvz figs-metaphor σκληρύνει 1 whom he wishes, he makes stubborn Here, **hardens** refers to causing someone to become stubborn. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he causes to become stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 9 19 z4j2 figs-yousingular ἐρεῖς 1 You will say then to me **You** here is singular and refers to a hypothetical person who opposes Paul. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You people who oppose me will say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) -ROM 9 19 r6r7 grammar-connect-logic-result ἐρεῖς μοι οὖν 1 You will say then to me Here, **then** indicates that what follows is a response to what Paul said in [verses 14–18](../09/14.md). If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then you will respond to what I just said by saying to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 9 19 zt94 writing-pronouns μοι 1 The pronoun **me** here refers to Paul. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to me, Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 9 19 r6r7 grammar-connect-logic-result ἐρεῖς μοι οὖν 1 You will say then to me Here, **then** indicates that what follows is a response to what Paul said in [verses 14–18](../09/14.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then you will respond to what I just said by saying to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 9 19 zt94 writing-pronouns μοι 1 The pronoun **me** here refers to Paul. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to me, Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 9 19 bbe4 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἔτι μέμφεται? τῷ γὰρ βουλήματι αὐτοῦ, τίς ἀνθέστηκεν? 1 Why does he still find fault? For who has ever withstood his will? Paul is not asking for information, but is using these two questions here to express the objections that someone who opposes him might have to what he said in [verses 14–18](../09/14.md). If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Then he should not find fault with us! No one has ever been able to withstand his will!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 9 19 eqph grammar-connect-logic-result τί οὖν 1 Why does he still find fault? For who has ever withstood his will? Here, **then** indicates that what follows is a response to what Paul said in [verses 14–18](../09/14.md). If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “If these things are true, then why” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 9 19 eqph grammar-connect-logic-result τί οὖν 1 Why does he still find fault? For who has ever withstood his will? Here, **then** indicates that what follows is a response to what Paul said in [verses 14–18](../09/14.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “If these things are true, then why” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 9 19 hqr7 writing-pronouns μέμφεται…αὐτοῦ 1 he … his In this verse the pronouns **he** and **his** refer to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “does God … find fault … God’s” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 9 19 zioz figs-metaphor ἔτι μέμφεται 1 Here, **find fault** refers to blaming someone for doing something bad. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “does he blame us for our sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 9 20 n1ti figs-explicit ὦ ἄνθρωπε 1 In this verse Paul begins to respond to the rhetorical questions from his hypothetical opponent in the previous verse. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying, ‘O man’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 9 20 g7mn figs-quotemarks ὦ ἄνθρωπε, μενοῦνγε σὺ τίς εἶ, ὁ ἀνταποκρινόμενος τῷ Θεῷ? μὴ ἐρεῖ τὸ πλάσμα, τῷ πλάσαντι, τί με ἐποίησας οὕτως? 1 In this verse Paul is responding to the rhetorical questions from his hypothetical opponent in the previous verse. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate quotations, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 9 20 n1ti figs-explicit ὦ ἄνθρωπε 1 In this verse Paul begins to respond to the rhetorical questions from his hypothetical opponent in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying, ‘O man’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 9 20 g7mn figs-quotemarks ὦ ἄνθρωπε, μενοῦνγε σὺ τίς εἶ, ὁ ἀνταποκρινόμενος τῷ Θεῷ? μὴ ἐρεῖ τὸ πλάσμα, τῷ πλάσαντι, τί με ἐποίησας οὕτως? 1 In this verse Paul is responding to the rhetorical questions from his hypothetical opponent in the previous verse. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 9 20 hci6 figs-exclamations ὦ ἄνθρωπε, 1 **O** here is an exclamation word that communicates indignance. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “How dare you, man!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 9 20 uu1t figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπε 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here to emphasize human weakness. Alternate translation: “human being” or “mere mortal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 9 20 r5uu figs-distinguish μενοῦνγε σὺ τίς εἶ, ὁ ἀνταποκρινόμενος τῷ Θεῷ? 1 Here, **the one answering against God** gives further information about who **you** is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these words clearer. Alternate translation: “who indeed are you who answer against God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) @@ -1696,12 +1684,12 @@ ROM 9 20 s9hg figs-explicit τῷ πλάσαντι 1 Here, **the one having mol ROM 9 20 dzn4 figs-quotesinquotes μὴ ἐρεῖ τὸ πλάσμα, τῷ πλάσαντι, τί με ἐποίησας οὕτως 1 If you translated this verse as a direct quotation, then this sentence would be a direct quotation inside a direct quotation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “The one molded will not ask the one having molded it why he made it this way. Will it?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) ROM 9 20 wcj3 figs-rquestion τί με ἐποίησας οὕτως 1 Why did you make me this way? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize what his hypothetical opponent is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not have made me this way!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 9 21 e94a figs-rquestion ἢ οὐκ ἔχει ἐξουσίαν ὁ κεραμεὺς τοῦ πηλοῦ, ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ φυράματος ποιῆσαι ὃ μὲν εἰς τιμὴν σκεῦος, ὃ δὲ εἰς ἀτιμίαν? 1 Does the potter not have the right … for daily use? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “The potter surely has authority over the clay to make from the same lump not only what is a vessel for honor, but also what is for dishonor!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 9 21 nsdy figs-exmetaphor ἢ οὐκ ἔχει ἐξουσίαν ὁ κεραμεὺς τοῦ πηλοῦ, ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ φυράματος ποιῆσαι ὃ μὲν εἰς τιμὴν σκεῦος, ὃ δὲ εἰς ἀτιμίαν? 1 Paul speaks about God’s authority over people by using the metaphor of a **potter** and his **clay**. Paul means that God has the right to do whatever he wants with people because he made them. You could express this metaphor as a simile if that would help your readers. Alternate translation: “Or does God not have authority over us like a potter has authority over the clay to make from the same lump not only what is a vessel for honor, but also what is for dishonor?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]]) +ROM 9 21 nsdy figs-exmetaphor ἢ οὐκ ἔχει ἐξουσίαν ὁ κεραμεὺς τοῦ πηλοῦ, ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ φυράματος ποιῆσαι ὃ μὲν εἰς τιμὴν σκεῦος, ὃ δὲ εἰς ἀτιμίαν? 1 Paul speaks about God’s authority over people by using the metaphor of a **potter** and his **clay**. Paul means that God has the right to do whatever he wants with people because he made them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “Or does God not have authority over us like a potter has authority over the clay to make from the same lump not only what is a vessel for honor, but also what is for dishonor?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]]) ROM 9 21 falq translate-unknown ἢ οὐκ ἔχει ἐξουσίαν ὁ κεραμεὺς τοῦ πηλοῦ, ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ φυράματος ποιῆσαι ὃ μὲν εἰς τιμὴν σκεῦος, ὃ δὲ εἰς ἀτιμίαν? 1 A **potter** is a person who makes containers out of a type of dirt called **clay** that becomes hard after it is heated. The **potter** takes a **lump** of **clay** and forms it into different kinds of containers that are used for various purposes. If your readers would not be familiar with **clay** containers, you could use the name of a different type of material that is used in your area to make containers, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “Or does the person who makes something not have authority over his materials to make from those materials not only what is a vessel for honor, but also what is for dishonor?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ROM 9 21 lm6k figs-abstractnouns εἰς τιμὴν σκεῦος…εἰς ἀτιμίαν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **honor** and **dishonor**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “a vessel for what is honorable … for what is dishonorable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 9 21 pe9t figs-explicit εἰς τιμὴν σκεῦος…εἰς ἀτιμίαν 1 Here, **honor** and **dishonor** refer to how these vessels will be used. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a vessel for honorable use … for dishonorable use” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 9 22 gk5u 0 General Information: [Verses 22–24](../09/22.md) are one long sentence. If you divide these verses into multiple sentences, as the UST does, then you may need to repeat some phrases in order to make the meaning clear. -ROM 9 22 a9tl figs-ellipsis εἰ 1 Here Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context, especially the idea in [verse 20](../09/20.md) that no one can speak against God. Alternate translation: “what can you say against God if” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 9 22 a9tl figs-ellipsis εἰ 1 Here Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context, especially the idea in [verse 20](../09/20.md) that no one can speak against God. Alternate translation: “what can you say against God if” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 9 22 afmb figs-rquestion εἰ 1 Here, **what if** indicates the beginning of one long rhetorical question that extends from [verse 22](../09/22.md) to [verse 24](../09/24.md). If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you cannot possibly say anything against God if” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 9 22 dzpq grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 Here, **if** indicates the beginning of a conditional sentence that extends from [verse 22](../09/22.md) to [verse 24](../09/24.md). Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “you cannot possibly say anything against God since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) ROM 9 22 cqto figs-infostructure θέλων…ἐνδείξασθαι τὴν ὀργὴν, καὶ γνωρίσαι τὸ δυνατὸν αὐτοῦ, ἤνεγκεν ἐν πολλῇ μακροθυμίᾳ, σκεύη ὀργῆς κατηρτισμένα εἰς ἀπώλειαν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “endured with much patience vessels of wrath prepared for destruction, willing to demonstrate his wrath and to make his power known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) @@ -1709,117 +1697,113 @@ ROM 9 22 bqkv grammar-connect-logic-result θέλων…ἐνδείξασθαι ROM 9 22 yyyp figs-abstractnouns τὴν ὀργὴν…τὸ δυνατὸν αὐτοῦ…πολλῇ μακροθυμίᾳ…ὀργῆς…εἰς ἀπώλειαν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **wrath**, **power**, **patience**, and **destruction**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “how wrathful he is … how powerful he is … being very patient … for being wrathful against … for being destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 9 22 cj94 figs-activepassive γνωρίσαι τὸ δυνατὸν αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to make people know his power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 9 22 we86 figs-metaphor σκεύη ὀργῆς 1 containers of wrath Paul refers to people as if they were **vessels**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people of wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 9 22 ba9v figs-possession σκεύη ὀργῆς 1 containers of wrath Paul is using the possessive form to describe **vessels** that deserve **wrath**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “vessels that deserve wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 9 22 at71 figs-distinguish κατηρτισμένα εἰς ἀπώλειαν 1 containers of wrath This phrase gives us further information about the **vessels of wrath**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “who are the ones prepared for destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) +ROM 9 22 ba9v figs-possession σκεύη ὀργῆς 1 containers of wrath Paul is using the possessive form to describe **vessels** that deserve **wrath**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “vessels that deserve wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 9 22 at71 figs-distinguish κατηρτισμένα εἰς ἀπώλειαν 1 containers of wrath This phrase gives further information about the **vessels of wrath**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “who are the ones prepared for destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 9 22 o4ub figs-activepassive κατηρτισμένα εἰς ἀπώλειαν 1 containers of wrath If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The one who does the action could be: (1) God, who is the main subject of this verse. Alternate translation: “God prepared for destruction” (2) the people themselves. Alternate translation: “who prepared themselves for destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 9 22 bney grammar-connect-logic-goal κατηρτισμένα εἰς ἀπώλειαν 1 containers of wrath Here, **for** indicates the purpose for which the **vessels of wrath** were **prepared**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “prepared for purpose of being destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 9 22 webu figs-explicit εἰς ἀπώλειαν 1 containers of wrath Here, **destruction** refers to experiencing punishment forever in hell. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for experiencing eternal destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 9 23 rtom grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 1 Here, **and** indicates that this verse continues the sentence that Paul began in the previous verse. If you divide the sentence into shorter sentences, you will need to repeat some of the information from the previous verse here. Alternate translation: “What if God also endured vessels of wrath so that” or “God also endured vessels of wrath so that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 9 23 u6tn grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα…εἰς 1 Here, **so that** and **for** indicate purpose clauses. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose that … for the purpose of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +ROM 9 23 u6tn grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα…εἰς 1 Here, **so that** and **for** indicate purpose clauses. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose that … for the purpose of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 9 23 ufj7 writing-pronouns γνωρίσῃ…αὐτοῦ…προητοίμασεν 1 he … his In this verse the pronouns **he** and **his** refer to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God might make known … God’s … God prepared beforehand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 9 23 o1fl figs-activepassive γνωρίσῃ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he might make people know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 9 23 hgau figs-abstractnouns τὸν πλοῦτον 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **riches**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the rich character” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 9 23 iq94 figs-abstractnouns τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ…ἐλέους…εἰς δόξαν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **glory** and **mercy**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “of how glorious he is … toward which he acts mercifully … for being glorious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 9 23 ojeo figs-possession τὸν πλοῦτον τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **glory** that is characterized by **riches**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “his rich glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 9 23 she3 figs-possession σκεύη ἐλέους 1 the riches of his glory upon Paul is using the possessive form to describe **vessels** that will receive God’s **mercy**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “vessels that will receive mercy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 9 23 ojeo figs-possession τὸν πλοῦτον τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **glory** that is characterized by **riches**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “his rich glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 9 23 she3 figs-possession σκεύη ἐλέους 1 the riches of his glory upon Paul is using the possessive form to describe **vessels** that will receive God’s **mercy**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “vessels that will receive mercy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 9 23 v33r figs-metaphor σκεύη ἐλέους 1 containers of mercy See how you translated **vessels** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 9 23 kuim figs-distinguish ἃ προητοίμασεν εἰς δόξαν 1 which he had previously prepared for glory This clause gives further information about the **vessels of mercy**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “who are the ones he prepared beforehand for glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 9 23 jcjx grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς δόξαν 1 Here, **for** indicates the purpose for which the **vessels of mercy** were **prepared**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “prepared for the purpose of being glorified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 9 23 t41s figs-explicit εἰς δόξαν 1 which he had previously prepared for glory Here, **glory** refers to experiencing **glory** forever with God in heaven. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for experiencing eternal glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 9 24 yowi grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ…ἡμᾶς 1 also for us Here, **even** indicates that this verse continues the sentence that Paul began in [verse 22](../09/22.md). If you divide the sentence into shorter sentences, you will need to repeat some of the information from the previous verses here. Alternate translation: “What if even we are vessels of mercy” or “Even we are vessels of mercy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 9 24 y6vp figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 also for us The pronoun **us** here refers to Paul and his fellow believers. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 9 24 y6vp figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 also for us Here, **us** refers to Paul and his Christian readers, so **us** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 9 24 t8rn writing-pronouns ἐκάλεσεν 1 called Here, **he** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God called” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 9 24 zp1t figs-distinguish οὐ μόνον ἐξ Ἰουδαίων, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐξ ἐθνῶν 1 called This phrase gives further information about the people **whom** God **called**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “who are those people not only from the Jews, but also from the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 9 25 eqc2 writing-quotations ὡς καὶ ἐν τῷ Ὡσηὲ λέγει 1 This phrase indicates that what follows in this verse and the next verse are quotations from an Old Testament book ([Hosea 2:23](../hos/02/23.md); [1:10](../hos/01/10.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “As he says also in the scripture written by Hosea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 9 25 ewb4 writing-pronouns λέγει…καλέσω…μου…μου 1 Here, **he**, **I**, and **my** refer to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God says … I, God, will call … my … my” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 9 25 is9f figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) -ROM 9 25 m82v translate-names τῷ Ὡσηὲ 1 Hosea **Hosea** is the name of a man, an Old Testament prophet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ROM 9 25 is9f figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) ROM 9 25 f0rx figs-quotemarks καλέσω τὸν οὐ λαόν μου, λαόν μου, καὶ τὴν οὐκ ἠγαπημένην, ἠγαπημένην 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Hosea 2:23](../hos/02/23.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 9 25 yy15 figs-activepassive τὴν οὐκ ἠγαπημένην, ἠγαπημένην 1 her beloved who was not beloved If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one whom I did not love, ‘One I love’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 9 26 t46e figs-quotemarks καὶ ἔσται ἐν τῷ τόπῳ οὗ ἐρρέθη αὐτοῖς, οὐ λαός μου ὑμεῖς, ἐκεῖ κληθήσονται υἱοὶ Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 her beloved who was not beloved This verse is a quotation from [Hosea 1:10](../hos/01/10.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 9 26 ciif figs-activepassive ἐρρέθη 1 her beloved who was not beloved If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The context indicates that God said this in first person. Alternate translation: “I said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 9 26 yh4w figs-activepassive κληθήσονται 1 her beloved who was not beloved If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The one doing the action could be: (1) God. Alternate translation: “I will call them” (2) people in general. Alternate translation: “people will call them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 9 26 wpuw figs-metaphor υἱοὶ Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 sons of the living God See how you translated **sons** in [8:14](../08/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 9 26 brl6 figs-idiom Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 sons of the living God Here, **the living God** identifies God as the one who lives and possibly as the one who gives life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the God who is alive” or “the God who gives life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 9 26 brl6 figs-idiom Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 sons of the living God Here, **the living God** could refer to: (1) God being the one who lives. Alternate translation: “the God who is alive” (2) God being the one who makes living things become alive. Alternate translation: “the God who gives life” or “the God who makes alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 9 27 oej1 writing-quotations Ἠσαΐας δὲ κράζει ὑπὲρ τοῦ Ἰσραήλ 1 sons of the living God This phrase indicates that what follows in this verse and the next verse is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 10:22–23](../isa/10/22.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “But, as recorded in the Scriptures, Isaiah cries out concerning Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -ROM 9 27 i93k translate-names Ἠσαΐας 1 **Isaiah** is the name of a man, an Old Testament prophet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ROM 9 27 zqi1 figs-pastforfuture κράζει 1 cries out Here Paul uses the present tense verb **cries out** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “cried out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) -ROM 9 27 xjca figs-metaphor Ἰσραήλ 1 cries out Here, **Israel** refers to the the Israelites. They are the descendants of Jacob, whom God also called **Israel**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Israelites” or “the descendants of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 9 27 zqi1 figs-pastforfuture κράζει 1 cries out Here Paul uses the present tense verb **cries out** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “cried out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) +ROM 9 27 xjca figs-metaphor Ἰσραήλ 1 cries out Here, **Israel** refers to the Israelites. They are the descendants of Jacob, whom God also called **Israel**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Israelites” or “the descendants of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 9 27 kgza figs-quotemarks ἐὰν ᾖ ὁ ἀριθμὸς τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ, ὡς ἡ ἄμμος τῆς θαλάσσης, τὸ ὑπόλειμμα σωθήσεται. 1 cries out This sentence is the beginning of a quotation from [Isaiah 10:22–23](../isa/10/22.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 9 27 b0is figs-metaphor τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ 1 cries out Here, the word **sons** means refers to descendants. Paul quotes Isaiah identifying the Israelites as descendants of their ancestor Jacob, who was also known as **Israel**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 9 27 cxzn translate-names Ἰσραὴλ 1 **Israel** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ROM 9 27 qr8l figs-ellipsis ὡς ἡ ἄμμος τῆς θαλάσσης, 1 Paul quotes Isaiah leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “as the number of the grains of sand of the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 9 27 cxzn translate-names Ἰσραὴλ 1 Here, **Israel** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ROM 9 27 qr8l figs-ellipsis ὡς ἡ ἄμμος τῆς θαλάσσης, 1 Paul quotes Isaiah leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “as the number of the grains of sand of the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 9 27 k9j8 figs-simile ὡς ἡ ἄμμος τῆς θαλάσσης 1 as the sand of the sea Here Paul quotes Isaiah comparing the number of Israelites to the number of grains of **sand** beside the **sea** in order to emphasize how numerous they are. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “too many to count” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -ROM 9 27 nstd figs-possession ἡ ἄμμος τῆς θαλάσσης 1 as the sand of the sea Paul quotes Isaiah using the possessive form to describe **the sand** that is next to **the sea**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the sand by the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 9 27 nstd figs-possession ἡ ἄμμος τῆς θαλάσσης 1 as the sand of the sea Paul quotes Isaiah using the possessive form to describe **the sand** that is next to **the sea**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the sand by the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 9 27 wek9 figs-abstractnouns τὸ ὑπόλειμμα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **remnant**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “those who remain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 9 27 wig1 figs-activepassive σωθήσεται 1 will be saved If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will save” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 9 28 rupx grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the reason why the statement in the previous verse is true. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is true since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 9 28 rupx grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the reason why the statement in the previous verse is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This is true since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 9 28 cm32 figs-metonymy λόγον 1 the Lord will carry out his sentence on the earth Here, **word** refers to God’s promise to both punish the Israelites and save a remnant from among them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his promise to punish and save” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 9 28 pqri figs-explicit συντελῶν 1 Here, **finishing** refers to successfully completing something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “successfully completing it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 9 28 md3o figs-metaphor συντέμνων 1 Here, **cutting it short** refers to finish doing something quickly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “ending it quickly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 9 28 x832 figs-quotemarks 0 the Lord will carry out his sentence on the earth The end of this verse is the end of a quotation from [Isaiah 10:22–23](../isa/10/22.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 9 29 gq8u writing-quotations καὶ καθὼς προείρηκεν Ἠσαΐας 1 This phrase indicates that what follows in this verse and the next verse is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 1:9](../isa/01/09.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “And just as Isaiah has said beforehand in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -ROM 9 29 a0lg translate-names Ἠσαΐας 1 See how you translated this name in [verse 27](../09/27.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 9 29 xem9 figs-quotemarks εἰ μὴ Κύριος Σαβαὼθ ἐνκατέλιπεν ἡμῖν σπέρμα, ὡς Σόδομα ἂν ἐγενήθημεν, καὶ ὡς Γόμορρα ἂν ὡμοιώθημεν 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Isaiah 1:9](../isa/01/09.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -ROM 9 29 dl9x figs-exclusive ἡμῖν…ἂν ἐγενήθημεν…ὡμοιώθημεν 1 us … we Here the pronouns **us** and **we** refer to Isaiah and those to whom he spoke. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 9 29 dl9x figs-exclusive ἡμῖν…ἂν ἐγενήθημεν…ὡμοιώθημεν 1 us … we In this verse **us** and **we** refer to Isaiah and those to whom he spoke, so **us** and **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 9 29 iqy3 figs-metaphor σπέρμα 1 us … we Here, **seed** is singular but refers to a group of people. See how you translated **seed** in [4:13](../04/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 9 29 scjg translate-names Σόδομα…Γόμορρα 1 **Sodom** and **Gomorrah** are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 9 29 yicp figs-explicit ὡς Σόδομα ἂν ἐγενήθημεν, καὶ ὡς Γόμορρα ἂν ὡμοιώθημεν 1 Paul’s readers would have known that **Sodom** and **Gomorrah** were cities that God completely destroyed because the people who lived in them were very wicked ([Genesis 19](../gen/19/01.md)). If your readers might not be familiar with this story, you could state this explicitly or indicate this in a note. Alternate translation: “we would have been destroyed like the people of Sodom, and we would have been destroyed like the people of Sodom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 9 29 mkmt figs-parallelism ὡς Σόδομα ἂν ἐγενήθημεν, καὶ ὡς Γόμορρα ἂν ὡμοιώθημεν 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Isaiah says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that Israel could have been completely destroyed by God. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “we would have become just like Sodom and Gomorrah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 9 29 mkmt figs-parallelism ὡς Σόδομα ἂν ἐγενήθημεν, καὶ ὡς Γόμορρα ἂν ὡμοιώθημεν 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. Isaiah says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that Israel could have been completely destroyed by God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “we would have become just like Sodom and Gomorrah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 9 29 obdz figs-activepassive ὡς Γόμορρα ἂν ὡμοιώθημεν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God would have made us like Gomorrah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 9 30 xv7y grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Here, **then** indicates that what follows is a response to what Paul said in [verses 20–29](../09/20.md). See how you translated this phrase in [6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 9 30 m5l2 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν? 1 What will we say then? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form in this sentence to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Then we should say this:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 9 30 ki4k figs-ellipsis ὅτι ἔθνη 1 That the Gentiles Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “We will say that the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 9 30 bnl6 figs-distinguish τὰ μὴ διώκοντα δικαιοσύνην 1 who were not pursuing righteousness This clause gives us further information about **the Gentiles**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “who are those people not pursuing righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) +ROM 9 30 ki4k figs-ellipsis ὅτι ἔθνη 1 That the Gentiles Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “We will say that the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 9 30 bnl6 figs-distinguish τὰ μὴ διώκοντα δικαιοσύνην 1 who were not pursuing righteousness This clause gives further information about **the Gentiles**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “who are those people not pursuing righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 9 30 x51u figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην…δικαιοσύνην…δικαιοσύνην 1 See how you translated this word in [6:13](../06/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 9 30 gl4m figs-abstractnouns ἐκ πίστεως 1 the righteousness by faith See how you translated this phrase in [4:16](../04/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 9 31 z133 translate-names Ἰσραὴλ 1 the righteousness by faith See how you translated this name in [verse 27](../09/27.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ROM 9 31 f18n grammar-collectivenouns νόμον…νόμον 1 In this verse **law** refers to the laws that God gave the Jews through Moses. See how you translated this use of **law** in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -ROM 9 31 x1o0 figs-possession νόμον δικαιοσύνης 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **law** that was for the purpose of **righteousness**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different translation. Alternate translation: “a law for righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 9 31 f18n grammar-collectivenouns νόμον…νόμον 1 In this verse **law** refers to the laws that God gave the Jews by dictating them to Moses. See how you translated this use of **law** in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) +ROM 9 31 x1o0 figs-possession νόμον δικαιοσύνης 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **law** that was for the purpose of **righteousness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a law for righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 9 31 gjmu figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνης 1 See how you translated this word in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 9 32 y4pf figs-ellipsis διὰ τί? 1 Why not? Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Why could they not attain righteousness?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 9 32 y4pf figs-ellipsis διὰ τί? 1 Why not? Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Why could they not attain righteousness?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 9 32 e7p7 figs-rquestion διὰ τί? 1 Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This is why:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 9 32 fty2 figs-ellipsis ὅτι οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “They did not attain righteousness because it was not by faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 9 32 fty2 figs-ellipsis ὅτι οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “They did not attain righteousness because it was not by faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 9 32 scnv figs-abstractnouns ἐκ πίστεως 1 See how you translated this phrase in [verse 30](../09/30.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 9 32 j5jp figs-explicit ἐξ ἔργων 1 by works Paul assumes that his readers would understand that **works** means “works of the law.” See how you translated the same use of **works** in [4:2](../04/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 9 32 s0r6 grammar-connect-logic-result προσέκοψαν 1 by works **They stumbled over** introduces a sentence that states the result of what Paul described in the previous sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “As a result, they stumbled over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 9 32 s0r6 grammar-connect-logic-result προσέκοψαν 1 by works **They stumbled over** introduces a sentence that states the result of what Paul described in the previous sentence. Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “As a result, they stumbled over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 9 32 hzww figs-metaphor προσέκοψαν τῷ λίθῳ τοῦ προσκόμματος 1 Here Paul speaks of Christ as if he were a **stone** that the Jews **stumbled over**. He means that the Jews were offended by Christ because they tried to become righteous by works. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “They were offended by Jesus, like people who stumbled over a stone of stumbling” or “They were offended by Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 9 32 r14f figs-possession τῷ λίθῳ τοῦ προσκόμματος 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **stone** that causes **stumbling**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the stone that causes stumbling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 9 32 r14f figs-possession τῷ λίθῳ τοῦ προσκόμματος 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **stone** that causes **stumbling**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the stone that causes stumbling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 9 33 kx9c writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 as it has been written See how you translated this phrase in [1:17]. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 9 33 ivt3 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the quotation was written by the prophet Isaiah and God is the person speaking. Alternate translation: “just as Isaiah wrote” or “just as God said through Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 9 33 uo7d figs-quotemarks ἰδοὺ, τίθημι ἐν Σιὼν λίθον προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτραν σκανδάλου; καὶ ὁ πιστεύων ἐπ’ αὐτῷ, οὐ καταισχυνθήσεται. 1 This sentence is Paul’s paraphrase of parts of [Isaiah 8:14](../isa/08/14.md) and [28:16](../isa/28/16.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 9 33 m6ll figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Paul quotes Isaiah using the term **Behold** to focus his listeners’ attention on what he is about to say. You language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 9 33 hmmn writing-pronouns τίθημι 1 In this quotation from the Old Testament, **I** refers to God. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 9 33 hmmn writing-pronouns τίθημι 1 In this quotation from the Old Testament, **I** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 9 33 dy6x figs-metonymy ἐν Σιὼν 1 in Zion Here, **Zion** refers to the city of Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 9 33 mf6h figs-metaphor λίθον προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτραν σκανδάλου…αὐτῷ 1 Here, **stone of stumbling**, **rock of offense**, and **it** refer to Christ. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a person who will be like a stone of stumbling and a rock of offense” or “a person who will cause people to stumble and will offend them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 9 33 u3dj figs-doublet λίθον προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτραν σκανδάλου 1 stone of stumbling and a rock of offense These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how offensive the Messiah would be to the Jews. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “a stone that causes great offense” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ROM 9 33 h3tw figs-possession λίθον προσκόμματος 1 stone of stumbling and a rock of offense See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 9 33 c8t8 figs-possession πέτραν σκανδάλου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **rock** that causes **offense**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the rock that causes offense” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 9 33 c8t8 figs-possession πέτραν σκανδάλου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **rock** that causes **offense**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the rock that causes offense” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 9 33 knfh figs-abstractnouns σκανδάλου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **offense**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “that offends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 9 33 tu4i figs-activepassive ὁ πιστεύων ἐπ’ αὐτῷ, οὐ καταισχυνθήσεται 1 believes in it If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will not shame the one who believes on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 10 intro c2li 0 # Romans 10 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

6. God’s plan for Israel (9:1–11:36)
* Paul’s sorrow for Israel’s unbelief (9:1–5)
* God chooses whom he wants to choose (9:6–13)
* God shows mercy on whom he wants to show mercy (9:14–18)
* No one can question God’s choice (9:19–33)
* Israel’s false righteousness (10:1–4)
* Salvation is available to everyone (10:5–21)

Some translations set prose quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words in [verse 8](../10/08.md).

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verses 18-20](../10/18.md) of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical questions

Paul uses many rhetorical questions in this chapter. He does this to convince his readers that God does not save only the Jewish people, so Christians must be ready to go and share the gospel with the whole world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Different uses of “they,” “them,” and “their”

In [verses 1–4](../10/01.md), the pronouns “they,” “them,” and “their” always refer to the people of Israel. However, those pronouns refer to various things and people in [verses 5–21](../10/05.md), which will be addressed in the notes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 10 1 hj4b figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 10 1 v3jp figs-abstractnouns ἡ…εὐδοκία…ἡ δέησις…σωτηρίαν 1 my heart’s desire If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **good pleasure**, **prayer**, and **salvation**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “the very pleasing thing … what I pray … them to be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 10 1 tq7k figs-metonymy τῆς ἐμῆς καρδίας 1 my heart’s desire Here, **heart** refers to a person’s inner being or mind. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of my inner being” or “of my mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 10 1 tmf2 writing-pronouns αὐτῶν 1 The pronoun **them** in [verses 1–4](../10/01.md) refers to Jewish people who do not believe in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 10 2 y7qg grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that what follows is the reason for what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to you readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I feel this way because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 10 1 tq7k figs-metonymy τῆς ἐμῆς καρδίας 1 my heart’s desire Here, **heart** refers to a person’s inner being or mind. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of my inner being” or “of my mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 10 1 tmf2 writing-pronouns αὐτῶν 1 The pronoun **them** in [verses 1–4](../10/01.md) refers to Jewish people who do not believe in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 10 2 y7qg grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that what follows is the reason for what Paul said in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “I feel this way because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 10 2 adka figs-abstractnouns ζῆλον…ἔχουσιν…οὐ κατ’ ἐπίγνωσιν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **zeal** and **full knowledge**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “they are zealous … not by fully knowing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 10 2 rjqd figs-possession ζῆλον Θεοῦ ἔχουσιν 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **zeal** that is directed toward **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “they have a zeal for God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 10 2 pxyj figs-ellipsis οὐ κατ’ ἐπίγνωσιν 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “they have zeal of God that is not according to full knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 10 3 e7p2 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that what follows is the reason for what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to you readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 10 2 rjqd figs-possession ζῆλον Θεοῦ ἔχουσιν 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **zeal** that is directed toward **God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “they have a zeal for God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 10 2 pxyj figs-ellipsis οὐ κατ’ ἐπίγνωσιν 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “they have zeal of God that is not according to full knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 10 3 e7p2 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that what follows is the reason for what Paul said in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 10 3 bw97 figs-possession τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην…τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 See how you translated **the righteousness of God** in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 10 3 dgjn figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἰδίαν δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “being righteous on their own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 3 a6r4 figs-personification τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐχ ὑπετάγησαν 1 They did not submit to the righteousness of God Here Paul speaks of **the righteousness of God** as if it were a person whom someone could **submit** to. He means that they refused to attain righteousness in the way God requires, which is by faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they refuse to receive the righteousness of God according to his way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 10 4 x1w8 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For Christ is the fulfillment of the law **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why the Jews were wrong to try to make themselves righteous, as stated in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “They were wrong to seek to establish their own righteousness because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 10 4 x1w8 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For Christ is the fulfillment of the law **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why the Jews were wrong to try to make themselves righteous, as stated in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “They were wrong to seek to establish their own righteousness because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 10 4 y30a figs-explicit τέλος…νόμου 1 For Christ is the fulfillment of the law Here, **the completion of the law** could mean: (1) the end of the Law of Moses. Alternate translation: “is the end of the law” (2) the goal of the Law of Moses. Alternate translation: “is the goal of the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 4 a9up figs-abstractnouns τέλος 1 For Christ is the fulfillment of the law If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **completion**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “is what completes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 4 y3sx grammar-collectivenouns νόμου 1 For Christ is the fulfillment of the law See how you translated **the law** in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) ROM 10 4 nprh grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 Here, **for** could indicate: (1) **righteousness** was the purpose for **the completion of the law**. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of becoming righteous” (2) **righteousness** was the result of **the completion of the law**. Alternate translation: “resulting in righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 10 4 f6pu figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην 1 for righteousness for everyone who believes See how you translated this word in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 4 z3z9 figs-ellipsis παντὶ τῷ πιστεύοντι 1 for righteousness for everyone who believes See how you translated **everyone who believes** in [1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 10 5 vsyn grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 10 5 vsyn grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 10 5 ozvf writing-quotations Μωϋσῆς…γράφει τὴν δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐκ νόμου 1 Here Paul uses this clause to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Leviticus 18:5](../lev/18/05.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Moses writes in the Scriptures about the righteousness that is from the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -ROM 10 5 m8my figs-pastforfuture γράφει 1 Here Paul uses the present tense verb **writes** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) +ROM 10 5 m8my figs-pastforfuture γράφει 1 Here Paul uses the present tense verb **writes** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) ROM 10 5 qby2 figs-abstractnouns τὴν δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐκ νόμου 1 the righteousness that comes from the law If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “about being righteous based on the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 5 dufv grammar-collectivenouns νόμου 1 the righteousness that comes from the law See how you translated **the law** in [2:12](../02/12.md) and in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) ROM 10 5 jyjx figs-quotemarks ὁ ποιήσας αὐτὰ ἄνθρωπος, ζήσεται ἐν αὐτῇ 1 the righteousness that comes from the law In this sentence Paul quotes [Leviticus 18:5](../lev/18/05.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) @@ -1828,11 +1812,10 @@ ROM 10 5 kt66 figs-explicit αὐτὰ 1 the righteousness that comes from the l ROM 10 5 e3po figs-explicit αὐτὰ 1 the righteousness that comes from the law Paul quotes Moses implying that the person must do all of **these things** perfectly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all these things perfectly” or “every single one of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 5 qkz4 figs-explicit ζήσεται 1 will live Here, **will live** could refer to: (1) eternal life. Alternate translation: “will live forever” (2) a mortal life that God blesses. Alternate translation: “will stay alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 5 gsls writing-pronouns αὐτῇ 1 will live Here, **it** refers to the Law of Moses, which was called **these things** earlier in the verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 10 6 knmo grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 **But** here indicates that what follows is in contrast to what was said in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “By contrast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 10 6 r3ey writing-quotations ἡ…ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοσύνη οὕτως λέγει 1 Here Paul uses this clause to introduce quotations from an Old Testament book ([Deuteronomy 9:4](../deu/09/04.md); [30:12–14](../deu/30/12.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “the righteousness by faith says thus in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 10 6 sr9z figs-personification ἡ…ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοσύνη…λέγει 1 Here, **righteousness** is described as if it were a person who could speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “But Moses says thus about the righteousness by faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 10 6 cgv8 figs-abstractnouns ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοσύνη 1 See how you translated **righteousness** in [6:13](../06/13.md) and **by faith** in [4:16](../04/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 10 6 ksbr figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) +ROM 10 6 ksbr figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) ROM 10 6 ezma figs-quotemarks μὴ εἴπῃς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου, τίς ἀναβήσεται εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν? 1 In this sentence Paul quotes [Deuteronomy 9:4](../deu/09/04.md) and [Deuteronomy 30:12](../deu/30/12.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 10 6 x7h4 figs-youcrowd σου 1 Do not say in your heart Here Paul quotes Moses addressing the people of Israel as if he were speaking to only one person. The pronoun **your** is singular. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of **your** in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) ROM 10 6 nwlw figs-metonymy τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 See how you translated **heart** in [verse 1](../10/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -1847,14 +1830,14 @@ ROM 10 7 iw13 figs-idiom ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναγαγεῖν 1 from the dea ROM 10 8 ian2 writing-quotations τί λέγει? 1 Here Paul uses this clause to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Deuteronomy 30:14](../deu/30/14.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “what does it say in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 10 8 sen1 figs-rquestion τί λέγει? 1 Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “it surely says,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 8 gz7t figs-personification τί λέγει? 1 But what does it say? The word **it** refers to “the righteousness” referred to in [verse 6](../10/06.md). Here Paul continues to describe righteousness as if it were a person who could speak. See how you translated “the righteousness by faith says” in [verse 6](../10/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 10 8 n63g figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 But what does it say? Here Paul uses the present tense verb **say** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “did it say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) +ROM 10 8 n63g figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 But what does it say? Here Paul uses the present tense verb **say** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “did it say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) ROM 10 8 hybn figs-quotemarks ἐγγύς σου τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν, ἐν τῷ στόματί σου, καὶ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 But what does it say? In this sentence Paul quotes [Deuteronomy 30:14](../deu/30/14.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -ROM 10 8 kzb2 figs-metaphor ἐγγύς σου τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν, ἐν τῷ στόματί σου, καὶ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 The word is near you Paul quotes Moses speaking of the **word** as if it were an object that could be **near** or **in** someone. He means that God’s message could be easily known and spoken by Moses’ audience. Alternate translation: “You can easily know and speak the word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 10 8 sx8r figs-metonymy τὸ ῥῆμά 1 The word is near you Paul quotes Moses using **word** to describe what God has spoken by using words. This general reference to God’s word would include what God had said about the Messiah. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 10 8 kzb2 figs-metaphor ἐγγύς σου τὸ ῥῆμά ἐστιν, ἐν τῷ στόματί σου, καὶ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 The word is near you Paul quotes Moses speaking of the **word** as if it were an object that could be **near** or **in** someone. He means that God’s message could be easily known and spoken by Moses’ audience. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You can easily know and speak the word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 10 8 sx8r figs-metonymy τὸ ῥῆμά 1 The word is near you Paul quotes Moses using **word** to describe what God has spoken by using words. This general reference to God’s word would include what God had said about the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 8 wpvg figs-youcrowd σου…σου…σου 1 The word is near you Here Paul quotes Moses addressing the people of Israel as if he were speaking to only one person. The pronouns **you** and **your** are singular. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of your in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) ROM 10 8 y6mq figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ στόματί σου 1 The word is … in your mouth The phrase **in your mouth** refers to being able to say something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you know how to speak it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 8 zvx4 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 The word is … in your heart See how you translated **heart** in [verse 1](../10/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 10 8 lh5d figs-possession τὸ ῥῆμα τῆς πίστεως 1 the word of faith Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **word** that is about **faith**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “true” instead of the noun “truth.” Alternate translation: “the word about faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 10 8 lh5d figs-possession τὸ ῥῆμα τῆς πίστεως 1 the word of faith Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **word** that is about **faith**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the word about faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 10 8 v7ho figs-abstractnouns τῆς πίστεως 1 the word of faith If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “about believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 8 o4oy figs-exclusive κηρύσσομεν 1 Here, **we** refers to Paul and other Christians who **proclaim** the gospel, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 10 9 q5un grammar-connect-words-phrases ὅτι 1 if with your mouth you confess Jesus as Lord **For** here indicates that what follows is an explanation of what “the word of faith” is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This word we proclaim is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) @@ -1863,26 +1846,26 @@ ROM 10 9 tz7r figs-explicit ἐν τῷ στόματί σου 1 if with your mou ROM 10 9 ie71 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου 1 believe in your heart See how you translated this phrase in [verses 6](../10/06.md) and [8](../10/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 9 zdf5 figs-idiom αὐτὸν ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 raised him from the dead See how you translated a similar phrase in [4:24](../04/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 10 9 c3cq figs-activepassive σωθήσῃ 1 you will be saved If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 10 10 iv0v grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said in the previous verse is true. Use the most natural way in your language to state a reason. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 10 10 iv0v grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said in the previous verse is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 10 10 g7i1 figs-metonymy καρδίᾳ…πιστεύεται 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 10 g3nf figs-explicit πιστεύεται…ὁμολογεῖται 1 The subjects of these phrases are implied from the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “one believes that God raised Jesus from the dead … one confesses that Jesus is Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 10 10 o3a7 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς δικαιοσύνην…εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 Both occurrences of **to** in this verse indicate that what follows them are results. Use the most natural way in your language to state a result. Alternate translation: “resulting in righteousness … resulting in salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 10 10 o3a7 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς δικαιοσύνην…εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 Both occurrences of **to** in this verse indicate that what follows them are results. Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “resulting in righteousness … resulting in salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 10 10 h20k figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην 1 See how you translated this abstract noun in [verse 6](../10/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 10 xs8c figs-explicit στόματι…ὁμολογεῖται 1 with the mouth See how you translated the similar phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 10 uroy figs-abstractnouns σωτηρίαν 1 with the mouth See how you translated this abstract noun in [verse 1](../10/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 10 11 rlqi grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 10 11 rlqi grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 10 11 r6tf writing-quotations λέγει…ἡ Γραφή 1 This phrase indicates that what follows is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 28:16](../isa/28/16.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “God says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 10 11 gu99 figs-personification λέγει…ἡ Γραφή 1 For scripture says Here Paul uses **the scripture** as if it were a person who could speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God says in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 10 11 whdz figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Everyone who believes on him will not be put to shame Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) +ROM 10 11 whdz figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Everyone who believes on him will not be put to shame Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) ROM 10 11 nv71 figs-activepassive πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων ἐπ’ αὐτῷ οὐ καταισχυνθήσεται 1 Everyone who believes on him will not be put to shame See how you translated this sentence in [9:33](../09/33.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 10 12 ygv8 grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse gives another explanation for what Paul said in [verse 10](../10/10.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 10 12 fvlg figs-abstractnouns οὐ…ἐστιν διαστολὴ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **distinction**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God does not distinguish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 10 12 z8p4 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said in the previous clause is true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. You may need to start a new sentence, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 10 12 j7vw figs-possession Κύριος πάντων 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe the **Lord** who rules over **all**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Lord is ruling over all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 10 12 z8p4 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said in the previous clause is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. You may need to start a new sentence, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 10 12 j7vw figs-possession Κύριος πάντων 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe the **Lord** who rules over **all**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Lord is ruling over all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 10 12 r2jx figs-nominaladj πάντων…πάντας 1 For there is no difference between Jew and Greek Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. If your language does not use adjectives in the same way, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “is of all people … all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -ROM 10 12 p9py figs-explicit πλουτῶν 1 he is rich to all who call upon him Here, **being rich** means to bless others generously. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he richly blesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 10 12 p9py figs-explicit πλουτῶν 1 he is rich to all who call upon him Here, **being rich** means to bless others generously. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he richly blesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 12 oe6l figs-explicit ἐπικαλουμένους αὐτόν 1 Here, **call on** implies calling out to be saved. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who call upon him to be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 10 13 cxph grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 10 13 cxph grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 10 13 t4j7 writing-quotations γὰρ 1 **For** here introduces a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Joel 2:32](../jol/02/32.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “For Joel wrote in the Scriptures that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 10 13 gpyj figs-quotemarks πᾶς…ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου, σωθήσεται 1 In this sentence Paul quotes [Joel 2:32](../jol/02/32.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 10 13 qvbd figs-nominaladj πᾶς 1 See how you translated **all** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) @@ -1891,37 +1874,37 @@ ROM 10 13 pe96 figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου 1 For everyone who c ROM 10 13 rht3 figs-explicit πᾶς…ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου, σωθήσεται 1 For everyone who calls on the name of the Lord will be saved Here Paul implies that **the Lord** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. However, since this sentence is a quotation from the old testament, you will need to state this outside of the quotation. Alternate translation: “all, whoever calls on the name of the Lord will be saved. This Lord is Jesus.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 13 js1b figs-activepassive πᾶς…ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου, σωθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will save all, whoever calls on the name of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 10 14 utr4 figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν ἐπικαλέσωνται εἰς ὃν οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν? πῶς δὲ πιστεύσωσιν οὗ οὐκ ἤκουσαν? πῶς δὲ ἀκούσωσιν χωρὶς κηρύσσοντος? 1 Paul is not asking for information, but is using three rhetorical questions here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as statements or exclamations and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Then surely they would not call on whom they have not believed! And surely they would not believe in whom they have not heard! And surely they would not hear without someone preaching!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 10 14 syzi grammar-connect-logic-result πῶς οὖν 1 Here, **then** indicates that what follows in [verses 14–15](../10/14.md) is the logical conclusion to what Paul has stated in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for expressing result. Alternate translation: “As a result, how” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 10 14 syzi grammar-connect-logic-result πῶς οὖν 1 Here, **then** indicates that what follows in [verses 14–15](../10/14.md) is the logical conclusion to what Paul has stated in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “As a result, how” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 10 14 zqzi writing-pronouns ἐπικαλέσωνται…οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν…πιστεύσωσιν…οὐκ ἤκουσαν…ἀκούσωσιν 1 In this verse **they** refers to all people, both Jews and Gentiles, as stated in the previous two verses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “would all people call … they have not believed … would all people believe in … they have not heard … would all people hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 10 14 vww6 figs-explicit ἐπικαλέσωνται εἰς ὃν οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν 1 See how you translated **call on** in [verse 12](../10/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 14 n02w figs-explicit ὃν οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν…οὗ οὐκ ἤκουσαν 1 These clauses refer to Jesus, whom Paul called the Lord in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, whom they have not believed … Jesus, whom they have not heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 10 14 mrl8 figs-ellipsis οὗ οὐκ ἤκουσαν…ἀκούσωσιν…κηρύσσοντος 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that these sentences would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “whom they have not heard about … would they hear about him … someone preaching about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 10 14 mrl8 figs-ellipsis οὗ οὐκ ἤκουσαν…ἀκούσωσιν…κηρύσσοντος 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that these sentences would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “whom they have not heard about … would they hear about him … someone preaching about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 10 15 hcz3 figs-rquestion πῶς δὲ κηρύξωσιν ἐὰν μὴ ἀποσταλῶσιν 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news Paul is not asking for information, but is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “And sure they would not preach, unless they would be sent!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 15 nqwf writing-pronouns κηρύξωσιν…ἀποσταλῶσιν 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news In this verse **they** refers to the people who **preach**, as mentioned at the end of the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “would those who preach be able to preach … those preachers would be sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 10 15 l0xu figs-activepassive ἀποσταλῶσιν 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone sent them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 10 15 atg0 writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 10 15 ylan figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Isaiah wrote this quotation. Alternate translation: “Just as Isaiah wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 10 15 bb0k figs-quotemarks ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες τῶν εὐαγγελιζομένων τὰ ἀγαθά! 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news This sentence is a quotation of [Isaiah 52:7](../isa/52/07.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -ROM 10 15 e8rt figs-metonymy ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news Here, **feet** refers to the action of going to other people and telling them the **good news**. If it would be helpful, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “How beautiful is the going and preaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ROM 10 15 e8rt figs-metonymy ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες 1 How beautiful are the feet of those who proclaim good news Here, **feet** refers to the action of going to other people and telling them the **good news**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “How beautiful is the going and preaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 16 gxqu grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 not all of them obeyed **But** here indicates that what follows is in contrast to what Paul said in the previous two verses. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “By contrast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 10 16 hku8 writing-pronouns οὐ πάντες 1 not all of them obeyed Here, **them** could refer to (1) the Jews, who are the main topic of chapters 9–11. Alternate translation: “not all of the Jews” (2) all people, as in [verses 13–15](../10/13.md). Alternate translation: “not everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 10 16 dqe6 figs-personification ὑπήκουσαν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 not all of them obeyed Here Paul speaks of **the gospel** as if it were a person who could be **obeyed**. Paul is referring to obeying the command to repent and believe the **gospel**, which is part of the **gospel** message. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “obeyed what God commanded in the gospel” or “believed the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 10 16 eze8 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 not all of them obeyed **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 10 16 o91x writing-quotations Ἠσαΐας…λέγει 1 not all of them obeyed Here Paul uses this clause to introduce quotations from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 53:1](../isa/53/01.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Isaiah says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -ROM 10 16 e25r figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 not all of them obeyed Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) +ROM 10 16 e25r figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 not all of them obeyed Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) ROM 10 16 jvah figs-quotemarks Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? 1 This verse is a quotation from [Isaiah 53:1](../isa/53/01.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 10 16 j3se figs-rquestion Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? 1 Lord, who has believed our message? Isaiah is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Lord, surely no one has believed our report!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 16 z4s9 figs-exclusive τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν 1 our message Here, **our** refers to God and Isaiah, which would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 10 16 yore figs-abstractnouns τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν 1 our message If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **report**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what we report” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 10 17 hqcv grammar-connect-words-phrases ἄρα 1 faith comes from hearing **So**, here indicates that what follows in this verse summarizes the ideas of [verses 14–16](../10/14.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could use a clearer expression. Alternate translation: “Finally” or “In summary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 10 17 hqcv grammar-connect-words-phrases ἄρα 1 faith comes from hearing **So**, here indicates that what follows in this verse summarizes the ideas of [verses 14–16](../10/14.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a clearer expression. Alternate translation: “Finally” or “In summary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 10 17 qdug figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις 1 faith comes from hearing If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what someone believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 17 wu5a figs-explicit ἡ πίστις 1 faith comes from hearing Here, **this faith** refers to believing in Christ. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “believing in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 10 17 xab6 figs-ellipsis ἐξ ἀκοῆς 1 faith comes from hearing Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “is received by hearing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 10 17 x765 figs-ellipsis ἀκοῆς…ἀκοὴ 1 faith comes from hearing Paul is leaving out some of the words that these sentences would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “hearing about Jesus … hearing about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 10 17 nq87 figs-possession ῥήματος Χριστοῦ 1 hearing by the word of Christ Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the word** that is about **Christ**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the word about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 10 17 xab6 figs-ellipsis ἐξ ἀκοῆς 1 faith comes from hearing Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “is received by hearing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 10 17 x765 figs-ellipsis ἀκοῆς…ἀκοὴ 1 faith comes from hearing Paul is leaving out some of the words that these sentences would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “hearing about Jesus … hearing about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 10 17 nq87 figs-possession ῥήματος Χριστοῦ 1 hearing by the word of Christ Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the word** that is about **Christ**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the word about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 10 17 aunq figs-abstractnouns ῥήματος 1 hearing by the word of Christ See how you translated this word in [verse 8](../10/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 18 a8bk grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 hearing by the word of Christ **But** here indicates that what follows is in contrast to what Paul said in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “By contrast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -ROM 10 18 teco writing-pronouns λέγω 1 But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly The pronoun **I** here refers to Paul. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 10 18 teco writing-pronouns λέγω 1 But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly The pronoun **I** here refers to Paul. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 10 18 vkvg figs-quotemarks μὴ οὐκ ἤκουσαν 1 Here Paul is quoting himself. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 10 18 f6jy figs-rquestion μὴ οὐκ ἤκουσαν? 1 But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “They most surely heard!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 18 djbd figs-explicit ἤκουσαν 1 But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly See how you translated **they** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -1929,87 +1912,83 @@ ROM 10 18 wxxj figs-doublenegatives μὴ οὐκ 1 But I say, “Did they not h ROM 10 18 zux3 figs-explicit μὴ οὐκ ἤκουσαν 1 But I say, “Did they not hear?” Yes, most certainly See how you translated **hear** in [verse 14](../10/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 18 lz77 writing-quotations εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 This sentence is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 19:4](../psa/019/004.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “David says in the Scriptures,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 10 18 tnzy figs-quotemarks εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 Their sound has gone out into all the earth, and their words to the ends of the world. In this sentence Paul quotes [Psalm 19:4](../psa/019/004.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -ROM 10 18 s5zh figs-parallelism εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 Their sound has gone out into all the earth, and their words to the ends of the world. These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul quotes David saying the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “What they said went everywhere in the whole world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 10 18 s5zh figs-parallelism εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 Their sound has gone out into all the earth, and their words to the ends of the world. These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul quotes David saying the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “What they said went everywhere in the whole world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 10 18 g4vd figs-personification εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν; καὶ εἰς τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης, τὰ ῥήματα αὐτῶν 1 In this sentence **their** refers to the sun, moon, and stars as if they were people who could make a **sound** or speak **words**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “The sun, moon, and the stars are proof that went out into all the earth, and they are proof to the ends of the world.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 10 18 e2nx figs-idiom τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης 1 This is an idiom that refers to everywhere people live on the earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everywhere on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 10 18 e2nx figs-idiom τὰ πέρατα τῆς οἰκουμένης 1 The phrase **the ends of the world** is an idiom that refers to every place on the earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everywhere on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 10 19 n3q8 grammar-connect-words-phrases ἀλλὰ 1 **But** here indicates that what follows is in contrast to what Paul said [verse 17](../10/17.md) and also agrees with the statement in the previous verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use an expression that shows the agreement between this verse and the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Furthermore,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 10 19 uu9g writing-pronouns λέγω 1 The pronoun **I** here refers to Paul. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 10 19 uu9g writing-pronouns λέγω 1 The pronoun **I** here refers to Paul. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 10 19 imik figs-quotemarks μὴ Ἰσραὴλ οὐκ ἔγνω…ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς, ἐπ’ οὐκ ἔθνει, ἐπ’ ἔθνει ἀσυνέτῳ, παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς 1 In these two sentences Paul is quoting himself and the Old Testament. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 10 19 ib4m figs-rquestion μὴ Ἰσραὴλ οὐκ ἔγνω? 1 Moreover, I say, “Did Israel not know?” Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Israel most surely knew!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 10 19 zyw0 figs-metonymy Ἰσραὴλ 1 Here Paul uses the word **Israel** to refer to the physical descendants of Jacob, whom God also called Israel. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 10 19 dkcp figs-doublenegatives μὴ…οὐκ 1 The phrase **certainly not** translates two negative words in Greek. Paul uses them together to emphasize what he is saying. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) ROM 10 19 k4gk writing-quotations Μωϋσῆς λέγει 1 Here Paul uses this phrase to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Deuteronomy 32:21](../deu/32/21.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Moses says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 10 19 jjt3 figs-explicit Μωϋσῆς λέγει 1 This phrase means that Moses wrote down what God said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote down that God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 10 19 yt4r figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 First Moses says, “I will provoke you … I will stir you up to anger.” Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) -ROM 10 19 qvfa figs-parallelism ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς, ἐπ’ οὐκ ἔθνει, ἐπ’ ἔθνει ἀσυνέτῳ, παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς 1 First Moses says, “I will provoke you … I will stir you up to anger.” These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul quotes God saying the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “I myself will make you jealous and angry by using a non-nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -ROM 10 19 u7p4 writing-pronouns ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς,…παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς 1 In this sentence the pronoun **I** here refers to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, myself will provoke you to jealousy … I will provoke you to anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 10 19 yt4r figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 First Moses says, “I will provoke you … I will stir you up to anger.” Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) +ROM 10 19 qvfa figs-parallelism ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς, ἐπ’ οὐκ ἔθνει, ἐπ’ ἔθνει ἀσυνέτῳ, παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς 1 First Moses says, “I will provoke you … I will stir you up to anger.” These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul quotes God saying the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “I myself will make you jealous and angry by using a non-nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 10 19 u7p4 writing-pronouns ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς,…παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς 1 In this sentence the pronoun **I** here refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, myself will provoke you to jealousy … I will provoke you to anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 10 19 fklp figs-rpronouns ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς 1 God uses the word **myself** to emphasize who is provoking Israel to be jealous. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “I am indeed the one who will provide you to jealousy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) ROM 10 19 vxzz figs-explicit ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς…παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς 1 In this verse **you** refers to the Israelites. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I myself will provoke you Israelites to jealousy … I will provoke you Israelites to anger.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 19 o0gr figs-abstractnouns ἐγὼ παραζηλώσω ὑμᾶς…παροργιῶ ὑμᾶς 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **jealousy** and **anger**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “I myself will cause you to become jealous … I will cause you to become angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 10 19 ve6t figs-explicit ἐπ’ οὐκ ἔθνει 1 by what is not a nation The phrase **a non-nation** refers to a group of people whom God did not previously have a relationship with. The meaning of **non-nation** is similar to “not my people” used in [9:25–26](../09/25.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by those people who did not belong to me” or “by those people whom I did not consider to be a nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 19 s3nz figs-explicit ἔθνει ἀσυνέτῳ 1 By means of a nation without understanding Here, **senseless** means that these people do not know God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by a nation with people who do not know me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 20 mrwz writing-quotations Ἠσαΐας δὲ ἀποτολμᾷ καὶ λέγει 1 Then Isaiah was very bold when he says Here Paul uses this phrase to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 65:1](../isa/65/01.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Isaiah is very bold and he says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -ROM 10 20 kig6 figs-pastforfuture ἀποτολμᾷ καὶ λέγει 1 Here Paul uses the present tense verbs **is** and **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “was very bold and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) +ROM 10 20 kig6 figs-pastforfuture ἀποτολμᾷ καὶ λέγει 1 Here Paul uses the present tense verbs **is** and **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “was very bold and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) ROM 10 20 cv1x figs-explicit Ἠσαΐας…ἀποτολμᾷ καὶ λέγει 1 Then Isaiah was very bold when he says This phrase means that **Isaiah** wrote down what God said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Isaiah is very bold and wrote down that God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 20 pp4f figs-quotemarks εὑρέθην ἐν τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν; ἐμφανὴς ἐγενόμην τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ἐπερωτῶσιν 1 In these two sentences Paul is quoting [Isaiah 65:1](../isa/65/01.md) from the Old Testament. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -ROM 10 20 yoxf writing-pronouns εὑρέθην…ἐμὲ…ἐμφανὴς…ἐμὲ 1 In this verse the pronoun **I** refers to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, was found … me; I, God, appeared … for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 10 20 wona figs-parallelism εὑρέθην ἐν τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν; ἐμφανὴς ἐγενόμην τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ἐπερωτῶσιν 1 These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul quotes God saying the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “I was revealed to those people who did not even want to know me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -ROM 10 20 fc4b figs-pastforfuture εὑρέθην…ἐμφανὴς 1 I was found by those who did not seek me Paul quotes God using the past tense in order to refer to something that will certainly happen in the future. If this is confusing in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “I will be found … I will appear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) +ROM 10 20 yoxf writing-pronouns εὑρέθην…ἐμὲ…ἐμφανὴς…ἐμὲ 1 In this verse the pronoun **I** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, was found … me; I, God, appeared … for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 10 20 wona figs-parallelism εὑρέθην ἐν τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν; ἐμφανὴς ἐγενόμην τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ἐπερωτῶσιν 1 These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul quotes God saying the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “I was revealed to those people who did not even want to know me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 10 20 fc4b figs-pastforfuture εὑρέθην…ἐμφανὴς 1 I was found by those who did not seek me Paul quotes God using the past tense in order to refer to something that will certainly happen in the future. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “I will be found … I will appear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) ROM 10 20 u60f figs-activepassive εὑρέθην ἐν τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Those who were not seeking me found me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 10 20 t78j figs-explicit τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ζητοῦσιν; ἐμφανὴς ἐγενόμην τοῖς ἐμὲ μὴ ἐπερωτῶσιν 1 I appeared These two clauses refer to non-Jewish people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the non-Jews, who were not seeking me; I appeared to the non-Jews, who were not asking for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 10 21 pziq grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 **But** here indicates that what follows is in contrast to what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an expression that makes this contrast clearer. Alternate translation: “By contrast,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ROM 10 21 afo5 writing-quotations πρὸς…τὸν Ἰσραὴλ λέγει 1 Here Paul uses this phrase to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 65:2](../isa/65/02.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “to Israel God says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 10 21 ksjg figs-metonymy Ἰσραὴλ 1 See how you translated **Israel** in [verse 19](../10/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 10 21 tp8d figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) +ROM 10 21 tp8d figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) ROM 10 21 gtwp figs-quotemarks ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν, ἐξεπέτασα τὰς χεῖράς μου πρὸς λαὸν ἀπειθοῦντα καὶ ἀντιλέγοντα 1 In these two sentences Paul is quoting [Isaiah 65:2](../isa/65/02.md) from the Old Testament. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 10 21 hw4w figs-idiom ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν 1 All the day long **The whole day** here refers to doing something constantly or continually. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Continually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 10 21 il8s translate-symaction ἐξεπέτασα τὰς χεῖράς μου πρὸς λαὸν ἀπειθοῦντα καὶ ἀντιλέγοντα 1 I reached out my hands to a disobedient and stubborn people The action of stretching out **hands** toward someone represents welcoming or inviting someone to be a friend. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I welcomed a disobedient and contrary people to be my friends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) ROM 10 21 g03t figs-explicit λαὸν ἀπειθοῦντα καὶ ἀντιλέγοντα 1 I reached out my hands to a disobedient and stubborn people This phrase refers to **Israel**, whom God was speaking to in this quotation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you disobedient and contradictory people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 11 intro e9qz 0 # Romans 11 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

6. God’s plan for Israel (9:1–11:36)
* Paul’s sorrow for Israel’s unbelief (9:1–5)
* God chooses whom he wants to choose (9:6–13)
* God shows mercy on whom he wants to show mercy (9:14–18)
* No one can question God’s choice (9:19–33)
* Israel’s false righteousness (10:1–4)
* Salvation is available to everyone (10:5–21)
* Israel has a faithful remnant (11:1–10)
* Israel’s unbelief resulted in non-Jews’ belief (11:11–24)
* God will save Israel (11:15–32)
* Praise for God’s wisdom (11:33–11:36)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verses 9–10](../11/09.md), [26–27](../11/26.md), and [34–35](../11/34.md), which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Grafting

Paul uses the image of “grafting” to refer to the place of the Gentiles and Jews in the plans of God. Making a branch of one plant to be permanently part of another plant is called “grafting.” Paul uses the picture of God grafting the Gentiles into his people as a wild branch is grafted into a cultivated olive tree. But God has not forgotten about the Jews, who are spoken of as a natural part of the tree. God will also save Jews who believe in Jesus and they will rejoin God’s people. -ROM 11 1 wp35 writing-pronouns λέγω 1 I say then The pronoun **I** here refers to Paul. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 11 1 yiki grammar-connect-logic-result λέγω οὖν 1 I say then Here, **then** indicates that what follows in this verse is the logical conclusion to what Paul has stated in [9:30](../09/30.md)–[10:21](../10/21.md). Use a natural way in your language for expressing result. Alternate translation: “As a result, I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 11 intro e9qz 0 # Romans 11 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

6. God’s plan for Israel (9:1–11:36)
* Paul’s sorrow for Israel’s unbelief (9:1–5)
* God chooses whom he wants to choose (9:6–13)
* God shows mercy on whom he wants to show mercy (9:14–18)
* No one can question God’s choice (9:19–33)
* Israel’s false righteousness (10:1–4)
* Salvation is available to everyone (10:5–21)
* Israel has a faithful remnant (11:1–10)
* Israel’s unbelief resulted in non-Jews’ belief (11:11–24)
* God will save Israel (11:15–32)
* Praise for God’s wisdom (11:33–11:36)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verses 9–10](../11/09.md), [26–27](../11/26.md), and [34–35](../11/34.md), which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Grafting

In [verses 17–24](../11/17.md) Paul uses the image of “grafting” to refer to the place of the Gentiles and Jews in the plans of God. Permanently attaching a branch from one plant on to another plant is called “grafting.” Paul uses the picture of God grafting the Gentiles into his people as a wild branch is grafted into a cultivated olive tree. But God has not forgotten about the Jews, who are spoken of as a natural part of the tree. God will also save Jews who believe in Jesus and they will rejoin God’s people. +ROM 11 1 wp35 writing-pronouns λέγω 1 I say then The pronoun **I** here refers to Paul. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 11 1 yiki grammar-connect-logic-result λέγω οὖν 1 I say then Here, **then** indicates that what follows in this verse is the logical conclusion to what Paul has stated in [9:30](../09/30.md)–[10:21](../10/21.md). Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “As a result, I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 11 1 p4zd figs-rquestion μὴ ἀπώσατο ὁ Θεὸς τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ? 1 did God reject his people? Paul is not asking for information, but is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as statements or exclamations and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely God did not reject his people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 11 1 b8tg figs-explicit τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ 1 did God reject his people? Here, **his people** refers to the Jewish people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “his people, the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 11 1 wqu2 figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο 1 May it never be See how you translated this phrase in [3:4](../03/04.md) and [6:2](../06/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) -ROM 11 1 mls4 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 May it never be **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said earlier in the verse is true. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 11 1 mls4 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 May it never be **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said earlier in the verse is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 11 1 ra9c figs-rpronouns καὶ…ἐγὼ…εἰμί 1 May it never be Paul uses the word **myself** to emphasize that he is proof that God has not rejected the Israelites. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “I, indeed, also am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) ROM 11 1 ewxc figs-metaphor σπέρματος 1 May it never be Here, **seed** is singular but refers to a group of people. See how you translated seed in [4:13](../04/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 11 1 v1yd translate-names Ἀβραάμ 1 May it never be See how you translated this name in [4:1](../04/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ROM 11 1 bc4g translate-names φυλῆς Βενιαμείν 1 tribe of Benjamin **Benjamin** is the name of a man. He is the ancestor of one of the 12 tribes into which God divided the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 11 2 wzs6 figs-explicit τὸν λαὸν αὐτο 1 whom he foreknew See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 11 2 h4qe figs-distinguish ὃν προέγνω 1 whom he foreknew This phrase gives further information about God’s **people**. If it might be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “they are the people whom he foreknew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 11 2 k2al figs-explicit προέγνω 1 whom he foreknew See how you translated this phrase in [8:29](../08/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 11 2 cjp6 figs-rquestion ἢ οὐκ οἴδατε ἐν Ἠλείᾳ τί λέγει ἡ Γραφή, ὡς ἐντυγχάνει τῷ Θεῷ κατὰ τοῦ Ἰσραήλ? 1 Do you not know what the scripture says about Elijah, how he pleaded with God against Israel? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “And surely you know what the scripture says about Elijah, how he pleads with God against Israel!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 11 2 q3lx writing-quotations ἢ οὐκ οἴδατε ἐν Ἠλείᾳ τί λέγει ἡ Γραφή, ὡς ἐντυγχάνει τῷ Θεῷ κατὰ τοῦ Ἰσραήλ? 1 they have killed This sentence indicates that what follows in the next verse is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([1 Kings 19:10](../1ki/19/10.md), [14](../1ki/19/14.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Or do you not know what the scripture says about Elijah, how he pleads with God against Israel? He says in the Scriptures,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 11 2 dd1e figs-personification τί λέγει ἡ Γραφή 1 what the scripture says See how you translated **the scripture says** in [10:11](../10/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 11 2 z5lk figs-pastforfuture λέγει…ἐντυγχάνει 1 what the scripture says Here Paul uses the present tense verbs **says** and **pleads** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said … he pleaded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) -ROM 11 2 rien translate-names Ἠλείᾳ 1 **Elijah** is the name of a man, a prophet in the Old Testament. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ROM 11 2 z5lk figs-pastforfuture λέγει…ἐντυγχάνει 1 what the scripture says Here Paul uses the present tense verbs **says** and **pleads** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said … he pleaded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) ROM 11 2 ki3n figs-metonymy Ἰσραήλ 1 See how you translated **Israel** in [10:19](../10/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 11 3 rnut figs-quotemarks 0 they have killed This sentence is a quotation from [1 Kings 19:10](../1ki/19/10.md), [14](../1ki/19/14.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 11 3 fh9i writing-pronouns ἀπέκτειναν…κατέσκαψαν…ζητοῦσιν 1 they have killed In this verse **they** refers to the people of Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel killed … they tore down … those people of Israel seek” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 11 3 fd5k writing-pronouns κἀγὼ ὑπελείφθην μόνος…μου 1 they have killed In this verse **I** and **my** refer to Elijah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and only I, Elijah, was left behind … my life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 11 3 ut1s figs-activepassive κἀγὼ ὑπελείφθην μόνος 1 I alone am left If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and I alone am remaining” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 11 3 dhg7 figs-explicit κἀγὼ ὑπελείφθην μόνος 1 I alone am left Here, **left behind** means that Elijah thought he remained alive and all the other **prophets** had been killed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and I alone remained alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 11 3 dhg7 figs-explicit κἀγὼ ὑπελείφθην μόνος 1 I alone am left Here, **left behind** means that Elijah thought he remained alive and all the other **prophets** had been killed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and I alone remained alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 11 3 dv5u ζητοῦσιν τὴν ψυχήν μου 1 seeking my life The phrase **seek my life** refers to the people trying to kill Elijah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they want to kill me” ROM 11 4 rj4e figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ τί λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ χρηματισμός? 1 But what does God’s answer say to him? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to get his audience to pay attention to what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “But pay attention to what the divine response says to him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 11 4 ougb writing-quotations τί λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ χρηματισμός 1 But what does God’s answer say to him? Here Paul uses this question to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 65:1](../isa/65/01.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “what does the divine response say to him in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 11 4 w8cl figs-metonymy τί λέγει…ὁ χρηματισμός? 1 But what does God’s answer say to him? Paul speaks of **the divine response** as if it were a person who you **say** something. Paul is referring to God responding. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what does God say in response” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 11 4 rvmy figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 But what does God’s answer say to him? Here Paul uses the present tense verbs **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “did … say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) +ROM 11 4 rvmy figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 But what does God’s answer say to him? Here Paul uses the present tense verbs **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “did … say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) ROM 11 4 x6e9 writing-pronouns αὐτῷ 1 him Here, **him** refers to Elijah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 11 4 w03b translate-symaction οὐκ ἔκαμψαν γόνυ τῇ Βάαλ 1 him This action was an expression of worship in this culture. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation, or you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “have not worshipped Baal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -ROM 11 4 u86o translate-names Βάαλ 1 him **Baal** is the name of a male false god. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ROM 11 5 ce2r grammar-connect-logic-result οὕτως οὖν 1 Here, then indicates that what follows in this verse is the logical conclusion to what Paul has stated about Elijah in the previous two verses. Use a natural way in your language for expressing result. Alternate translation: “As a result, in the same way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 11 5 ce2r grammar-connect-logic-result οὕτως οὖν 1 Here, **then** indicates that what follows in this verse is the logical conclusion to what Paul has stated about Elijah in the previous two verses. Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “As a result, in the same way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 11 5 l6yu figs-abstractnouns λῖμμα…ἐκλογὴν χάριτος 1 See how you translated **remnant** in [9:27](../09/27.md), **election** in [9:11](../09/11.md), and **grace** in [4:16](../04/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 11 5 whv0 figs-possession ἐκλογὴν χάριτος 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **election** that is characterized by **grace**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “true” instead of the noun “truth.” Alternate translation: “the gracious election” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 11 5 whv0 figs-possession ἐκλογὴν χάριτος 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **election** that is characterized by **grace**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the gracious election” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 11 6 qkgx grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) -ROM 11 6 q6es figs-ellipsis χάριτι 1 But if it is by grace Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “election is by grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 11 6 q6es figs-ellipsis χάριτι 1 But if it is by grace Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “election is by grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 11 6 b4tx figs-abstractnouns χάριτι…ἔργων…χάρις…χάρις 1 See how you translated **grace** in [4:16](../04/16.md) and **works** in [9:12](../09/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 11 6 rm7g writing-pronouns οὐκέτι 1 Here, **it** refers to “the election of grace” mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the election of grace is no longer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 11 6 a9l4 figs-explicit οὐκέτι 1 Here, **no longer** indicates the logical conclusion of the preceding clause. It does not imply that election used to be **by works**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “it is logically not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 11 7 cksi grammar-connect-logic-result τί οὖν 1 What then? Here, **then** indicates that what follows is a response to what Paul said in [9:30](../09/30.md)–[11:6](../11/06.md). If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “If these things are true, then what” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 11 7 c69z figs-ellipsis τί οὖν 1 What then? Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “What should we conclude” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 11 7 c69z figs-ellipsis τί οὖν 1 What then? Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “What should we conclude” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 11 7 k94b figs-rquestion τί οὖν? 1 What then? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This is what we should conclude:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 11 7 crpn figs-explicit ὃ…τοῦτο 1 **The thing** and **this** here refer to righteousness, as indicated in [9:30–31](../09/30.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The righteousness … this righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 11 7 crpn figs-explicit ὃ…τοῦτο 1 **The thing** and **this** here refer to righteousness, as indicated in [9:30–31](../09/30.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The righteousness … this righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 11 7 ctkj figs-metonymy Ἰσραήλ 1 See how you translated this name in [10:19](../10/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 11 7 xbkh writing-pronouns ἐπέτυχεν…οἱ…λοιποὶ 1 Here, **it** and **them** refer to the people of **Israel**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel … the rest of the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 11 7 rzet figs-abstractnouns ἡ…ἐκλογὴ…οἱ…λοιποὶ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **elect** and **rest**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the ones who have been elected … the ones of them who remain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -2018,39 +1997,38 @@ ROM 11 7 bp19 figs-metaphor ἐπωρώθησαν 1 Here, **hardened** refers t ROM 11 8 cv7s writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 11 8 u829 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the quotation is a paraphrase of [Isaiah 29:10](../isa/29/10.md) and [Deuteronomy 29:4](../deu/29/04.md). Alternate translation: “just as God stated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 11 8 o53g figs-quotemarks ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Θεὸς πνεῦμα κατανύξεως, ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν, καὶ ὦτα τοῦ μὴ ἀκούειν, ἕως τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας 1 In these clauses Paul paraphrases [Isaiah 29:10](../isa/29/10.md) and [Deuteronomy 29:4](../deu/29/04.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -ROM 11 8 kaqc figs-possession πνεῦμα κατανύξεως 1 God has given them a spirit of dullness, eyes so that they should not see, and ears so that they should not hear Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **spirit** that is characterized by **dullness**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a dull spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 11 8 kaqc figs-possession πνεῦμα κατανύξεως 1 God has given them a spirit of dullness, eyes so that they should not see, and ears so that they should not hear Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **spirit** that is characterized by **dullness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a dull spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 11 8 z47a figs-metaphor πνεῦμα κατανύξεως 1 spirit of dullness Here, **spirit** refers to a person’s attitude or manner of thinking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “an attitude of dullness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 11 8 zyk1 figs-metaphor ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν, καὶ ὦτα τοῦ μὴ ἀκούειν 1 eyes so that they should not see Paul quotes Moses using **eyes not to see** and **ears not to hear** to refer to being unable to understand something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “being unable to perceive and unable to comprehend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 11 8 zyk1 figs-metaphor ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν, καὶ ὦτα τοῦ μὴ ἀκούειν 1 eyes so that they should not see Paul quotes Moses using **eyes not to see** and **ears not to hear** to refer to being unable to understand something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “being unable to perceive and unable to comprehend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 8 ny8w figs-doublet ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν, καὶ ὦτα τοῦ μὴ ἀκούειν 1 ears so that they should not hear These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that the people of Israel were completely unable to understand how to become righteous. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “being completely unable to comprehend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ROM 11 9 kr0g writing-quotations Δαυεὶδ λέγει 1 ears so that they should not hear Here Paul uses this clause to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 69:22–23](../psa/069/022.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “David says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -ROM 11 9 zobm figs-pastforfuture Δαυεὶδ λέγει 1 ears so that they should not hear Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) -ROM 11 9 zb64 translate-names Δαυεὶδ 1 ears so that they should not hear See how you translated this name in [1:3](../01/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ROM 11 9 zobm figs-pastforfuture Δαυεὶδ λέγει 1 ears so that they should not hear Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) ROM 11 9 b507 figs-quotemarks γενηθήτω ἡ τράπεζα αὐτῶν 1 ears so that they should not hear This phrase begins a quotation of [Psalm 69:22–23](../psa/069/022.md) that continues into the next verse. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 11 9 x0wl figs-activepassive γενηθήτω ἡ τράπεζα αὐτῶν εἰς παγίδα, καὶ εἰς θήραν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God, cause their table to become a net and a trap” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 11 9 kpg8 figs-idiom γενηθήτω ἡ τράπεζα αὐτῶν εἰς παγίδα, καὶ εἰς θήραν 1 Let their table become a net and a trap This clause is an idiom. The word **table** represents feasting, which is the situation in which a person feels safe, and **net** and **trap** represent punishment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Let them be punished while they are feeling safe” or “Punish them while they are comfortable”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 11 9 kpg8 figs-idiom γενηθήτω ἡ τράπεζα αὐτῶν εἰς παγίδα, καὶ εἰς θήραν 1 Let their table become a net and a trap This clause is an idiom. The word **table** represents feasting, which is a situation in which a person feels safe, and **net** and **trap** represent punishment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Let them be punished while they are feeling safe” or “Punish them while they are comfortable”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 11 9 l6re figs-doublet εἰς παγίδα, καὶ εἰς θήραν 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize David’s plea for judgment. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “for thorough punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ROM 11 9 lbs2 figs-metaphor εἰς σκάνδαλον 1 Here, **stumbling block** refers to something that tempts people to sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for tempting them to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 9 xex5 figs-abstractnouns ἀνταπόδομα αὐτοῖς 1 a retribution for them If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **retribution**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “paying them back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 11 10 c1nj figs-metaphor σκοτισθήτωσαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτῶν, τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν 1 bend their backs continually This clause refers to being unable to understand something. See how you translated “eyes not to see” in [verse 8](../11/08.md). Alternate translation: “Let them be unable to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 10 j9ag figs-activepassive σκοτισθήτωσαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτῶν 1 bend their backs continually If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Blind their eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 11 10 biqg figs-metaphor τὸν νῶτον αὐτῶν διὰ παντὸς σύνκαμψον 1 This clause refers to making people suffer like slaves suffer by carrying heavy burdens on **their backs**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “make them continually suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 11 10 biqg figs-metaphor τὸν νῶτον αὐτῶν διὰ παντὸς σύνκαμψον 1 This clause refers to making people suffer like how slaves suffer by carrying heavy burdens on **their backs**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “make them continually suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 10 p4s5 figs-quotemarks παντὸς 1 The end of this verse is the end of a quotation from [Psalm 69:22–23](../psa/069/022.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 11 11 z8tw grammar-connect-logic-result λέγω οὖν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [verse 1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 11 11 dysl writing-pronouns μὴ ἔπταισαν…πέσωσιν…αὐτῶν…αὐτούς 1 In this verse the pronouns **they**, **their**, and **them** refer to the Jewish people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Jewish people did not stumble … they might fall, did they … the Jewish people’s … the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 11 11 dysl writing-pronouns μὴ ἔπταισαν…πέσωσιν…αὐτῶν…αὐτούς 1 In this verse the pronouns **they**, **their**, and **them** refer to the Jewish people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Jewish people did not stumble … they might fall, did they … the Jewish people’s … the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 11 11 r9hg figs-rquestion μὴ ἔπταισαν ἵνα πέσωσιν? 1 Did they stumble so as to fall? Paul is not asking for information, but is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as statements or exclamations and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely they did not stumble so that they might fall!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 11 11 y9x7 figs-metaphor μὴ ἔπταισαν 1 Did they stumble so as to fall? See how you translated “stumbled” in [9:32](../09/32.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 11 ai6y figs-metaphor πέσωσιν 1 Here, **fall** refers to being completely rejected by God forever. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they might be eternally rejected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 11 qbx4 figs-exclamations μὴ γένοιτο! 1 May it never be See how you translated this expression in [3:4](../03/04.md) and [6:2](../06/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 11 11 a4kf figs-abstractnouns τῷ αὐτῶν παραπτώματι, ἡ σωτηρία…τὸ παραζηλῶσαι αὐτούς 1 See how you translated **transgression** in [4:15](../04/15.md), **salvation** in [1:16](../01/16.md), and **jealousy** in [10:19](../10/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 11 11 f1jw παραζηλῶσαι αὐτούς 1 provoke … to jealousy See how you translated the similar phrase in [10:19](../10/19.md). -ROM 11 12 ew4i figs-doublet εἰ…τὸ παράπτωμα αὐτῶν, πλοῦτος κόσμου, καὶ τὸ ἥττημα αὐτῶν, πλοῦτος ἐθνῶν 1 Both of these clauses mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the truth of what Paul is saying. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “if their transgression certainly resulted in wealth for the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ROM 11 12 ew4i figs-doublet εἰ…τὸ παράπτωμα αὐτῶν, πλοῦτος κόσμου, καὶ τὸ ἥττημα αὐτῶν, πλοῦτος ἐθνῶν 1 Both of these clauses mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize what he is saying. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “if their transgression certainly resulted in wealth for the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ROM 11 12 v024 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) ROM 11 12 zibw figs-abstractnouns τὸ παράπτωμα αὐτῶν 1 if their failure is the riches of the world, and if their loss is the riches of the Gentiles See how you translated **transgression** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 11 12 rnsk figs-possession πλοῦτος κόσμου 1 if their failure is the riches of the world, and if their loss is the riches of the Gentiles Paul is using the possessive form to describe **wealth** that is for **the world**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “true” instead of the noun “truth.” Alternate translation: “is wealth for the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 11 12 rnsk figs-possession πλοῦτος κόσμου 1 if their failure is the riches of the world, and if their loss is the riches of the Gentiles Paul is using the possessive form to describe **wealth** that is for **the world**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the adjective “true” instead of the noun “truth.” Alternate translation: “is wealth for the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 11 12 it9k figs-metonymy κόσμου 1 the world Here, **world** refers to the people living in the world, especially the Gentiles. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of the people living in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 11 12 hqch figs-abstractnouns τὸ ἥττημα αὐτῶν…τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτῶν 1 if their failure is the riches of the world, and if their loss is the riches of the Gentiles If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **loss** and **fullness**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what they lost what … how full they are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 11 12 fxoo figs-metaphor τὸ ἥττημα αὐτῶν…τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτῶν 1 the riches of the world Here, **loss** refers to Israel’s failure to make themselves righteous, and **fullness** refers to the complete number of Israelites who will become righteous by trusting in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “their failure … their full number of believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 11 12 dh1g figs-possession πλοῦτος ἐθνῶν 1 the riches of the world Paul is using the possessive form to describe **wealth** that is for **the Gentiles**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “is wealth for the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 11 12 dh1g figs-possession πλοῦτος ἐθνῶν 1 the riches of the world Paul is using the possessive form to describe **wealth** that is for **the Gentiles**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “is wealth for the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 11 12 hsbv figs-rquestion πόσῳ μᾶλλον τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτῶν? 1 the riches of the world Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “so much more will be their fullness!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 11 12 b9fi figs-explicit πόσῳ μᾶλλον τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτῶν? 1 the riches of the world Paul implies that there will be much more **wealth** when the full amount of Israelites believe in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “how much more wealth will their fullness result in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 11 13 r0jt figs-yousingular ὑμῖν 1 Here, **you** is plural and refers to Paul’s non-Jewish Christian readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) @@ -2063,44 +2041,44 @@ ROM 11 15 q99e grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 For if their rejection me ROM 11 15 es22 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 For if their rejection means the reconciliation of the world See how you translated **if** in [verse 12](../11/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) ROM 11 15 ui3i writing-pronouns αὐτῶν…ἡ πρόσλημψις 1 their rejection In this verse **their** refers to Jews who do not believe in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the unbelieving Jews’ … the Jewish people’s acceptance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 11 15 sy8u figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἀποβολὴ αὐτῶν…ἡ πρόσλημψις…ζωὴ 1 their rejection If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **rejection**, **acceptance**, and **life**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “them rejecting … them being accepted … to become alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 11 15 teab grammar-connect-logic-result καταλλαγὴ κόσμου 1 their rejection Here, **is** indicates that the phrase that follows is the result of **their rejection**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “led to reconciliation of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 11 15 teab grammar-connect-logic-result καταλλαγὴ κόσμου 1 their rejection Here, **is** indicates that the phrase that follows is the result of **their rejection**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “led to reconciliation of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 11 15 sdhl figs-abstractnouns καταλλαγὴ 1 their rejection See how you translated **reconciliation** in [5:11](../05/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 11 15 m3fs figs-metonymy κόσμου 1 the world See how you translated **world** in [verse 12](../11/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 11 15 em8m figs-rquestion τίς ἡ πρόσλημψις εἰ μὴ ζωὴ ἐκ νεκρῶν? 1 what will their acceptance be but life from the dead? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize how wonderful it will be when God accepts the Jews. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “their acceptance is certainly life from dead ones!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 11 15 ic9z grammar-connect-logic-result τίς ἡ πρόσλημψις 1 Here, **is** indicates that the phrase that follows is the result of **their acceptance**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what would their acceptance lead to if not life from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 11 15 ic9z grammar-connect-logic-result τίς ἡ πρόσλημψις 1 Here, **is** indicates that the phrase that follows is the result of **their acceptance**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “what would their acceptance lead to if not life from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 11 15 po4h figs-metaphor ζωὴ ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 the world This phrase could refer to: (1) the final resurrection of all Christians that will take place after the whole Jewish remnant has believed in Jesus. Elsewhere in this letter, Paul uses a similar phrase to refer to Jesus’ resurrection. Alternate translation: “bringing the dead back to life” (2) the Jewish remnant changing from being spiritually dead to being spiritually alive. Alternate translation: “eternally alive from being eternally dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 15 jn4l figs-idiom ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 the dead See how you translated a similar phrase in [4:24](../04/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 11 16 ao3u grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ…εἰ 1 See how you translated **if** in [verse 12](../11/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) ROM 11 16 bi5b figs-explicit καὶ τὸ φύραμα…καὶ οἱ κλάδοι 1 In these clauses Paul implies that **the lump of dough** and **the branches** are **also** holy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the lump of dough is also holy … the branches are also holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 11 16 b2s5 figs-metaphor εἰ…ἡ ἀπαρχὴ ἁγία, καὶ τὸ φύραμα; 1 If the firstfruits are reserved, so is the lump of dough Paul is speaking of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, the Israelites’ ancestors, as if they were the **firstfruits** to be harvested. He is also speaking of the Israelites who descended from those men as if they were a **lump of dough** that was made from the grain as the **firstfruits**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this idea with a simile. Alternate translation: “if Abraham is like the first of what has been offered to God, all of his descendants should also be considered an offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 11 16 dci1 figs-metaphor εἰ ἡ ῥίζα ἁγία, καὶ οἱ κλάδοι 1 If the root is reserved, so are the branches Paul is speaking of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, the Israelites’ ancestors, as if they were the **root** of a tree. He is also speaking of the Israelites who descended from those men as if they were a **the branches** of that same tree. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this idea with a simile. Alternate translation: “if Abraham is like the root of a tree, all of his descendants should also be considered branches of that tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 11 16 dci1 figs-metaphor εἰ ἡ ῥίζα ἁγία, καὶ οἱ κλάδοι 1 If the root is reserved, so are the branches Paul is speaking of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, the Israelites’ ancestors, as if they were the **root** of a tree. He is also speaking of the Israelites who descended from those men as if they were **the branches** of that same tree. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this idea with a simile. Alternate translation: “if Abraham is like the root of a tree, all of his descendants should also be considered branches of that tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 17 qkc0 figs-infostructure εἰ 1 If the root is reserved, so are the branches Here, **if** indicates that this verse and the next verse are one conditional sentence. You may need to adjust the words to divide these verses into separate sentences. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 11 17 imrh grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 If the root is reserved, so are the branches Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) -ROM 11 17 slf6 figs-exmetaphor εἰ…τινες τῶν κλάδων ἐξεκλάσθησαν, σὺ δὲ ἀγριέλαιος ὢν ἐνεκεντρίσθης ἐν αὐτοῖς, καὶ συνκοινωνὸς τῆς ῥίζης τῆς πιότητος τῆς ἐλαίας ἐγένου 1 But if some of the branches were broken off Paul continues using the metaphor of a **tree** to speak about how God rejected unbelieving Jews and accepted non-Jews to be part of his people instead. The **olive tree** represents God’s people. The **branches** that **were broken off** represent Jews who don’t believe in Jesus. The **wild olive branch** represents non-Jewish people who believe in Jesus. The **richness** represents the blessings God gives his people. The **root** represents either the ancestors of the Israelites (like in the previous verse) or the Jewish people in general. You could express this metaphor as a simile if that would help your readers. See also the discussion of this metaphor in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “if some of the Jews were rejected, like branches are broken off of a tree, and you, being foreigners were joined to God’s people, like wild olive branches are grafted onto a tree, and you received the blessings of the first Israelites as part of God’s people, like branches receive the nutrients of the root of the olive tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]]) -ROM 11 17 b8ic figs-activepassive τινες τῶν κλάδων ἐξεκλάσθησαν…ἐνεκεντρίσθης…συνκοινωνὸς…ἐγένου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The context of Romans 9–11 indicates that God did the action. Alternate translation: “God broke off some of the branches … God grafted … God made to be partakers with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 11 17 slf6 figs-exmetaphor εἰ…τινες τῶν κλάδων ἐξεκλάσθησαν, σὺ δὲ ἀγριέλαιος ὢν ἐνεκεντρίσθης ἐν αὐτοῖς, καὶ συνκοινωνὸς τῆς ῥίζης τῆς πιότητος τῆς ἐλαίας ἐγένου 1 But if some of the branches were broken off Paul continues using the metaphor of a **tree** to speak about how God rejected unbelieving Jews and accepted non-Jews to be part of his people instead. The **olive tree** represents God’s people. The **branches** that **were broken off** represent Jews who don’t believe in Jesus. The **wild olive branch** represents non-Jewish people who believe in Jesus. The **richness** represents the blessings God gives his people. The **root** represents either the ancestors of the Israelites (like in the previous verse) or the Jewish people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor as a simile. See also the discussion of this metaphor in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “if some of the Jews were rejected, like branches are broken off of a tree, and you, being foreigners were joined to God’s people, like wild olive branches are grafted onto a tree, and you received the blessings of the first Israelites as part of God’s people, like branches receive the nutrients of the root of the olive tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]]) +ROM 11 17 b8ic figs-activepassive τινες τῶν κλάδων ἐξεκλάσθησαν…ἐνεκεντρίσθης…συνκοινωνὸς…ἐγένου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The context of chapters 9–11 indicates that God did the action. Alternate translation: “God broke off some of the branches … God grafted … God made to be partakers with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 11 17 qv65 figs-youcrowd σὺ 1 if you, a wild olive branch Even though Paul is writing to a group of people, non-Jewish Christians, **you** is singular throughout this verse. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) ROM 11 17 z6hr writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς…συνκοινωνὸς 1 were grafted in among them In this verse **them** refers to the Jewish people who believe in Jesus. It does not refer to the **branches** that **were broken off**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the believing Jewish people … partakers with those Jews who believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 11 18 d81u figs-infostructure μὴ κατακαυχῶ τῶν κλάδων 1 were grafted in among them This is the end of a factual conditional sentence that began in the previous verse. You may need to adjust the words if you make this clause into a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Since this is true, do not boast over the branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) -ROM 11 18 gqd6 figs-exmetaphor μὴ κατακαυχῶ τῶν κλάδων. εἰ δὲ κατακαυχᾶσαι, οὐ σὺ τὴν ῥίζαν βαστάζεις, ἀλλὰ ἡ ῥίζα σέ 1 do not boast over the branches Paul continues using the metaphor of a tree from the previous two verses. Here, **branches** represents those Jews whom God rejected because they did not believe in Jesus. The **root** represents either the ancestors of the Israelites (like in [verse 16](../11/16.md)) or the Jewish people in general. You could express this metaphor as a simile if that would help your readers. See also the discussion of this metaphor in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “do not boast over the unbelieving Jews whom God rejected, like branches were broken off of a tree. But if you boast, you yourself do not sustain Gods people, like branches cannot sustain the root, but the first Israelites sustain you, like the root sustains the branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]]) +ROM 11 18 gqd6 figs-exmetaphor μὴ κατακαυχῶ τῶν κλάδων. εἰ δὲ κατακαυχᾶσαι, οὐ σὺ τὴν ῥίζαν βαστάζεις, ἀλλὰ ἡ ῥίζα σέ 1 do not boast over the branches Paul continues using the metaphor of a tree from the previous two verses. Here, **branches** represents those Jews whom God rejected because they did not believe in Jesus. The **root** represents either the ancestors of the Israelites (like in [verse 16](../11/16.md)) or the Jewish people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor as a simile. See also the discussion of this metaphor in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “do not boast over the unbelieving Jews whom God rejected, like branches were broken off of a tree. But if you boast, you yourself do not sustain Gods people, like branches cannot sustain the root, but the first Israelites sustain you, like the root sustains the branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]]) ROM 11 18 kd87 figs-youcrowd κατακαυχᾶσαι…σὺ…βαστάζεις…σέ 1 do not boast over the branches See how you translated **you** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) -ROM 11 18 llz1 figs-explicit οὐ σὺ τὴν ῥίζαν βαστάζεις, ἀλλὰ ἡ ῥίζα σέ 1 it is not you who supports the root, but the root that supports you Paul implies that Gentile believers who **boast** should remember that are supported by the **root** of the faith of the Abraham and the first Israelites. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “remember that you yourself do not support the root, but the root supports you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 11 18 llz1 figs-explicit οὐ σὺ τὴν ῥίζαν βαστάζεις, ἀλλὰ ἡ ῥίζα σέ 1 it is not you who supports the root, but the root that supports you Paul implies that Gentile believers who **boast** should remember that they are supported by the **root** of the faith of Abraham and the first Israelites. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “remember that you yourself do not support the root, but the root supports you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 11 19 w28y figs-youcrowd ἐρεῖς 1 Branches were broken off See how you translated **you** in the previous two verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) -ROM 11 19 uqji grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Branches were broken off Here, **then** indicates that what follows is a response to what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as a result” or “in response to this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 11 19 d21e figs-quotemarks ἐξεκλάσθησαν κλάδοι, ἵνα ἐγὼ ἐνκεντρισθῶ 1 Branches were broken off In this sentence Paul is speaking as if he were a non-Jewish Christian arguing against Paul. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate quotations, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 11 19 uqji grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Branches were broken off Here, **then** indicates that what follows is a response to what Paul said in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “as a result” or “in response to this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 11 19 d21e figs-quotemarks ἐξεκλάσθησαν κλάδοι, ἵνα ἐγὼ ἐνκεντρισθῶ 1 Branches were broken off In this sentence Paul is speaking as if he were a non-Jewish Christian arguing against Paul. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 11 19 mm6w figs-exmetaphor ἐξεκλάσθησαν κλάδοι…ἐγὼ ἐνκεντρισθῶ 1 Branches were broken off See how you translated **branches**, **broken off**, and **grafted in** in [verse 17](../11/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]]) ROM 11 19 qk8c figs-activepassive ἐξεκλάσθησαν κλάδοι…ἐγὼ ἐνκεντρισθῶ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. See how you translated similar phrases in [verse 17](../11/17.md). Alternate translation: “God broke branches off … God might graft me in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 11 19 p9ti grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 I might be grafted in Here, **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +ROM 11 19 p9ti grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 I might be grafted in Here, **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 11 20 r80y figs-explicit καλῶς 1 their … they This sentence introduces Paul’s response to the statement in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying that what you said is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 11 20 puj9 writing-pronouns τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ ἐξεκλάσθησαν 1 their … they **They** and **their** in this verse refer to the Jewish people who do not believe in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The unbelieving Jews were broken off in unbelief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 11 20 lce6 figs-exmetaphor ἐξεκλάσθησαν 1 their … they See how you translated **were broken off** in [verse 17](../11/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]]) -ROM 11 20 cvr0 grammar-connect-logic-result τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ 1 their … they This phrase indicates the reason why the unbelieving Jews **were broken off**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a reason. Alternate translation: “due to unbelief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 11 20 cvr0 grammar-connect-logic-result τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ 1 their … they This phrase indicates the reason why the unbelieving Jews **were broken off**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “due to unbelief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 11 20 pw92 figs-youcrowd σὺ…ἕστηκας… 1 their … they See how you translated **you** in the previous three verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) ROM 11 20 v2ua figs-metaphor σὺ…ἕστηκας 1 but you stand firm because of your faith Paul speaks of Gentile believers remaining part of God’s people as if they were standing **firm**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you yourself remain among God’s people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 20 xtnu figs-explicit τῇ πίστει 1 but you stand firm because of your faith The phrase **in faith** could indicate: (1) the means by which Gentile believers should **stand firm**. Alternate translation: “by means of faith” (2) the reason why Gentile believers should **stand firm**. Alternate translation: “because of faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 11 20 qlmq figs-abstractnouns τῇ πίστει 1 See how you translated **faith** in [1:5](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 11 20 rx22 figs-explicit ὑψηλὰ 1 Here, **arrogant things** refers to the **arrogant** thoughts that a Gentile Christian might have against the Jews. Specifically, they might think that they are better than Jews who are not Christian, as indicated by the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “arrogantly against unbelieving Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 11 20 k4l5 figs-ellipsis φοβοῦ 1 Paul is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the next verse, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 11 21 nsq3 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul wants his Gentile Christian readers to “fear,” as stated in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You must fear because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 11 20 k4l5 figs-ellipsis φοβοῦ 1 Paul is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the next verse, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 11 21 nsq3 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul wants his Gentile Christian readers to “fear,” as stated in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “You must fear because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 11 21 xy3h grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 See how you translated **if** in [verse 12](../11/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) ROM 11 21 f6i7 figs-metaphor τῶν κατὰ φύσιν κλάδων 1 For if God did not spare the natural branches, neither will he spare you Here,**natural branches** refers to the Jewish people who rejected Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “of the unbelieving Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 21 ywgs figs-explicit οὐδὲ σοῦ φείσεται 1 For if God did not spare the natural branches, neither will he spare you Paul implies that God will not spare anyone who stops trusting in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “neither will he spare you if you do not keep trusting in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -2117,11 +2095,11 @@ ROM 11 22 t4mk figs-metaphor καὶ σὺ ἐκκοπήσῃ 1 Otherwise you al ROM 11 22 l17i figs-activepassive καὶ σὺ ἐκκοπήσῃ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will cut off you yourself also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 11 23 osvn writing-pronouns κἀκεῖνοι…μὴ ἐπιμένωσι τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ…αὐτούς 1 In this verse **those**, **they**, **their**, and **them** refer to the Jewish people who do not believe in Jesus at first but become believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those unbelieving Jewish people … those Jews do not continue in their unbelief … those Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 11 23 k0i0 figs-metaphor μὴ ἐπιμένωσι τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ 1 See how you translated **continue in** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 11 23 lvk7 figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ ἐπιμένωσι τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ 1 if they do not continue in their unbelief The phrase **do not continue in their unbelief** is a double negative. If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “if they start believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +ROM 11 23 lvk7 figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ ἐπιμένωσι τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ 1 if they do not continue in their unbelief If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “if they start believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) ROM 11 23 e68i figs-abstractnouns τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ 1 if they do not continue in their unbelief See how you translated **unbelief** in [4:20](../04/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 11 23 zu7k figs-metaphor ἐνκεντρισθήσονται…ἐνκεντρίσαι αὐτούς 1 will be grafted in Paul speaks of the Jews becoming part of God’s people as if they were branches that could be **grafted in** to a tree. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “will be joined to God’s people … to join them to his people” or “will be joined to God’s people, like a branch is grafted into a tree … to join them to his people, like a farmer grafts a branch into a tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 23 lx11 figs-activepassive ἐνκεντρισθήσονται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will graft in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 11 23 yxtp grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said in the previous sentence is true. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 11 23 yxtp grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said in the previous sentence is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 11 24 onko grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse and the next verse is an explanation of what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 11 24 q1vp grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 See how you translated if in [verse 12](../11/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) ROM 11 24 s1a4 figs-exmetaphor σὺ ἐκ τῆς κατὰ φύσιν ἐξεκόπης ἀγριελαίου, καὶ παρὰ φύσιν ἐνεκεντρίσθης εἰς καλλιέλαιον, πόσῳ μᾶλλον οὗτοι, οἱ κατὰ φύσιν ἐνκεντρισθήσονται τῇ ἰδίᾳ ἐλαίᾳ 1 For if you were cut out of what is by nature a wild olive tree, and contrary to nature were grafted into a good olive tree, how much more will these Jews, who are the natural branches, be grafted back into their own olive tree? Paul continues speaking of the Gentile believers and Jews as if they were branches of a **tree**, as he did in [verses 17–22](../11/17.md). Here, **wild olive tree** represents all non-Jewish people who do not believe in Jesus, **cut off** represents being separated from unbelieving non-Jewish people, and **good olive tree** and **their own olive tree** represents God’s people. See how you translated **grafted into** in [verse 17](../11/17.md). Alternate translation: “you were separated from the nations, like a branch is cut off from what is by nature a wild olive tree, and contrary to nature were joined to God’s people, like a branch is grafted into a good olive tree, how much more will these, who are according to nature like olive branches, be joined to their own people, like a branch is grafted back into its own olive tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]]) @@ -2130,14 +2108,14 @@ ROM 11 24 dem3 figs-activepassive σὺ ἐκ τῆς κατὰ φύσιν ἐξ ROM 11 24 ko5o figs-rquestion πόσῳ μᾶλλον οὗτοι, οἱ κατὰ φύσιν ἐνκεντρισθήσονται τῇ ἰδίᾳ ἐλαίᾳ? 1 Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “so much more will these, who are according to nature, be grafted back into their own olive tree!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 11 24 ncwk writing-pronouns οὗτοι…τῇ ἰδίᾳ 1 Here, **they** and **their** refer to Jewish people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these Jews … the Jews’ own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 11 24 yn21 figs-distinguish οἱ κατὰ φύσιν 1 This phrase gives further information about the Jewish people whom God will rejoin to his people. If it might be helpful in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “they are the people who are according to nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) -ROM 11 25 jb0b grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what Paul says in [verses 25–32](../11/25.md) is the reason why he said what he did in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am telling you these things because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 11 25 jb0b grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what Paul says in [verses 25–32](../11/25.md) is the reason why he said what he did in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “I am telling you these things because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 11 25 ye5w figs-doublenegatives οὐ…θέλω ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 I do not want you to be uninformed If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “I very much want you to be aware” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -ROM 11 25 q3i2 writing-pronouns οὐ…θέλω 1 I The pronoun **I** here refers to Paul. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, do not want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 11 25 q3i2 writing-pronouns οὐ…θέλω 1 I The pronoun **I** here refers to Paul. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, do not want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 11 25 ykop figs-yousingular ὑμᾶς…μὴ ἦτε παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς φρόνιμοι 1 I Here, **you** and **yourselves** are plural and could refer to: (1) non-Jewish Christians, as in verses [verses 17–24](../11/17.md). Alternate translation: “you non-Jewish believers in Christ … you non-Jews might be wise not be in yourselves” (2) all the unbelievers to whom Paul was writing this letter. Alternate translation: “you believers in Jesus … you believers might not be wise in yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) ROM 11 25 evc9 figs-infostructure οὐ…θέλω ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν, ἀδελφοί, τὸ μυστήριον τοῦτο, ἵνα μὴ ἦτε παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς φρόνιμοι, ὅτι πώρωσις ἀπὸ μέρους τῷ Ἰσραὴλ γέγονεν 1 I If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “in order that you, brothers, might not be wise in yourselves, I do not want you to be ignorant of this mystery, that a partial hardening has occurred in Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 11 25 aj7j translate-unknown τὸ μυστήριον τοῦτο 1 I Here Paul uses the word **mystery** to refer to God saving a remnant of Jews after he saves a certain amount of Gentiles. This does not mean that the idea is hard to understand, but rather, God had not yet revealed it to people. If your language would not use **mystery** to refer to something that was concealed but has now been revealed, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “of this concealed message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ROM 11 25 w7lx figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Paul could be referring to: (1) non-Jewish Christians, as in verses [verses 17–24](../11/17.md). Alternate translation: “my fellow non-Jewish believers in Christ” (2) all the unbelievers to whom Paul was writing this letter. Alternate translation: “my fellow believers in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -ROM 11 25 me1g figs-idiom μὴ ἦτε παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς φρόνιμοι 1 in order that you will not be wise in your own thinking The phrase **wise in yourselves** refers to someone arrogantly thinking that he is wiser than he really is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you might not arrogantly think that you are wiser than you really are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 11 25 me1g figs-idiom μὴ ἦτε παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς φρόνιμοι 1 in order that you will not be wise in your own thinking Here, **wise in yourselves** refers to someone arrogantly thinking that he is wiser than he really is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you might not arrogantly think that you are wiser than you really are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 11 25 ec4j figs-metaphor πώρωσις ἀπὸ μέρους 1 a partial hardening has occurred in Israel Here, **hardening** refers to being stubborn and unwilling to believe in Jesus. This **hardening** is only **partial** because some Jews believe in Jesus. See how you translated similar words in [verse 7](../11/07.md) and [9:18](../09/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 25 dry1 figs-metonymy τῷ Ἰσραὴλ 1 See how you translated **Israel** in [10:19](../10/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 11 25 db1x figs-metaphor τὸ πλήρωμα τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 until the completion of the Gentiles come in Here, **fullness** refers to the full amount of non-Jewish people whom God will save. See how you translated **fullness** in [verse 12](../11/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -2146,7 +2124,7 @@ ROM 11 26 jo0j figs-explicit καὶ οὕτως 1 Here, **thus** indicates tha ROM 11 26 vu7t figs-activepassive πᾶς Ἰσραὴλ σωθήσεται 1 Thus all Israel will be saved If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will save all Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 11 26 xjq4 figs-metonymy Ἰσραὴλ 1 Thus all Israel will be saved See how you translated **Israel** in [10:19](../10/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 11 26 wuyz writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -ROM 11 26 n7yf figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 just as it is written If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the quotation is from [Isaiah 59:20–21](../isa/59/20.md) and [27:9](../isa/27/09.md). Alternate translation: “just as Isaiah wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 11 26 n7yf figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 just as it is written If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Since Paul is referring to something Isaiah wrote ([Isaiah 59:20–21](../isa/59/20.md) and [27:9](../isa/27/09.md)), you could indicate Isaiah as the subject. Alternate translation: “just as Isaiah wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 11 26 eb3j figs-quotemarks ἥξει ἐκ Σιὼν ὁ ῥυόμενος, ἀποστρέψει ἀσεβείας ἀπὸ Ἰακώβ 1 just as it is written This sentence is a quotation of [Isaiah 59:20–21](../isa/59/20.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 11 26 dm4e figs-metonymy Σιὼν 1 See how you translated **Zion** in [9:33](../09/33.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 11 26 at55 figs-metaphor ἀποστρέψει ἀσεβείας 1 He will remove ungodliness Paul quotes Isaiah speaking of **ungodly things** as if they were an object that someone could **turn away**. If it would be helpful in you language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He will cause ungodly activity to stop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -2160,14 +2138,14 @@ ROM 11 28 x6aa figs-explicit ἐχθροὶ 1 they are enemies for your sake Pau ROM 11 28 dr2q figs-abstractnouns κατὰ…τὴν ἐκλογὴν 2 as far as election is concerned See how you translated this phrase in [9:11](../09/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 11 28 d82k figs-activepassive ἀγαπητοὶ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God loves them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 11 28 jas2 figs-explicit διὰ τοὺς πατέρας 1 they are beloved because of their forefathers Here, **for the sake of their forefathers** refers to the promises that God made to **their forefathers**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of what he promised to do for their ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 11 29 nr47 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said in the previous verse is true. If it would be helpful to you readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You can be sure this is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 11 29 nr47 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said in the previous verse is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “You can be sure this is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 11 29 p2sf figs-abstractnouns τὰ χαρίσματα…ἡ κλῆσις τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 For the gifts and the call of God are unchangeable If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **gifts** and **calling**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what is graciously given … what has been called by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 11 29 mnqs figs-possession ἡ κλῆσις τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, **the calling of God** refers to the fact that God called the Jews to be his people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the fact that God called them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 11 30 gmrm grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse and the next verse explains what Paul said about the Jews in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 11 30 gmrm grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse and the next verse explains what Paul said about the Jews in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 11 30 bj8g figs-yousingular ὑμεῖς ποτε ἠπειθήσατε 1 you were formerly disobedient Here, **you** and **yourselves** are plural and refer to non-Jewish Christians, as in verses [verses 17–24](../11/17.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you non-Jewish believers in Christ yourselves were formerly disobedient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) ROM 11 30 df91 figs-activepassive ἠλεήθητε 1 you have received mercy because of their disobedience If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has shown mercy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 11 30 zk91 figs-abstractnouns ἠλεήθητε τῇ τούτων ἀπειθείᾳ 1 you have received mercy because of their disobedience If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **mercy** and **disobedience**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “were shown how merciful God is in how disobedient these were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 11 30 iufr grammar-connect-logic-result τῇ τούτων ἀπειθείᾳ 1 you have received mercy because of their disobedience Here, **in** indicates that what follows is one reason why God showed **mercy** to non-Jewish people. Use the natural way in your language to express a reason. Alternate translation: “due to the disobedience of these” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 11 30 iufr grammar-connect-logic-result τῇ τούτων ἀπειθείᾳ 1 you have received mercy because of their disobedience Here, **in** indicates that what follows is one reason why God showed **mercy** to non-Jewish people. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “due to the disobedience of these” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 11 30 g3cn writing-pronouns τούτων 1 you Here, **these** refers to Jewish people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of these Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 11 31 wmub writing-pronouns οὗτοι…αὐτοὶ 1 you Here, **these** and **they** refer to Jewish people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these Jews … the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 11 31 enhi figs-infostructure ἠπείθησαν τῷ ὑμετέρῳ ἐλέει, ἵνα καὶ αὐτοὶ νῦν ἐλεηθῶσιν 1 you The phrase **in your mercy** could be connected to: (1) the verb translated as **were disobedient**, as in the ULT. (2) the verb translated as **be shown mercy**. Alternate translation: “were disobedient so that, in your mercy, they might also now be shown mercy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) @@ -2175,19 +2153,19 @@ ROM 11 31 mwhx grammar-connect-logic-result τῷ ὑμετέρῳ ἐλέει 1 ROM 11 31 qh7s figs-explicit τῷ ὑμετέρῳ ἐλέει 1 you Here, **your mercy** refers to the **mercy** that God has shown to non-Jewish people whom he saves. If it would be helpful in your language you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the mercy that God has shown you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 11 31 kzgo figs-yousingular τῷ ὑμετέρῳ ἐλέει 1 you Here, **your** is plural and refers to non-Jewish believers in Jesus. See how you translated **you** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) ROM 11 31 dtmn figs-abstractnouns τῷ ὑμετέρῳ ἐλέει…καὶ αὐτοὶ νῦν ἐλεηθῶσιν 1 you If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **mercy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in God acting mercifully to you … God might also now act mercifully to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 11 31 cfgv grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 you Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is one purpose for the disobedience of the Jews. Use the natural way in your language to express a purpose for something. Alternate translation: “for the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +ROM 11 31 cfgv grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 you Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is one purpose for the disobedience of the Jews. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 11 31 onqo figs-activepassive καὶ αὐτοὶ νῦν ἐλεηθῶσιν 1 you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God might also now show them mercy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 11 32 wxjl grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 you **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse is the conclusion to what Paul said in the previous two verses. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In conclusion,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 11 32 wxjl grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 you **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse is the conclusion to what Paul said in the previous two verses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In conclusion,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 11 32 t6cb figs-metaphor συνέκλεισεν…ὁ Θεὸς τοὺς πάντας εἰς ἀπείθειαν 1 God has shut up all into disobedience Here Paul refers to people whom God allows to disobey him as if they were prisoners **shut up** in a prison. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God has allowed all people to be disobedient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 32 obi0 figs-abstractnouns ἀπείθειαν…ἐλεήσῃ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **disobedience** and **mercy**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “how disobedient they are … he might show how merciful he is on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 11 33 veuz figs-exclamations ὦ βάθος πλούτου, καὶ σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως Θεοῦ 1 **Oh** is an exclamation word that communicates awe. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “How amazing is the depth of the wealth and the wisdom and the knowledge of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ROM 11 33 ldc5 figs-abstractnouns βάθος πλούτου, καὶ σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **depth**, **wealth**, **wisdom**, and **knowledge**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “how deeply wealthy and wise and knowledgeable is God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 11 33 x3kb figs-metaphor βάθος πλούτου, καὶ σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως Θεοῦ 1 Oh, the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and the knowledge of God! Here Paul refers to God’s **wealth**, **wisdom**, and **knowledge** as if they were like a deep place. He means that God’s **wealth**, **wisdom**, and **knowledge** are truly great. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the greatness of the wealth and the wisdom and the knowledge of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 11 33 jbyn figs-doublet ὡς ἀνεξεραύνητα τὰ κρίματα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀνεξιχνίαστοι αἱ ὁδοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Oh, the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and the knowledge of God! These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize what Paul is saying. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “How completely incomprehensible are the things he does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ROM 11 33 jbyn figs-doublet ὡς ἀνεξεραύνητα τὰ κρίματα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀνεξιχνίαστοι αἱ ὁδοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Oh, the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and the knowledge of God! These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize what he is saying. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “How completely incomprehensible are the things he does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ROM 11 33 u322 figs-exclamations ὡς ἀνεξεραύνητα τὰ κρίματα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀνεξιχνίαστοι αἱ ὁδοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 How unsearchable are his judgments, and his ways beyond discovering **How** here is used as an exclamation word that communicates awe. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) -ROM 11 33 qb5r figs-metaphor ἀνεξεραύνητα τὰ κρίματα αὐτοῦ 1 How unsearchable are his judgments, and his ways beyond discovering Here Paul speaks of God’s **judgments** as if they are objects that people cannot search for. He means that people cannot fully understand God’s **judgments**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “incomprehensible are his judgments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 11 33 qb5r figs-metaphor ἀνεξεραύνητα τὰ κρίματα αὐτοῦ 1 How unsearchable are his judgments, and his ways beyond discovering Here Paul speaks of God’s **judgments** as if they were objects that people cannot search for. He means that people cannot fully understand God’s **judgments**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “incomprehensible are his judgments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 33 urwo figs-abstractnouns τὰ κρίματα αὐτοῦ 1 How unsearchable are his judgments, and his ways beyond discovering If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgements**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “is how he judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 11 33 m755 figs-metaphor ἀνεξιχνίαστοι αἱ ὁδοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 How unsearchable are his judgments, and his ways beyond discovering Here Paul speaks of God’s **ways** as if they are objects that people cannot discover. He means that people cannot fully understand God’s **ways**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his ways are incomprehensible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 11 33 m755 figs-metaphor ἀνεξιχνίαστοι αἱ ὁδοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 How unsearchable are his judgments, and his ways beyond discovering Here Paul speaks of God’s **ways** as if they were objects that people cannot discover. He means that people cannot fully understand God’s **ways**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his ways are incomprehensible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 34 w1ck writing-quotations γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 40:13](../isa/40/13.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “For it is written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 11 34 uh2x figs-quotemarks τίς…ἔγνω νοῦν Κυρίου, ἢ τίς σύμβουλος αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο? 1 For who has known the mind of the Lord or who has become his advisor? This sentence is a quotation from [Isaiah 40:13](../isa/40/13.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 11 34 r2wj figs-rquestion τίς…ἔγνω νοῦν Κυρίου, ἢ τίς σύμβουλος αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο? 1 For who has known the mind of the Lord or who has become his advisor? Paul quotes Isaiah using this question to emphasize that no one is as wise as the Lord. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No one has known the mind of the Lord or become his advisor!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -2195,37 +2173,37 @@ ROM 11 34 yy52 figs-metonymy νοῦν Κυρίου 1 the mind of the Lord Here, ROM 11 35 wonz writing-quotations ἢ 1 the mind of the Lord **Or** here indicates that what follows is Paul’s paraphrase of a verse in an Old Testament book ([Job 41:11](../job/41/11.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Or, as is written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 11 35 dc62 figs-quotemarks τίς προέδωκεν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἀνταποδοθήσεται αὐτῷ 1 This sentence is a paraphrase of part of [Job 41:11](../job/41/11.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 11 35 j5cn figs-rquestion τίς προέδωκεν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἀνταποδοθήσεται αὐτῷ? 1 Or who has first given anything to God, that God must repay him? Paul quotes Job using this question to emphasize what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No one has ever given anything to God that he should be repaid by him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ROM 11 35 wm4s figs-ellipsis τίς προέδωκεν αὐτῷ 1 Or who has first given anything to God, that God must repay him? Paul quotes Job leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Who gave something to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 11 35 wm4s figs-ellipsis τίς προέδωκεν αὐτῷ 1 Or who has first given anything to God, that God must repay him? Paul quotes Job leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Who gave something to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 11 35 jbjk figs-activepassive ἀνταποδοθήσεται αὐτῷ 1 Or who has first given anything to God, that God must repay him? If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God should repay him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 11 36 tuup grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 Or who has first given anything to God, that God must repay him? **For** here indicates that what Paul says in this verse is the reason why what he said in [verses 34–35](../11/34.md) is true. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “These things are true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 11 36 tuup grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 Or who has first given anything to God, that God must repay him? **For** here indicates that what Paul says in this verse is the reason why what he said in [verses 34–35](../11/34.md) is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “These things are true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 11 36 abc1 writing-pronouns ἐξ αὐτοῦ, καὶ δι’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ εἰς αὐτὸν, τὰ πάντα. αὐτῷ 1 For from him … through him … to him In this verse **him** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “from God and through God and to God are all things. To God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 11 36 p0l8 figs-explicit ἐξ αὐτοῦ 1 For from him … through him … to him Here, **from** indicates that **all things** came from God because he made them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “originating from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 11 36 a9gg figs-explicit δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 For from him … through him … to him Here, **through** indicates that God is the means by which **all things** continue to exist. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “continuing to exist through him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 11 36 s63u figs-explicit εἰς αὐτὸν 1 For from him … through him … to him Here, **to** indicates that God is the reason **all things** exist. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 11 36 rpx6 figs-abstractnouns αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα 1 To him be the glory forever If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **glory** by translating it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “May people glorify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 11 36 rpx6 figs-abstractnouns αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα 1 To him be the glory forever If your language does not use abstract nouns for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “May people glorify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 11 36 ut8l figs-idiom εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας 1 To him be the glory forever Here, **to the ages** is an idiom that means “forever.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 12 intro aky9 0 # Romans 12 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)
* How to act toward God (12:1–2)
* How to serve the church (12:3–8)
* How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)
* How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)
* How to act toward government (13:1–7)
* How to act toward other people (13:8–10)
* Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)
* Do not judge other Christians (14:1–12)
* Do not tempt other Christians to sin (14:13–23)
* Be united with other Christians (15:1–13)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verse 20, which are from the Old Testament.

Many scholars believe Paul uses the word **therefore** in [Romans 12:1](../rom/12/01.md) to refer back to all of Chapters 1–11. After having carefully explained the Christian gospel in chapters 1–11, Paul explains in chapters 12–16 how Christians should live in response to these great truths. Paul gives many different commands in these chapters that are practical instructions for how Christians should behave. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Body of Christ

The body of Christ is an important metaphor used in the New Testament to refer to the church. Every Christian plays a unique and important function within the people of God. Christians need each other. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/body]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 12 1 wklb writing-pronouns παρακαλῶ 1 The pronoun **I** here and throughout this chapter refers to Paul. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, urge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 12 1 fwds figs-yousingular ὑμᾶς…ὑμῶν…ὑμῶν 1 The pronouns **you** and **your** here and throughout most of this chapter are plural and refer to the believers to whom Paul wrote this letter. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you believers … your … your” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +ROM 12 intro aky9 0 # Romans 12 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)
* How to act toward God (12:1–2)
* How to serve the church (12:3–8)
* How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)
* How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)
* How to act toward government (13:1–7)
* How to act toward other people (13:8–10)
* Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)
* Do not judge other Christians (14:1–12)
* Do not tempt other Christians to sin (14:13–23)
* Be united with other Christians (15:1–13)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of [verse 20](../12/20.md), which are from the Old Testament.

Many scholars believe Paul uses the word **therefore** in [Romans 12:1](../rom/12/01.md) to refer back to all of Chapters 1–11. After having carefully explained the Christian gospel in chapters 1–11, Paul explains in chapters 12–16 how Christians should live in response to these great truths. Paul gives many different commands in these chapters that are practical instructions for how Christians should behave. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Body of Christ

The body of Christ is an important metaphor used in the New Testament to refer to the church. Every Christian plays a unique and important function within the people of God. Christians need each other. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/body]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 12 1 wklb writing-pronouns παρακαλῶ 1 The pronoun **I** here and throughout this chapter refers to Paul. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, urge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 12 1 fwds figs-yousingular ὑμᾶς…ὑμῶν…ὑμῶν 1 The pronouns **you** and **your** here and throughout most of this chapter are plural and refer to the believers in Rome to whom Paul wrote this letter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you believers … your … your” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) ROM 12 1 xgcr grammar-connect-logic-result παρακαλῶ οὖν ὑμᾶς 1 Here, **therefore** indicates that what follows in the rest of this letter is what Paul wants his readers to do in response to what he has written in chapters 1–11. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a fuller expression. Alternate translation: “Since everything I have said is true, I urge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 12 1 kr1a figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 I urge you therefore, brothers, by the mercies of God See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 12 1 d50i figs-abstractnouns τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν…θυσίαν ζῶσαν…τὴν λογικὴν λατρείαν ὑμῶν 1 I urge you therefore, brothers, by the mercies of God If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **compassions**, **sacrifice**, and **service**, you could express the same ideas in another way. These words indicate different ways in which people serve God. Alternate translation: “what is compassionate … a living one that is sacrificed … which is how you reasonably serve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 12 1 wuyl figs-metaphor παραστῆσαι τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν θυσίαν ζῶσαν 1 Here Paul refers to a believer in Christ who obeys God as if that person were one of the animals that the Jews killed and then offered to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “to offer yourselves completely to God while you are alive, as if you were a sacrifice on the temple altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 12 1 w1mz figs-synecdoche τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν 1 to present your bodies a living sacrifice Here, **bodies** refers to the whole people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your whole selves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ROM 12 1 wuyl figs-metaphor παραστῆσαι τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν θυσίαν ζῶσαν 1 Here Paul refers to a believer in Christ who obeys God as if that person were one of the animals that the Jews killed and then offered to God as a **sacrifice**, except that this **sacrifice** is still **living**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “to offer yourselves completely to God while you are alive, as if you were a living sacrifice on the temple altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 12 1 w1mz figs-synecdoche τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν 1 to present your bodies a living sacrifice Here, **bodies** refers to whole people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your whole selves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 12 2 pyb6 figs-activepassive μὴ συνσχηματίζεσθε…μεταμορφοῦσθε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “do not conform yourselves … let God transform you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 12 2 clc6 μὴ συνσχηματίζεσθε 1 Do not be conformed to this world Alternate translation: “do not become like” ROM 12 2 d2qq figs-metonymy τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ 1 Here, **this age** refers to the attitudes and actions of the unbelievers who live during this period of time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the way people think and act in this age” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 12 2 na8p figs-abstractnouns τῇ ἀνακαινώσει τοῦ νοός…τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 but be transformed by the renewal of your mind If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **renewal** and **will**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “by renewing the mind … what God wills” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 12 2 c6ch figs-metaphor τῇ ἀνακαινώσει τοῦ νοός 1 but be transformed by the renewal of your mind Here Paul speaks of changing the way a person thinks as if that persons mind is being renewed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by the changing of how one thinks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 12 2 w34l grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ δοκιμάζειν ὑμᾶς 1 Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is the purpose for which someone should **be transformed**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose that you can approve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +ROM 12 2 c6ch figs-metaphor τῇ ἀνακαινώσει τοῦ νοός 1 but be transformed by the renewal of your mind Here Paul speaks of changing the way a person thinks as if that person’s mind is being renewed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by the changing of how one thinks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 12 2 w34l grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ δοκιμάζειν ὑμᾶς 1 Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is the purpose for which someone should **be transformed**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose that you can approve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 12 3 cp9g grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 12 3 l6c6 figs-activepassive διὰ τῆς χάριτος τῆς δοθείσης μοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “through the grace God has given to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 12 3 nyc2 figs-explicit διὰ τῆς χάριτος τῆς δοθείσης μοι 1 because of the grace that was given to me Here, **grace** refers to God graciously choosing Paul to be an apostle. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “through the grace that caused me to become an apostle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 12 3 s6yg figs-idiom μὴ ὑπερφρονεῖν παρ’ ὃ δεῖ φρονεῖν 1 that everyone who is among you should not think more highly of themselves than they ought to think The phrase **think more highly of himself** refers to someone arrogantly thinking that he is better than he really is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to not think he is better than he really is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 12 3 s6yg figs-idiom μὴ ὑπερφρονεῖν παρ’ ὃ δεῖ φρονεῖν 1 that everyone who is among you should not think more highly of themselves than they ought to think Here, **think more highly of himself** refers to someone arrogantly thinking that he is better than he really is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to not think he is a better person than he really is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 12 3 j20s figs-gendernotations μὴ ὑπερφρονεῖν παρ’ ὃ δεῖ φρονεῖν 1 that everyone who is among you should not think more highly of themselves than they ought to think Although **himself** and **he** are masculine, Paul is using the words here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “to not think more highly of oneself than what one ought to think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 12 3 me4t φρονεῖν εἰς τὸ σωφρονεῖν 1 Instead, they should think in a wise way Alternate translation: “you should be wise with regard to how you think about yourselves” ROM 12 3 m8z7 figs-explicit ἑκάστῳ ὡς ὁ Θεὸς ἐμέρισεν μέτρον πίστεως 1 just as God has given out to each one a certain amount of faith Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) different degrees of **faith** in God that God gives believers. Alternate translation: “as God has given each of you an degree of ability to trust in him” (2) the spiritual gifts that result from faith and are given to believers in different degrees. Alternate translation: “as God has given each of you a degree of faith demonstrated in spiritual gifts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 12 4 zm8p grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul’s readers should “think with a sound mind,” as stated in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to you readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You must do this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 12 4 zm8p grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul’s readers should “think with a sound mind,” as stated in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “You must do this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 12 4 v2pi figs-simile καθάπερ 1 we have many members in one body Here, **just as** indicates that what follows in this verse is a simile. Paul uses this simile to compare all believers in Christ to the parts of a human body. Since Paul explains the comparison in the next verse, you do not need to express the meaning plainly here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) ROM 12 4 v5iy μέλη…μέλη 1 members See how you translated members in [6:13](../06/13.md). ROM 12 4 v8bo figs-abstractnouns τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχει πρᾶξιν 1 members If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **function**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “function for the same purposes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -2237,32 +2215,32 @@ ROM 12 6 j3x5 figs-exclusive ἔχοντες…ἡμῖν 1 We have different gi ROM 12 6 hrr1 figs-metaphor ἔχοντες…χαρίσματα…διάφορα 1 We have different gifts according to the grace that was given to us Paul speaks of the different abilities to serve other believers that God gives believers as being **gracious gifts** from God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we have different spiritual abilities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 12 6 y267 figs-activepassive κατὰ τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσαν ἡμῖν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “according to the grace God has given to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 12 6 tlk4 figs-abstractnouns τὴν χάριν…προφητείαν, κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **prophecy**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what is graciously … being able to prophecy, according to what has been proportioned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 12 6 zs97 figs-ellipsis εἴτε προφητείαν, κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς πίστεως 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if God has given someone the gift of prophecy, then that person must use that gift according to the proportion of his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 12 6 zs97 figs-ellipsis εἴτε προφητείαν, κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς πίστεως 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if God has given someone the gift of prophecy, then that person must use that gift according to the proportion of his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 12 6 bnk9 figs-explicit κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς πίστεως 1 let it be done according to the proportion of his faith Here Paul uses **faith** in the same way he did in [verse 3](../12/03.md). See how you translated the clause “as God has distributed to each one a measure of faith” in that verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 12 7 todc figs-ellipsis εἴτε διακονίαν, ἐν τῇ διακονίᾳ; εἴτε ὁ διδάσκων, ἐν τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if God has given someone the gift of service, then that person must use that gift for serving; if God has given someone the gift to be the one teaching, then that person must use that gift for teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 12 7 todc figs-ellipsis εἴτε διακονίαν, ἐν τῇ διακονίᾳ; εἴτε ὁ διδάσκων, ἐν τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if God has given someone the gift of service, then that person must use that gift for serving; if God has given someone the gift to be the one teaching, then that person must use that gift for teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 12 7 wmuw figs-abstractnouns διακονίαν…τῇ διακονίᾳ…τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **service** and **teaching**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “serving others … serving others … teaching others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 12 8 m2as figs-ellipsis εἴτε ὁ παρακαλῶν, ἐν τῇ παρακλήσει; ὁ μεταδιδοὺς, ἐν ἁπλότητι; ὁ προϊστάμενος, ἐν σπουδῇ; ὁ ἐλεῶν, ἐν ἱλαρότητι 1 giving Paul is leaving out some of the words that clauses would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “if God has given someone the gift of encouraging, then that person must use that gift for encouraging; if God has given someone the gift of giving, then that person must use that gift for generosity; if God has given someone the gift of leading, then that person must use that gift with diligence; if God has given someone the gift of showing mercy, then that person must use that gift with cheerfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 12 8 m2as figs-ellipsis εἴτε ὁ παρακαλῶν, ἐν τῇ παρακλήσει; ὁ μεταδιδοὺς, ἐν ἁπλότητι; ὁ προϊστάμενος, ἐν σπουδῇ; ὁ ἐλεῶν, ἐν ἱλαρότητι 1 giving Paul is leaving out some of the words that clauses would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “if God has given someone the gift of encouraging, then that person must use that gift for encouraging; if God has given someone the gift of giving, then that person must use that gift for generosity; if God has given someone the gift of leading, then that person must use that gift with diligence; if God has given someone the gift of showing mercy, then that person must use that gift with cheerfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 12 8 teso figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ παρακλήσει…ἐν ἁπλότητι…ἐν σπουδῇ…ἐν ἱλαρότητι 1 giving If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **encouragement**, **generosity**, **diligence**, and **cheerfulness**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “by encouraging others … generously … diligently … cheerfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 12 9 dmsa figs-declarative ἡ ἀγάπη ἀνυπόκριτος; ἀποστυγοῦντες τὸ πονηρόν, κολλώμενοι τῷ ἀγαθῷ 1 giving Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “Love without hypocrisy, abhor the wicked, hold on to the good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) -ROM 12 9 o8z9 figs-doublenegatives ἀνυπόκριτος 1 giving The phrase **without hypocrisy** is a double negative. If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “sincerely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +ROM 12 9 o8z9 figs-doublenegatives ἀνυπόκριτος 1 giving If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “sincerely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) ROM 12 9 iv5h figs-abstractnouns τὸ πονηρόν…τῷ ἀγαθῷ 1 Let love be without hypocrisy If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **wicked** and **good**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “wicked things … good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 12 10 mr8i figs-declarative τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ εἰς ἀλλήλους φιλόστοργοι; τῇ τιμῇ ἀλλήλους προηγούμενοι 1 Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “in brotherly love, be affectionate to one another; in honor, outdo one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) ROM 12 10 ng86 figs-abstractnouns τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ…τῇ τιμῇ 1 Concerning love of the brothers, be affectionate If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **brotherly love** and **honor**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “in loving others as brothers … in honoring others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 12 10 ux2y figs-gendernotations τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ 1 Concerning love of the brothers Although the word **brotherly** is masculine, Paul is using it to refer to all fellow believers, both male and female. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in love for fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +ROM 12 10 ux2y figs-gendernotations τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ 1 Concerning love of the brothers Although the word **brotherly** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “in love for fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 12 11 iu2i figs-declarative τῇ σπουδῇ μὴ ὀκνηροί, τῷ πνεύματι ζέοντες, τῷ Κυρίῳ δουλεύοντες 1 Concerning diligence, do not be hesitant. Concerning the spirit, be eager. Concerning the Lord, serve him Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “in diligence, do not be lazy; in the spirit, be eager; serve the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) ROM 12 11 jhe7 figs-abstractnouns τῇ σπουδῇ 1 Concerning diligence, do not be hesitant. Concerning the spirit, be eager. Concerning the Lord, serve him If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **diligence**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in being diligent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 12 11 ddvz figs-explicit τῷ πνεύματι 1 Here, **the spirit** could refer to: (1) a person’s spirit, as in [1:9](../01/09.md). Alternate translation: “in your spirit” or “wholeheartedly” (2) the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “in the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 12 12 l3es figs-declarative τῇ ἐλπίδι χαίροντες, τῇ θλίψει ὑπομένοντες, τῇ προσευχῇ προσκαρτεροῦντες 1 be patient in suffering Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “in hope, rejoice; in suffering, be patient; in prayer, persist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) -ROM 12 12 wept grammar-connect-logic-result τῇ ἐλπίδι 1 be patient in suffering Here, **in** indicates that **hope** is the reason for **rejoicing**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of hope, rejoicing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 12 12 wept grammar-connect-logic-result τῇ ἐλπίδι 1 be patient in suffering Here, **in** indicates that **hope** is the reason for **rejoicing**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “because of hope, rejoicing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 12 12 uv64 grammar-connect-time-simultaneous τῇ θλίψει ὑπομένοντες 1 be patient in suffering Here, **in** indicates the situation in which someone should be **patient**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the time of suffering, being patient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) ROM 12 12 xoy0 figs-explicit τῇ προσευχῇ προσκαρτεροῦντες 1 be patient in suffering Here, **in** indicates that **prayer** is what one needs to do persistently. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in regard to prayer, persisting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 12 13 vk5h figs-declarative ταῖς χρείαις τῶν ἁγίων κοινωνοῦντες, τὴν φιλοξενίαν διώκοντες 1 Share in the needs of the saints Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “in the needs of the saints, share; pursue hospitality” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) ROM 12 13 m53s figs-abstractnouns ταῖς χρείαις τῶν ἁγίων…τὴν φιλοξενίαν 1 Share in the needs of the saints If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **needs** and **hospitality**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “in the things the saints need … what is hospitable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 12 13 i3nm figs-explicit ταῖς χρείαις τῶν ἁγίων κοινωνοῦντες 1 Share in the needs of the saints Here Paul implies sharing the things that a person has with those **saints** who have **needs**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “sharing what you have to meet the needs of the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 12 14 exd8 figs-doublet εὐλογεῖτε καὶ μὴ καταρᾶσθε 1 These two commands mean the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize what Paul is saying. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you must absolutely bless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ROM 12 14 exd8 figs-doublet εὐλογεῖτε καὶ μὴ καταρᾶσθε 1 These two commands mean the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize what he is saying. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you must absolutely bless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ROM 12 15 szpn figs-declarative χαίρειν μετὰ χαιρόντων, κλαίειν μετὰ κλαιόντων 1 Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “rejoice with those who rejoice; weep with those who weep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) ROM 12 16 agio figs-declarative τὸ αὐτὸ εἰς ἀλλήλους φρονοῦντες, μὴ τὰ ὑψηλὰ φρονοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ταπεινοῖς συναπαγόμενοι 1 Be of the same mind toward one another Paul is using statements to give commands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “think the same thing toward one another, do not think the high things, but accept the lowly ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) -ROM 12 16 hwd1 figs-idiom τὸ αὐτὸ εἰς ἀλλήλους φρονοῦντες 1 Be of the same mind toward one another This clause is an idiom that refers to having the same concern for the wellbeing of other people as a person has for himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “thinking about others the same way you think about yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ROM 12 16 hwd1 figs-idiom τὸ αὐτὸ εἰς ἀλλήλους φρονοῦντες 1 Be of the same mind toward one another This clause is an idiom that refers to having the same concern for the wellbeing of other people as a person has for himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “caring about others the same way you care about yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 12 16 ar7y figs-idiom μὴ τὰ ὑψηλὰ φρονοῦντες 1 Do not think in proud ways Here, **thinking the high things** refers to someone arrogantly thinking that he is better than other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not thinking that you are better than others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 12 16 cc23 figs-explicit τοῖς ταπεινοῖς συναπαγόμενοι 1 accept lowly people Here, **the lowly ones** could refer to: (1) people who are poor or are not respected by society. Alternate translation: “accepting people who do not seem important” (2) doings things that people think are humiliating or unimportant. Alternate translation: “accepting the lowly tasks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 12 16 h469 figs-idiom μὴ γίνεσθε φρόνιμοι παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς 1 Do not be wise in your own thoughts See how you translated this expression in [11:25](../11/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -2277,65 +2255,65 @@ ROM 12 18 fbzh figs-gendernotations πάντων ἀνθρώπων 1 Although t ROM 12 19 e0hc figs-declarative μὴ ἑαυτοὺς ἐκδικοῦντες 1 give way to his wrath Paul is using a statement to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for commands. Alternate translation: “do not avenge yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) ROM 12 19 ew6x figs-metonymy δότε τόπον τῇ ὀργῇ 1 give way to his wrath Here, **wrath** refers to God’s punishment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “give way to God’s punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 12 19 zre0 figs-abstractnouns τῇ ὀργῇ…ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις 1 give way to his wrath If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **wrath** and **vengeance**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “to God being wrathful … I will avenge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 12 19 tcwn grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 give way to his wrath Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said in the previous clause is true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. You may need to start a new sentence, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 12 19 tcwn grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 give way to his wrath Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said in the previous clause is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. You may need to start a new sentence, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 12 19 omjp writing-quotations γέγραπται 1 give way to his wrath See how you translated the similar phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 12 19 ns3b figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Moses wrote this quotation. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 12 19 kf44 figs-quotemarks ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω, λέγει Κύριος 1 This sentence is a quotation of [Deuteronomy 32:35](../deu/32/35.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 12 19 lkpl figs-quotesinquotes ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω, λέγει Κύριος 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “The Lord says that vengeance is for him; he will repay.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -ROM 12 19 l2i8 figs-parallelism ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that God will avenge his people. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “I will certainly avenge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -ROM 12 19 xo5r figs-metaphor ἀνταποδώσω 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay Here Moses quotes God using **repay** to refer to appropriately punishing someone as if the punishment was reciprocal payment for that person’s deeds. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will appropriately punish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 12 19 mco6 figs-ellipsis ἀνταποδώσω 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay Moses quotes God leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “will repay them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 12 19 l2i8 figs-parallelism ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that God will avenge his people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “I will certainly avenge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 12 19 xo5r figs-metaphor ἀνταποδώσω 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay Here Moses quotes God using **repay** to refer to appropriately punishing someone as if the punishment was reciprocal payment for that person’s deeds. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will appropriately punish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 12 19 mco6 figs-ellipsis ἀνταποδώσω 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay Moses quotes God leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “will repay them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 12 20 n96q writing-quotations ἀλλὰ 1 Vengeance belongs to me; I will repay **But** here indicates that what follows is a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Proverbs 25:21–22](../pro/25/21.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “But, God says in the Scriptures,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 12 20 q7dq figs-quotemarks ἐὰν πεινᾷ ὁ ἐχθρός σου, ψώμιζε αὐτόν; ἐὰν διψᾷ, πότιζε αὐτόν; τοῦτο γὰρ ποιῶν, ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ. 1 This sentence is a quotation of [Proverbs 25:21–22](../pro/25/21.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 12 20 c4ig figs-yousingular ὁ ἐχθρός σου…σωρεύσεις 1 Here the pronouns **your** and **you** are singular and addressed as to one person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use plural forms here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) -ROM 12 20 uwbq grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why what was said in the previous sentence is true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 12 20 uwbq grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why what was said in the previous sentence is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 12 20 wce6 figs-idiom ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ 1 You will heap coals of fire on his head This clause is an idiom. It could refer to: (1) a person feeling shame as a result of being helped by someone whom that person had harmed. Alternate translation: “you will make the person who harmed you feel badly about how he has mistreated you” (2) God very severely punishing the person who is being helped. Alternate translation: “you will give God a reason to judge him more harshly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 12 21 q761 figs-personification μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ, ἀλλὰ νίκα ἐν τῷ ἀγαθῷ τὸ κακόν 1 Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil with good Paul describes **evil** as if it were a person who could conquer someone or be conquered by someone. He is referring to someone doing evil in response to someone doing evil to that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not let evil cause you to do evil, but use good to prevent evil from influencing you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 12 21 p7fd figs-abstractnouns τοῦ κακοῦ…τῷ ἀγαθῷ…τὸ κακόν 1 Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **evil** and **good**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “evil things … evil things … good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 12 21 k8et figs-activepassive μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Do not let evil overcome you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 13 intro l4q7 0 # Romans 13 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)
* How to act toward God (12:1–2)
* How to serve the church (12:3–8)
* How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)
* How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)
* How to act toward government (13:1–7)
* How to act toward other people (13:8–10)
* Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Submission to rulers

In [13:1–7](../13/01.md) Paul commands his readers to obey rulers and pay taxes. Some readers will find this difficult to accept, especially if they live in places where wicked rulers persecute the church. It is important to recognize that the Holy Spirit led Paul to write these words while the Roman government was persecuting Christians. Christians must obey their rulers as well as obey God. The only time a Christian should disobey governing authorities is when those rulers do not allow Christians to do something God explicitly commands them to do (for an example of such a situation, see [Acts 5:28–29](../act/05/28.md)).

### “The night advanced, and the day has come near”

In [13:11–14](../13/11.md) Paul tells his readers that they should behave like Jesus because Jesus is coming back soon. He calls the current time in which people do what is evil the “night,” and he calls the time when Jesus returns the “day.” ROM 13 1 i1kf figs-activepassive πᾶσα ψυχὴ ἐξουσίαις ὑπερεχούσαις ὑποτασσέσθω 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Let every soul subject itself to governing authorities” or “Let everyone subject themselves to governing authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 13 1 b8nf figs-synecdoche πᾶσα ψυχὴ 1 Let every soul be obedient to Paul uses **soul** here to refer to the whole life of a person. If this might confuse your readers, you could use express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ROM 13 1 b8nf figs-synecdoche πᾶσα ψυχὴ 1 Let every soul be obedient to Paul uses **soul** here to refer to the whole life of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 13 1 gkmd figs-abstractnouns ἐξουσίαις…ἐξουσία…οὖσαι 1 Let every soul be obedient to If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **authorities** and **authority**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “to those who are authorized to govern … authorized people … existing ones who are authorized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 13 1 wii2 figs-doublenegatives οὐ…ἔστιν ἐξουσία, εἰ μὴ ὑπὸ Θεοῦ 1 there is no authority unless it comes from God If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “all authority comes from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) ROM 13 1 j3lr figs-activepassive αἱ δὲ οὖσαι ὑπὸ Θεοῦ τεταγμέναι εἰσίν 1 The authorities that exist have been appointed by God If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and God appointed the existing authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 13 2 ezg5 grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 **So then** here introduces the result of what Paul said in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing result. Alternate translation: “Since this is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 13 2 ezg5 grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 **So then** here introduces the result of what Paul said in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “Since this is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 13 2 ui8y figs-abstractnouns τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ, τῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ διαταγῇ…ἑαυτοῖς κρίμα λήμψονται 1 that authority If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **authority**, **command**, and **judgment**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “those who are authorized … what God has commanded … will cause themselves to be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 13 2 vc3u writing-pronouns οἱ δὲ ἀνθεστηκότες 1 that authority Here, **it** refers to **that authority** stated earlier in the verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the ones who have opposed that authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 13 2 vc3u writing-pronouns οἱ δὲ ἀνθεστηκότες 1 that authority Here, **it** refers to **that authority** stated earlier in the verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the ones who have opposed that authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 13 2 dsa3 figs-activepassive ἑαυτοῖς κρίμα λήμψονται 1 those who oppose it will receive judgment on themselves If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will cause God to bring judgment on them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 13 2 y21s figs-metaphor ἑαυτοῖς κρίμα λήμψονται 1 those who oppose it will receive judgment on themselves Here Paul speaks of **judgment** as if it were an object that one could **bring** and put **on** someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will cause God to judge them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 13 3 m3yf grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 For **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 13 3 m3yf grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 For **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 13 3 c2xa figs-abstractnouns φόβος…τὴν ἐξουσίαν…τὸ ἀγαθὸν…ἕξεις ἔπαινον 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **terror**, **authority**, **good**, and **praise**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “terrifying … whom God has authorized … good things … you will be praised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 13 3 jt2z figs-explicit τῷ ἀγαθῷ ἔργῳ,…τῷ κακῷ 1 to good deeds … to evil deeds Here, **the good deed** and **the evil deed** refer to the people who do those deeds. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to those who do the good deed … to those who do the evil deed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 13 3 z4sq figs-rquestion θέλεις δὲ μὴ φοβεῖσθαι τὴν ἐξουσίαν? 1 Do you desire to be unafraid of the one in authority? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Now this is how you can not fear the authority:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 13 3 nohi figs-activepassive ἕξεις ἔπαινον 1 Do you desire to be unafraid of the one in authority? If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the authorities will praise you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 13 3 ahl9 grammar-connect-logic-result ἐξ αὐτῆς 1 you will receive his approval Here, **from** indicates the reason why **you will have praise**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 13 4 w4s0 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 he does not carry the sword for no reason Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said in the previous clause is true. Use the most natural way in your language to state a reason. Alternate translation: “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 13 3 ahl9 grammar-connect-logic-result ἐξ αὐτῆς 1 you will receive his approval Here, **from** indicates the reason why **you will have praise**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “because of it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 13 4 w4s0 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 he does not carry the sword for no reason Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said in the previous clause is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 13 4 j4kb writing-pronouns ἐστιν…οὐ…φορεῖ…ἐστιν 1 In this verse the pronoun **he** refers to a person who rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the ruler is … the ruler does not carry … the ruler is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 13 4 zgz2 figs-abstractnouns Θεοῦ…διάκονός…τὸ ἀγαθόν…τὸ κακὸν…Θεοῦ…διάκονός…ὀργὴν…τὸ κακὸν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **servant**, **good**, **evil**, and **wrath**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “one who serves God … doing good … evil things … one who serves God … what is wrathful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 13 4 quy4 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 2 Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said in the previous clause is true. Use the most natural way in your language to state a reason. Alternate translation: “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 13 4 ink8 figs-litotes οὐ…εἰκῇ τὴν μάχαιραν φορεῖ 1 he does not carry the sword for no reason Here Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “he carries the sword for a very good reason” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) +ROM 13 4 quy4 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 2 Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said in the previous clause is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 13 4 ink8 figs-litotes οὐ…εἰκῇ τὴν μάχαιραν φορεῖ 1 he does not carry the sword for no reason Here Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “he carries the sword for a very good reason” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) ROM 13 4 s3vz figs-metonymy οὐ…τὴν μάχαιραν φορεῖ 1 carry the sword Here, **the sword** refers to a ruler’s authority to punish wicked people, which could include killing them with a sword. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he does not have the authority to punish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 13 4 vx6b grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 3 Here, **for** indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous clause. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “in fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -ROM 13 4 d61t grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς ὀργὴν 1 an avenger for wrath Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the purpose of **an avenger**. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate the purpose for something. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +ROM 13 4 vx6b grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 3 Here, **for** indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “in fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 13 4 d61t grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς ὀργὴν 1 an avenger for wrath Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the purpose of **an avenger**. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a purpose. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 13 4 au7j figs-metonymy ὀργὴν 1 an avenger for wrath See how you translated **wrath** in [1:18](../01/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 13 4 cq0x figs-metaphor ὀργὴν τῷ τὸ κακὸν πράσσοντι 1 Paul speaks of **wrath** as if it were an object that could be put **on** a person. He means that every evil person will experience wrathful punishment. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “wrath will be experienced by the one who practices the evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 13 4 cq0x figs-metaphor ὀργὴν τῷ τὸ κακὸν πράσσοντι 1 Paul speaks of **wrath** as if it were an object that could be put **on** a person. He means that every evil person will experience wrathful punishment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “wrath will be experienced by the one who practices the evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 13 5 jqz7 grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ 1 See how you translated this word in [1:24](../01/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 13 5 sxq1 figs-activepassive ὑποτάσσεσθαι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to subject yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 13 5 aq7p figs-explicit ὑποτάσσεσθαι 1 Paul implies that his readers should **be subjected** to the rulers described in [verses 1–4](../13/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to be subjected to rulers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 13 5 q81v figs-ellipsis διὰ τὴν ὀργὴν, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τὴν συνείδησιν 1 not only because of the wrath, but also because of conscience Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “because of the wrath they can do to you, but also because your conscience knows that you should do submit to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 13 5 q81v figs-ellipsis διὰ τὴν ὀργὴν, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τὴν συνείδησιν 1 not only because of the wrath, but also because of conscience Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “because of the wrath they can do to you, but also because your conscience knows that you should do submit to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 13 5 ykg9 figs-abstractnouns τὴν ὀργὴν…τὴν συνείδησιν 1 not only because of the wrath, but also because of conscience If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **wrath** and **conscience**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what is wrathful … what you are conscience of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 13 5 bs1u figs-metonymy τὴν ὀργὴν 1 not only because of the wrath, but also because of conscience See how you translated this word in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 13 6 x5i2 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 13 6 x5i2 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 13 6 r1jy writing-pronouns διὰ τοῦτο 1 Because of this Here, **this** could refer to: (1) “the wrath” and “the conscience” mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “because of the wrath and your conscience” (2) “the wrath” and “the conscience” mentioned in the previous verse, and the fact that rulers **are servants of God**. Alternate translation: “because of the wrath and your conscience, and because rulers are servants of God”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 13 6 hy4f grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 2 For they are Here, **for** indicates that what follows is another reason why Christians should **pay taxes**. Use the most natural way in your language to state a reason. Alternate translation: “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 13 6 hy4f grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 2 For they are Here, **for** indicates that what follows is another reason why Christians should **pay taxes**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 13 6 ib5x writing-pronouns εἰσιν 1 Here, **they** refers to the rulers described in [verses 1–4](../13/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the rulers are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 13 6 gh12 figs-abstractnouns λειτουργοὶ…Θεοῦ 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in [verse 4](../13/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 13 6 e8ey figs-distinguish εἰς αὐτὸ τοῦτο προσκαρτεροῦντες 1 This clause gives additional information about the rulers, who are called **servants of God** in the previous clause. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make the connection between these clauses more explicit. Alternate translation: “these rulers are the ones persisting in this very thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 13 6 xmsa figs-explicit αὐτὸ τοῦτο 1 Here, **this very thing** refers to serving God by ruling over people, as is indicated by Paul calling them **servants of God** in the previous clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this service” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 13 7 z9cn figs-abstractnouns τὰς ὀφειλάς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **obligations**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what you are obligated to pay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 13 7 wg2l figs-ellipsis τῷ τὸν φόρον, τὸν φόρον; τῷ τὸ τέλος, τὸ τέλος; τῷ τὸν φόβον, τὸν φόβον; τῷ τὴν τιμὴν, τὴν τιμήν 1 Tax to whom tax is due, toll to whom toll is due; fear to whom fear is due, honor to whom honor is due. Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “pay tax to whom tax is due, pay toll to whom toll is due, show fear to whom fear is due, show honor to him to whom honor is due” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 13 7 jg3u figs-genericnoun τῷ τὸν φόρον, τὸν φόρον; τῷ τὸ τέλος, τὸ τέλος 1 Tax to whom tax is due, toll to whom toll is due; fear to whom fear is due, honor to whom honor is due. Paul is speaking of taxes and tolls in general, not of one particular **tax** and **toll**. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “taxes to whom taxes, tolls to whom tolls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +ROM 13 7 wg2l figs-ellipsis τῷ τὸν φόρον, τὸν φόρον; τῷ τὸ τέλος, τὸ τέλος; τῷ τὸν φόβον, τὸν φόβον; τῷ τὴν τιμὴν, τὴν τιμήν 1 Tax to whom tax is due, toll to whom toll is due; fear to whom fear is due, honor to whom honor is due. Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “pay tax to whom tax is due, pay toll to whom toll is due, show fear to whom fear is due, show honor to him to whom honor is due” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 13 7 jg3u figs-genericnoun τῷ τὸν φόρον, τὸν φόρον; τῷ τὸ τέλος, τὸ τέλος 1 Tax to whom tax is due, toll to whom toll is due; fear to whom fear is due, honor to whom honor is due. Paul is speaking of taxes and tolls in general, not of one particular **tax** and **toll**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “taxes to whom taxes, tolls to whom tolls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) ROM 13 7 s2nf translate-unknown τῷ τὸ τέλος, τὸ τέλος 1 toll The word **toll** refers to a specific kind of tax that must be paid in addition to regular taxes. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of tax, you could use a general expression for additional taxes. Alternate translation: “government fees to whom government fees” or “revenues to whom revenues” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ROM 13 7 ao8q figs-abstractnouns τῷ τὸν φόβον, τὸν φόβον; τῷ τὴν τιμὴν, τὴν τιμήν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **fear** and **honor**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “fear whomever should be feared … honor whomever should be honored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 13 7 nwi2 figs-metaphor τῷ τὸν φόβον, τὸν φόβον; τῷ τὴν τιμὴν, τὴν τιμήν 1 fear to whom fear is due, honor to whom honor is due Here Paul refers to fearing and honoring those who deserve to be feared and honored as if someone is paying them **fear** and **honor**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fear those who should be feared, honor those who should be honored” or “respect those whom you ought to respect, honor those whom you ought to honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -2343,58 +2321,58 @@ ROM 13 8 a69g figs-doublenegatives μηδενὶ μηδὲν ὀφείλετε 1 ROM 13 8 ay3n figs-metaphor μηδενὶ μηδὲν ὀφείλετε, εἰ μὴ τὸ ἀλλήλους ἀγαπᾶν 1 except to love one another Here Paul speaks of loving other believers as if it were a debt owed to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “Owe nothing to no one, but love one another, as if it were a debt that you owed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 13 8 dptn figs-explicit τὸ ἀλλήλους 1 except to love one another Here, **one another** refers to other Christians. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 13 8 auu3 grammar-collectivenouns νόμον 1 except to love one another See how you translated **the law** in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -ROM 13 9 qcri grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why loving others fulfills the law, as stated in the previous verse. Use the most natural way in your language to state a reason. Alternate translation: “This is true since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 13 9 qcri grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why loving others fulfills the law, as stated in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This is true since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 13 9 r7kd writing-quotations τὸ 1 Here Paul uses **this** to indicate a quotation from the law that is written in the Old Testament ([Exodus 20:13–15](../exo/20/13.md), [17](../exo/20/17.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “God had said in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -ROM 13 9 t0os figs-quotemarks οὐ μοιχεύσεις, οὐ φονεύσεις, οὐ κλέψεις, οὐκ ἐπιθυμήσεις 1 These clauses are a quotation from [Exodus 20:13–15](../exo/20/13.md), [17](../exo/20/17.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate quotations, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 13 9 t0os figs-quotemarks οὐ μοιχεύσεις, οὐ φονεύσεις, οὐ κλέψεις, οὐκ ἐπιθυμήσεις 1 These clauses are a quotation from [Exodus 20:13–15](../exo/20/13.md), [17](../exo/20/17.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 13 9 ng84 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἴ τις ἑτέρα ἐντολή 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “if there is any other commandment, and there is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) ROM 13 9 mgc9 figs-explicit τις ἑτέρα ἐντολή 1 Here, **any other commandment** refers to **any** of the commandments that God gave the Israelites other than those that Paul has just mentioned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “there are any other commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 13 9 jva8 figs-abstractnouns ἐντολή 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **commandment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “thing God has commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 13 9 x8i1 figs-activepassive ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ, ἀνακεφαλαιοῦται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this word summed it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 13 9 ytof figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ 1 Here Paul uses **word** to refer to a commandment that is made up of words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in this commandment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 13 9 ylb1 writing-quotations ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ 1 Here Paul uses **this word** to indicate a quotation from the law that is written in the Old Testament ([Leviticus 19:18](../lev/19/18.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “in this commandment in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -ROM 13 9 so4u figs-quotemarks ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Leviticus 19:18](../lev/19/18.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate quotations, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ROM 13 9 so4u figs-quotemarks ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Leviticus 19:18](../lev/19/18.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 13 10 vy62 figs-personification ἡ ἀγάπη τῷ πλησίον κακὸν οὐκ ἐργάζεται 1 Love does not harm one’s neighbor Here Paul speaks of love as if it were a person who could do some kind of **work**. He means that people who love other people do not do **evil** things to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “People who love do not work evil to a neighbor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 13 10 xa4n figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἀγάπη τῷ πλησίον…κακὸν…πλήρωμα…νόμου…ἡ ἀγάπη 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **love**, **evil**, and **fulfillment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Loving a neighbor … what is evil …fulfills the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 13 10 xa4n figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἀγάπη τῷ πλησίον…κακὸν…πλήρωμα…νόμου…ἡ ἀγάπη 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **love**, **evil**, and **fulfillment**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “Loving a neighbor … what is evil …fulfills the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 13 10 l92e grammar-collectivenouns νόμου 1 See how you translated **the law** in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -ROM 13 11 okty figs-ellipsis καὶ τοῦτο 1 Paul is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “And do this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 13 11 okty figs-ellipsis καὶ τοῦτο 1 Paul is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “And do this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 13 11 dxm0 writing-pronouns τοῦτο 1 Here, **this** refers back to all the commands Paul stated in [12:1](../12/01.md)–[13:10](../13/10.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these commands that I have given you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 13 11 cdwh grammar-connect-logic-result εἰδότες τὸν καιρόν 1 This clause indicates one reason for Paul’s readers to obey the commands he gave in [12:1](../12/01.md)–[13:10](../13/10.md). Use the most natural way in your language to express a reason. Alternate translation: “since you know the time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 13 11 cdwh grammar-connect-logic-result εἰδότες τὸν καιρόν 1 This clause indicates one reason for Paul’s readers to obey the commands he gave in [12:1](../12/01.md)–[13:10](../13/10.md). Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “since you know the time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 13 11 vd49 figs-distinguish τὸν καιρόν, ὅτι ὥρα ἤδη 1 we know the time, that it is already time for us to awake out of sleep Here, **that** indicates that what follows in this clause is a description of **the time** stated in the previous clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the connection between these clauses more explicit. Alternate translation: “that it is already the time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 13 11 gvlw figs-metonymy ὥρα 1 we know the time, that it is already time for us to awake out of sleep Here, **hour** refers to a point in time when something happens. It has the same meaning as **time** in the previous clause. It does not refer to a 60-minute length of time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the point in time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 13 11 b6l3 figs-metaphor ὑμᾶς ἐξ ὕπνου ἐγερθῆναι 1 we know the time, that it is already time for us to awake out of sleep Paul speaks of the need for the Roman believers to be spiritually vigilant as if they needed to wake up from being asleep. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for you to be spiritually vigilant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 13 11 acg2 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 we know the time, that it is already time for us to awake out of sleep **For** here indicates a reason why Paul’s readers should **awake from sleep**. Use the most natural way in your language to state a reason. Alternate translation: “Do this since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 13 11 acg2 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 we know the time, that it is already time for us to awake out of sleep **For** here indicates a reason why Paul’s readers should **awake from sleep**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “Do this since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 13 11 s3p9 figs-abstractnouns ἡμῶν ἡ σωτηρία 1 we know the time, that it is already time for us to awake out of sleep If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “our being saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 13 11 jgib figs-explicit ἡμῶν ἡ σωτηρία 1 Here Paul uses **salvation** to refer to the future event when Christ returns and Christians receive the full blessings of their **salvation**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the completion of our salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 13 11 sj56 figs-metaphor ἐγγύτερον 1 Here Paul speaks of **our salvation** as if it were an object that could become **nearer** to a person. He means that **our salvation** will occur soon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is going to happen sooner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 13 11 ra5t figs-explicit ὅτε ἐπιστεύσαμεν 1 This phrase indicates the time at which Paul’s Christian readers first started believing in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “when we first believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 13 11 rhdr figs-ellipsis ἐπιστεύσαμεν 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “we believed in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 13 11 rhdr figs-ellipsis ἐπιστεύσαμεν 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “we believed in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 13 12 ahn4 figs-metaphor ἡ νὺξ 1 The night has advanced **The night** here refers the current time period when people do evil deeds. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “This time when people act sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 13 12 dioj figs-metaphor προέκοψεν 1 The night has advanced Here, **advanced** refers to the **night** being almost over. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will soon be over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 13 12 p7xp figs-explicit ἡ…ἡμέρα 2 the day has come near Paul speaks of the time when Jesus will return to earth as **the day**. This event is referred to as “the day of the Lord” elsewhere in the Bible and is related to Paul’s reference to a future “salvation” in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the time when Jesus returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 13 12 p7xp figs-explicit ἡ…ἡμέρα 2 the day has come near Paul speaks of the time when Jesus will return to earth as **the day**. This event is referred to as “the day of the Lord” elsewhere in the Bible and is related to Paul’s reference to a future “salvation” in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the time when Jesus returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 13 12 v3m1 figs-metaphor ἤγγικεν 1 the day has come near Here Paul speaks of **the day** as if it were an object that could **come near** a person. He means that the time when Jesus returns will be soon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is going to happen soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 13 12 b4ed figs-exclusive ἀποθώμεθα…ἐνδυσώμεθα 1 the day has come near In this verse **us** refers to Paul and his Christian readers, so **us** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 13 12 bb8t figs-metaphor ἀποθώμεθα οὖν τὰ ἔργα τοῦ σκότους 1 Let us therefore put aside the works of darkness Here, **put off** means to stop doing something, and **the works of the darkness** refers to evil deeds. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Let us therefore stop doing evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 13 12 o888 figs-possession τὰ ἔργα τοῦ σκότους 1 Let us therefore put aside the works of darkness Paul is using the possessive form to describe **works** that are characteristic of **the darkness**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the works that are characteristic of the darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 13 12 o888 figs-possession τὰ ἔργα τοῦ σκότους 1 Let us therefore put aside the works of darkness Paul is using the possessive form to describe **works** that are characteristic of **the darkness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the works that are characteristic of the darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 13 12 y5n4 figs-metaphor ἐνδυσώμεθα 1 let us put on the armor of light Here, **put on** means to start doing something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “let us therefore start doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 13 12 rjz0 figs-possession τὰ ὅπλα τοῦ φωτός 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **weapons** that are characteristic of **the light**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the weapons that are characteristic of the light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 13 12 rjz0 figs-possession τὰ ὅπλα τοῦ φωτός 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **weapons** that are characteristic of **the light**.If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the weapons that are characteristic of the light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 13 12 dw5m figs-metaphor τὰ ὅπλα τοῦ φωτός 1 let us put on the armor of light Here, **weapons** refers to what Christians do to oppose evil, and **the light** refers to good deeds, which is in contrast to **the darkness** in the previous clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “the good deeds used for opposing evil” or “the good deeds that are like weapons for fighting evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 13 13 gv4q figs-exclusive περιπατήσωμεν 1 Let us walk Here, **us** refers to Paul and his Christian readers, so **us** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ROM 13 13 ketz figs-metaphor εὐσχημόνως περιπατήσωμεν 1 Let us walk appropriately, as in the day Here Paul uses **walk** to refer to how people behave or lives their lives. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Let us behave decently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 13 13 ketz figs-metaphor εὐσχημόνως περιπατήσωμεν 1 Let us walk appropriately, as in the day Here Paul uses **walk** to refer to how people behave or lives their lives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Let us behave decently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 13 13 e6ij figs-metaphor ὡς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ 1 Here Paul refers to the unashamed way that Christians are supposed to behave as if they were walking during **the day** when people can see what they do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as if everyone can see what we are doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 13 13 svuf figs-ellipsis μὴ κώμοις καὶ μέθαις, μὴ κοίταις καὶ ἀσελγείαις, μὴ ἔριδι καὶ ζήλῳ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that clauses would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “not walking in drunken celebrations or drunkenness; not walking in sexual immorality and uncontrolled lust, not walking in strife and jealousy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 13 13 svuf figs-ellipsis μὴ κώμοις καὶ μέθαις, μὴ κοίταις καὶ ἀσελγείαις, μὴ ἔριδι καὶ ζήλῳ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that clauses would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “not walking in drunken celebrations or drunkenness; not walking in sexual immorality and uncontrolled lust, not walking in strife and jealousy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 13 13 wd5c figs-abstractnouns κώμοις…μέθαις…κοίταις…ἀσελγείαις…ἔριδι…ζήλῳ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **celebrations**, **drunkenness**, **immorality**, **lust**, **strife**, and **jealousy**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “in being drunk while celebrating … being drunk … in acting sexually immoral … lusting uncontrollably … in quarreling with others … being jealous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 13 13 qes3 figs-doublet κοίταις καὶ ἀσελγείαις 1 in sexual immorality or in uncontrolled lust These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize all kinds of sexual sins. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “in every kind of sexually immoral act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -ROM 13 14 emp4 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 in sexual immorality or in uncontrolled lust What follows the word **But** here is in strong contrast to what was said in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “Instead of doing those things,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -ROM 13 14 sir6 figs-metaphor ἐνδύσασθε τὸν Κύριον Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν 1 put on the Lord Jesus Christ Paul speaks of **Christ** as if he were clothing that someone could **put on**. He means that people should behave like **Jesus**. Alternate translation: “act like the Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 13 14 emp4 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 in sexual immorality or in uncontrolled lust **But** here indicates that what follows is in strong contrast to what was said in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “Instead of doing those things,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +ROM 13 14 sir6 figs-metaphor ἐνδύσασθε τὸν Κύριον Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν 1 put on the Lord Jesus Christ Paul speaks of **Christ** as if he were clothing that someone could **put on**. He means that people should behave like **Jesus**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “act like the Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 13 14 j795 figs-abstractnouns τῆς σαρκὸς πρόνοιαν μὴ ποιεῖσθε, εἰς ἐπιθυμίας 1 put on If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **forethought** or **desires**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “do not think with regard to what the flesh desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 13 14 xre7 figs-metaphor τῆς σαρκὸς 1 make no provision for the flesh Here Paul uses **flesh** figuratively to refer to sinful human nature. See how you translated a similar use of **flesh** in [7:18](../07/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 14 intro kt8c 0 # Romans 14 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)
* How to act toward God (12:1–2)
* How to serve the church (12:3–8)
* How to act toward other Christians (12:9–13)
* How to act toward unbelievers (12:14–21)
* How to act toward government (13:1–7)
* How to act toward other people (13:8–10)
* Act as if the end is near (13:11–14)
* Do not judge other Christians (14:1–12)
* Do not tempt other Christians to sin (14:13–23)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verse 11](../14/11.md) of this chapter, which Paul quotes from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Weak in faith

Paul teaches that Christians can have real faith and at the same time be “weak in faith” regarding some situations. This describes Christians whose faith is immature and who feel guilty about doing certain things that God did not forbid. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

### Dietary restrictions

In the Law of Moses, God forbid the Jews from eating the meat of some animals which God said were unclean. However, since Christians have been “made dead to the law” ([7:4](../07/04.md)), they are free to eat what they want. The Roman church that Paul wrote this letter to was made up of both Jews and Gentiles. Some of the Jewish believers were offended by the non-Jewish believers eating foods that God had previously forbidden in the Law of Moses. The non-Jewish believers were also judging the Jewish believers for not eating those foods. Paul uses this situation to teach that Christians must use their freedom in a way that honors the Lord and shows love to other believers. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Inclusive language

In this chapter the pronouns “we” and “us” refer inclusively to all believers in Christ. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 14 1 jf8v figs-metaphor ἀσθενοῦντα τῇ πίστει 1 weak in faith Here, **weak in the faith** refers to someone who does not have a mature **faith**, but feels guilty about doing certain things that God did not forbid. The word **weak** here does not refer to physical weakness. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whose faith is not mature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 14 1 bdy7 figs-abstractnouns τῇ πίστει…διακρίσεις 1 weak in faith If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **faith** and **judgments**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “in what he believes … judging” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 14 1 p697 figs-ellipsis μὴ εἰς διακρίσεις διαλογισμῶν 1 without giving judgment about arguments Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “not accepting that one for passing judgments on opinions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 14 1 i45s grammar-connect-logic-goal μὴ εἰς διακρίσεις διαλογισμῶν 1 without giving judgment about arguments Here, **for** indicates that this clause is a purpose clause. Use the most natural way in your language to express a purpose. Alternate translation: “not for the purpose of passing judgments on opinions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 14 2 tuf5 figs-genericnoun ὃς 1 One person has faith to eat anything **One person** here does not refer to one particular person. It refers to any person who believes he can eat any food without sinning against God. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “One type of person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -ROM 14 2 ii8g figs-ellipsis ὃς μὲν πιστεύει φαγεῖν πάντα 1 One person has faith to eat anything Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “One person believes that God has permitted people to eat any type of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 14 1 p697 figs-ellipsis μὴ εἰς διακρίσεις διαλογισμῶν 1 without giving judgment about arguments Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “not accepting that one for passing judgments on opinions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 14 1 i45s grammar-connect-logic-goal μὴ εἰς διακρίσεις διαλογισμῶν 1 without giving judgment about arguments Here, **for** indicates that this clause is a purpose clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “not for the purpose of passing judgments on opinions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +ROM 14 2 tuf5 figs-genericnoun ὃς 1 One person has faith to eat anything **One person** here does not refer to one particular person. It refers to any person who believes he can eat any food without sinning against God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “One type of person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +ROM 14 2 ii8g figs-ellipsis ὃς μὲν πιστεύει φαγεῖν πάντα 1 One person has faith to eat anything Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “One person believes that God has permitted people to eat any type of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 14 2 n2n6 figs-metaphor ὁ…ἀσθενῶν 1 another who is weak eats only vegetables See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 14 2 yhhy figs-explicit λάχανα ἐσθίει 1 another who is weak eats only vegetables Here Paul implies that this person **eats** only **vegetables**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 3 n0xd figs-explicit ὁ ἐσθίων, τὸν μὴ ἐσθίοντα μὴ ἐξουθενείτω; ὁ δὲ μὴ ἐσθίων, τὸν ἐσθίοντα μὴ κρινέτω 1 Here, **the one who eats** refers to those people mentioned in the previous verse who believe that they can eat any kind of food, and **the one who does not eat** refers to those people called “the one who is weak” in the previous two verses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Let the one who eats any type of food not despise the one who does not eat every type of food, and let the one who does not eat every type of food not judge the one who does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -2411,62 +2389,62 @@ ROM 14 5 vm8j κρίνει πᾶσαν ἡμέραν 1 Alternate translation: ROM 14 5 m511 figs-explicit ἕκαστος ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ νοῒ, πληροφορείσθω 1 Let each person be convinced in his own mind Paul implies that each person should be **convinced** about what he thinks honors the Lord. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Let each one be fully convinced in his own mind that what he does honors the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 5 y5ea figs-activepassive ἕκαστος…πληροφορείσθω 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Let each one be completely certain” or “Let each one fully convince himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 14 6 pfn6 figs-explicit ὁ φρονῶν τὴν ἡμέραν 1 He who observes the day, observes it for the Lord **The one who regards** refers to the person in the previous verse who “judges day from day”. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The one who regards some days as more important than other days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 14 6 esu5 figs-ellipsis ὁ ἐσθίων 1 he who eats Here, **the one who eats** refers to the person in [verse 3](../14/03.md) who eats all kinds of food. Paul is leaving out a word that this phrase would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply this word from [verse 3](../14/03.md). Alternate translation: “the one who eats every kind of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 14 6 f9tm grammar-connect-logic-goal Κυρίῳ…Κυρίῳ…Κυρίῳ 1 eats for the Lord In this verse the phrase **for the Lord** indicates the purpose for which these people act in these ways. Thy do so in order to benefit or honor the Lord. Use the most natural way in your language to express purpose. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of honoring the Lord … for the purpose of honoring the Lord … for the purpose of honoring the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +ROM 14 6 esu5 figs-ellipsis ὁ ἐσθίων 1 he who eats Here, **the one who eats** refers to the person in [verse 3](../14/03.md) who eats all kinds of food. Paul is leaving out a word that this phrase would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from [verse 3](../14/03.md). Alternate translation: “the one who eats every kind of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 14 6 f9tm grammar-connect-logic-goal Κυρίῳ…Κυρίῳ…Κυρίῳ 1 eats for the Lord In this verse the phrase **for the Lord** indicates the purpose for which these people act in these ways. They do so in order to benefit or honor the Lord. Use the most natural way in your language to express a purpose. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of honoring the Lord … for the purpose of honoring the Lord … for the purpose of honoring the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 14 6 ad27 figs-metaphor εὐχαριστεῖ…τῷ Θεῷ…καὶ εὐχαριστεῖ τῷ Θεῷ 1 He who does not eat Here Paul speaks of expressing **thanks** as if they were something that could be given to a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he thanks God … he also thanks God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 14 6 jh8j figs-ellipsis καὶ ὁ μὴ ἐσθίων 1 He who does not eat Here, **the one who does not eat** refers to the person in [verse 3](../14/03.md) who only eats vegetables. Paul is leaving out a word that this phrase would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply this word from [verse 3](../14/03.md). Alternate translation: “the one who eats does not eat every kind of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 14 7 t6q7 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For none of us lives for himself **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said in the previous clause is true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 14 6 jh8j figs-ellipsis καὶ ὁ μὴ ἐσθίων 1 He who does not eat Here, **the one who does not eat** refers to the person in [verse 3](../14/03.md) who only eats vegetables. Paul is leaving out a word that this phrase would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from [verse 3](../14/03.md). Alternate translation: “the one who eats does not eat every kind of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 14 7 t6q7 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For none of us lives for himself **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul said in the previous clause is true. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 14 7 u9ar figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 none of us Here, **us** refers to Paul and his Christian readers, so **us** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 14 7 txm3 figs-explicit ἑαυτῷ…ἑαυτῷ 1 For none of us lives for himself Here, **for himself** means to do something only to benefit oneself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the benefit of himself … for the benefit of himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 14 7 c9ls figs-ellipsis οὐδεὶς 2 none dies for himself Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “none of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 14 8 gbxd grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 none dies for himself **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 14 7 c9ls figs-ellipsis οὐδεὶς 2 none dies for himself Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “none of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 14 8 gbxd grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 none dies for himself **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 14 8 s3lb figs-exclusive ζῶμεν…ζῶμεν…ἀποθνῄσκωμεν…ἀποθνῄσκομεν…ζῶμεν…ἀποθνῄσκωμεν…ἐσμέν 1 In this verse **we** refers to Paul and his Christian readers, so **we** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ROM 14 8 xf7x figs-explicit τῷ Κυρίῳ -1 Here, **for the Lord** means to do something only to benefit **the Lord**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the benefit of the Lord … for the benefit of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 14 8 r1hh grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Therefore** here indicates that what follows is the logical conclusion to what Paul has stated in [verses 14–20](../14/14.md). Use a natural way in your language for expressing result. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 14 9 pbyn grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 14 8 r1hh grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Therefore** here indicates that what follows is the logical conclusion to what Paul has stated in [verses 14–20](../14/14.md). Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 14 9 pbyn grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 14 10 xciu figs-youcrowd σὺ…κρίνεις…σου…σὺ…ἐξουθενεῖς…σου 1 why do you judge your brother? And you, why do you despise your brother? Even though Paul is writing to a group of people, **you** and **your** here are singular. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of you in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) ROM 14 10 db9a figs-rquestion τί κρίνεις τὸν ἀδελφόν σου? ἢ καὶ σὺ τί ἐξουθενεῖς τὸν ἀδελφόν σου? 1 why do you judge your brother? And you, why do you despise your brother? Paul is using two questions here to emphasize that Christians should not judge each other. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you have no right to judge your brother! And you also have no right to despise your brother!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 14 10 al55 figs-gendernotations τὸν ἀδελφόν -1 brother Here, **brother** refers to a fellow Christian. See how you translated “brothers” in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -ROM 14 10 b497 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Christians should not judge each other. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not judge others due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 14 10 b497 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Christians should not judge each other. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “Do not judge others due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 14 10 jq85 figs-metaphor πάντες…παραστησόμεθα τῷ βήματι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 For we will all stand before the judgment seat of God Here, **present ourselves before** refers to standing in front of a judge in order to be judged, and **the judgment seat of God** refers to the place where God judges. Paul means that all believers will be judged by God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we will all be judged by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 14 11 pldr grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 For it is written, **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 14 11 pldr grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 For it is written, **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 14 11 mr7r writing-quotations γέγραπται 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -ROM 14 11 fel6 figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 For it is written, If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the quotation is from [Isaiah 49:18](../isa/49/18.md) and [45:23](../isa/45/23.md). Alternate translation: “Isaiah wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 14 11 fel6 figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 For it is written, If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Since Paul is referring to something Isaiah wrote ([Isaiah 49:18](../isa/49/18.md) and [45:23](../isa/45/23.md)), you could indicate Isaiah as the subject. Alternate translation: “Isaiah wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 14 11 lvwr figs-quotemarks ζῶ ἐγώ, λέγει Κύριος, ὅτι ἐμοὶ κάμψει πᾶν γόνυ, καὶ πᾶσα γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσεται τῷ Θεῷ 1 This sentence is quotations from [Isaiah 49:18](../isa/49/18.md) and [45:23](../isa/45/23.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 14 11 yeb5 writing-pronouns ζῶ ἐγώ…ἐμοὶ 1 For it is written, In this sentence **I** and **me** refer to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “As I, God, live … to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 14 11 dxdt figs-infostructure ζῶ ἐγώ, λέγει Κύριος 1 For it is written, If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “The Lord says, ‘As I live,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 14 11 tf76 figs-explicit ζῶ ἐγώ 1 As I live This phrase is used to start an oath or solemn promise. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate an oath. Alternate translation: “You can be certain that this is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 11 sb6q figs-synecdoche κάμψει πᾶν γόνυ, καὶ πᾶσα γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσεται τῷ Θεῷ 1 to me every knee will bend, and every tongue will confess to God Paul uses the words **knee** and **tongue** to refer to the entire person who is doing these acts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every person will bow down and every person will confess to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 14 11 fokd translate-symaction κάμψει πᾶν γόνυ 1 As I live This action was an expression of worship in this culture. See how you translated a similar expression in [11:4](../11/04.md). Alternate translation: “every person will worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -ROM 14 11 glhx figs-ellipsis ἐξομολογήσεται 1 As I live Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “will confess that I am Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 14 11 glhx figs-ellipsis ἐξομολογήσεται 1 As I live Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “will confess that I am Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 14 11 vngp figs-123person τῷ Θεῷ 1 The Lord uses the word **God** to refer to himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) ROM 14 12 q0fv grammar-connect-words-phrases ἄρα οὖν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:18](../05/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 14 12 nsy8 περὶ ἑαυτοῦ, λόγον δώσει τῷ Θεῷ 1 will give an account of himself to God Alternate translation: “must explain our actions to God” ROM 14 12 zb6k figs-gendernotations περὶ ἑαυτοῦ 1 will give an account of himself to God Although the term **himself** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “concerning oneself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -ROM 14 13 epi0 grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 but instead decide this, that no one will place a stumbling block or a snare for his brother **Therefore** here indicates that what follows in this verse is the result of what Paul said in [verses 10–12](../14/10.md). Use a natural way in your language to introduce the result of something. Alternate translation: “Because of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 14 13 ia62 figs-doublet τὸ μὴ τιθέναι πρόσκομμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ ἢ σκάνδαλον 1 but instead decide this, that no one will place a stumbling block or a snare for his brother Here, **stumbling block** and **trap** mean basically the same thing. They both refer to tempting someone to sin. The repetition is used to emphasize what Paul is saying. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “not to do or say anything at all that might cause a brother to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ROM 14 13 epi0 grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 but instead decide this, that no one will place a stumbling block or a snare for his brother **Therefore** here indicates that what follows in this verse is the result of what Paul said in [verses 10–12](../14/10.md). Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “Because of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 14 13 ia62 figs-doublet τὸ μὴ τιθέναι πρόσκομμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ ἢ σκάνδαλον 1 but instead decide this, that no one will place a stumbling block or a snare for his brother Here, **stumbling block** and **trap** mean basically the same thing. They both refer to tempting someone to sin. Paul uses them to emphasize what he is saying. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “not to do or say anything at all that might cause a brother to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ROM 14 13 fgg7 figs-metaphor τὸ μὴ τιθέναι πρόσκομμα 1 but instead decide this, that no one will place a stumbling block or a snare for his brother See how you translated **stumbling block** in [11:9](../11/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 14 13 cx4s figs-gendernotations τῷ ἀδελφῷ 1 brother Here, **brother** refers to a fellow Christian. See how you translated this word in [verse 10](../14/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -ROM 14 14 t7gc figs-doublet οἶδα καὶ πέπεισμαι ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ 1 I know and am persuaded in the Lord Jesus Here the words **know** and **am persuaded** mean basically the same thing; Paul uses them to emphasize his certainty. Alternate translation: “I am completely certain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ROM 14 14 t7gc figs-doublet οἶδα καὶ πέπεισμαι ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ 1 I know and am persuaded in the Lord Jesus Here, **know** and **am persuaded** mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize what he is saying. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I am completely certain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ROM 14 14 qm09 figs-explicit ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ 1 I know and am persuaded in the Lord Jesus Here, **in** could indicate: (1) the means by which Paul was persuaded. Alternate translation: “by means of the Lord Jesus” (2) Paul being united with **Christ**. Alternate translation: “in union with the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 14 erfx figs-explicit οὐδὲν κοινὸν…κοινὸν…κοινόν 1 I know and am persuaded in the Lord Jesus The next verse indicates that here Paul is specifically referring to **unclean** foods, which were foods that Jews were forbidden to eat according to the Law of Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “no food is forbidden to be eaten … forbidden … it is forbidden food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 14 fuk1 figs-doublenegatives οὐδὲν κοινὸν δι’ ἑαυτοῦ 1 nothing is unclean by itself If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “everything by itself is clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) ROM 14 14 mjc5 δι’ ἑαυτοῦ 1 by itself Alternate translation: “by its nature” or “because of what it is” -ROM 14 15 vd20 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 by itself **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul’s readers should obey the command he gave in [verse 13](../14/13.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not place a stumbling block before your brother because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 14 15 vd20 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 by itself **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why what Paul’s readers should obey the command he gave in [verse 13](../14/13.md). Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “Do not place a stumbling block before your brother because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 14 15 iw7w figs-explicit διὰ βρῶμα 1 If because of food your brother is hurt This phrase refers to a Christian eating food that another Christians thinks is unclean, as mentioned in the previous verse and [verses 2–6](../14/02.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “over the matter of food” or “because of what you eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 15 tfix figs-youcrowd σου…περιπατεῖς…σου 1 Even though Paul is writing to a group of people, **your** and **you** here are singular. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of you in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) ROM 14 15 ln42 figs-gendernotations ὁ ἀδελφός 1 brother Here, **brother** refers to a fellow Christian. See how you translated this word in [verse 10](../14/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -ROM 14 15 a4kj figs-metaphor λυπεῖται 1 brother Here, **hurt** refers to experiencing emotional suffering or offense. It does not refer to being physically injured. If it would be helpful in your language you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is offended” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 14 15 bj8v figs-metaphor οὐκέτι κατὰ ἀγάπην περιπατεῖς 1 you are no longer walking in love Here Paul uses **walking** to refer to how people behave or lives their lives. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. See similar uses of “walk” in [6:4](../06/04.md), [8:4](../08/04.md), and [13:13](../13/13.md). Alternate translation: “you are no longer behaving according to love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 14 15 a4kj figs-metaphor λυπεῖται 1 brother Here, **hurt** refers to experiencing emotional suffering or offense. It does not refer to being physically injured. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is offended” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 14 15 bj8v figs-metaphor οὐκέτι κατὰ ἀγάπην περιπατεῖς 1 you are no longer walking in love Here Paul uses **walking** to refer to how people behave or lives their lives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See similar uses of “walk” in [6:4](../06/04.md), [8:4](../08/04.md), and [13:13](../13/13.md). Alternate translation: “you are no longer behaving according to love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 14 15 n099 figs-explicit μὴ τῷ βρώματί σου ἐκεῖνον ἀπόλλυε, ὑπὲρ οὗ Χριστὸς ἀπέθανεν 1 you are no longer walking in love Paul uses **destroy** here to refer to causing someone to stop trusting in Jesus, which will result in that person experiencing punishment forever in hell. See how you translated “destruction” in [9:22](../09/22.md). Alternate translation: “Do not cause that one from whom Christ died to stop trusting in Jesus and experience eternal destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 15 sn7w figs-explicit τῷ βρώματί σου 1 you are no longer walking in love This phrase refers to a Christian eating food that another Christian thinks is unclean, as mentioned in the previous verse and [verses 2–6](../14/02.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “over the matter of food” or “because of what you eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 14 16 zgzz grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Therefore** here indicates that what follows in this verse is the logical conclusion to what Paul has stated in the previous verses. Use a natural way in your language for expressing result. Alternate translation: “As a result,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 14 16 zgzz grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Therefore** here indicates that what follows in this verse is the logical conclusion to what Paul has stated in the previous verses. Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “As a result,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 14 16 rvtd figs-abstractnouns ὑμῶν τὸ ἀγαθόν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **good**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is good for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 14 16 h3af figs-explicit τὸ ἀγαθόν 1 Here, **good** could refer to: (1) the **good** things that God gives Christians. Alternate translation: “good things” (2) the freedom that Christians have to eat any food they want to eat. Alternate translation: “your freedom to eat anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 16 gl48 figs-activepassive μὴ βλασφημείσθω…ὑμῶν τὸ ἀγαθόν 1 So do not allow what you consider to be good to be spoken of as evil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “do not allow people to blaspheme your good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 14 17 v6jq grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul wants his readers to obey what he commanded in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 14 17 v6jq grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul wants his readers to obey what he commanded in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 14 17 m0ya figs-explicit οὐ…ἐστιν 1 Here, **is not** indicates that what follows is what **the kingdom of God** does not consist of or is not concerned with. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “does not consist of” or “is not concerned with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 14 17 tyyq figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 14 17 tyyq figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 14 17 j92k figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνη, καὶ εἰρήνη, καὶ χαρὰ 1 For the kingdom of God is not about food and drink, but about righteousness, peace, and joy in the Holy Spirit If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **righteousness**, **peace**, and **joy**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what is righteous and what is peaceful and what is joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 14 17 sdlj figs-explicit ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 Here, **in the Holy Spirit** could refer to: (1) the means by which Christians experience **righteousness and peace and joy**. Alternate translation: “by the Holy Spirit” (2) Christians being united with **the Holy Spirit**. Alternate translation: “in union with the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 18 i2za grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) @@ -2475,15 +2453,15 @@ ROM 14 18 am8m figs-activepassive δόκιμος τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 ROM 14 18 gy7n figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 approved by people Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “by people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 14 19 q5fk grammar-connect-words-phrases ἄρα οὖν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:18](../05/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 14 19 xxgm figs-metaphor διώκωμεν 1 Here Paul refers to **the things of peace and the things of the building up** as if they were something that people could **pursue**. He is telling Christians to do these things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “let us commit to doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 14 19 sfpg figs-possession τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης…καὶ τὰ τῆς οἰκοδομῆς 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **things** that result in the **peace** and **the building up** of other Christians. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the things that result in peace and the things that result in building up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 14 19 sfpg figs-possession τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης…καὶ τὰ τῆς οἰκοδομῆς 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **things** that result in the **peace** and **the building up** of other Christians. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the things that result in peace and the things that result in building up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 14 19 i3rv figs-metaphor τὰ τῆς οἰκοδομῆς τῆς εἰς ἀλλήλους 1 let us pursue the things of peace and the things that build up one another Here, Paul speaks of helping other Christians become more spiritually mature as if one were **building up** a building. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the things that help one another grow spiritually mature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 14 20 p65h figs-explicit μὴ…κατάλυε τὸ ἔργον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Do not destroy the work of God because of food Here, **tear down** refers to undoing **the work** God has done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not undo the work of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 14 20 p65h figs-explicit μὴ…κατάλυε τὸ ἔργον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Do not destroy the work of God because of food Here, **tear down** refers to undoing **the work** God has done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not undo the work of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 20 zbd1 figs-explicit ἕνεκεν βρώματος 1 Do not destroy the work of God because of food This phrase refers to a Christian eating food that another Christian thinks is unclean, as mentioned in [verses 2–6](../14/02.md), [13–17](../14/13.md). See how you translated the similar phrase in [verse 15](../14/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 20 r7u3 figs-explicit πάντα μὲν καθαρά 1 Do not destroy the work of God because of food Here, **things** refers to food and **clean** refers to something that God has permitted. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “All foods are indeed permitted by God to be eaten” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 20 l75q writing-pronouns κακὸν 1 Do not destroy the work of God because of food Here, **it** refers to the act of eating a food that someone believes God has not permitted. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “eating those things is evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ROM 14 20 dk72 figs-explicit τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τῷ διὰ προσκόμματος ἐσθίοντι 1 but it is evil for that person who eats and causes him to stumble Here **eats with a stumbling block** refers to tempting another believer to sin by eating food that the other believer thinks is sinful to eat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the man to eat what causes another believer to stumble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 14 20 dk72 figs-explicit τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τῷ διὰ προσκόμματος ἐσθίοντι 1 but it is evil for that person who eats and causes him to stumble Here, **eats with a stumbling block** refers to tempting another believer to sin by eating food that the other believer thinks is sinful to eat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the man to eat what causes another believer to stumble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 20 fz0m figs-metaphor προσκόμματος 1 but it is evil for that person who eats and causes him to stumble See how you translated **stumbling block** in [11:9](../11/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 14 21 mrr4 figs-ellipsis μηδὲ 2 It is good not to eat meat, nor to drink wine, nor anything by which your brother takes offense Paul is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “nor do anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 14 21 mrr4 figs-ellipsis μηδὲ 2 It is good not to eat meat, nor to drink wine, nor anything by which your brother takes offense Paul is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “nor do anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 14 21 e1du figs-youcrowd σου 1 your Even though Paul is writing to a group of people, **your** here is singular. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of you in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) ROM 14 21 iq9g figs-gendernotations ὁ ἀδελφός 1 brother Here, **brother** refers to a fellow Christian. See how you translated this word in [verse 10](../14/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 14 21 m5nb figs-metaphor προσκόπτει 1 brother Here, **stumbles** refers to another believer being tempted to sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is tempted to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -2493,13 +2471,13 @@ ROM 14 21 mnon figs-metaphor ἀσθενεῖ 1 Here, **weak** refers to being ROM 14 22 u1cf figs-abstractnouns σὺ πίστιν ἣν ἔχεις 1 The faith you have If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “The things that you yourself believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 14 22 hjk9 figs-explicit σὺ πίστιν ἣν ἔχεις 1 The faith you have Here, **faith** refers to what Christians believe that God permits them to do, as mentioned in [verses 1–6](../14/01.md). If it might be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The beliefs that your yourself have about what God permits you do to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 22 b3hi figs-youcrowd σὺ…ἔχεις…σεαυτὸν 1 Even though Paul is writing to a group of people, **you** and **yourself** here are singular. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of you in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) -ROM 14 22 tkse figs-explicit κατὰ σεαυτὸν ἔχε ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This clause means to keep one’s beliefs between oneself and God, rather than telling other people about them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “keep it to yourself and God” or “keep it between you and God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 14 22 bi7e figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here Paul speaks of people keeping what they believe **before God**, as if they were standing in front of God. Paul means that people should keep private their beliefs about what God permits them to do as if God is the only one who knows about those beliefs. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 14 22 tkse figs-explicit κατὰ σεαυτὸν ἔχε ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This clause refers to keeping one’s beliefs between oneself and God, rather than telling other people about them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “keep it to yourself and God” or “keep it between you and God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 14 22 bi7e figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here Paul speaks of people keeping what they believe **before God** as if they were standing in front of God. Paul means that people should keep private their beliefs about what God permits them to do as if God is the only one who knows about those beliefs. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 14 22 r53r figs-explicit ὁ μὴ κρίνων ἑαυτὸν 1 Blessed is the one who does not condemn himself by what he approves Here, **judge** refers to feeling guilty or condemning oneself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “is the one who does not feel guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 22 odxh figs-gendernotations ἑαυτὸν ἐν ᾧ δοκιμάζει 1 Blessed is the one who does not condemn himself by what he approves Although the terms **himself** and **he** are masculine, Paul is using the words here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “oneself in what one approves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 14 22 r8a1 ἐν ᾧ δοκιμάζει 1 Blessed is the one who does not condemn himself by what he approves Alternate translation: “with respect to what he approves” or “in regard to what he approves” ROM 14 23 zexs grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 **But** here indicates that what follows is in strong contrast to what was said in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “On the contrary,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -ROM 14 23 s1ph figs-activepassive ὁ…διακρινόμενος, ἐὰν φάγῃ, κατακέκριται 1 He who doubts is condemned if he eats If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The one doing the action could be: (1) God. Alternate translation: “God condemns the one who passes judgment if he eats” (2) the person who eats. Alternate translation: “the one who passes judgment condemns himself if he eats” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 14 23 s1ph figs-activepassive ὁ…διακρινόμενος, ἐὰν φάγῃ, κατακέκριται 1 He who doubts is condemned if he eats If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The person doing the action could be: (1) God. Alternate translation: “God condemns the one who passes judgment if he eats” (2) the person who eats. Alternate translation: “the one who passes judgment condemns himself if he eats” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 14 23 wa8s figs-abstractnouns ὁ…διακρινόμενος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the one who judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 14 23 dkcw figs-explicit ὁ…διακρινόμενος 1 This phrase refers to a person who has determined that eating certain foods is prohibited by God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one who judges that it is not right to eat certain foods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 14 23 b6t9 figs-explicit ἐὰν φάγῃ 1 Paul implies that the person **eats** what that person believes God has forbidden to be eaten. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “if he eats what he thinks God has forbidden him to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -2513,9 +2491,9 @@ ROM 15 1 u19s figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…ἑαυτοῖς 1 Now Here and thro ROM 15 1 u73x figs-explicit ἡμεῖς, οἱ δυνατοὶ 1 we who are strong Here, **we who are able** refers to Paul and other people who have mature faith. See the discussion about this in the General Notes for this chapter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “we who have mature faith” or “we who are spiritually strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 1 h18p figs-metaphor τὰ ἀσθενήματα…βαστάζειν 1 we who are strong Paul speaks of **weaknesses** as if they were objects that a person could **bear**. He means that mature Christians should patiently help spiritually weak Christians. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “help overcome the weaknesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 1 kuhe figs-abstractnouns τὰ ἀσθενήματα 1 we who are strong If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **weaknesses**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the weak qualities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 15 1 cv61 figs-explicit τῶν ἀδυνάτων 1 of the weak Here, **the ones who are unable** refers to Christians who are not spiritually mature. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of the ones who have immature faith” or “of the ones who are spiritually weak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 15 1 cv61 figs-explicit τῶν ἀδυνάτων 1 of the weak Here, **the ones who are unable** refers to Christians who are not spiritually mature. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the ones who have immature faith” or “of the ones who are spiritually weak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 2 bkon figs-explicit τῷ πλησίον 1 Here, **neighbor** refers to other Christians. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “his fellow Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 15 2 kz0t grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς…πρὸς 1 in order to build him up Here, **for** and **toward** indicate that what follows are purposes for pleasing one’s **neighbor**. Use the most natural way in your language for indicating purpose. Alternate translation: “for the purpose … and for the purpose of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +ROM 15 2 kz0t grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς…πρὸς 1 in order to build him up Here, **for** and **toward** indicate that what follows are purposes for pleasing one’s **neighbor**. Use the most natural way in your language for indicating a purpose. Alternate translation: “for the purpose … and for the purpose of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 15 2 z2k8 figs-metaphor οἰκοδομήν 1 in order to build him up See how you translated **building up** in [14:19](../14/19.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 3 jqul grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse is an example of pleasing others, as Paul mentioned in the previous verse. If it might be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “For example,” or “As an illustration,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 15 3 h571 writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) @@ -2524,55 +2502,55 @@ ROM 15 3 bcz1 figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 it was just as it i ROM 15 3 nlu9 figs-quotemarks οἱ ὀνειδισμοὶ τῶν ὀνειδιζόντων σε, ἐπέπεσαν ἐπ’ ἐμέ 1 it was just as it is written This sentence is a quotation of [Psalm 69:9](../psa/069/009.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 15 3 ulis figs-abstractnouns οἱ ὀνειδισμοὶ 1 it was just as it is written If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **insults**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the insulting words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 3 qni7 figs-metaphor οἱ ὀνειδισμοὶ τῶν ὀνειδιζόντων σε, ἐπέπεσαν ἐπ’ ἐμέ 1 The insults of those who insulted you fell on me Paul quotes David referring to insults against God also affecting Christ as if those insults were objects that **fell** on him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The insults of those who insult you were also insults against me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 15 4 h6qm grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction **For** here indicates that what follows emphasizes the importance of the quotation from Scripture in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 15 4 h6qm grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction **For** here indicates that what follows emphasizes the importance of the quotation from Scripture in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 15 4 txd4 figs-activepassive ὅσα…προεγράφη…ἐγράφη 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whatever the prophets wrote previously they wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 15 4 pgdw figs-explicit ὅσα…προεγράφη 1 Paul is referring to what **was previously written** in the Hebrew Scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what was previously written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 15 4 pgdw figs-explicit ὅσα…προεγράφη 1 Paul is referring to what **was previously written** in the Scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what was previously written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 4 q3jp grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς…ἵνα 1 Here, **for** and **in order that** indicate that what follows are purposes for the Scriptures. Use the natural form in your language for indicating purpose clauses. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of … for the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 15 4 dx6h figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὴν ἡμετέραν διδασκαλίαν 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **instruction**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “for instructing us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 4 wk5h figs-infostructure ἵνα διὰ τῆς ὑπομονῆς καὶ διὰ τῆς παρακλήσεως τῶν Γραφῶν, τὴν ἐλπίδα ἔχωμεν 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “in order that we would have the hope through the patience and through the encouragement of the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ROM 15 4 i0z9 figs-abstractnouns τῆς ὑπομονῆς…τῆς παρακλήσεως…τὴν ἐλπίδα 1 For whatever was previously written was written for our instruction If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **patience**, **encouragement**, and **hope**, you could express the same ideas in another way. See how you translated **patience** in [2:4](../02/04.md), **encouragement** in [12:8](../12/08.md), and **hope** in [5:4](../05/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 4 g6r1 figs-personification διὰ τῆς ὑπομονῆς καὶ διὰ τῆς παρακλήσεως τῶν Γραφῶν 1 through patience and through encouragement of the scriptures we would have certain hope Here Paul speaks about **the Scriptures** as if they were a person who could have **patience** and be encouraging. He means that God uses **the Scriptures** to show his **patience** and **encouragement**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “through the patience and through the encouragement that God gives in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ROM 15 5 y97a figs-possession ὁ…Θεὸς τῆς ὑπομονῆς καὶ τῆς παρακλήσεως 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **God** as being characterized by **patience** and **encouragement**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the God who is characterized by patience and encouragement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 15 5 y97a figs-possession ὁ…Θεὸς τῆς ὑπομονῆς καὶ τῆς παρακλήσεως 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **God** as being characterized by **patience** and **encouragement**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the God who is characterized by patience and encouragement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 15 5 u2zm figs-abstractnouns τῆς ὑπομονῆς…τῆς παρακλήσεως 1 See how you translated **patience** and **encouragement** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 5 ip4l τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν ἐν ἀλλήλοις 1 Alternate translation: “to agree with each other” ROM 15 5 g5xm figs-explicit κατὰ Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 This could refer to: (1) the example of **Christ**. Alternate translation: “according to the example of Christ Jesus” (2) the will of **Christ**. Alternate translation: “according to the will of Christ Jesus” (3) both the example and will of **Christ**. Alternate translation: “according to Christ Jesus’ will and example” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 15 6 lp5m grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 praise with one mouth This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for the unity that he prayed for in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +ROM 15 6 lp5m grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 praise with one mouth Here, **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for the unity that he prayed for in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 15 6 smvb ὁμοθυμαδὸν 1 praise with one mouth Alternate translation: “with the same purpose” ROM 15 6 uz1z figs-metonymy ἐν ἑνὶ στόματι, δοξάζητε 1 praise with one mouth Here, **glorify with one mouth** refers to being united while praising God aloud. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “you might be united while praising God” or “you might praise God together in unity as if only one mouth were speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 15 6 nvq8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) ROM 15 7 prx1 grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ 1 receive one another **Therefore** here introduces the conclusion of what Paul has said in [14:1](../14/01.md)–[15:6](../15/06.md). See how you translated this word in [1:24](../01/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 15 7 z941 grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 receive one another Here, **to** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which Christians should accept each other as Christ accepted Christians. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose of glorifying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 15 8 ae6k grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 15 8 ae6k grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 15 8 gbh8 writing-pronouns λέγω 1 For I say The pronoun **I** refers to Paul. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 15 8 refk figs-abstractnouns διάκονον…ἀληθείας…τὰς ἐπαγγελίας 1 See how you translated the abstract nouns **servant** in [13:4](../13/04.md), **truth** in [2:8](../02/08.md), and “promises” in [4:13](../04/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 8 k4my figs-metonymy περιτομῆς 1 Christ has been made a servant of the circumcision Here, **the circumcision** refers to the people who have been circumcised: the Jews. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 15 8 rtbo grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ βεβαιῶσαι 1 Here, **to** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating a purpose for which **Christ** became a **servant of the circumcision**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose of confirming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 15 8 prp8 figs-possession τὰς ἐπαγγελίας τῶν πατέρων 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the promises** that God made to **the fathers**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the promises given to the fathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 15 8 prp8 figs-possession τὰς ἐπαγγελίας τῶν πατέρων 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the promises** that God made to **the fathers**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the promises given to the fathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 15 8 gu7z figs-metaphor τῶν πατέρων 1 the promises given to the fathers See how you translated this phrase in [9:5](../09/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 15 8 dxz1 figs-activepassive τὰς ἐπαγγελίας τῶν πατέρων 1 You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “the promises that God gave to the ancestors of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 15 8 dxz1 figs-activepassive τὰς ἐπαγγελίας τῶν πατέρων 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the promises that God gave to the ancestors of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 9 k5q7 grammar-connect-logic-goal τὰ δὲ ἔθνη 1 and for the Gentiles to glorify God for his mercy Here, **and** indicates that what follows is a second reason why Christ became a “servant of the circumcision.” Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “and also for the purpose of the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 15 9 el62 figs-abstractnouns ἐλέους 1 See how you translated **mercy** in [9:23](../09/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 9 kebq writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -ROM 15 9 xgc4 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it is written If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the quotation was written by King David in [Psalm 18:49](../psa/018/049.md). Alternate translation: “just as David wrote” or “just as God said through David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 15 9 xgc4 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 As it is written If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Since Paul is referring to something David wrote ([Psalm 18:49](../psa/018/049.md)), you could indicate David as the subject. Alternate translation: “just as David wrote” or “just as God said through David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 9 tfh8 figs-quotemarks διὰ τοῦτο ἐξομολογήσομαί σοι ἐν ἔθνεσι, καὶ τῷ ὀνόματί σου ψαλῶ 1 As it is written This sentence is a quotation of [Psalm 18:49](../psa/018/049.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 15 9 em5q figs-metonymy τῷ ὀνόματί σου 1 sing praise to your name Here, **your name** refers to God himself. If it might be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 15 10 az24 figs-explicit καὶ πάλιν 1 Again it says Here, **again** indicates that what follows is another quotation from Scripture that expresses the same idea of the quotation in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 10 iprn writing-quotations λέγει 1 Again it says This phrase indicates that what follows is a quotation of something Moses said in an Old Testament book ([Deuteronomy 32:43](../deu/32/43.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it says in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 15 10 qt5h figs-quotemarks εὐφράνθητε, ἔθνη, μετὰ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 Again it says This sentence is a quotation from [Deuteronomy 32:43](../deu/32/43.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -ROM 15 10 x4kg figs-explicit μετὰ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 with his people Here, **his people** refers to God’s **people**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the people of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 15 10 x4kg writing-pronouns μετὰ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 with his people Here, **his** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the people of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 15 11 xw7t writing-quotations καὶ πάλιν 1 This phrase indicates that what follows is a quotation of an Old Testament book ([Psalm 117:1](../psa/117/001.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “And also in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 15 11 gk0i figs-quotemarks αἰνεῖτε πάντα τὰ ἔθνη τὸν Κύριον; καὶ ἐπαινεσάτωσαν αὐτὸν πάντες οἱ λαοί 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 117:1](../psa/117/001.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ROM 15 12 inaw writing-quotations καὶ πάλιν Ἠσαΐας λέγει 1 root of Jesse This phrase indicates that what follows is a quotation of something **Isaiah** said in an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 11:10](../isa/11/10.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “And also in the Scriptures, Isaiah says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -ROM 15 12 u5kr figs-pastforfuture Ἠσαΐας λέγει 1 root of Jesse Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “Isaiah said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) +ROM 15 12 u5kr figs-pastforfuture Ἠσαΐας λέγει 1 root of Jesse Here Paul uses the present tense verb **says** to refer to something that happened in the past. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “Isaiah said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) ROM 15 12 lpf6 figs-explicit ἡ ῥίζα τοῦ Ἰεσσαί…ὁ ἀνιστάμενος…αὐτῷ 1 root of Jesse These three expressions all refer to the same person, the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The root of Jesse … he is the one who rises … that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 12 fta5 figs-metaphor ἡ ῥίζα τοῦ Ἰεσσαί 1 root of Jesse Paul quotes Isaiah referring to a descendant of **Jesse** as if that person were a **root** or shoot that had grown out of a plant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The descendant of Jesse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 12 lgr5 figs-idiom ὁ ἀνιστάμενος 1 root of Jesse Paul quotes Isaiah using **rises** to refer to someone becoming a king. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use a comparable idiom or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who becomes king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 15 13 t3dd figs-possession ὁ…Θεὸς τῆς ἐλπίδος 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **God** as the source of **hope**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the God who gives hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 15 13 t3dd figs-possession ὁ…Θεὸς τῆς ἐλπίδος 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **God** as the source of **hope**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the God who gives hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 15 13 u77u figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἐλπίδος…χαρᾶς καὶ εἰρήνης…ἐλπίδι…δυνάμει 1 May fill you with all joy and peace See how you translated the abstract nouns **hope** in the previous verse, **joy** and **peace** in [14:17](../14/17.md), and **power** in [1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 13 w7wn figs-metaphor ὁ…Θεὸς τῆς ἐλπίδος πληρώσαι ὑμᾶς πάσης χαρᾶς καὶ εἰρήνης 1 May fill you with all joy and peace Paul refers to people experiencing **joy** and **peace** as if they were things that could **fill** someone. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “may the God of hope allow you to experience all joy and peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 13 zmno figs-explicit ἐν τῷ πιστεύειν 1 May fill you with all joy and peace Here, **in** indicates that **believing** is the means by which people will experience **all joy and peace**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 15 13 aee3 figs-ellipsis τῷ πιστεύειν 1 May fill you with all joy and peace Paul is leaving out some words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “in believing God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ROM 15 13 a6rk grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ περισσεύειν ὑμᾶς 1 Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is a purpose clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose that you might abound” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +ROM 15 13 aee3 figs-ellipsis τῷ πιστεύειν 1 Paul is leaving out some words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “in believing God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 15 13 a6rk grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ περισσεύειν ὑμᾶς 1 Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is a purpose clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose that you might abound” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 15 13 k3y1 εἰς τὸ περισσεύειν ὑμᾶς 1 Alternative translation: “so that you this hope with abundance” ROM 15 14 h98x figs-activepassive πέπεισμαι…καὶ αὐτὸς ἐγὼ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has also persuaded me myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 14 g16z figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς ἐγὼ…αὐτοὶ…ἐστε 1 Paul uses the words **myself** and **yourselves** to emphasize how certain he is that his readers are good and knowledgeable Christians. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “I indeed … you are indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) @@ -2581,19 +2559,19 @@ ROM 15 14 jne2 figs-metaphor αὐτοὶ μεστοί ἐστε ἀγαθωσύ ROM 15 14 ext0 figs-abstractnouns ἀγαθωσύνης…γνώσεως 1 brothers If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **goodness** and **knowledge**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “of what is good … that is knowable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 14 wit1 figs-activepassive πεπληρωμένοι πάσης γνώσεως 1 brothers If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having filled you with all knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 14 fkec figs-metaphor πεπληρωμένοι πάσης γνώσεως 1 brothers Here Paul refers to people having **knowledge** as if it were something that someone could be**filled with**. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “having all knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 15 14 qhv3 figs-hyperbole πάσης γνώσεως 1 filled with all knowledge Here, **all** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to emphasize how much **knowledge** these people have. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows emphasis. Alternate translation: “abundant knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ROM 15 14 qhv3 figs-hyperbole πάσης γνώσεως 1 filled with all knowledge Here, **all** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to emphasize how much **knowledge** these people have. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows emphasis. Alternate translation: “abundant knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 15 15 j9yk figs-explicit ἀπὸ μέρους 1 Here, **in part** refers to some parts of this letter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in some parts of this letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 15 15 fuw3 grammar-connect-logic-goal ὡς ἐπαναμιμνῄσκων ὑμᾶς 1 This is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which Paul wrote certain things in this letter. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose of reminding you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +ROM 15 15 fuw3 grammar-connect-logic-goal ὡς ἐπαναμιμνῄσκων ὑμᾶς 1 This is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which Paul wrote certain things in this letter. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of reminding you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 15 15 n2gr figs-activepassive τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσάν μοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the grace given me by God If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the grace that God gave me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 15 nln5 figs-explicit τὴν χάριν 1 Here, **grace** refers to God graciously choosing Paul to be an apostle. See how you translated the similar phrase in [12:3](../12/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 15 16 coxw grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ εἶναί με 1 Here, **in order for** indicates that what follows is the purpose for which God graciously gave Paul authority, as stated in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose that I would be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +ROM 15 16 coxw grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς τὸ εἶναί με 1 Here, **in order for** indicates that what follows is the purpose for which God graciously gave Paul authority, as stated in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose that I would be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 15 16 zgo0 figs-abstractnouns λειτουργὸν 1 See how you translated **servant** in [13:4](../13/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 16 wiw1 figs-metaphor ἱερουργοῦντα τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα…ἡ προσφορὰ τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 the offering of the Gentiles might become acceptable Paul speaks of his preaching the gospel to the Gentiles as if he is a priest who serves **the gospel** by making an **offering** to God. He speaks of **the Gentiles** who become Christians as a result of his preaching as if they were **the offering** that he makes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “preaching the gospel so that the Gentiles who believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 15 16 hert grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 the offering of the Gentiles might become acceptable Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is the purpose for which Paul preaches the gospel to the Gentiles. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 15 16 veeq figs-possession ἡ προσφορὰ τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the offering** that consists of **the Gentiles**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the offering, that is, the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 15 16 hert grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 the offering of the Gentiles might become acceptable Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is the purpose for which Paul preaches the gospel to the Gentiles. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +ROM 15 16 veeq figs-possession ἡ προσφορὰ τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the offering** that consists of **the Gentiles**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the offering, that is, the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 15 16 ah87 figs-abstractnouns ἡ προσφορὰ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **offering**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is offered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 16 lztb figs-activepassive ἡγιασμένη ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom the Holy Spirit sanctified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 15 17 s7ns grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Therefore** here indicates that what follows in this verse is the result of what Paul said in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language to introduce the result of something. Alternate translation: “Because of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 15 17 s7ns grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Therefore** here indicates that what follows in this verse is the result of what Paul said in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “Because of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 15 17 mtjb figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [6:23](../06/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 17 lpc0 figs-metaphor ἔχω…καύχησιν 1 Here, Paul speaks of **a boast** as if it were an object someone can **have**. He means that he is rightfully able to **boast**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I can boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 18 b3q2 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) @@ -2603,12 +2581,12 @@ ROM 15 18 zdk4 figs-abstractnouns ὑπακοὴν ἐθνῶν…ἔργῳ 1 f ROM 15 18 yua7 figs-explicit ὑπακοὴν ἐθνῶν 1 for the obedience of the Gentiles Here, **obedience** refers to **the Gentiles** obeying the command to repent and believe the gospel, which is part of the gospel message. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles to obey what God commanded in the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 18 xds3 figs-explicit λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ 1 These are things done by word and action Here, **word and deed** could refer to: (1) what Paul had said and done that resulted in **the Gentiles** trusting in Christ. Alternate translation: “by my words and actions” (2) how **the Gentiles** displayed their **obedience**. Alternate translation: “by their words and actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 18 pqtq figs-metonymy λόγῳ 1 These are things done by word and action Here Paul uses the term **word** to describe what he had said by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by my words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 15 19 oxsn figs-explicit ἐν δυνάμει σημείων καὶ τεράτων 1 This clause indicates and additional means by which Christ produced through Paul “the obedience of the Gentiles” that is referred to in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and by means of the power of signs and wonders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 15 19 oxsn figs-explicit ἐν δυνάμει σημείων καὶ τεράτων 1 This clause indicates an additional means by which Christ produced through Paul “the obedience of the Gentiles” that is referred to in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and by means of the power of signs and wonders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 19 g8bk figs-hendiadys σημείων καὶ τεράτων 1 signs and wonders This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **wonders** describes the character of the miraculous **signs** that **the Spirit** enabled Paul to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “of wonderful miraculous signs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) ROM 15 19 wxml figs-explicit ἐν δυνάμει Πνεύματος Θεοῦ 1 signs and wonders This clause indicates that **the Spirit of God** empowered Paul’s “word and deed” and **signs and wonders** to result in non-Jews trusting in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “empowered by the Spirit of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 19 c8ff translate-names τοῦ Ἰλλυρικοῦ 1 so that from Jerusalem, and round about as far as Illyricum **Illyricum** is the name of a Roman province that was close to Italy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 15 19 f60i figs-idiom πεπληρωκέναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Paul speaks of preaching the gospel throughout an entire area as if he had **fulfilled the gospel**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I have thoroughly proclaimed the gospel of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ROM 15 20 x9xm figs-ellipsis φιλοτιμούμενον εὐαγγελίζεσθαι 1 In this way, my desire has been to proclaim the gospel Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I am counting it an honor to proclaim the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 15 20 x9xm figs-ellipsis φιλοτιμούμενον εὐαγγελίζεσθαι 1 In this way, my desire has been to proclaim the gospel Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I am counting it an honor to proclaim the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 15 20 n5fm figs-abstractnouns φιλοτιμούμενον 1 In this way, my desire has been to proclaim the gospel If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **honor**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “counting it honorable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 20 r9t1 figs-explicit εὐαγγελίζεσθαι, οὐχ ὅπου ὠνομάσθη Χριστός 1 The clause **not where Christ has been name** indicates the kind of places where Paul would not **proclaim the gospel**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this more explicit. Alternate translation: “to proclaim the gospel in places other than where Christ has been named” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 20 gpcl figs-activepassive ὠνομάσθη Χριστός 1 In this way, my desire has been to proclaim the gospel If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people have named Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -2619,28 +2597,28 @@ ROM 15 21 zyps figs-explicit ἀλλὰ καθὼς γέγραπται 1 In thi ROM 15 21 rb5r writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) ROM 15 21 wy8k figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Since Paul is referring to something Isaiah wrote, you could indicate Isaiah as the subject. Alternate translation: “just as Isaiah wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 21 ocug figs-quotemarks οἷς οὐκ ἀνηγγέλη περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὄψονται, καὶ οἳ οὐκ ἀκηκόασιν, συνήσουσιν 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Isaiah 52:15](../isa/52/15.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -ROM 15 21 zbeu figs-parallelism οἷς οὐκ ἀνηγγέλη περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὄψονται, καὶ οἳ οὐκ ἀκηκόασιν, συνήσουσιν 1 These two clauses mean the same thing. Isaiah says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that non-Jewish people will hear about the Messiah. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Those who have not heard about him will certainly understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ROM 15 21 zbeu figs-parallelism οἷς οὐκ ἀνηγγέλη περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὄψονται, καὶ οἳ οὐκ ἀκηκόασιν, συνήσουσιν 1 These two clauses mean the same thing. Isaiah says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that non-Jewish people will hear about the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Those who have not heard about him will certainly understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ROM 15 21 u8d6 figs-activepassive οἷς οὐκ ἀνηγγέλη περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Those to whom no tidings of him came If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Those to whom no one had reported concerning him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 21 m1f0 figs-explicit ὄψονται…συνήσουσιν 1 Those to whom no tidings of him came Isaiah implies that the non-Jewish people who never heard about the Messiah will **understand** who the Messiah is and what he has done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternative translation: “will see who the Messiah is … will understand who he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 21 eihc figs-metaphor ὄψονται 1 Those to whom no tidings of him came Paul quotes Isaiah using **see** to refer to perceiving something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “will perceive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 15 22 f1fq grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ 1 **Therefore** indicates that what follows is the result of Paul’s desire to preach the gospel where people have never heard it before. Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation (without a comma following): “For this reason” or “This is the reason why” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 15 22 ex5j figs-activepassive καὶ ἐνεκοπτόμην 1 I was also hindered If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those things also prevented me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 15 22 uf9y figs-yousingular ὑμᾶς 1 I was also hindered Here, **you** is plural and refers to the believers of the church in Rome to whom Paul was writing this letter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you believers who are in Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +ROM 15 22 uf9y figs-yousingular ὑμᾶς 1 I was also hindered Here, **you** is plural and refers to the believers in Rome to whom Paul was writing this letter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you believers who are in Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) ROM 15 23 hgiv grammar-connect-logic-result μηκέτι τόπον ἔχων ἐν τοῖς κλίμασι τούτοις, ἐπιποθείαν δὲ ἔχων τοῦ ἐλθεῖν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ ἱκανῶν ἐτῶν 1 I no longer have any place in these regions These clauses are two reasons why Paul hopes to see the Roman believers, as stated in the next verse. If you keep this verse and the next verse as one sentence in your translation, then you could use the most natural way in your language to indicate reasons. However, if you translate this verse and the next verse as separate sentences, then you could show that these clauses are reasons by indicating result in the next verse, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “because I no longer have a place in these regions, and because I have a longing from a considerable number of years to come to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ROM 15 23 b6kl figs-explicit μηκέτι τόπον ἔχων ἐν τοῖς κλίμασι τούτοις 1 I no longer have any place in these regions Paul uses this clause to imply that where he was there were no more places with people who had not heard about Christ. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “there are no more places in these regions where people have not heard about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ROM 15 23 b6kl figs-explicit μηκέτι τόπον ἔχων ἐν τοῖς κλίμασι τούτοις 1 I no longer have any place in these regions Paul uses this clause to imply that there were no more places in his area where people had not heard about Christ. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “there are no more places in these regions where people have not heard about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 23 slf1 figs-yousingular ὑμᾶς 1 I no longer have any place in these regions See how you translated **you** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) ROM 15 24 si59 translate-names τὴν Σπανίαν 1 Spain At that time, **Spain** was a Roman province west of Rome. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 15 24 c6wq grammar-connect-time-simultaneous διαπορευόμενος 1 in passing This clause indicates something that would happen at the same time as the next clause. You can make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “while passing through” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) ROM 15 24 ww2v figs-explicit διαπορευόμενος 1 in passing Paul implies that he would be **passing through** Rome on his way to **Spain**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “passing through Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 15 24 rzie figs-activepassive ὑφ’ ὑμῶν προπεμφθῆναι ἐκεῖ, ἐὰν ὑμῶν πρῶτον ἀπὸ μέρους ἐμπλησθῶ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for you to send me ahead to there, if you might first satisfy me for a while” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 15 24 hlc3 figs-euphemism ὑφ’ ὑμῶν προπεμφθῆναι ἐκεῖ 1 Here, **sent ahead** refers to receiving supplies needed for a journey. This is a polite way of asking for food or money. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “to be given some provisions for my journey to there by you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +ROM 15 24 hlc3 figs-euphemism ὑφ’ ὑμῶν προπεμφθῆναι ἐκεῖ 1 Here, **sent ahead** refers to receiving supplies needed for a journey. This is a polite way of asking for food or money. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “to be given some provisions for my journey to there by you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) ROM 15 24 wg6d ἐὰν ὑμῶν πρῶτον ἀπὸ μέρους ἐμπλησθῶ 1 I have enjoyed your company Alternate translation: “if I might first enjoy being with you for a while” ROM 15 25 z3e5 grammar-connect-logic-goal διακονῶν τοῖς ἁγίοις 1 This clause is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for him **traveling to Jerusalem**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “for the purpose of ministering to the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) ROM 15 26 mjvr grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 it was the good pleasure of Macedonia and Achaia **For** indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul is going to minister to the saints in Jerusalem, as stated in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation (without a comma following): “I am going to Jerusalem because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 15 26 wape translate-names Μακεδονία καὶ Ἀχαΐα 1 it was the good pleasure of Macedonia and Achaia **Macedonia** and **Achaia** are the names of Roman provinces. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 15 26 vn1r figs-synecdoche εὐδόκησαν…Μακεδονία καὶ Ἀχαΐα 1 it was the good pleasure of Macedonia and Achaia Paul uses **Macedonia** and **Achaia** here to refer to the Christians who lived in those areas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the believers in Macedonia and Achaia were well-pleased” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ROM 15 26 n0fb figs-abstractnouns κοινωνίαν τινὰ ποιήσασθαι 1 it was the good pleasure of Macedonia and Achaia If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **contribution**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to contribute a certain amount” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 15 27 w5ap grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 Indeed they were please to do this **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an alternate expression. Alternate translation: “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +ROM 15 27 w5ap grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 Indeed they were please to do this **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 15 27 px7a writing-pronouns εὐδόκησαν…ὀφειλέται εἰσὶν 1 Indeed they were please to do this The two occurrences of **they** in this verse refer to the Christians in Macedonia and Achaia, whom Paul mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the believers in Macedonia and Achaia were pleased … those people are obligated to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 15 27 tfz1 writing-pronouns αὐτῶν…αὐτῶν…αὐτοῖς 1 indeed, they are their debtors In this verse, **them** and **their** refer to the Christians in Jerusalem. If it might be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the believers in Jerusalem … their … those believers in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 15 27 ipij grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason the believers in Macedonia and Achaia **are obligated** to help the believers in Jerusalem. Use the most natural form in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “The reason for this is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) @@ -2660,25 +2638,25 @@ ROM 15 30 fy1v figs-metaphor συναγωνίσασθαί μοι 1 to strive tog ROM 15 31 q3v8 grammar-connect-words-phrases ἵνα…καὶ 1 to strive together with Both occurrences of **so that** in this verse could indicate: (1) the contents of what they should pray. Alternate translation: “that … and that” (2) the purposes for praying. Alternate translation: “in order that … and in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 15 31 u7st figs-activepassive ῥυσθῶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀπειθούντων 1 I may be rescued from those who are disobedient If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God might deliver me from the disobedient ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 15 31 gq4x figs-explicit τῶν ἀπειθούντων 1 I may be rescued from those who are disobedient Here, **the disobedient ones** refers to the Jews **in Judea** who disobeyed God by refusing to believe in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the unbelieving Jews” or “those Jews who do not trust in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 15 31 nw5h figs-euphemism διακονία μου 1 and that my service for Jerusalem may be acceptable to the believers Here, **my service** refers to the money that Paul was going to bring to the poor believers in Jerusalem from the believers in Macedonia and Achaia. This is a polite way of referring to bringing money. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “the money I bring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +ROM 15 31 nw5h figs-euphemism διακονία μου 1 and that my service for Jerusalem may be acceptable to the believers Here, **my service** refers to the money that Paul was going to bring to the poor believers in Jerusalem from the believers in Macedonia and Achaia. This is a polite way of referring to bringing money. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “the money I bring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) ROM 15 31 li3i figs-metonymy εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ 1 and that my service for Jerusalem may be acceptable to the believers Here, **for Jerusalem** means “for the poor of the saints in Jerusalem,” as mentioned in [verse 26](../15/26.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the poor saints in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 15 32 fe4d grammar-connect-words-phrases ἵνα 1 and that my service for Jerusalem may be acceptable to the believers See how you translated **so that** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 15 32 erby figs-abstractnouns ἐν χαρᾷ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **joy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “while being joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 32 ekou figs-abstractnouns θελήματος Θεοῦ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:10](../01/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 15 32 sgcl figs-activepassive συναναπαύσωμαι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and might refresh myself together with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 15 33 s947 figs-possession ὁ…Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης 1 May the God of peace be with Paul is using the possessive form to describe **God** who gives **peace**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the God who gives peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 15 33 s947 figs-possession ὁ…Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης 1 May the God of peace be with Paul is using the possessive form to describe **God** who gives **peace**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the God who gives peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 15 33 ubtx figs-abstractnouns τῆς εἰρήνης 1 May the God of peace be with See how you translated **peace** in [1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 16 intro qy96 0 # Romans 16 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

8. Conclusion (15:14–16:27)
* Paul describes his mission (15:14–21)
* Paul’s travel plans (15:22–33)
* Paul commends Phoebe (16:1–2)
* Paul greets Christians in Rome (16:3–16)
* Paul warns against false teachers (16:17–20)
* Paul greets more Christians in Rome (16:21–24)
* Doxology (16:25–27)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Letter writing and sending

In this culture, someone who wanted to send a letter often spoke what they wanted to say, and a scribe would write it down for them. Then, they would send the letter with a messenger, who would read the letter to the person or people to whom it was addressed. In this chapter, Tertius mentions that he is the scribe writing the letter for Paul ([16:22](../16/22.md)). Paul begins this chapter by recommending Phoebe to the believers in Rome who receive this letter. This could indicate that Phoebe was the messenger who delivered the letter to them.

### Greetings

In this culture, it was common for those who sent letters to include greetings to and from others in their letter. In this way, many people could greet each other but only send one letter. In [verses 3–16](../16/03.md) and [21–23](../16/21.md) Paul includes greetings to and from people whom he and the Romans knew. Express these greetings in a natural form in your language. -ROM 16 1 sg6a writing-pronouns συνίστημι 1 The pronoun **I** here and throughout this chapter refers to Paul, except for [verse 22](../16/22.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, commend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 16 intro qy96 0 # Romans 16 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

8. Conclusion (15:14–16:27)
* Paul describes his mission (15:14–21)
* Paul’s travel plans (15:22–33)
* Paul commends Phoebe (16:1–2)
* Paul greets Christians in Rome (16:3–16)
* Paul warns against false teachers (16:17–20)
* Paul greets more Christians in Rome (16:21–24)
* Doxology (16:25–27)

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Letter writing and sending

In this culture, someone who wanted to send a letter often spoke what they wanted to say, and a scribe would write it down for them. Then, they would send the letter with a messenger, who would read the letter to the person or people to whom it was addressed. In this chapter, Tertius mentions that he is the scribe writing the letter for Paul ([16:22](../16/22.md)). Paul begins this chapter by recommending Phoebe to the believers in Rome who receive this letter. This could indicate that Phoebe was the messenger who delivered the letter to them.

### Greetings

In this culture, it was common for those who sent letters to include greetings to and from others in their letters. In this way, many people could greet each other but only send one letter. In [verses 3–16](../16/03.md) and [21–23](../16/21.md) Paul includes greetings to and from people whom he and the Romans knew. Express these greetings in a natural form in your language. +ROM 16 1 sg6a writing-pronouns συνίστημι 1 The pronoun **I** here and throughout this chapter refers to Paul, except for [verse 22](../16/22.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, commend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 16 1 sry4 translate-names Φοίβην 1 Phoebe **Phoebe** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ROM 16 1 q86q figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 our When Paul writes **our** here and throughout this chapter, he is speaking of himself and his Christian readers, so our would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ROM 16 1 b81z figs-metaphor τὴν ἀδελφὴν 1 our Paul speaks of **Phoebe** as if she were the physical **sister** of him and his Christian readers. He means she has a brother-sister relationship with all Christians because she trusts in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “our spiritual sister” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 16 1 q86q figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 our In this verse and throughout this chapter **our** refers to Paul and his Christian readers, so **our** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ROM 16 1 b81z figs-metaphor τὴν ἀδελφὴν 1 our Paul speaks of **Phoebe** as if she were the physical **sister** of him and his Christian readers. He means she has a brother-sister relationship with all Christians because she trusts in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “our spiritual sister” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 16 1 mbn3 figs-abstractnouns διάκονον 1 our See how you translated the abstract noun **servant** in [13:4](../13/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 16 1 q669 translate-names Κενχρεαῖς 1 Cenchrea **Cenchrea** was a city in Greece. If available in your language, see how **Cenchrea** is translated in [Acts 18:18](../act/18/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ROM 16 1 q669 translate-names Κενχρεαῖς 1 Cenchrea **Cenchrea** was a city in Greece. See how **Cenchrea** is translated in [Acts 18:18](../act/18/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 2 cwx1 figs-explicit ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 you may receive her in the Lord Here, **in the Lord** refers to Phoebe being a fellow believer in **the Lord** Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as someone who believes in the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 16 2 yic3 ἀξίως τῶν ἁγίων 1 in a manner worthy of the saints Alternate translation: “in the way that believers should welcome other believers” ROM 16 2 g7of grammar-connect-logic-goal καὶ 1 in a manner worthy of the saints Here, **and** indicates that what follows is a second purpose for Paul to commend Phoebe to the believers in Rome. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and in order that you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -ROM 16 2 qp4w figs-metaphor παραστῆτε αὐτῇ 1 stand by her Here, **stand by** refers to helping someone. If it might be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “might assist her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ROM 16 2 qp4w figs-metaphor παραστῆτε αὐτῇ 1 stand by her Here, **stand by** refers to helping someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “might assist her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 16 2 i0fm grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 stand by her **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul wants the Roman believers to help Phoebe. Use the most natural form in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “The reason I want you to do this is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 16 2 inh1 figs-abstractnouns καὶ…προστάτις πολλῶν ἐγενήθη καὶ ἐμοῦ αὐτοῦ 2 has become a helper of many, and of myself as well If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **benefactor**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “has also benefited many, and myself as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 16 3 na1k 0 General Information: As was customary in his culture, in [verses 3–16](../16/03.md) Paul begins to conclude the letter by extending greetings to the people to whom he is writing. Your language may have a particular way of sharing greetings in a letter. If so, you could use that form here. Alternate translation: “Enthusiastically ask to be remembered to” or “Send regards to” @@ -2690,44 +2668,34 @@ ROM 16 4 ilnn figs-distinguish οἵτινες ὑπὲρ τῆς ψυχῆς μ ROM 16 4 fye8 figs-idiom τὸν ἑαυτῶν τράχηλον ὑπέθηκαν 1 This phrase refers to doing something that would put someone in danger of being executed. Romans often executed people by chopping their heads off at the neck with an axe. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “risked having their heads chopped off by the Roman authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 16 4 xmf8 figs-metaphor ἐγὼ…εὐχαριστῶ 1 Here Paul speaks of expressing **thanks** as if they were something that he could **give** to someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am thankful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 16 5 i32d figs-infostructure καὶ τὴν κατ’ οἶκον αὐτῶν ἐκκλησίαν 1 Greet the church that is in their house This clause continues the sentence that Paul began in [verse 3](../16/03.md) and interrupted in the previous verse. If you made the previous verse into its own sentence, then here you will need to add the main verb from [verse 3](../16/03.md). Alternate translation: “and greet the church based in their house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) -ROM 16 5 d6i0 writing-pronouns οἶκον αὐτῶν 1 The pronoun **their** here refers to Priscilla and Aquila. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the house of Prisca and Aquila” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ROM 16 5 d6i0 writing-pronouns οἶκον αὐτῶν 1 The pronoun **their** here refers to Priscilla and Aquila. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the house of Prisca and Aquila” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 16 5 qqdg figs-imperative ἀσπάσασθε 1 See how you translated **Greet** in [verse 3](../16/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) ROM 16 5 bn9z translate-names Ἐπαίνετον 1 Epaenetus **Epaenetus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 5 d1f1 figs-metaphor ἀπαρχὴ τῆς Ἀσίας εἰς Χριστόν 1 firstfruit of Asia to Christ Paul speaks of **Epaenetus** as if he were **fruit** that he had harvested. He means that **Epaenetus** was the first person in **Asia** who believed in **Christ** as a result of Paul’s preaching. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the first person in Asia to believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 16 6 jvvk figs-imperative ἀσπάσασθε 1 See how you translated **Greet** in [verse 3](../16/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) -ROM 16 6 ew2z translate-names Μαρίαν 1 Mary **Mary** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ROM 16 7 ck8s figs-imperative ἀσπάσασθε 1 See how you translated **Greet** in [verse 3](../16/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) +ROM 16 6 ew2z translate-names Μαρίαν 1 Mary **Mary** is the name of a woman. Several women in the Bible are named **Mary** because it was a common Jewish name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 7 tzk4 translate-names Ἀνδρόνικον 1 Andronicus **Andronicus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 7 z9uk translate-names Ἰουνίαν 1 Junias **Junias** could refer to: (1) a woman named Junia, in which case **Andronicus and Junias** might be a married couple like Piscilla and Aquila. See the UST. (2) the shortened form of Junianus, a man’s name, which is less likely. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 7 ycr0 figs-explicit τοὺς συγγενεῖς μου 1 Junias Here, **kinsmen** could refer to: (1) Jewish Christians. Alternate translation: “my Jewish Christian kinsmen” (2) Christian relatives of Paul. Alternate translation: “my Christian relatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 16 7 gce3 figs-activepassive οἵτινές εἰσιν ἐπίσημοι ἐν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις 1 They are prominent among the apostles You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “whom the apostles know very well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ROM 16 7 gce3 figs-activepassive οἵτινές εἰσιν ἐπίσημοι ἐν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις 1 They are prominent among the apostles If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom the apostles know very well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 16 7 nvw5 figs-distinguish οἳ 1 They are prominent among the apostles Here, **who** indicates that what follows is further information about **Andronicus and Junias**. It is not information about **the apostles**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these two people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) ROM 16 7 ylvm figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ 1 They are prominent among the apostles Here, **in Christ** refers to being united with Christ. See how you translated the same use of this phrase in [3:24](../03/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 16 8 mfd4 figs-imperative ἀσπάσασθε 1 See how you translated **Greet** in [verse 3](../16/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) ROM 16 8 h976 translate-names Ἀμπλιᾶτον 1 Ampliatus **Ampliatus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 8 alh2 figs-explicit ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 See how you translated the same use of this phrase in [verse 2](../16/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 16 9 ble9 figs-imperative ἀσπάσασθε 1 See how you translated **Greet** in [verse 3](../16/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) ROM 16 9 bd5l translate-names Οὐρβανὸν…Στάχυν 1 Urbanus … Stachys **Urbanus** and **Stachys** are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 9 if0q figs-explicit τὸν συνεργὸν ἡμῶν ἐν Χριστῷ 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 3](../16/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 16 10 bni7 figs-imperative ἀσπάσασθε…ἀσπάσασθε 1 See how you translated **Greet** in [verse 3](../16/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) ROM 16 10 k55t translate-names Ἀπελλῆν…Ἀριστοβούλου 1 Apelles … Aristobulus **Apelles** and **Aristobulus** are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 10 q96n figs-activepassive τὸν δόκιμον ἐν Χριστῷ 1 the approved in Christ If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom Christ has approved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ROM 16 11 u21q figs-imperative ἀσπάσασθε…ἀσπάσασθε 1 See how you translated **Greet** in [verse 3](../16/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) ROM 16 11 gt6r translate-names Ἡρῳδίωνα…Ναρκίσσου 1 Herodion … Narcissus **Herodion** and **Narcissus** are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 11 iifk figs-explicit τὸν συγγενῆ 1 Herodion … Narcissus See how you translated “kinsmen” in [verse 7](../16/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 16 11 ket9 figs-metaphor ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 who are in the Lord Here, **in the Lord** refers to being united to Christ and has the same meaning as “in Christ” in [verse 7](../16/07.md) and [3:24](../03/24.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “united to the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 16 12 el82 figs-imperative ἀσπάσασθε…ἀσπάσασθε 1 See how you translated **Greet** in [verse 3](../16/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) ROM 16 12 sq9n translate-names Τρύφαιναν…Τρυφῶσαν…Περσίδα 1 Tryphaena … Tryphosa … Persis **Tryphaena**, **Tryphosa**, and **Persis** are names of women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 12 vkh4 figs-explicit ἐν Κυρίῳ -1 See how you translated a similar use of **in the Lord** in [verse 3](../16/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 16 13 sx5e figs-imperative ἀσπάσασθε 1 See how you translated **Greet** in [verse 3](../16/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) ROM 16 13 zmf4 translate-names Ῥοῦφον 1 Rufus **Rufus** is the name of a man. See how this name is translated in [Mark 15:21](../mrk/15/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 13 zy3x figs-activepassive τὸν ἐκλεκτὸν ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one whom God has elected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 16 13 hqf6 figs-metaphor τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐμοῦ 1 his mother and mine Paul speaks of the **mother** of **Rufus** as if she were his own **mother**. He means that she treated him as if he were her own child. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his mother, whom I also think of as my mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 16 14 b3cd figs-imperative ἀσπάσασθε 1 See how you translated **Greet** in [verse 3](../16/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) ROM 16 14 dwh9 translate-names Ἀσύγκριτον, Φλέγοντα, Ἑρμῆν, Πατροβᾶν, Ἑρμᾶν 1 Asyncritus … Phlegon … Hermes … Patrobas … Hermas These are names of five men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 14 ck2w figs-gendernotations ἀδελφούς 1 brothers See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ROM 16 14 il54 figs-explicit τοὺς σὺν αὐτοῖς ἀδελφούς 1 Here, **with them** implies that these people meet together as a church. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the brothers who meet with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 16 15 y84x figs-imperative ἀσπάσασθε 1 See how you translated **Greet** in [verse 3](../16/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) ROM 16 15 ye9j translate-names Φιλόλογον…Νηρέα…Ὀλυμπᾶν 1 Philologus … Nereus … Olympas **Philologus**, **Nereus**, and **Olympas** are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 15 n2rx translate-names Ἰουλίαν 1 Julia **Julia** is the name of a woman. She was probably the wife of **Philologus**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 15 j4uu figs-explicit τοὺς σὺν αὐτοῖς πάντας ἁγίους 1 Julia See how you translated **with them** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -2743,14 +2711,14 @@ ROM 16 17 b318 figs-metaphor ἐκκλίνετε ἀπ’ αὐτῶν 1 Turn aw ROM 16 18 yij5 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows in this verse explains what Paul said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) ROM 16 18 fpvs writing-pronouns τοιοῦτοι 1 Here, **these** refers to “those who are causing division and traps,” who are mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “such as those causing such divisions and traps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ROM 16 18 azob figs-explicit τῷ Κυρίῳ ἡμῶν Χριστῷ οὐ δουλεύουσιν 1 Here, **enslaved to our Lord Christ** refers to living under the control of **our Lord Christ**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “are not living under the control of our Lord Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 16 18 ea6h figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τῇ ἑαυτῶν κοιλίᾳ 1 but their own stomach Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but they are enslaved to their own stomach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ROM 16 18 ea6h figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τῇ ἑαυτῶν κοιλίᾳ 1 but their own stomach Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but they are enslaved to their own stomach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ROM 16 18 nxn4 figs-metonymy τῇ ἑαυτῶν κοιλίᾳ 1 but their own stomach Here, **stomach** could refer to: (1) physical desires, especially the desires to eat or drink. Alternate translation: “to their own physical desires” (2) pleasing oneself. Alternate translation: “to their own pleasure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 16 18 gddw figs-abstractnouns διὰ τῆς χρηστολογίας καὶ εὐλογίας 1 but their own stomach If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **speech** and **flattery**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “through speaking smoothly and flatteringly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 16 18 c2je figs-metonymy τὰς καρδίας 1 they deceive the hearts of the innocent See how you translated “heart” in [1:21](../01/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ROM 16 19 vqml grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that was follows is one reason why Paul’s readers should obey the command to “watch out for” and “turn away from” false teachers. Use the most natural way in your language to state a reason. Alternate translation: “Watch out for and turn away from these people since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ROM 16 19 vqml grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that was follows is one reason why Paul’s readers should obey the command to “watch out for” and “turn away from” false teachers. Use the most natural form in your language for indicating a reason. Alternate translation: “Watch out for and turn away from these people since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) ROM 16 19 imc7 figs-personification ἡ…ὑμῶν ὑπακοὴ, εἰς πάντας ἀφίκετο 1 For your obedience reaches everyone Here Paul speaks of the Roman believers’ **obedience** as if it were a person who could go to people. He means that many people had heard about their **obedience**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your obedience has been heard about by everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 16 19 o1b9 figs-abstractnouns ἡ…ὑμῶν ὑπακοὴ…τὸ ἀγαθόν…τὸ κακόν 1 See how you translated **obedience** in [5:19](../05/19.md) and **good** and **evil** in [7:19](../07/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ROM 16 19 gj2r figs-hyperbole πάντας 1 For your obedience reaches everyone Here, **everyone** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show that many believers had heard about the **obedience** of the Roman believers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “very many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ROM 16 19 gj2r figs-hyperbole πάντας 1 For your obedience reaches everyone Here, **everyone** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show that many believers had heard about the **obedience** of the Roman believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “very many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ROM 16 20 bnni figs-possession ὁ…Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης 1 See how you translated this phrase in [15:33](../15/33.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 16 20 s3cq figs-metaphor συντρίψει τὸν Σατανᾶν ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας ὑμῶν 1 The God of peace will soon crush Satan under your feet Here Paul speaks of the Roman believers having victory over **Satan** as if they would **crush** him **under** their **feet**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will cause you to have complete victory over Satan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 16 20 qpr7 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τάχει. ἡ χάρις τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, μεθ’ ὑμῶν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **haste** and **grace**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “hastily. May the Lord Jesus Christ act graciously toward you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -2767,14 +2735,14 @@ ROM 16 22 nx4g figs-explicit ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 greet you in the Lord See how y ROM 16 23 sw7r translate-names Γάϊος…Ἔραστος…Κούαρτος 1 Gaius … Erastus … Quartus **Gaius**, **Erastus**, and **Quartus** are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ROM 16 23 j9u7 figs-explicit ὁ ξένος μου, καὶ ὅλης τῆς ἐκκλησίας 1 the host This phrase indicates that the home of **Gaius** was where Paul and his fellow believers gathered to worship. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who hosts me and the whole church in his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 16 23 m5hg figs-explicit ὁ οἰκονόμος 1 the treasurer Here, **steward** refers to the person who takes care of the money for **the city** in which Paul is staying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the treasurer” or “the one who administrates the finances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ROM 16 23 fnet figs-gendernotations ἀδελφός 1 the treasurer Here, **brother** refers to a fellow Christian. See how you translated this word in [14:10](../14/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -ROM 16 24 ct9t translate-textvariants Ἡ χάρις τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ μετὰ πάντων ὑμῶν. Ἀμήν 1 the treasurer This verse is not in the best earliest manuscripts. It seems to be an accidental repetition of the last part of [verse 20](../16/20.md). It has been included in the ULT, but it is marked off with square brackets (\[ \]) at the beginning and end. If possible, do not include this addition in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +ROM 16 23 fnet figs-gendernotations ἀδελφός 1 the treasurer Here, **brother** refers to a fellow Christian. See how you translated **brother** in [14:10](../14/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +ROM 16 24 ct9t translate-textvariants Ἡ χάρις τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ μετὰ πάντων ὑμῶν. Ἀμήν 1 the treasurer This verse is not in the best earliest manuscripts. It seems to be an accidental repetition of the last part of [verse 20](../16/20.md). It has been included in the ULT, but it is marked off with square brackets (\\[ \\]) at the beginning and end. If possible, do not include this addition in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) ROM 16 25 xma1 0 [Verses 25–27](../16/25.md) are one long sentence. If you divide this sentence into shorter sentences, then you will need to repeat part of [verse 27](../16/27.md) in [verse 25](../16/25.md), as the UST does. ROM 16 25 v71l δὲ 1 Now **Now** here marks the closing section of the letter. If you have a way of doing this in your language, you could use it here. ROM 16 25 xgkv figs-explicit τῷ…δυναμένῳ ὑμᾶς στηρίξαι 1 Here, **the one** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to God, who is able to establish you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 16 25 pp5k figs-metaphor ὑμᾶς στηρίξαι 1 to strengthen you Here Paul speaks of God strengthening a person’s faith as if God were establishing that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to make your faith strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ROM 16 25 kmw1 figs-possession τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe the **gospel** message that he preached. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the gospel that I preach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ROM 16 25 yprj figs-possession τὸ κήρυγμα Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe the **preaching** that is about **Jesus Christ**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the preaching about Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 16 25 kmw1 figs-possession τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe the **gospel** message that he preached. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the gospel that I preach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ROM 16 25 yprj figs-possession τὸ κήρυγμα Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe the **preaching** that is about **Jesus Christ**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the preaching about Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 16 25 wyyl figs-abstractnouns τὸ κήρυγμα…ἀποκάλυψιν μυστηρίου 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **preaching**, **revelation**, and **mystery**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what is preached … what is revealed of what is mysterious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ROM 16 25 vyj4 figs-explicit κατὰ ἀποκάλυψιν μυστηρίου 1 Here, **according to** indicates that what follows is what Paul’s preaching is based on. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the basis of the revelation of the mystery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 16 25 s5ky translate-unknown μυστηρίου 1 according to the revelation of the mystery that had been kept secret for long ages Here Paul uses the word **mystery** to refer to God’s plan to save people that was revealed in the **gospel**. This does not mean that the idea is hard to understand, but rather, God had not yet revealed it to people. If your language would not use **mystery** to refer to something that was concealed but has now been revealed, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “of this concealed message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) @@ -2788,4 +2756,4 @@ ROM 16 26 fbr6 grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεω ROM 16 26 lc6d figs-possession ὑπακοὴν πίστεως 1 to bring about the obedience of faith See how you translated this phrase in [1:5](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ROM 16 26 cvi3 figs-activepassive γνωρισθέντος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having made known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 16 27 kuyu μόνῳ σοφῷ Θεῷ 1 Alternate translation: “to God who alone is wise” -ROM 16 27 ua9d figs-abstractnouns ᾧ ἡ δόξα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **glory**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “may people glorify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ROM 16 27 ua9d figs-abstractnouns ᾧ ἡ δόξα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **glory**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “may people glorify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 649aedff47..d97fdb0578 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -1,17 +1,17 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -GAL front intro i6u9 0 # Introduction to Galatians\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Book of Galatians\n\n1. Paul declares his authority as an apostle of Jesus Christ; he says that he is surprised by the false teachings that the Christians in Galatia have accepted from other people (1:1-10).\n1. Paul says that people are saved by trusting in Christ alone, not by keeping the law (1:11-2:21).\n1. God puts people right with himself only when they trust in Christ; the example of Abraham; the curse which the law brings (and not a means of salvation); slavery and freedom compared and illustrated by Hagar and Sarah (3:1-4:31).\n1. When people are joined to Christ, they become free from having to keep the law of Moses. They are also free to live as the Holy Spirit guides them. They are free to refuse the demands of sin. They are free to bear each other’s burdens (5:1-6:10).\n1. Paul warns the Christians not to trust in being circumcised and in keeping the law of Moses. Instead, they must trust in Christ (6:11-18).\n\n### Who wrote the Book of Galatians?\n\nPaul wrote the book of Galatians. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he began to trust in Jesus Christ, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus and establishing churches.\n\nIt is uncertain when Paul wrote this letter and where he was when he wrote it. Some Bible scholars think Paul was in the city of Ephesus and wrote this letter after the second time he traveled to tell people about Jesus and establish churches. Other scholars think Paul was in the city of Antioch in Syria and wrote the letter soon after the first time he traveled.\n\n### What is the Book of Galatians about?\n\nPaul wrote this letter to both Jewish and non-Jewish Christians in the region of Galatia. He wanted to write against the false teachers who said that Christians need to follow the law of Moses. Paul defended the gospel by explaining that a person is saved by believing in Jesus Christ. In the book of Galatians Paul explains that people are saved as result of believing in Jesus and not as a result of obeying the law of Moses and he proves this by using various Old Testament passages to illustrate this truth. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/goodnews]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Galatians.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to the Church in Galatia.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What does it mean to “live like Jews” (2:14)?\n\nTo “live like Jews” means to obey the law of Moses, even though one trusts in Christ. The people who taught that it was necessary to follow the law of Moses in addition to believing in Jesus were called “Judaizers.”\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### How did Paul use the terms “law” and “grace” in the Book of Galatians?\n\nThese terms are used in a unique way in Galatians. There is an important teaching in Galatians about Christian living. Under the law of Moses, righteous or holy living required a person to obey a set of rules and regulations. As Christians, holy living is now motivated by grace. This means that Christians have freedom in Christ and are not required to obey a specific set of rules. Instead, Christians are to live a holy life because they are thankful that God has been so kind to them. This is called “the law of Christ.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])\n\n### What did Paul mean by the expressions “in Christ,” and “in Christ Jesus?” \n\nPaul uses the spatial metaphor “in Christ” or the related phrase “in Christ Jesus” very frequently in this letter. This expression occurs with a metaphorical meaning in 1:22; 2:4,17; 3:14, 26, 28; and 5:6. Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union between Christ and the people who believe in him. This metaphor emphasizes that believers are as closely united to Christ as if they were inside him. Paul believes that this is true for all believers, and sometimes he uses “in Christ” simply to identify that what he is speaking about is true for those who believe in Jesus. Other times, he emphasizes union with Christ as the means or the basis for some statement or exhortation. Sometimes when Paul uses the phrase “in Christ” he intends a different meaning. See, for example, 2:16 where Paul says “we also believed in Christ Jesus, so that we might be justified by faith in Christ” and see 2:17 where Paul spoke of Christ being the object of faith when he said “when we seek for God to justify us in Christ.” See the notes on specific verses for help in understanding the contextual meaning of “in Christ” and related phrases. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\nPlease see the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.\n\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Galatians?\n* “Foolish Galatians, whose evil eye has harmed you? Was not Jesus Christ depicted as crucified before your eyes” (3:1)? The ULT, UST, and the other modern versions have this reading. However, older versions of the Bible add, “[so] that ye should not obey the truth.” Translators are advised not to include this expression. However, if in the translators’ region there are older Bible versions that have the passage, the translators can include it. If it is translated, it should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that it is probably not original to Galatians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) -GAL 1 intro f3n5 0 # Galatians 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nPaul started this letter differently than his other letters. He adds that he was “not an apostle from men nor by human agency, but through Jesus Christ and God the Father, who raised him from the dead ones.” Paul probably included these words because false teachers were opposing him and trying to undermine his authority.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Heresy\n\nGod eternally saves people only through the true, biblical gospel. God condemns any other version of the gospel. Paul asks God to curse those who teach a false gospel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/goodnews]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/condemn]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])\n\n### Paul’s qualifications\n\nSome people in the early church were teaching that Gentiles needed to obey the law of Moses. To refute this teaching, in verses 13-16 Paul explains how he was formerly a zealous Jew. But Paul still needed God to save him through believing in Jesus. As a Jew, and the apostle to Gentile people, Paul was uniquely qualified to address this issue. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “You are turning so quickly to a different gospel”\n\nThe Book of Galatians is one of Paul’s earliest letters in Scripture. It shows that heresies troubled even the early church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL front intro i6u9 0 # Introduction to Galatians

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Galatians

1. Paul declares his authority as an apostle of Jesus Christ; he says that he is surprised by the false teachings that the Christians in Galatia have accepted from other people (1:1-10).
1. Paul says that people are saved by trusting in Christ alone, not by keeping the law (1:11-2:21).
1. God puts people right with himself only when they trust in Christ; the example of Abraham; the curse which the law brings (and not a means of salvation); slavery and freedom compared and illustrated by Hagar and Sarah (3:1-4:31).
1. When people are joined to Christ, they become free from having to keep the law of Moses. They are also free to live as the Holy Spirit guides them. They are free to refuse the demands of sin. They are free to bear each other’s burdens (5:1-6:10).
1. Paul warns the Christians not to trust in being circumcised and in keeping the law of Moses. Instead, they must trust in Christ (6:11-18).

### Who wrote the Book of Galatians?

Paul wrote the book of Galatians. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he began to trust in Jesus Christ, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus and establishing churches.

It is uncertain when Paul wrote this letter and where he was when he wrote it. Some Bible scholars think Paul was in the city of Ephesus and wrote this letter after the second time he traveled to tell people about Jesus and establish churches. Other scholars think Paul was in the city of Antioch in Syria and wrote the letter soon after the first time he traveled.

### What is the Book of Galatians about?

Paul wrote this letter to both Jewish and non-Jewish Christians in the region of Galatia. He wanted to write against the false teachers who said that Christians need to follow the law of Moses. Paul defended the gospel by explaining that a person is saved by believing in Jesus Christ. In the book of Galatians Paul explains that people are saved as result of believing in Jesus and not as a result of obeying the law of Moses and he proves this by using various Old Testament passages to illustrate this truth. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/goodnews]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Galatians.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to the Church in Galatia.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What does it mean to “live like Jews” (2:14)?

To “live like Jews” means to obey the law of Moses, even though one trusts in Christ. The people who taught that it was necessary to follow the law of Moses in addition to believing in Jesus were called “Judaizers.”

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### How did Paul use the terms “law” and “grace” in the Book of Galatians?

These terms are used in a unique way in Galatians. There is an important teaching in Galatians about Christian living. Under the law of Moses, righteous or holy living required a person to obey a set of rules and regulations. As Christians, holy living is now motivated by grace. This means that Christians have freedom in Christ and are not required to obey a specific set of rules. Instead, Christians are to live a holy life because they are thankful that God has been so kind to them. This is called “the law of Christ.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

### What did Paul mean by the expressions “in Christ,” and “in Christ Jesus?”

Paul uses the spatial metaphor “in Christ” or the related phrase “in Christ Jesus” very frequently in this letter. This expression occurs with a metaphorical meaning in 1:22; 2:4,17; 3:14, 26, 28; and 5:6. Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union between Christ and the people who believe in him. This metaphor emphasizes that believers are as closely united to Christ as if they were inside him. Paul believes that this is true for all believers, and sometimes he uses “in Christ” simply to identify that what he is speaking about is true for those who believe in Jesus. Other times, he emphasizes union with Christ as the means or the basis for some statement or exhortation. Sometimes when Paul uses the phrase “in Christ” he intends a different meaning. See, for example, 2:16 where Paul says “we also believed in Christ Jesus, so that we might be justified by faith in Christ” and see 2:17 where Paul spoke of Christ being the object of faith when he said “when we seek for God to justify us in Christ.” See the notes on specific verses for help in understanding the contextual meaning of “in Christ” and related phrases. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

Please see the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.


### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Galatians?
* “Foolish Galatians, whose evil eye has harmed you? Was not Jesus Christ depicted as crucified before your eyes” (3:1)? The ULT, UST, and the other modern versions have this reading. However, older versions of the Bible add, “[so] that ye should not obey the truth.” Translators are advised not to include this expression. However, if in the translators’ region there are older Bible versions that have the passage, the translators can include it. If it is translated, it should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that it is probably not original to Galatians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +GAL 1 intro f3n5 0 # Galatians 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Paul started this letter differently than his other letters. He adds that he was “not an apostle from men nor by human agency, but through Jesus Christ and God the Father, who raised him from the dead ones.” Paul probably included these words because false teachers were opposing him and trying to undermine his authority.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Heresy

God eternally saves people only through the true, biblical gospel. God condemns any other version of the gospel. Paul asks God to curse those who teach a false gospel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/goodnews]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/condemn]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])

### Paul’s qualifications

Some people in the early church were teaching that Gentiles needed to obey the law of Moses. To refute this teaching, in verses 13-16 Paul explains how he was formerly a zealous Jew. But Paul still needed God to save him through believing in Jesus. As a Jew, and the apostle to Gentile people, Paul was uniquely qualified to address this issue. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “You are turning so quickly to a different gospel”

The Book of Galatians is one of Paul’s earliest letters in Scripture. It shows that heresies troubled even the early church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 1 1 o4ns Παῦλος 1 Here, Paul is introducing himself as the author of this letter. Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter. Use that here. Alternate translation: “This letter is from me, Paul” GAL 1 1 uhhp figs-123person Παῦλος 1 Paul is speaking of himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “This letter is from me, Paul” or “I, Paul” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person) GAL 1 1 m4ss figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἀπ’ ἀνθρώπων, οὐδὲ δι’ ἀνθρώπου 1 General Information: If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate this phrase using only one negative word. Alternate translation: “not from men or through man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) GAL 1 1 rcnw figs-explicit οὐκ ἀπ’ ἀνθρώπων 1 Here, the word **from** indicates source. The phrase **not from men** means that humans are not the source of Paul’s apostleship and that he was not commissioned or appointed an apostle by humans. If it would help your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “not through the commissioning of humans” or “not through human commission” or “not sent out by people” or “not because I was appointed and sent by a group of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 1 1 yqma figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων…ἀνθρώπου 1 Although the terms **men** and **man** are masculine, Paul uses them here in a generic sense to refer to humans in general. Alternate translation: “humans … humans” or “people … a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +GAL 1 1 yqma figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων…ἀνθρώπου 1 Although the terms **men** and **man** are masculine, Paul uses them here in a generic sense to refer to humans in general. Alternate translation: “humans … humans” or “people … a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 1 1 k2dw δι’ ἀνθρώπου, ἀλλὰ διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς 1 Both times that the word **through** is used in this verse it indicates agency/means and refers to the agency/means by which Paul’s was commissioned as an apostle. Choose the best word in your language to indicate the meaning of the word **through** here. Alternate translation: “through the agency of man, but through the agency of Jesus Christ and God the Father” GAL 1 1 pvdp grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **but** introduces a contrast between different potential agents or means of Paul’s commission. The word **but** is introducing a contrast between Paul’s apostleship being **not through man** but rather being **through Jesus Christ and God the Father**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 1 1 fyu8 figs-distinguish Θεοῦ Πατρὸς τοῦ ἐγείραντος αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 The phrase **the one having raised him from the dead** gives further information about **God the Father**. It is not making a distinction between **God the Father** and **the one having raised him from the dead** as if they are two separate entities. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “God the Father who is the same one who made Jesus Christ live again after he died” or “God the Father who caused Jesus Christ to live again after he had died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) -GAL 1 1 wmlj figs-extrainfo Θεοῦ Πατρὸς 1 Here, the phrase **the Father** could be (1) a general title for God which identifies him as the first person in the Christian Trinity. If you choose this option then you should not define whose **Father** God is in your translation but rather you should use a more an expression like the ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) (2) referring to God’s relationship to those who believe in Christ. Alternate translation: “God our Father” +GAL 1 1 wmlj figs-extrainfo Θεοῦ Πατρὸς 1 Here, the phrase **the Father** could be (1) a general title for God which identifies him as the first person in the Christian Trinity. If you choose this option then you should not define whose **Father** God is in your translation but rather you should use a more an expression like the ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) (2) referring to God’s relationship to those who believe in Christ. Alternate translation: “God our Father” GAL 1 1 w3gr figs-nominaladj ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 Paul is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “from among the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -GAL 1 1 g5as figs-metonymy ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 Here, the phrase **the dead** could be a figurative way of referring to a place, in which case it would be referring to “the place of the dead” or “the realm of the dead.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from the place of the dead” or “from the realm of the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +GAL 1 1 g5as figs-metonymy ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 Here, the phrase **the dead** could be a figurative way of referring to a place, in which case it would be referring to “the place of the dead” or “the realm of the dead.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from the place of the dead” or “from the realm of the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 1 2 d737 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here, although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using it in a generic sense to refer to fellow Christians, which includes both men and women. Paul views all those who believe in Jesus, as members of one spiritual family, with God as their heavenly Father. If your readers would misunderstand the use of **brothers** in this context, you can indicate explicitly what it means. Alternate translation: “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 1 2 wmd2 figs-explicit Γαλατίας 1 Here, the word **Galatia** could refer to: (1) the Roman political province called **Galatia**. Alternate translation: “in the province of Galatia” or (2) the geographical region known as **Galatia**. Alternate translation: “in the region of Galatia” If it would help your readers you could state explicitly what the word **Galatia** refers to here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 1 2 aa9v figs-possession τῆς Γαλατίας 1 Paul uses the possessive form here to describe churches that are in Roman political province called **Galatia** or in the geographical region known as **Galatia**. If this use of the possessive form is not clear in your language, you could clarify the meaning using a form that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in the province of Galatia” or “in the region of Galatia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ GAL 1 3 nykr figs-you ὑμῖν 1 Here, the word **you** is plural and refers GAL 1 3 c1xf Θεοῦ Πατρὸς 1 See how you chose to translate the phrase **God the Father** in [1:1](../01/01.md). GAL 1 3 eivd figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 Here, the word **our** refers to Paul, the believers in Galatia, and all believers in Jesus and so is inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. In this book, unless otherwise stated, the word “our” refers to Paul, the believers in Galatia, and all believers and is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) GAL 1 4 onj6 figs-distinguish τοῦ δόντος ἑαυτὸν περὶ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν, ὅπως ἐξέληται ἡμᾶς ἐκ τοῦ αἰῶνος τοῦ ἐνεστῶτος πονηροῦ 1 The phrase **the one having given himself for our sins so that he might deliver us from the present evil age** gives us further information about “our Lord Jesus Christ.” It is not making a distinction between them as if they were two different entities. If this might confuse your readers, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “who is the one having given himself for our sins so that he might deliver us from the present evil age” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) -GAL 1 4 yk9g figs-metonymy περὶ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν 1 for our sins Here, **sins** figuratively refers to the punishment for sin and the phrase **for our sins** refers to Christ giving his life “as a substitution for the punishment that our sins deserved.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “as a substitution for the punishment that our sins deserved” or “to take the punishment we deserved because of our sins” or “to take the punishment for our sins” or “as a substitution for the punishment that our sins deserved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +GAL 1 4 yk9g figs-metonymy περὶ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν 1 for our sins Here, **sins** figuratively refers to the punishment for sin and the phrase **for our sins** refers to Christ giving his life “as a substitution for the punishment that our sins deserved.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “as a substitution for the punishment that our sins deserved” or “to take the punishment we deserved because of our sins” or “to take the punishment for our sins” or “as a substitution for the punishment that our sins deserved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 1 4 f2pm ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν 1 See the note on **our** in [1:3](../01/03.md). GAL 1 4 haib figs-abstractnouns τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sins**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “sinful,” as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 1 4 d8m2 grammar-connect-logic-goal ὅπως 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which Christ gave himself for our sins. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ GAL 1 7 rg69 grammar-connect-exceptions εἰ μή τινές εἰσιν οἱ GAL 1 7 wnfe τινές 1 Alternate translation: “certain people” GAL 1 7 kswu figs-abstractnouns ταράσσοντες ὑμᾶς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **trouble**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “troubling,” or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “troubling you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 1 7 tec2 μεταστρέψαι 1 Alternate translation: “to twist the truth of” or “to change” -GAL 1 7 k9d1 figs-possession τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 By using the possessive form here, Paul is either using it to: (1) describe the gospel that is about Christ, in which case the possessive form is being used to describe the content of the gospel. Alternate translation: “the gospel about Christ” (2) designate Christ as the one who proclaimed the gospel message he is referring to in which case Paul is referring to the gospel message that Christ preached. Alternate translation: “the gospel that Christ proclaimed” or “the gospel that Christ preached” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +GAL 1 7 k9d1 figs-possession τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 By using the possessive form here, Paul is either using it to: (1) describe the gospel that is about Christ, in which case the possessive form is being used to describe the content of the gospel. Alternate translation: “the gospel about Christ” (2) designate Christ as the one who proclaimed the gospel message he is referring to in which case Paul is referring to the gospel message that Christ preached. Alternate translation: “the gospel that Christ proclaimed” or “the gospel that Christ preached” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) GAL 1 8 rltx grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical καὶ ἐὰν ἡμεῖς ἢ ἄγγελος ἐξ οὐρανοῦ εὐαγγελίζηται ὑμῖν παρ’ ὃ εὐηγγελισάμεθα ὑμῖν, ἀνάθεμα ἔστω 1 The word **if** introduces a hypothetical situation. Paul is using a hypothetical situation to warn the Galatians against any teaching that is contrary to the original gospel message that they were taught. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “if it were to happen that we or an angel from heaven might proclaim to you a gospel other than the one we proclaimed to you, let whoever would do that be cursed” or “suppose it were to happen that we or an angel from heaven might proclaim to you a gospel other than the one we proclaimed to you, let whoever would do that be cursed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) GAL 1 8 wnx5 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 When Paul says **we**, he is not including the Galatians, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) GAL 1 8 ebyi ἡμεῖς 1 Alternate translation: “I or my co-laborers in the gospel” @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ GAL 1 8 pifk figs-activepassive ἀνάθεμα ἔστω 1 If your language do GAL 1 8 g7zz figs-gendernotations ἀνάθεμα ἔστω 1 Although the term **him** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “let God curse that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 1 9 anxe figs-exclusive προειρήκαμεν 1 When Paul says **we**, he is not including the Galatians, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) GAL 1 9 h1ht grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἴ τις ὑμᾶς εὐαγγελίζεται 1 The word **If** introduces a hypothetical situation. Paul is using a hypothetical situation to warn the Galatians against any teaching that is contrary to the original gospel message that they were taught. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “If it were to happen that someone proclaims to you a gospel” or “Suppose it were to happen that someone proclaims to you a gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) -GAL 1 9 i2wk figs-explicit παρ’ ὃ  1 See how you translated the phrase **other than the one** in [1:8](../01/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 1 9 i2wk figs-explicit παρ’ ὃ 1 See how you translated the phrase **other than the one** in [1:8](../01/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 1 9 mrv9 figs-activepassive ἀνάθεμα ἔστω 1 See how you translated the phrase **let him be cursed** in [1:8](../01/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 1 9 eta3 figs-gendernotations ἀνάθεμα ἔστω 1 Although the term **him** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. See how you translated the phrase **let him be cursed** in [1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “let God curse that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 1 10 ifod grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** is being used to introduce Paul’s argument against an implied assertion that he altered the content of his gospel message in order to make it more acceptable to people. If it would help your readers, you could express the implied assertion explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) @@ -114,12 +114,12 @@ GAL 1 23 lo0r figs-metonymy τὴν πίστιν 1 Paul is figuratively describ GAL 1 23 y5ud figs-explicit ἐπόρθει 1 Here, the word **destroying** refers to trying to stop the spread of the Christian message. If it would help your readers, you could express that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 1 24 qp4t grammar-connect-logic-result ἐν ἐμοὶ 1 Here, the phrase **in me** means “because of me” and is giving the reason why the Judean believers were praising God, namely because of Paul. If it would help your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) GAL 1 24 cpni ἐν ἐμοὶ 1 The phrase **in me** means “because of me” and the phrase “because of me” could mean: (1) both option 2 and 3 at the same time, in which case “because of me” would mean both that the Judean believers were praising God because God had caused Paul to believe in Jesus and because Paul was now proclaiming the good news about Jesus. If you decide to use this meaning you could use a general phrase that allows for both meanings at the same time such as “because of me.” Alternatively you could clarify in your translation that “because of me” refers to both meanings simultaneously as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because of what God had done in me and was doing through me” or “because God had caused me to believe in Jesus and was now using me to proclaim the good news about Jesus” (2) because of what God was doing through Paul, that he was proclaiming the gospel. Alternate translation: “because of what God is doing through me” or “because I am now proclaiming the good news about Jesus” or “because I am now proclaiming the faith which I formerly tried to destroy” (3) because of what happened to Paul, that God caused him to believe in Jesus. Alternate translation: “because of what God has done in me” or “because God caused me to believe in his son” or “because of what had happened to me” -GAL 2 intro xe28 0 # Galatians 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nPaul continues to defend the true gospel. This began in [Galatians 1:11](../../gal/01/11.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Freedom and slavery\n\nThroughout this letter, Paul contrasts freedom and slavery. The Christian is free in Christ to do many different things. But the Christian who attempts to follow the law of Moses needs to follow the whole law. Paul describes trying to follow the law as a type of slavery. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “I do not negate the grace of God”\n\nPaul teaches that, if a Christian attempts to follow the law of Moses, they do not understand the grace God has shown to them through the work of Christ. This is a fundamental error. But Paul uses the words “I do not negate the grace of God” as a type of hypothetical situation. The purpose of this statement could be seen as, “If you could be saved by following the law, then it would negate the grace of God.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) +GAL 2 intro xe28 0 # Galatians 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Paul continues to defend the true gospel. This began in [Galatians 1:11](../../gal/01/11.md).

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Freedom and slavery

Throughout this letter, Paul contrasts freedom and slavery. The Christian is free in Christ to do many different things. But the Christian who attempts to follow the law of Moses needs to follow the whole law. Paul describes trying to follow the law as a type of slavery. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “I do not negate the grace of God”

Paul teaches that, if a Christian attempts to follow the law of Moses, they do not understand the grace God has shown to them through the work of Christ. This is a fundamental error. But Paul uses the words “I do not negate the grace of God” as a type of hypothetical situation. The purpose of this statement could be seen as, “If you could be saved by following the law, then it would negate the grace of God.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) GAL 2 1 mtgj grammar-connect-time-sequential ἔπειτα 1 The word **Then** indicates that the events Paul will now relate came after the events just described. See how you translated the word **Then** in [1:18](../01/18.md) where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) GAL 2 1 zt61 ἀνέβην εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 Connecting Statement: See how you translated the similar phrase “I went up to Jerusalem” in [1:18](../01/18.md). GAL 2 1 zth5 ἀνέβην 1 went up Your language may say “came” rather than **went** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “I came up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) GAL 2 2 e8xu grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces background information. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) -GAL 2 2 ll4j figs-go ἀνέβην 1 See how you translated the **I went up** in [2:1](../02/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) +GAL 2 2 ll4j figs-go ἀνέβην 1 See how you translated the **I went up** in [2:1](../02/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) GAL 2 2 szwl κατὰ ἀποκάλυψιν 1 The phrase **according to** could: (1) indicate that Paul’s reason for going to Jerusalem was the **revelation**. Alternate translation: “because God told me to” or “because God revealed to me that I should” or “because God showed me that I should” (2) indicate Paul’s response to the **revelation**. Alternate translation: “in response to a revelation” or “in accord with what God had revealed to me” GAL 2 2 zvkg figs-abstractnouns κατὰ ἀποκάλυψιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **revelation**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “revealed”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 2 2 g384 figs-explicit ἀνεθέμην αὐτοῖς 1 Here, the phrase **set before** means to communicate something to someone for the purpose of receiving their opinion regarding it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “communicated to them” or “related to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ GAL 2 12 z1kg figs-explicit φοβούμενος τοὺς ἐκ περιτομ GAL 2 12 fy79 figs-metonymy τοὺς ἐκ περιτομῆς 1 those who were demanding circumcision See how you translated the phrase **the circumcision** in [2:7](../02/07.md). Here, the term **the circumcision** probably refers specifically to Jews who were not believers in Jesus, since it is unlikely that Peter would have feared Jewish Christians or the men whom James sent. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 2 13 urwh figs-explicit οἱ λοιποὶ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Here, the phrase **the rest of the Jews** refers only to the other Jewish believers who were in Antioch. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 2 13 nkrh grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 Here, the phrase **so that** introduces the result of the hypocritical actions of “Cephas” (see [2:12](../02/12.md)) and **the rest of the Jews** who **joined with him**. The result was that **Barnabas was led astray by their hypocrisy**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a result. Alternate translation: “with the result that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -GAL 2 13 iau6 figs-explicit συναπήχθη αὐτῶν τῇ ὑποκρίσει 1 Here, the phrase **led astray** means to influence or convince someone to think and/or act in a specific way. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “was influenced by their hypocritical behavior” or “was influenced by their hypocritical behavior so that he also acted hypocritically” or “was influenced by their hypocritical behavior so that he also joined them in acting hypocritically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 2 13 iau6 figs-explicit συναπήχθη αὐτῶν τῇ ὑποκρίσει 1 Here, the phrase **led astray** means to influence or convince someone to think and/or act in a specific way. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “was influenced by their hypocritical behavior” or “was influenced by their hypocritical behavior so that he also acted hypocritically” or “was influenced by their hypocritical behavior so that he also joined them in acting hypocritically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 2 13 v4cj figs-activepassive καὶ Βαρναβᾶς συναπήχθη αὐτῶν τῇ ὑποκρίσει 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they even led Barnabas astray by their hypocrisy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 2 13 vmkj figs-abstractnouns αὐτῶν τῇ ὑποκρίσει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hypocrisy**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “hypocritical,” or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “by their hypocritical behavior” or “by their hypocritical actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 2 14 k16c grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 Here, Paul uses the word **But** to introduce a contrast between his actions and the wrong actions of Cephas, Barnabas, and the other Jewish believers that he described in [2:12-13](../02/12.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) @@ -210,9 +210,9 @@ GAL 2 16 xhx3 figs-activepassive δικαιοῦται…δικαιωθῶμεν GAL 2 16 s2ys figs-possession ἔργων νόμου -1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe what types of **works** he is referring to. He is specifically referring to works of the Mosaic law. If this is not clear in your language, you could clarify the relationship for your readers. Alternate translation: “doing the works that are commanded in the law of Moses … doing the works that are commanded in the law of Moses … doing the works that are commanded in the law of Moses” or “doing the things Moses commanded … doing the things Moses commanded … doing the things Moses commanded” or “doing the things commanded in the law of Moses … doing the things commanded in the law of Moses … doing the things commanded in the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) GAL 2 16 purc figs-abstractnouns ἔργων νόμου -1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **works**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “obeys” or “obey”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 2 16 ncnt grammar-connect-exceptions ἐὰν μὴ 1 If it would appear in your language that Paul was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “but rather only” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) -GAL 2 16 iivr figs-abstractnouns πίστεως -1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a such as “believing” or “trusts”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 2 16 iivr figs-abstractnouns πίστεως -1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a such as “believing” or “trusts”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 2 16 q4iw figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…δικαιωθῶμεν 1 When Paul says **we** it is inclusive because Paul is addressing Peter and including Peter and the Jewish Christians in Antioch, so **we** is inclusive both times that it occurs in this verse. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -GAL 2 16 nzcb grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is introducing the purpose for which he and the other Jewish believers **believed in Christ Jesus**, which is **so that** they **might be justified by faith in Christ**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])\n\n +GAL 2 16 nzcb grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is introducing the purpose for which he and the other Jewish believers **believed in Christ Jesus**, which is **so that** they **might be justified by faith in Christ**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) GAL 2 16 gp4w grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι ἐξ ἔργων νόμου, οὐ δικαιωθήσεται πᾶσα σάρξ 1 Here, the word **For** re-introduces and re-states the reason why Cephas and the other Jewish believers **believed in Christ Jesus**. They **believed in Jesus Christ** for the reason that **by works of the law no flesh will be justified**. The phrase **by works of the law no flesh will be justified** is saying the exact same thing, in slightly different words, as the phrase which occurs earlier in the verse which says **no man is justified by works of the law**. If it would not be natural in your language to re-introduce the reason after the result you could re-introduce and re-state the result. Alternate translation: “We believed in Christ Jesus because no flesh will be justified by works of the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) GAL 2 16 j7g5 figs-synecdoche σάρξ 1 no flesh The word **flesh** refers to human beings. Paul uses a part of humans to refer to the entire human. The phrase “any flesh” means “any person.” If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “no person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) GAL 2 16 ctbj figs-extrainfo οὐ…ἄνθρωπος…πᾶσα σάρξ 1 no flesh Both the words “man” and “flesh” refer to people in general and include all people, both Jewish people and Gentile people and refer to people of all ages and nationalities. The phrases “no man” and “any flesh” exclude all people, both Jewish people and Gentile people. Paul is saying the same thing, two different ways to emphasize that no person, Jew or Gentile, is justified by obeying the law. Since Paul explains this truth in this passage, you do not need to explain its meaning further here, but make sure to use words or phrases when translating the words “man” and “flesh” which indicate that these words refer to (include) all people of all ages and nationalities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) @@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ GAL 2 18 mwuo figs-metaphor ἃ κατέλυσα, ταῦτα πάλιν οἰκ GAL 2 18 o7g8 figs-abstractnouns παραβάτην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **a transgressor**, you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 2 19 wdaa grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** is introducing the reason that Paul said **May it never be” in [2:17](../02/17.md) and and also introducing information which gives support for what he said in [2:18](../02/18.md). Use a natural form for introducing a reason for something that was said prior. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 2 19 zqqw διὰ νόμου 1 Alternate translation: “by means of the law” -GAL 2 19 r55d figs-metaphor ἐγὼ…νόμῳ ἀπέθανον 1 Here, the phrase, **I … died to the law** could: (1) be a metaphor that refers to believers’ vicarious death with Christ through their believing in him and their consequent union with him which they as a result of their faith in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. (See [Rom 7:4](../07/04.md) and [Gal 4:4-5](../04/04.md)) Alternate translation: “I … died to the law through my union with Christ” (2) be a metaphor that refers to Paul’s experience in trying to obey the law. Alternate translation: “I … died to the law through the things that it required” or “I … died to the law through the things that it commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n +GAL 2 19 r55d figs-metaphor ἐγὼ…νόμῳ ἀπέθανον 1 Here, the phrase, **I … died to the law** could: (1) be a metaphor that refers to believers’ vicarious death with Christ through their believing in him and their consequent union with him which they as a result of their faith in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. (See [Rom 7:4](../07/04.md) and [Gal 4:4-5](../04/04.md)) Alternate translation: “I … died to the law through my union with Christ” (2) be a metaphor that refers to Paul’s experience in trying to obey the law. Alternate translation: “I … died to the law through the things that it required” or “I … died to the law through the things that it commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 2 19 yl7y grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is introducing the purpose or reason for which he **died to the law**. The purpose was **so that** he **might live to God**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) GAL 2 19 l3r9 figs-explicit Θεῷ ζήσω 1 The phrase **live to God** means “live for God.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I might live for God” or “I might live to serve God” or “I might live to please God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 2 19 xg5q figs-metaphor Χριστῷ συνεσταύρωμαι 1 The phrase **I have been crucified with Christ** is a metaphor. Paul is not saying that he literally died with Christ. Paul is using this metaphor to express the reality that as a result of his faith in Christ, and the subsequent union with Christ that his faith has brought about, God now views Paul as if he had died with Christ. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **crucified with Christ** in this context, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -251,13 +251,13 @@ GAL 2 21 imxg grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ γὰρ διὰ νό GAL 2 21 m74u figs-explicit εἰ…διὰ νόμου δικαιοσύνη 1 Here, the word **through** expresses the means by which something happens. The phrase **if righteousness is through the law** means “if righteousness could be obtained through keeping the law.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “if righteousness could be obtained by keeping the law” or “if a person could be justified by keeping the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 2 21 dv5f διὰ νόμου 1 The phrase **through the law** is equivalent in meaning to the phrase “by works of the law” in [2:16](../02/16.md). See how you translated the phrase “by works of the law” the two times that it occurs in [2:16](../02/16.md). GAL 2 21 rku5 ἄρα Χριστὸς δωρεὰν ἀπέθανεν 1 then Christ died for nothing Alternate translation: “then Christ would have accomplished nothing by dying” or “then it was pointless for Christ to die” -GAL 3 intro xd92 0 # Galatians 3 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Equality in Christ\n\nAll Christians are equally united to Christ. Ancestry, gender, and status do not matter. All are equal with each other. All are equal in the eyes of God.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Rhetorical Questions\n\nPaul uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter. He uses them to convince the Galatians of their sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Flesh\nThis is a complex issue. “Flesh” is possibly a metaphor for our sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that the physical part of man is sinful. “Flesh” is used in this chapter in contrast with that which is spiritual. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])\n\n### “Those of faith are children of Abraham”\nBible scholars are divided on what this means. Some believe Christians inherit the promises that God gave to Abraham, so Christians replace the physical descendants of Israel. Others believe Christians spiritually follow Abraham, but they do not inherit all of the promises that God gave to Abraham. In light of Paul’s other teachings and the context here, Paul is probably writing about the Jewish and Gentile Christians sharing the same faith as Abraham did. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 3 intro xd92 0 # Galatians 3 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Equality in Christ

All Christians are equally united to Christ. Ancestry, gender, and status do not matter. All are equal with each other. All are equal in the eyes of God.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

Paul uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter. He uses them to convince the Galatians of their sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Flesh
This is a complex issue. “Flesh” is possibly a metaphor for our sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that the physical part of man is sinful. “Flesh” is used in this chapter in contrast with that which is spiritual. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])

### “Those of faith are children of Abraham”
Bible scholars are divided on what this means. Some believe Christians inherit the promises that God gave to Abraham, so Christians replace the physical descendants of Israel. Others believe Christians spiritually follow Abraham, but they do not inherit all of the promises that God gave to Abraham. In light of Paul’s other teachings and the context here, Paul is probably writing about the Jewish and Gentile Christians sharing the same faith as Abraham did. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 1 u6lo figs-exclamations ὦ 1 **O** is an exclamation word. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language that would be natural to use in this context. Alternate translation: “Oh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) GAL 3 1 xvji ἀνόητοι Γαλάται 1 Alternate translation: “you Galatians are without understanding” or “you Galatians who are without understanding” GAL 3 1 p7uw figs-rquestion τίς ὑμᾶς ἐβάσκανεν 1 General Information: Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to rebuke the Galatian believers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 3 1 ryu7 figs-irony τίς ὑμᾶς ἐβάσκανεν 1 Who has put a spell on you? Paul is using irony to express the fact that the Galatian believers are acting as though someone has put a spell on them. He does not really believe that someone has put a spell on them. In fact Paul is upset with the Galatians believers for willingly choosing to believe false teachers and letting themselves be deceived. If your readers would misunderstand what Paul is saying here, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You behave as if someone has put a spell on you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) GAL 3 1 gwv2 figs-metaphor οἷς κατ’ ὀφθαλμοὺς Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς προεγράφη ἐσταυρωμένος 1 It was before your eyes that Jesus Christ was publicly displayed as crucified This phrase is a metaphor which could: (1) be referring to someone publicly drawing a picture for people to see. In this case Paul would be referring to the teaching about Jesus that the Galatians had received as if it were a clear picture that they had seen with their eyes. If your readers would not understand what **publicly portrayed** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “you yourselves heard the clear teaching about Jesus being crucified” (2) be referring to the practice of someone posting a public announcement for people to read. In this case Paul would be referring to his preaching the good news about Jesus as if it were a public announcement which the Galatians had read. If your readers would not understand what **publicly portrayed** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “you yourselves heard the clear teaching about Jesus being crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 3 1 ty3a figs-activepassive προεγράφη ἐσταυρωμένος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 3 1 ty3a figs-activepassive προεγράφη ἐσταυρωμένος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 2 wq9g figs-rquestion ἐξ ἔργων νόμου τὸ Πνεῦμα ἐλάβετε, ἢ ἐξ ἀκοῆς πίστεως 1 Did you receive the Spirit by the works of the law or by believing what you heard? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to rebuke the Galatian believers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “You received the Spirit, not by doing what the law says, but by believing what you heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 3 2 wll8 Πνεῦμα 1 The word **Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. Make sure that you use a word that would be appropriate to use for the Holy Spirit. GAL 3 2 dbp8 figs-possession ἐξ ἔργων νόμου 1 See how you translated the phrase **by works of the law** in [2:16](../02/16.md) where it occurs three times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) @@ -268,9 +268,9 @@ GAL 3 3 nghz ἀνόητοί 1 See how you translated the word ** foolish** in GAL 3 3 vof3 figs-rquestion ἐναρξάμενοι Πνεύματι, νῦν σαρκὶ ἐπιτελεῖσθε 1 Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form in order to try to make the Galatian believers think about what they are doing. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 3 3 croz figs-ellipsis ἐναρξάμενοι 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Having begun the Christian life” or “Having begun your new relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) GAL 3 3 xff5 Πνεύματι 1 The word **Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. Make sure that you translate the word **Spirit** with the same word that you used to translate “Spirit” in [3:2](../03/02.md) where it is also referring to the Holy Spirit. -GAL 3 3 xu4d figs-metonymy σαρκὶ 1 by the flesh Paul is describing the actions a person does while in their body by association with their body, which he calls **flesh**. Here, **flesh** refers to a reliance on one’s own effort in doing outward deeds and doing these actions with a self-sufficient and self-reliant trust in them instead of trusting God. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “by your own effort” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +GAL 3 3 xu4d figs-metonymy σαρκὶ 1 by the flesh Paul is describing the actions a person does while in their body by association with their body, which he calls **flesh**. Here, **flesh** refers to a reliance on one’s own effort in doing outward deeds and doing these actions with a self-sufficient and self-reliant trust in them instead of trusting God. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “by your own effort” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 3 4 iyj1 figs-rquestion τοσαῦτα ἐπάθετε εἰκῇ 1 Have you suffered so many things for nothing…? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form in order to try to make the Galatian believers think about the implications of believing and following the false teachers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -GAL 3 4 xujz figs-extrainfo τοσαῦτα ἐπάθετε εἰκῇ 1 The original word that Paul used which is translated as **experienced** by the ULT could refer to: (1) the spiritual privileges and blessings that the Galatian believers had experienced such as receiving God’s Spirit when they believed in Jesus and God “working miracles” among them, both of which are mentioned in the next verse. If your language does not allow you to use a neutral term but rather requires a more specific term you could specify that the things the Galatians experienced were good things as modeled by the UST. (2) experiencing bad things such as suffering. If this is what Paul means here, then he is referring to the suffering that the Galatians believers experienced when they were persecuted. Alternate translation: “Keep in mind that if what God has done for you was because of your obeying the laws that God gave to Moses and not because of trusting in Christ, did you not suffer many things needlessly? I certainly hope that you did not suffer like that needlessly” (3) both good things and bad things here and be referring to both the persecution that the Galatians had experienced and the spiritual blessings that they had experienced. Because it is not known for sure what type of things that Paul is referring to, if possible you should try to use a neutral term or expression. You could then translate this rhetorical question as the ULT does or with a similar neutral phrase such as “Did all the things that happened to you not cause you to think about them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) +GAL 3 4 xujz figs-extrainfo τοσαῦτα ἐπάθετε εἰκῇ 1 The original word that Paul used which is translated as **experienced** by the ULT could refer to: (1) the spiritual privileges and blessings that the Galatian believers had experienced such as receiving God’s Spirit when they believed in Jesus and God “working miracles” among them, both of which are mentioned in the next verse. If your language does not allow you to use a neutral term but rather requires a more specific term you could specify that the things the Galatians experienced were good things as modeled by the UST. (2) experiencing bad things such as suffering. If this is what Paul means here, then he is referring to the suffering that the Galatians believers experienced when they were persecuted. Alternate translation: “Keep in mind that if what God has done for you was because of your obeying the laws that God gave to Moses and not because of trusting in Christ, did you not suffer many things needlessly? I certainly hope that you did not suffer like that needlessly” (3) both good things and bad things here and be referring to both the persecution that the Galatians had experienced and the spiritual blessings that they had experienced. Because it is not known for sure what type of things that Paul is referring to, if possible you should try to use a neutral term or expression. You could then translate this rhetorical question as the ULT does or with a similar neutral phrase such as “Did all the things that happened to you not cause you to think about them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) GAL 3 4 mvad ἐπάθετε 1 Alternate translation: “Did you experience” GAL 3 4 nq68 εἰκῇ…καὶ εἰκῇ 1 for nothing Alternate translation: “uselessly … it was really uselessly” or “in vain … it was really in vain” or “for no purpose … it was really for no purpose” GAL 3 4 xl9l figs-hypo εἴ γε καὶ εἰκῇ 1 if indeed it was for nothing? The phrase **if indeed it was really for nothing** shows contingency regarding his rhetorical question **Have you experienced so many things for nothing** and shows that Paul still has hope for the Galatians. Paul hopes that the Galatians will not make the **many things** that they have **experienced** be **for nothing** by following the false teachers who were teaching that it was necessary that they follow the laws of Moses such as circumcision and the dietary laws it required. Paul is making a hypothetical statement to help his readers recognize the serious implications of following the teachings of the false teachers instead of trusting in Jesus alone. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “if indeed it was really for nothing that you experienced so many things, but I hope with you that this is not the case” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) @@ -282,11 +282,11 @@ GAL 3 5 qnkz figs-possession ἐξ ἀκοῆς πίστεως 1 See how you tr GAL 3 5 s3bc figs-rquestion ἐξ ἔργων νόμου ἢ ἐξ ἀκοῆς πίστεως 1 Does he…do so by the works of the law, or by hearing with faith? Paul asks another rhetorical question to remind the Galatians how people receive the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 3 5 j4vz figs-possession ἐξ ἔργων νόμου 1 by the works of the law See how you translated the phrase **by works of the law** in [2:16](../02/16.md) where it occurs three times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) GAL 3 5 e17q figs-explicit ἐξ ἀκοῆς πίστεως 1 by hearing with faith Your language may require that what the people heard and whom they trusted be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “because you heard the message and had faith in Jesus” or “because you listened to the message and trusted in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 3 6 ahy9 grammar-connect-words-phrases καθὼς 1 Connecting Statement: Here, the phrase **Just as** indicates that what follows is connected to what precedes it, specifically [3:1-5](../03/01.md). The phrase **Just as** is also introducing new information. The new information that this phrase is introducing is the biblical example of Abraham. Use a form that would be appropriate in this context. Alternate translation: “Even as” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +GAL 3 6 ahy9 grammar-connect-words-phrases καθὼς 1 Connecting Statement: Here, the phrase **Just as** indicates that what follows is connected to what precedes it, specifically [3:1-5](../03/01.md). The phrase **Just as** is also introducing new information. The new information that this phrase is introducing is the biblical example of Abraham. Use a form that would be appropriate in this context. Alternate translation: “Even as” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 3 6 iv9t figs-quotemarks ἐπίστευσεν τῷ Θεῷ καὶ ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 Here, Paul quotes Genesis 15:16. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with opening and closing quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning and end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) GAL 3 6 ohbw figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God credited it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 6 ghuy figs-explicit ἐλογίσθη 1 Here, the word **it** refers to Abraham’s belief in God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God credited his belief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 3 6 f7sv figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην 1 it was credited to him as righteousness See how you translated the word **righteousness** in [2:21](../02/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 3 6 f7sv figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην 1 it was credited to him as righteousness See how you translated the word **righteousness** in [2:21](../02/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 7 i9x4 figs-abstractnouns οἱ ἐκ πίστεως 1 those of faith If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “believe”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those who believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 7 rh9q figs-explicit οἱ ἐκ πίστεως 1 Your language may require you to state the object of **faith**. Here, the phrase **by faith** is probably a shortened way of of saying “who by faith in Christ are trusting God to consider them righteous” or “who are trusting God to consider them righteous because they believe in Christ”. Here, the phrase **by faith** is equivalent or similar in meaning to the phrase “by faith in Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md) where it occurs in the phrase “we also believed in Christ Jesus, so that we might be justified by faith in Christ”. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the meaning explicitly here. Alternate translation: “the ones who by faith in Christ are trusting God to consider them righteous” or “the ones who are trusting God to consider them righteous because they believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 7 kq1h figs-metaphor υἱοί…Ἀβραὰμ 1 children of Abraham People who have faith in God, as Abraham did, are here spoken of as if they were Abraham’s **sons**. Paul does not mean that people who have faith in God are Abraham’s biological descendants but rather he is saying that they share a spiritual similarity to him because they believe in God, therefore Paul calls them **sons of Abraham**. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **sons of Abraham** in this context, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way or use a simile as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ GAL 3 11 sn9h δῆλον 1 Now it is clear Alternate translation: “is eviden GAL 3 11 e2hj writing-quotations ὅτι 2 The sentence **The righteous will live by faith** is a quotation from Habakkuk 2:4. Use a natural way of introducing direct quotations from an important or sacred text. Alternate translation: “because it is written in Scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) GAL 3 11 qiab writing-quotations ὁ δίκαιος ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται 1 The sentence **The righteous will live by faith** is a quotation from Habakkuk 2:4. Use a natural way of indicating that something is a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) GAL 3 11 i537 figs-nominaladj ὁ δίκαιος ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται 1 the righteous will live by faith Paul is citing the prophet Habakkuk who is using the adjective **righteous** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “People who are righteous will live by their faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -GAL 3 11 h7t4 ὁ δίκαιος ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται 1 The phrase **by faith** could be connected to: (1) the phrase **will live** and be describing the ongoing means by which a righteous person has spiritual life, namely by their faith. Alternate translation: “The righteous person has life through their faith” or “The righteous person lives as a result of their faith” “The righteous person has spiritual life as a result of their faith” (2) the phrase **the righteous** and be describing the means by which God considers a sinful person to be **righteous*, namely by their having faith in him. Alternate translation: “The person who is made right with God as a result of their faith will live” or “Every person whose record of sins God erases because that person trusts God will live spiritually”\n +GAL 3 11 h7t4 ὁ δίκαιος ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται 1 The phrase **by faith** could be connected to: (1) the phrase **will live** and be describing the ongoing means by which a righteous person has spiritual life, namely by their faith. Alternate translation: “The righteous person has life through their faith” or “The righteous person lives as a result of their faith” “The righteous person has spiritual life as a result of their faith” (2) the phrase **the righteous** and be describing the means by which God considers a sinful person to be **righteous*, namely by their having faith in him. Alternate translation: “The person who is made right with God as a result of their faith will live” or “Every person whose record of sins God erases because that person trusts God will live spiritually” GAL 3 11 osgj figs-abstractnouns ἐκ πίστεως 1 the righteous will live by faith If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “believe,” or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “by believing” or “because they believe” or “by believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 11 e610 figs-explicit ἐκ πίστεως 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that the object of **faith** here is God. Alternate translation: “by believing in God” or “because they believe in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 12 jr9l grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 The word **Now** indicates that Paul is introducing new information into his argument and it also indicates that Paul is introducing information that will be in contrast with his statement in [3:11](../03/11.md), that “the law” is not able to justify a person. Use a natural form in your language for indicating these things. Alternate translation: “And” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) @@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ GAL 3 13 vaay ὑπὲρ 1 Alternate translation: “for” GAL 3 13 p5m9 ὅτι γέγραπται 1 The phrase **for it is written** is introducing a quotation from Deuteronomy 21:23. See how you translated the phrase **for it is written** in [3:10](../03/10.md) where it is also introducing a quotation from Scripture. GAL 3 13 vjbr ἐπικατάρατος πᾶς ὁ 1 See how you translated the phrase **Cursed is everyone** in [3:10](../03/10.md). GAL 3 13 mt6z figs-explicit ξύλου 1 hangs on a tree In the language that Paul wrote this letter in the word **tree** can refer to a post made out of wood. Here, Paul is using this term to refer to the wooden cross that Jesus was crucified on. If it would help your readers, use a term which would be applicable to something made of wood and not merely to a live tree. Alternate translation: “a pole” or “a wooden pole” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 3 14 brf7 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 so that the blessing of Abraham might come The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for Christ’s death (which he discussed in the previous verse). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])\n +GAL 3 14 brf7 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 so that the blessing of Abraham might come The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for Christ’s death (which he discussed in the previous verse). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) GAL 3 14 z38j figs-abstractnouns εὐλογία 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blessing**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “bless”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 14 a0nd figs-explicit ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, the word **in** could be used to indicate: (1) by what means **the blessing of Abraham** would **come to the Gentiles**, namely “by means of” **Christ Jesus**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of Christ Jesus” or “through Christ Jesus” or “by Christ Jesus” (2) the sphere in which **the blessing of Abraham** would **come to the Gentiles**, namely **so that the blessing of Abraham might come to the Gentiles** who are “in the sphere of” **Christ Jesus**. Alternate translation: “who are in union with Christ Jesus” (3) the reason **the blessing of Abraham** would ** come to the Gentiles**, namely “because of” **Christ Jesus**. Alternate translation: “because of what Christ Jesus has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 14 gt7z grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 2 Here, the phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for **the blessing of Abraham** coming **to the Gentiles**, namely so that **the promise of the Spirit** could be received **through faith**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) @@ -349,17 +349,17 @@ GAL 3 15 jrdg figs-activepassive ἀνθρώπου κεκυρωμένην 1 If GAL 3 15 rbir figs-genericnoun ἀνθρώπου κεκυρωμένην διαθήκην, οὐδεὶς ἀθετεῖ ἢ ἐπιδιατάσσεται 1 Paul is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “no one sets aside or adds to a covenant which people have established” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) GAL 3 15 zu16 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπου 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women and refers to people in general. If your readers would misunderstand this you can indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 3 16 f1xu grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Now Here, the word **Now** could indicate: (1) that Paul is introducing additional information into his ongoing argument. Alternate translation: “Furthermore” (2) a transition. Alternate translation: “But note that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -GAL 3 16 rreg figs-metaphor τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ…τοῖς σπέρμασιν…τῷ σπέρματί σου 1 Here, the term **seed** means “offspring.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. If your readers would not understand what **seed** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 3 16 rreg figs-metaphor τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ…τοῖς σπέρμασιν…τῷ σπέρματί σου 1 Here, the term **seed** means “offspring.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. If your readers would not understand what **seed** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 16 x8m7 τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ…τοῖς σπέρμασιν…τῷ σπέρματί σου 1 In order to correctly communicate Paul’s meaning here it is important to translate both occurrences of the word **seed** with a singular form and to translate the single occurrence of the word **seeds** with a plural form that indicates more than one. GAL 3 16 j9x7 figs-explicit οὐ λέγει 1 Here, the word **He** could: (1) refer to God speaking to Abraham. By using the phrase **and to your seed** Paul is referring to multiple passages in the book of Genesis where God made promises to Abraham and his **seed**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that **He** refers to the God. Alternate translation: “God does not say” (2) be translated as “It” and be referring to the various passages in Genesis which record that God spoke promises to Abraham. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that **It** refers to Scripture. Alternate translation: “Scripture does not say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 3 16 w3wl figs-ellipsis ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν, ἀλλ’ ὡς ἐφ’ ἑνός 1 referring to many Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “as speaking about many, but as speaking about one” or “as referring to many, but as referring to one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])\n +GAL 3 16 w3wl figs-ellipsis ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν, ἀλλ’ ὡς ἐφ’ ἑνός 1 referring to many Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “as speaking about many, but as speaking about one” or “as referring to many, but as referring to one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) GAL 3 16 t25e figs-you σου 1 to your descendant The word **your** is singular and refers to Abraham. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) GAL 3 17 pdd3 δὲ 1 Alternate translation: “And” GAL 3 17 h36m translate-numbers τετρακόσια καὶ τριάκοντα ἔτη 1 430 years Alternate translation: “four hundred and thirty years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) GAL 3 17 qn7j figs-activepassive προκεκυρωμένην ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which God established previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 17 fmw4 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὸ καταργῆσαι 1 Here, the word **to** introduces what the result would have been if **the law** had **set aside the covenant previously established by God**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a result. Alternate translation: “so as to nullify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) GAL 3 18 ujg2 εἰ…ἐκ…ἡ κληρονομία, οὐκέτι ἐξ 1 For if the inheritance comes by the law, then it no longer comes by promise Alternate translation: “if the inheritance is from…then it is no longer from” -GAL 3 18 c8fu figs-metaphor ἡ κληρονομία 1 inheritance Paul speaks of God’s blessings to those who believe in him as if they were an **inheritance**. If your readers would not understand what **inheritance** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the blessing” or “God’s blessing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 3 18 c8fu figs-metaphor ἡ κληρονομία 1 inheritance Paul speaks of God’s blessings to those who believe in him as if they were an **inheritance**. If your readers would not understand what **inheritance** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the blessing” or “God’s blessing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 18 h1xv figs-explicit ἐκ νόμου…οὐκέτι ἐξ 1 Alternate translation: “is by the law, it is no longer by” or “is based on the law, it is no longer based on” or “comes from the law, it no longer comes from” GAL 3 18 q6jq grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to the idea that **the inheritance is from the law**. Instead, Paul points out that **the inheritance** is based on God’s promise. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 3 18 xsep figs-explicit κεχάρισται 1 Here, the word **it** refers to **the inheritance** mentioned earlier in this verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “has graciously given the inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ GAL 3 19 mnw2 figs-ellipsis ὁ νόμος 1 Paul is leaving out some of the wo GAL 3 19 uk9m figs-activepassive προσετέθη 1 It was added If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God added it” or “God added the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 19 yf5t τῶν παραβάσεων χάριν προσετέθη 1 The phrase **because of transgressions** could refer to: (1) the purpose that **the law … was added** to the covenant with Abraham, namely the law **was added** to the covenant “for the purpose of showing what transgression is” or “for the purpose of showing people what sin is”. The phrase **because of transgressions** would then be stating the purpose that **the law … was added**, namely because people were sinning and God wanted show them what sin was by giving **the law**. Alternate translation: “It was added for the purpose of showing what transgression is” or “It was added for the purpose of showing people what sin is” (2) what caused God to decide that **the law** should be **added** to the covenant with Abraham. This phrase would then mean that what caused God to add **the law** to the covenant was because people were committing transgressions. The phrase **because of transgressions** would then be stating the cause for **the law** being **added**, namely because people were sinning and God wanted to correct people’s wrong and sinful behavior by showing them what righteous behavior was and so he gave **the law**. Alternate translation: “It was added because people were committing transgressions” or “It was added because people were sinning” GAL 3 19 phd5 figs-abstractnouns τῶν παραβάσεων 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **transgressions**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “sinful”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -GAL 3 19 cf66 figs-activepassive διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων 1 The law was put into force through angels by a mediator If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “and God used angels to put it into effect” or “God gave the law through angels” or “God put the law into effect through angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 3 19 cf66 figs-activepassive διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων 1 The law was put into force through angels by a mediator If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “and God used angels to put it into effect” or “God gave the law through angels” or “God put the law into effect through angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 19 lxcw διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων 1 Translate the phrase **through angels** in a way that indicates that God was the source of the law and not angels. God was the source of the law but he used angels to give the law Moses. The Bible records in Deuteronomy 33:2; Hebrews 2:2; and Acts 7:38, 53 that God used angels to give Moses his law and this is what Jewish people believed regarding how God delivered his law to Moses. Alternate translation: “and God used angels to put it into effect” or “God gave the law through angels” or “God put the law into effect through angels” GAL 3 19 v74y ἄχρις οὗ ἔλθῃ τὸ σπέρμα ᾧ ἐπήγγελται, διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων ἐν χειρὶ μεσίτου 1 When Paul says that **the law** was administered **by the hand of a mediator (Moses) until the seed would come to whom the promise had been made** his point is that **the law** was temporary and only needed **until the seed (Christ) would come**. By saying this, Paul is implicitly telling the Galatian believers that the law was temporary, and only needed until Christ, whom he calls **the seed**, came. GAL 3 19 bgi6 figs-idiom ἐν χειρὶ μεσίτου 1 a mediator The phrase **by the hand of** is an idiom which means “through.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “through a mediator” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ GAL 3 21 zwk0 figs-rquestion ὁ…νόμος κατὰ τῶν ἐπαγγελ GAL 3 21 e43u κατὰ τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν 1 against the promises Alternate translation: “opposed to the promises” or “in conflict with the promises” GAL 3 21 ee7y figs-explicit τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν 1 The phrase **the promises** refers to the promises that God made to Abraham. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promises that God made to Abraham” or “God’s promises to Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 21 nd97 μὴ γένοιτο 1 **May it never be** is an emphatic way of negating a statement. The statement that the phrase **May it never be** is negating is the proposed question **is the law against the promises**. Use a natural word or expression for strongly negating an idea. Alternate translation: “Certainly not!” -GAL 3 21 jnwe grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ…ἐδόθη νόμος ὁ δυνάμενος ζῳοποιῆσαι, ὄντως 1 Paul is using a hypothetical situation to teach the Galatian believers. Alternate translation: “if it was possible that a law was given that was able to make people alive, then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])\n\n\n\n +GAL 3 21 jnwe grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ…ἐδόθη νόμος ὁ δυνάμενος ζῳοποιῆσαι, ὄντως 1 Paul is using a hypothetical situation to teach the Galatian believers. Alternate translation: “if it was possible that a law was given that was able to make people alive, then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) GAL 3 21 bjpb figs-activepassive ἐδόθη νόμος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God gave a law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 21 dljp figs-explicit ζῳοποιῆσαι 1 Here, it is implied that Paul is referring to making “people” alive. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to make people alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 21 skc0 figs-extrainfo ζῳοποιῆσαι 1 The phrase **to make alive** could refer to: (1) both eternal life in the future and to making people spiritually alive in the present. Paul is probably referring to both here since in this letter Paul discusses the important role of the Holy Spirit and the fact that the Holy Spirit is given through faith and not the law. (2) eternal life in the future after a person dies. If it is possible in your language, it would be best to retain a general phrase as modeled by the ULT, since Paul does not explain the phrase **to make alive**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) @@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ GAL 3 24 mcdn figs-metaphor ὁ νόμος, παιδαγωγὸς ἡμῶν γ GAL 3 24 amrv translate-unknown παιδαγωγὸς 1 guardian In Paul’s culture a **guardian** was a slave whose job was to discipline and take care of a child who was not yet an adult. If your readers would not be familiar with this term you could either explain the meaning of this word in your translation, as modeled by the UST, or you could use the term from your culture that comes the closes to expressing the meaning of this word and then write a footnote explaining this word if you are using footnotes in your translation. Alternate translation: “custodian” or “guide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) GAL 3 24 ln1s figs-personification παιδαγωγὸς 1 guardian Here, Paul speaks of **the law** as though it were a **guardian** whose job or role was to watch over people’s actions **until Christ** came. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “guide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) GAL 3 24 p30v εἰς 1 See how you translated the word **until** in [3:23](../03/23.md). -GAL 3 24 zick grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which **the law became our guardian until Christ** which was for the intended purpose that **we might be justified by faith** in Christ. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “with the purpose that” or “with the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])\n\n +GAL 3 24 zick grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which **the law became our guardian until Christ** which was for the intended purpose that **we might be justified by faith** in Christ. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “with the purpose that” or “with the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) GAL 3 24 s8g5 figs-activepassive δικαιωθῶμεν 1 so that we might be justified If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God would declare us to be righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 24 j1xp ἐκ πίστεως 1 See how you translated the phrase **by faith** in [2:16](../02/16.md) where it is used with the same meaning. GAL 3 24 vj5u figs-explicit ἐκ 1 Here, the word **by** is indicating the basis or source of God’s act of justifying sinners. It is indicating that **faith** is the basis on which **we might be justfied.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the basis of” or “by means of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ GAL 3 26 tzqa figs-gendernotations υἱοὶ 1 Although the term **sons** is m GAL 3 26 u0ma figs-metaphor υἱοὶ 1 Paul speaks of the Galatian believers as if God was their biological, physical father. He means that these people have a father-son relationship with God because they trust in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the spiritual children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 26 mwku figs-abstractnouns τῆς πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “trusted,” as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 26 kht6 ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 The phrase **in Christ Jesus** could mean: (1) that the spiritual position of the Galatian believers was “in Christ Jesus.” Alternate translation: “being in union with Christ Jesus” or “you are in union with Christ Jesus” (2) that **Christ Jesus** was the object of Galatian believers faith. Alternate translation: “which is in Christ Jesus” or “towards Christ Jesus” -GAL 3 27 p0dy grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** indicates that what follows is an explanation giving the reason for why Paul said “you are all sons of God” in [3:26](../03/26.md). Use a natural form in your language for introducing information which proves and/or explains a prior statement. Alternate translation: “Because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +GAL 3 27 p0dy grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** indicates that what follows is an explanation giving the reason for why Paul said “you are all sons of God” in [3:26](../03/26.md). Use a natural form in your language for introducing information which proves and/or explains a prior statement. Alternate translation: “Because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 3 27 yicn figs-explicit ὅσοι 1 The phrase **as many as** means “as many of you as.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as many of you as” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 27 h5ax figs-explicit ὅσοι…ἐβαπτίσθητε 1 The phrase **as many as have** means “all of you who have.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “all of you who have been baptized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 27 v6n1 figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίσθητε 1 For as many of you who were baptized into Christ If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “a person” did it. Alternate translation: “someone has baptized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -452,11 +452,11 @@ GAL 3 28 fy09 γὰρ 1 Here, the word **for** introduces a reason. Use a natu GAL 3 28 fakq πάντες γὰρ ὑμεῖς εἷς ἐστε ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Alternate translation: “because all of you are together joined to the Messiah Jesus” GAL 3 28 mppd figs-explicit εἷς 1 Here, Paul uses the word **one** to indicate that all believers share the same equal position because of their new identity which they have by being **in Christ**. (Paul is further explaining his statement from the previous verse in which he says that all believers have “put on Christ”, meaning that they have a new and common identity which is derived from and centers on Christ). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly what **one** means here. Alternate translation: “one person” or “one and the same standing” or “of equal standing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 28 pddu figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Paul speaks of believers being **in Christ Jesus** as if **Christ Jesus** were a physical location into which someone could be. Here, **into Christ** refers to being spiritually united with Christ in a close spiritual union. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning of this phrase plainly. Alternative translation: “have been baptized into close spiritual union with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 3 29 lnlp grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, Paul is using the word **Now** to introduce new information. Use a natural form for introducing new information. Alternate translation: “And” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +GAL 3 29 lnlp grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, Paul is using the word **Now** to introduce new information. Use a natural form for introducing new information. Alternate translation: “And” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 3 29 ovzy grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ…ἄρα 1 Paul is using an **if … then” statement to express a hypothetical condition and what the result is for those people who meet the requirement of the condition. Paul is telling the Galatians that **if** they belong to Christ **then** they are Abrahams spiritual descendents. Use a natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical condition. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) GAL 3 29 lth0 figs-yousingular ὑμεῖς…ἐστέ 1 Here, both occurrences of the word **you** are plural and refer to the Galatian believers. Your language may require you to mark these forms as plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) GAL 3 29 wceh ὑμεῖς Χριστοῦ 1 Alternate translation: “you are Christ’s” or “you belong to Christ” -GAL 3 29 xwrj figs-metaphor σπέρμα 1 Here, the term **seed** means “offspring.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. If your readers would not understand what **seed** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. See how you translated the word **seed** in [3:16](../03/16.md) where it is used with a similar meaning. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “offspring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 3 29 xwrj figs-metaphor σπέρμα 1 Here, the term **seed** means “offspring.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. If your readers would not understand what **seed** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. See how you translated the word **seed** in [3:16](../03/16.md) where it is used with a similar meaning. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “offspring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 29 qp4z figs-metaphor κληρονόμοι 1 heirs Paul speaks of believers, who are the spiritual descendants **of Abraham**, as if they were **heirs** who were to inherit property and wealth from a family member. If your readers would not understand what **heirs** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 29 au7a figs-explicit κατ’ ἐπαγγελίαν κληρονόμοι 1 heirs If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly what the **heirs** will inherit. Alternate translation: “heirs of what God promised to Abraham and his descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 29 zxr0 κατ’ 1 Alternate translation: “by way of” @@ -470,11 +470,11 @@ GAL 4 2 llwi figs-explicit ἐπιτρόπους…καὶ οἰκονόμους GAL 4 2 bd5a translate-unknown ἐπιτρόπους 1 guardians A guardian was a person who had the role of being responsible for a child. This person’s job was to supervise and care for the child whom they were in charge of make sure that the child was instructed in what they should do. Use a natural phrase or term in your language for describing this role. If you do not have this role in your culture you could describe it for your readers. Alternate translation: “people supervise a child” or “people who are in charge of a child” or “people who are in charge of a minor” or “people who are responsible for a minor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) GAL 4 2 v5g9 translate-unknown οἰκονόμους 1 trustees Here, the word **stewards** refers to people who are entrusted with the role of managing property until the child who is the heir is old enough to inherit it. Use a natural phrase or term in your language for describing this role. If you do not have this role in your culture you could describe it for your readers. Alternate translation: “people manage the child’s possessions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) GAL 4 2 khzl figs-activepassive προθεσμίας τοῦ πατρός 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that the “father” did it. Alternate translation: “date which his father appointed” or “time which his father appointed”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -GAL 4 3 ocm2 grammar-connect-words-phrases οὕτως 1 Here, the word **So** indicates that what follows is comparable to, and similar in some way to what has just described in [4:1-2](../04/01.md). Use a natural form in your language for introducing something that corresponds in some way to something that was introduced previously. Alternate translation: “In a similar way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +GAL 4 3 ocm2 grammar-connect-words-phrases οὕτως 1 Here, the word **So** indicates that what follows is comparable to, and similar in some way to what has just described in [4:1-2](../04/01.md). Use a natural form in your language for introducing something that corresponds in some way to something that was introduced previously. Alternate translation: “In a similar way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 4 3 d6v9 figs-exclusive ἦμεν 1 General Information: The word **we** here refers to all Christians, including Paul’s readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) GAL 4 3 n21q figs-metaphor ὅτε ἦμεν νήπιοι 1 when we were children Paul speaks of people who have not yet trusted in Jesus as if they were **children**. If your readers would not understand what **children** means in this context, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative as modeled by the UST or you could translate this phrase as a simile. Alternate translation: “when we did not yet believe in Jesus” or “when we were like children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 3 rwwj figs-activepassive ὑπὸ τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου ἤμεθα δεδουλωμένοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who was doing the action, Paul says that “the elemental principles of the world” were doing it. See the note on personification regarding **the elemental principles of this world**. Alternate translation: “the elemental principles of the world were enslaving us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -GAL 4 3 cd2w figs-metaphor δεδουλωμένοι 1 we were enslaved to the elemental principles of the world Paul speaks of being under the control of **the elemental principles of the world** as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n +GAL 4 3 cd2w figs-metaphor δεδουλωμένοι 1 we were enslaved to the elemental principles of the world Paul speaks of being under the control of **the elemental principles of the world** as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 3 l0fg figs-explicit ὑπὸ 1 Here, the word **under** means “under the power of” or “under the authority of.” See how you translated the word **under** in [4:2](../04/02.md) where Paul uses it with a similar meaning. Alternate translation: “under the power of” or “under the authority of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 3 v1zo figs-personification ὑπὸ τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου…δεδουλωμένοι 1 Here, Paul speaks of **the elemental principles of the world** as though they were a person who could enslave other people. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. Paul speaks of **the elemental principles of the world** as though they have the power to enslave a person but it is actually humans, who do not yet believe in the Messiah, who willing submit to these **elemental principles** and allow themselves to be enslaved. See [5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) GAL 4 3 u462 τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου 1 the elemental principles of the world **the elemental principles of the world** could refer to: (1) the religious and/or moral teachings that people, whether they be a Jew or a non-Jew, seek to obey in order to please God and/or think of themselves as praiseworthy and good. (2) the things prescribed by the Mosaic law. 3) spiritual beings which people thought controlled **the world**. @@ -484,16 +484,16 @@ GAL 4 4 opx2 γενόμενον ἐκ γυναικός 1 The phrase **born fro GAL 4 4 d9c7 figs-explicit γενόμενον ὑπὸ νόμον 1 The phrase **having been born under the law** means that Jesus, as a Jew, was under the jurisdiction of the law of Moses and therefore it was necessary that he obey it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “having been born under the jurisdiction and requirements of the law of Moses” or “having been born subject to the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 4 mzwh figs-explicit ὑπὸ 1 Here, the word **under** means “under the authority of” or “under the jurisdiction of.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. See how you translated the word **under** in [4:2](../04/02.md) where Paul uses it with a similar meaning. Alternate translation: “under the authority of” or “under the jurisdiction of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 4 zt29 figs-explicit νόμον 1 Here, the phrase **the law** refers to the law of Moses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 4 5 cb45 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **in order that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “so that” or “with the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])\n\n +GAL 4 5 cb45 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **in order that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “so that” or “with the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) GAL 4 5 v5cb figs-metaphor ἐξαγοράσῃ 1 redeem Paul uses the metaphor of a person buying back lost property or buying the freedom of a slave as a picture of God sending Jesus to pay the price for people’s sins by dying on the cross. If your readers would not understand what **redeem** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 5 awb9 ἐξαγοράσῃ 1 redeem See how you translated the word “redeemed” in [3:13](../03/13.md). GAL 4 5 s6fw ὑπὸ νόμον 1 See how you translated the phrase **under the law** in [4:4](../04/04.md) where it is used with the same meaning. -GAL 4 5 nppu grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 2 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God redeemed **the ones under the law**, which was **so that** God could adopt them as his spiritual sons and daughters. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” or “with the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])\n +GAL 4 5 nppu grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 2 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God redeemed **the ones under the law**, which was **so that** God could adopt them as his spiritual sons and daughters. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” or “with the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) GAL 4 5 eapv τὴν υἱοθεσίαν ἀπολάβωμεν 1 Alternate translation: “God might adopt us as his sons” GAL 4 5 tpqc figs-metaphor τὴν υἱοθεσίαν ἀπολάβωμεν 1 Paul speaks of God giving people a close personal relationship with himself and giving them special rights and privileges as if it were **adoption**. If your readers would not understand what **adoption** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 5 ii90 figs-exclusive ἀπολάβωμεν 1 The word **we** could refer to: (1) all Christians, both Jews and non-Jews, in which case **we** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (2) Jewish Christians only, in which case **we** would be exclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) GAL 4 5 lq4r figs-gendernotations υἱοθεσίαν 1 Although the term **sons** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “adoption as children” or “adoption as God’s children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -GAL 4 6 ahbp grammar-connect-words-phrases δέ 1 Here, Paul is using the word **And** to introduce new information into his ongoing argument. Use a natural form for introducing new information. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +GAL 4 6 ahbp grammar-connect-words-phrases δέ 1 Here, Paul is using the word **And** to introduce new information into his ongoing argument. Use a natural form for introducing new information. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 4 6 exc6 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 The word **because** is introducing the reason that **God sent the Spirit of his Son into** the hearts of believers, namely because believers are God’s **sons**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a reason. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) GAL 4 6 l2ny figs-gendernotations υἱοί 1 Although the term **sons** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “sons and daughters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 4 6 bikp figs-metaphor υἱοί 1 Paul speaks of the Galatian believers as if God was their biological, physical father. He means that these people have a father-son relationship with God because they trust in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the word **sons** in [3:26](../03/26.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “the spiritual children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ GAL 4 8 ukf5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers that GAL 4 8 cj5i τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 those who are The phrase, **those, by nature, not being gods** refers to the beings which the Galatians served when they were pagans and were considered by them to be gods, but they were not really gods GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέφετε πάλιν 1 how is it that you are turning back to…principles? Here, **turning again** is a metaphor for starting to follow and obey their former false religion practices. This is the first of two rhetorical questions Paul gives. Alternate translation: “you should not start obeying again.” or “you should not follow again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 9 n5ie τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 elemental principles See how you translated this phrase in [Galatians 4:3](../04/03.md). -GAL 4 9 w28k figs-rquestion οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Paul uses this rhetorical question to rebuke the Galatian believers for behaving in a way that would make them like slaves. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +GAL 4 9 w28k figs-rquestion οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Paul uses this rhetorical question to rebuke the Galatian believers for behaving in a way that would make them like slaves. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 4 9 s77e figs-metaphor οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Here, **to be enslaved again** is a metaphor for being obligated to obey certain rules or customs. Alternate translation: “Do you want to have to obey rules again like a slave must obey his master?” or “It seems that you want to be controlled by these rules all over again!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 10 w7d5 ἡμέρας παρατηρεῖσθε, καὶ μῆνας, καὶ καιροὺς, καὶ ἐνιαυτούς 1 You observe days and new moons and seasons and years Paul is speaking of their being careful to celebrate certain times, thinking that doing that will make them right with God. Alternate translation: “You carefully celebrate days and new moons and seasons and years” GAL 4 11 bsv1 εἰκῇ 1 may have been for nothing Alternate translation: “may have been useless” or “has not had any effect” @@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ GAL 5 6 y2ww figs-metonymy οὔτε περιτομή…οὔτε ἀκροβυ GAL 5 6 qp6b τι ἰσχύει 1 means anything Alternate translation: “makes no difference” or “is meaningless” GAL 5 7 jj48 figs-metaphor ἐτρέχετε 1 You were running Paul uses the metaphor of **running** to describe the spiritual progress the Galatian believers were making. Alternate translation: “You were making excellent progress” or “you were doing so well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 5 8 sx6u πεισμονὴ 1 persuasion Here, **persuasion** refers to the idea of getting a person to change what they believe and act differently. Alternate translation: “This teaching which persuaded you to stop trusting in the Messiah” or “This way of thinking” -GAL 5 9 q926 μικρὰ ζύμη 1 **A little leaven** describes the teaching of circumcision, which threaten to ruin the entire lives of the Galatian believers. +GAL 5 9 q926 μικρὰ ζύμη 1 **A little leaven** describes the teaching of circumcision, which threaten to ruin the entire lives of the Galatian believers. GAL 5 10 enp1 οὐδὲν ἄλλο φρονήσετε 1 you will take no other view Alternate translation: “you will not believe anything different from what I am telling you” or “you will not think differently than what I believe” GAL 5 10 jc72 ταράσσων ὑμᾶς 1 is troubling you Alternate translation: “is causing you to be uncertain about the truth” or “stirs up trouble among you” GAL 5 10 llh5 ὅστις ἐὰν ᾖ 1 whoever he is This could mean: (1) Paul does not know the names of the people who are telling the Galatians that they need to obey the law of Moses (2) Paul does not want the Galatians to care about whether they are important or influential. @@ -566,45 +566,65 @@ GAL 5 12 sfl2 figs-metaphor ἀποκόψονται 1 castrate themselves This c GAL 5 13 y1g7 γὰρ 1 For Paul is giving the reason for his words in [Galatians 5:12](../05/12.md). GAL 5 13 ekb2 figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς…ἐπ’ ἐλευθερίᾳ ἐκλήθητε 1 you were called to freedom It is implied that Christ has set believers free from the old covenant. Here freedom from the old covenant is a metaphor for not being obligated to obey it. Alternate translation: “You were called to freedom from the old covenant” or “Christ has chosen you to not be obligated to the old covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 5 13 yp6r ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md). -GAL 5 13 viv6 figs-explicit ἀφορμὴν τῇ σαρκί 1 an opportunity for the sinful nature The word *flesh** refers to the part of human nature that does not submit to God. This word sums up the impelling motive of the natural man, and is the moral bias of the man who is not ruled by the Holy Spirit. The relationship between **opportunity** and **the flesh** can be stated more clearly. Alternate translation: “an opportunity for you to behave according to your sinful nature” or “an opportunity to follow the evil desires of your hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 5 13 viv6 figs-explicit ἀφορμὴν τῇ σαρκί 1 an opportunity for the sinful nature The word *flesh** refers to the part of human nature that does not submit to God. This word sums up the impelling motive of the natural man, and is the moral bias of the man who is not ruled by the Holy Spirit. The relationship between **opportunity** and **the flesh** can be stated more clearly. Alternate translation: “an opportunity for you to behave according to your sinful nature” or “an opportunity to follow the evil desires of your hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 5 14 ct8i ὁ…πᾶς νόμος ἐν ἑνὶ λόγῳ πεπλήρωται 1 the whole law is fulfilled in one command This could mean: (1) “you can state the whole law in just one commandment” (2) “by obeying one commandment, you obey all the commandments” GAL 5 14 qt9c figs-yousingular ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν 1 You must love your neighbor as yourself The words **your** and **yourself** are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) -GAL 5 16 yb58 figs-metaphor Πνεύματι περιπατεῖτε 1 walk by the Spirit Here, **walk** is a metaphor for living. Alternate translation: “conduct your life in the power of the Holy Spirit” or “live your life in dependence on the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 5 16 lo89 Πνεύματι 1 The phrase **the Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. Make sure that you translate the word **Spirit** with the same word that you used to translate “Spirit” in [3:2](../03/02.md) where it is also referring to the Holy Spirit. -GAL 5 16 dyj7 figs-idiom ἐπιθυμίαν σαρκὸς οὐ μὴ τελέσητε 1 you will not carry out the desires of the sinful nature The phrase **you would certainly not fulfill the desires of the flesh**” is an idiom that means “to do what someone desires.” Alternate translation: “You will not do what your sinful nature desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -GAL 5 16 rl5s figs-personification ἐπιθυμίαν σαρκὸς 1 the desires of the sinful nature The sinful nature is spoken of as if it were a person and wanted to sin. Alternate translation: “what you want to do because of your sinful nature” or “the things you want to do because you are sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]). See how you translated this **flesh** in [Galatians 5:13]. -GAL 5 17 hufe τοῦ Πνεύματος…τὸ…Πνεῦμα 1 Here, both occurrences of the phrase **the Spirit** refer to the Holy Spirit. Make sure that you translate the word **Spirit** with the same word that you used to translate “Spirit” in [3:2](../03/02.md) where it is also referring to the Holy Spirit. -GAL 5 18 x3ol Πνεύματι 1 The phrase **the Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. Make sure that you translate the word **Spirit** with the same word that you used to translate “Spirit” in [3:2](../03/02.md) where it is also referring to the Holy Spirit. -GAL 5 18 san8 οὐκ ἐστὲ ὑπὸ νόμον 1 not under the law Alternate translation: “you are not obligated to obey the law of Moses” -GAL 5 19 yf2a figs-personification τὰ ἔργα τῆς σαρκός 1 the works of the sinful nature The word **flesh** is used as if it were a person. The abstract noun **works** can be translated with the verb “does.” Alternate translation: “what the sinful nature does” or “the deeds if we follow the sinful desires of our hearts” or “what people do because of their sinful nature.” See how you translated **flesh** in [Galatians 5:13] and [Galatians 5:16]. -GAL 5 21 rs9b figs-metaphor κληρονομήσουσιν 1 inherit The word **inherit** figuratively refers to how believers will receive what God has promised believers like someone who inherits property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 5 22 xd05 τοῦ Πνεύματός 1 The phrase **the Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. Make sure that you translate the word **Spirit** with the same word that you used to translate “Spirit” in [3:2](../03/02.md) where it is also referring to the Holy Spirit. -GAL 5 22 hez3 figs-metaphor ὁ δὲ καρπὸς τοῦ Πνεύματός 1 the fruit of the Spirit is love…faith Here, **fruit** is a metaphor for “result” or “outcome.” Alternate translation: “But what the Spirit produces” or “But the Spirit makes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 5 24 l6ux figs-personification τὴν σάρκα ἐσταύρωσαν σὺν τοῖς παθήμασιν καὶ ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις 1 have crucified the sinful nature with its passions and desires Paul speaks of Christians who refuse to live according to their sinful nature as if it were a person and they have killed it on a cross. Alternate translation: “refuse to live according the sinful nature with its passions and desires, as if they killed it on a cross.” See how you translated **flesh** in [Galatians 5:13], [Galatians 5:16], and [Galatians 5:19]. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 5 16 yb58 figs-metaphor Πνεύματι περιπατεῖτε 1 walk by the Spirit Here Paul uses **walk** to refer to how a person lives and behaves. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “act by the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 5 16 tk8i figs-explicit Πνεύματι 1 walk by the Spirit The phrase **by the Spirit** implies being directed by the Holy Spirit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by the direction of the Holy Spirit” or “according to how the Holy Spirit leads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 5 16 ut3t figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ 1 The phrase **certainly not** translates two negative words in Greek. Paul uses them together to emphasize what he is saying. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +GAL 5 16 dyj7 figs-idiom ἐπιθυμίαν σαρκὸς οὐ μὴ τελέσητε 1 The phrase **you would certainly not fulfill desires**” is an idiom that refers to not doing what someone desires. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you would certainly not do what the flesh desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +GAL 5 16 iron figs-abstractnouns ἐπιθυμίαν σαρκὸς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **desires**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what the flesh desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 5 16 rl5s figs-personification ἐπιθυμίαν σαρκὸς 1 the desires of the sinful nature Here Paul speaks of **the flesh** as if it were a person who has **desires**. He is referring to what a person wants to do as a result of having a sinful human nature. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how this phrase is translated in [Romans 13:14](../../rom/13/14.md). Alternate translation: “what you want to do because of your sinful nature” or “the things you want to do because you are sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]). +GAL 5 16 w8a1 figs-metaphor σαρκὸς 1 the desires of the sinful nature Here Paul uses **flesh** to refer to sinful human nature. See how you translated this **flesh** in [verse 13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 5 17 mbdm grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason for why Paul commanded his readers to “walk by the Spirit” in the previous verse. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a reason. Alternate translation: “I say this to you because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +GAL 5 17 xjj9 figs-explicit ἡ…σὰρξ ἐπιθυμεῖ κατὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 The phrase **desires against** implies desiring to do what is **against the Spirit**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the flesh desires to do things that are against the Spirit” or “the flesh desires to do what is contrary to the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 5 17 m7td figs-metaphor ἡ…σὰρξ…τῆς σαρκός 1 See how you translated this **flesh** in [verse 13](../05/13.md) and in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 5 17 w7kv figs-personification ἡ…σὰρξ ἐπιθυμεῖ 1 Here Paul speaks of **the flesh** as if it were a person who **desires**. He is referring to what a person **desires** to do as a result of having a sinful human nature. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what you want to do because of your sinful nature” or “the things you want to do because you are sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]). +GAL 5 17 oyog figs-ellipsis τὸ…Πνεῦμα κατὰ τῆς σαρκός 1 Paul is leaving out some of a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If if would be helpful in your language, you could supply the word from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “the Spirit desires against the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +GAL 5 17 xp0l grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 2 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason for why the **desires** of **the flesh** and **the Spirit** are against each other. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a reason. Alternate translation: “This is for the reason that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +GAL 5 17 r3dk writing-pronouns ταῦτα 1 The pronoun **these** refers to **the flesh** and **the Spirit**. If if would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the flesh and the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +GAL 5 17 ukce grammar-connect-logic-result ἵνα 1 Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is the result of what Paul said in the previous clause. Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +GAL 5 17 l0lu figs-explicit ἃ…θέλητε ταῦτα 1 This clause refers to the good **things** that Christians want to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those good things that you would desire to do as Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 5 18 cyud figs-activepassive Πνεύματι ἄγεσθε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Spirit leads you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 5 18 san8 figs-personification οὐκ ἐστὲ ὑπὸ νόμον 1 not under the law Paul speaks of **the law** as if it were a ruler whose authority people had to live **under**. He means that Christians are not controlled by the requirements of **the law**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how **under the law** is translated in [Romans 6:14](../../rom/06/14.md). Alternative translation: “the law does not control you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +GAL 5 18 esbf νόμον grammar-collectivenouns 1 not under the law Here, **the law** is a singular noun that refers to a group of laws that God gave Israel by dictating them to Moses. See how **the law** is translated in [Romans 2:12](../../rom/02/12.md). Alternate translation: “God’s laws” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) +GAL 5 19 alfa figs-abstractnouns τὰ ἔργα τῆς σαρκός…πορνεία, ἀκαθαρσία, ἀσέλγεια 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **works**, **sexual immorality**, **impurity**, and **licentiousness**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what the flesh does … being sexually immoral, being impure, being licentious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 5 19 yf2a figs-personification τὰ ἔργα τῆς σαρκός 1 the works of the sinful nature Here Paul speaks of **the flesh** as if it were a person who has **works**. He is referring to what a person does as a result of having a sinful human nature. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what people do because of their sinful natures” or “the things people do because they are sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +GAL 5 19 pu5b figs-metaphor τῆς σαρκός 1 the works of the sinful nature See how you translated **flesh** in [verses 13](../05/13.md) and [16](../05/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 5 20 rgjl figs-abstractnouns εἰδωλολατρία, φαρμακεία, ἔχθραι, ἔρις, ζῆλοι, θυμοί, ἐριθεῖαι, διχοστασίαι, αἱρέσεις 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **idolatry**, **sorcery**, **hostilities**, **strife**, **jealousy**, **anger**, **rivalry**, **divisions**, and **factions**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “worshiping idols, practicing witchcraft, being hostile, striving with others, being jealous, angrily bursting out, causing people to divide, making factious groups” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 5 21 fdce figs-abstractnouns φθόνοι, μέθαι, κῶμοι 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **envy**, **drunkenness**, and **drunken celebrations**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “being envious, being drunk, being drunk while celebrating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 5 21 rs9b figs-metaphor οὐ κληρονομήσουσιν 1 inherit Here Paul speaks of **the kingdom of God** as if it were property that a child could **inherit** from a parent when that parent dies. Here, Paul uses the word **inherit** to refer to being able to live in **the kingdom of God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this figure of speech with a comparable metaphor or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “will not live in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+GAL 5 22 ejgc figs-metaphor ὁ…καρπὸς τοῦ Πνεύματός 1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the fruit** that **the Spirit** gives to believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the fruit that the Spirit gives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +GAL 5 22 hez3 figs-metaphor ὁ…καρπὸς 1 the fruit of the Spirit is love…faith Here, **fruit** refers to a result or outcome. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the product” or “the result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 5 22 fsxn figs-abstractnouns ἀγάπη, χαρά, εἰρήνη, μακροθυμία, χρηστότης, ἀγαθωσύνη, πίστις 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **love**, **joy**, **peace**, **patience**, **kindness**, **goodness**, and **faithfulness**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “acting lovingly, joyfully, peacefully, patiently, kindly, in a good manner, faithfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 5 22 famj figs-explicit εἰρήνη 1 Here, **peace** could mean: (1) having a peaceful feeling. Alternate translation: “feeling peaceful” (2) being in a state of peace with other people. Alternate translation: “peace with others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 5 23 wl7x figs-abstractnouns πραΰτης, ἐνκράτεια 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **gentleness**, and **self-control**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “acting gently, and controlling oneself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 5 24 l6ux figs-personification τὴν σάρκα ἐσταύρωσαν 1 have crucified the sinful nature with its passions and desires Paul speaks of Christians who refuse to live according to their sinful nature as if **the flesh** were a person that they **have crucified**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “refuse to live according the sinful nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +GAL 5 24 e347 figs-metaphor τὴν σάρκα 1 See how you translated **the flesh** in [verse 13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 5 24 r86y figs-explicit τοῖς παθήμασιν καὶ ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις 1 These phrases refer specifically to the **passions** and **desires** of **the flesh**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “its passion and desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 5 24 cgu0 figs-abstractnouns τοῖς παθήμασιν καὶ ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **passions**, and **desires**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “acting gently, and controlling oneself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 5 25 h9hd εἰ ζῶμεν Πνεύματι 1 If we live by the Spirit Alternate translation: “Since God’s Spirit has caused us to be alive” -GAL 5 25 ewim Πνεύματι…Πνεύματι 1 Here, both occurrences of the phrase **the Spirit** refer to the Holy Spirit. Make sure that you translate the word **Spirit** with the same word that you used to translate “Spirit” in [3:2](../03/02.md) where it is also referring to the Holy Spirit. GAL 5 25 sq7b figs-metaphor Πνεύματι καὶ στοιχῶμεν 1 walk by the Spirit Here, **walk** is a metaphor for how a person lives. Alternate translation: “then we should allow the Holy Spirit to guide how we live” or “let us follow the Holy Spirit in every part of our lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 6 intro bv8h 0 # Galatians 6 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter concludes Paul’s letter. His final words address some issues that do not seem to be connected to the rest of his letter.

### Brothers
Paul writes the words in this chapter to Christians. He calls them “brothers.” This refers to Paul’s Christian brothers and not his Jewish brothers.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### New Creation

People who are born again are a new creation in Christ. Christians have been given new life in Christ. They have a new nature in them after they come to faith in Christ. To Paul, this is more significant than a person’s ancestry. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Flesh

This is a complex issue. “Flesh” is contrasted with “spirit.” In this chapter, flesh is also used to refer to the physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]]) GAL 6 1 x8zg 0 Connecting Statement: Paul teaches believers how they should treat other believers and how God rewards someone who is faithful. -GAL 6 1 ss7l ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated **brothers** in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md), [Galatians 3:15](../03/15.md), [Galatians 4:12](../04/12.md), and [Galatians 5:11](../05/11.md). +GAL 6 1 ss7l figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated the same use of **Brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “Fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 6 1 vm8f ἐὰν…ἄνθρωπος 1 if someone Alternate translation: “if anyone among you” or “if one of you” GAL 6 1 vts8 ἐὰν καὶ προλημφθῇ ἄνθρωπος ἔν τινι παραπτώματι 1 if someone is caught in any trespass This could mean: (1) a fellow believers catches the person committing a sin. Alternate translation: “if someone is discovered in an act of sin” (2) a sin overcomes a person so that they sin. Alternate translation: “if someone among you sins” or “if someone is led astray to sin” GAL 6 1 t4rm ὑμεῖς, οἱ πνευματικοὶ 1 you who are spiritual Alternate translation: “those of you who are guided by the Spirit” or “you who submit to the Spirit” GAL 6 1 hdj8 καταρτίζετε τὸν τοιοῦτον 1 restore him Alternate translation: “exhort the person who sinned to return to a correct relationship with God” or “you should humbly help bring that person to the right path” GAL 6 1 tr5r ἐν πνεύματι πραΰτητος 1 in a spirit of gentleness This could refer to: (1) the person’s attitude and disposition. Alternate translation: “with an attitude of gentleness” or “in a kind way” (2) the Holy Spirit who is characterized by gentleness is directing the one offering correction. Alternate translation: “through the Holy Spirit of gentleness” or “by following the Holy Spirit who is gentle” GAL 6 1 rrg9 figs-yousingular σκοπῶν σεαυτόν 1 Be concerned about yourself These words treat the Galatians as though they are all one person to emphasize that he is talking to each of them. Alternate translation: “Be concerned about yourselves” or “I say to each one of you, ‘Be careful for yourself’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) -GAL 6 1 ljx6 figs-activepassive μὴ καὶ σὺ πειρασθῇς 1 so you also may not be tempted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that you are tempted and also sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 6 1 ljx6 figs-activepassive μὴ καὶ σὺ πειρασθῇς 1 so you also may not be tempted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that you are tempted and also sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 6 2 m6jz ἀναπληρώσετε τὸν νόμον τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, **the law of Christ** does not refer to a set of rules, but most likely to the Messiah’s command to love one another in [John 13:34](../1jn/13/34). It involves submission to the person of Jesus and not to a code or list of commandments. This is similar to Paul’s statement that the law can be summarized by loving one another in [Galatians 5:14]. -GAL 6 3 v6ts εἰ γὰρ 1 For if **For** could be connected to: (1) **carry one another’s burdens** ([Galatians 6:2](../06/02.md)) (2) **lest you also might be tempted** ([Galatians 6:1](../06/01.md)) (3) *Let us not become conceited** ([Galatians 5:26](../05/26.md)). +GAL 6 3 v6ts εἰ γὰρ 1 For if **For** could be connected to: (1) **carry one another’s burdens** ([Galatians 6:2](../06/02.md)) (2) **lest you also might be tempted** ([Galatians 6:1](../06/01.md)) (3) *Let us not become conceited** ([Galatians 5:26](../05/26.md)). GAL 6 3 m4wk εἶναί τι 1 he is something Alternate translation: “he is better than others” GAL 6 3 zz1g μηδὲν ὤν 1 he is nothing Alternate translation: “he is not better than others” -GAL 6 5 ee8v τὸ ἴδιον φορτίον βαστάσει 1 each one will carry his own load The could mean: (1) each person has their own responsibilities and tasks. Alternate translation: “each person must do the work that God has given him” or “each person is responsible for only his work” (2) each person is responsible for their own weaknesses and sins. Alternate translation: “each person is responsible for their own weaknesses” +GAL 6 5 ee8v τὸ ἴδιον φορτίον βαστάσει 1 each one will carry his own load The could mean: (1) each person has their own responsibilities and tasks. Alternate translation: “each person must do the work that God has given him” or “each person is responsible for only his work” (2) each person is responsible for their own weaknesses and sins. Alternate translation: “each person is responsible for their own weaknesses” GAL 6 7 x5pi figs-metaphor ὃ γὰρ ἐὰν σπείρῃ ἄνθρωπος, τοῦτο καὶ θερίσει 1 for whatever a man plants, that he will also gather in Here, **sow** represents doing things that end in some kind of result, and **reap** represents experiencing the results of what one has done. Alternate translation: “for just as a farmer gathers in the fruit of whatever kind of seeds he plants, so everyone experiences the results of whatever he does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 6 7 gii9 figs-gendernotations ὃ γὰρ ἐὰν σπείρῃ ἄνθρωπος 1 whatever a man plants Alternate translation: “whatever a person plants” or “whatever someone plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 6 8 lzz8 figs-metaphor ὁ σπείρων εἰς τὴν σάρκα ἑαυτοῦ 1 plants seed to his own sinful nature Here, **sowing** is a metaphor for doing deeds that will have consequences later. In this case, **sowing to his own flesh** refers to a person doing sinful actions because of his sinful nature. Alternate translation: “the person who continually does deeds following the evil desires of their heart” or “the person who does the things he wants to do because of his sinful nature” or “the person who does what pleases his sinful self” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 6 8 dge9 figs-metaphor θερίσει φθοράν 1 will gather in destruction Here, **destruction** refers to God punishing the person as if the person were harvesting a crop. Alternate translation: “will receive punishment for what he did” or “he will harvest death” or “he will harvest punishment that is forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 6 8 aqz2 figs-metaphor ὁ δὲ σπείρων εἰς τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 plants seed to the Spirit Here, **sowing** is a metaphor for doing deeds that will have consequences later. In this case, **sowing to the Spirit** refers to a person who does good actions because he is obeying and following God’s Spirit. Alternate translation: “the person who does the things God’s Spirit loves” or “the person who lives to please the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 6 8 i511 τὸ Πνεῦμα…τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 Here, both occurrences of the phrase **the Spirit** refer to the Holy Spirit. Make sure that you translate the word **Spirit** with the same word that you used to translate “Spirit” in [3:2](../03/02.md) where it is also referring to the Holy Spirit. GAL 6 8 k1p7 ἐκ τοῦ Πνεύματος θερίσει ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 will gather in eternal life from the Spirit Here, **eternal life** refers to God rewarding the person as if the person were harvesting a crop. Alternate translation: “will receive eternal life as a reward from God’s Spirit” or “he will harvest eternal life from the Holy Spirit” GAL 6 9 u77c καιρῷ γὰρ ἰδίῳ 1 for at the right time Alternate translation: “for at the proper time” or “when the right time arrives” GAL 6 10 ax66 ἄρα οὖν 1 So then Alternate translation: “As a result of this” or “Because of this” @@ -614,9 +634,9 @@ GAL 6 11 d6rk τῇ ἐμῇ χειρί 1 with my own hand This could mean: (1) GAL 6 12 kmd7 εὐπροσωπῆσαι ἐν σαρκί 1 make a good impression Alternate translation: “others will think well of them” or “others will think that they are good people” GAL 6 12 r5p1 ἐν σαρκί 1 in the flesh Here, **in the flesh** refers to their desire to circumcise the Galatian believers. Alternate translation: “outwardly” or “by the way their bodies appear” GAL 6 12 jd4x figs-metonymy τῷ σταυρῷ 1 the cross Here, **for the cross** represents what Christ did for us when he died on the cross. Alternate translation: “the work Jesus did on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -GAL 6 14 v2qs figs-ellipsis κἀγὼ κόσμῳ 1 I to the world The words **has been crucified** are understood from the previous phrase. This means that the natural world has stopped having any claims or influence on Paul. Alternate translation: “and I have been crucified to the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +GAL 6 14 v2qs figs-ellipsis κἀγὼ κόσμῳ 1 I to the world The words **has been crucified** are understood from the previous phrase. This means that the natural world has stopped having any claims or influence on Paul. Alternate translation: “and I have been crucified to the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) GAL 6 15 n6n7 καινὴ κτίσις 1 a new creation Here, **a new creation** refers to the whole process of conversion when someone trusts in the Messiah and the Holy Spirit gives that person new life. GAL 6 16 b4al τὸν Ἰσραὴλ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 peace and mercy be upon them, even upon the Israel of God This could refer to: (1) believers in general are the Israel of God (2) Jewish believers are the Israel of God (3) the Jews in general are the Israel of God GAL 6 17 cz8a κόπους μοι 1 trouble me This means Paul does not want the Galatian believers to doubt his authority or continue to cause him trouble by following teachers who demand them to become circumcised. GAL 6 17 j729 ἐγὼ γὰρ τὰ στίγματα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματί μου βαστάζω 1 for I carry on my body the marks of Jesus Here, **the marks** were scars from people who beat and whipped Paul because they did not like him teaching about Jesus. Alternate translation: “for the scars on my body show that I serve Jesus” -GAL 6 18 pk25 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md). +GAL 6 18 pk25 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the same use of **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) \ No newline at end of file From 20b562f8f0e17ed3c2255a4f506a16b7a5e28d2e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Larry Sallee Date: Fri, 2 Dec 2022 14:10:00 -0500 Subject: [PATCH 2/3] Fix spacing --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 392 +++++++++++++++++++++++------------------------ 1 file changed, 196 insertions(+), 196 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index d97fdb0578..49056cdc7c 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ GAL 1 1 pvdp grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **but** GAL 1 1 fyu8 figs-distinguish Θεοῦ Πατρὸς τοῦ ἐγείραντος αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 The phrase **the one having raised him from the dead** gives further information about **God the Father**. It is not making a distinction between **God the Father** and **the one having raised him from the dead** as if they are two separate entities. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “God the Father who is the same one who made Jesus Christ live again after he died” or “God the Father who caused Jesus Christ to live again after he had died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) GAL 1 1 wmlj figs-extrainfo Θεοῦ Πατρὸς 1 Here, the phrase **the Father** could be (1) a general title for God which identifies him as the first person in the Christian Trinity. If you choose this option then you should not define whose **Father** God is in your translation but rather you should use a more an expression like the ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) (2) referring to God’s relationship to those who believe in Christ. Alternate translation: “God our Father” GAL 1 1 w3gr figs-nominaladj ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 Paul is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “from among the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -GAL 1 1 g5as figs-metonymy ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 Here, the phrase **the dead** could be a figurative way of referring to a place, in which case it would be referring to “the place of the dead” or “the realm of the dead.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from the place of the dead” or “from the realm of the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +GAL 1 1 g5as figs-metonymy ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 Here, the phrase **the dead** could be a figurative way of referring to a place, in which case it would be referring to “the place of the dead” or “the realm of the dead.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from the place of the dead” or “from the realm of the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 1 2 d737 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here, although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using it in a generic sense to refer to fellow Christians, which includes both men and women. Paul views all those who believe in Jesus, as members of one spiritual family, with God as their heavenly Father. If your readers would misunderstand the use of **brothers** in this context, you can indicate explicitly what it means. Alternate translation: “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 1 2 wmd2 figs-explicit Γαλατίας 1 Here, the word **Galatia** could refer to: (1) the Roman political province called **Galatia**. Alternate translation: “in the province of Galatia” or (2) the geographical region known as **Galatia**. Alternate translation: “in the region of Galatia” If it would help your readers you could state explicitly what the word **Galatia** refers to here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 1 2 aa9v figs-possession τῆς Γαλατίας 1 Paul uses the possessive form here to describe churches that are in Roman political province called **Galatia** or in the geographical region known as **Galatia**. If this use of the possessive form is not clear in your language, you could clarify the meaning using a form that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in the province of Galatia” or “in the region of Galatia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) @@ -27,301 +27,301 @@ GAL 1 4 haib figs-abstractnouns τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν 1 If your GAL 1 4 d8m2 grammar-connect-logic-goal ὅπως 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which Christ gave himself for our sins. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) GAL 1 4 f6d5 figs-metonymy ἐκ τοῦ αἰῶνος τοῦ ἐνεστῶτος πονηροῦ 1 that he might deliver us from this present evil age Here, the phrase **the present evil age**, refers not only to a time period but also refers to the sinful attitudes and actions that characterize **the present evil age**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from this present time that is dominated by sinfulness” or “from this present evil age with it’s evil attitudes and desires” or “from the evil powers at work in the world today” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 1 4 mg01 figs-distinguish τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν 1 The phrase **and Father** gives further information about **our God**. It is not making a distinction between **God** and **Father** as if they are two separate entities. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these words more clear. Alternate translation: “of our God who is our Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) -GAL 1 5 y7mj figs-abstractnouns ἡ δόξα 1 The phrase **be the glory** is an expression of praise. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “praise”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 1 5 y7mj figs-abstractnouns ἡ δόξα 1 The phrase **be the glory** is an expression of praise. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “praise”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 1 5 miju translate-transliterate ἀμήν 1 **Amen** is a Hebrew word. Paul spelled it out using Greek letters so his readers would know how it sounded. He assumes that they know that it means “so be it” or “yes indeed.” In your translation, you can spell it the way it sounds in your language. If your readers would not know what **Amen** means, you could also explain its meaning. Alternate translation: “Amen, which means, ‘So be it!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) GAL 1 6 f74p θαυμάζω 1 I am amazed Alternate translation: “I am surprised” or “I am shocked” -GAL 1 6 v438 figs-explicit οὕτως ταχέως, μετατίθεσθε 1 you are turning away so quickly from him Here, the phrase **turning away** means “to desert” and refers to turning ones heart or mind away from believing and following something. If it would help your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you are so quickly deserting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 1 6 ficf figs-explicit μετατίθεσθε 1 The phrase **you are turning away** is in the present tense and is portraying the action of **turning away** as in process, but not yet completed. Make sure that you express this phrase in your language in a way that shows that the Galatians **turning away** is currently happening but not complete. (Paul is writing this letter in order to encourage the Galatians to not turn away to **a different gospel**). -GAL 1 6 cw1j figs-explicit οὕτως ταχέως 1 Here, the phrase **so quickly** means that the Galatians were turning away from faith in the true gospel shortly after they accepted it. If it would help your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “from the true gospel so soon after accepting it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 1 6 ht94 figs-explicit ἀπὸ τοῦ καλέσαντος ὑμᾶς 1 Here, the phrase **the one** refers to “God.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and from God, who is the one who has called you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 1 6 qy93 figs-explicit καλέσαντος 1 Here, the phrase **called** refers to being “chosen” by God. If it would help your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “having chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 1 6 v438 figs-explicit οὕτως ταχέως, μετατίθεσθε 1 you are turning away so quickly from him Here, the phrase **turning away** means “to desert” and refers to turning ones heart or mind away from believing and following something. If it would help your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you are so quickly deserting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 1 6 ficf figs-explicit μετατίθεσθε 1 The phrase **you are turning away** is in the present tense and is portraying the action of **turning away** as in process, but not yet completed. Make sure that you express this phrase in your language in a way that shows that the Galatians **turning away** is currently happening but not complete. (Paul is writing this letter in order to encourage the Galatians to not turn away to **a different gospel**). +GAL 1 6 cw1j figs-explicit οὕτως ταχέως 1 Here, the phrase **so quickly** means that the Galatians were turning away from faith in the true gospel shortly after they accepted it. If it would help your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “from the true gospel so soon after accepting it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 1 6 ht94 figs-explicit ἀπὸ τοῦ καλέσαντος ὑμᾶς 1 Here, the phrase **the one** refers to “God.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and from God, who is the one who has called you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 1 6 qy93 figs-explicit καλέσαντος 1 Here, the phrase **called** refers to being “chosen” by God. If it would help your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “having chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 1 6 ghhs ἐν 1 Here, the word **in** could (1) refer to the Galatians being called “into” the sphere or realm of grace. Alternate translation: “into” or “to live in” (2) refer to the means by which the Galatians were saved. Alternate translation: “by” or “through” -GAL 1 6 cizk figs-abstractnouns χάριτι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea with an adverb such as “graciously”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -GAL 1 7 l5ep figs-ellipsis ἄλλο 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “another gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +GAL 1 6 cizk figs-abstractnouns χάριτι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea with an adverb such as “graciously”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 1 7 l5ep figs-ellipsis ἄλλο 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “another gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) GAL 1 7 rg69 grammar-connect-exceptions εἰ μή τινές εἰσιν οἱ ταράσσοντες ὑμᾶς, καὶ θέλοντες μεταστρέψαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 If, in your language, the use of the word **except** makes it appear as if Paul is making a statement and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “instead certain people are causing you trouble and want to pervert the gospel of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) GAL 1 7 wnfe τινές 1 Alternate translation: “certain people” GAL 1 7 kswu figs-abstractnouns ταράσσοντες ὑμᾶς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **trouble**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “troubling,” or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “troubling you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 1 7 tec2 μεταστρέψαι 1 Alternate translation: “to twist the truth of” or “to change” GAL 1 7 k9d1 figs-possession τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 By using the possessive form here, Paul is either using it to: (1) describe the gospel that is about Christ, in which case the possessive form is being used to describe the content of the gospel. Alternate translation: “the gospel about Christ” (2) designate Christ as the one who proclaimed the gospel message he is referring to in which case Paul is referring to the gospel message that Christ preached. Alternate translation: “the gospel that Christ proclaimed” or “the gospel that Christ preached” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) GAL 1 8 rltx grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical καὶ ἐὰν ἡμεῖς ἢ ἄγγελος ἐξ οὐρανοῦ εὐαγγελίζηται ὑμῖν παρ’ ὃ εὐηγγελισάμεθα ὑμῖν, ἀνάθεμα ἔστω 1 The word **if** introduces a hypothetical situation. Paul is using a hypothetical situation to warn the Galatians against any teaching that is contrary to the original gospel message that they were taught. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “if it were to happen that we or an angel from heaven might proclaim to you a gospel other than the one we proclaimed to you, let whoever would do that be cursed” or “suppose it were to happen that we or an angel from heaven might proclaim to you a gospel other than the one we proclaimed to you, let whoever would do that be cursed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) -GAL 1 8 wnx5 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 When Paul says **we**, he is not including the Galatians, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +GAL 1 8 wnx5 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 When Paul says **we**, he is not including the Galatians, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) GAL 1 8 ebyi ἡμεῖς 1 Alternate translation: “I or my co-laborers in the gospel” GAL 1 8 f1ef εὐαγγελίζηται ὑμῖν 1 Alternate translation: “proclaim to you a gospel message” or “a message of good news” GAL 1 8 s5uq figs-explicit παρ’ ὃ εὐηγγελισάμεθα 1 other than the one Here, the phrase **the one** refers to the gospel message that Paul and his co-laborers had proclaimed to the Galatians. If your readers might misunderstand this you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “different from the gospel we proclaimed” or “different from the message we proclaimed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 1 8 xb2c ἀνάθεμα ἔστω 1 let him be cursed If your language has a common way of asking God to curse someone, or of calling down a curse on someone, and it would be appropriate to use in this context, consider using it here. -GAL 1 8 kv9h figs-abstractnouns ἀνάθεμα ἔστω 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of someone being **cursed**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “curse.” Alternate translation: “let God curse him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 1 8 kv9h figs-abstractnouns ἀνάθεμα ἔστω 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of someone being **cursed**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “curse.” Alternate translation: “let God curse him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 1 8 pifk figs-activepassive ἀνάθεμα ἔστω 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” is the one who will do it. Alternate translation: “let God curse him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -GAL 1 8 g7zz figs-gendernotations ἀνάθεμα ἔστω 1 Although the term **him** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “let God curse that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -GAL 1 9 anxe figs-exclusive προειρήκαμεν 1 When Paul says **we**, he is not including the Galatians, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +GAL 1 8 g7zz figs-gendernotations ἀνάθεμα ἔστω 1 Although the term **him** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “let God curse that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +GAL 1 9 anxe figs-exclusive προειρήκαμεν 1 When Paul says **we**, he is not including the Galatians, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) GAL 1 9 h1ht grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἴ τις ὑμᾶς εὐαγγελίζεται 1 The word **If** introduces a hypothetical situation. Paul is using a hypothetical situation to warn the Galatians against any teaching that is contrary to the original gospel message that they were taught. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “If it were to happen that someone proclaims to you a gospel” or “Suppose it were to happen that someone proclaims to you a gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) GAL 1 9 i2wk figs-explicit παρ’ ὃ 1 See how you translated the phrase **other than the one** in [1:8](../01/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 1 9 mrv9 figs-activepassive ἀνάθεμα ἔστω 1 See how you translated the phrase **let him be cursed** in [1:8](../01/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 1 9 eta3 figs-gendernotations ἀνάθεμα ἔστω 1 Although the term **him** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. See how you translated the phrase **let him be cursed** in [1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “let God curse that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 1 10 ifod grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** is being used to introduce Paul’s argument against an implied assertion that he altered the content of his gospel message in order to make it more acceptable to people. If it would help your readers, you could express the implied assertion explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 1 10 b2vc figs-rquestion ἄρτι γὰρ ἀνθρώπους πείθω ἢ τὸν Θεόν? ἢ ζητῶ ἀνθρώποις ἀρέσκειν 1 For am I now seeking the approval of men or God? Am I seeking to please men? By using these two rhetorical questions Paul is not asking the Galatians for information, but is using the question form for emphasis and to engage his readers thinking. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “For I do not seek to persuade men, but instead I only seek the approval of God! I am not seeking to please men!” or “For I do not seek the approval of men, but instead I only seek the approval of God! I am not seeking to please men!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -GAL 1 10 xhrn figs-gendernotations ἄρτι…ἀνθρώπους πείθω ἢ τὸν Θεόν? ἢ ζητῶ ἀνθρώποις ἀρέσκειν? εἰ ἔτι ἀνθρώποις ἤρεσκον 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women, and refers to “people” in general. Alternate translation: “do I now persuade people, or God? Or do I seek to please people? If I were still pleasing people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +GAL 1 10 xhrn figs-gendernotations ἄρτι…ἀνθρώπους πείθω ἢ τὸν Θεόν? ἢ ζητῶ ἀνθρώποις ἀρέσκειν? εἰ ἔτι ἀνθρώποις ἤρεσκον 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women, and refers to “people” in general. Alternate translation: “do I now persuade people, or God? Or do I seek to please people? If I were still pleasing people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 1 10 fl3c grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ ἔτι ἀνθρώποις ἤρεσκον, Χριστοῦ δοῦλος οὐκ ἂν ἤμην 1 If I am still trying to please men, I am not a servant of Christ The word **if** introduces a hypothetical condition. Paul is using a hypothetical situation to teach the Galatians. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a hypothetical situation or if it would help your readers you can state Paul’s meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “I am not still trying to please men because I am a servant of Christ” or “If I were still pleasing people, then I would not be serving Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) GAL 1 11 xve4 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** is used to introduce a supporting statement that further supports and gives reason for Paul’s prior statement. Use a form that would be natural in your language for introducing a statement that supports a prior statement. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -GAL 1 11 cnic figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women and refers to those who believe in Jesus. Alternate translation: “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -GAL 1 11 o5cu figs-activepassive τὸ εὐαγγελισθὲν ὑπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that I proclaimed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 1 11 cnic figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women and refers to those who believe in Jesus. Alternate translation: “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +GAL 1 11 o5cu figs-activepassive τὸ εὐαγγελισθὲν ὑπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that I proclaimed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 1 11 hew1 figs-gendernotations ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν κατὰ ἄνθρωπον 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women, and refers to “humans.” Alternate translation: “did not come from a human” or “is not a human message” or “is not a message that people made up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 1 12 zfxj grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** could be being used to introduce: (1) the grounds or basis for Paul’s assertion in [1:11](../01/11.md), in which case what follows the word **For** is support for what Paul said in [1:11](../01/11.md). Use a form that would be natural for introducing a statement which gives supporting evidence. Alternate translation: “In support of my claim that the gospel I proclaimed is not according to man, I want you to know that” (2) a statement which explains and builds on Paul’s assertion in [1:11](../01/11.md). Use a form that would be natural for introducing a statement which further clarifies and explains a prior statement. Alternate translation: “To explain further, I want you to know” or “That is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 1 12 kdol figs-parallelism οὐδὲ…ἐγὼ παρὰ ἀνθρώπου παρέλαβον αὐτό, οὔτε ἐδιδάχθην 1 The phrase **I did not receive it from man** and the phrase **nor was I taught it** mean basically the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “I did not receive the gospel that I proclaim from any person” or “no human being taught me the gospel that I proclaim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) GAL 1 12 er9c figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπου 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women, and refers to “humans.” See how you translated the word **man** in [1:11](../01/11.md) where it is used with a similar meaning. Alternate translation: “people” or “humans” or “a human source” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -GAL 1 12 y2am figs-activepassive ἐδιδάχθην 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form, as modeled by the UST, or in another way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -GAL 1 12 hlg6 figs-explicit αὐτό…ἐδιδάχθην 1 Here, both occurrences of the word **it** refer back to “the gospel” which Paul “proclaimed” which he mentioned in [1:11](../01/11.md). If it would help your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gospel that I proclaimed … was I taught the gospel that I proclaimed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 1 12 qohz figs-ellipsis ἐδιδάχθην 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “was I taught it by any person” or “was I taught it by man” or “was I taught it by a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +GAL 1 12 y2am figs-activepassive ἐδιδάχθην 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form, as modeled by the UST, or in another way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 1 12 hlg6 figs-explicit αὐτό…ἐδιδάχθην 1 Here, both occurrences of the word **it** refer back to “the gospel” which Paul “proclaimed” which he mentioned in [1:11](../01/11.md). If it would help your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gospel that I proclaimed … was I taught the gospel that I proclaimed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 1 12 qohz figs-ellipsis ἐδιδάχθην 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “was I taught it by any person” or “was I taught it by man” or “was I taught it by a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) GAL 1 12 g1o6 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 What follows the word **but** is in contrast to the phrases **receive it from man** and **taught it**. In contrast to Paul receiving the message he proclaimed from a human source or being **taught it** Paul received it from a divine source. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “rather” or “instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 1 12 leqs δι’ 1 Alternate translation: “through a” -GAL 1 12 uybt figs-abstractnouns ἀποκαλύψεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **revelation**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “revealed”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 1 12 uybt figs-abstractnouns ἀποκαλύψεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **revelation**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “revealed”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 1 12 wed1 figs-possession δι’ ἀποκαλύψεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 it was by revelation of Jesus Christ to me Paul could be using the possessive form here to mean: (1) that God revealed Jesus Christ to Paul. This would mean that God is the one who did the revealing and Jesus Christ is the one who God revealed. See the phrase “to reveal his Son in me” in [1:16](../01/16.md). Alternate translation: “God revealed Jesus Christ to me” or “God made me know the gospel when he showed Jesus Christ to me” (2) that it was Jesus Christ who made the revelation to Paul. Alternate translation: “by what Jesus Christ revealed to me” (3) both option 1 and 2 together. Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ revealed himself to me and taught me the gospel about himself” or “Jesus Christ revealed himself to me and taught me the gospel concerning himself”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -GAL 1 12 nee4 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ δι’ ἀποκαλύψεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but I received it by a revelation of Jesus Christ” or “but I was taught it by a revelation of Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +GAL 1 12 nee4 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ δι’ ἀποκαλύψεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but I received it by a revelation of Jesus Christ” or “but I was taught it by a revelation of Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) GAL 1 13 f3gl figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐμὴν ἀναστροφήν ποτε 1 former life If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **manner** and **life**, you could express the same idea with a verbal phrase such as “how I formerly lived”, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “how I formerly lived” or “how I formerly conducted myself” or “how I formerly behaved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -GAL 1 13 r8ol figs-explicit ἐν τῷ Ἰουδαϊσμῷ 1 Here, the phrase **in Judaism** refers to following the Jewish religious guidelines. If it would help your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “following the Jewish religion” or “following the Jewish religious guidelines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 1 13 r8ol figs-explicit ἐν τῷ Ἰουδαϊσμῷ 1 Here, the phrase **in Judaism** refers to following the Jewish religious guidelines. If it would help your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “following the Jewish religion” or “following the Jewish religious guidelines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 1 13 ydx9 figs-idiom καθ’ ὑπερβολὴν 1 The phrase **beyond measure** is an idiom meaning “excessively.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “excessively” or “to an extreme degree” or “intensely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) GAL 1 14 vtug figs-explicit ἐν τῷ Ἰουδαϊσμῷ 1 See how you translated the phrase **in Judaism** in [1:13](../01/13.md) where it is used with a similar meaning. Alternate translation: “in the Jewish religion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 1 14 aecd τῷ γένει 1 Alternate translation: “nation” -GAL 1 14 gdwi grammar-collectivenouns τῷ γένει μου 1 The word **race** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “my ethnic group the Jews” or “my people the Jews” or “the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) +GAL 1 14 gdwi grammar-collectivenouns τῷ γένει μου 1 The word **race** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “my ethnic group the Jews” or “my people the Jews” or “the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) GAL 1 14 bcdo figs-metaphor τῶν πατρικῶν μου 1 Here, the word **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” If your readers would not understand what **fathers** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “of my ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 1 15 w6zi grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to what was expected. What would be expected is that Paul would continue thinking and acting according to the way he formerly did as described in [1:14](../01/14.md). Instead, God **called** Paul, and as the next verse says, God revealed Jesus to him, so that he might teach the Gentiles about Jesus. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -GAL 1 15 ofqm figs-explicit ὁ 1 Here, the phrase **the one** refers to God. If it would help your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 1 15 w6zi grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to what was expected. What would be expected is that Paul would continue thinking and acting according to the way he formerly did as described in [1:14](../01/14.md). Instead, God **called** Paul, and as the next verse says, God revealed Jesus to him, so that he might teach the Gentiles about Jesus. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +GAL 1 15 ofqm figs-explicit ὁ 1 Here, the phrase **the one** refers to God. If it would help your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 1 15 qu8s figs-distinguish ὅτε…εὐδόκησεν ὁ, ἀφορίσας με ἐκ κοιλίας μητρός μου, καὶ καλέσας διὰ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ 1 The statement **having set me apart from the womb of my mother and having called {me} through his grace** gives us further information about the **the one** (God). It is not making a distinction. If this might confuse your readers, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “when God, who is the one who set me apart from my mother’s womb and called me through his grace, was pleased” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) -GAL 1 15 iyc1 figs-idiom ἐκ κοιλίας μητρός μου 1 The phrase **from the womb of my mother** is a Hebrew idiom which means either “from the day of my birth” or “from before birth.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “from the day I was born” or “from before I was born.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -GAL 1 15 wd26 figs-explicit καλέσας 1 who called me through his grace Here, the word **called** means “to choose and summon.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “having chosen and summoned me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 1 15 iyc1 figs-idiom ἐκ κοιλίας μητρός μου 1 The phrase **from the womb of my mother** is a Hebrew idiom which means either “from the day of my birth” or “from before birth.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “from the day I was born” or “from before I was born.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +GAL 1 15 wd26 figs-explicit καλέσας 1 who called me through his grace Here, the word **called** means “to choose and summon.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “having chosen and summoned me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 1 15 wlph figs-abstractnouns τῆς χάριτος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea with an adverb such as “kindly”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 1 16 l97h ἀποκαλύψαι τὸν Υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἐν ἐμοὶ 1 to reveal his Son in me The phrase **reveal his Son in me** could mean: (1) that God revealed his Son “to” Paul and refer to God revealing to Paul who Jesus really was so that Paul had an inward knowledge of who Jesus really was. Alternate translation: “to reveal to me his Son” (2) that God revealed his Son to others “through” Paul. Alternate translation: “to reveal his Son to others through me” or “to reveal his Son to others by me” GAL 1 16 z800 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. After the phrase **so that** Paul states the purpose for which God revealed his Son to Paul, namely so that he **might preach him among the Gentiles**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) GAL 1 16 xx4c εὐαγγελίζωμαι αὐτὸν 1 preach him Alternate translation: “I might proclaim the good news about God’s Son” GAL 1 16 qme5 figs-synecdoche σαρκὶ καὶ αἵματι 1 consult with flesh and blood Paul refers figuratively to “human beings” by naming a few of the things that a human being is made of, specifically **flesh and blood**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “any human being” or “any person” or “anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -GAL 1 17 qh88 figs-go ἀνῆλθον εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 go up to Jerusalem **Jerusalem** was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for people to speak of going **up** to Jerusalem and going down from it. Your language may say “come” rather than **go** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “did I come up to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -GAL 1 17 w82a grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 What follows the word **Instead** is in contrast to what was expected. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -GAL 1 17 zqih figs-go ἀπῆλθον εἰς 1 Your language may say “came” rather than **went** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “I came to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) +GAL 1 17 qh88 figs-go ἀνῆλθον εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 go up to Jerusalem **Jerusalem** was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for people to speak of going **up** to Jerusalem and going down from it. Your language may say “come” rather than **go** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “did I come up to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) +GAL 1 17 w82a grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 What follows the word **Instead** is in contrast to what was expected. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +GAL 1 17 zqih figs-go ἀπῆλθον εἰς 1 Your language may say “came” rather than **went** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “I came to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) GAL 1 18 c7gb grammar-connect-time-sequential ἔπειτα 1 The word **Then** indicates that the events Paul will now relate came after the events just described. Use a natural form in your language for indicating this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) GAL 1 18 rej5 figs-go ἀνῆλθον εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 **Jerusalem** was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for people to speak of going **up** to Jerusalem and going down from it. Your language may say “came” rather than **went** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “I came up to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) GAL 1 19 av43 grammar-connect-exceptions ἕτερον…τῶν ἀποστόλων οὐκ εἶδον, εἰ μὴ Ἰάκωβον 1 I saw none of the other apostles except James If it would appear in your language that Paul was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “the only other apostles I saw were James” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) GAL 1 20 d9yv figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 **behold** is an exclamation word which is used to draw attention to the words that come next. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “pay attention to this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) GAL 1 20 h3cb figs-litotes οὐ ψεύδομαι 1 In what I write to you, I assure you before God, that I am not lying Here, Paul uses a phrase that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I am telling you the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -GAL 1 20 pp11 figs-explicit ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **before God** is an oath. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an oath from your language that would be appropriate in this context or you could make it clear in your translation that Paul is making an oath. Alternate translation: “I solemnly testify before God” or “in God’s presence I testify” or “I swear with God as my witness” or “I swear before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 1 20 pp11 figs-explicit ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **before God** is an oath. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an oath from your language that would be appropriate in this context or you could make it clear in your translation that Paul is making an oath. Alternate translation: “I solemnly testify before God” or “in God’s presence I testify” or “I swear with God as my witness” or “I swear before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 1 21 ny6z grammar-connect-time-sequential ἔπειτα ἦλθον εἰς 1 The word **then** indicates that the events Paul will now relate came after the events Paul has just described in [1:18-19](../01/18.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase or by expressing the meaning in some other way that is natural to your readers. Alternate translation: “After I left Jerusalem I went to” or “After that I went to” or “Afterwards I went to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) GAL 1 22 y6l4 figs-activepassive ἤμην…ἀγνοούμενος τῷ προσώπῳ ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις τῆς Ἰουδαίας, ταῖς ἐν Χριστῷ 1 I was still not personally known to the churches of Judea that are in Christ If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “none of the people in the churches of Judea that are in Christ had ever met me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -GAL 1 22 wleq figs-synecdoche ἤμην…ἀγνοούμενος τῷ προσώπῳ ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις τῆς Ἰουδαίας, ταῖς ἐν Χριστῷ 1 Paul uses the main feature of his appearance, his **face**, to refer figuratively to seeing his entire person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +GAL 1 22 wleq figs-synecdoche ἤμην…ἀγνοούμενος τῷ προσώπῳ ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις τῆς Ἰουδαίας, ταῖς ἐν Χριστῷ 1 Paul uses the main feature of his appearance, his **face**, to refer figuratively to seeing his entire person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) GAL 1 22 sr0y figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ 1 Paul uses the spatial metaphor **in Christ** to describe the union believers have with Christ and here it is specifically describing/modifying **the churches of Judea**. If it would help your readers you could use a fuller phrase to describe what the phrase “in Christ” means here. See the discussion of this phrase in “Part 3: Important Translation Issues” in the “Introduction to 1 Corinthians” section. Alternate translation: “in union with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 1 23 bdmz grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** is introducing a contrast between what the Judean believers did know about Paul (they were **hearing** that he was **now proclaiming the faith**) with what they did not know about Paul (how he looked, [1:22](../01/22.md)). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +GAL 1 23 bdmz grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** is introducing a contrast between what the Judean believers did know about Paul (they were **hearing** that he was **now proclaiming the faith**) with what they did not know about Paul (how he looked, [1:22](../01/22.md)). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 1 23 hw08 μόνον…ἀκούοντες ἦσαν 1 Alternate translation: “all that the believers in the region of Judea knew about me was that people were saying” or “all that the people belonging to the churches in the region of Judea knew about me was that people were saying” GAL 1 23 ss1e figs-explicit ὁ 1 Here, the phrase **The one** refers to Paul. If it would help your readers, you could express that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 1 23 bh1m figs-abstractnouns τὴν πίστιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 1 23 bh1m figs-abstractnouns τὴν πίστιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 1 23 lo0r figs-metonymy τὴν πίστιν 1 Paul is figuratively describing the message about Jesus (the gospel) by association with **faith**, which is the response that the message about Jesus requires or solicits. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the good news about Jesus” or “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -GAL 1 23 y5ud figs-explicit ἐπόρθει 1 Here, the word **destroying** refers to trying to stop the spread of the Christian message. If it would help your readers, you could express that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 1 23 y5ud figs-explicit ἐπόρθει 1 Here, the word **destroying** refers to trying to stop the spread of the Christian message. If it would help your readers, you could express that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 1 24 qp4t grammar-connect-logic-result ἐν ἐμοὶ 1 Here, the phrase **in me** means “because of me” and is giving the reason why the Judean believers were praising God, namely because of Paul. If it would help your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) GAL 1 24 cpni ἐν ἐμοὶ 1 The phrase **in me** means “because of me” and the phrase “because of me” could mean: (1) both option 2 and 3 at the same time, in which case “because of me” would mean both that the Judean believers were praising God because God had caused Paul to believe in Jesus and because Paul was now proclaiming the good news about Jesus. If you decide to use this meaning you could use a general phrase that allows for both meanings at the same time such as “because of me.” Alternatively you could clarify in your translation that “because of me” refers to both meanings simultaneously as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because of what God had done in me and was doing through me” or “because God had caused me to believe in Jesus and was now using me to proclaim the good news about Jesus” (2) because of what God was doing through Paul, that he was proclaiming the gospel. Alternate translation: “because of what God is doing through me” or “because I am now proclaiming the good news about Jesus” or “because I am now proclaiming the faith which I formerly tried to destroy” (3) because of what happened to Paul, that God caused him to believe in Jesus. Alternate translation: “because of what God has done in me” or “because God caused me to believe in his son” or “because of what had happened to me” GAL 2 intro xe28 0 # Galatians 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Paul continues to defend the true gospel. This began in [Galatians 1:11](../../gal/01/11.md).

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Freedom and slavery

Throughout this letter, Paul contrasts freedom and slavery. The Christian is free in Christ to do many different things. But the Christian who attempts to follow the law of Moses needs to follow the whole law. Paul describes trying to follow the law as a type of slavery. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “I do not negate the grace of God”

Paul teaches that, if a Christian attempts to follow the law of Moses, they do not understand the grace God has shown to them through the work of Christ. This is a fundamental error. But Paul uses the words “I do not negate the grace of God” as a type of hypothetical situation. The purpose of this statement could be seen as, “If you could be saved by following the law, then it would negate the grace of God.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) GAL 2 1 mtgj grammar-connect-time-sequential ἔπειτα 1 The word **Then** indicates that the events Paul will now relate came after the events just described. See how you translated the word **Then** in [1:18](../01/18.md) where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) GAL 2 1 zt61 ἀνέβην εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 Connecting Statement: See how you translated the similar phrase “I went up to Jerusalem” in [1:18](../01/18.md). -GAL 2 1 zth5 ἀνέβην 1 went up Your language may say “came” rather than **went** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “I came up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) +GAL 2 1 zth5 ἀνέβην 1 went up Your language may say “came” rather than **went** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “I came up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) GAL 2 2 e8xu grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces background information. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) -GAL 2 2 ll4j figs-go ἀνέβην 1 See how you translated the **I went up** in [2:1](../02/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) +GAL 2 2 ll4j figs-go ἀνέβην 1 See how you translated the **I went up** in [2:1](../02/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) GAL 2 2 szwl κατὰ ἀποκάλυψιν 1 The phrase **according to** could: (1) indicate that Paul’s reason for going to Jerusalem was the **revelation**. Alternate translation: “because God told me to” or “because God revealed to me that I should” or “because God showed me that I should” (2) indicate Paul’s response to the **revelation**. Alternate translation: “in response to a revelation” or “in accord with what God had revealed to me” GAL 2 2 zvkg figs-abstractnouns κατὰ ἀποκάλυψιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **revelation**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “revealed”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -GAL 2 2 g384 figs-explicit ἀνεθέμην αὐτοῖς 1 Here, the phrase **set before** means to communicate something to someone for the purpose of receiving their opinion regarding it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “communicated to them” or “related to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 2 2 g384 figs-explicit ἀνεθέμην αὐτοῖς 1 Here, the phrase **set before** means to communicate something to someone for the purpose of receiving their opinion regarding it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “communicated to them” or “related to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 2 2 ypg1 figs-ellipsis κατ’ ἰδίαν δὲ τοῖς 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but privately I set it before the ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) GAL 2 2 msv4 τοῖς δοκοῦσιν 1 those who seemed to be important Alternate translation: “to the men who seemed to be influential” or “to those who were recognized as leaders of the believers in Jerusalem” or “to those who were leaders of the church in Jerusalem” GAL 2 2 t6we figs-doublenegatives μή πως εἰς κενὸν τρέχω ἢ ἔδραμον 1 in vain If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “to ensure I was doing profitable work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) GAL 2 2 ejb8 figs-metaphor τρέχω ἢ ἔδραμον 1 I was not running—or had not run—in vain Here, Paul uses the word **run** to mean “work.” Paul specifically means working for the advancement of the gospel. Paul uses the word **run** to bring to the Galatians’ minds the image of a runner who is running a race in order to win a prize. If this image is familiar to people in your culture, consider using this metaphor. If this image is not familiar to your readers, consider stating this idea in plain language. Alternate translation: “I might work for the advancement of the gospel—or had” or “I might not work for the spread of the good news—or had worked for it” ( See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 2 2 svvy εἰς κενὸν 1 Alternate translation: “for no purpose” or “without positive results” or “for nothing” -GAL 2 3 wyrr grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 Here, the word **But** is introducing an idea that is in contrast to an idea that was presented in [2:2](../02/02.md). Paul is probably presenting the fact that **not even Titus … was forced to be circumcised** as being in contrast to the idea in [2:2](../02/02.md) that he might have “run in vain” (labored in vain). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]] -GAL 2 3 ybww figs-distinguish ὐδὲ Τίτος ὁ σὺν ἐμοί, Ἕλλην ὤν 1 The phrase **the one with me** and the phrase **being a Greek** both give further information about **Titus**. Neither of these phrases is making a distinction between **Titus** and some other person. If this might confuse your readers, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “my non-Jewish ministry partner, Titus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) +GAL 2 2 svvy εἰς κενὸν 1 Alternate translation: “for no purpose” or “without positive results” or “for nothing” +GAL 2 3 wyrr grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 Here, the word **But** is introducing an idea that is in contrast to an idea that was presented in [2:2](../02/02.md). Paul is probably presenting the fact that **not even Titus … was forced to be circumcised** as being in contrast to the idea in [2:2](../02/02.md) that he might have “run in vain” (labored in vain). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]] +GAL 2 3 ybww figs-distinguish ὐδὲ Τίτος ὁ σὺν ἐμοί, Ἕλλην ὤν 1 The phrase **the one with me** and the phrase **being a Greek** both give further information about **Titus**. Neither of these phrases is making a distinction between **Titus** and some other person. If this might confuse your readers, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “my non-Jewish ministry partner, Titus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) GAL 2 3 xs8k figs-activepassive οὐδὲ Τίτος ὁ σὺν ἐμοί, Ἕλλην ὤν, ἠναγκάσθη περιτμηθῆναι 1 to be circumcised The phrase **was forced to be circumcised** is passive. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the leaders of the church in Jerusalem did not even require my Greek ministry partner, Titus, to be circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 2 4 kwoz διὰ δὲ…ἵνα ἡμᾶς καταδουλώσουσιν 1 The word **But** could: (1) be connected to [2:3](../02/03.md) and be giving the reason why some people were demanding that Titus be circumcised. Alternate translation: “But this issue occurred because of” (2) be connected to [2:1-2](../02/01.md) and be giving the reason why Paul “went up again to Jerusalem” (2:1) and privately “set before” (communicated to) the church leaders in Jerusalem the gospel that he proclaimed among the Gentiles (2:2). Alternate translation: “But I talked to them privately because” or “But we went to Jerusalem because of” (3) be beginning a sentence which Paul never completes. Alternate translation (notice that only the punctuation differs from the ULT, the closing “—” indicates that Paul does not complete his thought before moving onto the next verse): “But it was because of … so that they will enslave us—” GAL 2 4 j5ka figs-metaphor παρεισάκτους ψευδαδέλφους, οἵτινες παρεισῆλθον κατασκοπῆσαι 1 The false brothers came in secretly Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were spies. He means that they came pretending to be fellow believers with the intent of observing what Paul and the other believers were doing. By using this metaphor Paul means that these people had bad motives for wanting to observe the believers. If your readers would not understand what **spy on** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “people who pretended to be Christians, who came into our midst in order to watch us closely,” or “people who said they were Christians but were not, who came into our group to view closely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 2 4 jx0q παρεισάκτους 1 In the language that Paul wrote this letter in the phrase **brought in** could mean: (1) that these **false brothers** were invited in by someone. Alternate translation: “secretly invited” or (2) that they came into the midst of the believers by their own initiative. Alternate translation: “deceptive coming of” -GAL 2 4 fpkc figs-explicit ψευδαδέλφους 1 Here, the word **brothers** does not refer to biological brothers but rather to believers in Jesus. The phrase **false brothers** refers to those who pretended to be fellow believers in Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 2 4 etlo figs-abstractnouns κατασκοπῆσαι τὴν ἐλευθερίαν ἡμῶν, ἣν ἔχομεν ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **freedom**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “free,” or with a verb such as **freed** as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 2 4 fpkc figs-explicit ψευδαδέλφους 1 Here, the word **brothers** does not refer to biological brothers but rather to believers in Jesus. The phrase **false brothers** refers to those who pretended to be fellow believers in Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 2 4 etlo figs-abstractnouns κατασκοπῆσαι τὴν ἐλευθερίαν ἡμῶν, ἣν ἔχομεν ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **freedom**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “free,” or with a verb such as **freed** as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 2 4 lyqj figs-exclusive ἔχομεν 1 When Paul says **we**, he is speaking of himself, his traveling companions, and the Galatian believers, so **we** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) GAL 2 4 uvjw figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Paul uses the spatial metaphor **in Christ** to describe the union that believers have with Christ. See the discussion of this phrase in “Part 3: Important Translation Issues” in the “Introduction to 1 Corinthians” section. If it would help your readers you could use a fuller phrase to describe Paul’s meaning. Alternate translation: “in union with Christ Jesus” or “through our union with Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 2 4 v9fp grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which the **false brothers** spied on their freedom, to **enslave them**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) GAL 2 4 l7n7 figs-metaphor ἵνα ἡμᾶς καταδουλώσουσιν 1 to make us slaves Paul is speaking about how these people wanted to force the Galatian believers to follow the Jewish rituals that the law commanded. He is speaking about following the law as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what **enslave** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to force us to obey the law”or “in order to make us slaves to the law” [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 2 5 pow3 figs-exclusive εἴξαμεν 1 When Paul says **we**, he is not including the Galatian Christians, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -GAL 2 5 w6dm figs-explicit οἷς οὐδὲ…εἴξαμεν τῇ ὑποταγῇ 1 Here, to **not … yield in submission** means “to not agree with and comply with the demands of” the people who said that Titus needed to be circumcised. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “we did not give in to their demands” or “we did not comply with what they wanted us to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 2 5 pow3 figs-exclusive εἴξαμεν 1 When Paul says **we**, he is not including the Galatian Christians, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +GAL 2 5 w6dm figs-explicit οἷς οὐδὲ…εἴξαμεν τῇ ὑποταγῇ 1 Here, to **not … yield in submission** means “to not agree with and comply with the demands of” the people who said that Titus needed to be circumcised. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “we did not give in to their demands” or “we did not comply with what they wanted us to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 2 5 bba7 figs-abstractnouns εἴξαμεν τῇ ὑποταγῇ 1 yield in submission If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **submission**, you could express the same idea with a verbal phrase as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 2 5 smpn figs-idiom ὥραν 1 Here, the phrase **an hour** refers to a short period of time. If you have an equivalent expression in your culture you could use that or if it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate Paul’s meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “a short period of time” or “a short amount of time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) GAL 2 5 a3hr grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which Paul and his ministry partners **did not … yield in submission** to those who taught that circumcision was necessary. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -GAL 2 5 k61r figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “true” and/or “correct,” as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 2 5 k61r figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “true” and/or “correct,” as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 2 5 bqqq figs-possession ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 Here, the possessive form is used to describe the **truth** that belongs to and is contained within **the gospel** message. It is also being used to contrast the genuine and correct gospel with “false gospels” such as the one Paul is refuting in this letter. If this is not clear in your language, you could clarify the relationship for your readers as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -GAL 2 6 xcdh grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, Paul uses the word **But** to introduce something that is in contrast to what the “false brothers” in [2:4](../02/04.md) wanted to do. The “false brothers” wanted to “enslave” the believers by adding the requirement of circumcision to the gospel message. Beginning in this verse Paul explains (in [2:6-10](../6/06.md)) that, in contrast to the actions of the “false brothers,” the leaders of the church in Jerusalem did not require that Paul add anything to the content of his gospel message. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]] +GAL 2 6 xcdh grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, Paul uses the word **But** to introduce something that is in contrast to what the “false brothers” in [2:4](../02/04.md) wanted to do. The “false brothers” wanted to “enslave” the believers by adding the requirement of circumcision to the gospel message. Beginning in this verse Paul explains (in [2:6-10](../6/06.md)) that, in contrast to the actions of the “false brothers,” the leaders of the church in Jerusalem did not require that Paul add anything to the content of his gospel message. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]] GAL 2 6 rfvs figs-explicit τῶν δοκούντων εἶναί τι 1 The phrase **the ones seeming to be something•• implies the word “important” and is very similar in meaning to the phrase ••the ones seeming important** at the end of this verse. If it would help your readers, you could express the implied word explicitly. Alternate translation: “the ones seeming to be something important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 2 6 flz3 ὁποῖοί ποτε ἦσαν, οὐδέν μοι διαφέρει, πρόσωπον ὁ Θεὸς ἀνθρώπου οὐ λαμβάνει 1 The phrase **what sort they were formerly matters nothing to me; God does not accept the face of man** is a parenthetical statement. Use a natural form in your language for introducing and/or expressing a parenthetical statement. -GAL 2 6 zrw5 figs-explicit ὁποῖοί 1 The phrase **what sort** implies the word “people.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “what sort of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 2 6 st6l figs-explicit ὁποῖοί ποτε ἦσαν, οὐδέν μοι διαφέρει 1 The phrase **what sort they were formerly matters nothing to me** does not mean that Paul did not regard these people’s character as important but rather it means that he did not let their status influence his decision making. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 2 6 c9xx figs-idiom πρόσωπον ὁ Θεὸς ἀνθρώπου οὐ λαμβάνει 1 Here, the term **face** means “external status and position.” The phrase **God does not accept the face of man** is an idiom which means that God does not base his judgements and decisions on external factors. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “God does not judge with partiality” or “God does not look at external factors when making decisions” or “God does not show partiality” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +GAL 2 6 zrw5 figs-explicit ὁποῖοί 1 The phrase **what sort** implies the word “people.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “what sort of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 2 6 st6l figs-explicit ὁποῖοί ποτε ἦσαν, οὐδέν μοι διαφέρει 1 The phrase **what sort they were formerly matters nothing to me** does not mean that Paul did not regard these people’s character as important but rather it means that he did not let their status influence his decision making. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 2 6 c9xx figs-idiom πρόσωπον ὁ Θεὸς ἀνθρώπου οὐ λαμβάνει 1 Here, the term **face** means “external status and position.” The phrase **God does not accept the face of man** is an idiom which means that God does not base his judgements and decisions on external factors. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “God does not judge with partiality” or “God does not look at external factors when making decisions” or “God does not show partiality” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) GAL 2 6 nm0b figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπου 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a general sense to mean all people in general, including women. Alternate translation: “of a person” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations) -GAL 2 6 ku3t οἱ δοκοῦντες 1 See how you translated the similar phrase “those who seemed to be important” in [2:2](../02/02.md). +GAL 2 6 ku3t οἱ δοκοῦντες 1 See how you translated the similar phrase “those who seemed to be important” in [2:2](../02/02.md). GAL 2 6 afy6 figs-metonymy ἐμοὶ…οὐδὲν προσανέθεντο 1 added nothing to me Here, **me** represents what Paul was teaching. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “added nothing to what I teach” or “did not add anything to my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -GAL 2 7 visz grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ τοὐναντίον 1 Paul uses the phrase **But on the contrary** to introduce a contrast to the idea that the leaders in Jerusalem might have added anything to the content of his message. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -GAL 2 7 l5m5 figs-explicit ἰδόντες 1 Here, the phrase **having seen** means “having understood**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 2 7 vlpz figs-activepassive πεπίστευμαι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God entrusted me with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 2 7 visz grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ τοὐναντίον 1 Paul uses the phrase **But on the contrary** to introduce a contrast to the idea that the leaders in Jerusalem might have added anything to the content of his message. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +GAL 2 7 l5m5 figs-explicit ἰδόντες 1 Here, the phrase **having seen** means “having understood**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 2 7 vlpz figs-activepassive πεπίστευμαι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God entrusted me with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 2 7 m5e5 figs-metonymy ἀκροβυστίας, καθὼς Πέτρος τῆς περιτομῆς 1 Paul is describing non-Jewish people by association with something they would not have had done to them, circumcision, and he is describing Jewish people by association with something they would have had done to them, circumcision. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 2 8 tmva ὁ γὰρ ἐνεργήσας Πέτρῳ εἰς ἀποστολὴν τῆς περιτομῆς, ἐνήργησεν καὶ ἐμοὶ εἰς τὰ ἔθνη 1 This entire verse is a parenthetical statement. In this verse Paul gives the reason why the leaders of the church in Jerusalem determined that Paul was authorized and commissioned by God to bring the gospel to non-Jews. Use a natural form in your language for introducing and/or expressing a parenthetical statement. -GAL 2 8 yh9s figs-explicit ὁ 1 Here, **the one** refers to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 2 8 yh9s figs-explicit ὁ 1 Here, **the one** refers to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 2 8 e5wv figs-metonymy τῆς περιτομῆς 1 See how you translated the phrase **the circumcision** in [2:7](../02/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 2 8 n1b6 figs-ellipsis ἐνήργησεν καὶ ἐμοὶ εἰς τὰ ἔθνη 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “also worked in me for apostleship to the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -GAL 2 9 qfp1 figs-abstractnouns γνόντες τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσάν μοι 1 The abstract noun *grace** refers to God graciously giving Paul the task of proclaiming the gospel to non-Jews. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea with an adverb such as “graciously” or “kindly” as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “having understood the task that God had graciously given to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -GAL 2 9 dt40 figs-activepassive τὴν δοθεῖσάν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God gave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -GAL 2 9 k66v οἱ δοκοῦντες…εἶναι 1 See how you translated the phrase **the ones seeming to be** in [2:2](../02/02.md). -GAL 2 9 he6q figs-metaphor οἱ δοκοῦντες στῦλοι εἶναι 1 built up the church Here, **pillars** refers to James, Cephas and John, who were leaders of the believers in Jerusalem. In that culture important leaders of a group were sometimes referred to as **pillars** because of the support that they provided the group. If your readers would not understand what **pillars** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 2 9 qfp1 figs-abstractnouns γνόντες τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσάν μοι 1 The abstract noun *grace** refers to God graciously giving Paul the task of proclaiming the gospel to non-Jews. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea with an adverb such as “graciously” or “kindly” as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “having understood the task that God had graciously given to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 2 9 dt40 figs-activepassive τὴν δοθεῖσάν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God gave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 2 9 k66v οἱ δοκοῦντες…εἶναι 1 See how you translated the phrase **the ones seeming to be** in [2:2](../02/02.md). +GAL 2 9 he6q figs-metaphor οἱ δοκοῦντες στῦλοι εἶναι 1 built up the church Here, **pillars** refers to James, Cephas and John, who were leaders of the believers in Jerusalem. In that culture important leaders of a group were sometimes referred to as **pillars** because of the support that they provided the group. If your readers would not understand what **pillars** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 2 9 e5rm translate-symaction δεξιὰς ἔδωκαν…κοινωνίας 1 gave…the right hand of fellowship Here, **gave the right hand** is an action that indicates agreement. Shaking hands indicated that they agreed with each other and were pledging to work together as ministry partners towards the same goal. Essentially, they would be in fellowship and shaking each others right hand indicated this. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -GAL 2 9 yxvz figs-abstractnouns κοινωνίας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **fellowship**, you could express the same idea in some other way that is natural in your language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 2 9 yxvz figs-abstractnouns κοινωνίας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **fellowship**, you could express the same idea in some other way that is natural in your language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 2 9 bl9v grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which **James and Cephas and John … gave the right hand of fellowship to Barnabas** and Paul. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) GAL 2 9 uuss figs-ellipsis ἡμεῖς εἰς τὰ ἔθνη, αὐτοὶ δὲ εἰς τὴν περιτομήν 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. The words he is leaving out are probably “go” or “proclaim the good news.” If it would help your readers, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “we would go to the Gentiles, and they would go the circumcision” or “we would proclaim the good news to the Gentiles, and they would proclaim the good news to the circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -GAL 2 9 j031 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 When Paul says **we** here, he is not including the Galatians, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +GAL 2 9 j031 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 When Paul says **we** here, he is not including the Galatians, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) GAL 2 9 n8en figs-metonymy τὴν περιτομήν 1 See how you translated the phrase **the circumcision** in [2:7](../02/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 2 10 fpj8 grammar-connect-exceptions μόνον τῶν πτωχῶν ἵνα μνημονεύωμεν 1 Here, the word **only** introduces an exception clause that qualifies Paul’s statement at the end of [2:6](../02/06.md), where Paul said that the leaders in Jerusalem “added nothing” to his message (meaning they did not require him to do or teach anything else). Use an appropriate form in your language so that it does not appear that Paul is making a statement here that contradicts his statement at the end of [2:6](../02/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) -GAL 2 10 v265 figs-exclusive μνημονεύωμεν 1 When Paul says **we** here, he is not including the Galatians, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -GAL 2 10 bbdk figs-explicit τῶν πτωχῶν…μνημονεύωμεν 1 Here, **remember the poor** refers to remembering the needs of the poor. If it would help your readers you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “we should continue to remember to take care of the needs of the poor” or “we should continue to remember to help the poor with their needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 2 10 v265 figs-exclusive μνημονεύωμεν 1 When Paul says **we** here, he is not including the Galatians, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +GAL 2 10 bbdk figs-explicit τῶν πτωχῶν…μνημονεύωμεν 1 Here, **remember the poor** refers to remembering the needs of the poor. If it would help your readers you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “we should continue to remember to take care of the needs of the poor” or “we should continue to remember to help the poor with their needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 2 10 yfu3 figs-nominaladj πτωχῶν 1 Paul is using the adjective **poor** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -GAL 2 11 rdi8 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces a contrast. The actions that Paul will describe in [2:11-13](../02/11.md) are in contrast to the decision that was made in [2:1-10](../02/01.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -GAL 2 11 yuav figs-go ἦλθεν 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) +GAL 2 11 rdi8 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces a contrast. The actions that Paul will describe in [2:11-13](../02/11.md) are in contrast to the decision that was made in [2:1-10](../02/01.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +GAL 2 11 yuav figs-go ἦλθεν 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) GAL 2 11 c9h4 figs-idiom κατὰ πρόσωπον αὐτῷ ἀντέστην 1 I opposed him to his face The phrase **to his face** is an idiom which means to confront someone and could refer specifically to: (1) confronting someone directly, face to face. If your readers would not understand what this idiom means, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I confronted him directly” or “I confronted him face to face” (2) confronting someone in public. (See the phrase “I said to Cephas in front of all of them” in [2:14](../02/14.md)). Alternate translation: “I confronted him in public” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -GAL 2 11 cr74 figs-explicit κατεγνωσμένος ἦν 1 Here, the phrase **he stood condemned** means that “he was deserving of blame” or “he was wrong.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he was deserving of blame” or “he was wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 2 11 cr74 figs-explicit κατεγνωσμένος ἦν 1 Here, the phrase **he stood condemned** means that “he was deserving of blame” or “he was wrong.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he was deserving of blame” or “he was wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 2 11 qvig translate-versebridge ὅτε δὲ ἦλθεν Κηφᾶς εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν, κατὰ πρόσωπον αὐτῷ ἀντέστην, ὅτι κατεγνωσμένος ἦν 1 This verse gives the result of Cephas’ hypocritical actions, and [2:12-13](../02/12.md) gives the reason for (and explanation leading to) the result. If your language would put the reason before the result, you could create a verse bridge by placing verse 12 and 13 before the contents of this verse as modeled by the UST. You would need to adapt or not translate the first phrase in [2:14](../02/14.md), “But when” so that [2:14](../02/14.md) begins with (or with something similar to) the phrase “I saw” as modeled by the UST. You would then present the combined verses as 11-13. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge) GAL 2 12 yeeb grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces Paul’s reason for why he “opposed” Cephas “to his face” (see [2:11](../02/11.md)) and for why Paul claimed in [2:11](../02/11.md) that Cephas “stood condemned.” Use a natural way in your language for introducing a reason. If it would be more natural in your language to state the reason for an action before giving the result see the note for [2:11](../02/11.md) on creating a verse bridge. Alternate translation: “The reason is that” or “The reason that Peter stood condemned is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -GAL 2 12 hqcc figs-go ἐλθεῖν…ἦλθον 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “went … they went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -GAL 2 12 b23d grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Paul uses the word **But** here to introduce a contrast between how Peter acted **before certain ones came from James** and how he acted after **they came**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +GAL 2 12 hqcc figs-go ἐλθεῖν…ἦλθον 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “went … they went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) +GAL 2 12 b23d grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Paul uses the word **But** here to introduce a contrast between how Peter acted **before certain ones came from James** and how he acted after **they came**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 2 12 a6gv ἀφώριζεν ἑαυτόν 1 kept away from Alternate translation: “stayed away from” GAL 2 12 z1kg figs-explicit φοβούμενος τοὺς ἐκ περιτομῆς 1 He was afraid of those who were demanding circumcision If it would help your readers, the reason Peter was **afraid** can be stated explicitly as modeled by the UST. See [6:12](../06/12.md) where Paul says that those trying to compel the Galatian believers were doing so because the did not want to be persecuted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 2 12 fy79 figs-metonymy τοὺς ἐκ περιτομῆς 1 those who were demanding circumcision See how you translated the phrase **the circumcision** in [2:7](../02/07.md). Here, the term **the circumcision** probably refers specifically to Jews who were not believers in Jesus, since it is unlikely that Peter would have feared Jewish Christians or the men whom James sent. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -GAL 2 13 urwh figs-explicit οἱ λοιποὶ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Here, the phrase **the rest of the Jews** refers only to the other Jewish believers who were in Antioch. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 2 13 urwh figs-explicit οἱ λοιποὶ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Here, the phrase **the rest of the Jews** refers only to the other Jewish believers who were in Antioch. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 2 13 nkrh grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 Here, the phrase **so that** introduces the result of the hypocritical actions of “Cephas” (see [2:12](../02/12.md)) and **the rest of the Jews** who **joined with him**. The result was that **Barnabas was led astray by their hypocrisy**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a result. Alternate translation: “with the result that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) GAL 2 13 iau6 figs-explicit συναπήχθη αὐτῶν τῇ ὑποκρίσει 1 Here, the phrase **led astray** means to influence or convince someone to think and/or act in a specific way. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “was influenced by their hypocritical behavior” or “was influenced by their hypocritical behavior so that he also acted hypocritically” or “was influenced by their hypocritical behavior so that he also joined them in acting hypocritically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 2 13 v4cj figs-activepassive καὶ Βαρναβᾶς συναπήχθη αὐτῶν τῇ ὑποκρίσει 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they even led Barnabas astray by their hypocrisy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -GAL 2 13 vmkj figs-abstractnouns αὐτῶν τῇ ὑποκρίσει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hypocrisy**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “hypocritical,” or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “by their hypocritical behavior” or “by their hypocritical actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 2 13 v4cj figs-activepassive καὶ Βαρναβᾶς συναπήχθη αὐτῶν τῇ ὑποκρίσει 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they even led Barnabas astray by their hypocrisy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 2 13 vmkj figs-abstractnouns αὐτῶν τῇ ὑποκρίσει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hypocrisy**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “hypocritical,” or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “by their hypocritical behavior” or “by their hypocritical actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 2 14 k16c grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 Here, Paul uses the word **But** to introduce a contrast between his actions and the wrong actions of Cephas, Barnabas, and the other Jewish believers that he described in [2:12-13](../02/12.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 2 14 sg53 figs-metonymy οὐκ ὀρθοποδοῦσιν 1 not following the truth of the gospel Here, the word **walking** is a Jewish figure of speech which refers to how a person acts or conducts their life. In Jewish culture a person’s behavior was spoken of as if that person was walking along a path. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or state this using plain language. Alternate translation: “they were not acting correctly” or “they were not conducting their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -GAL 2 14 va3a figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀλήθειαν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in some other way that is natural in your language as modeled by the UST. See how you translated the phrase **the truth of the gospel** in [2:5](../02/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 2 14 va3a figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀλήθειαν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in some other way that is natural in your language as modeled by the UST. See how you translated the phrase **the truth of the gospel** in [2:5](../02/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 2 14 s978 figs-quotations εἰ σὺ Ἰουδαῖος, ὑπάρχων ἐθνικῶς καὶ οὐκ Ἰουδαϊκῶς ζῇς, πῶς τὰ ἔθνη ἀναγκάζεις Ἰουδαΐζειν 1 This is the beginning of a direct quotation in which Paul quotes what he **said to Cephas**. Some Bible scholars think this quote ends at the end of this verse while other Bible scholars think that this quotation goes until the end of [2:21](../02/21.md). Some Bible scholars think that part of Paul’s words in [2:15-21](../02/15.md) could be him summarizing what he said to Peter and the Jews who were present. The ULT uses quotation marks from this point through the end of [2:21](../02/21.md). Use a natural way in your language for indicating that Paul’s words from here to the end of [2:21](../02/21.md) are a quotation. If you decide that Paul is only quoting himself through the end of this verse then use a natural way in your language for indicating that Paul’s words from here to the end of this verse are a direct quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) GAL 2 14 z4fp figs-rquestion εἰ σὺ Ἰουδαῖος, ὑπάρχων ἐθνικῶς καὶ οὐκ Ἰουδαϊκῶς ζῇς, πῶς τὰ ἔθνη ἀναγκάζεις Ἰουδαΐζειν 1 how can you force the Gentiles to live like Jews? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphatically rebuke Cephas and to help Cephas understand the hypocrisy of his actions. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are a Jew, and live like a Gentile, and not like a Jew, and so it is very hypocritical for you to force the Gentiles to live like Jews!” or “You are a Jew, and live like a Gentile, and not like a Jew, and so it is very wrong for you to force the Gentiles to live like Jews!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 2 14 qlzt grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ σὺ Ἰουδαῖος, ὑπάρχων ἐθνικῶς καὶ οὐκ Ἰουδαϊκῶς ζῇς 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you, being a Jew, live like a Gentile, and not a like Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) GAL 2 14 ish9 figs-yousingular σὺ…ἀναγκάζεις 1 Both occurrences of the word **you** in this verse refer to Peter and are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) GAL 2 15 vjsh figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 When Paul says **We** it is inclusive because Paul is addressing Peter and including Peter and the Jewish Christians in Antioch. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) GAL 2 15 tzxo ἡμεῖς φύσει Ἰουδαῖοι καὶ οὐκ ἐξ ἐθνῶν ἁμαρτωλοί 1 Alternate translation: “We had Jewish parents and are not Gentiles” -GAL 2 15 tz45 figs-explicit ἐξ ἐθνῶν ἁμαρτωλοί 1 not Gentile sinners The word **sinners** was used by Jews as a synonym for non-Jews because non-Jews did not have or adhere to the Law of Moses. Paul is not saying that only non-Jewish people are **sinners**. The rest of this letter will make clear that both Jews and non-Jews are sinners and need God’s forgiveness. If it would help your readers you can indicate explicitly that the term **sinners** is what Jews called non-Jews, as modeled by the UST. Alternatively you could state the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “non-Jews who do not have or follow the Law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 2 16 vduo grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to what would be naturally be expected by a Jewish person in view of [2:15](../02/15.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -GAL 2 16 y3tl figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “person” or “human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -GAL 2 16 xhx3 figs-activepassive δικαιοῦται…δικαιωθῶμεν…δικαιωθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 2 15 tz45 figs-explicit ἐξ ἐθνῶν ἁμαρτωλοί 1 not Gentile sinners The word **sinners** was used by Jews as a synonym for non-Jews because non-Jews did not have or adhere to the Law of Moses. Paul is not saying that only non-Jewish people are **sinners**. The rest of this letter will make clear that both Jews and non-Jews are sinners and need God’s forgiveness. If it would help your readers you can indicate explicitly that the term **sinners** is what Jews called non-Jews, as modeled by the UST. Alternatively you could state the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “non-Jews who do not have or follow the Law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 2 16 vduo grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to what would be naturally be expected by a Jewish person in view of [2:15](../02/15.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +GAL 2 16 y3tl figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “person” or “human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +GAL 2 16 xhx3 figs-activepassive δικαιοῦται…δικαιωθῶμεν…δικαιωθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 2 16 s2ys figs-possession ἔργων νόμου -1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe what types of **works** he is referring to. He is specifically referring to works of the Mosaic law. If this is not clear in your language, you could clarify the relationship for your readers. Alternate translation: “doing the works that are commanded in the law of Moses … doing the works that are commanded in the law of Moses … doing the works that are commanded in the law of Moses” or “doing the things Moses commanded … doing the things Moses commanded … doing the things Moses commanded” or “doing the things commanded in the law of Moses … doing the things commanded in the law of Moses … doing the things commanded in the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -GAL 2 16 purc figs-abstractnouns ἔργων νόμου -1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **works**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “obeys” or “obey”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 2 16 purc figs-abstractnouns ἔργων νόμου -1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **works**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “obeys” or “obey”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 2 16 ncnt grammar-connect-exceptions ἐὰν μὴ 1 If it would appear in your language that Paul was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “but rather only” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) -GAL 2 16 iivr figs-abstractnouns πίστεως -1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a such as “believing” or “trusts”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -GAL 2 16 q4iw figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…δικαιωθῶμεν 1 When Paul says **we** it is inclusive because Paul is addressing Peter and including Peter and the Jewish Christians in Antioch, so **we** is inclusive both times that it occurs in this verse. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +GAL 2 16 iivr figs-abstractnouns πίστεως -1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a such as “believing” or “trusts”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 2 16 q4iw figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…δικαιωθῶμεν 1 When Paul says **we** it is inclusive because Paul is addressing Peter and including Peter and the Jewish Christians in Antioch, so **we** is inclusive both times that it occurs in this verse. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) GAL 2 16 nzcb grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is introducing the purpose for which he and the other Jewish believers **believed in Christ Jesus**, which is **so that** they **might be justified by faith in Christ**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) GAL 2 16 gp4w grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι ἐξ ἔργων νόμου, οὐ δικαιωθήσεται πᾶσα σάρξ 1 Here, the word **For** re-introduces and re-states the reason why Cephas and the other Jewish believers **believed in Christ Jesus**. They **believed in Jesus Christ** for the reason that **by works of the law no flesh will be justified**. The phrase **by works of the law no flesh will be justified** is saying the exact same thing, in slightly different words, as the phrase which occurs earlier in the verse which says **no man is justified by works of the law**. If it would not be natural in your language to re-introduce the reason after the result you could re-introduce and re-state the result. Alternate translation: “We believed in Christ Jesus because no flesh will be justified by works of the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) GAL 2 16 j7g5 figs-synecdoche σάρξ 1 no flesh The word **flesh** refers to human beings. Paul uses a part of humans to refer to the entire human. The phrase “any flesh” means “any person.” If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “no person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) GAL 2 16 ctbj figs-extrainfo οὐ…ἄνθρωπος…πᾶσα σάρξ 1 no flesh Both the words “man” and “flesh” refer to people in general and include all people, both Jewish people and Gentile people and refer to people of all ages and nationalities. The phrases “no man” and “any flesh” exclude all people, both Jewish people and Gentile people. Paul is saying the same thing, two different ways to emphasize that no person, Jew or Gentile, is justified by obeying the law. Since Paul explains this truth in this passage, you do not need to explain its meaning further here, but make sure to use words or phrases when translating the words “man” and “flesh” which indicate that these words refer to (include) all people of all ages and nationalities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) GAL 2 17 gf9q grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, Paul uses the word “But” to introduce new information into his ongoing explanation for why justification is through faith in Christ and not obeying the Law of Moses. Here, Paul is anticipating, and answering, a possible objection to justification by faith. The word **But** introduces this. Use a natural form in your language for doing this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 2 17 gtu7 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) -GAL 2 17 vnp6 figs-explicit ζητοῦντες δικαιωθῆναι ἐν Χριστῷ 1 while we seek to be justified in Christ The phrase **justified in Christ** means made righteous in God’s sight because of being united with Christ by believing in what he has done. This phrase means the same thing as the phrase “justified by faith in Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md). See how you translated the “justified by faith in Christ” there and, if it would help your readers, consider stating more fully here what the phrase **to be justified in Christ** means. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 2 17 m0tl figs-activepassive δικαιωθῆναι ἐν Χριστῷ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for God to justify us through our faith in Christ” or “for God to justify us because of our faith in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 2 17 vnp6 figs-explicit ζητοῦντες δικαιωθῆναι ἐν Χριστῷ 1 while we seek to be justified in Christ The phrase **justified in Christ** means made righteous in God’s sight because of being united with Christ by believing in what he has done. This phrase means the same thing as the phrase “justified by faith in Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md). See how you translated the “justified by faith in Christ” there and, if it would help your readers, consider stating more fully here what the phrase **to be justified in Christ** means. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 2 17 m0tl figs-activepassive δικαιωθῆναι ἐν Χριστῷ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for God to justify us through our faith in Christ” or “for God to justify us because of our faith in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 2 17 s2r8 figs-exclusive εὑρέθημεν 1 When Paul says **we** here it is inclusive because Paul is addressing Peter and including Peter and Jewish Christians. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) GAL 2 17 mg0h figs-rpronouns αὐτοὶ 1 Paul uses the word **ourselves** for emphasis. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -GAL 2 17 ph83 figs-activepassive εὑρέθημεν καὶ αὐτοὶ ἁμαρτωλοί 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -GAL 2 17 c1op figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτωλοί…ἁμαρτίας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sin** or being a sinner, you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 2 17 ph83 figs-activepassive εὑρέθημεν καὶ αὐτοὶ ἁμαρτωλοί 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 2 17 c1op figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτωλοί…ἁμαρτίας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sin** or being a sinner, you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 2 17 qw76 figs-rquestion ἆρα Χριστὸς ἁμαρτίας διάκονος 1 The phrase **is Christ then a minister of sin** is a rhetorical question. Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 2 17 yy9s μὴ γένοιτο 1 Absolutely not! The expression **May it never be** gives the strongest possible negative answer to the preceding rhetorical question **is Christ a minister of sin?**. Use a natural way in your language for strongly and emphatically negating an idea. Alternate translation: “Of course, that is not true!” or “No, never!” or “No way!” GAL 2 18 mwuo figs-metaphor ἃ κατέλυσα, ταῦτα πάλιν οἰκοδομῶ, παραβάτην ἐμαυτὸν συνιστάνω 1 Paul speaks of no longer thinking it is necessary to obey all the laws of Moses as if he were destroying the law of Moses. When he speaks of rebuilding **those things** he is referring to going back again to acting like, and teaching, that it is necessary to keep the laws of Moses. Paul is saying in this verse that he would be sinning if he **again** tried to go back to living as if it was necessary to obey the laws of Moses after becoming convinced that it was not necessary. If your readers would not understand what it means to **rebuild** or destroy in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way or you could use a simile as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 2 18 o7g8 figs-abstractnouns παραβάτην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **a transgressor**, you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 2 18 o7g8 figs-abstractnouns παραβάτην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **a transgressor**, you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 2 19 wdaa grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** is introducing the reason that Paul said **May it never be” in [2:17](../02/17.md) and and also introducing information which gives support for what he said in [2:18](../02/18.md). Use a natural form for introducing a reason for something that was said prior. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 2 19 zqqw διὰ νόμου 1 Alternate translation: “by means of the law” GAL 2 19 r55d figs-metaphor ἐγὼ…νόμῳ ἀπέθανον 1 Here, the phrase, **I … died to the law** could: (1) be a metaphor that refers to believers’ vicarious death with Christ through their believing in him and their consequent union with him which they as a result of their faith in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. (See [Rom 7:4](../07/04.md) and [Gal 4:4-5](../04/04.md)) Alternate translation: “I … died to the law through my union with Christ” (2) be a metaphor that refers to Paul’s experience in trying to obey the law. Alternate translation: “I … died to the law through the things that it required” or “I … died to the law through the things that it commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 2 19 yl7y grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is introducing the purpose or reason for which he **died to the law**. The purpose was **so that** he **might live to God**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -GAL 2 19 l3r9 figs-explicit Θεῷ ζήσω 1 The phrase **live to God** means “live for God.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I might live for God” or “I might live to serve God” or “I might live to please God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 2 19 l3r9 figs-explicit Θεῷ ζήσω 1 The phrase **live to God** means “live for God.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I might live for God” or “I might live to serve God” or “I might live to please God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 2 19 xg5q figs-metaphor Χριστῷ συνεσταύρωμαι 1 The phrase **I have been crucified with Christ** is a metaphor. Paul is not saying that he literally died with Christ. Paul is using this metaphor to express the reality that as a result of his faith in Christ, and the subsequent union with Christ that his faith has brought about, God now views Paul as if he had died with Christ. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **crucified with Christ** in this context, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 2 19 fh2i figs-activepassive Χριστῷ συνεσταύρωμαι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “the law” was the reason Christ had to be but to death. Roman soldiers put Jesus to death, but in context Paul is explaining that it was because of the requirements of “the law” that put Christ to died. If you must state the action you could explain this in your translation as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 2 19 fh2i figs-activepassive Χριστῷ συνεσταύρωμαι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “the law” was the reason Christ had to be but to death. Roman soldiers put Jesus to death, but in context Paul is explaining that it was because of the requirements of “the law” that put Christ to died. If you must state the action you could explain this in your translation as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 2 20 o3jk figs-metaphor ζῶ…οὐκέτι ἐγώ, ζῇ δὲ ἐν ἐμοὶ Χριστός 1 Here, the phrase **I no longer live, but Christ lives in me** is a metaphor. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or you could express the meaning plainly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 2 20 y2qf figs-ellipsis ὃ…νῦν ζῶ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “that life which I now live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) GAL 2 20 rtmc figs-synecdoche ὃ…νῦν ζῶ ἐν σαρκί 1 Here, Paul uses the word **flesh**, which is one part of his body, to refer to his entire body. The phrase **that which I now live in the flesh** means “that life which I now live in the body” and refers to Paul’s present life on earth in his physical body. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “that life which I now live in the body” or “that life which I now live in my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -GAL 2 20 a4j0 figs-explicit ἐν πίστει ζῶ τῇ τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 When Paul says **I live by faith that is in the Son of God** he means that he now lives his life by means of having faith in God’s Son. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. See how you translated the similar phrase “through faith in Jesus Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md). Alternate translation: “I live by having faith in God’s Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 2 20 a4j0 figs-explicit ἐν πίστει ζῶ τῇ τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 When Paul says **I live by faith that is in the Son of God** he means that he now lives his life by means of having faith in God’s Son. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. See how you translated the similar phrase “through faith in Jesus Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md). Alternate translation: “I live by having faith in God’s Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 2 20 bb2x guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God **the Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -GAL 2 20 m55w figs-explicit τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντός με 1 The phrase **the one** refers to **the Son of God**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who is the one having loved me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 2 20 by5a figs-explicit παραδόντος ἑαυτὸν 1 The phrase **having given himself** means that Jesus gave himself as a sacrifice. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 2 20 m55w figs-explicit τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντός με 1 The phrase **the one** refers to **the Son of God**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who is the one having loved me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 2 20 by5a figs-explicit παραδόντος ἑαυτὸν 1 The phrase **having given himself** means that Jesus gave himself as a sacrifice. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 2 21 tj6l figs-litotes οὐκ ἀθετῶ 1 I do not set aside Here, Paul expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative phrase, **do not**, together with a phrase, **set aside** that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I strongly affirm” or “I do uphold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) GAL 2 21 xvoq οὐκ ἀθετῶ 1 Alternate translation: “I do not ignore” or “I do not dismiss” -GAL 2 21 g5b8 figs-abstractnouns τὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea with an adverb such as “kindly”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. See how you translated the similar expression “the grace of Christ” in [1:6](../01/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -GAL 2 21 ogus figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνη 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “righteous”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 2 21 g5b8 figs-abstractnouns τὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea with an adverb such as “kindly”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. See how you translated the similar expression “the grace of Christ” in [1:6](../01/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 2 21 ogus figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνη 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “righteous”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 2 21 yl3c figs-hypo εἰ γὰρ διὰ νόμου δικαιοσύνη, ἄρα Χριστὸς δωρεὰν ἀπέθανεν 1 if righteousness could be gained through the law, then Christ died for nothing Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is not true. Paul stated two times in [2:16](../02/16.md) that no person is made righteous before God by obeying the Law of Moses. Also, Paul knows that Christ died for a definite purpose. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certainly false, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as a negative statement. If your language does state things as a hypothetical possibility that the speaker is trying to prove false then use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “since we know that righteousness is through faith in Christ and not through the law, or else Christ would have died for nothing” or “because we know that God considers us righteousness because we believe in Christ and not because we keep the law, or else Christ would have died for nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) GAL 2 21 imxg grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ γὰρ διὰ νόμου δικαιοσύνη, ἄρα Χριστὸς δωρεὰν ἀπέθανεν 1 if righteousness could be gained through the law, then Christ died for nothing Paul is using a hypothetical situation to teach the Galatian believers. Use a natural way in your language for expressing conditional “if … then” constructions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) -GAL 2 21 m74u figs-explicit εἰ…διὰ νόμου δικαιοσύνη 1 Here, the word **through** expresses the means by which something happens. The phrase **if righteousness is through the law** means “if righteousness could be obtained through keeping the law.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “if righteousness could be obtained by keeping the law” or “if a person could be justified by keeping the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 2 21 m74u figs-explicit εἰ…διὰ νόμου δικαιοσύνη 1 Here, the word **through** expresses the means by which something happens. The phrase **if righteousness is through the law** means “if righteousness could be obtained through keeping the law.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “if righteousness could be obtained by keeping the law” or “if a person could be justified by keeping the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 2 21 dv5f διὰ νόμου 1 The phrase **through the law** is equivalent in meaning to the phrase “by works of the law” in [2:16](../02/16.md). See how you translated the phrase “by works of the law” the two times that it occurs in [2:16](../02/16.md). GAL 2 21 rku5 ἄρα Χριστὸς δωρεὰν ἀπέθανεν 1 then Christ died for nothing Alternate translation: “then Christ would have accomplished nothing by dying” or “then it was pointless for Christ to die” GAL 3 intro xd92 0 # Galatians 3 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Equality in Christ

All Christians are equally united to Christ. Ancestry, gender, and status do not matter. All are equal with each other. All are equal in the eyes of God.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

Paul uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter. He uses them to convince the Galatians of their sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Flesh
This is a complex issue. “Flesh” is possibly a metaphor for our sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that the physical part of man is sinful. “Flesh” is used in this chapter in contrast with that which is spiritual. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])

### “Those of faith are children of Abraham”
Bible scholars are divided on what this means. Some believe Christians inherit the promises that God gave to Abraham, so Christians replace the physical descendants of Israel. Others believe Christians spiritually follow Abraham, but they do not inherit all of the promises that God gave to Abraham. In light of Paul’s other teachings and the context here, Paul is probably writing about the Jewish and Gentile Christians sharing the same faith as Abraham did. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 1 u6lo figs-exclamations ὦ 1 **O** is an exclamation word. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language that would be natural to use in this context. Alternate translation: “Oh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) GAL 3 1 xvji ἀνόητοι Γαλάται 1 Alternate translation: “you Galatians are without understanding” or “you Galatians who are without understanding” -GAL 3 1 p7uw figs-rquestion τίς ὑμᾶς ἐβάσκανεν 1 General Information: Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to rebuke the Galatian believers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +GAL 3 1 p7uw figs-rquestion τίς ὑμᾶς ἐβάσκανεν 1 General Information: Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to rebuke the Galatian believers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 3 1 ryu7 figs-irony τίς ὑμᾶς ἐβάσκανεν 1 Who has put a spell on you? Paul is using irony to express the fact that the Galatian believers are acting as though someone has put a spell on them. He does not really believe that someone has put a spell on them. In fact Paul is upset with the Galatians believers for willingly choosing to believe false teachers and letting themselves be deceived. If your readers would misunderstand what Paul is saying here, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You behave as if someone has put a spell on you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) GAL 3 1 gwv2 figs-metaphor οἷς κατ’ ὀφθαλμοὺς Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς προεγράφη ἐσταυρωμένος 1 It was before your eyes that Jesus Christ was publicly displayed as crucified This phrase is a metaphor which could: (1) be referring to someone publicly drawing a picture for people to see. In this case Paul would be referring to the teaching about Jesus that the Galatians had received as if it were a clear picture that they had seen with their eyes. If your readers would not understand what **publicly portrayed** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “you yourselves heard the clear teaching about Jesus being crucified” (2) be referring to the practice of someone posting a public announcement for people to read. In this case Paul would be referring to his preaching the good news about Jesus as if it were a public announcement which the Galatians had read. If your readers would not understand what **publicly portrayed** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “you yourselves heard the clear teaching about Jesus being crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 3 1 ty3a figs-activepassive προεγράφη ἐσταυρωμένος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 3 1 ty3a figs-activepassive προεγράφη ἐσταυρωμένος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 2 wq9g figs-rquestion ἐξ ἔργων νόμου τὸ Πνεῦμα ἐλάβετε, ἢ ἐξ ἀκοῆς πίστεως 1 Did you receive the Spirit by the works of the law or by believing what you heard? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to rebuke the Galatian believers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “You received the Spirit, not by doing what the law says, but by believing what you heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 3 2 wll8 Πνεῦμα 1 The word **Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. Make sure that you use a word that would be appropriate to use for the Holy Spirit. GAL 3 2 dbp8 figs-possession ἐξ ἔργων νόμου 1 See how you translated the phrase **by works of the law** in [2:16](../02/16.md) where it occurs three times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) GAL 3 2 cfj2 figs-possession ἐξ ἀκοῆς πίστεως 1 Paul is using the possessive form here to describe the response that the Galatians had when they heard the preaching of the gospel which was to respond to it with **faith**. If this is not clear in your language, you could clarify the relationship for your readers. Alternate translation: “by believing what you heard” or “by hearing with faith” or “by trusting in the Messiah when you heard the message about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) GAL 3 3 f96u figs-rquestion οὕτως ἀνόητοί ἐστε 1 Are you so foolish? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to emphatically show his surprise. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “You are very foolish!” or “Don’t be so foolish!” or “Surely you cannot be so foolish!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -GAL 3 3 kkg7 οὕτως 1 Here, the word **so** adds magnitude to (amplifies) the word **foolish** and also points forward to what comes after the word **foolish**. Use a natural form in your language for indicating this. -GAL 3 3 nghz ἀνόητοί 1 See how you translated the word ** foolish** in [3:1](../03/01.md) where it is used with the same meaning. +GAL 3 3 kkg7 οὕτως 1 Here, the word **so** adds magnitude to (amplifies) the word **foolish** and also points forward to what comes after the word **foolish**. Use a natural form in your language for indicating this. +GAL 3 3 nghz ἀνόητοί 1 See how you translated the word ** foolish** in [3:1](../03/01.md) where it is used with the same meaning. GAL 3 3 vof3 figs-rquestion ἐναρξάμενοι Πνεύματι, νῦν σαρκὶ ἐπιτελεῖσθε 1 Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form in order to try to make the Galatian believers think about what they are doing. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 3 3 croz figs-ellipsis ἐναρξάμενοι 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Having begun the Christian life” or “Having begun your new relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -GAL 3 3 xff5 Πνεύματι 1 The word **Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. Make sure that you translate the word **Spirit** with the same word that you used to translate “Spirit” in [3:2](../03/02.md) where it is also referring to the Holy Spirit. +GAL 3 3 xff5 Πνεύματι 1 The word **Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. Make sure that you translate the word **Spirit** with the same word that you used to translate “Spirit” in [3:2](../03/02.md) where it is also referring to the Holy Spirit. GAL 3 3 xu4d figs-metonymy σαρκὶ 1 by the flesh Paul is describing the actions a person does while in their body by association with their body, which he calls **flesh**. Here, **flesh** refers to a reliance on one’s own effort in doing outward deeds and doing these actions with a self-sufficient and self-reliant trust in them instead of trusting God. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “by your own effort” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 3 4 iyj1 figs-rquestion τοσαῦτα ἐπάθετε εἰκῇ 1 Have you suffered so many things for nothing…? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form in order to try to make the Galatian believers think about the implications of believing and following the false teachers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 3 4 xujz figs-extrainfo τοσαῦτα ἐπάθετε εἰκῇ 1 The original word that Paul used which is translated as **experienced** by the ULT could refer to: (1) the spiritual privileges and blessings that the Galatian believers had experienced such as receiving God’s Spirit when they believed in Jesus and God “working miracles” among them, both of which are mentioned in the next verse. If your language does not allow you to use a neutral term but rather requires a more specific term you could specify that the things the Galatians experienced were good things as modeled by the UST. (2) experiencing bad things such as suffering. If this is what Paul means here, then he is referring to the suffering that the Galatians believers experienced when they were persecuted. Alternate translation: “Keep in mind that if what God has done for you was because of your obeying the laws that God gave to Moses and not because of trusting in Christ, did you not suffer many things needlessly? I certainly hope that you did not suffer like that needlessly” (3) both good things and bad things here and be referring to both the persecution that the Galatians had experienced and the spiritual blessings that they had experienced. Because it is not known for sure what type of things that Paul is referring to, if possible you should try to use a neutral term or expression. You could then translate this rhetorical question as the ULT does or with a similar neutral phrase such as “Did all the things that happened to you not cause you to think about them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) -GAL 3 4 mvad ἐπάθετε 1 Alternate translation: “Did you experience” +GAL 3 4 mvad ἐπάθετε 1 Alternate translation: “Did you experience” GAL 3 4 nq68 εἰκῇ…καὶ εἰκῇ 1 for nothing Alternate translation: “uselessly … it was really uselessly” or “in vain … it was really in vain” or “for no purpose … it was really for no purpose” GAL 3 4 xl9l figs-hypo εἴ γε καὶ εἰκῇ 1 if indeed it was for nothing? The phrase **if indeed it was really for nothing** shows contingency regarding his rhetorical question **Have you experienced so many things for nothing** and shows that Paul still has hope for the Galatians. Paul hopes that the Galatians will not make the **many things** that they have **experienced** be **for nothing** by following the false teachers who were teaching that it was necessary that they follow the laws of Moses such as circumcision and the dietary laws it required. Paul is making a hypothetical statement to help his readers recognize the serious implications of following the teachings of the false teachers instead of trusting in Jesus alone. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “if indeed it was really for nothing that you experienced so many things, but I hope with you that this is not the case” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) GAL 3 4 mx8b figs-rquestion εἴ γε καὶ εἰκῇ 1 if indeed it was for nothing? The phrase **if indeed it was really for nothing** is a rhetorical question. Paul is using the question form here to help the Galatians think about what he is saying and to show that he still has hope that they will not follow the teachings of the false teachers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 3 5 fuzy figs-rquestion ὁ οὖν ἐπιχορηγῶν ὑμῖν τὸ Πνεῦμα καὶ ἐνεργῶν δυνάμεις ἐν ὑμῖν, ἐξ ἔργων νόμου ἢ ἐξ ἀκοῆς πίστεως 1 This entire verse is a rhetorical question. Paul is using the question form here to teach the Galatians a truth by engaging their reasoning. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “God who gives you his Spirit and does miracles among you does not do these things because you obey the law of Moses. Surely you must know that God gives you these blessings because you believed the good news about the Messiah when you heart it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -GAL 3 5 upx9 figs-explicit ὁ 1 Here, the phrase **the one** refers to “God.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, who is the one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 3 5 xoax Πνεῦμα 1 The word **Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. Make sure that you translate the word **Spirit** with the same word that you used to translate “Spirit” in [3:2](../03/02.md) where it is also referring to the Holy Spirit. +GAL 3 5 upx9 figs-explicit ὁ 1 Here, the phrase **the one** refers to “God.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, who is the one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 5 xoax Πνεῦμα 1 The word **Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. Make sure that you translate the word **Spirit** with the same word that you used to translate “Spirit” in [3:2](../03/02.md) where it is also referring to the Holy Spirit. GAL 3 5 qnkz figs-possession ἐξ ἀκοῆς πίστεως 1 See how you translated the phrase **by hearing of faith** in [3:02](../03/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) GAL 3 5 s3bc figs-rquestion ἐξ ἔργων νόμου ἢ ἐξ ἀκοῆς πίστεως 1 Does he…do so by the works of the law, or by hearing with faith? Paul asks another rhetorical question to remind the Galatians how people receive the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 3 5 j4vz figs-possession ἐξ ἔργων νόμου 1 by the works of the law See how you translated the phrase **by works of the law** in [2:16](../02/16.md) where it occurs three times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) GAL 3 5 e17q figs-explicit ἐξ ἀκοῆς πίστεως 1 by hearing with faith Your language may require that what the people heard and whom they trusted be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “because you heard the message and had faith in Jesus” or “because you listened to the message and trusted in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 6 ahy9 grammar-connect-words-phrases καθὼς 1 Connecting Statement: Here, the phrase **Just as** indicates that what follows is connected to what precedes it, specifically [3:1-5](../03/01.md). The phrase **Just as** is also introducing new information. The new information that this phrase is introducing is the biblical example of Abraham. Use a form that would be appropriate in this context. Alternate translation: “Even as” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 3 6 iv9t figs-quotemarks ἐπίστευσεν τῷ Θεῷ καὶ ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 Here, Paul quotes Genesis 15:16. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with opening and closing quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning and end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -GAL 3 6 ohbw figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God credited it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -GAL 3 6 ghuy figs-explicit ἐλογίσθη 1 Here, the word **it** refers to Abraham’s belief in God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God credited his belief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 6 ohbw figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God credited it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 3 6 ghuy figs-explicit ἐλογίσθη 1 Here, the word **it** refers to Abraham’s belief in God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God credited his belief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 6 f7sv figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην 1 it was credited to him as righteousness See how you translated the word **righteousness** in [2:21](../02/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 7 i9x4 figs-abstractnouns οἱ ἐκ πίστεως 1 those of faith If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “believe”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those who believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -GAL 3 7 rh9q figs-explicit οἱ ἐκ πίστεως 1 Your language may require you to state the object of **faith**. Here, the phrase **by faith** is probably a shortened way of of saying “who by faith in Christ are trusting God to consider them righteous” or “who are trusting God to consider them righteous because they believe in Christ”. Here, the phrase **by faith** is equivalent or similar in meaning to the phrase “by faith in Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md) where it occurs in the phrase “we also believed in Christ Jesus, so that we might be justified by faith in Christ”. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the meaning explicitly here. Alternate translation: “the ones who by faith in Christ are trusting God to consider them righteous” or “the ones who are trusting God to consider them righteous because they believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 7 rh9q figs-explicit οἱ ἐκ πίστεως 1 Your language may require you to state the object of **faith**. Here, the phrase **by faith** is probably a shortened way of of saying “who by faith in Christ are trusting God to consider them righteous” or “who are trusting God to consider them righteous because they believe in Christ”. Here, the phrase **by faith** is equivalent or similar in meaning to the phrase “by faith in Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md) where it occurs in the phrase “we also believed in Christ Jesus, so that we might be justified by faith in Christ”. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the meaning explicitly here. Alternate translation: “the ones who by faith in Christ are trusting God to consider them righteous” or “the ones who are trusting God to consider them righteous because they believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 7 kq1h figs-metaphor υἱοί…Ἀβραὰμ 1 children of Abraham People who have faith in God, as Abraham did, are here spoken of as if they were Abraham’s **sons**. Paul does not mean that people who have faith in God are Abraham’s biological descendants but rather he is saying that they share a spiritual similarity to him because they believe in God, therefore Paul calls them **sons of Abraham**. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **sons of Abraham** in this context, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way or use a simile as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 3 7 pq0z figs-gendernotations υἱοί 1 υἱοί Although the term **sons** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +GAL 3 7 pq0z figs-gendernotations υἱοί 1 υἱοί Although the term **sons** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 3 8 vs1m figs-personification προϊδοῦσα…ἡ Γραφὴ, ὅτι ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοῖ τὰ ἔθνη ὁ Θεὸς, προευηγγελίσατο τῷ Ἀβραὰμ 1 foreseeing Here, **the Scripture** is spoken of as though it were a person who could foresee **that God would justify the Gentiles by faith** and **preach the gospel**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) GAL 3 8 wws9 figs-extrainfo ἡ Γραφὴ 1 Here, the phrase **the Scripture** could refer to: (1) The Scriptures as a whole, referring here to the entire Old Testament. If you are are using capitalization, or some other convention, to indicate when the words “Scripture” and “Scriptures” refer to the entirety of the collected writings of the Bible use that convention here. Here, “Scripture” would only refer to the Old Testament since the New Testament was still in the process of being written at this time. Most likely Paul is referring to the entire Old Testament when he says “the Scripture” here, and then when he quotes Genesis 12:3 at the end of this verse he is giving a specific example of a passage within the Old Testament that teaches **that God would justify the Gentiles by faith**. (2) just the specific scripture reference which is cited at the end of this verse, Genesis 12:3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) -GAL 3 8 htbq figs-explicit ἐκ πίστεως 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the object of **faith** explicitly. Alternate translation: “by their faith in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 3 8 ojbm figs-abstractnouns ἐκ πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “believing”. Alternate translation: “by their believing in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 3 8 htbq figs-explicit ἐκ πίστεως 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the object of **faith** explicitly. Alternate translation: “by their faith in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 8 ojbm figs-abstractnouns ἐκ πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “believing”. Alternate translation: “by their believing in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 8 f6ly writing-quotations προευηγγελίσατο τῷ Ἀβραὰμ 1 The sentence **In you all the nations will be blessed** is a quotation from Genesis 12:3. Use a natural way of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “preached the gospel beforehand to Abraham where it is written” or “preached the gospel beforehand to Abraham when Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) GAL 3 8 j83j figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 all the nations Here, the term **nations** refers to the people who make up these **nations**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people from all the nations” or “people from every nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -GAL 3 8 qf98 figs-activepassive ἐνευλογηθήσονται ἐν σοὶ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “In you God will bless all the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 3 8 qf98 figs-activepassive ἐνευλογηθήσονται ἐν σοὶ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “In you God will bless all the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 9 ss1b ὥστε 1 Alternate translation: “Therefore” or “Consequently” GAL 3 9 l1bq οἱ ἐκ πίστεως 1 See how you translated the phrase **the ones by faith** in [3:7](../03/7.md) where it is used with the same meaning. -GAL 3 9 m5ef figs-activepassive οἱ ἐκ πίστεως εὐλογοῦνται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones by faith are the ones that God will bless” or “the ones who believe are blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -GAL 3 10 r5bm figs-explicit ὅσοι…ἐξ ἔργων νόμου εἰσὶν 1 Here, the phrase **as many as are of works of the law** is probably a shortened way of saying “as many as are relying on works of the law as the basis for God considering them to be righteous”. Here, the phrase **of works of the law** is similar in meaning to the phrase “by works of the law” in [2:16](../02/16.md) where it occurs in the phrase “no man is justified by works of the law”. Here, the phrase **as many as are of works of the law** is describing people who rely on the **works of the law** and is in contrast to the phrase “the ones by faith” in [3:7](../03/07.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the meaning explicitly here. Alternate translation: “as many as rely on the works of the law as the basis for being righteous before God” or “as many as are relying on works of the law as the basis for God considering them to be righteous” or “as many as are trusting that God will consider them righteous because they try to obey the Law of Moses” or “as many as are seeking for God to consider them righteous on the basis of following what the Mosaic Law commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 9 m5ef figs-activepassive οἱ ἐκ πίστεως εὐλογοῦνται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones by faith are the ones that God will bless” or “the ones who believe are blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 3 10 r5bm figs-explicit ὅσοι…ἐξ ἔργων νόμου εἰσὶν 1 Here, the phrase **as many as are of works of the law** is probably a shortened way of saying “as many as are relying on works of the law as the basis for God considering them to be righteous”. Here, the phrase **of works of the law** is similar in meaning to the phrase “by works of the law” in [2:16](../02/16.md) where it occurs in the phrase “no man is justified by works of the law”. Here, the phrase **as many as are of works of the law** is describing people who rely on the **works of the law** and is in contrast to the phrase “the ones by faith” in [3:7](../03/07.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the meaning explicitly here. Alternate translation: “as many as rely on the works of the law as the basis for being righteous before God” or “as many as are relying on works of the law as the basis for God considering them to be righteous” or “as many as are trusting that God will consider them righteous because they try to obey the Law of Moses” or “as many as are seeking for God to consider them righteous on the basis of following what the Mosaic Law commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 10 uz3y figs-possession ἐξ ἔργων νόμου 1 GAL 3 10 fv3c figs-activepassive γέγραπται…γεγραμμένοις 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 10 mxe7 ὅσοι γὰρ ἐξ ἔργων νόμου 1 the works of the law Alternate translation: “All people who follow the law” or “Everyone who tries to be justified through obeying the law” -GAL 3 10 jhr2 figs-explicit ὑπὸ κατάραν εἰσίν 1 All who rely on…the law are under a curse Here, **under a curse** represents being cursed by God and refers to being condemned by God and therefore being doomed to eternal punishment. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “are cursed by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 3 10 bin9 figs-abstractnouns ὑπὸ κατάραν εἰσίν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **curse**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “curse”, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will curse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 3 10 jhr2 figs-explicit ὑπὸ κατάραν εἰσίν 1 All who rely on…the law are under a curse Here, **under a curse** represents being cursed by God and refers to being condemned by God and therefore being doomed to eternal punishment. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “are cursed by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 10 bin9 figs-abstractnouns ὑπὸ κατάραν εἰσίν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **curse**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “curse”, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will curse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 10 uj98 figs-explicit γέγραπται 1 Here, Paul uses the phrase **it is written** to indicate that what follows is a quotation from the Old Testament Scriptures. Paul assumes that his readers will understand this. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is referring to an important text. Alternate translation: “it is written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 3 11 zyvq figs-activepassive ἐν νόμῳ, οὐδεὶς δικαιοῦται παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God justifies no one by the law” or “God justifies no one as a result of their seeking to obey the Law of Moses” or “God justifies no person on the basis of doing what the Law of Moses commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 3 11 zyvq figs-activepassive ἐν νόμῳ, οὐδεὶς δικαιοῦται παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God justifies no one by the law” or “God justifies no one as a result of their seeking to obey the Law of Moses” or “God justifies no person on the basis of doing what the Law of Moses commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 11 sn9h δῆλον 1 Now it is clear Alternate translation: “is evident” GAL 3 11 e2hj writing-quotations ὅτι 2 The sentence **The righteous will live by faith** is a quotation from Habakkuk 2:4. Use a natural way of introducing direct quotations from an important or sacred text. Alternate translation: “because it is written in Scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) GAL 3 11 qiab writing-quotations ὁ δίκαιος ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται 1 The sentence **The righteous will live by faith** is a quotation from Habakkuk 2:4. Use a natural way of indicating that something is a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) GAL 3 11 i537 figs-nominaladj ὁ δίκαιος ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται 1 the righteous will live by faith Paul is citing the prophet Habakkuk who is using the adjective **righteous** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “People who are righteous will live by their faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) GAL 3 11 h7t4 ὁ δίκαιος ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται 1 The phrase **by faith** could be connected to: (1) the phrase **will live** and be describing the ongoing means by which a righteous person has spiritual life, namely by their faith. Alternate translation: “The righteous person has life through their faith” or “The righteous person lives as a result of their faith” “The righteous person has spiritual life as a result of their faith” (2) the phrase **the righteous** and be describing the means by which God considers a sinful person to be **righteous*, namely by their having faith in him. Alternate translation: “The person who is made right with God as a result of their faith will live” or “Every person whose record of sins God erases because that person trusts God will live spiritually” -GAL 3 11 osgj figs-abstractnouns ἐκ πίστεως 1 the righteous will live by faith If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “believe,” or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “by believing” or “because they believe” or “by believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -GAL 3 11 e610 figs-explicit ἐκ πίστεως 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that the object of **faith** here is God. Alternate translation: “by believing in God” or “because they believe in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 11 osgj figs-abstractnouns ἐκ πίστεως 1 the righteous will live by faith If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “believe,” or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “by believing” or “because they believe” or “by believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 3 11 e610 figs-explicit ἐκ πίστεως 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that the object of **faith** here is God. Alternate translation: “by believing in God” or “because they believe in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 12 jr9l grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 The word **Now** indicates that Paul is introducing new information into his argument and it also indicates that Paul is introducing information that will be in contrast with his statement in [3:11](../03/11.md), that “the law” is not able to justify a person. Use a natural form in your language for indicating these things. Alternate translation: “And” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -GAL 3 12 hr2x figs-abstractnouns ἐκ πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “believing”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -GAL 3 12 r7i7 figs-explicit ὁ…νόμος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ πίστεως 1 Here, the phrase **the law is not by faith** means that the Law of Moses is not based on faith. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “the Law of Moses is not founded on faith” or “the Law of Moses is not dependent upon faith” or “when God gave his laws to the Jews he did not make them dependent upon a person believing in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 12 hr2x figs-abstractnouns ἐκ πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “believing”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 3 12 r7i7 figs-explicit ὁ…νόμος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ πίστεως 1 Here, the phrase **the law is not by faith** means that the Law of Moses is not based on faith. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “the Law of Moses is not founded on faith” or “the Law of Moses is not dependent upon faith” or “when God gave his laws to the Jews he did not make them dependent upon a person believing in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 12 fml8 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 What follows the word **but** here is indicating a contrast between **law** and **faith**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 3 12 opyp writing-quotations ἀλλ’ 1 The phrase **The one doing these things will live in them** is a quotation from Leviticus 18:5. Use a natural way of introducing direct quotations from an important or sacred text. Alternate translation: “but as it is written in Scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -GAL 3 12 khuu figs-explicit αὐτὰ 1 The phrase **these things” refers to God’s “statutes” and “laws” which are mentioned in the first part of Leviticus 18:5. Paul is citing the second half of Leviticus 18:5 here. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly in your translation what “these things” refers to. Alternate translation: “these law and statutes of mine” or “my law and statutes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 12 khuu figs-explicit αὐτὰ 1 The phrase **these things” refers to God’s “statutes” and “laws” which are mentioned in the first part of Leviticus 18:5. Paul is citing the second half of Leviticus 18:5 here. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly in your translation what “these things” refers to. Alternate translation: “these law and statutes of mine” or “my law and statutes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 12 rep5 figs-explicit ζήσεται ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 must live by them Here, the phrase **will live in them** means FILL or DELETE. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “will live because of them” or “will because he obeyed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 13 iql5 figs-metaphor ἐξηγόρασεν 1 Paul uses the metaphor of a person buying back lost property or buying the freedom of a slave as a picture of God sending Jesus to pay for people’s sins by dying on the cross. If your readers would not understand what **redeem** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 13 ml63 figs-explicit τῆς κατάρας…κατάρα 1 from the curse of the law If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **curse**, you could express the same idea with a verb phrase as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -329,133 +329,133 @@ GAL 3 13 vqc3 figs-metonymy κατάρα 1 By using the phrase **a curse** Paul GAL 3 13 vaay ὑπὲρ 1 Alternate translation: “for” GAL 3 13 p5m9 ὅτι γέγραπται 1 The phrase **for it is written** is introducing a quotation from Deuteronomy 21:23. See how you translated the phrase **for it is written** in [3:10](../03/10.md) where it is also introducing a quotation from Scripture. GAL 3 13 vjbr ἐπικατάρατος πᾶς ὁ 1 See how you translated the phrase **Cursed is everyone** in [3:10](../03/10.md). -GAL 3 13 mt6z figs-explicit ξύλου 1 hangs on a tree In the language that Paul wrote this letter in the word **tree** can refer to a post made out of wood. Here, Paul is using this term to refer to the wooden cross that Jesus was crucified on. If it would help your readers, use a term which would be applicable to something made of wood and not merely to a live tree. Alternate translation: “a pole” or “a wooden pole” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 13 mt6z figs-explicit ξύλου 1 hangs on a tree In the language that Paul wrote this letter in the word **tree** can refer to a post made out of wood. Here, Paul is using this term to refer to the wooden cross that Jesus was crucified on. If it would help your readers, use a term which would be applicable to something made of wood and not merely to a live tree. Alternate translation: “a pole” or “a wooden pole” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 14 brf7 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 so that the blessing of Abraham might come The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for Christ’s death (which he discussed in the previous verse). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -GAL 3 14 z38j figs-abstractnouns εὐλογία 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blessing**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “bless”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 3 14 z38j figs-abstractnouns εὐλογία 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blessing**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “bless”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 14 a0nd figs-explicit ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, the word **in** could be used to indicate: (1) by what means **the blessing of Abraham** would **come to the Gentiles**, namely “by means of” **Christ Jesus**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of Christ Jesus” or “through Christ Jesus” or “by Christ Jesus” (2) the sphere in which **the blessing of Abraham** would **come to the Gentiles**, namely **so that the blessing of Abraham might come to the Gentiles** who are “in the sphere of” **Christ Jesus**. Alternate translation: “who are in union with Christ Jesus” (3) the reason **the blessing of Abraham** would ** come to the Gentiles**, namely “because of” **Christ Jesus**. Alternate translation: “because of what Christ Jesus has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 14 gt7z grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 2 Here, the phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for **the blessing of Abraham** coming **to the Gentiles**, namely so that **the promise of the Spirit** could be received **through faith**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -GAL 3 14 g87i διὰ 1 Alternate translation: “by” -GAL 3 14 agv5 figs-explicit διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 Here, the object of **faith** is Christ. If it would help your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. The phrase **through faith** also occurs in [2:16](../02/16.md), where it has “Jesus Christ” as the object of the phrase “through faith”. Alternate translation: “through faith in Christ” or “through faith in the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 3 14 qsai figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “believing”, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 3 14 g87i διὰ 1 Alternate translation: “by” +GAL 3 14 agv5 figs-explicit διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 Here, the object of **faith** is Christ. If it would help your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. The phrase **through faith** also occurs in [2:16](../02/16.md), where it has “Jesus Christ” as the object of the phrase “through faith”. Alternate translation: “through faith in Christ” or “through faith in the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 14 qsai figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “believing”, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 14 h46q figs-exclusive λάβωμεν 1 we When Paul says **we** he is speaking of himself and the Galatian believers so **we** would be inclusive here. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -GAL 3 14 ezpz figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **promise**, you could express the same idea with a verb form such as “promised”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 3 14 ezpz figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **promise**, you could express the same idea with a verb form such as “promised”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 14 vce3 figs-possession ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 Paul is using the possessive form to explain what the **promise** is regarding. Paul is using the possessive form to indicate that the **promise** he is referring to here is the promise regarding the coming Holy Spirit. If this is not clear in your language, you could clarify the relationship for your readers. Alternate translation: “promise regarding the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) GAL 3 14 l6oj Πνεῦμα 1 The word **Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. Make sure that you translate the word **Spirit** with the same word that you used to translate “Spirit” in [3:2](../03/02.md) where it is also referring to the Holy Spirit. GAL 3 15 al9b ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated the term “brothers** in [Galatians 1:11](../01/11.md) where it is used with the same meaning. GAL 3 15 c3gs figs-explicit κατὰ ἄνθρωπον 1 in human terms Here, Paul uses the phrase **according to man** to means that he is speaking in accord with the manner of human practice. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “according to human practice” or “with a human analogy from human legal practice” or “using an analogy from standard daily life”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 3 15 bfjq figs-gendernotations κατὰ ἄνθρωπον 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women and refers to humans in general. If your readers would misunderstand this you can indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “according to human practice” or “using an analogy from standard human practice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +GAL 3 15 bfjq figs-gendernotations κατὰ ἄνθρωπον 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women and refers to humans in general. If your readers would misunderstand this you can indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “according to human practice” or “using an analogy from standard human practice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 3 15 si56 ὅμως 1 Here, the word **Nevertheless** could be: (1) indicating a concession. Paul is admitting or conceding that the analogy from human legal affairs that he is about to use is imperfect, **Nevertheless** he is going to use it to illustrate a spiritual truth. (2) indicating a comparison. Alternate translation: “similarly” or “likewise” -GAL 3 15 jrdg figs-activepassive ἀνθρώπου κεκυρωμένην 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which people have established” or “which men have established” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 3 15 jrdg figs-activepassive ἀνθρώπου κεκυρωμένην 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which people have established” or “which men have established” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 15 rbir figs-genericnoun ἀνθρώπου κεκυρωμένην διαθήκην, οὐδεὶς ἀθετεῖ ἢ ἐπιδιατάσσεται 1 Paul is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “no one sets aside or adds to a covenant which people have established” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -GAL 3 15 zu16 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπου 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women and refers to people in general. If your readers would misunderstand this you can indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +GAL 3 15 zu16 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπου 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women and refers to people in general. If your readers would misunderstand this you can indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 3 16 f1xu grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Now Here, the word **Now** could indicate: (1) that Paul is introducing additional information into his ongoing argument. Alternate translation: “Furthermore” (2) a transition. Alternate translation: “But note that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 3 16 rreg figs-metaphor τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ…τοῖς σπέρμασιν…τῷ σπέρματί σου 1 Here, the term **seed** means “offspring.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. If your readers would not understand what **seed** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 16 x8m7 τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ…τοῖς σπέρμασιν…τῷ σπέρματί σου 1 In order to correctly communicate Paul’s meaning here it is important to translate both occurrences of the word **seed** with a singular form and to translate the single occurrence of the word **seeds** with a plural form that indicates more than one. -GAL 3 16 j9x7 figs-explicit οὐ λέγει 1 Here, the word **He** could: (1) refer to God speaking to Abraham. By using the phrase **and to your seed** Paul is referring to multiple passages in the book of Genesis where God made promises to Abraham and his **seed**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that **He** refers to the God. Alternate translation: “God does not say” (2) be translated as “It” and be referring to the various passages in Genesis which record that God spoke promises to Abraham. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that **It** refers to Scripture. Alternate translation: “Scripture does not say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 16 j9x7 figs-explicit οὐ λέγει 1 Here, the word **He** could: (1) refer to God speaking to Abraham. By using the phrase **and to your seed** Paul is referring to multiple passages in the book of Genesis where God made promises to Abraham and his **seed**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that **He** refers to the God. Alternate translation: “God does not say” (2) be translated as “It” and be referring to the various passages in Genesis which record that God spoke promises to Abraham. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that **It** refers to Scripture. Alternate translation: “Scripture does not say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 16 w3wl figs-ellipsis ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν, ἀλλ’ ὡς ἐφ’ ἑνός 1 referring to many Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “as speaking about many, but as speaking about one” or “as referring to many, but as referring to one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) GAL 3 16 t25e figs-you σου 1 to your descendant The word **your** is singular and refers to Abraham. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) GAL 3 17 pdd3 δὲ 1 Alternate translation: “And” GAL 3 17 h36m translate-numbers τετρακόσια καὶ τριάκοντα ἔτη 1 430 years Alternate translation: “four hundred and thirty years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -GAL 3 17 qn7j figs-activepassive προκεκυρωμένην ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which God established previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 3 17 qn7j figs-activepassive προκεκυρωμένην ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which God established previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 17 fmw4 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὸ καταργῆσαι 1 Here, the word **to** introduces what the result would have been if **the law** had **set aside the covenant previously established by God**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a result. Alternate translation: “so as to nullify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) GAL 3 18 ujg2 εἰ…ἐκ…ἡ κληρονομία, οὐκέτι ἐξ 1 For if the inheritance comes by the law, then it no longer comes by promise Alternate translation: “if the inheritance is from…then it is no longer from” GAL 3 18 c8fu figs-metaphor ἡ κληρονομία 1 inheritance Paul speaks of God’s blessings to those who believe in him as if they were an **inheritance**. If your readers would not understand what **inheritance** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the blessing” or “God’s blessing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 18 h1xv figs-explicit ἐκ νόμου…οὐκέτι ἐξ 1 Alternate translation: “is by the law, it is no longer by” or “is based on the law, it is no longer based on” or “comes from the law, it no longer comes from” -GAL 3 18 q6jq grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to the idea that **the inheritance is from the law**. Instead, Paul points out that **the inheritance** is based on God’s promise. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -GAL 3 18 xsep figs-explicit κεχάρισται 1 Here, the word **it** refers to **the inheritance** mentioned earlier in this verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “has graciously given the inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 18 q6jq grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to the idea that **the inheritance is from the law**. Instead, Paul points out that **the inheritance** is based on God’s promise. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +GAL 3 18 xsep figs-explicit κεχάρισται 1 Here, the word **it** refers to **the inheritance** mentioned earlier in this verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “has graciously given the inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 18 ue27 δι’ 1 Here, the word **through** is indicating means and is introducing the means through which God gave **the inheritance … to Abraham**, namely **through a promise**. Use a natural form in your language for indicating the means by which something happens. GAL 3 19 kx2e figs-rquestion τί οὖν ὁ νόμος 1 What, then, was the purpose of the law? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to anticipate a question that the Galatian believers might have regarding the purpose of the law and to introduce his answer to this anticipated question. If it would help your readers, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I will tell you what the purpose of the law is” or “Let me tell you why God added the law to the covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 3 19 mnw2 figs-ellipsis ὁ νόμος 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “was the law given” or “did God give the law” or “was the law added” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) GAL 3 19 uk9m figs-activepassive προσετέθη 1 It was added If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God added it” or “God added the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 19 yf5t τῶν παραβάσεων χάριν προσετέθη 1 The phrase **because of transgressions** could refer to: (1) the purpose that **the law … was added** to the covenant with Abraham, namely the law **was added** to the covenant “for the purpose of showing what transgression is” or “for the purpose of showing people what sin is”. The phrase **because of transgressions** would then be stating the purpose that **the law … was added**, namely because people were sinning and God wanted show them what sin was by giving **the law**. Alternate translation: “It was added for the purpose of showing what transgression is” or “It was added for the purpose of showing people what sin is” (2) what caused God to decide that **the law** should be **added** to the covenant with Abraham. This phrase would then mean that what caused God to add **the law** to the covenant was because people were committing transgressions. The phrase **because of transgressions** would then be stating the cause for **the law** being **added**, namely because people were sinning and God wanted to correct people’s wrong and sinful behavior by showing them what righteous behavior was and so he gave **the law**. Alternate translation: “It was added because people were committing transgressions” or “It was added because people were sinning” -GAL 3 19 phd5 figs-abstractnouns τῶν παραβάσεων 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **transgressions**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “sinful”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 3 19 phd5 figs-abstractnouns τῶν παραβάσεων 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **transgressions**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “sinful”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 19 cf66 figs-activepassive διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων 1 The law was put into force through angels by a mediator If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “and God used angels to put it into effect” or “God gave the law through angels” or “God put the law into effect through angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -GAL 3 19 lxcw διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων 1 Translate the phrase **through angels** in a way that indicates that God was the source of the law and not angels. God was the source of the law but he used angels to give the law Moses. The Bible records in Deuteronomy 33:2; Hebrews 2:2; and Acts 7:38, 53 that God used angels to give Moses his law and this is what Jewish people believed regarding how God delivered his law to Moses. Alternate translation: “and God used angels to put it into effect” or “God gave the law through angels” or “God put the law into effect through angels” +GAL 3 19 lxcw διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων 1 Translate the phrase **through angels** in a way that indicates that God was the source of the law and not angels. God was the source of the law but he used angels to give the law Moses. The Bible records in Deuteronomy 33:2; Hebrews 2:2; and Acts 7:38, 53 that God used angels to give Moses his law and this is what Jewish people believed regarding how God delivered his law to Moses. Alternate translation: “and God used angels to put it into effect” or “God gave the law through angels” or “God put the law into effect through angels” GAL 3 19 v74y ἄχρις οὗ ἔλθῃ τὸ σπέρμα ᾧ ἐπήγγελται, διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων ἐν χειρὶ μεσίτου 1 When Paul says that **the law** was administered **by the hand of a mediator (Moses) until the seed would come to whom the promise had been made** his point is that **the law** was temporary and only needed **until the seed (Christ) would come**. By saying this, Paul is implicitly telling the Galatian believers that the law was temporary, and only needed until Christ, whom he calls **the seed**, came. GAL 3 19 bgi6 figs-idiom ἐν χειρὶ μεσίτου 1 a mediator The phrase **by the hand of** is an idiom which means “through.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “through a mediator” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -GAL 3 19 edcu figs-explicit μεσίτου 1 a mediator Here, the **mediator** that Paul is referring to is Moses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “of Moses who acted as a mediator” or “of Moses who acted as a go-between” or “of Moses who acted as an intermediary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 19 edcu figs-explicit μεσίτου 1 a mediator Here, the **mediator** that Paul is referring to is Moses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “of Moses who acted as a mediator” or “of Moses who acted as a go-between” or “of Moses who acted as an intermediary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 19 m67a σπέρμα 1 See how you translated the word **seed** in [3:16](../03/16.md) where it is used with the same meaning. -GAL 3 19 nl4h figs-activepassive ἐπήγγελται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God had made the promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 3 19 nl4h figs-activepassive ἐπήγγελται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God had made the promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 20 x9l1 ὁ δὲ μεσίτης ἑνὸς οὐκ ἔστιν 1 Now a mediator implies more than one person, but God is one In this verse Paul is proving to the Galatian believers that God’s promise to Abraham is superior to the law that he gave Moses. What Paul means by saying **a mediator is not for one** is that a mediator is not needed when one person is speaking with another person directly. Paul is implicitly expressing to the Galatian believers that the promise to Abraham is superior to the law because it was not given through a mediator but rather God gave the promise directly to Abraham. If it would help your readers you could indicate that in a footnote if you are using footnotes in your translation. See the Chapter 3 General Notes section “Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter” for more information regarding this section. -GAL 3 20 pqtm μεσίτης 1 See how you translated the term **mediator** in [3:19](../03/19.md). -GAL 3 20 y3ix figs-explicit ἑνὸς 1 The phrase **for one** leaves the object implied. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly what **one** is referring to. Alternate translation: “for one party alone” or “needed for one party” or “needed when there is only one party involved” or “is not needed as a go-between when only one party is involved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 20 pqtm μεσίτης 1 See how you translated the term **mediator** in [3:19](../03/19.md). +GAL 3 20 y3ix figs-explicit ἑνὸς 1 The phrase **for one** leaves the object implied. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly what **one** is referring to. Alternate translation: “for one party alone” or “needed for one party” or “needed when there is only one party involved” or “is not needed as a go-between when only one party is involved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 20 lhui grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 2 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to the opening statement in this verse that **a mediator is not for one**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -GAL 3 20 l2b6 figs-explicit δὲ 2 Here, the phrase **God is one** is a quote from Deuteronomy 6:4 which the Galatians believers would have been familiar with. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that the phrase **God is one** is cited from Scripture. Alternate translation: “but as God has said in Scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 20 l2b6 figs-explicit δὲ 2 Here, the phrase **God is one** is a quote from Deuteronomy 6:4 which the Galatians believers would have been familiar with. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that the phrase **God is one** is cited from Scripture. Alternate translation: “but as God has said in Scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 20 cle8 Θεὸς εἷς ἐστιν 1 There are many different views among Bible scholars as to exactly what Paul means by using the phrase **God is one** here and how it is related to the phrase **a mediator is not for one** earlier in the verse. The most likely interpretation is that expressed by the UST. See the Chapter 3 General Notes section “Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter” for more information regarding this section. GAL 3 21 zwk0 figs-rquestion ὁ…νόμος κατὰ τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν 1 Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to anticipate a question that the Galatian believers might have and to introduce his answer to the question which begins with the phrase **if a was given being able to make alive...** If it would help your readers, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “you might think that the law is against the promises” or “you might think that the law is opposed to the promises” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 3 21 e43u κατὰ τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν 1 against the promises Alternate translation: “opposed to the promises” or “in conflict with the promises” -GAL 3 21 ee7y figs-explicit τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν 1 The phrase **the promises** refers to the promises that God made to Abraham. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promises that God made to Abraham” or “God’s promises to Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 21 ee7y figs-explicit τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν 1 The phrase **the promises** refers to the promises that God made to Abraham. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promises that God made to Abraham” or “God’s promises to Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 21 nd97 μὴ γένοιτο 1 **May it never be** is an emphatic way of negating a statement. The statement that the phrase **May it never be** is negating is the proposed question **is the law against the promises**. Use a natural word or expression for strongly negating an idea. Alternate translation: “Certainly not!” GAL 3 21 jnwe grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ…ἐδόθη νόμος ὁ δυνάμενος ζῳοποιῆσαι, ὄντως 1 Paul is using a hypothetical situation to teach the Galatian believers. Alternate translation: “if it was possible that a law was given that was able to make people alive, then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) -GAL 3 21 bjpb figs-activepassive ἐδόθη νόμος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God gave a law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -GAL 3 21 dljp figs-explicit ζῳοποιῆσαι 1 Here, it is implied that Paul is referring to making “people” alive. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to make people alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 21 bjpb figs-activepassive ἐδόθη νόμος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God gave a law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 3 21 dljp figs-explicit ζῳοποιῆσαι 1 Here, it is implied that Paul is referring to making “people” alive. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to make people alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 21 skc0 figs-extrainfo ζῳοποιῆσαι 1 The phrase **to make alive** could refer to: (1) both eternal life in the future and to making people spiritually alive in the present. Paul is probably referring to both here since in this letter Paul discusses the important role of the Holy Spirit and the fact that the Holy Spirit is given through faith and not the law. (2) eternal life in the future after a person dies. If it is possible in your language, it would be best to retain a general phrase as modeled by the ULT, since Paul does not explain the phrase **to make alive**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) -GAL 3 21 nebi figs-abstractnouns ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 See how you translated the word **righteousness** in [2:21](../02/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 3 21 nebi figs-abstractnouns ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 See how you translated the word **righteousness** in [2:21](../02/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 21 iyg9 ἐν νόμου ἂν ἦν ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 righteousness would certainly have come by the law Alternate translation: “we could have become righteous by obeying that law” -GAL 3 22 smkw grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **But** is indicating a strong contrast between the hypothetical (and false) possibility that “the law” could make a person righteous. Paul is using the word **But** here to indicate this strong contrast and to introduce his explanation of what the law actually does. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +GAL 3 22 smkw grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **But** is indicating a strong contrast between the hypothetical (and false) possibility that “the law” could make a person righteous. Paul is using the word **But** here to indicate this strong contrast and to introduce his explanation of what the law actually does. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 3 22 yzcp figs-metaphor συνέκλεισεν ἡ Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν 1 Paul speaks of **the Scripture** as though it were an authority figure who **imprisoned** people in a prison and he speaks of **sin** as though it were a jailer who keeps people imprisoned so that they cannot break free. If your readers would not understand what **imprisoned all things under sin** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 22 upkg figs-personification συνέκλεισεν ἡ Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν 1 Here, Paul speaks of **the Scripture** as though it were a person who is an authority figure who **imprisoned** people in a prison and he speaks of **sin** as though it were a jailer who keeps people imprisoned so that they cannot break free. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) GAL 3 22 jbn7 figs-metonymy ἡ Γραφὴ 1 scripture Here, the word **Scripture** could: (1) refer to all of the Old Testament scriptures. Use whatever convention you are using to indicate this. The ULT indicates when the word **Scripture** refers to the entire Bible, or the entire Old Testament, by capitalizing the word **Scripture**. (2) refer to a particular passage of Scripture such as Deuteronomy 27:26 or some other Old Testament passage. Alternate translation: “the scripture” GAL 3 22 dxqc figs-metonymy ἡ Γραφὴ 1 Paul is describing “God” doing something by association with his Word, **the Scripture**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 3 22 mk9g figs-explicit τὰ πάντα 1 Here, the phrase **all things* could refer to: (1) all people. If your language requires you to indicate explicitly what **all things** refers to, you could indicate that it refers to “people,” but if it doesn’t you could use a general expression as modeled by the ULT. Alternate translation: “all people” (2) the entire creation and the things which make up this present fallen world. See Romans 8:18-22. If you decide that this is what Paul means you should use a general phrase such as **all things** as the ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) -GAL 3 22 dt14 figs-explicit ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν 1 Here, the phrase **under sin** refers to being “under the power of sin.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “under the power of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 3 22 xqmi grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Following the phrase **so that** Paul states the purpose for which **the Scripture imprisoned all things under sin**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -GAL 3 22 pvv3 figs-activepassive ἡ ἐπαγγελία ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοθῇ τοῖς πιστεύουσιν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God might give the promise by faith in Jesus Christ to the ones believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -GAL 3 22 elb4 ἡ ἐπαγγελία ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοθῇ τοῖς πιστεύουσιν 1 Alternate translation: “God’s promise to Abraham which is received through faith in Jesus Christ might be given to the those who believe” -GAL 3 22 ib27 figs-explicit ἡ ἐπαγγελία 1 The phrase **the promise** refers to the promise given to Abraham. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promise given to Abraham” or “the promise that God gave to Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 22 dt14 figs-explicit ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν 1 Here, the phrase **under sin** refers to being “under the power of sin.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “under the power of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 22 xqmi grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Following the phrase **so that** Paul states the purpose for which **the Scripture imprisoned all things under sin**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +GAL 3 22 pvv3 figs-activepassive ἡ ἐπαγγελία ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοθῇ τοῖς πιστεύουσιν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God might give the promise by faith in Jesus Christ to the ones believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 3 22 elb4 ἡ ἐπαγγελία ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοθῇ τοῖς πιστεύουσιν 1 Alternate translation: “God’s promise to Abraham which is received through faith in Jesus Christ might be given to the those who believe” +GAL 3 22 ib27 figs-explicit ἡ ἐπαγγελία 1 The phrase **the promise** refers to the promise given to Abraham. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promise given to Abraham” or “the promise that God gave to Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 22 jyvn ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 See how you translated the phrase “through faith in Jesus Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md). The phrase “through faith in Jesus Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md) has basically the exact same meaning as the phrase **by faith in Jesus Christ** does in this verse. -GAL 3 22 bo1b figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “trust”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -GAL 3 23 jzut figs-abstractnouns τὴν πίστιν…τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “trusting” or “believe”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -GAL 3 23 ztcj figs-explicit πρὸ τοῦ…ἐλθεῖν τὴν πίστιν 1 The phrase **before the faith came** means “before faith in Jesus Christ came.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “before faith in Jesus Christ came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 22 bo1b figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “trust”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 3 23 jzut figs-abstractnouns τὴν πίστιν…τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “trusting” or “believe”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 3 23 ztcj figs-explicit πρὸ τοῦ…ἐλθεῖν τὴν πίστιν 1 The phrase **before the faith came** means “before faith in Jesus Christ came.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “before faith in Jesus Christ came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 23 su16 figs-metaphor ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι 1 we were held captive under the law, imprisoned Here, Paul is continuing the metaphor of **the law** that he began in the previous verse. The power that **the law** had over humans us is spoken of as if the law were a prison guard holding people captive. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **held captive** by the law in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 23 r5y3 figs-personification ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι 1 Here, Paul is continuing his personification of **the law** that he began in the previous verse. Paul speaks of **the law** as though it were a jailer who **held** people **captive** and kept them **imprisoned** up **until** the time when the coming **faith** in Jesus Christ would **be revealed**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -GAL 3 23 e729 figs-activepassive ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law held us captive under its power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -GAL 3 23 xmur figs-activepassive συνκλειόμενοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the first half of the verse states that **the law** did it. Alternate translation: “and the law imprisoned us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 3 23 e729 figs-activepassive ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law held us captive under its power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 3 23 xmur figs-activepassive συνκλειόμενοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the first half of the verse states that **the law** did it. Alternate translation: “and the law imprisoned us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 23 way9 εἰς τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 Here, the word **until** could: (1) refer to time and introduce the time period at which people being **imprisoned** under the law would terminate, namely **until** the time when God would reveal Jesus Christ as an object of faith. Alternate translation: “until God would reveal the message about trusting in Christ that he was about to reveal” (2) be translated as “to” and be indicating the purpose for people being **imprisoned** under the law, namely so that people would be ready for the coming faith in Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “in order to lead us to believe in the good news that God was about to reveal” or “in order that we might be ready to believe the good news concerning Christ, the news that God would reveal later” -GAL 3 23 rz75 figs-explicit τὴν…πίστιν 2 The phrase **the faith** means “the faith in Jesus Christ.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the faith in Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 23 rz75 figs-explicit τὴν…πίστιν 2 The phrase **the faith** means “the faith in Jesus Christ.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the faith in Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 23 t32j figs-activepassive εἰς τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 until faith should be revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “until the faith that God was about to reveal” or “until the faith that God would soon reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 24 we2y grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 guardian Here, the phrase **So then** is introducing a result. Use a natural form for introducing a result. Alternate translation: “Thus” or “Therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) GAL 3 24 mcdn figs-metaphor ὁ νόμος, παιδαγωγὸς ἡμῶν γέγονεν 1 Paul speaks of **the law** as if it were a **guardian**. If your readers would not understand what a **guardian** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning by using a simile as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 24 amrv translate-unknown παιδαγωγὸς 1 guardian In Paul’s culture a **guardian** was a slave whose job was to discipline and take care of a child who was not yet an adult. If your readers would not be familiar with this term you could either explain the meaning of this word in your translation, as modeled by the UST, or you could use the term from your culture that comes the closes to expressing the meaning of this word and then write a footnote explaining this word if you are using footnotes in your translation. Alternate translation: “custodian” or “guide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) GAL 3 24 ln1s figs-personification παιδαγωγὸς 1 guardian Here, Paul speaks of **the law** as though it were a **guardian** whose job or role was to watch over people’s actions **until Christ** came. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “guide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -GAL 3 24 p30v εἰς 1 See how you translated the word **until** in [3:23](../03/23.md). +GAL 3 24 p30v εἰς 1 See how you translated the word **until** in [3:23](../03/23.md). GAL 3 24 zick grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which **the law became our guardian until Christ** which was for the intended purpose that **we might be justified by faith** in Christ. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “with the purpose that” or “with the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) GAL 3 24 s8g5 figs-activepassive δικαιωθῶμεν 1 so that we might be justified If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God would declare us to be righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 24 j1xp ἐκ πίστεως 1 See how you translated the phrase **by faith** in [2:16](../02/16.md) where it is used with the same meaning. -GAL 3 24 vj5u figs-explicit ἐκ 1 Here, the word **by** is indicating the basis or source of God’s act of justifying sinners. It is indicating that **faith** is the basis on which **we might be justfied.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the basis of” or “by means of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 3 24 kw1h figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “trust”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -GAL 3 24 wuco figs-explicit πίστεως 1 Here, the context implies (and also Paul’s use of the similar phrase “by faith in Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md)), that the object of **faith** is **Christ**. If it would be helpful to your readers to state the object of faith here, you could indicate it explicitly. Alternate translation: “faith in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 3 25 x257 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** is introducing a contrast. What follows the word **But** is in contrast to the way things were in the era before Christ came. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -GAL 3 25 a4pk figs-abstractnouns τῆς πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “trusting”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -GAL 3 25 meot figs-explicit τῆς πίστεως 1 Here, the context implies that the object of **faith** is “Christ.” If it would be helpful to your readers to state the object of faith here, you could indicate it explicitly. Alternate translation: “faith in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 3 25 efvh figs-metaphor ὑπὸ παιδαγωγόν 1 Here, Paul continues the metaphor he began in [3:24](../03/24.md) by continuing to speak of “the law” as if it were a **guardian**. If your readers would not understand what the term **guardian** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 3 25 be13 figs-personification ὑπὸ παιδαγωγόν 1 Here, Paul speaking of “the law” as though it were a person who was a **guardian**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -GAL 3 25 kjvy figs-explicit ὑπὸ 1 Here, the word **under** means “under the supervision of.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “under the supervision of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 24 vj5u figs-explicit ἐκ 1 Here, the word **by** is indicating the basis or source of God’s act of justifying sinners. It is indicating that **faith** is the basis on which **we might be justfied.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the basis of” or “by means of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 24 kw1h figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “trust”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 3 24 wuco figs-explicit πίστεως 1 Here, the context implies (and also Paul’s use of the similar phrase “by faith in Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md)), that the object of **faith** is **Christ**. If it would be helpful to your readers to state the object of faith here, you could indicate it explicitly. Alternate translation: “faith in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 25 x257 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** is introducing a contrast. What follows the word **But** is in contrast to the way things were in the era before Christ came. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +GAL 3 25 a4pk figs-abstractnouns τῆς πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “trusting”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 3 25 meot figs-explicit τῆς πίστεως 1 Here, the context implies that the object of **faith** is “Christ.” If it would be helpful to your readers to state the object of faith here, you could indicate it explicitly. Alternate translation: “faith in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 25 efvh figs-metaphor ὑπὸ παιδαγωγόν 1 Here, Paul continues the metaphor he began in [3:24](../03/24.md) by continuing to speak of “the law” as if it were a **guardian**. If your readers would not understand what the term **guardian** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 3 25 be13 figs-personification ὑπὸ παιδαγωγόν 1 Here, Paul speaking of “the law” as though it were a person who was a **guardian**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +GAL 3 25 kjvy figs-explicit ὑπὸ 1 Here, the word **under** means “under the supervision of.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “under the supervision of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 25 gwst παιδαγωγόν 1 See how you translated the word **guardian** in [3:24](../03/24.md). -GAL 3 26 tzqa figs-gendernotations υἱοὶ 1 Although the term **sons** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women who have **faith in Christ Jesus**. Alternate translation: “sons and daughters” of “children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +GAL 3 26 tzqa figs-gendernotations υἱοὶ 1 Although the term **sons** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women who have **faith in Christ Jesus**. Alternate translation: “sons and daughters” of “children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 3 26 u0ma figs-metaphor υἱοὶ 1 Paul speaks of the Galatian believers as if God was their biological, physical father. He means that these people have a father-son relationship with God because they trust in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the spiritual children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 3 26 mwku figs-abstractnouns τῆς πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “trusted,” as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 3 26 mwku figs-abstractnouns τῆς πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “trusted,” as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 26 kht6 ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 The phrase **in Christ Jesus** could mean: (1) that the spiritual position of the Galatian believers was “in Christ Jesus.” Alternate translation: “being in union with Christ Jesus” or “you are in union with Christ Jesus” (2) that **Christ Jesus** was the object of Galatian believers faith. Alternate translation: “which is in Christ Jesus” or “towards Christ Jesus” -GAL 3 27 p0dy grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** indicates that what follows is an explanation giving the reason for why Paul said “you are all sons of God” in [3:26](../03/26.md). Use a natural form in your language for introducing information which proves and/or explains a prior statement. Alternate translation: “Because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -GAL 3 27 yicn figs-explicit ὅσοι 1 The phrase **as many as** means “as many of you as.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as many of you as” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 3 27 h5ax figs-explicit ὅσοι…ἐβαπτίσθητε 1 The phrase **as many as have** means “all of you who have.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “all of you who have been baptized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 3 27 v6n1 figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίσθητε 1 For as many of you who were baptized into Christ If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “a person” did it. Alternate translation: “someone has baptized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 3 27 p0dy grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** indicates that what follows is an explanation giving the reason for why Paul said “you are all sons of God” in [3:26](../03/26.md). Use a natural form in your language for introducing information which proves and/or explains a prior statement. Alternate translation: “Because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +GAL 3 27 yicn figs-explicit ὅσοι 1 The phrase **as many as** means “as many of you as.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as many of you as” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 27 h5ax figs-explicit ὅσοι…ἐβαπτίσθητε 1 The phrase **as many as have** means “all of you who have.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “all of you who have been baptized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 27 v6n1 figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίσθητε 1 For as many of you who were baptized into Christ If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “a person” did it. Alternate translation: “someone has baptized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 27 ucuk figs-metaphor εἰς Χριστὸν ἐβαπτίσθητε 1 For as many of you who were baptized into Christ Paul speaks of being **baptized into Christ** as if **Christ** were a physical location into which someone could be baptized. Here, **into Christ** refers to being spiritually united with Christ and coming into close spiritual union with him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning of this phrase plainly. Alternative translation: “have been baptized into close spiritual union with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 3 27 dgkv figs-metonymy εἰς Χριστὸν ἐβαπτίσθητε, Χριστὸν ἐνεδύσασθε 1 For as many of you who were baptized into Christ By speaking of baptism, Paul could be describing all of the things which belong to a believers initial conversion experience. Paul would then be associating all of them with one part of their conversion experience, water baptism, in which case baptism is an abbreviated way of referring conversion and the things that are part of it such as belief in Christ, baptism, and receiving Holy Spirit. If you decide that this is what Paul means here, and if it would help your readers, you could indicate this explicitly or you could explain this in a footnote if you are using them. Alternate translation: “God has saved have put on Christ” or “have believed in Christ have put on Christ” or “have experienced God’s salvation have put on Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +GAL 3 27 dgkv figs-metonymy εἰς Χριστὸν ἐβαπτίσθητε, Χριστὸν ἐνεδύσασθε 1 For as many of you who were baptized into Christ By speaking of baptism, Paul could be describing all of the things which belong to a believers initial conversion experience. Paul would then be associating all of them with one part of their conversion experience, water baptism, in which case baptism is an abbreviated way of referring conversion and the things that are part of it such as belief in Christ, baptism, and receiving Holy Spirit. If you decide that this is what Paul means here, and if it would help your readers, you could indicate this explicitly or you could explain this in a footnote if you are using them. Alternate translation: “God has saved have put on Christ” or “have believed in Christ have put on Christ” or “have experienced God’s salvation have put on Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 3 27 di9v figs-metaphor Χριστὸν ἐνεδύσασθε 1 have clothed yourselves with Christ Paul speaks of **Christ** as if he were clothing that those who believe in him have **put on**. Here, when Paul says that all believers have **put on Christ** he means that all believers have identified with him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning of this phrase plainly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 28 srk1 grammar-connect-logic-result οὐκ ἔνι Ἰουδαῖος οὐδὲ Ἕλλην, οὐκ ἔνι δοῦλος οὐδὲ ἐλεύθερος, οὐκ ἔνι ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ, πάντες γὰρ ὑμεῖς εἷς ἐστε ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, the word **for** introduces the reason for why (if someone is a believer in Christ) it is as if there is no longer **Jew nor Greek** or **slave** or **free** or **male** or **female**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase (which follows the word **for**) gives the reason for the result that the first part of this verse describes. Alternate translation: “Because you are all one in Christ Jesus, there is neither Jew nor Greek, there is neither slave nor free, there is neither male nor female” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -GAL 3 28 tu05 figs-explicit οὐκ ἔνι Ἰουδαῖος οὐδὲ Ἕλλην, οὐκ ἔνι δοῦλος οὐδὲ ἐλεύθερος, οὐκ ἔνι ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ, πάντες γὰρ ὑμεῖς εἷς ἐστε ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 In this verse, Paul’s point is that people who believe in Christ are no longer divided by racial, social, or gender distinctions but rather now have **one** common identity. This new common identity is that they are now **in (union with) Christ**. Paul is not saying that these human distinction no longer exist, rather he is saying that they now cease to be significant because believers have a new spiritual identity, which is being **in Christ**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “For you who are believers, it is now as if there is neither Jew nor Greek, or slave or free, or male or female” or “For you who believe in Christ, it is now as if there is neither Jew nor Greek, or slave or free, or male or female” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 28 tu05 figs-explicit οὐκ ἔνι Ἰουδαῖος οὐδὲ Ἕλλην, οὐκ ἔνι δοῦλος οὐδὲ ἐλεύθερος, οὐκ ἔνι ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ, πάντες γὰρ ὑμεῖς εἷς ἐστε ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 In this verse, Paul’s point is that people who believe in Christ are no longer divided by racial, social, or gender distinctions but rather now have **one** common identity. This new common identity is that they are now **in (union with) Christ**. Paul is not saying that these human distinction no longer exist, rather he is saying that they now cease to be significant because believers have a new spiritual identity, which is being **in Christ**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “For you who are believers, it is now as if there is neither Jew nor Greek, or slave or free, or male or female” or “For you who believe in Christ, it is now as if there is neither Jew nor Greek, or slave or free, or male or female” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 28 aonk figs-doublenegatives οὐκ…Ἰουδαῖος οὐδὲ Ἕλλην, οὐκ ἔνι δοῦλος οὐδὲ ἐλεύθερος, οὐκ ἔνι ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ 1 If your readers would misunderstand these double negatives, you could translate each double negative using only one negative word. Alternate translation: “neither Jew or Greek, there is neither slave or free, there is neither male or female” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) GAL 3 28 zxfp figs-explicit Ἕλλην 1 Here, the term **Greek** refers to non-Jewish people. It does not refer only to people from the country of Greece or to people who speak the Greek language. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 3 28 pfrh figs-explicit ἐλεύθερος 1 Here, the term **free** refers to people who are not slaves and thus are free from bondage to a master. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “free person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 28 pfrh figs-explicit ἐλεύθερος 1 Here, the term **free** refers to people who are not slaves and thus are free from bondage to a master. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “free person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 28 fy09 γὰρ 1 Here, the word **for** introduces a reason. Use a natural form for introducing the reason for something that was said previously. Alternate translation: “because” GAL 3 28 fakq πάντες γὰρ ὑμεῖς εἷς ἐστε ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Alternate translation: “because all of you are together joined to the Messiah Jesus” -GAL 3 28 mppd figs-explicit εἷς 1 Here, Paul uses the word **one** to indicate that all believers share the same equal position because of their new identity which they have by being **in Christ**. (Paul is further explaining his statement from the previous verse in which he says that all believers have “put on Christ”, meaning that they have a new and common identity which is derived from and centers on Christ). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly what **one** means here. Alternate translation: “one person” or “one and the same standing” or “of equal standing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 28 mppd figs-explicit εἷς 1 Here, Paul uses the word **one** to indicate that all believers share the same equal position because of their new identity which they have by being **in Christ**. (Paul is further explaining his statement from the previous verse in which he says that all believers have “put on Christ”, meaning that they have a new and common identity which is derived from and centers on Christ). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly what **one** means here. Alternate translation: “one person” or “one and the same standing” or “of equal standing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 28 pddu figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Paul speaks of believers being **in Christ Jesus** as if **Christ Jesus** were a physical location into which someone could be. Here, **into Christ** refers to being spiritually united with Christ in a close spiritual union. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning of this phrase plainly. Alternative translation: “have been baptized into close spiritual union with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 3 29 lnlp grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, Paul is using the word **Now** to introduce new information. Use a natural form for introducing new information. Alternate translation: “And” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +GAL 3 29 lnlp grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, Paul is using the word **Now** to introduce new information. Use a natural form for introducing new information. Alternate translation: “And” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 3 29 ovzy grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ…ἄρα 1 Paul is using an **if … then” statement to express a hypothetical condition and what the result is for those people who meet the requirement of the condition. Paul is telling the Galatians that **if** they belong to Christ **then** they are Abrahams spiritual descendents. Use a natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical condition. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) GAL 3 29 lth0 figs-yousingular ὑμεῖς…ἐστέ 1 Here, both occurrences of the word **you** are plural and refer to the Galatian believers. Your language may require you to mark these forms as plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) -GAL 3 29 wceh ὑμεῖς Χριστοῦ 1 Alternate translation: “you are Christ’s” or “you belong to Christ” +GAL 3 29 wceh ὑμεῖς Χριστοῦ 1 Alternate translation: “you are Christ’s” or “you belong to Christ” GAL 3 29 xwrj figs-metaphor σπέρμα 1 Here, the term **seed** means “offspring.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. If your readers would not understand what **seed** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. See how you translated the word **seed** in [3:16](../03/16.md) where it is used with a similar meaning. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “offspring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 29 qp4z figs-metaphor κληρονόμοι 1 heirs Paul speaks of believers, who are the spiritual descendants **of Abraham**, as if they were **heirs** who were to inherit property and wealth from a family member. If your readers would not understand what **heirs** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 29 au7a figs-explicit κατ’ ἐπαγγελίαν κληρονόμοι 1 heirs If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly what the **heirs** will inherit. Alternate translation: “heirs of what God promised to Abraham and his descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -464,40 +464,40 @@ GAL 4 intro h6gw 0 # Galatians 4 General Notes

## Structure and format GAL 4 1 fr5u κληρονόμος 1 Connecting Statement: See how you translated the plural form of this word in [3:29](../03/29.md). GAL 4 1 vlu6 κύριος πάντων ὤν 1 Alternate translation: “though being master of all things” or “even though he is master of all things” or “even though he is the master of all the things he is going to inherit” GAL 4 2 eyfx grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **But** is introducing a contrast and indicating that what follows is in contrast to what came before it in the preceding verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -GAL 4 2 jtpo figs-explicit ἐστὶ 1 Here, the word **he** refers to “the heir” mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the heir is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 4 2 ppf1 figs-explicit ὑπὸ 1 Here, the word **under** means “under the authority of” or “under the jurisdiction of.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “under the authority of” or “under the jurisdiction of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 4 2 llwi figs-explicit ἐπιτρόπους…καὶ οἰκονόμους 1 The terms **guardians** and **stewards** refer to two different roles but these terms do not necessarily refer to two different groups of people since one person could have responsibility for filling both roles. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “someone who is his guardian and steward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 4 2 jtpo figs-explicit ἐστὶ 1 Here, the word **he** refers to “the heir” mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the heir is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 4 2 ppf1 figs-explicit ὑπὸ 1 Here, the word **under** means “under the authority of” or “under the jurisdiction of.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “under the authority of” or “under the jurisdiction of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 4 2 llwi figs-explicit ἐπιτρόπους…καὶ οἰκονόμους 1 The terms **guardians** and **stewards** refer to two different roles but these terms do not necessarily refer to two different groups of people since one person could have responsibility for filling both roles. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “someone who is his guardian and steward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 2 bd5a translate-unknown ἐπιτρόπους 1 guardians A guardian was a person who had the role of being responsible for a child. This person’s job was to supervise and care for the child whom they were in charge of make sure that the child was instructed in what they should do. Use a natural phrase or term in your language for describing this role. If you do not have this role in your culture you could describe it for your readers. Alternate translation: “people supervise a child” or “people who are in charge of a child” or “people who are in charge of a minor” or “people who are responsible for a minor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) GAL 4 2 v5g9 translate-unknown οἰκονόμους 1 trustees Here, the word **stewards** refers to people who are entrusted with the role of managing property until the child who is the heir is old enough to inherit it. Use a natural phrase or term in your language for describing this role. If you do not have this role in your culture you could describe it for your readers. Alternate translation: “people manage the child’s possessions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -GAL 4 2 khzl figs-activepassive προθεσμίας τοῦ πατρός 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that the “father” did it. Alternate translation: “date which his father appointed” or “time which his father appointed”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -GAL 4 3 ocm2 grammar-connect-words-phrases οὕτως 1 Here, the word **So** indicates that what follows is comparable to, and similar in some way to what has just described in [4:1-2](../04/01.md). Use a natural form in your language for introducing something that corresponds in some way to something that was introduced previously. Alternate translation: “In a similar way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +GAL 4 2 khzl figs-activepassive προθεσμίας τοῦ πατρός 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that the “father” did it. Alternate translation: “date which his father appointed” or “time which his father appointed”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 4 3 ocm2 grammar-connect-words-phrases οὕτως 1 Here, the word **So** indicates that what follows is comparable to, and similar in some way to what has just described in [4:1-2](../04/01.md). Use a natural form in your language for introducing something that corresponds in some way to something that was introduced previously. Alternate translation: “In a similar way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 4 3 d6v9 figs-exclusive ἦμεν 1 General Information: The word **we** here refers to all Christians, including Paul’s readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) GAL 4 3 n21q figs-metaphor ὅτε ἦμεν νήπιοι 1 when we were children Paul speaks of people who have not yet trusted in Jesus as if they were **children**. If your readers would not understand what **children** means in this context, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative as modeled by the UST or you could translate this phrase as a simile. Alternate translation: “when we did not yet believe in Jesus” or “when we were like children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 4 3 rwwj figs-activepassive ὑπὸ τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου ἤμεθα δεδουλωμένοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who was doing the action, Paul says that “the elemental principles of the world” were doing it. See the note on personification regarding **the elemental principles of this world**. Alternate translation: “the elemental principles of the world were enslaving us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 4 3 rwwj figs-activepassive ὑπὸ τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου ἤμεθα δεδουλωμένοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who was doing the action, Paul says that “the elemental principles of the world” were doing it. See the note on personification regarding **the elemental principles of this world**. Alternate translation: “the elemental principles of the world were enslaving us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 4 3 cd2w figs-metaphor δεδουλωμένοι 1 we were enslaved to the elemental principles of the world Paul speaks of being under the control of **the elemental principles of the world** as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 4 3 l0fg figs-explicit ὑπὸ 1 Here, the word **under** means “under the power of” or “under the authority of.” See how you translated the word **under** in [4:2](../04/02.md) where Paul uses it with a similar meaning. Alternate translation: “under the power of” or “under the authority of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 4 3 v1zo figs-personification ὑπὸ τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου…δεδουλωμένοι 1 Here, Paul speaks of **the elemental principles of the world** as though they were a person who could enslave other people. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. Paul speaks of **the elemental principles of the world** as though they have the power to enslave a person but it is actually humans, who do not yet believe in the Messiah, who willing submit to these **elemental principles** and allow themselves to be enslaved. See [5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +GAL 4 3 l0fg figs-explicit ὑπὸ 1 Here, the word **under** means “under the power of” or “under the authority of.” See how you translated the word **under** in [4:2](../04/02.md) where Paul uses it with a similar meaning. Alternate translation: “under the power of” or “under the authority of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 4 3 v1zo figs-personification ὑπὸ τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου…δεδουλωμένοι 1 Here, Paul speaks of **the elemental principles of the world** as though they were a person who could enslave other people. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. Paul speaks of **the elemental principles of the world** as though they have the power to enslave a person but it is actually humans, who do not yet believe in the Messiah, who willing submit to these **elemental principles** and allow themselves to be enslaved. See [5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) GAL 4 3 u462 τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου 1 the elemental principles of the world **the elemental principles of the world** could refer to: (1) the religious and/or moral teachings that people, whether they be a Jew or a non-Jew, seek to obey in order to please God and/or think of themselves as praiseworthy and good. (2) the things prescribed by the Mosaic law. 3) spiritual beings which people thought controlled **the world**. -GAL 4 4 ogo3 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 The word **But** is introducing a contrast between the time prior to **when the fullness of time came**, which Paul described before this verse, and the time after **the fullness of time came**, which Paul describes in this verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -GAL 4 4 ujfp τὸ πλήρωμα τοῦ χρόνου 1 The phrase **the fullness of time** means “the right time” or “the time that God appointed.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the right time” or “the designated time” or “the appointed time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 4 4 opx2 γενόμενον ἐκ γυναικός 1 The phrase **born from a woman** is an idiom which means that someone is human. Because Jesus existed as God before he was born on earth the emphasis here is that Jesus became human, in addition to being fully God. If your readers would not understand this idiom means here, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “having taken on human nature” or “having become a human being in addition to his divine nature” or “having become a human” or “having been born as a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -GAL 4 4 d9c7 figs-explicit γενόμενον ὑπὸ νόμον 1 The phrase **having been born under the law** means that Jesus, as a Jew, was under the jurisdiction of the law of Moses and therefore it was necessary that he obey it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “having been born under the jurisdiction and requirements of the law of Moses” or “having been born subject to the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 4 4 mzwh figs-explicit ὑπὸ 1 Here, the word **under** means “under the authority of” or “under the jurisdiction of.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. See how you translated the word **under** in [4:2](../04/02.md) where Paul uses it with a similar meaning. Alternate translation: “under the authority of” or “under the jurisdiction of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 4 4 zt29 figs-explicit νόμον 1 Here, the phrase **the law** refers to the law of Moses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 4 4 ogo3 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 The word **But** is introducing a contrast between the time prior to **when the fullness of time came**, which Paul described before this verse, and the time after **the fullness of time came**, which Paul describes in this verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +GAL 4 4 ujfp τὸ πλήρωμα τοῦ χρόνου 1 The phrase **the fullness of time** means “the right time” or “the time that God appointed.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the right time” or “the designated time” or “the appointed time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 4 4 opx2 γενόμενον ἐκ γυναικός 1 The phrase **born from a woman** is an idiom which means that someone is human. Because Jesus existed as God before he was born on earth the emphasis here is that Jesus became human, in addition to being fully God. If your readers would not understand this idiom means here, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “having taken on human nature” or “having become a human being in addition to his divine nature” or “having become a human” or “having been born as a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +GAL 4 4 d9c7 figs-explicit γενόμενον ὑπὸ νόμον 1 The phrase **having been born under the law** means that Jesus, as a Jew, was under the jurisdiction of the law of Moses and therefore it was necessary that he obey it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “having been born under the jurisdiction and requirements of the law of Moses” or “having been born subject to the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 4 4 mzwh figs-explicit ὑπὸ 1 Here, the word **under** means “under the authority of” or “under the jurisdiction of.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. See how you translated the word **under** in [4:2](../04/02.md) where Paul uses it with a similar meaning. Alternate translation: “under the authority of” or “under the jurisdiction of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 4 4 zt29 figs-explicit νόμον 1 Here, the phrase **the law** refers to the law of Moses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 5 cb45 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **in order that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “so that” or “with the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) GAL 4 5 v5cb figs-metaphor ἐξαγοράσῃ 1 redeem Paul uses the metaphor of a person buying back lost property or buying the freedom of a slave as a picture of God sending Jesus to pay the price for people’s sins by dying on the cross. If your readers would not understand what **redeem** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 5 awb9 ἐξαγοράσῃ 1 redeem See how you translated the word “redeemed” in [3:13](../03/13.md). GAL 4 5 s6fw ὑπὸ νόμον 1 See how you translated the phrase **under the law** in [4:4](../04/04.md) where it is used with the same meaning. GAL 4 5 nppu grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 2 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God redeemed **the ones under the law**, which was **so that** God could adopt them as his spiritual sons and daughters. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” or “with the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) GAL 4 5 eapv τὴν υἱοθεσίαν ἀπολάβωμεν 1 Alternate translation: “God might adopt us as his sons” -GAL 4 5 tpqc figs-metaphor τὴν υἱοθεσίαν ἀπολάβωμεν 1 Paul speaks of God giving people a close personal relationship with himself and giving them special rights and privileges as if it were **adoption**. If your readers would not understand what **adoption** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 4 5 ii90 figs-exclusive ἀπολάβωμεν 1 The word **we** could refer to: (1) all Christians, both Jews and non-Jews, in which case **we** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (2) Jewish Christians only, in which case **we** would be exclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +GAL 4 5 tpqc figs-metaphor τὴν υἱοθεσίαν ἀπολάβωμεν 1 Paul speaks of God giving people a close personal relationship with himself and giving them special rights and privileges as if it were **adoption**. If your readers would not understand what **adoption** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 4 5 ii90 figs-exclusive ἀπολάβωμεν 1 The word **we** could refer to: (1) all Christians, both Jews and non-Jews, in which case **we** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (2) Jewish Christians only, in which case **we** would be exclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) GAL 4 5 lq4r figs-gendernotations υἱοθεσίαν 1 Although the term **sons** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “adoption as children” or “adoption as God’s children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -GAL 4 6 ahbp grammar-connect-words-phrases δέ 1 Here, Paul is using the word **And** to introduce new information into his ongoing argument. Use a natural form for introducing new information. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +GAL 4 6 ahbp grammar-connect-words-phrases δέ 1 Here, Paul is using the word **And** to introduce new information into his ongoing argument. Use a natural form for introducing new information. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 4 6 exc6 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 The word **because** is introducing the reason that **God sent the Spirit of his Son into** the hearts of believers, namely because believers are God’s **sons**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a reason. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -GAL 4 6 l2ny figs-gendernotations υἱοί 1 Although the term **sons** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “sons and daughters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +GAL 4 6 l2ny figs-gendernotations υἱοί 1 Although the term **sons** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “sons and daughters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 4 6 bikp figs-metaphor υἱοί 1 Paul speaks of the Galatian believers as if God was their biological, physical father. He means that these people have a father-son relationship with God because they trust in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the word **sons** in [3:26](../03/26.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “the spiritual children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 4 6 yadl τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 The phrase **the Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. Make sure that you translate the word **Spirit** with the same word that you used to translate “Spirit” in [3:2](../03/02.md), where it is also referring to the Holy Spirit. +GAL 4 6 yadl τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 The phrase **the Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. Make sure that you translate the word **Spirit** with the same word that you used to translate “Spirit” in [3:2](../03/02.md), where it is also referring to the Holy Spirit. GAL 4 6 nei3 figs-metonymy εἰς τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν 1 sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts Here, the word **hearts** refers to the innermost part of a person. Paul is describing the innermost part of a person by association with their physical heart. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent term from your culture that is used to describe the center of a person’s inner being or you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “to live within each of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 4 6 s54r κρᾶζον 1 who calls The Spirit is the subject of the one “crying out.” Yet this also expresses the believer’s attitude as well. it is important to avoid translating this verb in a way that would suggest either shouting or weeping. GAL 4 6 eqx5 translate-transliterate Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ 1 God has sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts, who calls out, “Abba, Father.” The word **Abba** is an Aramaic word meaning **Father** which the Jews used to address their fathers. Paul writes it as it sounds in Aramaic (he transliterates it) and then translates its meaning into Greek for his readers, who did not know Aramaic. Since the Aramaic word **Abba** is followed by the Greek word **Father**, it is best to transliterate **Abba** and then give its meaning in your language as Paul does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) @@ -574,12 +574,12 @@ GAL 5 16 tk8i figs-explicit Πνεύματι 1 walk by the Spirit The phrase **b GAL 5 16 ut3t figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ 1 The phrase **certainly not** translates two negative words in Greek. Paul uses them together to emphasize what he is saying. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) GAL 5 16 dyj7 figs-idiom ἐπιθυμίαν σαρκὸς οὐ μὴ τελέσητε 1 The phrase **you would certainly not fulfill desires**” is an idiom that refers to not doing what someone desires. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you would certainly not do what the flesh desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) GAL 5 16 iron figs-abstractnouns ἐπιθυμίαν σαρκὸς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **desires**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what the flesh desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -GAL 5 16 rl5s figs-personification ἐπιθυμίαν σαρκὸς 1 the desires of the sinful nature Here Paul speaks of **the flesh** as if it were a person who has **desires**. He is referring to what a person wants to do as a result of having a sinful human nature. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how this phrase is translated in [Romans 13:14](../../rom/13/14.md). Alternate translation: “what you want to do because of your sinful nature” or “the things you want to do because you are sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]). +GAL 5 16 rl5s figs-personification ἐπιθυμίαν σαρκὸς 1 the desires of the sinful nature Here Paul speaks of **the flesh** as if it were a person who has **desires**. He is referring to what a person wants to do as a result of having a sinful human nature. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See how this phrase is translated in [Romans 13:14](../../rom/13/14.md). Alternate translation: “what you want to do because of your sinful nature” or “the things you want to do because you are sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]). GAL 5 16 w8a1 figs-metaphor σαρκὸς 1 the desires of the sinful nature Here Paul uses **flesh** to refer to sinful human nature. See how you translated this **flesh** in [verse 13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 5 17 mbdm grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason for why Paul commanded his readers to “walk by the Spirit” in the previous verse. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a reason. Alternate translation: “I say this to you because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) GAL 5 17 xjj9 figs-explicit ἡ…σὰρξ ἐπιθυμεῖ κατὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 The phrase **desires against** implies desiring to do what is **against the Spirit**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the flesh desires to do things that are against the Spirit” or “the flesh desires to do what is contrary to the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 5 17 m7td figs-metaphor ἡ…σὰρξ…τῆς σαρκός 1 See how you translated this **flesh** in [verse 13](../05/13.md) and in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 5 17 w7kv figs-personification ἡ…σὰρξ ἐπιθυμεῖ 1 Here Paul speaks of **the flesh** as if it were a person who **desires**. He is referring to what a person **desires** to do as a result of having a sinful human nature. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what you want to do because of your sinful nature” or “the things you want to do because you are sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]). +GAL 5 17 w7kv figs-personification ἡ…σὰρξ ἐπιθυμεῖ 1 Here Paul speaks of **the flesh** as if it were a person who **desires**. He is referring to what a person **desires** to do as a result of having a sinful human nature. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what you want to do because of your sinful nature” or “the things you want to do because you are sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]). GAL 5 17 oyog figs-ellipsis τὸ…Πνεῦμα κατὰ τῆς σαρκός 1 Paul is leaving out some of a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If if would be helpful in your language, you could supply the word from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “the Spirit desires against the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) GAL 5 17 xp0l grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 2 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason for why the **desires** of **the flesh** and **the Spirit** are against each other. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a reason. Alternate translation: “This is for the reason that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) GAL 5 17 r3dk writing-pronouns ταῦτα 1 The pronoun **these** refers to **the flesh** and **the Spirit**. If if would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the flesh and the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) From 34249c1c1878167c1a5be6c480e4b1f497a208e4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Larry Sallee Date: Fri, 2 Dec 2022 14:13:46 -0500 Subject: [PATCH 3/3] Restore Gal 1-4 --- en_tn_49-GAL.tsv | 491 ++++++++++++++++++++++++----------------------- 1 file changed, 256 insertions(+), 235 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv index 49056cdc7c..41fd06d1f0 100644 --- a/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv +++ b/en_tn_49-GAL.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -GAL front intro i6u9 0 # Introduction to Galatians

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Galatians

1. Paul declares his authority as an apostle of Jesus Christ; he says that he is surprised by the false teachings that the Christians in Galatia have accepted from other people (1:1-10).
1. Paul says that people are saved by trusting in Christ alone, not by keeping the law (1:11-2:21).
1. God puts people right with himself only when they trust in Christ; the example of Abraham; the curse which the law brings (and not a means of salvation); slavery and freedom compared and illustrated by Hagar and Sarah (3:1-4:31).
1. When people are joined to Christ, they become free from having to keep the law of Moses. They are also free to live as the Holy Spirit guides them. They are free to refuse the demands of sin. They are free to bear each other’s burdens (5:1-6:10).
1. Paul warns the Christians not to trust in being circumcised and in keeping the law of Moses. Instead, they must trust in Christ (6:11-18).

### Who wrote the Book of Galatians?

Paul wrote the book of Galatians. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he began to trust in Jesus Christ, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus and establishing churches.

It is uncertain when Paul wrote this letter and where he was when he wrote it. Some Bible scholars think Paul was in the city of Ephesus and wrote this letter after the second time he traveled to tell people about Jesus and establish churches. Other scholars think Paul was in the city of Antioch in Syria and wrote the letter soon after the first time he traveled.

### What is the Book of Galatians about?

Paul wrote this letter to both Jewish and non-Jewish Christians in the region of Galatia. He wanted to write against the false teachers who said that Christians need to follow the law of Moses. Paul defended the gospel by explaining that a person is saved by believing in Jesus Christ. In the book of Galatians Paul explains that people are saved as result of believing in Jesus and not as a result of obeying the law of Moses and he proves this by using various Old Testament passages to illustrate this truth. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/goodnews]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Galatians.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to the Church in Galatia.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What does it mean to “live like Jews” (2:14)?

To “live like Jews” means to obey the law of Moses, even though one trusts in Christ. The people who taught that it was necessary to follow the law of Moses in addition to believing in Jesus were called “Judaizers.”

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### How did Paul use the terms “law” and “grace” in the Book of Galatians?

These terms are used in a unique way in Galatians. There is an important teaching in Galatians about Christian living. Under the law of Moses, righteous or holy living required a person to obey a set of rules and regulations. As Christians, holy living is now motivated by grace. This means that Christians have freedom in Christ and are not required to obey a specific set of rules. Instead, Christians are to live a holy life because they are thankful that God has been so kind to them. This is called “the law of Christ.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

### What did Paul mean by the expressions “in Christ,” and “in Christ Jesus?”

Paul uses the spatial metaphor “in Christ” or the related phrase “in Christ Jesus” very frequently in this letter. This expression occurs with a metaphorical meaning in 1:22; 2:4,17; 3:14, 26, 28; and 5:6. Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union between Christ and the people who believe in him. This metaphor emphasizes that believers are as closely united to Christ as if they were inside him. Paul believes that this is true for all believers, and sometimes he uses “in Christ” simply to identify that what he is speaking about is true for those who believe in Jesus. Other times, he emphasizes union with Christ as the means or the basis for some statement or exhortation. Sometimes when Paul uses the phrase “in Christ” he intends a different meaning. See, for example, 2:16 where Paul says “we also believed in Christ Jesus, so that we might be justified by faith in Christ” and see 2:17 where Paul spoke of Christ being the object of faith when he said “when we seek for God to justify us in Christ.” See the notes on specific verses for help in understanding the contextual meaning of “in Christ” and related phrases. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

Please see the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.


### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Galatians?
* “Foolish Galatians, whose evil eye has harmed you? Was not Jesus Christ depicted as crucified before your eyes” (3:1)? The ULT, UST, and the other modern versions have this reading. However, older versions of the Bible add, “[so] that ye should not obey the truth.” Translators are advised not to include this expression. However, if in the translators’ region there are older Bible versions that have the passage, the translators can include it. If it is translated, it should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that it is probably not original to Galatians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) -GAL 1 intro f3n5 0 # Galatians 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Paul started this letter differently than his other letters. He adds that he was “not an apostle from men nor by human agency, but through Jesus Christ and God the Father, who raised him from the dead ones.” Paul probably included these words because false teachers were opposing him and trying to undermine his authority.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Heresy

God eternally saves people only through the true, biblical gospel. God condemns any other version of the gospel. Paul asks God to curse those who teach a false gospel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/goodnews]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/condemn]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])

### Paul’s qualifications

Some people in the early church were teaching that Gentiles needed to obey the law of Moses. To refute this teaching, in verses 13-16 Paul explains how he was formerly a zealous Jew. But Paul still needed God to save him through believing in Jesus. As a Jew, and the apostle to Gentile people, Paul was uniquely qualified to address this issue. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “You are turning so quickly to a different gospel”

The Book of Galatians is one of Paul’s earliest letters in Scripture. It shows that heresies troubled even the early church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL front intro i6u9 0 # Introduction to Galatians\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Book of Galatians\n\n1. Paul declares his authority as an apostle of Jesus Christ; he says that he is surprised by the false teachings that the Christians in Galatia have accepted from other people (1:1-10).\n1. Paul says that people are saved by trusting in Christ alone, not by keeping the law (1:11-2:21).\n1. God puts people right with himself only when they trust in Christ; the example of Abraham; the curse which the law brings (and not a means of salvation); slavery and freedom compared and illustrated by Hagar and Sarah (3:1-4:31).\n1. When people are joined to Christ, they become free from having to keep the law of Moses. They are also free to live as the Holy Spirit guides them. They are free to refuse the demands of sin. They are free to bear each other’s burdens (5:1-6:10).\n1. Paul warns the Christians not to trust in being circumcised and in keeping the law of Moses. Instead, they must trust in Christ (6:11-18).\n\n### Who wrote the Book of Galatians?\n\nPaul wrote the book of Galatians. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he began to trust in Jesus Christ, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus and establishing churches.\n\nIt is uncertain when Paul wrote this letter and where he was when he wrote it. Some Bible scholars think Paul was in the city of Ephesus and wrote this letter after the second time he traveled to tell people about Jesus and establish churches. Other scholars think Paul was in the city of Antioch in Syria and wrote the letter soon after the first time he traveled.\n\n### What is the Book of Galatians about?\n\nPaul wrote this letter to both Jewish and non-Jewish Christians in the region of Galatia. He wanted to write against the false teachers who said that Christians need to follow the law of Moses. Paul defended the gospel by explaining that a person is saved by believing in Jesus Christ. In the book of Galatians Paul explains that people are saved as result of believing in Jesus and not as a result of obeying the law of Moses and he proves this by using various Old Testament passages to illustrate this truth. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/goodnews]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Galatians.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to the Church in Galatia.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What does it mean to “live like Jews” (2:14)?\n\nTo “live like Jews” means to obey the law of Moses, even though one trusts in Christ. The people who taught that it was necessary to follow the law of Moses in addition to believing in Jesus were called “Judaizers.”\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### How did Paul use the terms “law” and “grace” in the Book of Galatians?\n\nThese terms are used in a unique way in Galatians. There is an important teaching in Galatians about Christian living. Under the law of Moses, righteous or holy living required a person to obey a set of rules and regulations. As Christians, holy living is now motivated by grace. This means that Christians have freedom in Christ and are not required to obey a specific set of rules. Instead, Christians are to live a holy life because they are thankful that God has been so kind to them. This is called “the law of Christ.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])\n\n### What did Paul mean by the expressions “in Christ,” and “in Christ Jesus?” \n\nPaul uses the spatial metaphor “in Christ” or the related phrase “in Christ Jesus” very frequently in this letter. This expression occurs with a metaphorical meaning in 1:22; 2:4,17; 3:14, 26, 28; and 5:6. Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union between Christ and the people who believe in him. This metaphor emphasizes that believers are as closely united to Christ as if they were inside him. Paul believes that this is true for all believers, and sometimes he uses “in Christ” simply to identify that what he is speaking about is true for those who believe in Jesus. Other times, he emphasizes union with Christ as the means or the basis for some statement or exhortation. Sometimes when Paul uses the phrase “in Christ” he intends a different meaning. See, for example, 2:16 where Paul says “we also believed in Christ Jesus, so that we might be justified by faith in Christ” and see 2:17 where Paul spoke of Christ being the object of faith when he said “when we seek for God to justify us in Christ.” See the notes on specific verses for help in understanding the contextual meaning of “in Christ” and related phrases. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\nPlease see the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.\n\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Galatians?\n* “Foolish Galatians, whose evil eye has harmed you? Was not Jesus Christ depicted as crucified before your eyes” (3:1)? The ULT, UST, and the other modern versions have this reading. However, older versions of the Bible add, “[so] that ye should not obey the truth.” Translators are advised not to include this expression. However, if in the translators’ region there are older Bible versions that have the passage, the translators can include it. If it is translated, it should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that it is probably not original to Galatians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +GAL 1 intro f3n5 0 # Galatians 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nPaul started this letter differently than his other letters. He adds that he was “not an apostle from men nor by human agency, but through Jesus Christ and God the Father, who raised him from the dead ones.” Paul probably included these words because false teachers were opposing him and trying to undermine his authority.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Heresy\n\nGod eternally saves people only through the true, biblical gospel. God condemns any other version of the gospel. Paul asks God to curse those who teach a false gospel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/goodnews]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/condemn]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])\n\n### Paul’s qualifications\n\nSome people in the early church were teaching that Gentiles needed to obey the law of Moses. To refute this teaching, in verses 13-16 Paul explains how he was formerly a zealous Jew. But Paul still needed God to save him through believing in Jesus. As a Jew, and the apostle to Gentile people, Paul was uniquely qualified to address this issue. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “You are turning so quickly to a different gospel”\n\nThe Book of Galatians is one of Paul’s earliest letters in Scripture. It shows that heresies troubled even the early church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 1 1 o4ns Παῦλος 1 Here, Paul is introducing himself as the author of this letter. Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter. Use that here. Alternate translation: “This letter is from me, Paul” GAL 1 1 uhhp figs-123person Παῦλος 1 Paul is speaking of himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “This letter is from me, Paul” or “I, Paul” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person) GAL 1 1 m4ss figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἀπ’ ἀνθρώπων, οὐδὲ δι’ ἀνθρώπου 1 General Information: If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate this phrase using only one negative word. Alternate translation: “not from men or through man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ GAL 1 1 pvdp grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **but** GAL 1 1 fyu8 figs-distinguish Θεοῦ Πατρὸς τοῦ ἐγείραντος αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 The phrase **the one having raised him from the dead** gives further information about **God the Father**. It is not making a distinction between **God the Father** and **the one having raised him from the dead** as if they are two separate entities. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “God the Father who is the same one who made Jesus Christ live again after he died” or “God the Father who caused Jesus Christ to live again after he had died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) GAL 1 1 wmlj figs-extrainfo Θεοῦ Πατρὸς 1 Here, the phrase **the Father** could be (1) a general title for God which identifies him as the first person in the Christian Trinity. If you choose this option then you should not define whose **Father** God is in your translation but rather you should use a more an expression like the ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) (2) referring to God’s relationship to those who believe in Christ. Alternate translation: “God our Father” GAL 1 1 w3gr figs-nominaladj ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 Paul is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “from among the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -GAL 1 1 g5as figs-metonymy ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 Here, the phrase **the dead** could be a figurative way of referring to a place, in which case it would be referring to “the place of the dead” or “the realm of the dead.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from the place of the dead” or “from the realm of the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +GAL 1 1 g5as figs-metonymy ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 Here, the phrase **the dead** could be a figurative way of referring to a place, in which case it would be referring to “the place of the dead” or “the realm of the dead.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from the place of the dead” or “from the realm of the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 1 2 d737 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here, although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using it in a generic sense to refer to fellow Christians, which includes both men and women. Paul views all those who believe in Jesus, as members of one spiritual family, with God as their heavenly Father. If your readers would misunderstand the use of **brothers** in this context, you can indicate explicitly what it means. Alternate translation: “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 1 2 wmd2 figs-explicit Γαλατίας 1 Here, the word **Galatia** could refer to: (1) the Roman political province called **Galatia**. Alternate translation: “in the province of Galatia” or (2) the geographical region known as **Galatia**. Alternate translation: “in the region of Galatia” If it would help your readers you could state explicitly what the word **Galatia** refers to here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 1 2 aa9v figs-possession τῆς Γαλατίας 1 Paul uses the possessive form here to describe churches that are in Roman political province called **Galatia** or in the geographical region known as **Galatia**. If this use of the possessive form is not clear in your language, you could clarify the meaning using a form that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in the province of Galatia” or “in the region of Galatia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) @@ -21,307 +21,307 @@ GAL 1 3 nykr figs-you ὑμῖν 1 Here, the word **you** is plural and refers GAL 1 3 c1xf Θεοῦ Πατρὸς 1 See how you chose to translate the phrase **God the Father** in [1:1](../01/01.md). GAL 1 3 eivd figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 Here, the word **our** refers to Paul, the believers in Galatia, and all believers in Jesus and so is inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. In this book, unless otherwise stated, the word “our” refers to Paul, the believers in Galatia, and all believers and is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) GAL 1 4 onj6 figs-distinguish τοῦ δόντος ἑαυτὸν περὶ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν, ὅπως ἐξέληται ἡμᾶς ἐκ τοῦ αἰῶνος τοῦ ἐνεστῶτος πονηροῦ 1 The phrase **the one having given himself for our sins so that he might deliver us from the present evil age** gives us further information about “our Lord Jesus Christ.” It is not making a distinction between them as if they were two different entities. If this might confuse your readers, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “who is the one having given himself for our sins so that he might deliver us from the present evil age” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) -GAL 1 4 yk9g figs-metonymy περὶ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν 1 for our sins Here, **sins** figuratively refers to the punishment for sin and the phrase **for our sins** refers to Christ giving his life “as a substitution for the punishment that our sins deserved.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “as a substitution for the punishment that our sins deserved” or “to take the punishment we deserved because of our sins” or “to take the punishment for our sins” or “as a substitution for the punishment that our sins deserved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +GAL 1 4 yk9g figs-metonymy περὶ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν 1 for our sins Here, **sins** figuratively refers to the punishment for sin and the phrase **for our sins** refers to Christ giving his life “as a substitution for the punishment that our sins deserved.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “as a substitution for the punishment that our sins deserved” or “to take the punishment we deserved because of our sins” or “to take the punishment for our sins” or “as a substitution for the punishment that our sins deserved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 1 4 f2pm ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν 1 See the note on **our** in [1:3](../01/03.md). GAL 1 4 haib figs-abstractnouns τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sins**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “sinful,” as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 1 4 d8m2 grammar-connect-logic-goal ὅπως 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which Christ gave himself for our sins. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) GAL 1 4 f6d5 figs-metonymy ἐκ τοῦ αἰῶνος τοῦ ἐνεστῶτος πονηροῦ 1 that he might deliver us from this present evil age Here, the phrase **the present evil age**, refers not only to a time period but also refers to the sinful attitudes and actions that characterize **the present evil age**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from this present time that is dominated by sinfulness” or “from this present evil age with it’s evil attitudes and desires” or “from the evil powers at work in the world today” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 1 4 mg01 figs-distinguish τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν 1 The phrase **and Father** gives further information about **our God**. It is not making a distinction between **God** and **Father** as if they are two separate entities. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these words more clear. Alternate translation: “of our God who is our Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) -GAL 1 5 y7mj figs-abstractnouns ἡ δόξα 1 The phrase **be the glory** is an expression of praise. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “praise”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 1 5 y7mj figs-abstractnouns ἡ δόξα 1 The phrase **be the glory** is an expression of praise. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “praise”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 1 5 miju translate-transliterate ἀμήν 1 **Amen** is a Hebrew word. Paul spelled it out using Greek letters so his readers would know how it sounded. He assumes that they know that it means “so be it” or “yes indeed.” In your translation, you can spell it the way it sounds in your language. If your readers would not know what **Amen** means, you could also explain its meaning. Alternate translation: “Amen, which means, ‘So be it!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) GAL 1 6 f74p θαυμάζω 1 I am amazed Alternate translation: “I am surprised” or “I am shocked” -GAL 1 6 v438 figs-explicit οὕτως ταχέως, μετατίθεσθε 1 you are turning away so quickly from him Here, the phrase **turning away** means “to desert” and refers to turning ones heart or mind away from believing and following something. If it would help your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you are so quickly deserting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 1 6 ficf figs-explicit μετατίθεσθε 1 The phrase **you are turning away** is in the present tense and is portraying the action of **turning away** as in process, but not yet completed. Make sure that you express this phrase in your language in a way that shows that the Galatians **turning away** is currently happening but not complete. (Paul is writing this letter in order to encourage the Galatians to not turn away to **a different gospel**). -GAL 1 6 cw1j figs-explicit οὕτως ταχέως 1 Here, the phrase **so quickly** means that the Galatians were turning away from faith in the true gospel shortly after they accepted it. If it would help your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “from the true gospel so soon after accepting it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 1 6 ht94 figs-explicit ἀπὸ τοῦ καλέσαντος ὑμᾶς 1 Here, the phrase **the one** refers to “God.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and from God, who is the one who has called you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 1 6 qy93 figs-explicit καλέσαντος 1 Here, the phrase **called** refers to being “chosen” by God. If it would help your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “having chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 1 6 v438 figs-explicit οὕτως ταχέως, μετατίθεσθε 1 you are turning away so quickly from him Here, the phrase **turning away** means “to desert” and refers to turning ones heart or mind away from believing and following something. If it would help your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you are so quickly deserting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 1 6 ficf figs-explicit μετατίθεσθε 1 The phrase **you are turning away** is in the present tense and is portraying the action of **turning away** as in process, but not yet completed. Make sure that you express this phrase in your language in a way that shows that the Galatians **turning away** is currently happening but not complete. (Paul is writing this letter in order to encourage the Galatians to not turn away to **a different gospel**). +GAL 1 6 cw1j figs-explicit οὕτως ταχέως 1 Here, the phrase **so quickly** means that the Galatians were turning away from faith in the true gospel shortly after they accepted it. If it would help your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “from the true gospel so soon after accepting it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 1 6 ht94 figs-explicit ἀπὸ τοῦ καλέσαντος ὑμᾶς 1 Here, the phrase **the one** refers to “God.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and from God, who is the one who has called you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 1 6 qy93 figs-explicit καλέσαντος 1 Here, the phrase **called** refers to being “chosen” by God. If it would help your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “having chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 1 6 ghhs ἐν 1 Here, the word **in** could (1) refer to the Galatians being called “into” the sphere or realm of grace. Alternate translation: “into” or “to live in” (2) refer to the means by which the Galatians were saved. Alternate translation: “by” or “through” -GAL 1 6 cizk figs-abstractnouns χάριτι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea with an adverb such as “graciously”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -GAL 1 7 l5ep figs-ellipsis ἄλλο 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “another gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +GAL 1 6 cizk figs-abstractnouns χάριτι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea with an adverb such as “graciously”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 1 7 l5ep figs-ellipsis ἄλλο 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “another gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) GAL 1 7 rg69 grammar-connect-exceptions εἰ μή τινές εἰσιν οἱ ταράσσοντες ὑμᾶς, καὶ θέλοντες μεταστρέψαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 If, in your language, the use of the word **except** makes it appear as if Paul is making a statement and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “instead certain people are causing you trouble and want to pervert the gospel of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) GAL 1 7 wnfe τινές 1 Alternate translation: “certain people” GAL 1 7 kswu figs-abstractnouns ταράσσοντες ὑμᾶς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **trouble**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “troubling,” or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “troubling you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 1 7 tec2 μεταστρέψαι 1 Alternate translation: “to twist the truth of” or “to change” -GAL 1 7 k9d1 figs-possession τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 By using the possessive form here, Paul is either using it to: (1) describe the gospel that is about Christ, in which case the possessive form is being used to describe the content of the gospel. Alternate translation: “the gospel about Christ” (2) designate Christ as the one who proclaimed the gospel message he is referring to in which case Paul is referring to the gospel message that Christ preached. Alternate translation: “the gospel that Christ proclaimed” or “the gospel that Christ preached” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +GAL 1 7 k9d1 figs-possession τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 By using the possessive form here, Paul is either using it to: (1) describe the gospel that is about Christ, in which case the possessive form is being used to describe the content of the gospel. Alternate translation: “the gospel about Christ” (2) designate Christ as the one who proclaimed the gospel message he is referring to in which case Paul is referring to the gospel message that Christ preached. Alternate translation: “the gospel that Christ proclaimed” or “the gospel that Christ preached” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) GAL 1 8 rltx grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical καὶ ἐὰν ἡμεῖς ἢ ἄγγελος ἐξ οὐρανοῦ εὐαγγελίζηται ὑμῖν παρ’ ὃ εὐηγγελισάμεθα ὑμῖν, ἀνάθεμα ἔστω 1 The word **if** introduces a hypothetical situation. Paul is using a hypothetical situation to warn the Galatians against any teaching that is contrary to the original gospel message that they were taught. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “if it were to happen that we or an angel from heaven might proclaim to you a gospel other than the one we proclaimed to you, let whoever would do that be cursed” or “suppose it were to happen that we or an angel from heaven might proclaim to you a gospel other than the one we proclaimed to you, let whoever would do that be cursed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) -GAL 1 8 wnx5 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 When Paul says **we**, he is not including the Galatians, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +GAL 1 8 wnx5 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 When Paul says **we**, he is not including the Galatians, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) GAL 1 8 ebyi ἡμεῖς 1 Alternate translation: “I or my co-laborers in the gospel” GAL 1 8 f1ef εὐαγγελίζηται ὑμῖν 1 Alternate translation: “proclaim to you a gospel message” or “a message of good news” GAL 1 8 s5uq figs-explicit παρ’ ὃ εὐηγγελισάμεθα 1 other than the one Here, the phrase **the one** refers to the gospel message that Paul and his co-laborers had proclaimed to the Galatians. If your readers might misunderstand this you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “different from the gospel we proclaimed” or “different from the message we proclaimed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 1 8 xb2c ἀνάθεμα ἔστω 1 let him be cursed If your language has a common way of asking God to curse someone, or of calling down a curse on someone, and it would be appropriate to use in this context, consider using it here. -GAL 1 8 kv9h figs-abstractnouns ἀνάθεμα ἔστω 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of someone being **cursed**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “curse.” Alternate translation: “let God curse him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 1 8 kv9h figs-abstractnouns ἀνάθεμα ἔστω 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of someone being **cursed**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “curse.” Alternate translation: “let God curse him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 1 8 pifk figs-activepassive ἀνάθεμα ἔστω 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” is the one who will do it. Alternate translation: “let God curse him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -GAL 1 8 g7zz figs-gendernotations ἀνάθεμα ἔστω 1 Although the term **him** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “let God curse that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -GAL 1 9 anxe figs-exclusive προειρήκαμεν 1 When Paul says **we**, he is not including the Galatians, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +GAL 1 8 g7zz figs-gendernotations ἀνάθεμα ἔστω 1 Although the term **him** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “let God curse that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +GAL 1 9 anxe figs-exclusive προειρήκαμεν 1 When Paul says **we**, he is not including the Galatians, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) GAL 1 9 h1ht grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἴ τις ὑμᾶς εὐαγγελίζεται 1 The word **If** introduces a hypothetical situation. Paul is using a hypothetical situation to warn the Galatians against any teaching that is contrary to the original gospel message that they were taught. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “If it were to happen that someone proclaims to you a gospel” or “Suppose it were to happen that someone proclaims to you a gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) -GAL 1 9 i2wk figs-explicit παρ’ ὃ 1 See how you translated the phrase **other than the one** in [1:8](../01/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 1 9 i2wk figs-explicit παρ’ ὃ 1 See how you translated the phrase **other than the one** in [1:8](../01/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 1 9 mrv9 figs-activepassive ἀνάθεμα ἔστω 1 See how you translated the phrase **let him be cursed** in [1:8](../01/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 1 9 eta3 figs-gendernotations ἀνάθεμα ἔστω 1 Although the term **him** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. See how you translated the phrase **let him be cursed** in [1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “let God curse that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 1 10 ifod grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** is being used to introduce Paul’s argument against an implied assertion that he altered the content of his gospel message in order to make it more acceptable to people. If it would help your readers, you could express the implied assertion explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 1 10 b2vc figs-rquestion ἄρτι γὰρ ἀνθρώπους πείθω ἢ τὸν Θεόν? ἢ ζητῶ ἀνθρώποις ἀρέσκειν 1 For am I now seeking the approval of men or God? Am I seeking to please men? By using these two rhetorical questions Paul is not asking the Galatians for information, but is using the question form for emphasis and to engage his readers thinking. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “For I do not seek to persuade men, but instead I only seek the approval of God! I am not seeking to please men!” or “For I do not seek the approval of men, but instead I only seek the approval of God! I am not seeking to please men!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -GAL 1 10 xhrn figs-gendernotations ἄρτι…ἀνθρώπους πείθω ἢ τὸν Θεόν? ἢ ζητῶ ἀνθρώποις ἀρέσκειν? εἰ ἔτι ἀνθρώποις ἤρεσκον 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women, and refers to “people” in general. Alternate translation: “do I now persuade people, or God? Or do I seek to please people? If I were still pleasing people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +GAL 1 10 xhrn figs-gendernotations ἄρτι…ἀνθρώπους πείθω ἢ τὸν Θεόν? ἢ ζητῶ ἀνθρώποις ἀρέσκειν? εἰ ἔτι ἀνθρώποις ἤρεσκον 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women, and refers to “people” in general. Alternate translation: “do I now persuade people, or God? Or do I seek to please people? If I were still pleasing people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 1 10 fl3c grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ ἔτι ἀνθρώποις ἤρεσκον, Χριστοῦ δοῦλος οὐκ ἂν ἤμην 1 If I am still trying to please men, I am not a servant of Christ The word **if** introduces a hypothetical condition. Paul is using a hypothetical situation to teach the Galatians. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a hypothetical situation or if it would help your readers you can state Paul’s meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “I am not still trying to please men because I am a servant of Christ” or “If I were still pleasing people, then I would not be serving Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) GAL 1 11 xve4 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** is used to introduce a supporting statement that further supports and gives reason for Paul’s prior statement. Use a form that would be natural in your language for introducing a statement that supports a prior statement. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -GAL 1 11 cnic figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women and refers to those who believe in Jesus. Alternate translation: “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -GAL 1 11 o5cu figs-activepassive τὸ εὐαγγελισθὲν ὑπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that I proclaimed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 1 11 cnic figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women and refers to those who believe in Jesus. Alternate translation: “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +GAL 1 11 o5cu figs-activepassive τὸ εὐαγγελισθὲν ὑπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that I proclaimed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 1 11 hew1 figs-gendernotations ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν κατὰ ἄνθρωπον 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women, and refers to “humans.” Alternate translation: “did not come from a human” or “is not a human message” or “is not a message that people made up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 1 12 zfxj grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** could be being used to introduce: (1) the grounds or basis for Paul’s assertion in [1:11](../01/11.md), in which case what follows the word **For** is support for what Paul said in [1:11](../01/11.md). Use a form that would be natural for introducing a statement which gives supporting evidence. Alternate translation: “In support of my claim that the gospel I proclaimed is not according to man, I want you to know that” (2) a statement which explains and builds on Paul’s assertion in [1:11](../01/11.md). Use a form that would be natural for introducing a statement which further clarifies and explains a prior statement. Alternate translation: “To explain further, I want you to know” or “That is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 1 12 kdol figs-parallelism οὐδὲ…ἐγὼ παρὰ ἀνθρώπου παρέλαβον αὐτό, οὔτε ἐδιδάχθην 1 The phrase **I did not receive it from man** and the phrase **nor was I taught it** mean basically the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “I did not receive the gospel that I proclaim from any person” or “no human being taught me the gospel that I proclaim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) GAL 1 12 er9c figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπου 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women, and refers to “humans.” See how you translated the word **man** in [1:11](../01/11.md) where it is used with a similar meaning. Alternate translation: “people” or “humans” or “a human source” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -GAL 1 12 y2am figs-activepassive ἐδιδάχθην 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form, as modeled by the UST, or in another way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -GAL 1 12 hlg6 figs-explicit αὐτό…ἐδιδάχθην 1 Here, both occurrences of the word **it** refer back to “the gospel” which Paul “proclaimed” which he mentioned in [1:11](../01/11.md). If it would help your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gospel that I proclaimed … was I taught the gospel that I proclaimed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 1 12 qohz figs-ellipsis ἐδιδάχθην 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “was I taught it by any person” or “was I taught it by man” or “was I taught it by a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +GAL 1 12 y2am figs-activepassive ἐδιδάχθην 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form, as modeled by the UST, or in another way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 1 12 hlg6 figs-explicit αὐτό…ἐδιδάχθην 1 Here, both occurrences of the word **it** refer back to “the gospel” which Paul “proclaimed” which he mentioned in [1:11](../01/11.md). If it would help your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gospel that I proclaimed … was I taught the gospel that I proclaimed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 1 12 qohz figs-ellipsis ἐδιδάχθην 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “was I taught it by any person” or “was I taught it by man” or “was I taught it by a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) GAL 1 12 g1o6 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 What follows the word **but** is in contrast to the phrases **receive it from man** and **taught it**. In contrast to Paul receiving the message he proclaimed from a human source or being **taught it** Paul received it from a divine source. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “rather” or “instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 1 12 leqs δι’ 1 Alternate translation: “through a” -GAL 1 12 uybt figs-abstractnouns ἀποκαλύψεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **revelation**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “revealed”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 1 12 uybt figs-abstractnouns ἀποκαλύψεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **revelation**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “revealed”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 1 12 wed1 figs-possession δι’ ἀποκαλύψεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 it was by revelation of Jesus Christ to me Paul could be using the possessive form here to mean: (1) that God revealed Jesus Christ to Paul. This would mean that God is the one who did the revealing and Jesus Christ is the one who God revealed. See the phrase “to reveal his Son in me” in [1:16](../01/16.md). Alternate translation: “God revealed Jesus Christ to me” or “God made me know the gospel when he showed Jesus Christ to me” (2) that it was Jesus Christ who made the revelation to Paul. Alternate translation: “by what Jesus Christ revealed to me” (3) both option 1 and 2 together. Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ revealed himself to me and taught me the gospel about himself” or “Jesus Christ revealed himself to me and taught me the gospel concerning himself”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -GAL 1 12 nee4 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ δι’ ἀποκαλύψεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but I received it by a revelation of Jesus Christ” or “but I was taught it by a revelation of Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +GAL 1 12 nee4 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ δι’ ἀποκαλύψεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but I received it by a revelation of Jesus Christ” or “but I was taught it by a revelation of Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) GAL 1 13 f3gl figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐμὴν ἀναστροφήν ποτε 1 former life If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **manner** and **life**, you could express the same idea with a verbal phrase such as “how I formerly lived”, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “how I formerly lived” or “how I formerly conducted myself” or “how I formerly behaved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -GAL 1 13 r8ol figs-explicit ἐν τῷ Ἰουδαϊσμῷ 1 Here, the phrase **in Judaism** refers to following the Jewish religious guidelines. If it would help your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “following the Jewish religion” or “following the Jewish religious guidelines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 1 13 r8ol figs-explicit ἐν τῷ Ἰουδαϊσμῷ 1 Here, the phrase **in Judaism** refers to following the Jewish religious guidelines. If it would help your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “following the Jewish religion” or “following the Jewish religious guidelines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 1 13 ydx9 figs-idiom καθ’ ὑπερβολὴν 1 The phrase **beyond measure** is an idiom meaning “excessively.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “excessively” or “to an extreme degree” or “intensely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) GAL 1 14 vtug figs-explicit ἐν τῷ Ἰουδαϊσμῷ 1 See how you translated the phrase **in Judaism** in [1:13](../01/13.md) where it is used with a similar meaning. Alternate translation: “in the Jewish religion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 1 14 aecd τῷ γένει 1 Alternate translation: “nation” -GAL 1 14 gdwi grammar-collectivenouns τῷ γένει μου 1 The word **race** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “my ethnic group the Jews” or “my people the Jews” or “the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) +GAL 1 14 gdwi grammar-collectivenouns τῷ γένει μου 1 The word **race** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “my ethnic group the Jews” or “my people the Jews” or “the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) GAL 1 14 bcdo figs-metaphor τῶν πατρικῶν μου 1 Here, the word **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” If your readers would not understand what **fathers** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “of my ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 1 15 w6zi grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to what was expected. What would be expected is that Paul would continue thinking and acting according to the way he formerly did as described in [1:14](../01/14.md). Instead, God **called** Paul, and as the next verse says, God revealed Jesus to him, so that he might teach the Gentiles about Jesus. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -GAL 1 15 ofqm figs-explicit ὁ 1 Here, the phrase **the one** refers to God. If it would help your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 1 15 w6zi grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to what was expected. What would be expected is that Paul would continue thinking and acting according to the way he formerly did as described in [1:14](../01/14.md). Instead, God **called** Paul, and as the next verse says, God revealed Jesus to him, so that he might teach the Gentiles about Jesus. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +GAL 1 15 ofqm figs-explicit ὁ 1 Here, the phrase **the one** refers to God. If it would help your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 1 15 qu8s figs-distinguish ὅτε…εὐδόκησεν ὁ, ἀφορίσας με ἐκ κοιλίας μητρός μου, καὶ καλέσας διὰ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ 1 The statement **having set me apart from the womb of my mother and having called {me} through his grace** gives us further information about the **the one** (God). It is not making a distinction. If this might confuse your readers, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “when God, who is the one who set me apart from my mother’s womb and called me through his grace, was pleased” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) -GAL 1 15 iyc1 figs-idiom ἐκ κοιλίας μητρός μου 1 The phrase **from the womb of my mother** is a Hebrew idiom which means either “from the day of my birth” or “from before birth.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “from the day I was born” or “from before I was born.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -GAL 1 15 wd26 figs-explicit καλέσας 1 who called me through his grace Here, the word **called** means “to choose and summon.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “having chosen and summoned me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 1 15 iyc1 figs-idiom ἐκ κοιλίας μητρός μου 1 The phrase **from the womb of my mother** is a Hebrew idiom which means either “from the day of my birth” or “from before birth.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “from the day I was born” or “from before I was born.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +GAL 1 15 wd26 figs-explicit καλέσας 1 who called me through his grace Here, the word **called** means “to choose and summon.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “having chosen and summoned me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 1 15 wlph figs-abstractnouns τῆς χάριτος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea with an adverb such as “kindly”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 1 16 l97h ἀποκαλύψαι τὸν Υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἐν ἐμοὶ 1 to reveal his Son in me The phrase **reveal his Son in me** could mean: (1) that God revealed his Son “to” Paul and refer to God revealing to Paul who Jesus really was so that Paul had an inward knowledge of who Jesus really was. Alternate translation: “to reveal to me his Son” (2) that God revealed his Son to others “through” Paul. Alternate translation: “to reveal his Son to others through me” or “to reveal his Son to others by me” GAL 1 16 z800 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. After the phrase **so that** Paul states the purpose for which God revealed his Son to Paul, namely so that he **might preach him among the Gentiles**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) GAL 1 16 xx4c εὐαγγελίζωμαι αὐτὸν 1 preach him Alternate translation: “I might proclaim the good news about God’s Son” GAL 1 16 qme5 figs-synecdoche σαρκὶ καὶ αἵματι 1 consult with flesh and blood Paul refers figuratively to “human beings” by naming a few of the things that a human being is made of, specifically **flesh and blood**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “any human being” or “any person” or “anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -GAL 1 17 qh88 figs-go ἀνῆλθον εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 go up to Jerusalem **Jerusalem** was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for people to speak of going **up** to Jerusalem and going down from it. Your language may say “come” rather than **go** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “did I come up to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -GAL 1 17 w82a grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 What follows the word **Instead** is in contrast to what was expected. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -GAL 1 17 zqih figs-go ἀπῆλθον εἰς 1 Your language may say “came” rather than **went** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “I came to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) +GAL 1 17 qh88 figs-go ἀνῆλθον εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 go up to Jerusalem **Jerusalem** was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for people to speak of going **up** to Jerusalem and going down from it. Your language may say “come” rather than **go** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “did I come up to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) +GAL 1 17 w82a grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 What follows the word **Instead** is in contrast to what was expected. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +GAL 1 17 zqih figs-go ἀπῆλθον εἰς 1 Your language may say “came” rather than **went** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “I came to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) GAL 1 18 c7gb grammar-connect-time-sequential ἔπειτα 1 The word **Then** indicates that the events Paul will now relate came after the events just described. Use a natural form in your language for indicating this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) GAL 1 18 rej5 figs-go ἀνῆλθον εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 **Jerusalem** was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for people to speak of going **up** to Jerusalem and going down from it. Your language may say “came” rather than **went** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “I came up to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) GAL 1 19 av43 grammar-connect-exceptions ἕτερον…τῶν ἀποστόλων οὐκ εἶδον, εἰ μὴ Ἰάκωβον 1 I saw none of the other apostles except James If it would appear in your language that Paul was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “the only other apostles I saw were James” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) GAL 1 20 d9yv figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 **behold** is an exclamation word which is used to draw attention to the words that come next. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “pay attention to this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) GAL 1 20 h3cb figs-litotes οὐ ψεύδομαι 1 In what I write to you, I assure you before God, that I am not lying Here, Paul uses a phrase that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I am telling you the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -GAL 1 20 pp11 figs-explicit ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **before God** is an oath. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an oath from your language that would be appropriate in this context or you could make it clear in your translation that Paul is making an oath. Alternate translation: “I solemnly testify before God” or “in God’s presence I testify” or “I swear with God as my witness” or “I swear before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 1 20 pp11 figs-explicit ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **before God** is an oath. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an oath from your language that would be appropriate in this context or you could make it clear in your translation that Paul is making an oath. Alternate translation: “I solemnly testify before God” or “in God’s presence I testify” or “I swear with God as my witness” or “I swear before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 1 21 ny6z grammar-connect-time-sequential ἔπειτα ἦλθον εἰς 1 The word **then** indicates that the events Paul will now relate came after the events Paul has just described in [1:18-19](../01/18.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase or by expressing the meaning in some other way that is natural to your readers. Alternate translation: “After I left Jerusalem I went to” or “After that I went to” or “Afterwards I went to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) GAL 1 22 y6l4 figs-activepassive ἤμην…ἀγνοούμενος τῷ προσώπῳ ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις τῆς Ἰουδαίας, ταῖς ἐν Χριστῷ 1 I was still not personally known to the churches of Judea that are in Christ If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “none of the people in the churches of Judea that are in Christ had ever met me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -GAL 1 22 wleq figs-synecdoche ἤμην…ἀγνοούμενος τῷ προσώπῳ ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις τῆς Ἰουδαίας, ταῖς ἐν Χριστῷ 1 Paul uses the main feature of his appearance, his **face**, to refer figuratively to seeing his entire person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +GAL 1 22 wleq figs-synecdoche ἤμην…ἀγνοούμενος τῷ προσώπῳ ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις τῆς Ἰουδαίας, ταῖς ἐν Χριστῷ 1 Paul uses the main feature of his appearance, his **face**, to refer figuratively to seeing his entire person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) GAL 1 22 sr0y figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ 1 Paul uses the spatial metaphor **in Christ** to describe the union believers have with Christ and here it is specifically describing/modifying **the churches of Judea**. If it would help your readers you could use a fuller phrase to describe what the phrase “in Christ” means here. See the discussion of this phrase in “Part 3: Important Translation Issues” in the “Introduction to 1 Corinthians” section. Alternate translation: “in union with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 1 23 bdmz grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** is introducing a contrast between what the Judean believers did know about Paul (they were **hearing** that he was **now proclaiming the faith**) with what they did not know about Paul (how he looked, [1:22](../01/22.md)). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +GAL 1 23 bdmz grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** is introducing a contrast between what the Judean believers did know about Paul (they were **hearing** that he was **now proclaiming the faith**) with what they did not know about Paul (how he looked, [1:22](../01/22.md)). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 1 23 hw08 μόνον…ἀκούοντες ἦσαν 1 Alternate translation: “all that the believers in the region of Judea knew about me was that people were saying” or “all that the people belonging to the churches in the region of Judea knew about me was that people were saying” GAL 1 23 ss1e figs-explicit ὁ 1 Here, the phrase **The one** refers to Paul. If it would help your readers, you could express that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 1 23 bh1m figs-abstractnouns τὴν πίστιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 1 23 bh1m figs-abstractnouns τὴν πίστιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 1 23 lo0r figs-metonymy τὴν πίστιν 1 Paul is figuratively describing the message about Jesus (the gospel) by association with **faith**, which is the response that the message about Jesus requires or solicits. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the good news about Jesus” or “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -GAL 1 23 y5ud figs-explicit ἐπόρθει 1 Here, the word **destroying** refers to trying to stop the spread of the Christian message. If it would help your readers, you could express that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 1 23 y5ud figs-explicit ἐπόρθει 1 Here, the word **destroying** refers to trying to stop the spread of the Christian message. If it would help your readers, you could express that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 1 24 qp4t grammar-connect-logic-result ἐν ἐμοὶ 1 Here, the phrase **in me** means “because of me” and is giving the reason why the Judean believers were praising God, namely because of Paul. If it would help your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) GAL 1 24 cpni ἐν ἐμοὶ 1 The phrase **in me** means “because of me” and the phrase “because of me” could mean: (1) both option 2 and 3 at the same time, in which case “because of me” would mean both that the Judean believers were praising God because God had caused Paul to believe in Jesus and because Paul was now proclaiming the good news about Jesus. If you decide to use this meaning you could use a general phrase that allows for both meanings at the same time such as “because of me.” Alternatively you could clarify in your translation that “because of me” refers to both meanings simultaneously as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because of what God had done in me and was doing through me” or “because God had caused me to believe in Jesus and was now using me to proclaim the good news about Jesus” (2) because of what God was doing through Paul, that he was proclaiming the gospel. Alternate translation: “because of what God is doing through me” or “because I am now proclaiming the good news about Jesus” or “because I am now proclaiming the faith which I formerly tried to destroy” (3) because of what happened to Paul, that God caused him to believe in Jesus. Alternate translation: “because of what God has done in me” or “because God caused me to believe in his son” or “because of what had happened to me” -GAL 2 intro xe28 0 # Galatians 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Paul continues to defend the true gospel. This began in [Galatians 1:11](../../gal/01/11.md).

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Freedom and slavery

Throughout this letter, Paul contrasts freedom and slavery. The Christian is free in Christ to do many different things. But the Christian who attempts to follow the law of Moses needs to follow the whole law. Paul describes trying to follow the law as a type of slavery. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “I do not negate the grace of God”

Paul teaches that, if a Christian attempts to follow the law of Moses, they do not understand the grace God has shown to them through the work of Christ. This is a fundamental error. But Paul uses the words “I do not negate the grace of God” as a type of hypothetical situation. The purpose of this statement could be seen as, “If you could be saved by following the law, then it would negate the grace of God.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) +GAL 2 intro xe28 0 # Galatians 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nPaul continues to defend the true gospel. This began in [Galatians 1:11](../../gal/01/11.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Freedom and slavery\n\nThroughout this letter, Paul contrasts freedom and slavery. The Christian is free in Christ to do many different things. But the Christian who attempts to follow the law of Moses needs to follow the whole law. Paul describes trying to follow the law as a type of slavery. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “I do not negate the grace of God”\n\nPaul teaches that, if a Christian attempts to follow the law of Moses, they do not understand the grace God has shown to them through the work of Christ. This is a fundamental error. But Paul uses the words “I do not negate the grace of God” as a type of hypothetical situation. The purpose of this statement could be seen as, “If you could be saved by following the law, then it would negate the grace of God.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) GAL 2 1 mtgj grammar-connect-time-sequential ἔπειτα 1 The word **Then** indicates that the events Paul will now relate came after the events just described. See how you translated the word **Then** in [1:18](../01/18.md) where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) GAL 2 1 zt61 ἀνέβην εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 Connecting Statement: See how you translated the similar phrase “I went up to Jerusalem” in [1:18](../01/18.md). -GAL 2 1 zth5 ἀνέβην 1 went up Your language may say “came” rather than **went** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “I came up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) +GAL 2 1 zth5 ἀνέβην 1 went up Your language may say “came” rather than **went** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “I came up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) GAL 2 2 e8xu grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces background information. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) -GAL 2 2 ll4j figs-go ἀνέβην 1 See how you translated the **I went up** in [2:1](../02/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) +GAL 2 2 ll4j figs-go ἀνέβην 1 See how you translated the **I went up** in [2:1](../02/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) GAL 2 2 szwl κατὰ ἀποκάλυψιν 1 The phrase **according to** could: (1) indicate that Paul’s reason for going to Jerusalem was the **revelation**. Alternate translation: “because God told me to” or “because God revealed to me that I should” or “because God showed me that I should” (2) indicate Paul’s response to the **revelation**. Alternate translation: “in response to a revelation” or “in accord with what God had revealed to me” GAL 2 2 zvkg figs-abstractnouns κατὰ ἀποκάλυψιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **revelation**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “revealed”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -GAL 2 2 g384 figs-explicit ἀνεθέμην αὐτοῖς 1 Here, the phrase **set before** means to communicate something to someone for the purpose of receiving their opinion regarding it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “communicated to them” or “related to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 2 2 g384 figs-explicit ἀνεθέμην αὐτοῖς 1 Here, the phrase **set before** means to communicate something to someone for the purpose of receiving their opinion regarding it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “communicated to them” or “related to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 2 2 ypg1 figs-ellipsis κατ’ ἰδίαν δὲ τοῖς 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but privately I set it before the ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) GAL 2 2 msv4 τοῖς δοκοῦσιν 1 those who seemed to be important Alternate translation: “to the men who seemed to be influential” or “to those who were recognized as leaders of the believers in Jerusalem” or “to those who were leaders of the church in Jerusalem” GAL 2 2 t6we figs-doublenegatives μή πως εἰς κενὸν τρέχω ἢ ἔδραμον 1 in vain If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “to ensure I was doing profitable work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) GAL 2 2 ejb8 figs-metaphor τρέχω ἢ ἔδραμον 1 I was not running—or had not run—in vain Here, Paul uses the word **run** to mean “work.” Paul specifically means working for the advancement of the gospel. Paul uses the word **run** to bring to the Galatians’ minds the image of a runner who is running a race in order to win a prize. If this image is familiar to people in your culture, consider using this metaphor. If this image is not familiar to your readers, consider stating this idea in plain language. Alternate translation: “I might work for the advancement of the gospel—or had” or “I might not work for the spread of the good news—or had worked for it” ( See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 2 2 svvy εἰς κενὸν 1 Alternate translation: “for no purpose” or “without positive results” or “for nothing” -GAL 2 3 wyrr grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 Here, the word **But** is introducing an idea that is in contrast to an idea that was presented in [2:2](../02/02.md). Paul is probably presenting the fact that **not even Titus … was forced to be circumcised** as being in contrast to the idea in [2:2](../02/02.md) that he might have “run in vain” (labored in vain). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]] -GAL 2 3 ybww figs-distinguish ὐδὲ Τίτος ὁ σὺν ἐμοί, Ἕλλην ὤν 1 The phrase **the one with me** and the phrase **being a Greek** both give further information about **Titus**. Neither of these phrases is making a distinction between **Titus** and some other person. If this might confuse your readers, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “my non-Jewish ministry partner, Titus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) +GAL 2 2 svvy εἰς κενὸν 1 Alternate translation: “for no purpose” or “without positive results” or “for nothing” +GAL 2 3 wyrr grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 Here, the word **But** is introducing an idea that is in contrast to an idea that was presented in [2:2](../02/02.md). Paul is probably presenting the fact that **not even Titus … was forced to be circumcised** as being in contrast to the idea in [2:2](../02/02.md) that he might have “run in vain” (labored in vain). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]] +GAL 2 3 ybww figs-distinguish ὐδὲ Τίτος ὁ σὺν ἐμοί, Ἕλλην ὤν 1 The phrase **the one with me** and the phrase **being a Greek** both give further information about **Titus**. Neither of these phrases is making a distinction between **Titus** and some other person. If this might confuse your readers, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “my non-Jewish ministry partner, Titus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) GAL 2 3 xs8k figs-activepassive οὐδὲ Τίτος ὁ σὺν ἐμοί, Ἕλλην ὤν, ἠναγκάσθη περιτμηθῆναι 1 to be circumcised The phrase **was forced to be circumcised** is passive. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the leaders of the church in Jerusalem did not even require my Greek ministry partner, Titus, to be circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 2 4 kwoz διὰ δὲ…ἵνα ἡμᾶς καταδουλώσουσιν 1 The word **But** could: (1) be connected to [2:3](../02/03.md) and be giving the reason why some people were demanding that Titus be circumcised. Alternate translation: “But this issue occurred because of” (2) be connected to [2:1-2](../02/01.md) and be giving the reason why Paul “went up again to Jerusalem” (2:1) and privately “set before” (communicated to) the church leaders in Jerusalem the gospel that he proclaimed among the Gentiles (2:2). Alternate translation: “But I talked to them privately because” or “But we went to Jerusalem because of” (3) be beginning a sentence which Paul never completes. Alternate translation (notice that only the punctuation differs from the ULT, the closing “—” indicates that Paul does not complete his thought before moving onto the next verse): “But it was because of … so that they will enslave us—” GAL 2 4 j5ka figs-metaphor παρεισάκτους ψευδαδέλφους, οἵτινες παρεισῆλθον κατασκοπῆσαι 1 The false brothers came in secretly Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were spies. He means that they came pretending to be fellow believers with the intent of observing what Paul and the other believers were doing. By using this metaphor Paul means that these people had bad motives for wanting to observe the believers. If your readers would not understand what **spy on** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “people who pretended to be Christians, who came into our midst in order to watch us closely,” or “people who said they were Christians but were not, who came into our group to view closely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 2 4 jx0q παρεισάκτους 1 In the language that Paul wrote this letter in the phrase **brought in** could mean: (1) that these **false brothers** were invited in by someone. Alternate translation: “secretly invited” or (2) that they came into the midst of the believers by their own initiative. Alternate translation: “deceptive coming of” -GAL 2 4 fpkc figs-explicit ψευδαδέλφους 1 Here, the word **brothers** does not refer to biological brothers but rather to believers in Jesus. The phrase **false brothers** refers to those who pretended to be fellow believers in Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 2 4 etlo figs-abstractnouns κατασκοπῆσαι τὴν ἐλευθερίαν ἡμῶν, ἣν ἔχομεν ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **freedom**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “free,” or with a verb such as **freed** as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 2 4 fpkc figs-explicit ψευδαδέλφους 1 Here, the word **brothers** does not refer to biological brothers but rather to believers in Jesus. The phrase **false brothers** refers to those who pretended to be fellow believers in Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 2 4 etlo figs-abstractnouns κατασκοπῆσαι τὴν ἐλευθερίαν ἡμῶν, ἣν ἔχομεν ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **freedom**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “free,” or with a verb such as **freed** as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 2 4 lyqj figs-exclusive ἔχομεν 1 When Paul says **we**, he is speaking of himself, his traveling companions, and the Galatian believers, so **we** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) GAL 2 4 uvjw figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Paul uses the spatial metaphor **in Christ** to describe the union that believers have with Christ. See the discussion of this phrase in “Part 3: Important Translation Issues” in the “Introduction to 1 Corinthians” section. If it would help your readers you could use a fuller phrase to describe Paul’s meaning. Alternate translation: “in union with Christ Jesus” or “through our union with Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 2 4 v9fp grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which the **false brothers** spied on their freedom, to **enslave them**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) GAL 2 4 l7n7 figs-metaphor ἵνα ἡμᾶς καταδουλώσουσιν 1 to make us slaves Paul is speaking about how these people wanted to force the Galatian believers to follow the Jewish rituals that the law commanded. He is speaking about following the law as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what **enslave** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to force us to obey the law”or “in order to make us slaves to the law” [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 2 5 pow3 figs-exclusive εἴξαμεν 1 When Paul says **we**, he is not including the Galatian Christians, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -GAL 2 5 w6dm figs-explicit οἷς οὐδὲ…εἴξαμεν τῇ ὑποταγῇ 1 Here, to **not … yield in submission** means “to not agree with and comply with the demands of” the people who said that Titus needed to be circumcised. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “we did not give in to their demands” or “we did not comply with what they wanted us to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 2 5 pow3 figs-exclusive εἴξαμεν 1 When Paul says **we**, he is not including the Galatian Christians, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +GAL 2 5 w6dm figs-explicit οἷς οὐδὲ…εἴξαμεν τῇ ὑποταγῇ 1 Here, to **not … yield in submission** means “to not agree with and comply with the demands of” the people who said that Titus needed to be circumcised. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “we did not give in to their demands” or “we did not comply with what they wanted us to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 2 5 bba7 figs-abstractnouns εἴξαμεν τῇ ὑποταγῇ 1 yield in submission If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **submission**, you could express the same idea with a verbal phrase as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 2 5 smpn figs-idiom ὥραν 1 Here, the phrase **an hour** refers to a short period of time. If you have an equivalent expression in your culture you could use that or if it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate Paul’s meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “a short period of time” or “a short amount of time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) GAL 2 5 a3hr grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which Paul and his ministry partners **did not … yield in submission** to those who taught that circumcision was necessary. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -GAL 2 5 k61r figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “true” and/or “correct,” as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 2 5 k61r figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “true” and/or “correct,” as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 2 5 bqqq figs-possession ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 Here, the possessive form is used to describe the **truth** that belongs to and is contained within **the gospel** message. It is also being used to contrast the genuine and correct gospel with “false gospels” such as the one Paul is refuting in this letter. If this is not clear in your language, you could clarify the relationship for your readers as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -GAL 2 6 xcdh grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, Paul uses the word **But** to introduce something that is in contrast to what the “false brothers” in [2:4](../02/04.md) wanted to do. The “false brothers” wanted to “enslave” the believers by adding the requirement of circumcision to the gospel message. Beginning in this verse Paul explains (in [2:6-10](../6/06.md)) that, in contrast to the actions of the “false brothers,” the leaders of the church in Jerusalem did not require that Paul add anything to the content of his gospel message. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]] +GAL 2 6 xcdh grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, Paul uses the word **But** to introduce something that is in contrast to what the “false brothers” in [2:4](../02/04.md) wanted to do. The “false brothers” wanted to “enslave” the believers by adding the requirement of circumcision to the gospel message. Beginning in this verse Paul explains (in [2:6-10](../6/06.md)) that, in contrast to the actions of the “false brothers,” the leaders of the church in Jerusalem did not require that Paul add anything to the content of his gospel message. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]] GAL 2 6 rfvs figs-explicit τῶν δοκούντων εἶναί τι 1 The phrase **the ones seeming to be something•• implies the word “important” and is very similar in meaning to the phrase ••the ones seeming important** at the end of this verse. If it would help your readers, you could express the implied word explicitly. Alternate translation: “the ones seeming to be something important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 2 6 flz3 ὁποῖοί ποτε ἦσαν, οὐδέν μοι διαφέρει, πρόσωπον ὁ Θεὸς ἀνθρώπου οὐ λαμβάνει 1 The phrase **what sort they were formerly matters nothing to me; God does not accept the face of man** is a parenthetical statement. Use a natural form in your language for introducing and/or expressing a parenthetical statement. -GAL 2 6 zrw5 figs-explicit ὁποῖοί 1 The phrase **what sort** implies the word “people.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “what sort of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 2 6 st6l figs-explicit ὁποῖοί ποτε ἦσαν, οὐδέν μοι διαφέρει 1 The phrase **what sort they were formerly matters nothing to me** does not mean that Paul did not regard these people’s character as important but rather it means that he did not let their status influence his decision making. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 2 6 c9xx figs-idiom πρόσωπον ὁ Θεὸς ἀνθρώπου οὐ λαμβάνει 1 Here, the term **face** means “external status and position.” The phrase **God does not accept the face of man** is an idiom which means that God does not base his judgements and decisions on external factors. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “God does not judge with partiality” or “God does not look at external factors when making decisions” or “God does not show partiality” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +GAL 2 6 zrw5 figs-explicit ὁποῖοί 1 The phrase **what sort** implies the word “people.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “what sort of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 2 6 st6l figs-explicit ὁποῖοί ποτε ἦσαν, οὐδέν μοι διαφέρει 1 The phrase **what sort they were formerly matters nothing to me** does not mean that Paul did not regard these people’s character as important but rather it means that he did not let their status influence his decision making. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 2 6 c9xx figs-idiom πρόσωπον ὁ Θεὸς ἀνθρώπου οὐ λαμβάνει 1 Here, the term **face** means “external status and position.” The phrase **God does not accept the face of man** is an idiom which means that God does not base his judgements and decisions on external factors. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “God does not judge with partiality” or “God does not look at external factors when making decisions” or “God does not show partiality” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) GAL 2 6 nm0b figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπου 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a general sense to mean all people in general, including women. Alternate translation: “of a person” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations) -GAL 2 6 ku3t οἱ δοκοῦντες 1 See how you translated the similar phrase “those who seemed to be important” in [2:2](../02/02.md). +GAL 2 6 ku3t οἱ δοκοῦντες 1 See how you translated the similar phrase “those who seemed to be important” in [2:2](../02/02.md). GAL 2 6 afy6 figs-metonymy ἐμοὶ…οὐδὲν προσανέθεντο 1 added nothing to me Here, **me** represents what Paul was teaching. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “added nothing to what I teach” or “did not add anything to my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -GAL 2 7 visz grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ τοὐναντίον 1 Paul uses the phrase **But on the contrary** to introduce a contrast to the idea that the leaders in Jerusalem might have added anything to the content of his message. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -GAL 2 7 l5m5 figs-explicit ἰδόντες 1 Here, the phrase **having seen** means “having understood**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 2 7 vlpz figs-activepassive πεπίστευμαι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God entrusted me with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 2 7 visz grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ τοὐναντίον 1 Paul uses the phrase **But on the contrary** to introduce a contrast to the idea that the leaders in Jerusalem might have added anything to the content of his message. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +GAL 2 7 l5m5 figs-explicit ἰδόντες 1 Here, the phrase **having seen** means “having understood**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 2 7 vlpz figs-activepassive πεπίστευμαι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God entrusted me with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 2 7 m5e5 figs-metonymy ἀκροβυστίας, καθὼς Πέτρος τῆς περιτομῆς 1 Paul is describing non-Jewish people by association with something they would not have had done to them, circumcision, and he is describing Jewish people by association with something they would have had done to them, circumcision. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 2 8 tmva ὁ γὰρ ἐνεργήσας Πέτρῳ εἰς ἀποστολὴν τῆς περιτομῆς, ἐνήργησεν καὶ ἐμοὶ εἰς τὰ ἔθνη 1 This entire verse is a parenthetical statement. In this verse Paul gives the reason why the leaders of the church in Jerusalem determined that Paul was authorized and commissioned by God to bring the gospel to non-Jews. Use a natural form in your language for introducing and/or expressing a parenthetical statement. -GAL 2 8 yh9s figs-explicit ὁ 1 Here, **the one** refers to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 2 8 yh9s figs-explicit ὁ 1 Here, **the one** refers to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 2 8 e5wv figs-metonymy τῆς περιτομῆς 1 See how you translated the phrase **the circumcision** in [2:7](../02/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 2 8 n1b6 figs-ellipsis ἐνήργησεν καὶ ἐμοὶ εἰς τὰ ἔθνη 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “also worked in me for apostleship to the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -GAL 2 9 qfp1 figs-abstractnouns γνόντες τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσάν μοι 1 The abstract noun *grace** refers to God graciously giving Paul the task of proclaiming the gospel to non-Jews. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea with an adverb such as “graciously” or “kindly” as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “having understood the task that God had graciously given to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -GAL 2 9 dt40 figs-activepassive τὴν δοθεῖσάν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God gave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -GAL 2 9 k66v οἱ δοκοῦντες…εἶναι 1 See how you translated the phrase **the ones seeming to be** in [2:2](../02/02.md). -GAL 2 9 he6q figs-metaphor οἱ δοκοῦντες στῦλοι εἶναι 1 built up the church Here, **pillars** refers to James, Cephas and John, who were leaders of the believers in Jerusalem. In that culture important leaders of a group were sometimes referred to as **pillars** because of the support that they provided the group. If your readers would not understand what **pillars** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 2 9 qfp1 figs-abstractnouns γνόντες τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσάν μοι 1 The abstract noun *grace** refers to God graciously giving Paul the task of proclaiming the gospel to non-Jews. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea with an adverb such as “graciously” or “kindly” as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “having understood the task that God had graciously given to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 2 9 dt40 figs-activepassive τὴν δοθεῖσάν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God gave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 2 9 k66v οἱ δοκοῦντες…εἶναι 1 See how you translated the phrase **the ones seeming to be** in [2:2](../02/02.md). +GAL 2 9 he6q figs-metaphor οἱ δοκοῦντες στῦλοι εἶναι 1 built up the church Here, **pillars** refers to James, Cephas and John, who were leaders of the believers in Jerusalem. In that culture important leaders of a group were sometimes referred to as **pillars** because of the support that they provided the group. If your readers would not understand what **pillars** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 2 9 e5rm translate-symaction δεξιὰς ἔδωκαν…κοινωνίας 1 gave…the right hand of fellowship Here, **gave the right hand** is an action that indicates agreement. Shaking hands indicated that they agreed with each other and were pledging to work together as ministry partners towards the same goal. Essentially, they would be in fellowship and shaking each others right hand indicated this. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -GAL 2 9 yxvz figs-abstractnouns κοινωνίας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **fellowship**, you could express the same idea in some other way that is natural in your language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 2 9 yxvz figs-abstractnouns κοινωνίας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **fellowship**, you could express the same idea in some other way that is natural in your language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 2 9 bl9v grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which **James and Cephas and John … gave the right hand of fellowship to Barnabas** and Paul. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) GAL 2 9 uuss figs-ellipsis ἡμεῖς εἰς τὰ ἔθνη, αὐτοὶ δὲ εἰς τὴν περιτομήν 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. The words he is leaving out are probably “go” or “proclaim the good news.” If it would help your readers, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “we would go to the Gentiles, and they would go the circumcision” or “we would proclaim the good news to the Gentiles, and they would proclaim the good news to the circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -GAL 2 9 j031 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 When Paul says **we** here, he is not including the Galatians, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +GAL 2 9 j031 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 When Paul says **we** here, he is not including the Galatians, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) GAL 2 9 n8en figs-metonymy τὴν περιτομήν 1 See how you translated the phrase **the circumcision** in [2:7](../02/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 2 10 fpj8 grammar-connect-exceptions μόνον τῶν πτωχῶν ἵνα μνημονεύωμεν 1 Here, the word **only** introduces an exception clause that qualifies Paul’s statement at the end of [2:6](../02/06.md), where Paul said that the leaders in Jerusalem “added nothing” to his message (meaning they did not require him to do or teach anything else). Use an appropriate form in your language so that it does not appear that Paul is making a statement here that contradicts his statement at the end of [2:6](../02/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) -GAL 2 10 v265 figs-exclusive μνημονεύωμεν 1 When Paul says **we** here, he is not including the Galatians, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -GAL 2 10 bbdk figs-explicit τῶν πτωχῶν…μνημονεύωμεν 1 Here, **remember the poor** refers to remembering the needs of the poor. If it would help your readers you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “we should continue to remember to take care of the needs of the poor” or “we should continue to remember to help the poor with their needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 2 10 v265 figs-exclusive μνημονεύωμεν 1 When Paul says **we** here, he is not including the Galatians, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +GAL 2 10 bbdk figs-explicit τῶν πτωχῶν…μνημονεύωμεν 1 Here, **remember the poor** refers to remembering the needs of the poor. If it would help your readers you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “we should continue to remember to take care of the needs of the poor” or “we should continue to remember to help the poor with their needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 2 10 yfu3 figs-nominaladj πτωχῶν 1 Paul is using the adjective **poor** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -GAL 2 11 rdi8 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces a contrast. The actions that Paul will describe in [2:11-13](../02/11.md) are in contrast to the decision that was made in [2:1-10](../02/01.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -GAL 2 11 yuav figs-go ἦλθεν 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) +GAL 2 11 rdi8 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces a contrast. The actions that Paul will describe in [2:11-13](../02/11.md) are in contrast to the decision that was made in [2:1-10](../02/01.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +GAL 2 11 yuav figs-go ἦλθεν 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) GAL 2 11 c9h4 figs-idiom κατὰ πρόσωπον αὐτῷ ἀντέστην 1 I opposed him to his face The phrase **to his face** is an idiom which means to confront someone and could refer specifically to: (1) confronting someone directly, face to face. If your readers would not understand what this idiom means, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I confronted him directly” or “I confronted him face to face” (2) confronting someone in public. (See the phrase “I said to Cephas in front of all of them” in [2:14](../02/14.md)). Alternate translation: “I confronted him in public” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -GAL 2 11 cr74 figs-explicit κατεγνωσμένος ἦν 1 Here, the phrase **he stood condemned** means that “he was deserving of blame” or “he was wrong.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he was deserving of blame” or “he was wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 2 11 cr74 figs-explicit κατεγνωσμένος ἦν 1 Here, the phrase **he stood condemned** means that “he was deserving of blame” or “he was wrong.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he was deserving of blame” or “he was wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 2 11 qvig translate-versebridge ὅτε δὲ ἦλθεν Κηφᾶς εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν, κατὰ πρόσωπον αὐτῷ ἀντέστην, ὅτι κατεγνωσμένος ἦν 1 This verse gives the result of Cephas’ hypocritical actions, and [2:12-13](../02/12.md) gives the reason for (and explanation leading to) the result. If your language would put the reason before the result, you could create a verse bridge by placing verse 12 and 13 before the contents of this verse as modeled by the UST. You would need to adapt or not translate the first phrase in [2:14](../02/14.md), “But when” so that [2:14](../02/14.md) begins with (or with something similar to) the phrase “I saw” as modeled by the UST. You would then present the combined verses as 11-13. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge) GAL 2 12 yeeb grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces Paul’s reason for why he “opposed” Cephas “to his face” (see [2:11](../02/11.md)) and for why Paul claimed in [2:11](../02/11.md) that Cephas “stood condemned.” Use a natural way in your language for introducing a reason. If it would be more natural in your language to state the reason for an action before giving the result see the note for [2:11](../02/11.md) on creating a verse bridge. Alternate translation: “The reason is that” or “The reason that Peter stood condemned is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -GAL 2 12 hqcc figs-go ἐλθεῖν…ἦλθον 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “went … they went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -GAL 2 12 b23d grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Paul uses the word **But** here to introduce a contrast between how Peter acted **before certain ones came from James** and how he acted after **they came**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +GAL 2 12 hqcc figs-go ἐλθεῖν…ἦλθον 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “went … they went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) +GAL 2 12 b23d grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Paul uses the word **But** here to introduce a contrast between how Peter acted **before certain ones came from James** and how he acted after **they came**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 2 12 a6gv ἀφώριζεν ἑαυτόν 1 kept away from Alternate translation: “stayed away from” GAL 2 12 z1kg figs-explicit φοβούμενος τοὺς ἐκ περιτομῆς 1 He was afraid of those who were demanding circumcision If it would help your readers, the reason Peter was **afraid** can be stated explicitly as modeled by the UST. See [6:12](../06/12.md) where Paul says that those trying to compel the Galatian believers were doing so because the did not want to be persecuted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 2 12 fy79 figs-metonymy τοὺς ἐκ περιτομῆς 1 those who were demanding circumcision See how you translated the phrase **the circumcision** in [2:7](../02/07.md). Here, the term **the circumcision** probably refers specifically to Jews who were not believers in Jesus, since it is unlikely that Peter would have feared Jewish Christians or the men whom James sent. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -GAL 2 13 urwh figs-explicit οἱ λοιποὶ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Here, the phrase **the rest of the Jews** refers only to the other Jewish believers who were in Antioch. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 2 13 urwh figs-explicit οἱ λοιποὶ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Here, the phrase **the rest of the Jews** refers only to the other Jewish believers who were in Antioch. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 2 13 nkrh grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 Here, the phrase **so that** introduces the result of the hypocritical actions of “Cephas” (see [2:12](../02/12.md)) and **the rest of the Jews** who **joined with him**. The result was that **Barnabas was led astray by their hypocrisy**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a result. Alternate translation: “with the result that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -GAL 2 13 iau6 figs-explicit συναπήχθη αὐτῶν τῇ ὑποκρίσει 1 Here, the phrase **led astray** means to influence or convince someone to think and/or act in a specific way. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “was influenced by their hypocritical behavior” or “was influenced by their hypocritical behavior so that he also acted hypocritically” or “was influenced by their hypocritical behavior so that he also joined them in acting hypocritically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 2 13 v4cj figs-activepassive καὶ Βαρναβᾶς συναπήχθη αὐτῶν τῇ ὑποκρίσει 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they even led Barnabas astray by their hypocrisy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -GAL 2 13 vmkj figs-abstractnouns αὐτῶν τῇ ὑποκρίσει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hypocrisy**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “hypocritical,” or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “by their hypocritical behavior” or “by their hypocritical actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 2 13 iau6 figs-explicit συναπήχθη αὐτῶν τῇ ὑποκρίσει 1 Here, the phrase **led astray** means to influence or convince someone to think and/or act in a specific way. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “was influenced by their hypocritical behavior” or “was influenced by their hypocritical behavior so that he also acted hypocritically” or “was influenced by their hypocritical behavior so that he also joined them in acting hypocritically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 2 13 v4cj figs-activepassive καὶ Βαρναβᾶς συναπήχθη αὐτῶν τῇ ὑποκρίσει 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they even led Barnabas astray by their hypocrisy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 2 13 vmkj figs-abstractnouns αὐτῶν τῇ ὑποκρίσει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hypocrisy**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “hypocritical,” or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “by their hypocritical behavior” or “by their hypocritical actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 2 14 k16c grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 Here, Paul uses the word **But** to introduce a contrast between his actions and the wrong actions of Cephas, Barnabas, and the other Jewish believers that he described in [2:12-13](../02/12.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 2 14 sg53 figs-metonymy οὐκ ὀρθοποδοῦσιν 1 not following the truth of the gospel Here, the word **walking** is a Jewish figure of speech which refers to how a person acts or conducts their life. In Jewish culture a person’s behavior was spoken of as if that person was walking along a path. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or state this using plain language. Alternate translation: “they were not acting correctly” or “they were not conducting their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -GAL 2 14 va3a figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀλήθειαν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in some other way that is natural in your language as modeled by the UST. See how you translated the phrase **the truth of the gospel** in [2:5](../02/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 2 14 va3a figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀλήθειαν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in some other way that is natural in your language as modeled by the UST. See how you translated the phrase **the truth of the gospel** in [2:5](../02/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 2 14 s978 figs-quotations εἰ σὺ Ἰουδαῖος, ὑπάρχων ἐθνικῶς καὶ οὐκ Ἰουδαϊκῶς ζῇς, πῶς τὰ ἔθνη ἀναγκάζεις Ἰουδαΐζειν 1 This is the beginning of a direct quotation in which Paul quotes what he **said to Cephas**. Some Bible scholars think this quote ends at the end of this verse while other Bible scholars think that this quotation goes until the end of [2:21](../02/21.md). Some Bible scholars think that part of Paul’s words in [2:15-21](../02/15.md) could be him summarizing what he said to Peter and the Jews who were present. The ULT uses quotation marks from this point through the end of [2:21](../02/21.md). Use a natural way in your language for indicating that Paul’s words from here to the end of [2:21](../02/21.md) are a quotation. If you decide that Paul is only quoting himself through the end of this verse then use a natural way in your language for indicating that Paul’s words from here to the end of this verse are a direct quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) GAL 2 14 z4fp figs-rquestion εἰ σὺ Ἰουδαῖος, ὑπάρχων ἐθνικῶς καὶ οὐκ Ἰουδαϊκῶς ζῇς, πῶς τὰ ἔθνη ἀναγκάζεις Ἰουδαΐζειν 1 how can you force the Gentiles to live like Jews? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphatically rebuke Cephas and to help Cephas understand the hypocrisy of his actions. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are a Jew, and live like a Gentile, and not like a Jew, and so it is very hypocritical for you to force the Gentiles to live like Jews!” or “You are a Jew, and live like a Gentile, and not like a Jew, and so it is very wrong for you to force the Gentiles to live like Jews!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 2 14 qlzt grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ σὺ Ἰουδαῖος, ὑπάρχων ἐθνικῶς καὶ οὐκ Ἰουδαϊκῶς ζῇς 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you, being a Jew, live like a Gentile, and not a like Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) GAL 2 14 ish9 figs-yousingular σὺ…ἀναγκάζεις 1 Both occurrences of the word **you** in this verse refer to Peter and are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) GAL 2 15 vjsh figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 When Paul says **We** it is inclusive because Paul is addressing Peter and including Peter and the Jewish Christians in Antioch. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) GAL 2 15 tzxo ἡμεῖς φύσει Ἰουδαῖοι καὶ οὐκ ἐξ ἐθνῶν ἁμαρτωλοί 1 Alternate translation: “We had Jewish parents and are not Gentiles” -GAL 2 15 tz45 figs-explicit ἐξ ἐθνῶν ἁμαρτωλοί 1 not Gentile sinners The word **sinners** was used by Jews as a synonym for non-Jews because non-Jews did not have or adhere to the Law of Moses. Paul is not saying that only non-Jewish people are **sinners**. The rest of this letter will make clear that both Jews and non-Jews are sinners and need God’s forgiveness. If it would help your readers you can indicate explicitly that the term **sinners** is what Jews called non-Jews, as modeled by the UST. Alternatively you could state the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “non-Jews who do not have or follow the Law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 2 16 vduo grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to what would be naturally be expected by a Jewish person in view of [2:15](../02/15.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -GAL 2 16 y3tl figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “person” or “human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -GAL 2 16 xhx3 figs-activepassive δικαιοῦται…δικαιωθῶμεν…δικαιωθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 2 15 tz45 figs-explicit ἐξ ἐθνῶν ἁμαρτωλοί 1 not Gentile sinners The word **sinners** was used by Jews as a synonym for non-Jews because non-Jews did not have or adhere to the Law of Moses. Paul is not saying that only non-Jewish people are **sinners**. The rest of this letter will make clear that both Jews and non-Jews are sinners and need God’s forgiveness. If it would help your readers you can indicate explicitly that the term **sinners** is what Jews called non-Jews, as modeled by the UST. Alternatively you could state the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “non-Jews who do not have or follow the Law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 2 16 vduo grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to what would be naturally be expected by a Jewish person in view of [2:15](../02/15.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +GAL 2 16 y3tl figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “person” or “human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +GAL 2 16 xhx3 figs-activepassive δικαιοῦται…δικαιωθῶμεν…δικαιωθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 2 16 s2ys figs-possession ἔργων νόμου -1 Paul is using the possessive form to describe what types of **works** he is referring to. He is specifically referring to works of the Mosaic law. If this is not clear in your language, you could clarify the relationship for your readers. Alternate translation: “doing the works that are commanded in the law of Moses … doing the works that are commanded in the law of Moses … doing the works that are commanded in the law of Moses” or “doing the things Moses commanded … doing the things Moses commanded … doing the things Moses commanded” or “doing the things commanded in the law of Moses … doing the things commanded in the law of Moses … doing the things commanded in the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -GAL 2 16 purc figs-abstractnouns ἔργων νόμου -1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **works**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “obeys” or “obey”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 2 16 purc figs-abstractnouns ἔργων νόμου -1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **works**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form such as “obeys” or “obey”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 2 16 ncnt grammar-connect-exceptions ἐὰν μὴ 1 If it would appear in your language that Paul was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “but rather only” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) -GAL 2 16 iivr figs-abstractnouns πίστεως -1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a such as “believing” or “trusts”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -GAL 2 16 q4iw figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…δικαιωθῶμεν 1 When Paul says **we** it is inclusive because Paul is addressing Peter and including Peter and the Jewish Christians in Antioch, so **we** is inclusive both times that it occurs in this verse. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -GAL 2 16 nzcb grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is introducing the purpose for which he and the other Jewish believers **believed in Christ Jesus**, which is **so that** they **might be justified by faith in Christ**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +GAL 2 16 iivr figs-abstractnouns πίστεως -1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a such as “believing” or “trusts”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 2 16 q4iw figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…δικαιωθῶμεν 1 When Paul says **we** it is inclusive because Paul is addressing Peter and including Peter and the Jewish Christians in Antioch, so **we** is inclusive both times that it occurs in this verse. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +GAL 2 16 nzcb grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is introducing the purpose for which he and the other Jewish believers **believed in Christ Jesus**, which is **so that** they **might be justified by faith in Christ**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])\n\n GAL 2 16 gp4w grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι ἐξ ἔργων νόμου, οὐ δικαιωθήσεται πᾶσα σάρξ 1 Here, the word **For** re-introduces and re-states the reason why Cephas and the other Jewish believers **believed in Christ Jesus**. They **believed in Jesus Christ** for the reason that **by works of the law no flesh will be justified**. The phrase **by works of the law no flesh will be justified** is saying the exact same thing, in slightly different words, as the phrase which occurs earlier in the verse which says **no man is justified by works of the law**. If it would not be natural in your language to re-introduce the reason after the result you could re-introduce and re-state the result. Alternate translation: “We believed in Christ Jesus because no flesh will be justified by works of the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) GAL 2 16 j7g5 figs-synecdoche σάρξ 1 no flesh The word **flesh** refers to human beings. Paul uses a part of humans to refer to the entire human. The phrase “any flesh” means “any person.” If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “no person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) GAL 2 16 ctbj figs-extrainfo οὐ…ἄνθρωπος…πᾶσα σάρξ 1 no flesh Both the words “man” and “flesh” refer to people in general and include all people, both Jewish people and Gentile people and refer to people of all ages and nationalities. The phrases “no man” and “any flesh” exclude all people, both Jewish people and Gentile people. Paul is saying the same thing, two different ways to emphasize that no person, Jew or Gentile, is justified by obeying the law. Since Paul explains this truth in this passage, you do not need to explain its meaning further here, but make sure to use words or phrases when translating the words “man” and “flesh” which indicate that these words refer to (include) all people of all ages and nationalities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) GAL 2 17 gf9q grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, Paul uses the word “But” to introduce new information into his ongoing explanation for why justification is through faith in Christ and not obeying the Law of Moses. Here, Paul is anticipating, and answering, a possible objection to justification by faith. The word **But** introduces this. Use a natural form in your language for doing this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 2 17 gtu7 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) -GAL 2 17 vnp6 figs-explicit ζητοῦντες δικαιωθῆναι ἐν Χριστῷ 1 while we seek to be justified in Christ The phrase **justified in Christ** means made righteous in God’s sight because of being united with Christ by believing in what he has done. This phrase means the same thing as the phrase “justified by faith in Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md). See how you translated the “justified by faith in Christ” there and, if it would help your readers, consider stating more fully here what the phrase **to be justified in Christ** means. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 2 17 m0tl figs-activepassive δικαιωθῆναι ἐν Χριστῷ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for God to justify us through our faith in Christ” or “for God to justify us because of our faith in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 2 17 vnp6 figs-explicit ζητοῦντες δικαιωθῆναι ἐν Χριστῷ 1 while we seek to be justified in Christ The phrase **justified in Christ** means made righteous in God’s sight because of being united with Christ by believing in what he has done. This phrase means the same thing as the phrase “justified by faith in Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md). See how you translated the “justified by faith in Christ” there and, if it would help your readers, consider stating more fully here what the phrase **to be justified in Christ** means. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 2 17 m0tl figs-activepassive δικαιωθῆναι ἐν Χριστῷ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for God to justify us through our faith in Christ” or “for God to justify us because of our faith in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 2 17 s2r8 figs-exclusive εὑρέθημεν 1 When Paul says **we** here it is inclusive because Paul is addressing Peter and including Peter and Jewish Christians. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) GAL 2 17 mg0h figs-rpronouns αὐτοὶ 1 Paul uses the word **ourselves** for emphasis. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -GAL 2 17 ph83 figs-activepassive εὑρέθημεν καὶ αὐτοὶ ἁμαρτωλοί 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -GAL 2 17 c1op figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτωλοί…ἁμαρτίας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sin** or being a sinner, you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 2 17 ph83 figs-activepassive εὑρέθημεν καὶ αὐτοὶ ἁμαρτωλοί 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 2 17 c1op figs-abstractnouns ἁμαρτωλοί…ἁμαρτίας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sin** or being a sinner, you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 2 17 qw76 figs-rquestion ἆρα Χριστὸς ἁμαρτίας διάκονος 1 The phrase **is Christ then a minister of sin** is a rhetorical question. Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 2 17 yy9s μὴ γένοιτο 1 Absolutely not! The expression **May it never be** gives the strongest possible negative answer to the preceding rhetorical question **is Christ a minister of sin?**. Use a natural way in your language for strongly and emphatically negating an idea. Alternate translation: “Of course, that is not true!” or “No, never!” or “No way!” GAL 2 18 mwuo figs-metaphor ἃ κατέλυσα, ταῦτα πάλιν οἰκοδομῶ, παραβάτην ἐμαυτὸν συνιστάνω 1 Paul speaks of no longer thinking it is necessary to obey all the laws of Moses as if he were destroying the law of Moses. When he speaks of rebuilding **those things** he is referring to going back again to acting like, and teaching, that it is necessary to keep the laws of Moses. Paul is saying in this verse that he would be sinning if he **again** tried to go back to living as if it was necessary to obey the laws of Moses after becoming convinced that it was not necessary. If your readers would not understand what it means to **rebuild** or destroy in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way or you could use a simile as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 2 18 o7g8 figs-abstractnouns παραβάτην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **a transgressor**, you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 2 18 o7g8 figs-abstractnouns παραβάτην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **a transgressor**, you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 2 19 wdaa grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** is introducing the reason that Paul said **May it never be” in [2:17](../02/17.md) and and also introducing information which gives support for what he said in [2:18](../02/18.md). Use a natural form for introducing a reason for something that was said prior. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 2 19 zqqw διὰ νόμου 1 Alternate translation: “by means of the law” -GAL 2 19 r55d figs-metaphor ἐγὼ…νόμῳ ἀπέθανον 1 Here, the phrase, **I … died to the law** could: (1) be a metaphor that refers to believers’ vicarious death with Christ through their believing in him and their consequent union with him which they as a result of their faith in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. (See [Rom 7:4](../07/04.md) and [Gal 4:4-5](../04/04.md)) Alternate translation: “I … died to the law through my union with Christ” (2) be a metaphor that refers to Paul’s experience in trying to obey the law. Alternate translation: “I … died to the law through the things that it required” or “I … died to the law through the things that it commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 2 19 r55d figs-metaphor ἐγὼ…νόμῳ ἀπέθανον 1 Here, the phrase, **I … died to the law** could: (1) be a metaphor that refers to believers’ vicarious death with Christ through their believing in him and their consequent union with him which they as a result of their faith in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. (See [Rom 7:4](../07/04.md) and [Gal 4:4-5](../04/04.md)) Alternate translation: “I … died to the law through my union with Christ” (2) be a metaphor that refers to Paul’s experience in trying to obey the law. Alternate translation: “I … died to the law through the things that it required” or “I … died to the law through the things that it commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n GAL 2 19 yl7y grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is introducing the purpose or reason for which he **died to the law**. The purpose was **so that** he **might live to God**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -GAL 2 19 l3r9 figs-explicit Θεῷ ζήσω 1 The phrase **live to God** means “live for God.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I might live for God” or “I might live to serve God” or “I might live to please God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 2 19 l3r9 figs-explicit Θεῷ ζήσω 1 The phrase **live to God** means “live for God.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I might live for God” or “I might live to serve God” or “I might live to please God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 2 19 xg5q figs-metaphor Χριστῷ συνεσταύρωμαι 1 The phrase **I have been crucified with Christ** is a metaphor. Paul is not saying that he literally died with Christ. Paul is using this metaphor to express the reality that as a result of his faith in Christ, and the subsequent union with Christ that his faith has brought about, God now views Paul as if he had died with Christ. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **crucified with Christ** in this context, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 2 19 fh2i figs-activepassive Χριστῷ συνεσταύρωμαι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “the law” was the reason Christ had to be but to death. Roman soldiers put Jesus to death, but in context Paul is explaining that it was because of the requirements of “the law” that put Christ to died. If you must state the action you could explain this in your translation as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 2 19 fh2i figs-activepassive Χριστῷ συνεσταύρωμαι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “the law” was the reason Christ had to be but to death. Roman soldiers put Jesus to death, but in context Paul is explaining that it was because of the requirements of “the law” that put Christ to died. If you must state the action you could explain this in your translation as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 2 20 o3jk figs-metaphor ζῶ…οὐκέτι ἐγώ, ζῇ δὲ ἐν ἐμοὶ Χριστός 1 Here, the phrase **I no longer live, but Christ lives in me** is a metaphor. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or you could express the meaning plainly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 2 20 y2qf figs-ellipsis ὃ…νῦν ζῶ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “that life which I now live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) GAL 2 20 rtmc figs-synecdoche ὃ…νῦν ζῶ ἐν σαρκί 1 Here, Paul uses the word **flesh**, which is one part of his body, to refer to his entire body. The phrase **that which I now live in the flesh** means “that life which I now live in the body” and refers to Paul’s present life on earth in his physical body. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “that life which I now live in the body” or “that life which I now live in my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -GAL 2 20 a4j0 figs-explicit ἐν πίστει ζῶ τῇ τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 When Paul says **I live by faith that is in the Son of God** he means that he now lives his life by means of having faith in God’s Son. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. See how you translated the similar phrase “through faith in Jesus Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md). Alternate translation: “I live by having faith in God’s Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 2 20 a4j0 figs-explicit ἐν πίστει ζῶ τῇ τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 When Paul says **I live by faith that is in the Son of God** he means that he now lives his life by means of having faith in God’s Son. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. See how you translated the similar phrase “through faith in Jesus Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md). Alternate translation: “I live by having faith in God’s Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 2 20 bb2x guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God **the Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -GAL 2 20 m55w figs-explicit τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντός με 1 The phrase **the one** refers to **the Son of God**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who is the one having loved me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 2 20 by5a figs-explicit παραδόντος ἑαυτὸν 1 The phrase **having given himself** means that Jesus gave himself as a sacrifice. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 2 20 m55w figs-explicit τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντός με 1 The phrase **the one** refers to **the Son of God**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who is the one having loved me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 2 20 by5a figs-explicit παραδόντος ἑαυτὸν 1 The phrase **having given himself** means that Jesus gave himself as a sacrifice. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 2 21 tj6l figs-litotes οὐκ ἀθετῶ 1 I do not set aside Here, Paul expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative phrase, **do not**, together with a phrase, **set aside** that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I strongly affirm” or “I do uphold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) GAL 2 21 xvoq οὐκ ἀθετῶ 1 Alternate translation: “I do not ignore” or “I do not dismiss” -GAL 2 21 g5b8 figs-abstractnouns τὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea with an adverb such as “kindly”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. See how you translated the similar expression “the grace of Christ” in [1:6](../01/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -GAL 2 21 ogus figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνη 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “righteous”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 2 21 g5b8 figs-abstractnouns τὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea with an adverb such as “kindly”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. See how you translated the similar expression “the grace of Christ” in [1:6](../01/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 2 21 ogus figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνη 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “righteous”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 2 21 yl3c figs-hypo εἰ γὰρ διὰ νόμου δικαιοσύνη, ἄρα Χριστὸς δωρεὰν ἀπέθανεν 1 if righteousness could be gained through the law, then Christ died for nothing Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is not true. Paul stated two times in [2:16](../02/16.md) that no person is made righteous before God by obeying the Law of Moses. Also, Paul knows that Christ died for a definite purpose. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certainly false, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as a negative statement. If your language does state things as a hypothetical possibility that the speaker is trying to prove false then use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “since we know that righteousness is through faith in Christ and not through the law, or else Christ would have died for nothing” or “because we know that God considers us righteousness because we believe in Christ and not because we keep the law, or else Christ would have died for nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) GAL 2 21 imxg grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ γὰρ διὰ νόμου δικαιοσύνη, ἄρα Χριστὸς δωρεὰν ἀπέθανεν 1 if righteousness could be gained through the law, then Christ died for nothing Paul is using a hypothetical situation to teach the Galatian believers. Use a natural way in your language for expressing conditional “if … then” constructions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) -GAL 2 21 m74u figs-explicit εἰ…διὰ νόμου δικαιοσύνη 1 Here, the word **through** expresses the means by which something happens. The phrase **if righteousness is through the law** means “if righteousness could be obtained through keeping the law.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “if righteousness could be obtained by keeping the law” or “if a person could be justified by keeping the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 2 21 m74u figs-explicit εἰ…διὰ νόμου δικαιοσύνη 1 Here, the word **through** expresses the means by which something happens. The phrase **if righteousness is through the law** means “if righteousness could be obtained through keeping the law.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “if righteousness could be obtained by keeping the law” or “if a person could be justified by keeping the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 2 21 dv5f διὰ νόμου 1 The phrase **through the law** is equivalent in meaning to the phrase “by works of the law” in [2:16](../02/16.md). See how you translated the phrase “by works of the law” the two times that it occurs in [2:16](../02/16.md). GAL 2 21 rku5 ἄρα Χριστὸς δωρεὰν ἀπέθανεν 1 then Christ died for nothing Alternate translation: “then Christ would have accomplished nothing by dying” or “then it was pointless for Christ to die” -GAL 3 intro xd92 0 # Galatians 3 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Equality in Christ

All Christians are equally united to Christ. Ancestry, gender, and status do not matter. All are equal with each other. All are equal in the eyes of God.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Rhetorical Questions

Paul uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter. He uses them to convince the Galatians of their sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Flesh
This is a complex issue. “Flesh” is possibly a metaphor for our sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that the physical part of man is sinful. “Flesh” is used in this chapter in contrast with that which is spiritual. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])

### “Those of faith are children of Abraham”
Bible scholars are divided on what this means. Some believe Christians inherit the promises that God gave to Abraham, so Christians replace the physical descendants of Israel. Others believe Christians spiritually follow Abraham, but they do not inherit all of the promises that God gave to Abraham. In light of Paul’s other teachings and the context here, Paul is probably writing about the Jewish and Gentile Christians sharing the same faith as Abraham did. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 3 intro xd92 0 # Galatians 3 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Equality in Christ\n\nAll Christians are equally united to Christ. Ancestry, gender, and status do not matter. All are equal with each other. All are equal in the eyes of God.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Rhetorical Questions\n\nPaul uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter. He uses them to convince the Galatians of their sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Flesh\nThis is a complex issue. “Flesh” is possibly a metaphor for our sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that the physical part of man is sinful. “Flesh” is used in this chapter in contrast with that which is spiritual. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])\n\n### “Those of faith are children of Abraham”\nBible scholars are divided on what this means. Some believe Christians inherit the promises that God gave to Abraham, so Christians replace the physical descendants of Israel. Others believe Christians spiritually follow Abraham, but they do not inherit all of the promises that God gave to Abraham. In light of Paul’s other teachings and the context here, Paul is probably writing about the Jewish and Gentile Christians sharing the same faith as Abraham did. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 1 u6lo figs-exclamations ὦ 1 **O** is an exclamation word. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language that would be natural to use in this context. Alternate translation: “Oh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) GAL 3 1 xvji ἀνόητοι Γαλάται 1 Alternate translation: “you Galatians are without understanding” or “you Galatians who are without understanding” -GAL 3 1 p7uw figs-rquestion τίς ὑμᾶς ἐβάσκανεν 1 General Information: Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to rebuke the Galatian believers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +GAL 3 1 p7uw figs-rquestion τίς ὑμᾶς ἐβάσκανεν 1 General Information: Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to rebuke the Galatian believers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 3 1 ryu7 figs-irony τίς ὑμᾶς ἐβάσκανεν 1 Who has put a spell on you? Paul is using irony to express the fact that the Galatian believers are acting as though someone has put a spell on them. He does not really believe that someone has put a spell on them. In fact Paul is upset with the Galatians believers for willingly choosing to believe false teachers and letting themselves be deceived. If your readers would misunderstand what Paul is saying here, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You behave as if someone has put a spell on you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) GAL 3 1 gwv2 figs-metaphor οἷς κατ’ ὀφθαλμοὺς Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς προεγράφη ἐσταυρωμένος 1 It was before your eyes that Jesus Christ was publicly displayed as crucified This phrase is a metaphor which could: (1) be referring to someone publicly drawing a picture for people to see. In this case Paul would be referring to the teaching about Jesus that the Galatians had received as if it were a clear picture that they had seen with their eyes. If your readers would not understand what **publicly portrayed** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “you yourselves heard the clear teaching about Jesus being crucified” (2) be referring to the practice of someone posting a public announcement for people to read. In this case Paul would be referring to his preaching the good news about Jesus as if it were a public announcement which the Galatians had read. If your readers would not understand what **publicly portrayed** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “you yourselves heard the clear teaching about Jesus being crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 3 1 ty3a figs-activepassive προεγράφη ἐσταυρωμένος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 3 1 ty3a figs-activepassive προεγράφη ἐσταυρωμένος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 2 wq9g figs-rquestion ἐξ ἔργων νόμου τὸ Πνεῦμα ἐλάβετε, ἢ ἐξ ἀκοῆς πίστεως 1 Did you receive the Spirit by the works of the law or by believing what you heard? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to rebuke the Galatian believers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “You received the Spirit, not by doing what the law says, but by believing what you heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 3 2 wll8 Πνεῦμα 1 The word **Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. Make sure that you use a word that would be appropriate to use for the Holy Spirit. GAL 3 2 dbp8 figs-possession ἐξ ἔργων νόμου 1 See how you translated the phrase **by works of the law** in [2:16](../02/16.md) where it occurs three times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) GAL 3 2 cfj2 figs-possession ἐξ ἀκοῆς πίστεως 1 Paul is using the possessive form here to describe the response that the Galatians had when they heard the preaching of the gospel which was to respond to it with **faith**. If this is not clear in your language, you could clarify the relationship for your readers. Alternate translation: “by believing what you heard” or “by hearing with faith” or “by trusting in the Messiah when you heard the message about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) GAL 3 3 f96u figs-rquestion οὕτως ἀνόητοί ἐστε 1 Are you so foolish? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to emphatically show his surprise. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “You are very foolish!” or “Don’t be so foolish!” or “Surely you cannot be so foolish!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -GAL 3 3 kkg7 οὕτως 1 Here, the word **so** adds magnitude to (amplifies) the word **foolish** and also points forward to what comes after the word **foolish**. Use a natural form in your language for indicating this. -GAL 3 3 nghz ἀνόητοί 1 See how you translated the word ** foolish** in [3:1](../03/01.md) where it is used with the same meaning. +GAL 3 3 kkg7 οὕτως 1 Here, the word **so** adds magnitude to (amplifies) the word **foolish** and also points forward to what comes after the word **foolish**. Use a natural form in your language for indicating this. +GAL 3 3 nghz ἀνόητοί 1 See how you translated the word ** foolish** in [3:1](../03/01.md) where it is used with the same meaning. GAL 3 3 vof3 figs-rquestion ἐναρξάμενοι Πνεύματι, νῦν σαρκὶ ἐπιτελεῖσθε 1 Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form in order to try to make the Galatian believers think about what they are doing. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 3 3 croz figs-ellipsis ἐναρξάμενοι 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Having begun the Christian life” or “Having begun your new relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -GAL 3 3 xff5 Πνεύματι 1 The word **Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. Make sure that you translate the word **Spirit** with the same word that you used to translate “Spirit” in [3:2](../03/02.md) where it is also referring to the Holy Spirit. -GAL 3 3 xu4d figs-metonymy σαρκὶ 1 by the flesh Paul is describing the actions a person does while in their body by association with their body, which he calls **flesh**. Here, **flesh** refers to a reliance on one’s own effort in doing outward deeds and doing these actions with a self-sufficient and self-reliant trust in them instead of trusting God. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “by your own effort” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +GAL 3 3 xff5 Πνεύματι 1 The word **Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. Make sure that you translate the word **Spirit** with the same word that you used to translate “Spirit” in [3:2](../03/02.md) where it is also referring to the Holy Spirit. +GAL 3 3 xu4d figs-metonymy σαρκὶ 1 by the flesh Paul is describing the actions a person does while in their body by association with their body, which he calls **flesh**. Here, **flesh** refers to a reliance on one’s own effort in doing outward deeds and doing these actions with a self-sufficient and self-reliant trust in them instead of trusting God. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “by your own effort” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 3 4 iyj1 figs-rquestion τοσαῦτα ἐπάθετε εἰκῇ 1 Have you suffered so many things for nothing…? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form in order to try to make the Galatian believers think about the implications of believing and following the false teachers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -GAL 3 4 xujz figs-extrainfo τοσαῦτα ἐπάθετε εἰκῇ 1 The original word that Paul used which is translated as **experienced** by the ULT could refer to: (1) the spiritual privileges and blessings that the Galatian believers had experienced such as receiving God’s Spirit when they believed in Jesus and God “working miracles” among them, both of which are mentioned in the next verse. If your language does not allow you to use a neutral term but rather requires a more specific term you could specify that the things the Galatians experienced were good things as modeled by the UST. (2) experiencing bad things such as suffering. If this is what Paul means here, then he is referring to the suffering that the Galatians believers experienced when they were persecuted. Alternate translation: “Keep in mind that if what God has done for you was because of your obeying the laws that God gave to Moses and not because of trusting in Christ, did you not suffer many things needlessly? I certainly hope that you did not suffer like that needlessly” (3) both good things and bad things here and be referring to both the persecution that the Galatians had experienced and the spiritual blessings that they had experienced. Because it is not known for sure what type of things that Paul is referring to, if possible you should try to use a neutral term or expression. You could then translate this rhetorical question as the ULT does or with a similar neutral phrase such as “Did all the things that happened to you not cause you to think about them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) -GAL 3 4 mvad ἐπάθετε 1 Alternate translation: “Did you experience” +GAL 3 4 xujz figs-extrainfo τοσαῦτα ἐπάθετε εἰκῇ 1 The original word that Paul used which is translated as **experienced** by the ULT could refer to: (1) the spiritual privileges and blessings that the Galatian believers had experienced such as receiving God’s Spirit when they believed in Jesus and God “working miracles” among them, both of which are mentioned in the next verse. If your language does not allow you to use a neutral term but rather requires a more specific term you could specify that the things the Galatians experienced were good things as modeled by the UST. (2) experiencing bad things such as suffering. If this is what Paul means here, then he is referring to the suffering that the Galatians believers experienced when they were persecuted. Alternate translation: “Keep in mind that if what God has done for you was because of your obeying the laws that God gave to Moses and not because of trusting in Christ, did you not suffer many things needlessly? I certainly hope that you did not suffer like that needlessly” (3) both good things and bad things here and be referring to both the persecution that the Galatians had experienced and the spiritual blessings that they had experienced. Because it is not known for sure what type of things that Paul is referring to, if possible you should try to use a neutral term or expression. You could then translate this rhetorical question as the ULT does or with a similar neutral phrase such as “Did all the things that happened to you not cause you to think about them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) +GAL 3 4 mvad ἐπάθετε 1 Alternate translation: “Did you experience” GAL 3 4 nq68 εἰκῇ…καὶ εἰκῇ 1 for nothing Alternate translation: “uselessly … it was really uselessly” or “in vain … it was really in vain” or “for no purpose … it was really for no purpose” GAL 3 4 xl9l figs-hypo εἴ γε καὶ εἰκῇ 1 if indeed it was for nothing? The phrase **if indeed it was really for nothing** shows contingency regarding his rhetorical question **Have you experienced so many things for nothing** and shows that Paul still has hope for the Galatians. Paul hopes that the Galatians will not make the **many things** that they have **experienced** be **for nothing** by following the false teachers who were teaching that it was necessary that they follow the laws of Moses such as circumcision and the dietary laws it required. Paul is making a hypothetical statement to help his readers recognize the serious implications of following the teachings of the false teachers instead of trusting in Jesus alone. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “if indeed it was really for nothing that you experienced so many things, but I hope with you that this is not the case” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) GAL 3 4 mx8b figs-rquestion εἴ γε καὶ εἰκῇ 1 if indeed it was for nothing? The phrase **if indeed it was really for nothing** is a rhetorical question. Paul is using the question form here to help the Galatians think about what he is saying and to show that he still has hope that they will not follow the teachings of the false teachers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 3 5 fuzy figs-rquestion ὁ οὖν ἐπιχορηγῶν ὑμῖν τὸ Πνεῦμα καὶ ἐνεργῶν δυνάμεις ἐν ὑμῖν, ἐξ ἔργων νόμου ἢ ἐξ ἀκοῆς πίστεως 1 This entire verse is a rhetorical question. Paul is using the question form here to teach the Galatians a truth by engaging their reasoning. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “God who gives you his Spirit and does miracles among you does not do these things because you obey the law of Moses. Surely you must know that God gives you these blessings because you believed the good news about the Messiah when you heart it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -GAL 3 5 upx9 figs-explicit ὁ 1 Here, the phrase **the one** refers to “God.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, who is the one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 3 5 xoax Πνεῦμα 1 The word **Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. Make sure that you translate the word **Spirit** with the same word that you used to translate “Spirit” in [3:2](../03/02.md) where it is also referring to the Holy Spirit. +GAL 3 5 upx9 figs-explicit ὁ 1 Here, the phrase **the one** refers to “God.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, who is the one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 5 xoax Πνεῦμα 1 The word **Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. Make sure that you translate the word **Spirit** with the same word that you used to translate “Spirit” in [3:2](../03/02.md) where it is also referring to the Holy Spirit. GAL 3 5 qnkz figs-possession ἐξ ἀκοῆς πίστεως 1 See how you translated the phrase **by hearing of faith** in [3:02](../03/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) GAL 3 5 s3bc figs-rquestion ἐξ ἔργων νόμου ἢ ἐξ ἀκοῆς πίστεως 1 Does he…do so by the works of the law, or by hearing with faith? Paul asks another rhetorical question to remind the Galatians how people receive the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 3 5 j4vz figs-possession ἐξ ἔργων νόμου 1 by the works of the law See how you translated the phrase **by works of the law** in [2:16](../02/16.md) where it occurs three times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) GAL 3 5 e17q figs-explicit ἐξ ἀκοῆς πίστεως 1 by hearing with faith Your language may require that what the people heard and whom they trusted be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “because you heard the message and had faith in Jesus” or “because you listened to the message and trusted in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 3 6 ahy9 grammar-connect-words-phrases καθὼς 1 Connecting Statement: Here, the phrase **Just as** indicates that what follows is connected to what precedes it, specifically [3:1-5](../03/01.md). The phrase **Just as** is also introducing new information. The new information that this phrase is introducing is the biblical example of Abraham. Use a form that would be appropriate in this context. Alternate translation: “Even as” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +GAL 3 6 ahy9 grammar-connect-words-phrases καθὼς 1 Connecting Statement: Here, the phrase **Just as** indicates that what follows is connected to what precedes it, specifically [3:1-5](../03/01.md). The phrase **Just as** is also introducing new information. The new information that this phrase is introducing is the biblical example of Abraham. Use a form that would be appropriate in this context. Alternate translation: “Even as” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 3 6 iv9t figs-quotemarks ἐπίστευσεν τῷ Θεῷ καὶ ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 Here, Paul quotes Genesis 15:16. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with opening and closing quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning and end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -GAL 3 6 ohbw figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God credited it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -GAL 3 6 ghuy figs-explicit ἐλογίσθη 1 Here, the word **it** refers to Abraham’s belief in God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God credited his belief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 3 6 f7sv figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην 1 it was credited to him as righteousness See how you translated the word **righteousness** in [2:21](../02/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 3 6 ohbw figs-activepassive ἐλογίσθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God credited it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 3 6 ghuy figs-explicit ἐλογίσθη 1 Here, the word **it** refers to Abraham’s belief in God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God credited his belief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 6 f7sv figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνην 1 it was credited to him as righteousness See how you translated the word **righteousness** in [2:21](../02/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 7 i9x4 figs-abstractnouns οἱ ἐκ πίστεως 1 those of faith If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “believe”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those who believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -GAL 3 7 rh9q figs-explicit οἱ ἐκ πίστεως 1 Your language may require you to state the object of **faith**. Here, the phrase **by faith** is probably a shortened way of of saying “who by faith in Christ are trusting God to consider them righteous” or “who are trusting God to consider them righteous because they believe in Christ”. Here, the phrase **by faith** is equivalent or similar in meaning to the phrase “by faith in Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md) where it occurs in the phrase “we also believed in Christ Jesus, so that we might be justified by faith in Christ”. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the meaning explicitly here. Alternate translation: “the ones who by faith in Christ are trusting God to consider them righteous” or “the ones who are trusting God to consider them righteous because they believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 7 rh9q figs-explicit οἱ ἐκ πίστεως 1 Your language may require you to state the object of **faith**. Here, the phrase **by faith** is probably a shortened way of of saying “who by faith in Christ are trusting God to consider them righteous” or “who are trusting God to consider them righteous because they believe in Christ”. Here, the phrase **by faith** is equivalent or similar in meaning to the phrase “by faith in Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md) where it occurs in the phrase “we also believed in Christ Jesus, so that we might be justified by faith in Christ”. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the meaning explicitly here. Alternate translation: “the ones who by faith in Christ are trusting God to consider them righteous” or “the ones who are trusting God to consider them righteous because they believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 7 kq1h figs-metaphor υἱοί…Ἀβραὰμ 1 children of Abraham People who have faith in God, as Abraham did, are here spoken of as if they were Abraham’s **sons**. Paul does not mean that people who have faith in God are Abraham’s biological descendants but rather he is saying that they share a spiritual similarity to him because they believe in God, therefore Paul calls them **sons of Abraham**. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **sons of Abraham** in this context, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way or use a simile as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 3 7 pq0z figs-gendernotations υἱοί 1 υἱοί Although the term **sons** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +GAL 3 7 pq0z figs-gendernotations υἱοί 1 υἱοί Although the term **sons** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 3 8 vs1m figs-personification προϊδοῦσα…ἡ Γραφὴ, ὅτι ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοῖ τὰ ἔθνη ὁ Θεὸς, προευηγγελίσατο τῷ Ἀβραὰμ 1 foreseeing Here, **the Scripture** is spoken of as though it were a person who could foresee **that God would justify the Gentiles by faith** and **preach the gospel**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) GAL 3 8 wws9 figs-extrainfo ἡ Γραφὴ 1 Here, the phrase **the Scripture** could refer to: (1) The Scriptures as a whole, referring here to the entire Old Testament. If you are are using capitalization, or some other convention, to indicate when the words “Scripture” and “Scriptures” refer to the entirety of the collected writings of the Bible use that convention here. Here, “Scripture” would only refer to the Old Testament since the New Testament was still in the process of being written at this time. Most likely Paul is referring to the entire Old Testament when he says “the Scripture” here, and then when he quotes Genesis 12:3 at the end of this verse he is giving a specific example of a passage within the Old Testament that teaches **that God would justify the Gentiles by faith**. (2) just the specific scripture reference which is cited at the end of this verse, Genesis 12:3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) -GAL 3 8 htbq figs-explicit ἐκ πίστεως 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the object of **faith** explicitly. Alternate translation: “by their faith in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 3 8 ojbm figs-abstractnouns ἐκ πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “believing”. Alternate translation: “by their believing in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 3 8 htbq figs-explicit ἐκ πίστεως 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the object of **faith** explicitly. Alternate translation: “by their faith in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 8 ojbm figs-abstractnouns ἐκ πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “believing”. Alternate translation: “by their believing in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 8 f6ly writing-quotations προευηγγελίσατο τῷ Ἀβραὰμ 1 The sentence **In you all the nations will be blessed** is a quotation from Genesis 12:3. Use a natural way of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “preached the gospel beforehand to Abraham where it is written” or “preached the gospel beforehand to Abraham when Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) GAL 3 8 j83j figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 all the nations Here, the term **nations** refers to the people who make up these **nations**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people from all the nations” or “people from every nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -GAL 3 8 qf98 figs-activepassive ἐνευλογηθήσονται ἐν σοὶ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “In you God will bless all the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 3 8 qf98 figs-activepassive ἐνευλογηθήσονται ἐν σοὶ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “In you God will bless all the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 9 ss1b ὥστε 1 Alternate translation: “Therefore” or “Consequently” GAL 3 9 l1bq οἱ ἐκ πίστεως 1 See how you translated the phrase **the ones by faith** in [3:7](../03/7.md) where it is used with the same meaning. -GAL 3 9 m5ef figs-activepassive οἱ ἐκ πίστεως εὐλογοῦνται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones by faith are the ones that God will bless” or “the ones who believe are blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -GAL 3 10 r5bm figs-explicit ὅσοι…ἐξ ἔργων νόμου εἰσὶν 1 Here, the phrase **as many as are of works of the law** is probably a shortened way of saying “as many as are relying on works of the law as the basis for God considering them to be righteous”. Here, the phrase **of works of the law** is similar in meaning to the phrase “by works of the law” in [2:16](../02/16.md) where it occurs in the phrase “no man is justified by works of the law”. Here, the phrase **as many as are of works of the law** is describing people who rely on the **works of the law** and is in contrast to the phrase “the ones by faith” in [3:7](../03/07.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the meaning explicitly here. Alternate translation: “as many as rely on the works of the law as the basis for being righteous before God” or “as many as are relying on works of the law as the basis for God considering them to be righteous” or “as many as are trusting that God will consider them righteous because they try to obey the Law of Moses” or “as many as are seeking for God to consider them righteous on the basis of following what the Mosaic Law commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 9 m5ef figs-activepassive οἱ ἐκ πίστεως εὐλογοῦνται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones by faith are the ones that God will bless” or “the ones who believe are blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 3 10 r5bm figs-explicit ὅσοι…ἐξ ἔργων νόμου εἰσὶν 1 Here, the phrase **as many as are of works of the law** is probably a shortened way of saying “as many as are relying on works of the law as the basis for God considering them to be righteous”. Here, the phrase **of works of the law** is similar in meaning to the phrase “by works of the law” in [2:16](../02/16.md) where it occurs in the phrase “no man is justified by works of the law”. Here, the phrase **as many as are of works of the law** is describing people who rely on the **works of the law** and is in contrast to the phrase “the ones by faith” in [3:7](../03/07.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the meaning explicitly here. Alternate translation: “as many as rely on the works of the law as the basis for being righteous before God” or “as many as are relying on works of the law as the basis for God considering them to be righteous” or “as many as are trusting that God will consider them righteous because they try to obey the Law of Moses” or “as many as are seeking for God to consider them righteous on the basis of following what the Mosaic Law commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 10 uz3y figs-possession ἐξ ἔργων νόμου 1 GAL 3 10 fv3c figs-activepassive γέγραπται…γεγραμμένοις 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 10 mxe7 ὅσοι γὰρ ἐξ ἔργων νόμου 1 the works of the law Alternate translation: “All people who follow the law” or “Everyone who tries to be justified through obeying the law” -GAL 3 10 jhr2 figs-explicit ὑπὸ κατάραν εἰσίν 1 All who rely on…the law are under a curse Here, **under a curse** represents being cursed by God and refers to being condemned by God and therefore being doomed to eternal punishment. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “are cursed by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 3 10 bin9 figs-abstractnouns ὑπὸ κατάραν εἰσίν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **curse**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “curse”, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will curse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 3 10 jhr2 figs-explicit ὑπὸ κατάραν εἰσίν 1 All who rely on…the law are under a curse Here, **under a curse** represents being cursed by God and refers to being condemned by God and therefore being doomed to eternal punishment. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “are cursed by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 10 bin9 figs-abstractnouns ὑπὸ κατάραν εἰσίν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **curse**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “curse”, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will curse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 10 uj98 figs-explicit γέγραπται 1 Here, Paul uses the phrase **it is written** to indicate that what follows is a quotation from the Old Testament Scriptures. Paul assumes that his readers will understand this. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is referring to an important text. Alternate translation: “it is written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 3 11 zyvq figs-activepassive ἐν νόμῳ, οὐδεὶς δικαιοῦται παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God justifies no one by the law” or “God justifies no one as a result of their seeking to obey the Law of Moses” or “God justifies no person on the basis of doing what the Law of Moses commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 3 11 zyvq figs-activepassive ἐν νόμῳ, οὐδεὶς δικαιοῦται παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God justifies no one by the law” or “God justifies no one as a result of their seeking to obey the Law of Moses” or “God justifies no person on the basis of doing what the Law of Moses commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 11 sn9h δῆλον 1 Now it is clear Alternate translation: “is evident” GAL 3 11 e2hj writing-quotations ὅτι 2 The sentence **The righteous will live by faith** is a quotation from Habakkuk 2:4. Use a natural way of introducing direct quotations from an important or sacred text. Alternate translation: “because it is written in Scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) GAL 3 11 qiab writing-quotations ὁ δίκαιος ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται 1 The sentence **The righteous will live by faith** is a quotation from Habakkuk 2:4. Use a natural way of indicating that something is a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) GAL 3 11 i537 figs-nominaladj ὁ δίκαιος ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται 1 the righteous will live by faith Paul is citing the prophet Habakkuk who is using the adjective **righteous** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “People who are righteous will live by their faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -GAL 3 11 h7t4 ὁ δίκαιος ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται 1 The phrase **by faith** could be connected to: (1) the phrase **will live** and be describing the ongoing means by which a righteous person has spiritual life, namely by their faith. Alternate translation: “The righteous person has life through their faith” or “The righteous person lives as a result of their faith” “The righteous person has spiritual life as a result of their faith” (2) the phrase **the righteous** and be describing the means by which God considers a sinful person to be **righteous*, namely by their having faith in him. Alternate translation: “The person who is made right with God as a result of their faith will live” or “Every person whose record of sins God erases because that person trusts God will live spiritually” -GAL 3 11 osgj figs-abstractnouns ἐκ πίστεως 1 the righteous will live by faith If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “believe,” or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “by believing” or “because they believe” or “by believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -GAL 3 11 e610 figs-explicit ἐκ πίστεως 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that the object of **faith** here is God. Alternate translation: “by believing in God” or “because they believe in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 11 h7t4 ὁ δίκαιος ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται 1 The phrase **by faith** could be connected to: (1) the phrase **will live** and be describing the ongoing means by which a righteous person has spiritual life, namely by their faith. Alternate translation: “The righteous person has life through their faith” or “The righteous person lives as a result of their faith” “The righteous person has spiritual life as a result of their faith” (2) the phrase **the righteous** and be describing the means by which God considers a sinful person to be **righteous*, namely by their having faith in him. Alternate translation: “The person who is made right with God as a result of their faith will live” or “Every person whose record of sins God erases because that person trusts God will live spiritually”\n +GAL 3 11 osgj figs-abstractnouns ἐκ πίστεως 1 the righteous will live by faith If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “believe,” or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “by believing” or “because they believe” or “by believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 3 11 e610 figs-explicit ἐκ πίστεως 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that the object of **faith** here is God. Alternate translation: “by believing in God” or “because they believe in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 12 jr9l grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 The word **Now** indicates that Paul is introducing new information into his argument and it also indicates that Paul is introducing information that will be in contrast with his statement in [3:11](../03/11.md), that “the law” is not able to justify a person. Use a natural form in your language for indicating these things. Alternate translation: “And” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -GAL 3 12 hr2x figs-abstractnouns ἐκ πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “believing”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -GAL 3 12 r7i7 figs-explicit ὁ…νόμος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ πίστεως 1 Here, the phrase **the law is not by faith** means that the Law of Moses is not based on faith. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “the Law of Moses is not founded on faith” or “the Law of Moses is not dependent upon faith” or “when God gave his laws to the Jews he did not make them dependent upon a person believing in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 12 hr2x figs-abstractnouns ἐκ πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “believing”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 3 12 r7i7 figs-explicit ὁ…νόμος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ πίστεως 1 Here, the phrase **the law is not by faith** means that the Law of Moses is not based on faith. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “the Law of Moses is not founded on faith” or “the Law of Moses is not dependent upon faith” or “when God gave his laws to the Jews he did not make them dependent upon a person believing in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 12 fml8 grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 What follows the word **but** here is indicating a contrast between **law** and **faith**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 3 12 opyp writing-quotations ἀλλ’ 1 The phrase **The one doing these things will live in them** is a quotation from Leviticus 18:5. Use a natural way of introducing direct quotations from an important or sacred text. Alternate translation: “but as it is written in Scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -GAL 3 12 khuu figs-explicit αὐτὰ 1 The phrase **these things” refers to God’s “statutes” and “laws” which are mentioned in the first part of Leviticus 18:5. Paul is citing the second half of Leviticus 18:5 here. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly in your translation what “these things” refers to. Alternate translation: “these law and statutes of mine” or “my law and statutes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 12 khuu figs-explicit αὐτὰ 1 The phrase **these things” refers to God’s “statutes” and “laws” which are mentioned in the first part of Leviticus 18:5. Paul is citing the second half of Leviticus 18:5 here. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly in your translation what “these things” refers to. Alternate translation: “these law and statutes of mine” or “my law and statutes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 12 rep5 figs-explicit ζήσεται ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 must live by them Here, the phrase **will live in them** means FILL or DELETE. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “will live because of them” or “will because he obeyed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 13 iql5 figs-metaphor ἐξηγόρασεν 1 Paul uses the metaphor of a person buying back lost property or buying the freedom of a slave as a picture of God sending Jesus to pay for people’s sins by dying on the cross. If your readers would not understand what **redeem** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 13 ml63 figs-explicit τῆς κατάρας…κατάρα 1 from the curse of the law If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **curse**, you could express the same idea with a verb phrase as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -329,134 +329,134 @@ GAL 3 13 vqc3 figs-metonymy κατάρα 1 By using the phrase **a curse** Paul GAL 3 13 vaay ὑπὲρ 1 Alternate translation: “for” GAL 3 13 p5m9 ὅτι γέγραπται 1 The phrase **for it is written** is introducing a quotation from Deuteronomy 21:23. See how you translated the phrase **for it is written** in [3:10](../03/10.md) where it is also introducing a quotation from Scripture. GAL 3 13 vjbr ἐπικατάρατος πᾶς ὁ 1 See how you translated the phrase **Cursed is everyone** in [3:10](../03/10.md). -GAL 3 13 mt6z figs-explicit ξύλου 1 hangs on a tree In the language that Paul wrote this letter in the word **tree** can refer to a post made out of wood. Here, Paul is using this term to refer to the wooden cross that Jesus was crucified on. If it would help your readers, use a term which would be applicable to something made of wood and not merely to a live tree. Alternate translation: “a pole” or “a wooden pole” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 3 14 brf7 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 so that the blessing of Abraham might come The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for Christ’s death (which he discussed in the previous verse). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -GAL 3 14 z38j figs-abstractnouns εὐλογία 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blessing**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “bless”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 3 13 mt6z figs-explicit ξύλου 1 hangs on a tree In the language that Paul wrote this letter in the word **tree** can refer to a post made out of wood. Here, Paul is using this term to refer to the wooden cross that Jesus was crucified on. If it would help your readers, use a term which would be applicable to something made of wood and not merely to a live tree. Alternate translation: “a pole” or “a wooden pole” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 14 brf7 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 so that the blessing of Abraham might come The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for Christ’s death (which he discussed in the previous verse). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])\n +GAL 3 14 z38j figs-abstractnouns εὐλογία 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blessing**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “bless”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 14 a0nd figs-explicit ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, the word **in** could be used to indicate: (1) by what means **the blessing of Abraham** would **come to the Gentiles**, namely “by means of” **Christ Jesus**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of Christ Jesus” or “through Christ Jesus” or “by Christ Jesus” (2) the sphere in which **the blessing of Abraham** would **come to the Gentiles**, namely **so that the blessing of Abraham might come to the Gentiles** who are “in the sphere of” **Christ Jesus**. Alternate translation: “who are in union with Christ Jesus” (3) the reason **the blessing of Abraham** would ** come to the Gentiles**, namely “because of” **Christ Jesus**. Alternate translation: “because of what Christ Jesus has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 14 gt7z grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 2 Here, the phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for **the blessing of Abraham** coming **to the Gentiles**, namely so that **the promise of the Spirit** could be received **through faith**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -GAL 3 14 g87i διὰ 1 Alternate translation: “by” -GAL 3 14 agv5 figs-explicit διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 Here, the object of **faith** is Christ. If it would help your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. The phrase **through faith** also occurs in [2:16](../02/16.md), where it has “Jesus Christ” as the object of the phrase “through faith”. Alternate translation: “through faith in Christ” or “through faith in the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 3 14 qsai figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “believing”, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 3 14 g87i διὰ 1 Alternate translation: “by” +GAL 3 14 agv5 figs-explicit διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 Here, the object of **faith** is Christ. If it would help your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. The phrase **through faith** also occurs in [2:16](../02/16.md), where it has “Jesus Christ” as the object of the phrase “through faith”. Alternate translation: “through faith in Christ” or “through faith in the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 14 qsai figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “believing”, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 14 h46q figs-exclusive λάβωμεν 1 we When Paul says **we** he is speaking of himself and the Galatian believers so **we** would be inclusive here. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -GAL 3 14 ezpz figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **promise**, you could express the same idea with a verb form such as “promised”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 3 14 ezpz figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **promise**, you could express the same idea with a verb form such as “promised”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 14 vce3 figs-possession ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 Paul is using the possessive form to explain what the **promise** is regarding. Paul is using the possessive form to indicate that the **promise** he is referring to here is the promise regarding the coming Holy Spirit. If this is not clear in your language, you could clarify the relationship for your readers. Alternate translation: “promise regarding the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) GAL 3 14 l6oj Πνεῦμα 1 The word **Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. Make sure that you translate the word **Spirit** with the same word that you used to translate “Spirit” in [3:2](../03/02.md) where it is also referring to the Holy Spirit. GAL 3 15 al9b ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated the term “brothers** in [Galatians 1:11](../01/11.md) where it is used with the same meaning. GAL 3 15 c3gs figs-explicit κατὰ ἄνθρωπον 1 in human terms Here, Paul uses the phrase **according to man** to means that he is speaking in accord with the manner of human practice. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “according to human practice” or “with a human analogy from human legal practice” or “using an analogy from standard daily life”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 3 15 bfjq figs-gendernotations κατὰ ἄνθρωπον 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women and refers to humans in general. If your readers would misunderstand this you can indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “according to human practice” or “using an analogy from standard human practice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +GAL 3 15 bfjq figs-gendernotations κατὰ ἄνθρωπον 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women and refers to humans in general. If your readers would misunderstand this you can indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “according to human practice” or “using an analogy from standard human practice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 3 15 si56 ὅμως 1 Here, the word **Nevertheless** could be: (1) indicating a concession. Paul is admitting or conceding that the analogy from human legal affairs that he is about to use is imperfect, **Nevertheless** he is going to use it to illustrate a spiritual truth. (2) indicating a comparison. Alternate translation: “similarly” or “likewise” -GAL 3 15 jrdg figs-activepassive ἀνθρώπου κεκυρωμένην 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which people have established” or “which men have established” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 3 15 jrdg figs-activepassive ἀνθρώπου κεκυρωμένην 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which people have established” or “which men have established” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 15 rbir figs-genericnoun ἀνθρώπου κεκυρωμένην διαθήκην, οὐδεὶς ἀθετεῖ ἢ ἐπιδιατάσσεται 1 Paul is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “no one sets aside or adds to a covenant which people have established” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -GAL 3 15 zu16 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπου 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women and refers to people in general. If your readers would misunderstand this you can indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +GAL 3 15 zu16 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπου 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women and refers to people in general. If your readers would misunderstand this you can indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 3 16 f1xu grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Now Here, the word **Now** could indicate: (1) that Paul is introducing additional information into his ongoing argument. Alternate translation: “Furthermore” (2) a transition. Alternate translation: “But note that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -GAL 3 16 rreg figs-metaphor τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ…τοῖς σπέρμασιν…τῷ σπέρματί σου 1 Here, the term **seed** means “offspring.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. If your readers would not understand what **seed** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 3 16 rreg figs-metaphor τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ…τοῖς σπέρμασιν…τῷ σπέρματί σου 1 Here, the term **seed** means “offspring.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. If your readers would not understand what **seed** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 16 x8m7 τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ…τοῖς σπέρμασιν…τῷ σπέρματί σου 1 In order to correctly communicate Paul’s meaning here it is important to translate both occurrences of the word **seed** with a singular form and to translate the single occurrence of the word **seeds** with a plural form that indicates more than one. -GAL 3 16 j9x7 figs-explicit οὐ λέγει 1 Here, the word **He** could: (1) refer to God speaking to Abraham. By using the phrase **and to your seed** Paul is referring to multiple passages in the book of Genesis where God made promises to Abraham and his **seed**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that **He** refers to the God. Alternate translation: “God does not say” (2) be translated as “It” and be referring to the various passages in Genesis which record that God spoke promises to Abraham. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that **It** refers to Scripture. Alternate translation: “Scripture does not say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 3 16 w3wl figs-ellipsis ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν, ἀλλ’ ὡς ἐφ’ ἑνός 1 referring to many Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “as speaking about many, but as speaking about one” or “as referring to many, but as referring to one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +GAL 3 16 j9x7 figs-explicit οὐ λέγει 1 Here, the word **He** could: (1) refer to God speaking to Abraham. By using the phrase **and to your seed** Paul is referring to multiple passages in the book of Genesis where God made promises to Abraham and his **seed**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that **He** refers to the God. Alternate translation: “God does not say” (2) be translated as “It” and be referring to the various passages in Genesis which record that God spoke promises to Abraham. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that **It** refers to Scripture. Alternate translation: “Scripture does not say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 16 w3wl figs-ellipsis ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν, ἀλλ’ ὡς ἐφ’ ἑνός 1 referring to many Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “as speaking about many, but as speaking about one” or “as referring to many, but as referring to one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])\n GAL 3 16 t25e figs-you σου 1 to your descendant The word **your** is singular and refers to Abraham. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) GAL 3 17 pdd3 δὲ 1 Alternate translation: “And” GAL 3 17 h36m translate-numbers τετρακόσια καὶ τριάκοντα ἔτη 1 430 years Alternate translation: “four hundred and thirty years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -GAL 3 17 qn7j figs-activepassive προκεκυρωμένην ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which God established previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 3 17 qn7j figs-activepassive προκεκυρωμένην ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which God established previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 17 fmw4 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς τὸ καταργῆσαι 1 Here, the word **to** introduces what the result would have been if **the law** had **set aside the covenant previously established by God**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a result. Alternate translation: “so as to nullify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) GAL 3 18 ujg2 εἰ…ἐκ…ἡ κληρονομία, οὐκέτι ἐξ 1 For if the inheritance comes by the law, then it no longer comes by promise Alternate translation: “if the inheritance is from…then it is no longer from” -GAL 3 18 c8fu figs-metaphor ἡ κληρονομία 1 inheritance Paul speaks of God’s blessings to those who believe in him as if they were an **inheritance**. If your readers would not understand what **inheritance** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the blessing” or “God’s blessing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 3 18 c8fu figs-metaphor ἡ κληρονομία 1 inheritance Paul speaks of God’s blessings to those who believe in him as if they were an **inheritance**. If your readers would not understand what **inheritance** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the blessing” or “God’s blessing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 18 h1xv figs-explicit ἐκ νόμου…οὐκέτι ἐξ 1 Alternate translation: “is by the law, it is no longer by” or “is based on the law, it is no longer based on” or “comes from the law, it no longer comes from” -GAL 3 18 q6jq grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to the idea that **the inheritance is from the law**. Instead, Paul points out that **the inheritance** is based on God’s promise. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -GAL 3 18 xsep figs-explicit κεχάρισται 1 Here, the word **it** refers to **the inheritance** mentioned earlier in this verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “has graciously given the inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 18 q6jq grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to the idea that **the inheritance is from the law**. Instead, Paul points out that **the inheritance** is based on God’s promise. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +GAL 3 18 xsep figs-explicit κεχάρισται 1 Here, the word **it** refers to **the inheritance** mentioned earlier in this verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “has graciously given the inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 18 ue27 δι’ 1 Here, the word **through** is indicating means and is introducing the means through which God gave **the inheritance … to Abraham**, namely **through a promise**. Use a natural form in your language for indicating the means by which something happens. GAL 3 19 kx2e figs-rquestion τί οὖν ὁ νόμος 1 What, then, was the purpose of the law? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to anticipate a question that the Galatian believers might have regarding the purpose of the law and to introduce his answer to this anticipated question. If it would help your readers, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I will tell you what the purpose of the law is” or “Let me tell you why God added the law to the covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 3 19 mnw2 figs-ellipsis ὁ νόμος 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “was the law given” or “did God give the law” or “was the law added” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) GAL 3 19 uk9m figs-activepassive προσετέθη 1 It was added If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God added it” or “God added the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 19 yf5t τῶν παραβάσεων χάριν προσετέθη 1 The phrase **because of transgressions** could refer to: (1) the purpose that **the law … was added** to the covenant with Abraham, namely the law **was added** to the covenant “for the purpose of showing what transgression is” or “for the purpose of showing people what sin is”. The phrase **because of transgressions** would then be stating the purpose that **the law … was added**, namely because people were sinning and God wanted show them what sin was by giving **the law**. Alternate translation: “It was added for the purpose of showing what transgression is” or “It was added for the purpose of showing people what sin is” (2) what caused God to decide that **the law** should be **added** to the covenant with Abraham. This phrase would then mean that what caused God to add **the law** to the covenant was because people were committing transgressions. The phrase **because of transgressions** would then be stating the cause for **the law** being **added**, namely because people were sinning and God wanted to correct people’s wrong and sinful behavior by showing them what righteous behavior was and so he gave **the law**. Alternate translation: “It was added because people were committing transgressions” or “It was added because people were sinning” -GAL 3 19 phd5 figs-abstractnouns τῶν παραβάσεων 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **transgressions**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “sinful”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -GAL 3 19 cf66 figs-activepassive διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων 1 The law was put into force through angels by a mediator If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “and God used angels to put it into effect” or “God gave the law through angels” or “God put the law into effect through angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -GAL 3 19 lxcw διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων 1 Translate the phrase **through angels** in a way that indicates that God was the source of the law and not angels. God was the source of the law but he used angels to give the law Moses. The Bible records in Deuteronomy 33:2; Hebrews 2:2; and Acts 7:38, 53 that God used angels to give Moses his law and this is what Jewish people believed regarding how God delivered his law to Moses. Alternate translation: “and God used angels to put it into effect” or “God gave the law through angels” or “God put the law into effect through angels” +GAL 3 19 phd5 figs-abstractnouns τῶν παραβάσεων 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **transgressions**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “sinful”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 3 19 cf66 figs-activepassive διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων 1 The law was put into force through angels by a mediator If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “and God used angels to put it into effect” or “God gave the law through angels” or “God put the law into effect through angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 3 19 lxcw διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων 1 Translate the phrase **through angels** in a way that indicates that God was the source of the law and not angels. God was the source of the law but he used angels to give the law Moses. The Bible records in Deuteronomy 33:2; Hebrews 2:2; and Acts 7:38, 53 that God used angels to give Moses his law and this is what Jewish people believed regarding how God delivered his law to Moses. Alternate translation: “and God used angels to put it into effect” or “God gave the law through angels” or “God put the law into effect through angels” GAL 3 19 v74y ἄχρις οὗ ἔλθῃ τὸ σπέρμα ᾧ ἐπήγγελται, διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων ἐν χειρὶ μεσίτου 1 When Paul says that **the law** was administered **by the hand of a mediator (Moses) until the seed would come to whom the promise had been made** his point is that **the law** was temporary and only needed **until the seed (Christ) would come**. By saying this, Paul is implicitly telling the Galatian believers that the law was temporary, and only needed until Christ, whom he calls **the seed**, came. GAL 3 19 bgi6 figs-idiom ἐν χειρὶ μεσίτου 1 a mediator The phrase **by the hand of** is an idiom which means “through.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “through a mediator” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -GAL 3 19 edcu figs-explicit μεσίτου 1 a mediator Here, the **mediator** that Paul is referring to is Moses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “of Moses who acted as a mediator” or “of Moses who acted as a go-between” or “of Moses who acted as an intermediary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 19 edcu figs-explicit μεσίτου 1 a mediator Here, the **mediator** that Paul is referring to is Moses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “of Moses who acted as a mediator” or “of Moses who acted as a go-between” or “of Moses who acted as an intermediary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 19 m67a σπέρμα 1 See how you translated the word **seed** in [3:16](../03/16.md) where it is used with the same meaning. -GAL 3 19 nl4h figs-activepassive ἐπήγγελται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God had made the promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 3 19 nl4h figs-activepassive ἐπήγγελται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God had made the promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 20 x9l1 ὁ δὲ μεσίτης ἑνὸς οὐκ ἔστιν 1 Now a mediator implies more than one person, but God is one In this verse Paul is proving to the Galatian believers that God’s promise to Abraham is superior to the law that he gave Moses. What Paul means by saying **a mediator is not for one** is that a mediator is not needed when one person is speaking with another person directly. Paul is implicitly expressing to the Galatian believers that the promise to Abraham is superior to the law because it was not given through a mediator but rather God gave the promise directly to Abraham. If it would help your readers you could indicate that in a footnote if you are using footnotes in your translation. See the Chapter 3 General Notes section “Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter” for more information regarding this section. -GAL 3 20 pqtm μεσίτης 1 See how you translated the term **mediator** in [3:19](../03/19.md). -GAL 3 20 y3ix figs-explicit ἑνὸς 1 The phrase **for one** leaves the object implied. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly what **one** is referring to. Alternate translation: “for one party alone” or “needed for one party” or “needed when there is only one party involved” or “is not needed as a go-between when only one party is involved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 20 pqtm μεσίτης 1 See how you translated the term **mediator** in [3:19](../03/19.md). +GAL 3 20 y3ix figs-explicit ἑνὸς 1 The phrase **for one** leaves the object implied. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly what **one** is referring to. Alternate translation: “for one party alone” or “needed for one party” or “needed when there is only one party involved” or “is not needed as a go-between when only one party is involved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 20 lhui grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 2 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to the opening statement in this verse that **a mediator is not for one**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -GAL 3 20 l2b6 figs-explicit δὲ 2 Here, the phrase **God is one** is a quote from Deuteronomy 6:4 which the Galatians believers would have been familiar with. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that the phrase **God is one** is cited from Scripture. Alternate translation: “but as God has said in Scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 20 l2b6 figs-explicit δὲ 2 Here, the phrase **God is one** is a quote from Deuteronomy 6:4 which the Galatians believers would have been familiar with. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that the phrase **God is one** is cited from Scripture. Alternate translation: “but as God has said in Scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 20 cle8 Θεὸς εἷς ἐστιν 1 There are many different views among Bible scholars as to exactly what Paul means by using the phrase **God is one** here and how it is related to the phrase **a mediator is not for one** earlier in the verse. The most likely interpretation is that expressed by the UST. See the Chapter 3 General Notes section “Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter” for more information regarding this section. GAL 3 21 zwk0 figs-rquestion ὁ…νόμος κατὰ τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν 1 Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to anticipate a question that the Galatian believers might have and to introduce his answer to the question which begins with the phrase **if a was given being able to make alive...** If it would help your readers, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “you might think that the law is against the promises” or “you might think that the law is opposed to the promises” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) GAL 3 21 e43u κατὰ τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν 1 against the promises Alternate translation: “opposed to the promises” or “in conflict with the promises” -GAL 3 21 ee7y figs-explicit τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν 1 The phrase **the promises** refers to the promises that God made to Abraham. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promises that God made to Abraham” or “God’s promises to Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 21 ee7y figs-explicit τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν 1 The phrase **the promises** refers to the promises that God made to Abraham. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promises that God made to Abraham” or “God’s promises to Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 21 nd97 μὴ γένοιτο 1 **May it never be** is an emphatic way of negating a statement. The statement that the phrase **May it never be** is negating is the proposed question **is the law against the promises**. Use a natural word or expression for strongly negating an idea. Alternate translation: “Certainly not!” -GAL 3 21 jnwe grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ…ἐδόθη νόμος ὁ δυνάμενος ζῳοποιῆσαι, ὄντως 1 Paul is using a hypothetical situation to teach the Galatian believers. Alternate translation: “if it was possible that a law was given that was able to make people alive, then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) -GAL 3 21 bjpb figs-activepassive ἐδόθη νόμος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God gave a law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -GAL 3 21 dljp figs-explicit ζῳοποιῆσαι 1 Here, it is implied that Paul is referring to making “people” alive. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to make people alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 21 jnwe grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ…ἐδόθη νόμος ὁ δυνάμενος ζῳοποιῆσαι, ὄντως 1 Paul is using a hypothetical situation to teach the Galatian believers. Alternate translation: “if it was possible that a law was given that was able to make people alive, then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])\n\n\n\n +GAL 3 21 bjpb figs-activepassive ἐδόθη νόμος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God gave a law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 3 21 dljp figs-explicit ζῳοποιῆσαι 1 Here, it is implied that Paul is referring to making “people” alive. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to make people alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 21 skc0 figs-extrainfo ζῳοποιῆσαι 1 The phrase **to make alive** could refer to: (1) both eternal life in the future and to making people spiritually alive in the present. Paul is probably referring to both here since in this letter Paul discusses the important role of the Holy Spirit and the fact that the Holy Spirit is given through faith and not the law. (2) eternal life in the future after a person dies. If it is possible in your language, it would be best to retain a general phrase as modeled by the ULT, since Paul does not explain the phrase **to make alive**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) -GAL 3 21 nebi figs-abstractnouns ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 See how you translated the word **righteousness** in [2:21](../02/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 3 21 nebi figs-abstractnouns ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 See how you translated the word **righteousness** in [2:21](../02/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 21 iyg9 ἐν νόμου ἂν ἦν ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 righteousness would certainly have come by the law Alternate translation: “we could have become righteous by obeying that law” -GAL 3 22 smkw grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **But** is indicating a strong contrast between the hypothetical (and false) possibility that “the law” could make a person righteous. Paul is using the word **But** here to indicate this strong contrast and to introduce his explanation of what the law actually does. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +GAL 3 22 smkw grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **But** is indicating a strong contrast between the hypothetical (and false) possibility that “the law” could make a person righteous. Paul is using the word **But** here to indicate this strong contrast and to introduce his explanation of what the law actually does. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) GAL 3 22 yzcp figs-metaphor συνέκλεισεν ἡ Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν 1 Paul speaks of **the Scripture** as though it were an authority figure who **imprisoned** people in a prison and he speaks of **sin** as though it were a jailer who keeps people imprisoned so that they cannot break free. If your readers would not understand what **imprisoned all things under sin** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 22 upkg figs-personification συνέκλεισεν ἡ Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν 1 Here, Paul speaks of **the Scripture** as though it were a person who is an authority figure who **imprisoned** people in a prison and he speaks of **sin** as though it were a jailer who keeps people imprisoned so that they cannot break free. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) GAL 3 22 jbn7 figs-metonymy ἡ Γραφὴ 1 scripture Here, the word **Scripture** could: (1) refer to all of the Old Testament scriptures. Use whatever convention you are using to indicate this. The ULT indicates when the word **Scripture** refers to the entire Bible, or the entire Old Testament, by capitalizing the word **Scripture**. (2) refer to a particular passage of Scripture such as Deuteronomy 27:26 or some other Old Testament passage. Alternate translation: “the scripture” GAL 3 22 dxqc figs-metonymy ἡ Γραφὴ 1 Paul is describing “God” doing something by association with his Word, **the Scripture**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 3 22 mk9g figs-explicit τὰ πάντα 1 Here, the phrase **all things* could refer to: (1) all people. If your language requires you to indicate explicitly what **all things** refers to, you could indicate that it refers to “people,” but if it doesn’t you could use a general expression as modeled by the ULT. Alternate translation: “all people” (2) the entire creation and the things which make up this present fallen world. See Romans 8:18-22. If you decide that this is what Paul means you should use a general phrase such as **all things** as the ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) -GAL 3 22 dt14 figs-explicit ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν 1 Here, the phrase **under sin** refers to being “under the power of sin.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “under the power of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 3 22 xqmi grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Following the phrase **so that** Paul states the purpose for which **the Scripture imprisoned all things under sin**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -GAL 3 22 pvv3 figs-activepassive ἡ ἐπαγγελία ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοθῇ τοῖς πιστεύουσιν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God might give the promise by faith in Jesus Christ to the ones believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -GAL 3 22 elb4 ἡ ἐπαγγελία ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοθῇ τοῖς πιστεύουσιν 1 Alternate translation: “God’s promise to Abraham which is received through faith in Jesus Christ might be given to the those who believe” -GAL 3 22 ib27 figs-explicit ἡ ἐπαγγελία 1 The phrase **the promise** refers to the promise given to Abraham. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promise given to Abraham” or “the promise that God gave to Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 22 dt14 figs-explicit ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν 1 Here, the phrase **under sin** refers to being “under the power of sin.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “under the power of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 22 xqmi grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Following the phrase **so that** Paul states the purpose for which **the Scripture imprisoned all things under sin**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +GAL 3 22 pvv3 figs-activepassive ἡ ἐπαγγελία ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοθῇ τοῖς πιστεύουσιν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God might give the promise by faith in Jesus Christ to the ones believing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 3 22 elb4 ἡ ἐπαγγελία ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοθῇ τοῖς πιστεύουσιν 1 Alternate translation: “God’s promise to Abraham which is received through faith in Jesus Christ might be given to the those who believe” +GAL 3 22 ib27 figs-explicit ἡ ἐπαγγελία 1 The phrase **the promise** refers to the promise given to Abraham. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promise given to Abraham” or “the promise that God gave to Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 22 jyvn ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 See how you translated the phrase “through faith in Jesus Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md). The phrase “through faith in Jesus Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md) has basically the exact same meaning as the phrase **by faith in Jesus Christ** does in this verse. -GAL 3 22 bo1b figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “trust”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -GAL 3 23 jzut figs-abstractnouns τὴν πίστιν…τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “trusting” or “believe”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -GAL 3 23 ztcj figs-explicit πρὸ τοῦ…ἐλθεῖν τὴν πίστιν 1 The phrase **before the faith came** means “before faith in Jesus Christ came.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “before faith in Jesus Christ came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 22 bo1b figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “trust”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 3 23 jzut figs-abstractnouns τὴν πίστιν…τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “trusting” or “believe”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 3 23 ztcj figs-explicit πρὸ τοῦ…ἐλθεῖν τὴν πίστιν 1 The phrase **before the faith came** means “before faith in Jesus Christ came.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “before faith in Jesus Christ came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 23 su16 figs-metaphor ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι 1 we were held captive under the law, imprisoned Here, Paul is continuing the metaphor of **the law** that he began in the previous verse. The power that **the law** had over humans us is spoken of as if the law were a prison guard holding people captive. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **held captive** by the law in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 23 r5y3 figs-personification ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι 1 Here, Paul is continuing his personification of **the law** that he began in the previous verse. Paul speaks of **the law** as though it were a jailer who **held** people **captive** and kept them **imprisoned** up **until** the time when the coming **faith** in Jesus Christ would **be revealed**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -GAL 3 23 e729 figs-activepassive ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law held us captive under its power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -GAL 3 23 xmur figs-activepassive συνκλειόμενοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the first half of the verse states that **the law** did it. Alternate translation: “and the law imprisoned us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 3 23 e729 figs-activepassive ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law held us captive under its power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 3 23 xmur figs-activepassive συνκλειόμενοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the first half of the verse states that **the law** did it. Alternate translation: “and the law imprisoned us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 23 way9 εἰς τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 Here, the word **until** could: (1) refer to time and introduce the time period at which people being **imprisoned** under the law would terminate, namely **until** the time when God would reveal Jesus Christ as an object of faith. Alternate translation: “until God would reveal the message about trusting in Christ that he was about to reveal” (2) be translated as “to” and be indicating the purpose for people being **imprisoned** under the law, namely so that people would be ready for the coming faith in Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “in order to lead us to believe in the good news that God was about to reveal” or “in order that we might be ready to believe the good news concerning Christ, the news that God would reveal later” -GAL 3 23 rz75 figs-explicit τὴν…πίστιν 2 The phrase **the faith** means “the faith in Jesus Christ.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the faith in Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 23 rz75 figs-explicit τὴν…πίστιν 2 The phrase **the faith** means “the faith in Jesus Christ.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the faith in Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 23 t32j figs-activepassive εἰς τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 until faith should be revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “until the faith that God was about to reveal” or “until the faith that God would soon reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 24 we2y grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 guardian Here, the phrase **So then** is introducing a result. Use a natural form for introducing a result. Alternate translation: “Thus” or “Therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) GAL 3 24 mcdn figs-metaphor ὁ νόμος, παιδαγωγὸς ἡμῶν γέγονεν 1 Paul speaks of **the law** as if it were a **guardian**. If your readers would not understand what a **guardian** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning by using a simile as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 24 amrv translate-unknown παιδαγωγὸς 1 guardian In Paul’s culture a **guardian** was a slave whose job was to discipline and take care of a child who was not yet an adult. If your readers would not be familiar with this term you could either explain the meaning of this word in your translation, as modeled by the UST, or you could use the term from your culture that comes the closes to expressing the meaning of this word and then write a footnote explaining this word if you are using footnotes in your translation. Alternate translation: “custodian” or “guide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) GAL 3 24 ln1s figs-personification παιδαγωγὸς 1 guardian Here, Paul speaks of **the law** as though it were a **guardian** whose job or role was to watch over people’s actions **until Christ** came. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “guide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -GAL 3 24 p30v εἰς 1 See how you translated the word **until** in [3:23](../03/23.md). -GAL 3 24 zick grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which **the law became our guardian until Christ** which was for the intended purpose that **we might be justified by faith** in Christ. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “with the purpose that” or “with the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +GAL 3 24 p30v εἰς 1 See how you translated the word **until** in [3:23](../03/23.md). +GAL 3 24 zick grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which **the law became our guardian until Christ** which was for the intended purpose that **we might be justified by faith** in Christ. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “with the purpose that” or “with the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])\n\n GAL 3 24 s8g5 figs-activepassive δικαιωθῶμεν 1 so that we might be justified If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God would declare us to be righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 24 j1xp ἐκ πίστεως 1 See how you translated the phrase **by faith** in [2:16](../02/16.md) where it is used with the same meaning. -GAL 3 24 vj5u figs-explicit ἐκ 1 Here, the word **by** is indicating the basis or source of God’s act of justifying sinners. It is indicating that **faith** is the basis on which **we might be justfied.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the basis of” or “by means of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 3 24 kw1h figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “trust”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -GAL 3 24 wuco figs-explicit πίστεως 1 Here, the context implies (and also Paul’s use of the similar phrase “by faith in Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md)), that the object of **faith** is **Christ**. If it would be helpful to your readers to state the object of faith here, you could indicate it explicitly. Alternate translation: “faith in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 3 25 x257 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** is introducing a contrast. What follows the word **But** is in contrast to the way things were in the era before Christ came. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -GAL 3 25 a4pk figs-abstractnouns τῆς πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “trusting”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -GAL 3 25 meot figs-explicit τῆς πίστεως 1 Here, the context implies that the object of **faith** is “Christ.” If it would be helpful to your readers to state the object of faith here, you could indicate it explicitly. Alternate translation: “faith in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 3 25 efvh figs-metaphor ὑπὸ παιδαγωγόν 1 Here, Paul continues the metaphor he began in [3:24](../03/24.md) by continuing to speak of “the law” as if it were a **guardian**. If your readers would not understand what the term **guardian** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 3 25 be13 figs-personification ὑπὸ παιδαγωγόν 1 Here, Paul speaking of “the law” as though it were a person who was a **guardian**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -GAL 3 25 kjvy figs-explicit ὑπὸ 1 Here, the word **under** means “under the supervision of.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “under the supervision of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 24 vj5u figs-explicit ἐκ 1 Here, the word **by** is indicating the basis or source of God’s act of justifying sinners. It is indicating that **faith** is the basis on which **we might be justfied.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the basis of” or “by means of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 24 kw1h figs-abstractnouns πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “trust”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 3 24 wuco figs-explicit πίστεως 1 Here, the context implies (and also Paul’s use of the similar phrase “by faith in Christ” in [2:16](../02/16.md)), that the object of **faith** is **Christ**. If it would be helpful to your readers to state the object of faith here, you could indicate it explicitly. Alternate translation: “faith in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 25 x257 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** is introducing a contrast. What follows the word **But** is in contrast to the way things were in the era before Christ came. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +GAL 3 25 a4pk figs-abstractnouns τῆς πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “trusting”, as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 3 25 meot figs-explicit τῆς πίστεως 1 Here, the context implies that the object of **faith** is “Christ.” If it would be helpful to your readers to state the object of faith here, you could indicate it explicitly. Alternate translation: “faith in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 25 efvh figs-metaphor ὑπὸ παιδαγωγόν 1 Here, Paul continues the metaphor he began in [3:24](../03/24.md) by continuing to speak of “the law” as if it were a **guardian**. If your readers would not understand what the term **guardian** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 3 25 be13 figs-personification ὑπὸ παιδαγωγόν 1 Here, Paul speaking of “the law” as though it were a person who was a **guardian**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +GAL 3 25 kjvy figs-explicit ὑπὸ 1 Here, the word **under** means “under the supervision of.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “under the supervision of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 25 gwst παιδαγωγόν 1 See how you translated the word **guardian** in [3:24](../03/24.md). -GAL 3 26 tzqa figs-gendernotations υἱοὶ 1 Although the term **sons** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women who have **faith in Christ Jesus**. Alternate translation: “sons and daughters” of “children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +GAL 3 26 tzqa figs-gendernotations υἱοὶ 1 Although the term **sons** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women who have **faith in Christ Jesus**. Alternate translation: “sons and daughters” of “children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 3 26 u0ma figs-metaphor υἱοὶ 1 Paul speaks of the Galatian believers as if God was their biological, physical father. He means that these people have a father-son relationship with God because they trust in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the spiritual children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 3 26 mwku figs-abstractnouns τῆς πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “trusted,” as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +GAL 3 26 mwku figs-abstractnouns τῆς πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verb such as “trusted,” as modeled by the UST, or you could express the meaning in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) GAL 3 26 kht6 ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 The phrase **in Christ Jesus** could mean: (1) that the spiritual position of the Galatian believers was “in Christ Jesus.” Alternate translation: “being in union with Christ Jesus” or “you are in union with Christ Jesus” (2) that **Christ Jesus** was the object of Galatian believers faith. Alternate translation: “which is in Christ Jesus” or “towards Christ Jesus” -GAL 3 27 p0dy grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** indicates that what follows is an explanation giving the reason for why Paul said “you are all sons of God” in [3:26](../03/26.md). Use a natural form in your language for introducing information which proves and/or explains a prior statement. Alternate translation: “Because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -GAL 3 27 yicn figs-explicit ὅσοι 1 The phrase **as many as** means “as many of you as.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as many of you as” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 3 27 h5ax figs-explicit ὅσοι…ἐβαπτίσθητε 1 The phrase **as many as have** means “all of you who have.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “all of you who have been baptized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 3 27 v6n1 figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίσθητε 1 For as many of you who were baptized into Christ If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “a person” did it. Alternate translation: “someone has baptized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 3 27 p0dy grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** indicates that what follows is an explanation giving the reason for why Paul said “you are all sons of God” in [3:26](../03/26.md). Use a natural form in your language for introducing information which proves and/or explains a prior statement. Alternate translation: “Because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +GAL 3 27 yicn figs-explicit ὅσοι 1 The phrase **as many as** means “as many of you as.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as many of you as” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 27 h5ax figs-explicit ὅσοι…ἐβαπτίσθητε 1 The phrase **as many as have** means “all of you who have.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “all of you who have been baptized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 27 v6n1 figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίσθητε 1 For as many of you who were baptized into Christ If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “a person” did it. Alternate translation: “someone has baptized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) GAL 3 27 ucuk figs-metaphor εἰς Χριστὸν ἐβαπτίσθητε 1 For as many of you who were baptized into Christ Paul speaks of being **baptized into Christ** as if **Christ** were a physical location into which someone could be baptized. Here, **into Christ** refers to being spiritually united with Christ and coming into close spiritual union with him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning of this phrase plainly. Alternative translation: “have been baptized into close spiritual union with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 3 27 dgkv figs-metonymy εἰς Χριστὸν ἐβαπτίσθητε, Χριστὸν ἐνεδύσασθε 1 For as many of you who were baptized into Christ By speaking of baptism, Paul could be describing all of the things which belong to a believers initial conversion experience. Paul would then be associating all of them with one part of their conversion experience, water baptism, in which case baptism is an abbreviated way of referring conversion and the things that are part of it such as belief in Christ, baptism, and receiving Holy Spirit. If you decide that this is what Paul means here, and if it would help your readers, you could indicate this explicitly or you could explain this in a footnote if you are using them. Alternate translation: “God has saved have put on Christ” or “have believed in Christ have put on Christ” or “have experienced God’s salvation have put on Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +GAL 3 27 dgkv figs-metonymy εἰς Χριστὸν ἐβαπτίσθητε, Χριστὸν ἐνεδύσασθε 1 For as many of you who were baptized into Christ By speaking of baptism, Paul could be describing all of the things which belong to a believers initial conversion experience. Paul would then be associating all of them with one part of their conversion experience, water baptism, in which case baptism is an abbreviated way of referring conversion and the things that are part of it such as belief in Christ, baptism, and receiving Holy Spirit. If you decide that this is what Paul means here, and if it would help your readers, you could indicate this explicitly or you could explain this in a footnote if you are using them. Alternate translation: “God has saved have put on Christ” or “have believed in Christ have put on Christ” or “have experienced God’s salvation have put on Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) GAL 3 27 di9v figs-metaphor Χριστὸν ἐνεδύσασθε 1 have clothed yourselves with Christ Paul speaks of **Christ** as if he were clothing that those who believe in him have **put on**. Here, when Paul says that all believers have **put on Christ** he means that all believers have identified with him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning of this phrase plainly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 28 srk1 grammar-connect-logic-result οὐκ ἔνι Ἰουδαῖος οὐδὲ Ἕλλην, οὐκ ἔνι δοῦλος οὐδὲ ἐλεύθερος, οὐκ ἔνι ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ, πάντες γὰρ ὑμεῖς εἷς ἐστε ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, the word **for** introduces the reason for why (if someone is a believer in Christ) it is as if there is no longer **Jew nor Greek** or **slave** or **free** or **male** or **female**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase (which follows the word **for**) gives the reason for the result that the first part of this verse describes. Alternate translation: “Because you are all one in Christ Jesus, there is neither Jew nor Greek, there is neither slave nor free, there is neither male nor female” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -GAL 3 28 tu05 figs-explicit οὐκ ἔνι Ἰουδαῖος οὐδὲ Ἕλλην, οὐκ ἔνι δοῦλος οὐδὲ ἐλεύθερος, οὐκ ἔνι ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ, πάντες γὰρ ὑμεῖς εἷς ἐστε ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 In this verse, Paul’s point is that people who believe in Christ are no longer divided by racial, social, or gender distinctions but rather now have **one** common identity. This new common identity is that they are now **in (union with) Christ**. Paul is not saying that these human distinction no longer exist, rather he is saying that they now cease to be significant because believers have a new spiritual identity, which is being **in Christ**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “For you who are believers, it is now as if there is neither Jew nor Greek, or slave or free, or male or female” or “For you who believe in Christ, it is now as if there is neither Jew nor Greek, or slave or free, or male or female” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 28 tu05 figs-explicit οὐκ ἔνι Ἰουδαῖος οὐδὲ Ἕλλην, οὐκ ἔνι δοῦλος οὐδὲ ἐλεύθερος, οὐκ ἔνι ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ, πάντες γὰρ ὑμεῖς εἷς ἐστε ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 In this verse, Paul’s point is that people who believe in Christ are no longer divided by racial, social, or gender distinctions but rather now have **one** common identity. This new common identity is that they are now **in (union with) Christ**. Paul is not saying that these human distinction no longer exist, rather he is saying that they now cease to be significant because believers have a new spiritual identity, which is being **in Christ**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “For you who are believers, it is now as if there is neither Jew nor Greek, or slave or free, or male or female” or “For you who believe in Christ, it is now as if there is neither Jew nor Greek, or slave or free, or male or female” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 28 aonk figs-doublenegatives οὐκ…Ἰουδαῖος οὐδὲ Ἕλλην, οὐκ ἔνι δοῦλος οὐδὲ ἐλεύθερος, οὐκ ἔνι ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ 1 If your readers would misunderstand these double negatives, you could translate each double negative using only one negative word. Alternate translation: “neither Jew or Greek, there is neither slave or free, there is neither male or female” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) GAL 3 28 zxfp figs-explicit Ἕλλην 1 Here, the term **Greek** refers to non-Jewish people. It does not refer only to people from the country of Greece or to people who speak the Greek language. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 3 28 pfrh figs-explicit ἐλεύθερος 1 Here, the term **free** refers to people who are not slaves and thus are free from bondage to a master. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “free person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 28 pfrh figs-explicit ἐλεύθερος 1 Here, the term **free** refers to people who are not slaves and thus are free from bondage to a master. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “free person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 28 fy09 γὰρ 1 Here, the word **for** introduces a reason. Use a natural form for introducing the reason for something that was said previously. Alternate translation: “because” GAL 3 28 fakq πάντες γὰρ ὑμεῖς εἷς ἐστε ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Alternate translation: “because all of you are together joined to the Messiah Jesus” -GAL 3 28 mppd figs-explicit εἷς 1 Here, Paul uses the word **one** to indicate that all believers share the same equal position because of their new identity which they have by being **in Christ**. (Paul is further explaining his statement from the previous verse in which he says that all believers have “put on Christ”, meaning that they have a new and common identity which is derived from and centers on Christ). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly what **one** means here. Alternate translation: “one person” or “one and the same standing” or “of equal standing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 3 28 mppd figs-explicit εἷς 1 Here, Paul uses the word **one** to indicate that all believers share the same equal position because of their new identity which they have by being **in Christ**. (Paul is further explaining his statement from the previous verse in which he says that all believers have “put on Christ”, meaning that they have a new and common identity which is derived from and centers on Christ). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly what **one** means here. Alternate translation: “one person” or “one and the same standing” or “of equal standing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 28 pddu figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Paul speaks of believers being **in Christ Jesus** as if **Christ Jesus** were a physical location into which someone could be. Here, **into Christ** refers to being spiritually united with Christ in a close spiritual union. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning of this phrase plainly. Alternative translation: “have been baptized into close spiritual union with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 3 29 lnlp grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, Paul is using the word **Now** to introduce new information. Use a natural form for introducing new information. Alternate translation: “And” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +GAL 3 29 lnlp grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, Paul is using the word **Now** to introduce new information. Use a natural form for introducing new information. Alternate translation: “And” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 3 29 ovzy grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ…ἄρα 1 Paul is using an **if … then” statement to express a hypothetical condition and what the result is for those people who meet the requirement of the condition. Paul is telling the Galatians that **if** they belong to Christ **then** they are Abrahams spiritual descendents. Use a natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical condition. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) GAL 3 29 lth0 figs-yousingular ὑμεῖς…ἐστέ 1 Here, both occurrences of the word **you** are plural and refer to the Galatian believers. Your language may require you to mark these forms as plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) -GAL 3 29 wceh ὑμεῖς Χριστοῦ 1 Alternate translation: “you are Christ’s” or “you belong to Christ” -GAL 3 29 xwrj figs-metaphor σπέρμα 1 Here, the term **seed** means “offspring.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. If your readers would not understand what **seed** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. See how you translated the word **seed** in [3:16](../03/16.md) where it is used with a similar meaning. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “offspring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 3 29 wceh ὑμεῖς Χριστοῦ 1 Alternate translation: “you are Christ’s” or “you belong to Christ” +GAL 3 29 xwrj figs-metaphor σπέρμα 1 Here, the term **seed** means “offspring.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. If your readers would not understand what **seed** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. See how you translated the word **seed** in [3:16](../03/16.md) where it is used with a similar meaning. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “offspring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 29 qp4z figs-metaphor κληρονόμοι 1 heirs Paul speaks of believers, who are the spiritual descendants **of Abraham**, as if they were **heirs** who were to inherit property and wealth from a family member. If your readers would not understand what **heirs** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 3 29 au7a figs-explicit κατ’ ἐπαγγελίαν κληρονόμοι 1 heirs If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly what the **heirs** will inherit. Alternate translation: “heirs of what God promised to Abraham and his descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 3 29 zxr0 κατ’ 1 Alternate translation: “by way of” @@ -464,56 +464,77 @@ GAL 4 intro h6gw 0 # Galatians 4 General Notes

## Structure and format GAL 4 1 fr5u κληρονόμος 1 Connecting Statement: See how you translated the plural form of this word in [3:29](../03/29.md). GAL 4 1 vlu6 κύριος πάντων ὤν 1 Alternate translation: “though being master of all things” or “even though he is master of all things” or “even though he is the master of all the things he is going to inherit” GAL 4 2 eyfx grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **But** is introducing a contrast and indicating that what follows is in contrast to what came before it in the preceding verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -GAL 4 2 jtpo figs-explicit ἐστὶ 1 Here, the word **he** refers to “the heir” mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the heir is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 4 2 ppf1 figs-explicit ὑπὸ 1 Here, the word **under** means “under the authority of” or “under the jurisdiction of.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “under the authority of” or “under the jurisdiction of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 4 2 llwi figs-explicit ἐπιτρόπους…καὶ οἰκονόμους 1 The terms **guardians** and **stewards** refer to two different roles but these terms do not necessarily refer to two different groups of people since one person could have responsibility for filling both roles. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “someone who is his guardian and steward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 4 2 jtpo figs-explicit ἐστὶ 1 Here, the word **he** refers to “the heir” mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the heir is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 4 2 ppf1 figs-explicit ὑπὸ 1 Here, the word **under** means “under the authority of” or “under the jurisdiction of.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “under the authority of” or “under the jurisdiction of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 4 2 llwi figs-explicit ἐπιτρόπους…καὶ οἰκονόμους 1 The terms **guardians** and **stewards** refer to two different roles but these terms do not necessarily refer to two different groups of people since one person could have responsibility for filling both roles. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “someone who is his guardian and steward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) GAL 4 2 bd5a translate-unknown ἐπιτρόπους 1 guardians A guardian was a person who had the role of being responsible for a child. This person’s job was to supervise and care for the child whom they were in charge of make sure that the child was instructed in what they should do. Use a natural phrase or term in your language for describing this role. If you do not have this role in your culture you could describe it for your readers. Alternate translation: “people supervise a child” or “people who are in charge of a child” or “people who are in charge of a minor” or “people who are responsible for a minor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) GAL 4 2 v5g9 translate-unknown οἰκονόμους 1 trustees Here, the word **stewards** refers to people who are entrusted with the role of managing property until the child who is the heir is old enough to inherit it. Use a natural phrase or term in your language for describing this role. If you do not have this role in your culture you could describe it for your readers. Alternate translation: “people manage the child’s possessions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -GAL 4 2 khzl figs-activepassive προθεσμίας τοῦ πατρός 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that the “father” did it. Alternate translation: “date which his father appointed” or “time which his father appointed”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -GAL 4 3 ocm2 grammar-connect-words-phrases οὕτως 1 Here, the word **So** indicates that what follows is comparable to, and similar in some way to what has just described in [4:1-2](../04/01.md). Use a natural form in your language for introducing something that corresponds in some way to something that was introduced previously. Alternate translation: “In a similar way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +GAL 4 2 khzl figs-activepassive προθεσμίας τοῦ πατρός 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that the “father” did it. Alternate translation: “date which his father appointed” or “time which his father appointed”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 4 3 ocm2 grammar-connect-words-phrases οὕτως 1 Here, the word **So** indicates that what follows is comparable to, and similar in some way to what has just described in [4:1-2](../04/01.md). Use a natural form in your language for introducing something that corresponds in some way to something that was introduced previously. Alternate translation: “In a similar way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 4 3 d6v9 figs-exclusive ἦμεν 1 General Information: The word **we** here refers to all Christians, including Paul’s readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) GAL 4 3 n21q figs-metaphor ὅτε ἦμεν νήπιοι 1 when we were children Paul speaks of people who have not yet trusted in Jesus as if they were **children**. If your readers would not understand what **children** means in this context, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative as modeled by the UST or you could translate this phrase as a simile. Alternate translation: “when we did not yet believe in Jesus” or “when we were like children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 4 3 rwwj figs-activepassive ὑπὸ τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου ἤμεθα δεδουλωμένοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who was doing the action, Paul says that “the elemental principles of the world” were doing it. See the note on personification regarding **the elemental principles of this world**. Alternate translation: “the elemental principles of the world were enslaving us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -GAL 4 3 cd2w figs-metaphor δεδουλωμένοι 1 we were enslaved to the elemental principles of the world Paul speaks of being under the control of **the elemental principles of the world** as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 4 3 l0fg figs-explicit ὑπὸ 1 Here, the word **under** means “under the power of” or “under the authority of.” See how you translated the word **under** in [4:2](../04/02.md) where Paul uses it with a similar meaning. Alternate translation: “under the power of” or “under the authority of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 4 3 v1zo figs-personification ὑπὸ τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου…δεδουλωμένοι 1 Here, Paul speaks of **the elemental principles of the world** as though they were a person who could enslave other people. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. Paul speaks of **the elemental principles of the world** as though they have the power to enslave a person but it is actually humans, who do not yet believe in the Messiah, who willing submit to these **elemental principles** and allow themselves to be enslaved. See [5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +GAL 4 3 rwwj figs-activepassive ὑπὸ τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου ἤμεθα δεδουλωμένοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who was doing the action, Paul says that “the elemental principles of the world” were doing it. See the note on personification regarding **the elemental principles of this world**. Alternate translation: “the elemental principles of the world were enslaving us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 4 3 cd2w figs-metaphor δεδουλωμένοι 1 we were enslaved to the elemental principles of the world Paul speaks of being under the control of **the elemental principles of the world** as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n +GAL 4 3 l0fg figs-explicit ὑπὸ 1 Here, the word **under** means “under the power of” or “under the authority of.” See how you translated the word **under** in [4:2](../04/02.md) where Paul uses it with a similar meaning. Alternate translation: “under the power of” or “under the authority of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 4 3 v1zo figs-personification ὑπὸ τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου…δεδουλωμένοι 1 Here, Paul speaks of **the elemental principles of the world** as though they were a person who could enslave other people. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. Paul speaks of **the elemental principles of the world** as though they have the power to enslave a person but it is actually humans, who do not yet believe in the Messiah, who willing submit to these **elemental principles** and allow themselves to be enslaved. See [5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) GAL 4 3 u462 τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου 1 the elemental principles of the world **the elemental principles of the world** could refer to: (1) the religious and/or moral teachings that people, whether they be a Jew or a non-Jew, seek to obey in order to please God and/or think of themselves as praiseworthy and good. (2) the things prescribed by the Mosaic law. 3) spiritual beings which people thought controlled **the world**. -GAL 4 4 ogo3 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 The word **But** is introducing a contrast between the time prior to **when the fullness of time came**, which Paul described before this verse, and the time after **the fullness of time came**, which Paul describes in this verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -GAL 4 4 ujfp τὸ πλήρωμα τοῦ χρόνου 1 The phrase **the fullness of time** means “the right time” or “the time that God appointed.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the right time” or “the designated time” or “the appointed time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 4 4 opx2 γενόμενον ἐκ γυναικός 1 The phrase **born from a woman** is an idiom which means that someone is human. Because Jesus existed as God before he was born on earth the emphasis here is that Jesus became human, in addition to being fully God. If your readers would not understand this idiom means here, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “having taken on human nature” or “having become a human being in addition to his divine nature” or “having become a human” or “having been born as a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -GAL 4 4 d9c7 figs-explicit γενόμενον ὑπὸ νόμον 1 The phrase **having been born under the law** means that Jesus, as a Jew, was under the jurisdiction of the law of Moses and therefore it was necessary that he obey it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “having been born under the jurisdiction and requirements of the law of Moses” or “having been born subject to the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 4 4 mzwh figs-explicit ὑπὸ 1 Here, the word **under** means “under the authority of” or “under the jurisdiction of.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. See how you translated the word **under** in [4:2](../04/02.md) where Paul uses it with a similar meaning. Alternate translation: “under the authority of” or “under the jurisdiction of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 4 4 zt29 figs-explicit νόμον 1 Here, the phrase **the law** refers to the law of Moses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -GAL 4 5 cb45 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **in order that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “so that” or “with the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +GAL 4 4 ogo3 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 The word **But** is introducing a contrast between the time prior to **when the fullness of time came**, which Paul described before this verse, and the time after **the fullness of time came**, which Paul describes in this verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +GAL 4 4 ujfp τὸ πλήρωμα τοῦ χρόνου 1 The phrase **the fullness of time** means “the right time” or “the time that God appointed.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the right time” or “the designated time” or “the appointed time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 4 4 opx2 γενόμενον ἐκ γυναικός 1 The phrase **born from a woman** is an idiom which means that someone is human. Because Jesus existed as God before he was born on earth the emphasis here is that Jesus became human, in addition to being fully God. If your readers would not understand this idiom means here, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “having taken on human nature” or “having become a human being in addition to his divine nature” or “having become a human” or “having been born as a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +GAL 4 4 d9c7 figs-explicit γενόμενον ὑπὸ νόμον 1 The phrase **having been born under the law** means that Jesus, as a Jew, was under the jurisdiction of the law of Moses and therefore it was necessary that he obey it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “having been born under the jurisdiction and requirements of the law of Moses” or “having been born subject to the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 4 4 mzwh figs-explicit ὑπὸ 1 Here, the word **under** means “under the authority of” or “under the jurisdiction of.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. See how you translated the word **under** in [4:2](../04/02.md) where Paul uses it with a similar meaning. Alternate translation: “under the authority of” or “under the jurisdiction of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 4 4 zt29 figs-explicit νόμον 1 Here, the phrase **the law** refers to the law of Moses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 4 5 cb45 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **in order that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “so that” or “with the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])\n\n GAL 4 5 v5cb figs-metaphor ἐξαγοράσῃ 1 redeem Paul uses the metaphor of a person buying back lost property or buying the freedom of a slave as a picture of God sending Jesus to pay the price for people’s sins by dying on the cross. If your readers would not understand what **redeem** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 5 awb9 ἐξαγοράσῃ 1 redeem See how you translated the word “redeemed” in [3:13](../03/13.md). GAL 4 5 s6fw ὑπὸ νόμον 1 See how you translated the phrase **under the law** in [4:4](../04/04.md) where it is used with the same meaning. -GAL 4 5 nppu grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 2 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God redeemed **the ones under the law**, which was **so that** God could adopt them as his spiritual sons and daughters. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” or “with the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +GAL 4 5 nppu grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 2 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God redeemed **the ones under the law**, which was **so that** God could adopt them as his spiritual sons and daughters. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” or “with the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])\n GAL 4 5 eapv τὴν υἱοθεσίαν ἀπολάβωμεν 1 Alternate translation: “God might adopt us as his sons” -GAL 4 5 tpqc figs-metaphor τὴν υἱοθεσίαν ἀπολάβωμεν 1 Paul speaks of God giving people a close personal relationship with himself and giving them special rights and privileges as if it were **adoption**. If your readers would not understand what **adoption** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 4 5 ii90 figs-exclusive ἀπολάβωμεν 1 The word **we** could refer to: (1) all Christians, both Jews and non-Jews, in which case **we** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (2) Jewish Christians only, in which case **we** would be exclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +GAL 4 5 ii90 figs-exclusive ἀπολάβωμεν 1 The word **we** could refer to: (1) all Christians, both Jews and non-Jews, in which case **we** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (2) Jewish Christians only, in which case **we** would be exclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +GAL 4 5 tpqc figs-metaphor τὴν υἱοθεσίαν ἀπολάβωμεν 1 Paul speaks of God giving people a close personal relationship with himself and giving them special rights and privileges as if it were **adoption**. If your readers would not understand what **adoption** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 4 5 jris figs-metaphor υἱοθεσίαν 1 Paul speaks of those who believe in Jesus as if God was their biological, physical father. He means that these people have a father-son relationship with God because they trust in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the word **sons** in [3:26](../03/26.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “the spiritual children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) GAL 4 5 lq4r figs-gendernotations υἱοθεσίαν 1 Although the term **sons** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “adoption as children” or “adoption as God’s children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -GAL 4 6 ahbp grammar-connect-words-phrases δέ 1 Here, Paul is using the word **And** to introduce new information into his ongoing argument. Use a natural form for introducing new information. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +GAL 4 6 ahbp grammar-connect-words-phrases δέ 1 Here, Paul is using the word **And** to introduce new information into his ongoing argument. Use a natural form for introducing new information. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) GAL 4 6 exc6 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 The word **because** is introducing the reason that **God sent the Spirit of his Son into** the hearts of believers, namely because believers are God’s **sons**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a reason. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -GAL 4 6 l2ny figs-gendernotations υἱοί 1 Although the term **sons** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “sons and daughters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -GAL 4 6 bikp figs-metaphor υἱοί 1 Paul speaks of the Galatian believers as if God was their biological, physical father. He means that these people have a father-son relationship with God because they trust in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the word **sons** in [3:26](../03/26.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “the spiritual children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 4 6 yadl τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 The phrase **the Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. Make sure that you translate the word **Spirit** with the same word that you used to translate “Spirit” in [3:2](../03/02.md), where it is also referring to the Holy Spirit. +GAL 4 6 l2ny figs-gendernotations υἱοί 1 Although the term **sons** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “sons and daughters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +GAL 4 6 bikp figs-metaphor υἱοί 1 Paul speaks of the Galatian believers as if God was their biological, physical father. He means that these people have a father-son relationship with God because they trust in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated the word **sons** in [4:5](../04/25.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “the spiritual children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 4 6 yadl τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 The phrase **the Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. Make sure that you translate the word **Spirit** with the same word that you used to translate “Spirit” in [3:2](../03/02.md), where it is also referring to the Holy Spirit. GAL 4 6 nei3 figs-metonymy εἰς τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν 1 sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts Here, the word **hearts** refers to the innermost part of a person. Paul is describing the innermost part of a person by association with their physical heart. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent term from your culture that is used to describe the center of a person’s inner being or you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “to live within each of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -GAL 4 6 s54r κρᾶζον 1 who calls The Spirit is the subject of the one “crying out.” Yet this also expresses the believer’s attitude as well. it is important to avoid translating this verb in a way that would suggest either shouting or weeping. -GAL 4 6 eqx5 translate-transliterate Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ 1 God has sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts, who calls out, “Abba, Father.” The word **Abba** is an Aramaic word meaning **Father** which the Jews used to address their fathers. Paul writes it as it sounds in Aramaic (he transliterates it) and then translates its meaning into Greek for his readers, who did not know Aramaic. Since the Aramaic word **Abba** is followed by the Greek word **Father**, it is best to transliterate **Abba** and then give its meaning in your language as Paul does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) -GAL 4 7 e7tc υἱός 1 you are no longer a slave, but a son Paul uses **son** here because the subject is inheritance. In his culture and that of his readers, inheritance passed most commonly, but not always, to male children. He was neither specifying nor excluding female children here. -GAL 4 7 akb8 figs-you εἶ 1 you are no longer a slave…you are also an heir Paul is addressing his readers as though they are one person, so **you** here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -GAL 4 7 d5hu figs-metaphor κληρονόμος 1 heir The word **heir** refers to how believers inherit the promises God made to Abraham like a person inherits property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 4 8 ukf5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers that they are again trying to live under God’s laws rather than living by faith. -GAL 4 8 cj5i τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 those who are The phrase, **those, by nature, not being gods** refers to the beings which the Galatians served when they were pagans and were considered by them to be gods, but they were not really gods -GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέφετε πάλιν 1 how is it that you are turning back to…principles? Here, **turning again** is a metaphor for starting to follow and obey their former false religion practices. This is the first of two rhetorical questions Paul gives. Alternate translation: “you should not start obeying again.” or “you should not follow again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -GAL 4 9 n5ie τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 elemental principles See how you translated this phrase in [Galatians 4:3](../04/03.md). -GAL 4 9 w28k figs-rquestion οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Paul uses this rhetorical question to rebuke the Galatian believers for behaving in a way that would make them like slaves. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -GAL 4 9 s77e figs-metaphor οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Here, **to be enslaved again** is a metaphor for being obligated to obey certain rules or customs. Alternate translation: “Do you want to have to obey rules again like a slave must obey his master?” or “It seems that you want to be controlled by these rules all over again!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -GAL 4 10 w7d5 ἡμέρας παρατηρεῖσθε, καὶ μῆνας, καὶ καιροὺς, καὶ ἐνιαυτούς 1 You observe days and new moons and seasons and years Paul is speaking of their being careful to celebrate certain times, thinking that doing that will make them right with God. Alternate translation: “You carefully celebrate days and new moons and seasons and years” -GAL 4 11 bsv1 εἰκῇ 1 may have been for nothing Alternate translation: “may have been useless” or “has not had any effect” +GAL 4 6 s54r κρᾶζον 1 who calls The phrase **crying out** means “to call out loudly.” This phrase does not mean to cry or weep from sorrow. +GAL 4 6 eqx5 translate-transliterate Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ 1 God has sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts, who calls out, “Abba, Father.” The word **Abba** is an Aramaic word meaning **Father** which the Jews used to address their fathers. Paul writes it as it sounds in Aramaic (he transliterates it) and then translates its meaning into Greek for his readers. Since the Aramaic word **Abba** is followed by the Greek word **Father**, it is best to transliterate **Abba** and then give its meaning in your language as Paul does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) +GAL 4 7 jkor grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 God has sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts, who calls out, “Abba, Father.” The phrase **So then** introduces the result of what Paul explained in [4:6](../04/06.md). Use a natural form for introducing a result. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +GAL 4 7 akb8 figs-you εἶ 1 you are no longer a slave…you are also an heir Here,**you** is singular. Paul is probably addressing the Galatian believers by using a singular pronoun in order to emphasize that what he is saying applies to each of them individually. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +GAL 4 7 iler figs-metaphor δοῦλος 1 Paul speaks of the Galatian believers being in bondage to the law of Moses as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **a slave** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in bondage to the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 4 7 fzja grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 The word **but** is introducing a contrast. Paul is contrasting being **a son** with being **a slave**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +GAL 4 7 swk3 figs-metaphor υἱός…υἱός 1 See how you translated the word **sons** in [4:5](../04/25.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “a spiritual child of God…a spiritual child of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 4 7 vmyo figs-gendernotations υἱός…υἱός 1 Although the term **son** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a child…a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +GAL 4 7 rlc3 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ δὲ υἱός, καὶ 1 Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since each of you is a son, you are also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) +GAL 4 7 d5hu figs-metaphor κληρονόμος 1 heir See how you translated the word **heir** in [4:1](../04/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 4 7 eujw figs-explicit κληρονόμος 1 heir If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that Paul is referring to inheriting the promises that God made to Abraham and his descendants. Alternate translation: “an heir of the promises made to Abraham” or “an heir of the promises God made to Abraham”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 4 7 po66 grammar-connect-words-phrases διὰ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the word **through** is indicating agency. It is indicating that God is the agent by which the Galatians are to inherit the blessings God promised to Abraham and his descendants. Use a natural form for indicating the agency or means by which an action takes place. Alternate translation: “by means of God’s working” or “through God’s working” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +GAL 4 8 v4mp grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 The word **But** is introducing a contrast. Paul is contrasting the life of the Galatian believers before they believed in Christ with their life after they came to believe in Christ and as a result became God’s sons (which he explained in [4:1-7](../04/01.md)). Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +GAL 4 8 e21a figs-explicit εἰδότες Θεὸν 1 Here, the phrase **known God** means “known God personally” and means more than simply having heard or known some things about God. The phrase **known God** refers to close relationship with God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “having been in a relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 4 8 ukf5 ἐδουλεύσατε 1 Connecting Statement: See how you translated the word **enslaved** in [4:3](../04/03.md). +GAL 4 8 yx8o figs-metaphor ἐδουλεύσατε τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 Paul speaks of the Galatians former way of life in which they practiced false religions and worshiped false gods as if it were slavery. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 4 8 cj5i figs-explicit τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσι θεοῖς 1 those who are The phrase, **those, by nature, not being gods** refers to the beings which the Galatians served when they were pagans and were considered by them to be gods, but they were not really gods. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “false gods who were not really gods at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 4 9 i5p3 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** is introducing a contrast. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +GAL 4 9 kv61 γνόντες…γνωσθέντες 1 Make sure that you translate the words **know** and **known** with the same type of expression as you used to translate the word “known” in [4:8](../04/08.md). The phrase “not having known God” in [4:8](../04/08.md) and the phrases **know God** and **known by God** in this verse are all referring to intimate personal knowledge that comes from a relationship with someone and not merely to being acquainted with someone or familiar with facts pertaining to them. +GAL 4 9 cfka figs-activepassive γνωσθέντες ὑπὸ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “now that God came to know you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +GAL 4 9 wkt9 figs-rquestion πῶς ἐπιστρέφετε πάλιν ἐπὶ τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to rebuke the Galatian believers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-explicit ἐπιστρέφετε 1 how is it that you are turning back to…principles? Here, **turning** means to “to return.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “are you returning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 4 9 n5ie τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα 1 elemental principles See how you decided to translate the phrase **elemental principles** in [Galatians 4:3](../04/03.md). +GAL 4 9 w28k figs-rquestion οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form to rebuke the Galatian believers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +GAL 4 9 s77e figs-metaphor οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν δουλεύειν θέλετε 1 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Here, **to be enslaved** is a metaphor for being obligated to obey certain rules and regulations. If your readers would not understand what being **enslaved** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. See how you chose to translate the word **enslaved** in [4:8](../04/08.md) where it is also used with a metaphorical use. Alternate translation: “to which once more you want to act like a slave who must obey his master” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +GAL 4 10 j8k2 figs-explicit παρατηρεῖσθε 1 You observe Here, the word **observe** refers to observing something for religious purposes in order to gain God’s favor and approval. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You observe for religious purposes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 4 10 fd09 figs-yousingular παρατηρεῖσθε 1 The word **You** is plural here and refers to the Galatian believers. Your language may require you to mark such forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +GAL 4 10 w7d5 figs-metonymy ἡμέρας…καὶ μῆνας, καὶ καιροὺς, καὶ ἐνιαυτούς 1 You observe days and new moons and seasons and years Paul is describing the different Jewish celebrations and religious observances (required in the law of Moses) by associating them with the times when they took place. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “the Jewish Sabbath days and other days prescribed in the law of Moses. You also observe the monthly Jewish celebrations and annual Jewish festivals as well the Jewish sacred years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +GAL 4 11 ct4e figs-explicit φοβοῦμαι 1 Here, the phrase **I am afraid** means “I am concerned about.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 4 11 yytt figs-yousingular ὑμᾶς…ὑμᾶς 1 Both occurrences of the word **you** in this verse are plural and refer to the Galatian believers. Your language may require you to mark such forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +GAL 4 11 chxa figs-doublenegatives μή πως εἰκῇ κεκοπίακα εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “that I have possibly labored among you for nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +GAL 4 11 alfd figs-explicit κεκοπίακα 1 Here, the word **labored** refers to Paul’s work of teaching the Galatians the truths of the Christian faith. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have labored in teaching and preaching” or “I have taught the truths of the Christian faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +GAL 4 11 bsv1 εἰκῇ 1 may have been for nothing Alternate translation: “without results” or “to no avail” or “purposelessly” GAL 4 12 ql14 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers how kindly they treated him when he was with them, and he encourages them to continue to trust him while he is not there with them. -GAL 4 12 p9gn ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md) and [Galatians 3:15](../03/15.md). +GAL 4 12 p9gn figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the word **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) GAL 4 12 n3wf οὐδέν με ἠδικήσατε 1 You did me no wrong This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “You treated me well” or “You treated me as you should have” GAL 4 14 tk1l καὶ τὸν πειρασμὸν ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου 1 Though my physical condition put you to the test This could mean: (1) they endured the difficulty of welcoming Paul when he was sick (2) they resisted the temptation to reject Paul when he was sick. GAL 4 14 v9xa οὐκ ἐξουθενήσατε 1 despise Alternate translation: “you did not scorn” or “you did not hate”